From 5759f5ed7ead4086cacd0b1222589c08a04e9c7f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Zach Kelling Date: Wed, 5 Jul 2023 02:26:11 -0700 Subject: [PATCH 1/5] Fix app, update marketplace --- app/.env.development | 3 + app/.env.production | 1 + app/.gitignore | 2 + app/components/AnalyticsProvider.tsx | 55 +- app/components/Head.tsx | 4 +- app/components/buttons/AcceptBid.tsx | 131 + .../collections/CollectionActivityTable.tsx | 8 +- app/components/collections/TokenCard.tsx | 28 +- app/components/common/ChainToggle.tsx | 32 +- app/components/common/FullscreenModal.tsx | 2 +- app/components/home/Footer.tsx | 4 + app/components/navbar/GlobalSearch.tsx | 84 +- app/components/portfolio/BatchListModal.tsx | 14 +- .../portfolio/UserActivityTable.tsx | 4 +- app/components/token/ActivityTable.tsx | 2 - app/next.config.mjs | 2 +- app/package.json | 12 +- app/pages/[chain]/asset/[assetId].tsx | 7 +- app/pages/[chain]/collection/[contract].tsx | 14 - app/pages/[chain]/index.tsx | 30 +- app/pages/_app.tsx | 5 +- app/pages/_document.tsx | 2 +- app/pages/api/globalSearch.ts | 14 +- app/pages/api/usdCoinConversion.ts | 10 +- .../.reservoirMarketLogo~imageoptim.svg | 1 + app/public/icons/bsc-icon-dark.svg | 15 +- app/public/icons/bsc-icon-light.svg | 15 +- app/public/og-image.png | Bin 470177 -> 942119 bytes app/public/reservoirLogo.svg | 52 +- app/public/reservoirMarketLogo.svg | 69 +- app/public/reservoirMarketLogoLight.svg | 69 +- app/public/zooLogo.svg | 22 + app/public/zooLogoLight.svg | 22 + app/sentry.client.config.ts | 19 + app/utils/chains.ts | 58 +- app/utils/css/reset.ts | 3 + app/utils/wrappedContracts.ts | 14 +- app/yarn.lock | 5506 ---------------- foundation/package.json | 2 +- package.json | 5 +- yarn.lock | 5546 ++++++++--------- 41 files changed, 3029 insertions(+), 8859 deletions(-) create mode 100644 app/components/buttons/AcceptBid.tsx create mode 100644 app/public/.reservoirMarketLogo~imageoptim.svg create mode 100644 app/public/zooLogo.svg create mode 100644 app/public/zooLogoLight.svg delete mode 100644 app/yarn.lock diff --git a/app/.env.development b/app/.env.development index 6080ea34b..771da859a 100644 --- a/app/.env.development +++ b/app/.env.development @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ # Visit the docs to see full list of available environment variables and descriptions # https://docs.reservoir.tools/docs/getting-started-self-hosted +NEXT_PUBLIC_WALLET_CONNECT_PROJECT_ID=00b0b8749c07022874d0323d84e49e991 NEXT_PUBLIC_APP_NAME=ZOO NEXT_PUBLIC_CHAIN_ID=5 @@ -32,3 +33,5 @@ DISABLE_POWERED_BY_RESERVOIR=1 # COLLECTION= # COMMUNITY= # COLLECTION_SET_ID= +# +# diff --git a/app/.env.production b/app/.env.production index 4dce097d4..e88b6ad48 100644 --- a/app/.env.production +++ b/app/.env.production @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ # Visit the docs to see full list of available environment variables and descriptions # https://docs.reservoir.tools/docs/getting-started-self-hosted +NEXT_PUBLIC_WALLET_CONNECT_PROJECT_ID=00b0b8749c07022874d0323d84e49e991 NEXT_PUBLIC_APP_NAME=ZOO NEXT_PUBLIC_CHAIN_ID=1 diff --git a/app/.gitignore b/app/.gitignore index 9731b5e57..47d5cc1c7 100644 --- a/app/.gitignore +++ b/app/.gitignore @@ -34,3 +34,5 @@ yarn-error.log* # vercel .vercel + +.cache diff --git a/app/components/AnalyticsProvider.tsx b/app/components/AnalyticsProvider.tsx index 4315fb58c..24b206eb0 100644 --- a/app/components/AnalyticsProvider.tsx +++ b/app/components/AnalyticsProvider.tsx @@ -1,10 +1,12 @@ import { FC, ReactElement, useEffect } from 'react' import { useAccount } from 'wagmi' import { datadogRum } from '@datadog/browser-rum' +import posthog from 'posthog-js' const env = process.env.NODE_ENV const ddApplicationId = process.env.NEXT_PUBLIC_DATADOG_APPLICATION_ID const ddClientToken = process.env.NEXT_PUBLIC_DATADOG_CLIENT_TOKEN +const posthogClientToken = process.env.NEXT_PUBLIC_POSTHOG_CLIENT_TOKEN type Props = { children: ReactElement @@ -12,24 +14,39 @@ type Props = { export const initializeAnalytics = () => { if (typeof window !== 'undefined' && !datadogRum.getInitConfiguration()) { - if (!ddApplicationId || !ddClientToken) return - - datadogRum.init({ - applicationId: ddApplicationId, - clientToken: ddClientToken, - site: 'datadoghq.com', - //CONFIGURABLE: Change the service name to customize how it appears in your DD dashboard - service: 'reservoir-marketplace', - env, - sampleRate: 100, - replaySampleRate: 100, - trackInteractions: true, - trackFrustrations: true, - trackResources: true, - defaultPrivacyLevel: 'mask-user-input', + if (ddApplicationId && ddClientToken) { + datadogRum.init({ + applicationId: ddApplicationId, + clientToken: ddClientToken, + site: 'datadoghq.com', + //CONFIGURABLE: Change the service name to customize how it appears in your DD dashboard + service: 'reservoir-marketplace', + env, + sampleRate: 100, + replaySampleRate: 100, + trackInteractions: true, + trackFrustrations: true, + trackResources: true, + defaultPrivacyLevel: 'mask-user-input', + }) + + datadogRum.startSessionReplayRecording() + } + } + + if (typeof window !== 'undefined' && posthogClientToken) { + posthog.init(posthogClientToken, { + api_host: 'https://app.posthog.com', + disable_session_recording: true, + mask_all_text: false, + mask_all_element_attributes: false, }) - datadogRum.startSessionReplayRecording() + const randomNumber = Math.random() + const samplingRate = 0.3 + if (randomNumber <= samplingRate) { + posthog.startSessionRecording() + } } } @@ -37,10 +54,12 @@ const AnalyticsProvider: FC = ({ children }) => { const accountData = useAccount() useEffect(() => { - if (accountData) { + const address = accountData?.address?.toLowerCase() + if (address) { datadogRum.setUser({ - id: accountData.address?.toLowerCase(), + id: address, }) + posthog.identify(address) } }, [accountData]) diff --git a/app/components/Head.tsx b/app/components/Head.tsx index 48f066faa..6552ecd77 100644 --- a/app/components/Head.tsx +++ b/app/components/Head.tsx @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ export const Head: FC = ({ {/* Twitter */} - + @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ export const Head: FC = ({ - + ) } diff --git a/app/components/buttons/AcceptBid.tsx b/app/components/buttons/AcceptBid.tsx new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf6b375c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/app/components/buttons/AcceptBid.tsx @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +import { AcceptBidModal, AcceptBidStep } from '@reservoir0x/reservoir-kit-ui' +import { + cloneElement, + ComponentProps, + FC, + ReactNode, + useContext, + useMemo, +} from 'react' +import { CSS } from '@stitches/react' +import { SWRResponse } from 'swr' +import { Button } from 'components/primitives' +import { + useAccount, + useNetwork, + useWalletClient, + useSwitchNetwork, +} from 'wagmi' +import { useConnectModal } from '@rainbow-me/rainbowkit' +import { ToastContext } from '../../context/ToastContextProvider' +import { useMarketplaceChain } from 'hooks' + +type Props = { + tokenId?: string + bidId?: string + collectionId?: string + disabled?: boolean + openState?: [boolean, React.Dispatch>] + buttonCss?: CSS + buttonChildren?: ReactNode + buttonProps?: ComponentProps + mutate?: SWRResponse['mutate'] +} + +const AcceptBid: FC = ({ + tokenId, + bidId, + collectionId, + disabled, + openState, + buttonCss, + buttonChildren, + buttonProps, + mutate, +}) => { + const { isDisconnected } = useAccount() + const { openConnectModal } = useConnectModal() + const { addToast } = useContext(ToastContext) + + const marketplaceChain = useMarketplaceChain() + const { switchNetworkAsync } = useSwitchNetwork({ + chainId: marketplaceChain.id, + }) + + const { data: signer } = useWalletClient() + const { chain: activeChain } = useNetwork() + + const isInTheWrongNetwork = Boolean( + signer && marketplaceChain.id !== activeChain?.id + ) + + const trigger = ( + + ) + + const tokens = useMemo(() => { + return collectionId && tokenId + ? [ + { + collectionId: collectionId, + tokenId: tokenId, + bidIds: bidId ? [bidId] : undefined, + }, + ] + : [] + }, [collectionId, tokenId, bidId]) + + if (isDisconnected || isInTheWrongNetwork) { + return cloneElement(trigger, { + onClick: async () => { + if (switchNetworkAsync && activeChain) { + const chain = await switchNetworkAsync(marketplaceChain.id) + if (chain.id !== marketplaceChain.id) { + return false + } + } + + if (!signer) { + openConnectModal?.() + } + }, + }) + } else + return ( + { + if (mutate && currentStep == AcceptBidStep.Complete) { + mutate() + } + }} + onBidAcceptError={(error: any) => { + if (error?.type === 'price mismatch') { + addToast?.({ + title: 'Could not accept offer', + description: 'Offer was lower than expected.', + }) + return + } + // Handle user rejection + if (error?.code === 4001) { + addToast?.({ + title: 'User canceled transaction', + description: 'You have canceled the transaction.', + }) + return + } + addToast?.({ + title: 'Could not accept offer', + description: 'The transaction was not completed.', + }) + }} + /> + ) +} + +export default AcceptBid diff --git a/app/components/collections/CollectionActivityTable.tsx b/app/components/collections/CollectionActivityTable.tsx index c1b8fab0e..27af2e712 100644 --- a/app/components/collections/CollectionActivityTable.tsx +++ b/app/components/collections/CollectionActivityTable.tsx @@ -11,13 +11,7 @@ type Props = { export const CollectionActivityTable: FC = ({ id, activityTypes }) => { const data = useCollectionActivity( - { - collection: id, - types: activityTypes, - limit: 20, - //@ts-ignore - until we add the types - es: 1, - }, + { collection: id, types: activityTypes, limit: 20 }, { revalidateOnMount: true, fallbackData: [], diff --git a/app/components/collections/TokenCard.tsx b/app/components/collections/TokenCard.tsx index fb9c63d64..b362c79ab 100644 --- a/app/components/collections/TokenCard.tsx +++ b/app/components/collections/TokenCard.tsx @@ -287,18 +287,22 @@ export default ({ ) : null} - <> - {token?.market?.floorAsk?.source?.name && ( - - )} - + {token?.market?.floorAsk?.source?.name ? ( + { + e.preventDefault() + e.stopPropagation() + const url = `${proxyApi}/redirect/sources/${token?.market?.floorAsk?.source?.domain}/tokens/${token?.token?.contract}:${token?.token?.tokenId}/link/v2` + window.open(url, '_blank') + }} + src={`${proxyApi}/redirect/sources/${token?.market?.floorAsk?.source?.domain}/logo/v2`} + /> + ) : null} {token?.token?.lastSale?.price?.amount?.decimal ? ( diff --git a/app/components/common/ChainToggle.tsx b/app/components/common/ChainToggle.tsx index 3af6f56f9..fc2d1ae1f 100644 --- a/app/components/common/ChainToggle.tsx +++ b/app/components/common/ChainToggle.tsx @@ -31,11 +31,17 @@ const ChainToggle: FC = () => { const switchChains = useCallback( (chainOption: (typeof supportedChains)[0]) => { - const newUrl = router.asPath.replace( - chain.routePrefix, - chainOption.routePrefix - ) - router.replace(newUrl, undefined, { scroll: false }) + if (router.query.chain) { + Object.keys(router.query).forEach((param) => delete router.query[param]) + router.replace( + { + pathname: router.pathname, + query: router.query, + }, + undefined, + { shallow: true } + ) + } switchCurrentChain(chainOption.id) }, [router.query, switchCurrentChain] @@ -93,7 +99,14 @@ const ChainToggle: FC = () => { switchChains(supportedChain)} + onClick={() => { + const newUrl = router.asPath.replace( + chain.routePrefix, + supportedChain.routePrefix + ) + switchCurrentChain(supportedChain.id) + router.replace(newUrl, undefined, { scroll: false }) + }} > { value={chainOption.name} disabled={chainOption.name === chain.name} onClick={() => { - switchChains(chainOption) + const newUrl = router.asPath.replace( + chain.routePrefix, + chainOption.routePrefix + ) + switchCurrentChain(chainOption.id) + router.replace(newUrl, undefined, { scroll: false }) }} > = ({ onOpenChange, }) => { return ( - + {trigger} void } -const CollectionItem: FC = ({ - collection, - largestVolume, - handleSelectResult, -}) => { +const CollectionItem: FC = ({ collection, handleSelectResult }) => { const { theme } = useTheme() const tokenCount = useMemo( @@ -49,7 +52,7 @@ const CollectionItem: FC = ({ return ( handleSelectResult(collection)} > @@ -98,49 +101,19 @@ const CollectionItem: FC = ({ {tokenCount} items )} - {collection.floorAskPrice && tokenCount ? ( - - βΈ± - - ) : null} - {collection.floorAskPrice !== undefined && ( - - - - {collection.floorAskCurrencySymbol} - - - )} - {largestVolume !== undefined && - collection.allTimeUsdVolume !== undefined ? ( - - - - ) : null} + {collection.volumeCurrencySymbol && ( + + + {collection.volumeCurrencySymbol} + + )} ) @@ -191,13 +164,11 @@ type SearchResultProps = { type: 'collection' | 'wallet' data: any } - largestVolume?: number handleSelectResult: (result: SearchCollection) => void } const SearchResult: FC = ({ result, - largestVolume, handleSelectResult, }) => { if (result.type == 'collection') { @@ -205,7 +176,6 @@ const SearchResult: FC = ({ ) } else { @@ -229,15 +199,6 @@ const GlobalSearch = forwardRef< const debouncedSearch = useDebounce(search, 500) const isMobile = useMediaQuery({ query: '(max-width: 960px)' }) - const largestVolume = useMemo(() => { - let volume = 0 - results.forEach((result: SearchResultProps['result']) => { - if (result.data && result.data.allTimeUsdVolume >= volume) { - volume = result.data.allTimeUsdVolume - } - }) - return volume - }, [results]) useEffect(() => { const getSearchResults = async () => { @@ -418,7 +379,6 @@ const GlobalSearch = forwardRef< ))} diff --git a/app/components/portfolio/BatchListModal.tsx b/app/components/portfolio/BatchListModal.tsx index 590327b73..656a4a92e 100644 --- a/app/components/portfolio/BatchListModal.tsx +++ b/app/components/portfolio/BatchListModal.tsx @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ const BatchListModal: FC = ({ onCloseComplete, }) => { const [open, setOpen] = useState(false) - const { data: signer } = useWalletClient() + const { data: wallet } = useWalletClient() const { openConnectModal } = useConnectModal() const { chain: activeChain } = useNetwork() const marketplaceChain = useMarketplaceChain() @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ const BatchListModal: FC = ({ chainId: marketplaceChain.id, }) const isInTheWrongNetwork = Boolean( - signer && activeChain?.id !== marketplaceChain.id + wallet && activeChain?.id !== marketplaceChain.id ) const client = useReservoirClient() const [batchListStep, setBatchListStep] = useState( @@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ const BatchListModal: FC = ({ }, [stepData]) const listTokens = useCallback(() => { - if (!signer) { - const error = new Error('Missing a signer') + if (!wallet) { + const error = new Error('Missing a wallet') setTransactionError(error) throw error } @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ const BatchListModal: FC = ({ client.actions .listToken({ listings: batchListingData.map((data) => data.listing), - signer, + wallet, onProgress: (steps: Execute['steps']) => { const executableSteps = steps.filter( (step) => step.items && step.items.length > 0 @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ const BatchListModal: FC = ({ ) setTransactionError(transactionError) }) - }, [client, listings, signer]) + }, [client, listings, wallet]) const trigger = ( \n \n \n \n \n \n \n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `addParam` function?\n - The `addParam` function adds a parameter with a given name and value to the URL string, and handles cases where multiple parameters with the same name and different values already exist in the URL.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `removeParam` function?\n - The `removeParam` function removes a parameter with a given name and value from the URL string, and handles cases where multiple parameters with the same name and different values exist in the URL.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `clearAllAttributes` function?\n - The `clearAllAttributes` function deletes all parameters with names that start with \"attributes[\" and end with \"]\" from the URL string.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/app/utils/router.md"}}],["141",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/app/utils/till.ts)\n\nThis code is a utility module for working with dates and times in the larger zoo project. It imports the dayjs library, which is a lightweight alternative to Moment.js for parsing, validating, manipulating, and formatting dates and times in JavaScript. The module extends dayjs with the relativeTime plugin, which allows for the calculation of human-readable relative time strings like \"2 hours ago\" or \"in 5 minutes\".\n\nThe module exports two constants and one function. The first constant, DATE_REGEX, is a regular expression that matches a date and time string in the format \"YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS\". This can be used to extract date and time information from raw strings in other parts of the project.\n\nThe second constant is not exported, but is used internally by the timeTill function. It is a string template that formats the output of the fromNow method of dayjs to only include the relative time value (e.g. \"2 hours\").\n\nThe timeTill function takes a single argument, a string representing a date and time in the format \"YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS\". It uses dayjs to parse the string into a date object, and then calculates the relative time between that date and the current time using the fromNow method. The function returns a human-readable string indicating the time remaining until the target time, in the format \"X hours\" or \"Y minutes\", etc.\n\nHere is an example of how this module might be used in the larger zoo project:\n\n```javascript\nimport { timeTill, DATE_REGEX } from 'zoo/date-utils'\n\nconst rawString = 'The event starts at 2022-01-01 12:00:00'\nconst match = rawString.match(DATE_REGEX)\nconst targetTime = match ? match[0] : undefined\n\nif (targetTime) {\n const timeRemaining = timeTill(targetTime)\n console.log(`The event starts in ${timeRemaining}.`)\n} else {\n console.log('Could not find a valid date and time in the string.')\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, we use the DATE_REGEX constant to extract a date and time string from a raw string. We then pass that string to the timeTill function to calculate the relative time until the target time. Finally, we log a message to the console indicating how much time is left until the event starts.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `dayjs` library and how is it being used in this code?\n - The `dayjs` library is being used to manipulate and format dates and times. It is being imported and extended with the `relativeTime` plugin, which allows for the calculation of relative time differences. \n2. What is the expected format of the `timeString` parameter in the `timeTill` function?\n - The `timeString` parameter is expected to be in the format \"YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS\". \n3. What is the output format of the `timeTill` function?\n - The `timeTill` function returns a human-readable string indicating the time remaining until the target time, using the `fromNow` method of the `dayjs` library. The output format is a string with a number and a unit of time (e.g. \"2 hours\", \"5 minutes\", etc.).","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/app/utils/till.md"}}],["142",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/app/utils/titleCase.ts)\n\nThe `titleCase` function in the `zoo` project is designed to convert a given word to title case format. Title case is a writing style where the first letter of each word is capitalized, except for certain small words like \"and\", \"the\", and \"of\". This function takes a single parameter, `word`, which is the word to be converted to title case. \n\nThe function uses a regular expression to match all words in the input string and then applies a callback function to each match. The callback function takes the matched word and returns a modified version of it in title case format. The modified version is created by capitalizing the first letter of the word using the `toUpperCase()` method and then converting the rest of the word to lowercase using the `toLowerCase()` method. \n\nThis function can be used in a variety of ways within the larger `zoo` project. For example, it could be used to format animal names or exhibit titles in a consistent and professional manner. It could also be used to format user input in forms or search queries to ensure that the input is correctly formatted and matches the expected format. \n\nHere is an example of how to use the `titleCase` function:\n\n```typescript\nimport titleCase from './titleCase';\n\nconst animalName = 'giraffe';\nconst formattedName = titleCase(animalName);\nconsole.log(formattedName); // Output: \"Giraffe\"\n```\n\nIn this example, the `titleCase` function is imported from the `titleCase.ts` file and used to format the `animalName` variable. The resulting `formattedName` variable is then logged to the console, which outputs \"Giraffe\".\n## Questions: \n 1. What does the `titleCase` function do?\n - The `titleCase` function takes a string input and converts it to title case format, where the first letter of each word is capitalized and the rest are in lowercase.\n2. What is the input parameter for the `titleCase` function?\n - The input parameter for the `titleCase` function is a string called `word`.\n3. What regular expression is used in the `replace` method of the `titleCase` function?\n - The regular expression used in the `replace` method of the `titleCase` function is `/\\w\\S*/g`, which matches any word character followed by zero or more non-space characters.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/app/utils/titleCase.md"}}],["143",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/app/utils/truncate.ts)\n\nThe code above provides two functions that are used to truncate Ethereum addresses and ENS names. The purpose of these functions is to ensure that the addresses and names do not overflow when displayed on a user interface. \n\nThe `truncateAddress` function takes an Ethereum address as its first argument and an optional `shrinkIndicator` as its second argument. The function then returns a truncated version of the address with the middle characters removed. The `slice` method is used to remove the middle characters of the address. The first four characters of the address are concatenated with the `shrinkIndicator` (if provided) and the last four characters of the address. If no `shrinkIndicator` is provided, an ellipsis (`…`) is used as the default indicator. \n\nThe `truncateEns` function takes an ENS name as its first argument and an optional `shrinkIndicator` as its second argument. The function returns a truncated version of the ENS name if and only if the name is longer than 24 characters. The `slice` method is used to remove the middle characters of the name. The first 20 characters of the name are concatenated with the `shrinkIndicator` (if provided) and the last three characters of the name. If no `shrinkIndicator` is provided, an ellipsis (`…`) is used as the default indicator. If the name is shorter than or equal to 24 characters, the function returns the original name without any truncation. \n\nThese functions can be used in a larger project to ensure that Ethereum addresses and ENS names are displayed in a user-friendly way. For example, a web3 application that displays Ethereum addresses and ENS names could use these functions to ensure that the addresses and names fit within a certain space on the user interface. \n\nExample usage of `truncateAddress`:\n```\nconst address = '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890'\nconst truncatedAddress = truncateAddress(address)\nconsole.log(truncatedAddress) // '0x12...7890'\n```\n\nExample usage of `truncateEns`:\n```\nconst ensName = 'myverylongensname.eth'\nconst truncatedEnsName = truncateEns(ensName)\nconsole.log(truncatedEnsName) // 'myvery...eth'\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `truncateAddress` function?\n \n The `truncateAddress` function takes an Ethereum address and a visual indicator and returns a shortened version of the address with the middle characters removed, to prevent overflow.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `truncateEns` function?\n \n The `truncateEns` function takes an ENS name and a visual indicator and returns a shortened version of the name with the middle characters removed, but only if the name is longer than 24 characters and would otherwise overflow.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `shrinkInidicator` parameter?\n \n The `shrinkInidicator` parameter is a visual indicator that is used to show that the address or name has been truncated. If it is not provided, the default indicator of '…' is used.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/app/utils/truncate.md"}}],["144",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/app/utils/wrappedContracts.ts)\n\nThis code defines a constant variable called `wrappedContracts` which is a Record object that maps numbers to Ethereum contract addresses. The keys of the Record object are numbers that represent the Ethereum network ID, and the values are the corresponding contract addresses for that network. \n\nThis code is likely used in a larger project that interacts with Ethereum smart contracts. The purpose of this code is to provide a convenient way to access the contract addresses for different Ethereum networks. By using this Record object, developers can easily retrieve the contract address for a specific network ID without having to hardcode the address in their code. \n\nFor example, if a developer wants to interact with a contract on the Ethereum mainnet, they can use the `wrappedContracts` object to retrieve the contract address like this:\n\n```\nimport wrappedContracts from 'zoo'\n\nconst mainnetAddress = wrappedContracts[1]\n```\n\nThis will set the `mainnetAddress` variable to the contract address for the Ethereum mainnet. Similarly, if the developer wants to interact with a contract on the Polygon network, they can retrieve the contract address like this:\n\n```\nconst polygonAddress = wrappedContracts[137]\n```\n\nOverall, this code provides a simple and flexible way to manage contract addresses for different Ethereum networks in a larger project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code defines a constant object `wrappedContracts` that maps network IDs to contract addresses.\n\n2. What is the data type of `wrappedContracts`?\n - The data type of `wrappedContracts` is `Record`, which is a TypeScript type that defines an object with numeric keys and string values.\n\n3. How is this code intended to be used?\n - This code is intended to be imported as a default export from the `zoo` module, and used to retrieve contract addresses based on network IDs.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/app/utils/wrappedContracts.md"}}],["145",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/app/utils/zoneAddresses.ts)\n\nThe code defines an array called `zoneAddresses` which contains two Ethereum blockchain addresses. These addresses are used to identify specific zones within the larger project. \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a centralized location for storing and accessing the addresses of different zones within the project. This can be useful for various reasons, such as allowing different parts of the project to easily reference specific zones without hardcoding the addresses in multiple places. \n\nFor example, if there is a function in the project that needs to interact with a specific zone, it can simply reference the corresponding address in the `zoneAddresses` array rather than hardcoding the address directly into the function. This can make the code more modular and easier to maintain.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport { zoneAddresses } from 'zoo';\n\nfunction interactWithZone(zoneIndex) {\n const zoneAddress = zoneAddresses[zoneIndex];\n // Use the zoneAddress to interact with the corresponding zone\n // ...\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `interactWithZone` function takes an index representing the desired zone and retrieves the corresponding address from the `zoneAddresses` array. The function can then use this address to interact with the corresponding zone in the project.\n\nOverall, this code serves as a simple but important piece of infrastructure for the larger project, allowing different parts of the code to easily reference specific zones without hardcoding addresses in multiple places.\n## Questions: \n 1. **What is the purpose of this code?**\\\nA smart developer might wonder what the `zoneAddresses` array is used for within the `zoo` project. It could be helpful to provide context or additional information about its usage.\n\n2. **What type of addresses are included in the `zoneAddresses` array?**\\\nA smart developer might want to know what blockchain network or protocol these addresses belong to. The code comments provide some information, but it could be helpful to clarify further.\n\n3. **Are there any other arrays or variables related to `zoneAddresses`?**\\\nA smart developer might want to know if there are any other parts of the `zoo` project that interact with or rely on the `zoneAddresses` array. It could be helpful to provide additional information or references to related code.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/app/utils/zoneAddresses.md"}}],["146",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/access/AccessControl.sol/AccessControl.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to identify any issues that may arise from changes in the build. The buildInfo file can also be used to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during the build process.\n\nHere is an example of how this code may be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/build.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\nprint(f\"Build format: {build_info['_format']}\")\nprint(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commitHash']}\")\nprint(f\"Build date: {build_info['buildDate']}\")\n```\n\nThis code reads the buildInfo file and prints out the format, commit hash, and build date. This information can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to identify any issues that may arise from changes in the build.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What does the \"buildInfo\" field refer to?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely refers to a JSON file containing information about the build process for this code, such as the version number or build date.\n\n3. What is the significance of the file path in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The file path in the \"buildInfo\" field likely indicates the location of the JSON file containing build information relative to the current file's location in the project directory.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/access/AccessControl.sol/AccessControl.dbg.md"}}],["147",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/access/AccessControl.sol/AccessControl.json)\n\nThe code provided is a JSON object that describes the interface of a smart contract called `AccessControl`. This contract is part of the OpenZeppelin library and provides a way to manage access control in Ethereum smart contracts. \n\nThe contract defines a set of roles that can be assigned to Ethereum addresses. These roles can then be used to restrict access to certain functions or data within the contract. The contract also defines a set of events that are emitted when roles are granted, revoked, or when the role admin is changed. \n\nThe contract provides several functions that can be used to manage roles. The `grantRole` function can be used to assign a role to an address, while the `revokeRole` function can be used to remove a role from an address. The `renounceRole` function can be used by an address to voluntarily give up a role that they hold. The `hasRole` function can be used to check if an address has a particular role, while the `getRoleAdmin` function can be used to get the address of the role admin for a particular role. \n\nThe `supportsInterface` function is a standard function that is used to check if the contract implements a particular interface. This function is used by other contracts to check if the `AccessControl` contract can be used for access control. \n\nOverall, the `AccessControl` contract provides a flexible and secure way to manage access control in Ethereum smart contracts. It can be used in a wide range of applications, from simple token contracts to complex decentralized applications. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts/access/AccessControl.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract is AccessControl {\n bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256(\"MY_ROLE\");\n\n constructor() {\n _setupRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, msg.sender);\n _setupRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender);\n }\n\n function myFunction() public onlyRole(MY_ROLE) {\n // do something\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `MyContract` contract inherits from `AccessControl` and defines a custom role called `MY_ROLE`. The constructor assigns the `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` and `MY_ROLE` to the contract deployer. The `myFunction` function is restricted to addresses that hold the `MY_ROLE` role, which ensures that only authorized addresses can call this function.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it relate to the overall zoo project?\n- This code is a smart contract called AccessControl that provides role-based access control to other contracts in the zoo project.\n\n2. What events are emitted by this contract and what information do they provide?\n- This contract emits three events: RoleAdminChanged, RoleGranted, and RoleRevoked. They provide information about changes to role-based access control, including the role being changed, the previous and new admin roles, and the account and sender involved in granting or revoking a role.\n\n3. What functions are available in this contract and what do they do?\n- This contract provides several functions for managing role-based access control, including getRoleAdmin to retrieve the admin role for a given role, grantRole to grant a role to an account, hasRole to check if an account has a given role, renounceRole to remove a role from an account, revokeRole to revoke a role from an account, and supportsInterface to check if the contract supports a given interface.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/access/AccessControl.sol/AccessControl.md"}}],["148",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/access/IAccessControl.sol/IAccessControl.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key contains the path to the build information file, which is located at \"../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes and updates to the project, as well as to ensure that the project is running on the correct version of the build. \n\nFor example, if a developer wants to check the build information for the project, they can access this JSON object and retrieve the build format and path to the build information file. They can then use this information to verify that they are working on the correct version of the project and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise. \n\nOverall, this code serves as a useful tool for managing and maintaining the project, and ensures that all developers are working on the same version of the build.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Is there any other relevant information or context needed to understand this code?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the exact purpose or function of this code. It may be necessary to examine other files or documentation related to the \"zoo\" project to fully understand its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/access/IAccessControl.sol/IAccessControl.dbg.md"}}],["149",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/access/IAccessControl.sol/IAccessControl.json)\n\nThe code provided is a JSON object that describes the interface of a smart contract called `IAccessControl`. This contract is part of the OpenZeppelin library and provides a standardized way of managing access control in Ethereum smart contracts. \n\nThe `IAccessControl` contract defines a set of functions that allow other contracts to manage roles and permissions. These functions include `grantRole`, `revokeRole`, `renounceRole`, and `hasRole`. The contract also defines three events: `RoleAdminChanged`, `RoleGranted`, and `RoleRevoked`. These events are emitted when a role's admin is changed, when a role is granted to an account, and when a role is revoked from an account, respectively. \n\nThe purpose of this contract is to provide a way for other contracts to implement access control in a standardized way. By using this contract, developers can ensure that their contracts are interoperable with other contracts that use the same access control standard. \n\nHere is an example of how this contract might be used in a larger project:\n\n```solidity\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts/access/IAccessControl.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract is IAccessControl {\n bytes32 public constant ADMIN_ROLE = keccak256(\"ADMIN_ROLE\");\n\n constructor() {\n _setupRole(ADMIN_ROLE, msg.sender);\n }\n\n function doSomething() public onlyRole(ADMIN_ROLE) {\n // Only users with the ADMIN_ROLE can call this function\n // Do something here\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, `MyContract` is implementing the `IAccessControl` interface and defining a new role called `ADMIN_ROLE`. The contract's constructor grants the `ADMIN_ROLE` to the contract's deployer. The `doSomething` function is marked with the `onlyRole` modifier, which ensures that only users with the `ADMIN_ROLE` can call the function. \n\nOverall, the `IAccessControl` contract provides a useful standard for managing access control in Ethereum smart contracts. By using this contract, developers can ensure that their contracts are interoperable with other contracts that use the same standard.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it fit into the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines an interface called IAccessControl, which is likely used to manage access control for various roles within the zoo project.\n\n2. What are the inputs and outputs of the functions defined in this code?\n- The inputs and outputs of each function are specified in the \"inputs\" and \"outputs\" fields of each function object in the \"abi\" array.\n\n3. Are there any dependencies or external libraries required for this code to function properly?\n- It's unclear from this code whether there are any dependencies or external libraries required for this code to function properly, as the \"linkReferences\" and \"deployedLinkReferences\" fields are empty. However, it's possible that this code relies on other contracts or libraries within the zoo project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/access/IAccessControl.sol/IAccessControl.md"}}],["150",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol/Ownable.dbg.json)\n\nThe code above is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build information of the project. It can be used to ensure that the correct version of the project is being used, and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during development or deployment. \n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the buildInfo file can be checked to determine which version of the project the bug was introduced in. This can help narrow down the cause of the bug and make it easier to fix.\n\nIn addition, the buildInfo file can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the project. By checking the commit hash in the buildInfo file, developers can ensure that they are working with the same codebase and avoid any issues that may arise from using different versions of the project.\n\nOverall, this code is a small but important part of the larger project. It provides valuable information about the build and version of the project, which can be used to ensure that the project is running smoothly and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What does the \"buildInfo\" field refer to?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely refers to a JSON file containing information about the build process for this code, such as the version number or build date.\n\n3. What is the significance of the file path in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The file path in the \"buildInfo\" field likely indicates the location of the JSON file containing build information relative to the current file's location in the project directory.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol/Ownable.dbg.md"}}],["151",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol/Ownable.json)\n\nThe code provided is a JSON object that describes a smart contract called \"Ownable\". This contract is part of the OpenZeppelin library, which provides a set of reusable and secure smart contracts for building decentralized applications on the Ethereum blockchain.\n\nThe purpose of the \"Ownable\" contract is to provide a basic access control mechanism, where only the owner of the contract has certain privileges, such as the ability to transfer ownership to another address. The contract defines a single state variable called \"owner\", which is an Ethereum address that represents the current owner of the contract. The contract also defines four functions:\n\n1. \"OwnershipTransferred\": This is an event that is emitted when ownership of the contract is transferred from one address to another. The event includes the previous owner's address and the new owner's address as indexed parameters.\n\n2. \"owner\": This is a view function that returns the current owner's address.\n\n3. \"renounceOwnership\": This is a non-payable function that allows the current owner to renounce their ownership of the contract. Once ownership is renounced, it cannot be regained.\n\n4. \"transferOwnership\": This is a non-payable function that allows the current owner to transfer ownership of the contract to another address. The new owner must accept the ownership transfer before it is complete.\n\nThe \"Ownable\" contract can be used as a base contract for other contracts that require access control mechanisms. For example, a contract that manages a token sale may inherit from \"Ownable\" to ensure that only the owner of the contract can withdraw funds from the sale. Here is an example of how the \"Ownable\" contract can be inherited:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract is Ownable {\n // Contract code goes here\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the \"MyContract\" contract inherits from \"Ownable\" using the \"is\" keyword. This means that \"MyContract\" will have access to all of the functions and state variables defined in \"Ownable\", including the \"owner\" variable and the \"transferOwnership\" function.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it relate to the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines a contract called Ownable that provides basic ownership functionality, such as transferring ownership and renouncing ownership. It is likely used in other contracts within the zoo project to manage ownership.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n- The \"_format\" field is not a standard field in Solidity code and is likely specific to the development process or tooling used in the zoo project. A smart developer may want to investigate further to understand its purpose.\n\n3. Are there any external dependencies required for this code to function properly?\n- Based on the \"sourceName\" field, it appears that this code relies on the OpenZeppelin library. A smart developer may want to ensure that the correct version of the library is being used and that it is properly integrated into the zoo project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol/Ownable.md"}}],["152",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/security/Pausable.sol/Pausable.dbg.json)\n\nThe code above is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which in this case is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build information of the project. It can be used to ensure that the correct version of the project is being used, and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during development or deployment. \n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the build information can be used to identify which version of the project the bug was introduced in, and to track down the specific commit that caused the issue. \n\nIn addition, the build information can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the project. By including the build information in the project repository, developers can easily check which version they are working with and ensure that they are all on the same page.\n\nOverall, this code is a small but important part of the larger project, and helps to ensure that the project is well-documented and easy to maintain.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What does the \"buildInfo\" field refer to?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely refers to a JSON file containing information about the build process for this code.\n\n3. What is the significance of the file path in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The file path in the \"buildInfo\" field likely points to the location of the JSON file containing build information relative to the current file's location in the project directory.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/security/Pausable.sol/Pausable.dbg.md"}}],["153",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/security/Pausable.sol/Pausable.json)\n\nThe code provided is a JSON file that contains metadata about a smart contract called \"Pausable\". The contract is a part of the OpenZeppelin library, which is a collection of reusable smart contracts for Ethereum development. \n\nThe purpose of the Pausable contract is to provide a mechanism for pausing and unpausing certain functions within a smart contract. This can be useful in situations where the contract needs to be temporarily disabled due to a bug or security issue. \n\nThe contract contains two events: \"Paused\" and \"Unpaused\". These events are emitted when the contract is paused or unpaused, respectively. The contract also contains a function called \"paused\", which returns a boolean value indicating whether the contract is currently paused or not. \n\nThe JSON file contains information about the contract's ABI (Application Binary Interface), which is a standardized way of interacting with smart contracts. The ABI specifies the functions and events that can be called or listened to by other contracts or external applications. \n\nThe \"bytecode\" and \"deployedBytecode\" fields in the JSON file are empty, indicating that the contract has not been compiled or deployed yet. The \"linkReferences\" and \"deployedLinkReferences\" fields are also empty, indicating that the contract does not have any dependencies on other contracts. \n\nIn the larger project, the Pausable contract can be used as a building block for other contracts that require pausing functionality. For example, a contract that manages a decentralized exchange may use the Pausable contract to temporarily disable trading in the event of a security breach. \n\nHere is an example of how the \"paused\" function in the Pausable contract can be called from another contract using web3.js:\n\n```\nconst Web3 = require('web3');\nconst web3 = new Web3('http://localhost:8545');\n\nconst pausableContract = new web3.eth.Contract(pausableABI, pausableAddress);\n\npausableContract.methods.paused().call()\n .then(isPaused => console.log(`Contract is currently ${isPaused ? 'paused' : 'unpaused'}`))\n .catch(error => console.error(error));\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it relate to the overall zoo project?\n- This code is a contract called \"Pausable\" that provides a way to pause and unpause certain functions in the zoo project. It is likely used for security or maintenance purposes.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"abi\" section in this code?\n- The \"abi\" section stands for \"Application Binary Interface\" and provides a standardized way for other contracts or applications to interact with this contract. It specifies the functions, events, and parameters that can be used.\n\n3. Why is the \"bytecode\" section empty in this code?\n- The \"bytecode\" section is empty because this contract is not meant to be deployed on its own, but rather inherited by other contracts in the zoo project. Therefore, it does not need its own bytecode.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/security/Pausable.sol/Pausable.md"}}],["154",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol/ReentrancyGuard.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build timestamp.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to identify any issues that may arise from changes in the build. The buildInfo file can also be used to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during the build process.\n\nHere is an example of how this code may be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/build.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\nprint(f\"Build format: {build_info['_format']}\")\nprint(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commitHash']}\")\nprint(f\"Build timestamp: {build_info['buildTimestamp']}\")\n```\n\nThis code reads the buildInfo file and prints out the format, commit hash, and build timestamp. This information can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to identify any issues that may arise from changes in the build.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify a specific format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Is there any other relevant information or context needed to understand this code snippet?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the exact purpose or function of this code. It may be necessary to examine other files or documentation within the \"zoo\" project to fully understand its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol/ReentrancyGuard.dbg.md"}}],["155",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol/ReentrancyGuard.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains metadata about a contract called \"ReentrancyGuard\". The contract is a security feature that prevents reentrancy attacks in smart contracts. Reentrancy attacks occur when a malicious user exploits a vulnerability in a contract that allows them to repeatedly call a function before the previous call has finished executing, potentially leading to unexpected behavior or loss of funds.\n\nThe metadata includes the format of the artifact, the name of the contract, the source file location, the ABI (Application Binary Interface) which specifies how to interact with the contract, and the bytecode which is the compiled code that can be deployed to the blockchain. The deployedBytecode is empty because the contract has not yet been deployed.\n\nThis code is important for the larger project because it provides a crucial security feature that helps protect the integrity of the smart contracts in the zoo project. By preventing reentrancy attacks, the project can ensure that funds and assets are not lost due to malicious activity. \n\nHere is an example of how the ReentrancyGuard contract can be used in a larger project:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract is ReentrancyGuard {\n // ... contract code ...\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the MyContract contract inherits from the ReentrancyGuard contract, which means that it will have access to the reentrancy protection feature. This allows the project to easily incorporate the security feature into their own contracts without having to write the code from scratch.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the ReentrancyGuard contract?\n - The code provided only shows the metadata of the contract and not its implementation, so a smart developer might want to know more about what the contract does and how it is used.\n\n2. Why is the bytecode and deployedBytecode empty?\n - A smart developer might wonder why there is no bytecode provided for the contract, which could indicate that the contract has not been compiled or deployed yet.\n\n3. What are linkReferences and deployedLinkReferences?\n - A smart developer might want to know more about these properties and how they are used in the context of the project. These properties could be related to linking libraries or dependencies in the contract.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol/ReentrancyGuard.md"}}],["156",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/IERC1155Receiver.sol/IERC1155Receiver.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a configuration file for the zoo project. It contains two key-value pairs, \"_format\" and \"buildInfo\". The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file for the project, which is located at \"../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThe purpose of this configuration file is to provide important information about the project to other parts of the system. The \"_format\" key ensures that the file is in the correct format, which is important for the system to be able to read and use the file. The \"buildInfo\" key provides information about the build of the project, which can be used to track changes and ensure that the correct version of the project is being used.\n\nThis configuration file can be used in conjunction with other parts of the zoo project to ensure that the project is running correctly and using the correct version. For example, if the project is being built from source code, the build process can use the \"buildInfo\" key to ensure that the correct version of the project is being built. Similarly, other parts of the system can use the \"_format\" key to ensure that the configuration file is in the correct format before using it.\n\nOverall, this configuration file plays an important role in the larger zoo project by providing key information about the project to other parts of the system. By ensuring that the project is using the correct version and format, this file helps to ensure that the project is running correctly and efficiently.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in the code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number, and the location of the build info file.\n\n3. What is the overall purpose of this file within the zoo project?\n - Without additional context, it is unclear what the specific purpose of this file is within the zoo project. It may be necessary to examine other files or documentation to determine its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/IERC1155Receiver.sol/IERC1155Receiver.dbg.md"}}],["157",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/IERC1155Receiver.sol/IERC1155Receiver.json)\n\nThe code provided is an interface for the ERC1155 token standard. The ERC1155 token standard is a multi-token standard that allows for the creation of fungible and non-fungible tokens. The interface defines three functions that a contract must implement in order to be compatible with the ERC1155 token standard.\n\nThe first function, `onERC1155BatchReceived`, is called when a batch of tokens is transferred to a contract. The function takes in the address of the operator that initiated the transfer, the address of the sender, an array of token IDs, an array of token values, and an optional data parameter. The function returns a bytes4 value that indicates whether or not the transfer was successful.\n\nThe second function, `onERC1155Received`, is called when a single token is transferred to a contract. The function takes in the same parameters as `onERC1155BatchReceived`, but with a single token ID and value instead of arrays. The function also returns a bytes4 value that indicates whether or not the transfer was successful.\n\nThe third function, `supportsInterface`, is a view function that takes in a bytes4 value that represents the interface ID being queried. The function returns a boolean value that indicates whether or not the contract implements the queried interface.\n\nOverall, this code provides a standard interface for contracts to implement in order to be compatible with the ERC1155 token standard. This allows for interoperability between different contracts that use the ERC1155 token standard. For example, a contract that implements this interface could be used as a marketplace for ERC1155 tokens, allowing users to buy and sell tokens from different contracts that implement the ERC1155 token standard.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it fit into the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines an interface called IERC1155Receiver that specifies functions for receiving ERC1155 tokens. It is likely used in other contracts within the zoo project that deal with ERC1155 tokens.\n\n2. What are the inputs and outputs of the onERC1155Received and onERC1155BatchReceived functions?\n- Both functions take in an operator address, a from address, token IDs and values, and a data parameter. They both output a bytes4 value.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the supportsInterface function?\n- The supportsInterface function checks if a contract implements a specific interface by taking in a bytes4 interfaceId and returning a boolean value. This is useful for determining if a contract can interact with other contracts that implement the same interface.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/IERC1155Receiver.sol/IERC1155Receiver.md"}}],["158",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/utils/ERC1155Receiver.sol/ERC1155Receiver.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build timestamp.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot issues that may arise during development or deployment. For example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the buildInfo file can be consulted to determine which version of the code introduced the bug, and when it was introduced.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\ndef get_build_info():\n with open('zoo/build_info.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n return build_info\n\nif __name__ == '__main__':\n build_info = get_build_info()\n print(f\"Build format: {build_info['_format']}\")\n print(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commit_hash']}\")\n print(f\"Build timestamp: {build_info['build_timestamp']}\")\n```\n\nIn this example, the `get_build_info` function reads the buildInfo file and returns it as a Python dictionary. The `if __name__ == '__main__'` block demonstrates how this function can be used to print out information about the build, such as the format, commit hash, and build timestamp. This information can be useful for debugging and troubleshooting issues in the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What does the \"buildInfo\" field refer to?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely refers to a JSON file containing information about the build process for this code, such as the version number or build date.\n\n3. Why is the path to the buildInfo file so long and convoluted?\n - It's possible that the long path to the buildInfo file is due to the file being located in a specific directory structure required by the project's build process, or to ensure that the file is only accessible to authorized users.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/utils/ERC1155Receiver.sol/ERC1155Receiver.dbg.md"}}],["159",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/utils/ERC1155Receiver.sol/ERC1155Receiver.json)\n\nThis code defines a contract called ERC1155Receiver, which is used in the larger project called zoo. The contract contains three functions: onERC1155BatchReceived, onERC1155Received, and supportsInterface. \n\nThe onERC1155BatchReceived function is called when a batch of ERC1155 tokens is received by the contract. It takes in five parameters: operator, from, ids, values, and data. The operator parameter is the address of the account that is performing the transfer, while the from parameter is the address of the account that is sending the tokens. The ids parameter is an array of the token IDs being transferred, and the values parameter is an array of the corresponding token values. The data parameter is additional data that can be sent with the transfer. The function returns a bytes4 value.\n\nThe onERC1155Received function is called when a single ERC1155 token is received by the contract. It takes in five parameters: operator, from, id, value, and data. The operator and from parameters are the same as in the onERC1155BatchReceived function. The id parameter is the ID of the token being transferred, and the value parameter is the corresponding token value. The data parameter is additional data that can be sent with the transfer. The function returns a bytes4 value.\n\nThe supportsInterface function is used to check if the contract supports a particular interface. It takes in one parameter: interfaceId, which is a bytes4 value representing the interface being checked. The function returns a boolean value indicating whether or not the contract supports the interface.\n\nOverall, this code provides a way for the zoo project to handle the transfer of ERC1155 tokens. The ERC1155Receiver contract can be used to receive batches of tokens or single tokens, and the supportsInterface function can be used to check if the contract supports a particular interface.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it fit into the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines the ERC1155Receiver contract and its functions, which are used for receiving and handling ERC1155 tokens. It likely plays a role in the zoo project's token management system.\n\n2. What are the inputs and outputs of the `onERC1155Received` and `onERC1155BatchReceived` functions?\n- Both functions take in an `operator` address, a `from` address, an array of `ids`, an array of `values`, and a `data` parameter. They both output a `bytes4` value.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `supportsInterface` function and what does it return?\n- The `supportsInterface` function checks if the contract supports a given interface ID and returns a boolean value indicating whether it does or not. It is a view function, meaning it does not modify the state of the contract.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/utils/ERC1155Receiver.sol/ERC1155Receiver.md"}}],["160",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/ERC20.sol/ERC20.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file, which is located at \"../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThis code is important for tracking the build of the project and ensuring that the correct version is being used. It can be used in conjunction with other code to ensure that the correct build is being used in different environments, such as development, testing, and production.\n\nFor example, in a deployment script, this code could be used to check that the correct build is being deployed to the correct environment. If the build information does not match the expected values, the deployment could be halted to prevent errors or issues.\n\nOverall, this code serves as a small but important piece of the larger project, helping to ensure that the correct build is being used and reducing the risk of errors or issues in different environments.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What does the \"buildInfo\" field refer to?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely refers to a JSON file that contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version number or build date.\n\n3. Why is the path to the buildInfo file so long and complex?\n - The long and complex path to the buildInfo file may be due to the file being located in a specific directory structure or build system that requires this specific path format. Alternatively, it may be a security measure to prevent unauthorized access to the buildInfo file.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/ERC20.sol/ERC20.dbg.md"}}],["161",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol/IERC20.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to the location of the build information file, which is located at \"../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes and updates to the project, as well as to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during development or deployment. \n\nFor example, if a developer notices a bug in the project, they can refer to the build information file to see if any recent changes may have caused the issue. They can also use the build information to ensure that they are working with the most up-to-date version of the project. \n\nOverall, this code serves as an important component of the larger project by providing valuable information about the build and helping to ensure that the project is running smoothly.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What does the \"buildInfo\" field refer to?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely refers to a JSON file containing information about the build process for this code, such as the version number or build date.\n\n3. Why is the buildInfo file located in a directory several levels above this file?\n - It's possible that the buildInfo file is located in a higher-level directory to ensure that it is easily accessible to other parts of the project, or to keep it separate from the code files themselves for organizational purposes.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol/IERC20.dbg.md"}}],["162",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol/IERC20.json)\n\nThe code provided is a JSON object that describes the interface for an ERC20 token contract. The ERC20 token standard is a widely used interface for fungible tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. This interface defines a set of functions and events that a smart contract must implement in order to be considered an ERC20 token. \n\nThe JSON object includes the following fields:\n- `_format`: a string indicating the format of the artifact. In this case, it is \"hh-sol-artifact-1\".\n- `contractName`: a string indicating the name of the contract. In this case, it is \"IERC20\", which stands for \"interface for ERC20\".\n- `sourceName`: a string indicating the name of the source file where this interface is defined. In this case, it is \"@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol\", which is a standard implementation of the ERC20 interface provided by the OpenZeppelin library.\n- `abi`: an array of objects that define the functions and events of the ERC20 interface. Each object represents a function or event and includes information such as the function/event name, input/output parameters, and whether it is payable or not.\n- `bytecode` and `deployedBytecode`: empty strings indicating that this is an interface and not an actual contract.\n- `linkReferences` and `deployedLinkReferences`: empty objects indicating that there are no library dependencies for this interface.\n\nThis interface can be used by other smart contracts that need to interact with ERC20 tokens. For example, a decentralized exchange contract might use this interface to check the balance of a user's ERC20 tokens and transfer them during a trade. Here is an example of how this interface could be used in Solidity code:\n\n```\ninterface IERC20 {\n function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);\n function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);\n}\n\ncontract MyContract {\n IERC20 public token;\n\n constructor(address tokenAddress) {\n token = IERC20(tokenAddress);\n }\n\n function doSomething() external {\n uint256 balance = token.balanceOf(msg.sender);\n require(balance > 0, \"Insufficient balance\");\n token.transfer(address(this), balance);\n // do something with the transferred tokens\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, `MyContract` is a smart contract that interacts with an ERC20 token. It takes the address of the ERC20 token as a constructor argument and creates an instance of the `IERC20` interface. The `doSomething` function checks the balance of the caller's ERC20 tokens using the `balanceOf` function and transfers them to the `MyContract` instance using the `transfer` function. The transferred tokens can then be used by `MyContract` for some purpose.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n - This code defines an interface for an ERC20 token contract, including functions for checking balances, transferring tokens, and approving token transfers.\n2. What is the source of this code and what version is it?\n - The source of this code is the `@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol` file, and the version is not specified in this code snippet.\n3. Are there any dependencies or external contracts required for this code to function properly?\n - No, there are no external contracts or dependencies required for this code to function properly.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol/IERC20.md"}}],["163",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20Burnable.sol/ERC20Burnable.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build timestamp.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot issues that may arise during development or deployment. The buildInfo file can also be used to generate release notes or other documentation about the project.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\ndef get_build_info():\n with open('zoo/build_info.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n return build_info\n\nif __name__ == '__main__':\n build_info = get_build_info()\n print(f\"Build version: {build_info['_format']}\")\n print(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commitHash']}\")\n print(f\"Build timestamp: {build_info['buildTimestamp']}\")\n```\n\nIn this example, the `get_build_info` function reads the build_info JSON file and returns it as a dictionary. The `if __name__ == '__main__'` block demonstrates how this function can be used to print out information about the build, including the version, commit hash, and build timestamp. This information can be useful for debugging or troubleshooting issues with the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number, and the location of the build information file.\n\n3. What is the meaning of the file path in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The file path in the \"buildInfo\" field likely points to a JSON file containing additional information about the build process, such as the date and time of the build, the user who performed the build, and any relevant build parameters or settings.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20Burnable.sol/ERC20Burnable.dbg.md"}}],["164",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20Burnable.sol/ERC20Burnable.json)\n\nThe code provided is a JSON object that contains the ABI (Application Binary Interface) for a smart contract called ERC20Burnable. This smart contract is part of the OpenZeppelin library and is used to create ERC20 tokens that can be burned (destroyed) by the token owner. \n\nERC20 is a standard interface for tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. This interface defines a set of functions that a smart contract must implement in order to be considered an ERC20 token. The ERC20Burnable contract extends the ERC20 interface by adding two functions: burn and burnFrom. These functions allow the token owner to destroy their own tokens or tokens owned by another address, respectively. \n\nThe ABI is a JSON representation of the functions and events that are part of the smart contract. It is used by other smart contracts and applications to interact with the ERC20Burnable contract. For example, a decentralized exchange (DEX) could use the ABI to display the token balance of a user and allow them to burn their tokens if they choose to do so. \n\nHere is an example of how the burn function could be called from a smart contract:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20Burnable.sol\";\n\ncontract MyToken is ERC20Burnable {\n constructor() ERC20(\"My Token\", \"MTK\") {\n _mint(msg.sender, 1000000 * 10 ** decimals());\n }\n \n function burnTokens(uint256 amount) public {\n _burn(msg.sender, amount);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, we are creating a new ERC20 token called MyToken that extends the ERC20Burnable contract. We are also defining a new function called burnTokens that allows the token owner to burn a specified amount of their tokens. The _burn function is called internally to destroy the tokens. \n\nOverall, the ERC20Burnable contract is a useful tool for creating ERC20 tokens that can be burned by the token owner. The ABI provided in the code snippet can be used by other smart contracts and applications to interact with the ERC20Burnable contract.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it relate to the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines the ERC20Burnable contract, which is an extension of the ERC20 token standard. It allows tokens to be burned (destroyed) by their owner, reducing the total supply. It is likely used in the zoo project to manage a custom token.\n\n2. Are there any external dependencies required for this code to function properly?\n- Yes, this code relies on the OpenZeppelin library, specifically the ERC20 extension. The sourceName field indicates that this code is imported from \"@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20Burnable.sol\".\n\n3. What functions are available in this contract and what do they do?\n- This contract includes functions for transferring tokens, checking balances, approving token transfers, and burning tokens. It also includes functions for increasing and decreasing the amount of tokens that can be spent by an approved spender. The name, symbol, and totalSupply functions provide information about the token.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20Burnable.sol/ERC20Burnable.md"}}],["165",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Metadata.sol/IERC20Metadata.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key contains the path to the build information file, which is located at \"../../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes and updates to the project, as well as to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during development or deployment.\n\nFor example, if a developer encounters an error in the project, they can use the build information to determine which version of the project they are working with and to identify any changes that may have been made since the last successful build. This can help them to pinpoint the source of the error and to make any necessary changes to the code.\n\nOverall, this code is a small but important part of the larger zoo project, providing valuable information about the build of the project that can be used to ensure its stability and functionality.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process used to create this file, such as the version of the compiler or other tools used.\n\n3. What is the meaning of the path specified in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The path specified in the \"buildInfo\" field likely points to a JSON file containing additional information about the build process, such as the date and time of the build or the specific version of the code used.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Metadata.sol/IERC20Metadata.dbg.md"}}],["166",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Metadata.sol/IERC20Metadata.json)\n\nThe code provided is a JSON object that describes the interface of a smart contract called `IERC20Metadata`. This contract is part of the OpenZeppelin library and is used to define the standard interface for ERC20 tokens with additional metadata. \n\nERC20 is a standard interface for fungible tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. Fungible tokens are interchangeable and have the same value, like currency. The `IERC20Metadata` contract extends the ERC20 interface by adding metadata such as the name, symbol, and number of decimals for the token. \n\nThe JSON object contains an array of ABI (Application Binary Interface) objects that define the functions and events of the contract. The functions include `balanceOf`, `transfer`, `transferFrom`, `approve`, and `allowance`. These functions are used to manage the token balances and transfer tokens between accounts. The events include `Transfer` and `Approval`, which are emitted when a transfer or approval occurs. \n\nThe `bytecode` and `deployedBytecode` fields are empty because this is an interface contract and cannot be deployed on its own. It is meant to be inherited by other contracts that implement the functionality defined in the interface. \n\nOverall, this code provides a standard interface for ERC20 tokens with additional metadata. It can be used by developers to create new ERC20 tokens that conform to this standard and can be easily integrated with other contracts and applications that support ERC20 tokens. \n\nExample usage of this interface in a Solidity contract:\n\n```\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Metadata.sol\";\n\ncontract MyToken is IERC20Metadata {\n // implement the functions and events defined in the interface\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file defines the interface for the ERC20 token standard, specifically the metadata extension.\n\n2. What functions are available in this interface?\n- The interface includes functions for checking allowance, approving transfers, checking balance, getting decimals, getting name and symbol, getting total supply, transferring tokens, and transferring tokens from another address.\n\n3. Is there any implementation code included in this file?\n- No, there is no implementation code included in this file. The bytecode and deployedBytecode fields are both empty.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Metadata.sol/IERC20Metadata.md"}}],["167",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/draft-IERC20Permit.sol/IERC20Permit.dbg.json)\n\nThe code above is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which in this case is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, such as the version number and the date of the build.\n\nThis code is important for the zoo project because it allows developers to keep track of the different builds of the project. By having a unique format for each build and a separate JSON file with detailed information, developers can easily identify and troubleshoot issues that may arise in different builds. For example, if a bug is discovered in a specific build, developers can quickly refer to the buildInfo file to determine which version of the code is affected and what changes were made in that build.\n\nHere is an example of how this code may be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/build_info.json') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\nprint(f\"Build format: {build_info['_format']}\")\nprint(f\"Build info file: {build_info['buildInfo']}\")\n```\n\nIn this example, the code reads the buildInfo file and prints out the format and file path. This information can be used to identify the specific build of the project and troubleshoot any issues that may arise.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What does the \"buildInfo\" field refer to?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely refers to a JSON file containing information about the build process for this code, such as the version number or build date.\n\n3. Why is the path to the buildInfo file so long and convoluted?\n - It's possible that the long path to the buildInfo file is due to the file being located in a specific directory structure required by the build process, or to ensure that the file is only accessible to authorized users.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/draft-IERC20Permit.sol/IERC20Permit.dbg.md"}}],["168",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/draft-IERC20Permit.sol/IERC20Permit.json)\n\nThe code provided is a JSON object that describes the interface of a smart contract called IERC20Permit. This contract is part of the OpenZeppelin library and is located in the \"@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/draft-IERC20Permit.sol\" file.\n\nThe IERC20Permit contract extends the ERC20 standard token contract and adds the ability for token holders to give permission to other addresses to spend their tokens on their behalf. This is done through the permit function, which takes as input the owner's address, the spender's address, the amount of tokens to be spent, a deadline, and a signature that proves the owner's approval. The permit function is non-payable, meaning it does not require any payment to be executed.\n\nThe permit function uses a domain separator, which is a unique identifier for the contract, to prevent replay attacks. It also uses a nonce to prevent the same signature from being used multiple times. The nonces function allows anyone to query the current nonce for a given owner's address.\n\nThis JSON object provides the ABI (Application Binary Interface) of the IERC20Permit contract, which is used by other contracts and applications to interact with it. The ABI specifies the functions and their inputs and outputs, as well as the contract's bytecode and other metadata.\n\nIn summary, the IERC20Permit contract provides a way for token holders to give permission to other addresses to spend their tokens on their behalf, using a secure signature scheme that prevents replay attacks. This contract is part of the OpenZeppelin library and can be used by other contracts and applications that require this functionality.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it relate to the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines an interface for an ERC20 token with permit functionality. It is likely used as part of the zoo project's token implementation.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"DOMAIN_SEPARATOR\" function and how is it used?\n- The \"DOMAIN_SEPARATOR\" function returns a unique identifier for the contract that is used in the permit signature. It is used to prevent replay attacks.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the \"permit\" function and what are the inputs and outputs?\n- The \"permit\" function allows a token owner to approve a spender to transfer tokens on their behalf, with an optional expiration date. The inputs include the owner, spender, value, deadline, and signature parameters. There are no outputs.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/draft-IERC20Permit.sol/IERC20Permit.md"}}],["169",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol/SafeERC20.dbg.json)\n\nThe code above is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build information of the project. It can be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot issues that may arise during development or deployment. \n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the buildInfo file can be consulted to determine which version of the code introduced the bug. This information can then be used to roll back to a previous version of the code, or to identify the specific changes that caused the issue.\n\nIn addition, the buildInfo file can be used to track the progress of the project over time. By comparing the build information for different versions of the code, team members can see how the project has evolved and identify areas for improvement.\n\nOverall, this code is a crucial component of the larger project, as it provides important information about the build and version of the code.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What does the \"buildInfo\" field refer to?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely refers to a JSON file containing information about the build process for this code, such as the version number or build date.\n\n3. Why is the path to the buildInfo file so long and convoluted?\n - It's unclear why the path to the buildInfo file is so long and convoluted, but it's possible that it's due to the file being located in a specific directory structure or build system.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol/SafeERC20.dbg.md"}}],["170",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol/SafeERC20.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that provides metadata about a contract called SafeERC20. The contract is part of the larger project called zoo and is located in the @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol file. \n\nThe purpose of the SafeERC20 contract is to provide a safe way to interact with ERC20 tokens. ERC20 tokens are a type of cryptocurrency that follow a specific set of rules, and the SafeERC20 contract ensures that these rules are followed to prevent errors and vulnerabilities. \n\nThe contract includes functions such as safeTransfer, safeApprove, and safeTransferFrom, which all have additional checks to ensure that the transfer or approval is successful. For example, the safeTransfer function checks that the recipient address is not zero and that the transfer was successful before returning true. \n\nThis contract can be used in the larger zoo project to handle ERC20 token transfers and approvals in a safe and secure way. Developers can import the SafeERC20 contract into their own contracts and use its functions to interact with ERC20 tokens. \n\nHere is an example of how the safeTransfer function can be used in a contract:\n\n```\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n using SafeERC20 for IERC20;\n\n function transferTokens(address token, address recipient, uint256 amount) external {\n IERC20(token).safeTransfer(recipient, amount);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the MyContract contract imports the SafeERC20 contract and uses the safeTransfer function to transfer ERC20 tokens to a recipient address. The using statement allows the MyContract contract to use the SafeERC20 functions on any ERC20 token that implements the IERC20 interface. \n\nOverall, the SafeERC20 contract provides a useful tool for developers working with ERC20 tokens in the zoo project, ensuring that token transfers and approvals are safe and secure.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how is it used in the `zoo` project?\n Answer: This code is a contract called `SafeERC20` from the OpenZeppelin library, which provides a safer way to interact with ERC20 tokens. It is likely used in the `zoo` project to handle token transfers and ensure they are executed safely.\n\n2. What is the difference between the `bytecode` and `deployedBytecode` fields?\n Answer: The `bytecode` field contains the compiled code for the contract, while the `deployedBytecode` field contains the same code but with the constructor arguments already deployed. This allows for easier verification of the deployed contract.\n\n3. Are there any external dependencies or libraries required to use this code?\n Answer: Yes, this code is part of the OpenZeppelin library and is located in the `@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils` directory. Therefore, the `zoo` project would need to have this library installed and imported in order to use this code.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol/SafeERC20.md"}}],["171",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/ERC721.sol/ERC721.dbg.json)\n\nThe code above is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to the location of the build information file, which is located at \"../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThis file is important for the zoo project because it provides information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes made to the project, identify issues that may arise during the build process, and ensure that the project is built correctly. \n\nFor example, if a developer makes changes to the project and the build fails, they can refer to the build information file to identify the cause of the failure. They can then make the necessary changes to the code and rebuild the project. \n\nOverall, this file is a crucial component of the zoo project as it provides important information about the build process.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. What is the context or purpose of this code within the larger zoo project?\n - Without additional context, it is unclear what role this code plays within the zoo project and how it interacts with other components.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/ERC721.sol/ERC721.dbg.md"}}],["172",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol/IERC721.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file, which is located at \"../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes and updates to the project, as well as to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during development or deployment.\n\nFor example, if a developer notices a problem with the project, they can refer to the build information file to see if any recent changes may have caused the issue. They can also use the build information to ensure that they are working with the correct version of the project.\n\nOverall, this code is a small but important part of the larger project, as it provides valuable information about the build and helps to ensure that the project is running smoothly.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in the code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify a specific format or version of the code or data.\n \n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and its value?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for the project, including the version or commit hash used to build the code.\n \n3. Where is the file containing this code located within the \"zoo\" project?\n - It is not clear from this code snippet where the file is located within the \"zoo\" project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol/IERC721.dbg.md"}}],["173",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol/IERC721.json)\n\nThis code defines an interface for the ERC721 token standard, which is a widely used standard for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) on the Ethereum blockchain. The ERC721 standard defines a set of functions and events that a smart contract must implement in order to create and manage NFTs. \n\nThe code includes an array of ABI (Application Binary Interface) objects, which specify the functions and events that are part of the ERC721 standard. These include functions for transferring ownership of tokens, approving transfers, checking balances, and setting operator approvals. There are also events for tracking approvals and transfers.\n\nThis interface can be used by other smart contracts that want to interact with ERC721 tokens. For example, a smart contract that represents a marketplace for NFTs would need to interact with ERC721 tokens in order to transfer ownership of tokens between buyers and sellers. By implementing the functions and events defined in this interface, the marketplace contract can interact with any ERC721-compliant token contract.\n\nHere is an example of how this interface might be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol\";\n\ncontract MyMarketplace {\n IERC721 public token;\n\n constructor(address _tokenAddress) {\n token = IERC721(_tokenAddress);\n }\n\n function buyToken(uint256 _tokenId) public {\n // Transfer ownership of token from seller to buyer\n token.transferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), _tokenId);\n token.transfer(msg.sender, _tokenId);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `MyMarketplace` contract imports the `IERC721` interface and creates a public variable `token` of type `IERC721`. The constructor takes an address argument that specifies the address of an ERC721-compliant token contract. \n\nThe `buyToken` function uses the `transferFrom` function from the `IERC721` interface to transfer ownership of the token from the seller to the marketplace contract. It then uses the `transfer` function to transfer ownership of the token from the marketplace contract to the buyer. By using the `IERC721` interface, the `MyMarketplace` contract can interact with any ERC721-compliant token contract, regardless of its implementation details.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it relate to the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines an interface for a non-fungible token (NFT) contract, which is likely used in the zoo project to represent unique digital assets such as animals or habitats.\n\n2. What functions are available in this contract and what do they do?\n- The contract includes functions for approving transfers of NFTs, checking balances and ownership, transferring NFTs, and setting approval for all transfers. It also includes events for tracking approvals and transfers.\n\n3. Are there any dependencies or external contracts that this code relies on?\n- Yes, the contract is imported from the OpenZeppelin library and specifically from the ERC721 token standard. It is likely that other contracts in the zoo project will interact with this contract or implement the same standard.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol/IERC721.md"}}],["174",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol/IERC721Receiver.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to the location of the build information file, which is located at \"../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". \n\nThe purpose of this file is to provide information about the build of the project, which can be useful for debugging and troubleshooting purposes. The build information file contains details about the version of the project, the build date, and other relevant information. \n\nIn the larger project, this file may be used by developers and system administrators to identify the version of the project that is currently running, and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise. For example, if a bug is reported in the project, the build information file can be used to identify the version of the project that contains the bug, and to determine if the bug has been fixed in a later version. \n\nHere is an example of how this file may be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\n# Load the build information file\nwith open('zoo/build-info.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\n# Print the version of the project\nprint(\"Version: {}\".format(build_info['version']))\n\n# Print the build date\nprint(\"Build date: {}\".format(build_info['buildDate']))\n```\n\nThis code loads the build information file and prints the version of the project and the build date. This information can be useful for debugging and troubleshooting purposes.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in the code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify a specific format or version of the code or data.\n \n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and its value?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for the project, including the version or commit hash used to build the code.\n \n3. Where is the file containing this code located within the \"zoo\" project?\n - It is unclear from the code snippet where this file is located within the \"zoo\" project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol/IERC721Receiver.dbg.md"}}],["175",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol/IERC721Receiver.json)\n\nThe code provided is a Solidity interface for the ERC721 token standard's receiver contract. This interface defines a single function called `onERC721Received` which is called when a contract receives an ERC721 token. The function takes four arguments: `operator`, `from`, `tokenId`, and `data`. \n\nThe `operator` argument is the address of the contract that is transferring the token. The `from` argument is the address of the token's previous owner. The `tokenId` argument is the unique identifier of the token being transferred. The `data` argument is an optional data payload that can be sent along with the token transfer.\n\nThe function returns a bytes4 value, which is a 4-byte function selector that indicates whether the contract is willing to receive the token. If the function returns the bytes4 value `0x150b7a02`, it indicates that the contract is willing to receive the token. If the function returns any other value, it indicates that the contract is not willing to receive the token.\n\nThis interface is intended to be implemented by contracts that wish to receive ERC721 tokens. By implementing this interface, a contract can signal to other contracts that it is capable of receiving ERC721 tokens. For example, a contract that represents a marketplace for ERC721 tokens might implement this interface to allow users to transfer their tokens to the marketplace contract.\n\nHere is an example implementation of the `onERC721Received` function:\n\n```\ncontract MyContract is IERC721Receiver {\n function onERC721Received(address operator, address from, uint256 tokenId, bytes calldata data) external returns (bytes4) {\n // Do something with the token\n return bytes4(keccak256(\"onERC721Received(address,address,uint256,bytes)\"));\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, `MyContract` implements the `IERC721Receiver` interface and provides its own implementation of the `onERC721Received` function. When this function is called, it simply returns the function selector for `onERC721Received`, indicating that the contract is willing to receive ERC721 tokens.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it relate to the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines an interface for a contract called IERC721Receiver, which is likely used in the zoo project to handle the receipt of ERC721 tokens.\n\n2. What is the expected input and output of the `onERC721Received` function?\n- The function expects four inputs: `operator` (an address), `from` (an address), `tokenId` (a uint256), and `data` (a bytes array). It outputs a bytes4 value.\n\n3. What is the significance of the \"bytecode\" and \"deployedBytecode\" fields?\n- The \"bytecode\" field represents the compiled bytecode of the contract, while the \"deployedBytecode\" field represents the bytecode of the contract after it has been deployed to the blockchain. Since this code is an interface and not a full contract, both fields are empty.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol/IERC721Receiver.md"}}],["176",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Enumerable.sol/IERC721Enumerable.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build timestamp.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot issues that may arise during development or deployment. The buildInfo file can be used to identify the exact version of the code that is running in production, which can be helpful for debugging issues that are specific to certain versions.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\ndef get_build_info():\n with open('zoo/build_info.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n return build_info\n\nif __name__ == '__main__':\n build_info = get_build_info()\n print(f\"Build format: {build_info['_format']}\")\n print(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commit_hash']}\")\n print(f\"Build timestamp: {build_info['build_timestamp']}\")\n```\n\nIn this example, the `get_build_info` function reads the build_info file and returns a dictionary containing the build information. The `if __name__ == '__main__'` block demonstrates how this function can be used to print out the build format, commit hash, and build timestamp. This information can be helpful for troubleshooting issues or verifying that the correct version of the code is running.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field likely specifies the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n \n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process or environment used to create this file, such as the version of the compiler or build tool used.\n \n3. What is the meaning of the path specified in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The path specified in the \"buildInfo\" field likely points to a JSON file containing additional information about the build process or environment used to create this file.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Enumerable.sol/IERC721Enumerable.dbg.md"}}],["177",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Enumerable.sol/IERC721Enumerable.json)\n\nThis code defines an interface called `IERC721Enumerable` which is used in the larger project to implement the ERC721 standard for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) on the Ethereum blockchain. The interface specifies a set of functions that must be implemented by any contract that wants to be considered an ERC721 token. \n\nThe functions defined in the interface include `balanceOf`, which returns the number of tokens owned by a particular address, `ownerOf`, which returns the owner of a specific token, `approve`, which approves a specific address to transfer a specific token, `getApproved`, which returns the address approved to transfer a specific token, `setApprovalForAll`, which approves or revokes an address to transfer all tokens owned by a specific address, `isApprovedForAll`, which checks if an address is approved to transfer all tokens owned by a specific address, `transferFrom`, which transfers a specific token from one address to another, `safeTransferFrom`, which transfers a specific token from one address to another with additional data, `supportsInterface`, which checks if a contract implements a specific interface, `tokenByIndex`, which returns the token ID for a given index, and `tokenOfOwnerByIndex`, which returns the token ID for a given index owned by a specific address.\n\nThe code also includes the ABI (Application Binary Interface) for the interface, which is used to interact with the contract on the blockchain. The ABI specifies the function signatures and their inputs and outputs, which are necessary for calling the functions from other contracts or applications.\n\nOverall, this code is an important part of the larger project as it defines the interface that must be implemented by any ERC721 token contract. By implementing this interface, a contract can be considered an ERC721 token and can be used in various applications such as gaming, collectibles, and more. Here is an example of how this interface can be implemented in a contract:\n\n```\ncontract MyToken is IERC721Enumerable {\n // implement the functions defined in the interface\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it relate to the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines an interface for a specific type of token contract called IERC721Enumerable. It is likely used as part of the implementation of the zoo project's token system.\n\n2. What functions and events are included in this interface?\n- The interface includes functions for transferring and approving ownership of tokens, checking balances and ownership, and setting approval for all operators. It also includes events for Approval, ApprovalForAll, and Transfer.\n\n3. Are there any dependencies or external libraries required for this code to function properly?\n- Yes, the code references an external library called \"@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Enumerable.sol\". This library likely provides additional functionality for the token contract implementation.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Enumerable.sol/IERC721Enumerable.md"}}],["178",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol/IERC721Metadata.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains two key-value pairs. The first key is \"_format\" and its value is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The second key is \"buildInfo\" and its value is a file path to a JSON file located at \"../../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build and format of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which may be important for compatibility and versioning purposes. The \"buildInfo\" key provides a file path to a JSON file that likely contains more detailed information about the build, such as the version number, build date, and any dependencies used. \n\nThis code may be used in the larger project to ensure that all components are using the same build and format, and to easily access information about the build. For example, if a developer needs to check the version number of the project, they can access the \"buildInfo\" file and retrieve that information. \n\nAn example of how this code may be used in the larger project is in a build script. The build script may read the \"_format\" key to ensure that the build is in the correct format, and then use the \"buildInfo\" file to retrieve information about the build, such as the version number. This information can then be used to tag the build and deploy it to the appropriate environment. \n\nOverall, this code provides important information about the build and format of the project, which can be used to ensure consistency and compatibility across all components of the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number, and the location of the build information file.\n\n3. What is the expected location of the build information file?\n - The build information file is expected to be located at \"../../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\", relative to the location of this file.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol/IERC721Metadata.dbg.md"}}],["179",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol/IERC721Metadata.json)\n\nThe code provided is an interface for the ERC721Metadata contract, which is a standard interface for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) on the Ethereum blockchain. This interface defines a set of functions and events that a contract must implement in order to be considered ERC721Metadata-compliant. \n\nThe ERC721Metadata contract extends the ERC721 standard by adding the ability to associate metadata with each token. This metadata can include information such as the name and symbol of the token, as well as a URI that points to a JSON file containing additional information about the token. \n\nThe functions defined in this interface include the ability to transfer ownership of a token, approve another address to transfer a token, and get information about a token such as its owner and approved operator. The events defined in this interface include Approval, ApprovalForAll, and Transfer, which are emitted when a token is approved for transfer, an operator is approved for all tokens, and a token is transferred, respectively. \n\nThis interface can be used by developers who are building contracts that implement the ERC721Metadata standard. By implementing this interface, their contracts can be used with existing tools and platforms that support ERC721Metadata-compliant tokens. \n\nHere is an example of how this interface might be used in a contract:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol\";\n\ncontract MyNFT is IERC721Metadata {\n // Implement functions and events from IERC721Metadata here\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the MyNFT contract implements the functions and events defined in the IERC721Metadata interface, making it compliant with the ERC721Metadata standard.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file defines the interface for the ERC721Metadata contract, which is used for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) on the Ethereum blockchain.\n\n2. What functions and events are included in the ERC721Metadata interface?\n- The ERC721Metadata interface includes functions for approving transfers, checking token balances and ownership, transferring tokens, and setting approval for all operators. It also includes events for approval, approval for all, and transfer.\n\n3. Is there any bytecode or link references included in this file?\n- No, both the bytecode and deployedBytecode fields are empty, and there are no link references included. This suggests that this file is only defining the interface and not implementing any actual contract code.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol/IERC721Metadata.md"}}],["180",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol/Address.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot issues that may arise during development or deployment. The buildInfo file can be used to identify the exact version of the code that is running, which can be helpful for debugging and support purposes.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\ndef get_build_info():\n with open('zoo/build_info.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n return build_info\n\nif __name__ == '__main__':\n build_info = get_build_info()\n print(f\"Build version: {build_info['_format']}\")\n print(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commit_hash']}\")\n print(f\"Build date: {build_info['build_date']}\")\n```\n\nIn this example, the `get_build_info` function reads the build_info JSON file and returns it as a Python dictionary. The `if __name__ == '__main__'` block demonstrates how this function can be used to print out the build version, commit hash, and build date. This information can be used to track down issues or to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What does the \"buildInfo\" field refer to?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely refers to a JSON file containing information about the build process for this code.\n\n3. What is the significance of the file path in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The file path in the \"buildInfo\" field likely indicates the location of the JSON file containing build information relative to the current file.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol/Address.dbg.md"}}],["181",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol/Address.json)\n\nThis code represents a JSON object that contains information about a contract called \"Address\" located in the \"@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol\" file. The contract is written in Solidity, a programming language used for developing smart contracts on the Ethereum blockchain. \n\nThe JSON object contains several fields that provide information about the contract, including its name, source file, and bytecode. The bytecode is a machine-readable version of the contract that can be executed on the Ethereum Virtual Machine (EVM). \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a standardized format for storing and sharing information about smart contracts. This is important because smart contracts are immutable once deployed, meaning that any errors or vulnerabilities in the code cannot be easily fixed. By providing a standardized format for contract information, developers can more easily audit and verify the security of smart contracts before deploying them to the blockchain. \n\nIn the larger context of the \"zoo\" project, this code may be used to store and share information about smart contracts used in the project. For example, if the \"zoo\" project includes a smart contract for managing the ownership of digital assets, this code could be used to store information about that contract, including its bytecode and any relevant metadata. Other developers working on the project could then use this information to verify the security of the contract and integrate it into their own applications. \n\nOverall, this code serves as an important tool for ensuring the security and reliability of smart contracts, which are a critical component of many blockchain-based applications.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how is it used in the `zoo` project?\n - This code defines a contract called `Address` and provides its bytecode and ABI, but without more context it's unclear how it's used in the `zoo` project.\n2. What is the significance of the `linkReferences` and `deployedLinkReferences` fields?\n - These fields are used to specify any external libraries that the contract depends on and how they are linked. However, since both fields are empty in this code, it suggests that the `Address` contract does not depend on any external libraries.\n3. Is this code part of a larger smart contract system, and if so, what are the other contracts and how do they interact with each other?\n - Without more information about the `zoo` project and its architecture, it's impossible to answer this question. The `Address` contract could be used by other contracts in the system, or it could be a standalone contract.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol/Address.md"}}],["182",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Context.sol/Context.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file, which is located at \"../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThis code is important for tracking the build of the project and ensuring that the correct version is being used. The build information file contains information about the build, such as the version number, build date, and build author. This information can be used to troubleshoot issues and ensure that the correct version of the project is being used.\n\nAn example of how this code may be used in the larger project is in a deployment script. The deployment script may use this code to verify that the correct version of the project is being deployed. If the version number in the build information file does not match the expected version number, the deployment script may fail and alert the user that the incorrect version is being deployed.\n\nOverall, this code is a small but important part of the larger project. It provides information about the build of the project that can be used to ensure that the correct version is being used and troubleshoot issues.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What does the \"buildInfo\" field refer to?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely refers to a JSON file containing information about the build process for this code.\n\n3. What is the significance of the file path in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The file path in the \"buildInfo\" field likely indicates the location of the JSON file containing build information relative to the current file.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Context.sol/Context.dbg.md"}}],["183",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Context.sol/Context.json)\n\nThe code provided is a JSON object that contains metadata about a contract called \"Context\" located in the \"@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Context.sol\" file. This metadata includes the format of the artifact, the name of the contract, the name of the source file, the ABI (Application Binary Interface), the bytecode, and the deployed bytecode. \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the \"Context\" contract, which is a utility contract that provides information about the execution context of a contract. This information includes the address of the account that is executing the contract and the block number of the current block. \n\nThis contract is used in the larger project to provide a standardized way of accessing the execution context information across different contracts. By using this contract, developers can avoid duplicating code and ensure that the execution context information is consistent across all contracts. \n\nHere is an example of how the \"Context\" contract can be used in another contract:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Context.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract is Context {\n function getSender() public view returns (address) {\n return _msgSender();\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the \"MyContract\" contract inherits from the \"Context\" contract and uses the \"_msgSender()\" function provided by the \"Context\" contract to get the address of the account that is executing the contract. This function is used instead of the \"msg.sender\" variable to ensure that the execution context information is consistent across all contracts.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it relate to the overall functionality of the zoo project?\n- This code defines a contract called \"Context\" and is located in the \"@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Context.sol\" file. It is unclear how it specifically relates to the zoo project without further context.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"_format\" field and why is it set to \"hh-sol-artifact-1\"?\n- It is unclear what the \"_format\" field represents without further context. It is possible that it is a specific format or standard used within the zoo project or the larger development community.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the \"abi\", \"bytecode\", \"deployedBytecode\", \"linkReferences\", and \"deployedLinkReferences\" fields?\n- These fields are related to the deployment and linking of the contract and its dependencies. The \"abi\" field contains the contract's Application Binary Interface, the \"bytecode\" field contains the compiled bytecode of the contract, the \"deployedBytecode\" field contains the bytecode of the contract after it has been deployed, and the \"linkReferences\" and \"deployedLinkReferences\" fields contain information about any dependencies that the contract has and how they are linked.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Context.sol/Context.md"}}],["184",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Counters.sol/Counters.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key contains the path to the build information file, which is located at \"../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes and updates to the project, as well as to ensure that the project is running on the correct version of the build. \n\nIn the larger project, this code may be used in conjunction with other build information to ensure that all components of the project are up-to-date and compatible with each other. For example, if a new feature is added to the project, the build information can be used to ensure that all components of the project are updated to include the new feature.\n\nHere is an example of how this code may be used in a larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\n# Load the build information from the file\nwith open('zoo/build-info.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\n# Check the format of the build\nif build_info['_format'] != 'hh-sol-dbg-1':\n print('Error: Incorrect build format')\n\n# Use the build information to ensure that all components of the project are up-to-date\n# and compatible with each other\n# ...\n```\n\nOverall, this code provides important information about the build of the project and can be used to ensure that the project is running on the correct version of the build.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n \n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number, and the location of the build information file.\n \n3. What is the expected location of the build information file?\n - The build information file is expected to be located at \"../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\", relative to the current file's location in the \"zoo\" project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Counters.sol/Counters.dbg.md"}}],["185",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Counters.sol/Counters.json)\n\nThis code defines a contract called \"Counters\" and provides information about its bytecode and ABI. The purpose of this contract is to provide a simple way to manage and manipulate integer counters in Solidity smart contracts. \n\nThe Counters contract defines a struct called \"Counter\" which contains a single uint256 variable called \"_value\". The contract provides several functions for manipulating this value, including \"increment\", \"decrement\", and \"current\". These functions are all internal, meaning they can only be called from within the contract itself. \n\nThe Counters contract is designed to be used as a library, meaning that other contracts can import it and use its functions to manage their own counters. For example, a contract that needs to keep track of the number of times a certain function has been called could import the Counters contract and create a Counter variable to keep track of the count. \n\nHere is an example of how the Counters contract could be used in another contract:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Counters.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n using Counters for Counters.Counter;\n\n Counters.Counter private _myCounter;\n\n function doSomething() public {\n // Increment the counter\n _myCounter.increment();\n \n // Do something else...\n }\n\n function getCount() public view returns (uint256) {\n // Get the current value of the counter\n return _myCounter.current();\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the MyContract contract imports the Counters contract and uses the \"using\" keyword to make the Counters library available to it. It then creates a private Counter variable called \"_myCounter\" and uses the \"increment\" function to increase its value every time the \"doSomething\" function is called. The \"getCount\" function uses the \"current\" function to retrieve the current value of the counter and return it to the caller. \n\nOverall, the Counters contract provides a simple and efficient way to manage counters in Solidity smart contracts, making it a useful tool for developers working on blockchain projects.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Counters` contract?\n - The purpose of the `Counters` contract is not clear from this code alone. It only provides metadata about the contract, such as its name, source location, and bytecode.\n\n2. Does the `Counters` contract have any functions or state variables?\n - It is not possible to determine if the `Counters` contract has any functions or state variables from this code alone. The `abi` field, which would contain information about the contract's interface, is empty.\n\n3. Are there any dependencies required to use the `Counters` contract?\n - It is not clear from this code alone if there are any dependencies required to use the `Counters` contract. The `linkReferences` and `deployedLinkReferences` fields, which would contain information about any linked libraries, are empty.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Counters.sol/Counters.md"}}],["186",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Strings.sol/Strings.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build information of the project. It can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot issues that may arise during development or deployment. \n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the buildInfo file can be consulted to determine which version of the code introduced the bug. This information can then be used to roll back to a previous version of the code, or to identify the specific changes that caused the bug.\n\nIn addition, the buildInfo file can be used to track the progress of the project over time. By comparing the buildInfo files for different versions of the code, developers can see how the project has evolved and identify areas that may need further improvement.\n\nOverall, this code is a crucial component of the larger project, as it provides important information about the build and version of the code.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n \n2. What does the \"buildInfo\" field refer to?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely refers to a JSON file containing information about the build process for this code, such as the version number or build date.\n \n3. What is the significance of the file path in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The file path in the \"buildInfo\" field likely indicates the location of the JSON file containing build information relative to the current file's location in the project directory.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Strings.sol/Strings.dbg.md"}}],["187",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Strings.sol/Strings.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about a contract called \"Strings\" located in the \"@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Strings.sol\" file. The contract is used to manipulate strings in Solidity, which is a programming language used for writing smart contracts on the Ethereum blockchain. \n\nThe \"abi\" field in the JSON object is an empty array, which means that the contract does not have any external functions that can be called by other contracts or users. The \"bytecode\" field contains the compiled code of the contract, which can be deployed to the blockchain. The \"deployedBytecode\" field contains the same code as \"bytecode\", but with the constructor arguments already passed in. \n\nThe \"linkReferences\" and \"deployedLinkReferences\" fields are empty, which means that the contract does not have any dependencies on other contracts. \n\nIn the larger project, the \"Strings\" contract can be used by other contracts that need to manipulate strings. For example, if a contract needs to concatenate two strings, it can import the \"Strings\" contract and use the \"concat\" function provided by the contract. \n\nHere is an example of how the \"Strings\" contract can be used in another contract:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Strings.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n using Strings for uint256;\n\n function concatenate(uint256 a, uint256 b) public view returns (string memory) {\n return a.toString().concat(b.toString());\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the \"MyContract\" contract imports the \"Strings\" contract and uses the \"using\" keyword to add the \"toString\" function to the \"uint256\" type. The \"concatenate\" function takes two uint256 values, converts them to strings using the \"toString\" function, and concatenates them using the \"concat\" function provided by the \"Strings\" contract. The result is returned as a string.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n - This code file is a Solidity smart contract called \"Strings\" located in the \"@openzeppelin/contracts/utils\" library. Its purpose is not specified in the given code snippet.\n\n2. What functions or variables are included in this contract?\n - The given code snippet does not provide any information about the functions or variables included in this contract. The \"abi\" field is an empty array, which suggests that there are no public functions defined in this contract.\n\n3. Are there any dependencies or external contracts required for this contract to function properly?\n - The given code snippet does not provide any information about dependencies or external contracts required for this contract to function properly. The \"linkReferences\" and \"deployedLinkReferences\" fields are empty, which suggests that there are no external contracts linked to this contract.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Strings.sol/Strings.md"}}],["188",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol/ERC165.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file located at \"../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". This JSON file likely contains information about the build, such as the version number, build date, and any relevant build notes.\n\nThis code is important for the larger project because it provides information about the build, which can be useful for debugging and troubleshooting. For example, if there is an issue with the project, developers can refer to the buildInfo file to see if there were any recent changes or updates that may have caused the issue. Additionally, the buildInfo file can be used to track changes and updates to the project over time.\n\nHere is an example of how this code may be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\n# Load the buildInfo file\nwith open('zoo/buildInfo.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\n# Print the version number\nprint(\"Version:\", build_info['version'])\n\n# Print the build date\nprint(\"Build date:\", build_info['buildDate'])\n```\n\nIn this example, we load the buildInfo file using the `json` module and print out the version number and build date. This information can be useful for debugging and troubleshooting issues with the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained in this file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number.\n\n3. What is the meaning of the file path in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The file path in the \"buildInfo\" field likely points to a JSON file containing additional information about the build process, such as the date and time of the build or the user who performed the build.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol/ERC165.dbg.md"}}],["189",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol/ERC165.json)\n\nThis code defines a contract called ERC165 that is used for interface introspection. The purpose of this contract is to allow other contracts to check if a given contract implements a specific interface. \n\nThe `supportsInterface` function takes a single argument, `interfaceId`, which is a 4-byte identifier for the interface being checked. The function returns a boolean value indicating whether or not the contract implements the specified interface. \n\nThis contract is part of the larger OpenZeppelin library, which provides a set of reusable smart contract components for building decentralized applications on the Ethereum blockchain. By using this contract, developers can ensure that their contracts are compatible with other contracts that rely on specific interfaces. \n\nHere is an example of how this contract might be used in another contract:\n\n```\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract is ERC165 {\n // define the interface that this contract implements\n bytes4 private constant MY_INTERFACE_ID = bytes4(keccak256(\"myInterface()\"));\n\n function myInterface() external {\n // implementation of the myInterface function\n }\n\n function supportsMyInterface() external view returns (bool) {\n // check if this contract implements the MyInterface interface\n return supportsInterface(MY_INTERFACE_ID);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, `MyContract` implements a custom interface called `MyInterface`, which is defined by the `myInterface` function. The `supportsMyInterface` function uses the `supportsInterface` function from the ERC165 contract to check if `MyContract` implements the `MyInterface` interface. \n\nOverall, the ERC165 contract provides a useful tool for ensuring compatibility between smart contracts that rely on specific interfaces.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file defines a contract called ERC165 which has a function called `supportsInterface` that checks if a contract implements a certain interface.\n\n2. What is the source of this code file?\n- The source of this code file is a package called `@openzeppelin/contracts` and the specific file is located at `utils/introspection/ERC165.sol`.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `bytecode` and `deployedBytecode` fields?\n- The `bytecode` field contains the compiled bytecode of the contract, while the `deployedBytecode` field contains the bytecode of the contract after it has been deployed to the blockchain. Since this contract does not have any bytecode, both fields are empty.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol/ERC165.md"}}],["190",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165Storage.sol/ERC165Storage.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to the location of the build information file, which is located at \"../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes and updates to the project, as well as to ensure that the project is running on the correct version of the build. \n\nFor example, if a developer wants to check the build information for the zoo project, they can access this file and retrieve the build information. They can then compare this information to the current version of the project to ensure that they are working on the correct version. \n\nOverall, this code serves as an important component of the zoo project, providing crucial information about the build of the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained in this file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the value in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The value in the \"buildInfo\" field likely points to a JSON file containing information about the build process for this code, such as the version number or build date.\n\n3. Where is this file located within the overall project structure?\n - It is unclear from this code snippet where exactly this file is located within the \"zoo\" project directory.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165Storage.sol/ERC165Storage.dbg.md"}}],["191",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165Storage.sol/ERC165Storage.json)\n\nThis code defines a contract called ERC165Storage that is used for introspection in the larger project. Introspection is the ability for a contract to query another contract to determine if it supports a particular interface. This is useful for determining if a contract can interact with another contract in a certain way before attempting to do so.\n\nThe contract has one function called supportsInterface that takes a bytes4 interfaceId as input and returns a boolean value indicating whether or not the contract supports that interface. The function is marked as view, which means it does not modify the state of the contract and can be called without sending a transaction.\n\nThe code also includes metadata such as the contract name, source name, and ABI (Application Binary Interface) which describes how to interact with the contract. The bytecode and linkReferences fields are empty, indicating that this contract has not been deployed to the blockchain yet.\n\nIn the larger project, this contract can be used by other contracts that need to check if a certain interface is supported before attempting to interact with it. For example, if a contract needs to transfer tokens to another contract, it can first check if that contract supports the ERC20 interface using the supportsInterface function provided by ERC165Storage. If the contract does not support the interface, the transfer can be aborted before any tokens are lost.\n\nHere is an example of how the supportsInterface function can be called from another contract:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165Storage.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n ERC165Storage erc165Storage = new ERC165Storage();\n\n function checkInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view returns (bool) {\n return erc165Storage.supportsInterface(interfaceId);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, MyContract creates an instance of ERC165Storage and calls the supportsInterface function to check if a certain interface is supported.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file defines a contract called ERC165Storage which has a single function called supportsInterface that returns a boolean value.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"_format\" field?\n- The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the artifact being stored or referenced by this code file.\n\n3. What is the difference between \"bytecode\" and \"deployedBytecode\"?\n- \"bytecode\" refers to the compiled code that is ready to be deployed, while \"deployedBytecode\" refers to the code that has actually been deployed to the blockchain. In this case, both fields are empty, indicating that the contract has not yet been deployed.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165Storage.sol/ERC165Storage.md"}}],["192",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol/IERC165.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file located at \"../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes and updates to the project, as well as to ensure that the project is running on the correct version of the build. \n\nFor example, if a developer wants to check which version of the build is currently being used, they can access this JSON file and look at the \"buildInfo\" key to see the location of the build-info file. They can then open the build-info file to see more detailed information about the build, such as the date and time it was built, the version number, and any relevant notes or comments. \n\nOverall, this code serves as a small but important piece of the larger project, providing crucial information about the build that can be used by developers and other stakeholders to ensure the project is running smoothly and efficiently.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained in this file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the value in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The value in the \"buildInfo\" field likely points to a JSON file containing information about the build process for this code, such as the version number or build date.\n\n3. Where is this file located within the overall project structure?\n - It is unclear from this code snippet where exactly this file is located within the \"zoo\" project. More information about the project's file structure would be needed to determine this.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol/IERC165.dbg.md"}}],["193",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol/IERC165.json)\n\nThis code defines an interface called IERC165, which is used for contract introspection. The purpose of this interface is to allow contracts to check whether another contract implements a specific interface or not. This is useful for contracts that need to interact with other contracts, as it allows them to verify that the other contract has the necessary functionality before attempting to call its functions.\n\nThe interface defines a single function called supportsInterface, which takes a single argument of type bytes4. This argument represents the interface ID that the calling contract wants to check for. The function returns a boolean value indicating whether the target contract implements the specified interface or not.\n\nThis interface can be used in conjunction with other contracts that implement specific interfaces. For example, a contract that implements the ERC721 standard for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) could use IERC165 to check whether another contract implements the ERC721Receiver interface before attempting to transfer an NFT to it. This ensures that the receiving contract has the necessary functions to handle the transfer correctly.\n\nHere is an example of how this interface could be used in Solidity code:\n\n```\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n function doSomething(address otherContract) public {\n IERC165 target = IERC165(otherContract);\n if (target.supportsInterface(0x80ac58cd)) {\n // The other contract implements the ERC721Receiver interface\n // Do something with it\n } else {\n // The other contract does not implement the required interface\n // Handle the error\n }\n }\n}\n```\n\nOverall, IERC165 is a simple but important interface that allows contracts to check for the presence of specific functionality in other contracts. This helps to ensure that contracts can interact with each other safely and efficiently.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file defines an interface contract called IERC165 for checking whether a contract implements a certain interface.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"abi\" field in this code?\n- The \"abi\" field specifies the interface of the contract, including its functions, inputs, and outputs.\n\n3. Why are the \"bytecode\" and \"deployedBytecode\" fields empty?\n- These fields are empty because this is an interface contract and does not contain any executable code.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol/IERC165.md"}}],["194",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math/Math.sol/Math.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to the location of the build information file, which is located at \"../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes and updates to the project, as well as to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during development or deployment.\n\nFor example, if a developer encounters an error during the build process, they can refer to the build information file to see if there were any recent changes that may have caused the error. They can also use the build information to ensure that they are using the correct version of the project.\n\nOverall, this code is a small but important part of the larger zoo project. It provides valuable information about the build of the project, which can be used to ensure that the project is running smoothly and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in the code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code, but without additional context it is unclear what the specific values mean.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for the project, and the file path specified likely points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. What is the overall purpose of the \"zoo\" project that this code is a part of?\n - This code alone does not provide enough information to determine the overall purpose of the \"zoo\" project. Additional context or documentation would be needed.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math/Math.sol/Math.dbg.md"}}],["195",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math/Math.sol/Math.json)\n\nThis code represents a JSON object that contains information about a contract called \"Math\". The contract is located in a file called \"Math.sol\" within the \"@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math\" directory. The JSON object includes the contract's bytecode, deployed bytecode, and other metadata.\n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a standardized format for storing and sharing information about smart contracts. This is important because smart contracts are immutable and cannot be changed once deployed, so it is crucial to have accurate and complete documentation to ensure that the contract can be used and understood by others.\n\nIn the larger project, this code can be used to facilitate communication and collaboration between developers working on different parts of the project. For example, if one developer is working on a contract that depends on the \"Math\" contract, they can easily reference the JSON object to ensure that they are using the correct bytecode and other information.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport { Math } from \"@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math/Math.sol\";\nimport { MyContract } from \"./MyContract.sol\";\n\n// Deploy MyContract with the Math contract as a dependency\nconst myContract = new MyContract(Math.bytecode);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how is it used in the `zoo` project?\n Answer: The code is a compiled smart contract artifact for a contract called `Math` from the `@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math/Math.sol` source file. Its purpose and usage in the `zoo` project is not clear from this code alone.\n\n2. What is the difference between the `bytecode` and `deployedBytecode` fields?\n Answer: The `bytecode` field contains the compiled bytecode of the contract, while the `deployedBytecode` field contains the bytecode that is actually deployed on the blockchain. The deployed bytecode may include additional initialization code or constructor arguments.\n\n3. Are there any external dependencies or libraries required for this code to function properly?\n Answer: It is not clear from this code alone whether there are any external dependencies or libraries required for this code to function properly. The `linkReferences` and `deployedLinkReferences` fields, which would indicate any external library dependencies, are both empty.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math/Math.sol/Math.md"}}],["196",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math/SafeMath.sol/SafeMath.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file, which is located at \"../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes and updates to the project, as well as to ensure that the project is running on the correct version of the build. \n\nAn example of how this code may be used in the larger project is in a continuous integration/continuous deployment (CI/CD) pipeline. In a CI/CD pipeline, this code can be used to ensure that the correct version of the build is being deployed to the appropriate environment. For example, if the build information file specifies that the build is for a development environment, the CI/CD pipeline can ensure that the build is deployed to the development environment and not to a production environment. \n\nOverall, this code provides important information about the build of the project and can be used to ensure that the correct version of the build is being used in the appropriate environment.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained in this file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the value in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The value in the \"buildInfo\" field likely points to a JSON file containing information about the build process for this code, such as the version number or build date.\n\n3. Where is this file located within the overall project structure?\n - It is unclear from this code snippet where exactly this file is located within the \"zoo\" project directory.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math/SafeMath.sol/SafeMath.dbg.md"}}],["197",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math/SafeMath.sol/SafeMath.json)\n\nThis code represents a Solidity contract called \"SafeMath\" that is used for performing arithmetic operations in a secure manner. The contract is part of the OpenZeppelin library, which is a collection of reusable smart contracts for building decentralized applications on the Ethereum blockchain.\n\nThe purpose of the SafeMath contract is to prevent integer overflow and underflow vulnerabilities that can occur when performing arithmetic operations on unsigned integers in Solidity. These vulnerabilities can be exploited by attackers to steal funds or disrupt the functioning of a smart contract.\n\nThe SafeMath contract provides several arithmetic functions, including addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division, that check for overflow and underflow conditions before performing the operation. If an overflow or underflow condition is detected, the function will revert the transaction and return an error message.\n\nHere is an example of how the SafeMath contract can be used in a larger project:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math/SafeMath.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n using SafeMath for uint256;\n\n uint256 public balance;\n\n function deposit(uint256 amount) public {\n balance = balance.add(amount);\n }\n\n function withdraw(uint256 amount) public {\n require(balance >= amount, \"Insufficient balance\");\n balance = balance.sub(amount);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the MyContract contract imports the SafeMath contract and uses the SafeMath library for performing arithmetic operations on unsigned integers. The deposit and withdraw functions use the add and sub functions provided by the SafeMath library to prevent integer overflow and underflow vulnerabilities.\n\nOverall, the SafeMath contract is an important component of the OpenZeppelin library that helps to ensure the security and reliability of smart contracts built on the Ethereum blockchain.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `SafeMath` contract?\n - The `SafeMath` contract is a utility contract that provides safe arithmetic operations to prevent integer overflow/underflow vulnerabilities in smart contracts.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `bytecode` and `deployedBytecode` fields?\n - The `bytecode` field contains the compiled bytecode of the contract, while the `deployedBytecode` field contains the bytecode that is actually deployed on the blockchain. The two may differ if the contract has constructor arguments that are not present in the compiled bytecode.\n\n3. Are there any external dependencies for this contract?\n - It is unclear from this code snippet whether there are any external dependencies for this contract, as the `abi` field is empty and there are no `linkReferences`. However, the `SafeMath` contract is part of the OpenZeppelin library, so it is likely that there are other contracts in the library that this contract depends on.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math/SafeMath.sol/SafeMath.md"}}],["198",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableMap.sol/EnumerableMap.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a configuration file for the zoo project. It contains two key-value pairs: \"_format\" and \"buildInfo\". The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file for the project, which is located at \"../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThe purpose of this configuration file is to provide important information about the project to other parts of the system. The \"_format\" key ensures that the file is in the correct format, which is important for the system to be able to read and use the file. The \"buildInfo\" key provides information about the build of the project, which can be used to track changes and ensure that the correct version of the project is being used.\n\nThis configuration file can be used in conjunction with other parts of the zoo project to ensure that the project is running correctly. For example, if the project is being built from source code, the build system can use the \"buildInfo\" key to ensure that the correct version of the project is being built. Similarly, other parts of the system can use the \"_format\" key to ensure that the configuration file is in the correct format before attempting to use it.\n\nOverall, this configuration file plays an important role in the zoo project by providing key information about the project to other parts of the system. By ensuring that the project is built and used correctly, this file helps to ensure that the project runs smoothly and without errors.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Are there any other fields or properties that are expected to be included in this code file?\n - Without additional context, it is unclear if there are any other expected fields or properties in this code file. It would be helpful to review any documentation or specifications for the \"zoo\" project to determine if there are any other requirements.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableMap.sol/EnumerableMap.dbg.md"}}],["199",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableMap.sol/EnumerableMap.json)\n\nThis code represents a contract called EnumerableMap, which is a data structure used in smart contracts to store and manage key-value pairs. The purpose of this contract is to provide a way to iterate over the keys in the map, which is not possible with a regular mapping in Solidity.\n\nThe contract is implemented using a combination of a mapping and an array. The mapping is used to store the values associated with each key, while the array is used to keep track of the keys in the map. The keys are stored in the array in the order in which they were added to the map, which allows for iteration over the keys.\n\nThe contract provides several functions for adding, removing, and accessing key-value pairs in the map. For example, the `set` function is used to add a new key-value pair to the map, while the `remove` function is used to remove a key-value pair. The `contains` function can be used to check if a key is present in the map, and the `get` function can be used to retrieve the value associated with a key.\n\nOne of the key features of this contract is the ability to iterate over the keys in the map using the `enumerate` function. This function returns an array of all the keys in the map, in the order in which they were added. This can be useful in a variety of scenarios, such as when implementing a voting system or a leaderboard.\n\nHere is an example of how this contract might be used in a larger project:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableMap.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n using EnumerableMap for EnumerableMap.UintToAddressMap;\n\n EnumerableMap.UintToAddressMap private myMap;\n\n function addToMap(uint256 key, address value) public {\n myMap.set(key, value);\n }\n\n function getMapKeys() public view returns (uint256[] memory) {\n return myMap.enumerate();\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, we import the EnumerableMap contract and use it to define a mapping from uint256 keys to address values. We then define a function to add new key-value pairs to the map, and another function to retrieve all the keys in the map using the `enumerate` function. This allows us to easily iterate over the keys in the map and perform any necessary operations.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how is it used in the `zoo` project?\n - This code defines a contract called `EnumerableMap` and provides its bytecode and ABI, but without more context it's unclear how it's used in the `zoo` project.\n2. What is the significance of the `linkReferences` and `deployedLinkReferences` fields?\n - These fields are used to specify any libraries that the contract depends on, and how they are linked at compile time. However, since both fields are empty in this code, it suggests that the `EnumerableMap` contract does not depend on any external libraries.\n3. Is this code part of a larger smart contract system, and if so, what are the other components?\n - Without more information it's impossible to say for sure, but since this code only defines a single contract and doesn't reference any other contracts or libraries, it's possible that it's a standalone component of a larger system.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableMap.sol/EnumerableMap.md"}}],["200",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol/EnumerableSet.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a configuration file for the zoo project. It contains two key-value pairs, \"_format\" and \"buildInfo\". The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file for the project, which is located at \"../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThe purpose of this configuration file is to provide important information about the project to other parts of the system. The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the file, which can be used by other parts of the system to ensure that the file is read and processed correctly. The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file, which can be used to track the version of the project and other important information about the build.\n\nThis configuration file is likely used by other parts of the zoo project to ensure that the project is built and run correctly. For example, the build system may use the build information file to ensure that the correct version of the project is built, and the runtime system may use the configuration file to ensure that the project is run with the correct settings.\n\nHere is an example of how this configuration file might be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\n# Load the configuration file\nwith open('zoo/config.json', 'r') as f:\n config = json.load(f)\n\n# Get the build information file location\nbuild_info = config['buildInfo']\n\n# Use the build information file to get the version of the project\nwith open(build_info, 'r') as f:\n build_info_data = json.load(f)\n version = build_info_data['version']\n\n# Print the version of the project\nprint(f\"Zoo project version: {version}\")\n```\n\nIn this example, we load the configuration file and extract the location of the build information file. We then use the build information file to get the version of the project, which we print to the console. This is just one example of how the configuration file might be used in the larger project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in the code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and its value?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, including the version or commit hash used, and the location of the build-info file.\n\n3. What is the context or purpose of this code within the overall zoo project?\n - Without additional information about the zoo project and its architecture, it is difficult to determine the specific context or purpose of this code within the project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol/EnumerableSet.dbg.md"}}],["201",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol/EnumerableSet.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about a contract called EnumerableSet. The contract is defined in a file located at \"@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol\". The JSON object includes the contract's bytecode, deployed bytecode, and other metadata.\n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a standardized way of representing the EnumerableSet contract in the larger project. The contract itself is likely used to manage sets of data in a way that allows for efficient iteration and membership testing. The contract may be used in other parts of the project to manage collections of data, such as a list of users or a list of transactions.\n\nHere is an example of how the EnumerableSet contract might be used in the larger project:\n\n```\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol\";\n\ncontract UserRegistry {\n using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;\n\n EnumerableSet.AddressSet private users;\n\n function addUser(address user) public {\n users.add(user);\n }\n\n function removeUser(address user) public {\n users.remove(user);\n }\n\n function hasUser(address user) public view returns (bool) {\n return users.contains(user);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the EnumerableSet contract is used to manage a set of user addresses. The `using` keyword is used to add the EnumerableSet library to the UserRegistry contract, allowing the `AddressSet` type to be used. The `users` variable is declared as an `AddressSet`, and the `addUser`, `removeUser`, and `hasUser` functions use the `add`, `remove`, and `contains` functions provided by the EnumerableSet library to manage the set of users.\n\nOverall, the code in this file provides important metadata about the EnumerableSet contract, which can be used to integrate the contract into other parts of the larger project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it fit into the overall zoo project?\n - It is unclear from this code snippet alone what the purpose of this code is and how it relates to the rest of the zoo project. Further context is needed to answer this question.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"contractName\" and \"sourceName\" fields?\n - The \"contractName\" field likely refers to the name of the contract defined in this file, while the \"sourceName\" field indicates the location of the source code for this contract. \n\n3. What do the \"abi\", \"bytecode\", \"deployedBytecode\", \"linkReferences\", and \"deployedLinkReferences\" fields represent?\n - The \"abi\" field likely contains the Application Binary Interface for this contract, while the \"bytecode\" and \"deployedBytecode\" fields contain the compiled bytecode for this contract. The \"linkReferences\" and \"deployedLinkReferences\" fields may be used to specify any external dependencies or libraries used by this contract.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol/EnumerableSet.md"}}],["202",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol/OwnableUpgradeable.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot issues that may arise during development or deployment. \n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the buildInfo file can be consulted to determine which version of the code introduced the bug. This information can then be used to roll back to a previous version of the code, or to identify the specific changes that caused the bug.\n\nIn addition, the buildInfo file can be used to generate release notes or other documentation about the project. By including information about the build date, commit hash, and other details, developers can easily track changes to the codebase over time.\n\nOverall, this code is a small but important part of the larger project. It provides valuable information about the build and version of the code, which can be used to ensure consistency and troubleshoot issues.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number, and the location of the build info file.\n\n3. What is the overall purpose of this file within the zoo project?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the specific purpose of this file within the zoo project. However, it appears to be related to build information and may be used during the development or deployment process.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol/OwnableUpgradeable.dbg.md"}}],["203",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol/OwnableUpgradeable.json)\n\nThe code provided is a JSON object that describes a smart contract called `OwnableUpgradeable`. This contract is part of the OpenZeppelin library, specifically the `access` module. The purpose of this contract is to provide basic ownership functionality to other contracts that inherit from it. \n\nThe `OwnableUpgradeable` contract has three main functions: `owner()`, `renounceOwnership()`, and `transferOwnership()`. The `owner()` function is a view function that returns the address of the current owner of the contract. The `renounceOwnership()` function allows the current owner to renounce their ownership of the contract, effectively transferring ownership to no one. The `transferOwnership()` function allows the current owner to transfer ownership of the contract to a new address.\n\nThe contract also has two events: `Initialized` and `OwnershipTransferred`. The `Initialized` event is emitted when the contract is initialized with a version number. The `OwnershipTransferred` event is emitted when ownership of the contract is transferred from one address to another.\n\nThis contract can be used by other contracts that require ownership functionality. For example, a contract that manages a token sale may inherit from `OwnableUpgradeable` to ensure that only the owner of the contract can withdraw funds from the sale. \n\nOverall, the `OwnableUpgradeable` contract provides a simple and standardized way to implement ownership functionality in other contracts.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract?\n- This contract is called `OwnableUpgradeable` and it provides functionality for managing ownership of a contract.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `Initialized` event?\n- The `Initialized` event is emitted when the contract is initialized with a specific version.\n\n3. What is the difference between the `transferOwnership` and `renounceOwnership` functions?\n- The `transferOwnership` function allows the current owner to transfer ownership to a new address, while the `renounceOwnership` function allows the current owner to renounce ownership entirely.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol/OwnableUpgradeable.md"}}],["204",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC1967Upgradeable.sol/IERC1967Upgradeable.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file, which is located at \"../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes and updates to the project, as well as to ensure that the project is running on the correct build. \n\nIn the larger project, this code may be used in conjunction with other build-related code to manage the build process. For example, a build script may use this information to determine which version of the project to build and deploy. \n\nHere is an example of how this code may be used in a build script:\n\n```\nconst buildInfo = require('./zoo/build-info.json');\n\nif (buildInfo._format === 'hh-sol-dbg-1') {\n // build and deploy the project\n} else {\n console.error('Incorrect build format');\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the build script requires the build information from the \"zoo\" project. It then checks the \"_format\" key to ensure that the build is in the correct format before proceeding with the build and deployment process. If the build is not in the correct format, an error message is logged to the console.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Are there any other fields or properties that are expected to be present in this code?\n - Without additional context, it is unclear if there are any other expected fields or properties in this code. It would be helpful to review any documentation or specifications for the project to determine if there are any other required fields.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC1967Upgradeable.sol/IERC1967Upgradeable.dbg.md"}}],["205",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC1967Upgradeable.sol/IERC1967Upgradeable.json)\n\nThis code defines an interface for a contract called `IERC1967Upgradeable`. The purpose of this interface is to provide a standardized way for other contracts to interact with contracts that implement the `IERC1967Upgradeable` interface. \n\nThe interface includes three events: `AdminChanged`, `BeaconUpgraded`, and `Upgraded`. These events are used to notify other contracts when certain actions occur within the contract that implements the `IERC1967Upgradeable` interface. For example, the `AdminChanged` event is emitted when the administrator of the contract changes. \n\nThe `bytecode` and `deployedBytecode` fields are empty, indicating that this interface does not include any implementation code. Instead, it simply defines the structure and behavior that contracts implementing the interface should adhere to. \n\nThe `linkReferences` and `deployedLinkReferences` fields are also empty, indicating that this interface does not include any external library dependencies. \n\nOverall, this code serves as a blueprint for other contracts to follow when implementing the `IERC1967Upgradeable` interface. By adhering to this interface, contracts can ensure that they are compatible with other contracts that also implement the interface, making it easier to integrate different parts of the larger project. \n\nHere is an example of how a contract might implement the `IERC1967Upgradeable` interface:\n\n```\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC1967Upgradeable.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract is IERC1967Upgradeable {\n // Implement functions and events required by IERC1967Upgradeable interface\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n \n This code defines an interface called `IERC1967Upgradeable` with three events: `AdminChanged`, `BeaconUpgraded`, and `Upgraded`. It also includes information about the bytecode and link references, but it does not contain any actual implementation code.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `indexed` field in the event inputs?\n \n The `indexed` field indicates whether the event input should be used as an indexed parameter in the event log. Indexed parameters can be used to filter event logs more efficiently.\n\n3. What is the difference between `bytecode` and `deployedBytecode`?\n \n `bytecode` refers to the compiled code that is ready to be deployed to the blockchain, while `deployedBytecode` refers to the code that has actually been deployed to the blockchain. In this case, both fields are empty because this code does not contain any implementation code.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC1967Upgradeable.sol/IERC1967Upgradeable.md"}}],["206",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/draft-IERC1822Upgradeable.sol/IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build timestamp.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot issues that may arise during development or deployment. For example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the build information can be used to identify which version of the code introduced the bug and to roll back to a previous version if necessary.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\n# Load the build information from the JSON file\nwith open('zoo/build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\n# Print the commit hash and build timestamp\nprint(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commitHash']}\")\nprint(f\"Build timestamp: {build_info['buildTimestamp']}\")\n```\n\nIn this example, the build information is loaded from the JSON file and printed to the console. This could be used as part of a larger script or application that needs to access the build information.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the code or data in this file.\n\n2. What does the \"buildInfo\" field refer to?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely refers to a JSON file that contains information about the build process for this code.\n\n3. What is the significance of the file path in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The file path in the \"buildInfo\" field likely indicates the location of the JSON file that contains build information for this code, relative to the current file's location in the project directory.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/draft-IERC1822Upgradeable.sol/IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable.dbg.md"}}],["207",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/draft-IERC1822Upgradeable.sol/IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable.json)\n\nThis code defines an interface for a contract called `IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable`. The purpose of this interface is to provide a standardized way for other contracts to interact with contracts that implement the `IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable` interface. \n\nThe interface includes a single function called `proxiableUUID`, which takes no arguments and returns a `bytes32` value. This function is marked as `view`, which means that it does not modify the state of the contract and can be called without sending a transaction to the blockchain. \n\nThe `bytes32` value returned by `proxiableUUID` is likely a unique identifier for the contract that implements the `IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable` interface. This identifier could be used by other contracts to look up information about the contract, or to verify that a given contract implements the `IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable` interface. \n\nOverall, this code is a small but important piece of the larger project, as it defines a key interface that other contracts will rely on. Here is an example of how another contract might use this interface:\n\n```\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/draft-IERC1822Upgradeable.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable public proxiableContract;\n\n constructor(address _proxiableContractAddress) {\n proxiableContract = IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable(_proxiableContractAddress);\n }\n\n function getProxiableUUID() public view returns (bytes32) {\n return proxiableContract.proxiableUUID();\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, `MyContract` is a contract that interacts with a contract that implements the `IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable` interface. The `proxiableContract` variable is an instance of the `IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable` interface that is initialized with the address of the actual contract that implements the interface. The `getProxiableUUID` function simply calls the `proxiableUUID` function on the `proxiableContract` instance and returns the result.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it fit into the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines an interface called `IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable` and is located in the `@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/draft-IERC1822Upgradeable.sol` file. It is likely used as part of the zoo project's smart contract architecture.\n\n2. What does the `abi` array contain and how is it used?\n- The `abi` array contains a single function called `proxiableUUID` which takes no inputs and returns a bytes32 value. This function is likely used to retrieve a unique identifier for a proxiable contract.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `bytecode` and `deployedBytecode` properties?\n- The `bytecode` and `deployedBytecode` properties are both empty, indicating that this code does not contain any actual bytecode. These properties are typically used to store the compiled bytecode of a smart contract, which can then be deployed to the blockchain.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/draft-IERC1822Upgradeable.sol/IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable.md"}}],["208",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable.sol/ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file located at \"../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes and updates to the project, as well as to ensure that the project is running on the correct version of the build. \n\nFor example, if a developer wants to check the build information for the project, they can access this JSON file and retrieve the information. They can also use this information to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during the development process. \n\nOverall, this code serves as an important component of the larger project by providing crucial information about the build.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What does the \"buildInfo\" field refer to?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely refers to a JSON file containing information about the build process for this project, such as the version number or build date.\n\n3. Why is the path to the buildInfo file so long and complex?\n - The long and complex path to the buildInfo file may be due to the project's file structure or build process, or it may be a security measure to prevent unauthorized access to sensitive information.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable.sol/ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable.dbg.md"}}],["209",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable.sol/ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable.json)\n\nThe code provided is a JSON object that represents the metadata of a contract called `ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable`. This contract is part of the OpenZeppelin library and is used for upgrading smart contracts in a safe and efficient manner. \n\nThe `abi` field in the JSON object represents the Application Binary Interface (ABI) of the contract. The ABI is a standardized way of defining the interface of a smart contract, including its functions, events, and variables. The `ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable` contract has four events defined in its ABI: `AdminChanged`, `BeaconUpgraded`, `Initialized`, and `Upgraded`. These events are used to notify external applications of important state changes within the contract.\n\nThe `bytecode` and `deployedBytecode` fields are empty, indicating that the contract has not been compiled yet. The `linkReferences` and `deployedLinkReferences` fields are also empty, indicating that the contract does not have any dependencies on other contracts.\n\nOverall, this code provides important metadata about the `ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable` contract, which can be used by other applications to interact with the contract. For example, an application that wants to listen for the `AdminChanged` event can use the contract's ABI to decode the event data and take appropriate action. Similarly, an application that wants to upgrade a smart contract can use the `ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable` contract to do so in a safe and efficient manner.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it fit into the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines the ABI and events for an ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable contract, which is used for proxy contract upgrades. It is likely used in conjunction with other contracts in the zoo project to enable upgradeability.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"bytecode\" and \"deployedBytecode\" fields?\n- The \"bytecode\" field contains the compiled bytecode of the contract, while the \"deployedBytecode\" field contains the bytecode that is actually deployed to the blockchain. These fields are important for verifying that the deployed contract matches the expected bytecode.\n\n3. What are the \"linkReferences\" and \"deployedLinkReferences\" fields used for?\n- These fields are used to store information about any libraries that the contract depends on. The \"linkReferences\" field contains the library names and their corresponding bytecode, while the \"deployedLinkReferences\" field contains the addresses of the deployed libraries. This information is used during contract deployment to link the contract with its dependencies.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable.sol/ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable.md"}}],["210",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/beacon/IBeaconUpgradeable.sol/IBeaconUpgradeable.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" field specifies the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" field specifies the location of the build information file, which is located at \"../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes and updates to the project, as well as to ensure that the project is running smoothly and efficiently. The build information file contains details about the build process, including the version number, build date, and any dependencies or libraries used in the project.\n\nIn the larger project, this code can be used to ensure that all components of the project are up-to-date and compatible with each other. For example, if a new version of a library is released, the build information file can be updated to reflect this change. This will ensure that all components of the project are using the same version of the library, which can help to prevent compatibility issues and other problems.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\n# Load the build information file\nwith open('zoo/build-info.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\n# Print the version number\nprint('Version:', build_info['version'])\n\n# Print the build date\nprint('Build date:', build_info['buildDate'])\n\n# Print the location of the dependencies file\nprint('Dependencies:', build_info['dependencies'])\n```\n\nThis code loads the build information file and prints out some of the key information, such as the version number, build date, and location of the dependencies file. This information can be used to ensure that all components of the project are up-to-date and compatible with each other.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Is there any other relevant information or context needed to understand this code snippet?\n - It's possible that additional context about the overall project or system that this code is a part of would be helpful in fully understanding the purpose and function of this code.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/beacon/IBeaconUpgradeable.sol/IBeaconUpgradeable.dbg.md"}}],["211",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/beacon/IBeaconUpgradeable.sol/IBeaconUpgradeable.json)\n\nThis code defines an interface for a contract called IBeaconUpgradeable. The purpose of this interface is to provide a standardized way for other contracts to interact with the IBeaconUpgradeable contract. \n\nThe interface includes a single function called \"implementation\", which takes no arguments and returns an address. This function is marked as \"view\", which means it does not modify the state of the contract and can be called without sending a transaction. The purpose of this function is to allow other contracts to query the IBeaconUpgradeable contract for the address of the current implementation contract. \n\nThe \"bytecode\" and \"deployedBytecode\" fields are empty, indicating that this interface does not include any implementation code. The \"linkReferences\" and \"deployedLinkReferences\" fields are also empty, indicating that this interface does not include any references to other contracts. \n\nIn the larger project, the IBeaconUpgradeable interface may be used by other contracts that need to interact with the IBeaconUpgradeable contract. For example, a contract that needs to upgrade its implementation may use the IBeaconUpgradeable interface to query the current implementation address and then deploy a new implementation contract at that address. \n\nHere is an example of how another contract might use the IBeaconUpgradeable interface:\n\n```\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/beacon/IBeaconUpgradeable.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n IBeaconUpgradeable private beacon;\n\n constructor(IBeaconUpgradeable _beacon) {\n beacon = _beacon;\n }\n\n function upgrade() public {\n address implementation = beacon.implementation();\n // deploy new implementation contract at implementation address\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the MyContract contract takes an instance of the IBeaconUpgradeable interface as a constructor argument. The upgrade() function then uses the interface to query the current implementation address and deploy a new implementation contract at that address.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract and how is it used within the zoo project?\n - This contract is called IBeaconUpgradeable and it is located in the \"@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/beacon\" directory. It contains a single function called \"implementation\" which returns an address and is marked as \"view\" stateMutability.\n \n2. Why is the bytecode and deployedBytecode fields empty?\n - The bytecode and deployedBytecode fields are empty because this contract is an interface and does not contain any implementation code. It only defines the function signature(s) that must be implemented by any contract that implements this interface.\n \n3. What are the linkReferences and deployedLinkReferences fields used for?\n - The linkReferences and deployedLinkReferences fields are used to store information about any libraries that this contract depends on. Since this contract does not depend on any libraries, these fields are empty.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/beacon/IBeaconUpgradeable.sol/IBeaconUpgradeable.md"}}],["212",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol/Initializable.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file, which is located at \"../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes and updates to the project, as well as to ensure that the project is running on the correct version of the build. \n\nAn example of how this code may be used in the larger project is in a continuous integration/continuous deployment (CI/CD) pipeline. In a CI/CD pipeline, this code can be used to ensure that the correct version of the build is being deployed to the appropriate environment. For example, if the build information file specifies that the build is for a development environment, the CI/CD pipeline can ensure that the build is deployed to the development environment and not to a production environment. \n\nOverall, this code provides important information about the build of the project and can be used to ensure that the correct version of the project is being deployed to the appropriate environment.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained in this file.\n\n2. What does the \"buildInfo\" field refer to?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely refers to a JSON file containing information about the build process for this code, such as the version number or build date.\n\n3. Why is the path to the buildInfo file so long and complex?\n - The long and complex path to the buildInfo file may be due to the file being located in a specific directory structure or build environment, or it may be a result of the file being moved or copied multiple times during development.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol/Initializable.dbg.md"}}],["213",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol/Initializable.json)\n\nThis code defines a contract called \"Initializable\" and provides information about its format, source, ABI (Application Binary Interface), bytecode, and link references. The purpose of this contract is to provide a standardized way for other contracts to implement an initialization function that can only be called once. This is useful for contracts that need to perform certain setup tasks before they can be used, such as setting initial values for variables or registering other contracts.\n\nThe ABI provided in this code specifies that the contract has one event called \"Initialized\", which takes a single input parameter of type uint8 called \"version\". This event can be emitted by the contract to signal that it has been successfully initialized.\n\nThe bytecode and deployedBytecode fields are empty, indicating that this contract does not contain any executable code. Instead, it serves as a template or interface that other contracts can inherit from to implement the initialization function.\n\nThe linkReferences and deployedLinkReferences fields are also empty, indicating that this contract does not have any dependencies on other contracts.\n\nTo use this contract in a larger project, other contracts can inherit from it and implement their own initialization function. For example:\n\n```\ncontract MyContract is Initializable {\n uint256 public myVariable;\n\n function initialize(uint256 initialValue) public {\n require(myVariable == 0, \"Already initialized\");\n myVariable = initialValue;\n emit Initialized(1);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the MyContract contract inherits from Initializable and defines its own initialize function that sets the value of myVariable and emits the Initialized event. The require statement ensures that the initialization function can only be called once.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it relate to the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines a contract called \"Initializable\" and includes its ABI (Application Binary Interface) and bytecode. It is unclear how it specifically relates to the zoo project without more context.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"Initialized\" event and how is it used?\n- The \"Initialized\" event is defined with one input parameter of type uint8 called \"version\". It is unclear how this event is used within the Initializable contract or within the wider zoo project.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the \"linkReferences\" and \"deployedLinkReferences\" fields?\n- The \"linkReferences\" and \"deployedLinkReferences\" fields are empty in this code, but they are typically used to specify the addresses of external contracts that are linked to the current contract. It is unclear if these fields will be used in the zoo project or if they are included here for completeness.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol/Initializable.md"}}],["214",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol/UUPSUpgradeable.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a configuration file for the zoo project. It contains two key-value pairs: \"_format\" and \"buildInfo\". The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the configuration file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file for the project, which is located at \"../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThe purpose of this configuration file is to provide important information about the project to other parts of the system. The \"_format\" key ensures that the configuration file is in the correct format, which is important for the system to be able to read and use the information contained within it. The \"buildInfo\" key provides information about the build of the project, which can be used to track changes and ensure that the correct version of the project is being used.\n\nThis configuration file can be used by other parts of the system to access the build information for the zoo project. For example, a deployment script may use the build information to ensure that the correct version of the project is being deployed. A testing script may use the build information to ensure that the correct version of the project is being tested. \n\nHere is an example of how this configuration file may be used in a deployment script:\n\n```\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/config.json') as f:\n config = json.load(f)\n\nbuild_info = config['buildInfo']\n# use build_info to deploy the correct version of the project\n```\n\nIn this example, the configuration file is loaded using the json module, and the build information is extracted from the \"buildInfo\" key. This build information can then be used to deploy the correct version of the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in the code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify a specific format or version of the code or data.\n \n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for the code, such as the version or build number.\n \n3. What is the meaning of the file path in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The file path in the \"buildInfo\" field likely points to a JSON file containing additional information about the build, such as the date and time of the build or the user who performed the build.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol/UUPSUpgradeable.dbg.md"}}],["215",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol/UUPSUpgradeable.json)\n\nThe code provided is a Solidity contract called \"UUPSUpgradeable\" that is part of the OpenZeppelin library. This contract provides functionality for upgrading smart contracts in a safe and efficient manner. \n\nThe contract includes four events: \"AdminChanged\", \"BeaconUpgraded\", \"Initialized\", and \"Upgraded\". These events are emitted when the admin of the contract is changed, when the beacon is upgraded, when the contract is initialized, and when the contract is upgraded, respectively. \n\nThe contract also includes three functions: \"proxiableUUID\", \"upgradeTo\", and \"upgradeToAndCall\". The \"proxiableUUID\" function returns a unique identifier for the contract that can be used to verify that the contract is upgradeable. The \"upgradeTo\" function upgrades the contract to a new implementation address. The \"upgradeToAndCall\" function upgrades the contract to a new implementation address and calls a function on the new implementation. \n\nThis contract is designed to be used in conjunction with other contracts that inherit from it. By using this contract as a base, developers can create upgradeable contracts that can be modified over time without losing data or disrupting the functionality of the contract. \n\nFor example, a developer could create a contract called \"Zoo\" that inherits from \"UUPSUpgradeable\". The \"Zoo\" contract could include functionality for managing a zoo, such as adding and removing animals, feeding animals, and tracking visitors. If the developer later decides to add new functionality to the contract, they can create a new implementation contract that includes the new functionality and upgrade the \"Zoo\" contract to use the new implementation. This allows the developer to modify the contract without disrupting the existing data or functionality. \n\nOverall, the \"UUPSUpgradeable\" contract provides an important piece of infrastructure for creating upgradeable smart contracts. By using this contract as a base, developers can create contracts that can be modified over time without losing data or disrupting the functionality of the contract.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract and how does it fit into the overall zoo project?\n- This contract is called UUPSUpgradeable and is located in the @openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils directory. It provides functionality for upgrading smart contract implementations in a transparent and secure way.\n\n2. What events are emitted by this contract and what information do they provide?\n- This contract emits four events: AdminChanged, BeaconUpgraded, Initialized, and Upgraded. AdminChanged provides information about a change in the contract's admin address. BeaconUpgraded provides information about an upgrade to the contract's beacon address. Initialized provides information about the initialization of the contract. Upgraded provides information about an upgrade to the contract's implementation address.\n\n3. What functions are available in this contract and what do they do?\n- This contract has three functions: proxiableUUID, upgradeTo, and upgradeToAndCall. proxiableUUID is a view function that returns a bytes32 value representing the UUID of the contract. upgradeTo is a non-payable function that upgrades the contract's implementation address to a new address. upgradeToAndCall is a payable function that upgrades the contract's implementation address to a new address and calls a function on the new implementation.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol/UUPSUpgradeable.md"}}],["216",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol/AddressUpgradeable.dbg.json)\n\nThe code above is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build information, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build information of the project. It can be used to ensure that the correct version of the project is being used, and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during development or deployment. For example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the build information can be used to identify which version of the code contains the bug, and to roll back to a previous version if necessary.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\ndef get_build_info():\n with open('zoo/build_info.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n return build_info\n\nif __name__ == '__main__':\n build_info = get_build_info()\n print(f\"Build version: {build_info['_format']}\")\n print(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commit_hash']}\")\n print(f\"Build date: {build_info['build_date']}\")\n```\n\nIn this example, the `get_build_info` function reads the build information from the JSON file and returns it as a dictionary. The `if __name__ == '__main__'` block demonstrates how this function can be used to print out the build version, commit hash, and build date. This information can be useful for debugging and troubleshooting issues in the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the code or data being stored.\n\n2. What does the \"buildInfo\" field refer to?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely refers to a JSON file containing information about the build process for this code.\n\n3. What is the significance of the file path in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The file path in the \"buildInfo\" field likely indicates the location of the JSON file containing build information relative to the current file's location in the project directory.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol/AddressUpgradeable.dbg.md"}}],["217",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol/AddressUpgradeable.json)\n\nThis code defines a contract called \"AddressUpgradeable\" and provides information about its bytecode and ABI. The contract is part of the OpenZeppelin library, which is a collection of reusable smart contract components for building decentralized applications on the Ethereum blockchain.\n\nThe purpose of the AddressUpgradeable contract is to provide utility functions for working with Ethereum addresses. It includes functions for checking if an address is a contract or not, and for sending Ether to an address. These functions are useful for other contracts that need to interact with external contracts or send Ether to specific addresses.\n\nOne example of how this contract could be used in a larger project is in a decentralized exchange (DEX) application. The DEX would need to interact with external contracts to execute trades and transfer funds. The AddressUpgradeable contract could be used to check if a given address is a valid contract before attempting to interact with it, and to send Ether to the appropriate address for each trade.\n\nOverall, the AddressUpgradeable contract provides a useful set of utility functions for working with Ethereum addresses, and can be used in a variety of decentralized applications.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how is it used in the `zoo` project?\n Answer: It is unclear from this code snippet what the purpose of this code is and how it is used in the `zoo` project. More context is needed to understand its role.\n\n2. What is the `_format` field used for?\n Answer: The `_format` field is not a standard field in Solidity contracts, so it is unclear what it is used for in this context. More information is needed to understand its purpose.\n\n3. Are there any dependencies required for this code to function properly?\n Answer: It is unclear from this code snippet whether there are any dependencies required for this code to function properly. The `sourceName` field suggests that it may be part of the OpenZeppelin library, so it is possible that other OpenZeppelin contracts are required as dependencies.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol/AddressUpgradeable.md"}}],["218",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol/ContextUpgradeable.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot issues that may arise during development or deployment. For example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the buildInfo file can be consulted to determine which version of the code introduced the bug, and to roll back to a previous version if necessary.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\ndef get_build_info():\n with open('zoo/build_info.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n return build_info\n\nif __name__ == '__main__':\n build_info = get_build_info()\n print(f\"Build format: {build_info['_format']}\")\n print(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commit_hash']}\")\n print(f\"Build date: {build_info['build_date']}\")\n```\n\nIn this example, the `get_build_info` function reads the buildInfo file and returns a dictionary containing the build information. The `if __name__ == '__main__'` block demonstrates how this function can be used to print out the build format, commit hash, and build date. This information can be useful for debugging and troubleshooting issues in the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What does the \"buildInfo\" field refer to?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely refers to a JSON file containing information about the build process for this code.\n\n3. What is the significance of the file path in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The file path in the \"buildInfo\" field likely indicates the location of the JSON file containing build information relative to the current file.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol/ContextUpgradeable.dbg.md"}}],["219",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol/ContextUpgradeable.json)\n\nThe code provided is a JSON object that contains metadata about a contract called \"ContextUpgradeable\". This contract is part of the larger project called \"zoo\". \n\nThe purpose of this contract is to provide a base contract that other contracts in the project can inherit from. It contains a single event called \"Initialized\" that takes in a uint8 parameter called \"version\". This event is emitted when the contract is initialized. \n\nThe contract does not contain any bytecode or deployed bytecode, which means it cannot be deployed on its own. Instead, it is meant to be inherited by other contracts in the project. \n\nThe \"linkReferences\" and \"deployedLinkReferences\" properties are empty, which means there are no external libraries or contracts that this contract depends on. \n\nOverall, this code provides important metadata about the \"ContextUpgradeable\" contract that can be used by other developers working on the \"zoo\" project. It serves as a base contract that other contracts can inherit from, and provides a single event that can be used to track when the contract is initialized. \n\nHere is an example of how another contract in the \"zoo\" project might inherit from \"ContextUpgradeable\":\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract is ContextUpgradeable {\n uint256 public myNumber;\n\n function initialize(uint8 version) public {\n emit Initialized(version);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the \"MyContract\" contract inherits from \"ContextUpgradeable\" using the \"import\" statement. It also contains a public variable called \"myNumber\" and a function called \"initialize\" that emits the \"Initialized\" event from the parent contract.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it relate to the overall functionality of the zoo project?\n - This code defines a contract called \"ContextUpgradeable\" and includes an event called \"Initialized\". It is unclear how this relates to the functionality of the zoo project without further context.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"_format\" field and how is it used within the project?\n - It is unclear what the \"_format\" field represents and how it is used within the project. Further context or documentation is needed to understand its significance.\n\n3. Are there any dependencies or external libraries required for this code to function properly?\n - It is unclear if there are any dependencies or external libraries required for this code to function properly. The \"sourceName\" field suggests that it may be using a library called \"@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol\", but it is unclear if this is the only dependency. Further documentation or code analysis may be needed to determine any additional dependencies.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol/ContextUpgradeable.md"}}],["220",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/StorageSlotUpgradeable.sol/StorageSlotUpgradeable.dbg.json)\n\nThe code above is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which in this case is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, such as the version number and the date of the build.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the build of the project and ensuring that all components are up-to-date and functioning properly. It can be used by developers to check the version of the build and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise.\n\nHere is an example of how this code may be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/build_info.json') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\nprint(\"Build version:\", build_info['version'])\nprint(\"Build date:\", build_info['date'])\n```\n\nIn this example, the code reads the build information from the JSON file and prints out the version number and date of the build. This information can be used to ensure that all components of the project are up-to-date and functioning properly.\n## Questions: \n 1. What does the \"_format\" field represent and what are its possible values?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely a format identifier for the file and its possible values are unknown without further context or documentation.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the \"buildInfo\" field and how is it used in the project?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for the project and its specific value points to a JSON file that may contain more detailed information.\n\n3. Where is this file located within the overall project structure and how is it accessed by other components?\n - Without further context or documentation, it is unclear where this file is located within the project structure and how it is accessed by other components.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/StorageSlotUpgradeable.sol/StorageSlotUpgradeable.dbg.md"}}],["221",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/StorageSlotUpgradeable.sol/StorageSlotUpgradeable.json)\n\nThis code defines a contract called `StorageSlotUpgradeable` which is used for upgrading smart contracts on the Ethereum blockchain. The contract is part of the OpenZeppelin library, which is a collection of reusable smart contract components that can be used to build decentralized applications.\n\nThe purpose of this specific contract is to provide a way to store data in a slot in the contract's storage. This is useful for upgrading contracts because it allows new versions of the contract to use the same storage slots as the old version, which makes it easier to migrate data from the old version to the new version.\n\nThe contract has two bytecode fields: `bytecode` and `deployedBytecode`. The `bytecode` field contains the compiled bytecode of the contract, while the `deployedBytecode` field contains the bytecode that is actually deployed on the blockchain.\n\nThe `linkReferences` and `deployedLinkReferences` fields are used for linking the contract to other contracts. This is necessary when a contract depends on another contract that has not yet been deployed. The `linkReferences` field contains the references to the other contracts in the compiled bytecode, while the `deployedLinkReferences` field contains the actual addresses of the deployed contracts.\n\nHere is an example of how this contract might be used in a larger project:\n\n```solidity\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/StorageSlotUpgradeable.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract is StorageSlotUpgradeable {\n bytes32 private myDataSlot;\n\n function setData(bytes32 data) external {\n // Store the data in the storage slot\n bytes32 slot = myDataSlot;\n assembly {\n sstore(slot, data)\n }\n }\n\n function getData() external view returns (bytes32) {\n // Retrieve the data from the storage slot\n bytes32 slot = myDataSlot;\n bytes32 data;\n assembly {\n data := sload(slot)\n }\n return data;\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, `MyContract` inherits from `StorageSlotUpgradeable` and defines a private storage slot called `myDataSlot`. The `setData` function stores data in the storage slot using the `sstore` opcode, while the `getData` function retrieves data from the storage slot using the `sload` opcode. By using the `StorageSlotUpgradeable` contract, `MyContract` can ensure that the storage slot is compatible with future versions of the contract.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it fit into the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines a contract called `StorageSlotUpgradeable` and provides its bytecode and ABI. It is unclear how it fits into the overall zoo project without more context.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `linkReferences` and `deployedLinkReferences` fields?\n- These fields are used to specify the libraries that the contract depends on and their corresponding addresses. `linkReferences` is used for the bytecode that is not yet deployed, while `deployedLinkReferences` is used for the deployed bytecode.\n\n3. Is this code written in Solidity or another programming language?\n- It is unclear from this code snippet what programming language this code is written in.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/StorageSlotUpgradeable.sol/StorageSlotUpgradeable.md"}}],["222",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@zoolabs/solidity/contracts/interfaces/IERC20.sol/IERC20.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file located at \"../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes and updates to the project, as well as to ensure that the project is running on the correct version of the build. \n\nFor example, if a developer wants to check the build information for the project, they can access this JSON file and retrieve the information. They can also use this information to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during the development process. \n\nOverall, this code serves as an important component of the larger project by providing essential information about the build.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and its value?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, including the version or commit hash used to build it.\n\n3. Where is the file containing this code located within the zoo project?\n - It is unclear from this code snippet where the file containing this code is located within the zoo project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@zoolabs/solidity/contracts/interfaces/IERC20.sol/IERC20.dbg.md"}}],["223",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@zoolabs/solidity/contracts/interfaces/IERC20.sol/IERC20.json)\n\nThis code defines an interface for a contract called IERC20, which is a standard interface for tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. The purpose of this interface is to define a set of functions and events that any contract implementing the IERC20 interface must have in order to be considered an ERC20 token. \n\nThe interface includes functions for checking the balance of an address, approving a transfer of tokens, transferring tokens, and allowing another address to spend tokens on behalf of the owner. It also includes an event for when an approval is made and an event for when a transfer is made. \n\nThe `permit` function is a non-standard addition to the ERC20 interface that allows for gasless approvals. It takes in the owner, spender, value, deadline, v, r, and s as arguments. The `v`, `r`, and `s` arguments are used to verify the signature of the owner, which is used to approve the transfer. \n\nThe `totalSupply` function returns the total supply of tokens in circulation. \n\nThis interface can be used by other contracts that want to interact with ERC20 tokens. For example, a decentralized exchange contract may use this interface to interact with various ERC20 tokens in order to facilitate trades. \n\nHere is an example of how this interface can be used in a Solidity contract:\n\n```\ninterface IERC20 {\n function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);\n function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);\n function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);\n function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);\n function transferFrom(address sender, address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);\n}\n\ncontract MyContract {\n IERC20 public token;\n\n constructor(address tokenAddress) {\n token = IERC20(tokenAddress);\n }\n\n function transferTokens(address recipient, uint256 amount) external {\n require(token.transfer(recipient, amount), \"Transfer failed\");\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, `MyContract` is a contract that interacts with an ERC20 token. The `token` variable is an instance of the `IERC20` interface, which is set in the constructor. The `transferTokens` function uses the `transfer` function from the `IERC20` interface to transfer tokens to a recipient.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file defines an interface for an ERC20 token contract.\n\n2. What functions are available in this ERC20 token interface?\n- The interface includes functions for checking allowance, approving transfers, checking balance, and permitting transfers.\n\n3. Is there any implementation code included in this file?\n- No, there is no implementation code included in this file. The `bytecode` and `deployedBytecode` fields are both empty.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@zoolabs/solidity/contracts/interfaces/IERC20.sol/IERC20.md"}}],["224",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@zoolabs/solidity/contracts/interfaces/IERC20.sol/IStrictERC20.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file located at \"../../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". This file likely contains information about the version, build date, and other details related to the project's build.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the build of the project and ensuring that the correct version is being used. It may be used by other parts of the project to check the build information and ensure that the project is running correctly. For example, a deployment script may use this information to verify that the correct version of the project is being deployed.\n\nAn example of how this code may be used in the larger project is in a continuous integration/continuous deployment (CI/CD) pipeline. The build information can be used to ensure that the correct version of the project is being built and deployed. The pipeline can check the buildInfo file to ensure that the correct version is being built and deployed, and can also update the file with new build information after a successful build.\n\nOverall, this code is a small but important part of the project's build process and can be used to ensure that the correct version of the project is being used.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in the code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and its value?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number, and the value is a file path to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. What is the context or purpose of the \"zoo\" project that this code is a part of?\n - This code alone does not provide enough information to determine the context or purpose of the \"zoo\" project, so a smart developer may need to look at other files or documentation to understand its role within the project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@zoolabs/solidity/contracts/interfaces/IERC20.sol/IStrictERC20.dbg.md"}}],["225",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/@zoolabs/solidity/contracts/interfaces/IERC20.sol/IStrictERC20.json)\n\nThe code provided is a Solidity interface for a contract called `IStrictERC20`. This interface defines a set of functions and events that a contract must implement in order to be considered a strict implementation of the ERC20 token standard. The ERC20 standard is a widely adopted standard for fungible tokens on the Ethereum blockchain.\n\nThe interface includes functions for getting the balance of a particular address, transferring tokens between addresses, and approving other addresses to spend tokens on behalf of the owner. It also includes a function for checking the remaining allowance for a particular address and a function for approving token transfers with a signature.\n\nThe events defined in the interface are `Approval` and `Transfer`, which are emitted when an address approves another address to spend tokens on its behalf or when tokens are transferred between addresses, respectively.\n\nThis interface can be used by other contracts that need to interact with ERC20 tokens in a standardized way. For example, a decentralized exchange contract might use this interface to interact with various ERC20 tokens that are listed on the exchange. By using a standardized interface, the exchange can ensure that all listed tokens behave in a consistent way and can be traded in the same manner.\n\nHere is an example of how this interface might be used in a Solidity contract:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"@zoolabs/solidity/contracts/interfaces/IERC20.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n IERC20 public token;\n\n constructor(address tokenAddress) {\n token = IERC20(tokenAddress);\n }\n\n function transferTokens(address to, uint256 amount) external {\n require(token.transfer(to, amount), \"Transfer failed\");\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `MyContract` contract takes an address of an ERC20 token as a constructor argument and creates an instance of the `IERC20` interface using that address. The `transferTokens` function then uses the `transfer` function defined in the interface to transfer tokens to a specified address. If the transfer fails, the function will revert with an error message.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines an interface called IStrictERC20 that specifies the functions and events that a strict implementation of the ERC20 token standard should have. It allows developers to interact with ERC20 tokens in a standardized way.\n\n2. Are there any additional dependencies or requirements needed to use this code?\n- It is unclear from this code whether there are any additional dependencies or requirements needed to use it. Developers may need to refer to other files or documentation to determine this.\n\n3. What is the significance of the \"permit\" function and how is it used?\n- The \"permit\" function allows a token owner to give approval for a spender to transfer tokens on their behalf, without requiring multiple transactions. It takes in several parameters including a deadline, v, r, and s, which are used to create a signature that proves the owner's approval. The specifics of how this function is used may depend on the implementation of the ERC20 token.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/@zoolabs/solidity/contracts/interfaces/IERC20.sol/IStrictERC20.md"}}],["226",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/Auction.sol/Auction.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file, which is located at \"../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". \n\nThis code is important for tracking the build of the project and ensuring that the correct version is being used. The build information file contains details about the build, such as the version number, build date, and any changes or updates that were made. This information can be used to troubleshoot issues and ensure that the project is running smoothly.\n\nIn larger projects, this code may be used in conjunction with other build tools and processes to automate the build and deployment process. For example, a continuous integration/continuous deployment (CI/CD) pipeline may use this code to track the build and automatically deploy the latest version to production.\n\nHere is an example of how this code may be used in a larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\n# Load the build information from the file\nwith open('zoo/build-info.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\n# Print the build format and location\nprint(f\"Build format: {build_info['_format']}\")\nprint(f\"Build location: {build_info['buildInfo']}\")\n```\n\nThis code loads the build information from the file and prints out the format and location of the build. This information can be used to ensure that the correct version of the project is being used and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n \n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number, and the location of the build information file.\n \n3. What is the overall purpose of this file within the zoo project?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the specific purpose of this file within the zoo project. It may be necessary to review other files or documentation to gain a better understanding.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/Auction.sol/Auction.dbg.md"}}],["227",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/Auction.sol/IMediaExtended.dbg.json)\n\nThe code above is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build information of the project. It can be used to ensure that the correct version of the project is being used, and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during development or deployment. \n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the build information can be used to identify which version of the project the bug was introduced in, and to roll back to a previous version if necessary. \n\nIn addition, the build information can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the project, and to coordinate updates and deployments across different environments.\n\nHere is an example of how the build information might be used in a larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\n# Load the build information from the file\nwith open('zoo/build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\n# Print the commit hash and build date\nprint(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commitHash']}\")\nprint(f\"Build date: {build_info['buildDate']}\")\n```\n\nThis code loads the build information from the file specified in the \"buildInfo\" key, and then prints out the commit hash and build date. This information could be used to track down bugs or to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n \n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this project, such as the version or build number, and the location of the build information file.\n \n3. What is the overall purpose of this file within the zoo project?\n - Without additional context, it is unclear what the specific purpose of this file is within the zoo project. It may be necessary to review other files or documentation to determine its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/Auction.sol/IMediaExtended.dbg.md"}}],["228",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/Bridge.sol/Bridge.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a configuration file for the zoo project. It contains two key-value pairs: \"_format\" and \"buildInfo\". The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the configuration file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file for the project, which is \"../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThe purpose of this configuration file is to provide important information about the project to other parts of the system. The \"_format\" key ensures that the configuration file is in the correct format, which is necessary for other parts of the system to read and use the information contained within it. The \"buildInfo\" key provides information about the build of the project, which can be used to track changes and ensure that the correct version of the project is being used.\n\nThis configuration file can be used in the larger project by other parts of the system that need access to the information contained within it. For example, a build system may use the \"buildInfo\" key to determine which version of the project to build. Another part of the system may use the \"_format\" key to ensure that the configuration file is in the correct format before attempting to read it.\n\nOverall, this configuration file plays an important role in the zoo project by providing key information about the project to other parts of the system. Its contents are used to ensure that the correct version of the project is being used and that the configuration file is in the correct format.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n \n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and its value?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or timestamp of the build, and the value is a file path to a JSON file containing this information.\n \n3. What is the overall purpose or function of this code within the zoo project?\n - It is unclear from this code snippet alone what the overall purpose or function of this code is within the zoo project. Further context or additional code would be needed to determine this.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/Bridge.sol/Bridge.dbg.md"}}],["229",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/DAO.sol/DAO.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build information of the project. It can be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during development or deployment.\n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the buildInfo file can be consulted to determine which version of the code introduced the bug. This information can then be used to roll back to a previous version of the code, or to identify the specific changes that caused the bug.\n\nOverall, this code serves as a key piece of metadata for the project, providing important information about the build and version history.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Is there any other relevant information or context needed to understand this code?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the full purpose and function of this code. It may be necessary to examine other files or documentation related to the \"zoo\" project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/DAO.sol/DAO.dbg.md"}}],["230",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/Decimal.sol/Decimal.dbg.json)\n\nThe code above is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which in this case is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, such as the version number, build date, and any relevant dependencies.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the build of the project and ensuring that all components are up-to-date and compatible with each other. It can be used by developers to quickly check the build information and troubleshoot any issues that may arise. For example, if a bug is discovered in the project, developers can use the build information to determine which version of the project the bug was introduced in and which dependencies may be causing the issue.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/build-info.json') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\nprint(f\"Build version: {build_info['version']}\")\nprint(f\"Build date: {build_info['buildDate']}\")\nprint(f\"Dependencies: {build_info['dependencies']}\")\n```\n\nIn this example, the code reads the build information from the \"build-info.json\" file located in the \"zoo\" directory. It then prints out the version number, build date, and dependencies contained in the file. This information can be used to ensure that all components of the project are up-to-date and compatible with each other.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in the code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used. However, without additional context it is difficult to determine the exact purpose.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for the project, such as the version or build number. The file path specified likely points to a JSON file containing this information.\n\n3. What is the overall function or purpose of the \"zoo\" project?\n - This code alone does not provide enough information to determine the overall function or purpose of the \"zoo\" project. Additional context or documentation would be needed.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/Decimal.sol/Decimal.dbg.md"}}],["231",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/Decimal.sol/Decimal.json)\n\nThis code represents a Solidity smart contract called \"Decimal\" that is used to handle decimal numbers in the larger project. The purpose of this contract is to provide a standardized way of handling decimal numbers in the project, which can be used by other contracts and functions.\n\nThe contract contains an empty ABI (Application Binary Interface), which means that it does not have any public functions that can be called from outside the contract. Instead, it is likely that this contract is used as a library or utility contract that is called by other contracts or functions within the project.\n\nThe bytecode and deployedBytecode fields contain the compiled code of the contract, which can be deployed to the Ethereum blockchain. The linkReferences and deployedLinkReferences fields are empty, which means that the contract does not have any dependencies on other contracts.\n\nOverall, this code is a small but important part of the larger project, providing a standardized way of handling decimal numbers that can be used by other contracts and functions. Here is an example of how this contract could be used in another contract:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"./Decimal.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n function doSomethingWithDecimal(uint256 decimalValue) public {\n Decimal decimal = new Decimal();\n // Use the Decimal contract to perform calculations with decimalValue\n }\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how is it used in the zoo project?\n - It is unclear from this code snippet what the purpose of the `Decimal` contract is and how it is used in the zoo project. Further documentation or code context may be needed to answer this question.\n \n2. What is the significance of the `bytecode` and `deployedBytecode` fields?\n - The `bytecode` field contains the compiled bytecode of the `Decimal` contract, while the `deployedBytecode` field contains the bytecode that is actually deployed to the blockchain. Understanding the difference between these two fields may be important for developers working with this code.\n \n3. Are there any dependencies or external libraries required for this code to function properly?\n - It is unclear from this code snippet whether there are any dependencies or external libraries required for the `Decimal` contract to function properly. Additional documentation or code context may be needed to answer this question.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/Decimal.sol/Decimal.md"}}],["232",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/Drop.sol/Drop.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build information of the project. It can be used to ensure that the correct version of the project is being used, and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during development or deployment. \n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the build information can be used to identify which version of the project the bug was introduced in, and to track down the specific commit that caused the issue. \n\nIn addition, the build information can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the project. By including the build information in the project repository, developers can easily check which version they are working with and ensure that they are all on the same page.\n\nOverall, this code is a small but important part of the larger project, providing valuable information about the build and version of the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n \n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number, and the location of the build information file.\n \n3. What is the overall purpose of this file within the zoo project?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the specific purpose of this file within the zoo project. It may be necessary to review other files or documentation to gain a better understanding of its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/Drop.sol/Drop.dbg.md"}}],["233",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/DropEggs.sol/DropEggs1.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" field indicates the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" field contains the path to the build information file, which is located in the \"../../build-info\" directory and has the filename \"da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThis file is important for the project because it provides information about the build, which can be used for debugging and troubleshooting purposes. For example, if there are issues with the project, developers can refer to this file to see if there were any errors or warnings during the build process. They can also use this file to determine which version of the project they are working with, as the build information file contains information about the build date, time, and commit hash.\n\nHere is an example of how this file might be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/build.json') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\nprint(f\"Build format: {build_info['_format']}\")\nprint(f\"Build info file: {build_info['buildInfo']}\")\n```\n\nIn this example, we are using the `json` module to load the build information from the \"build.json\" file in the \"zoo\" directory. We then print out the format of the build file and the path to the build information file. This information can be used to help diagnose any issues with the project and to ensure that everyone is working with the same version of the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n- The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify a specific format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n- The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number.\n\n3. Where is the file containing this code located within the zoo project?\n- It is not clear from this code snippet where the file is located within the zoo project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/DropEggs.sol/DropEggs1.dbg.md"}}],["234",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/EGGDrop.sol/DropEggs.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to the location of the build information file, which is located at \"../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes and updates to the project, as well as to ensure that the project is running on the correct version of the build.\n\nIn the larger project, this code may be used in conjunction with other build information files to ensure that all components of the project are up-to-date and compatible with each other. For example, if a new feature is added to the project, the build information files can be updated to reflect this change. This will ensure that all components of the project are using the same version of the build and are compatible with each other.\n\nHere is an example of how this code may be used in a larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\n# Load the build information file\nwith open('zoo/build-info.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\n# Print the format of the file\nprint(\"File format:\", build_info[\"_format\"])\n\n# Print the location of the build information file\nprint(\"Build info location:\", build_info[\"buildInfo\"])\n```\n\nThis code will load the build information file located at \"zoo/build-info.json\" and print out the format of the file and the location of the build information file. This information can then be used to ensure that all components of the project are up-to-date and compatible with each other.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Is there any other relevant information or context needed to understand this code?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the full purpose and function of this code. It may be necessary to examine other files or documentation related to the \"zoo\" project to fully understand its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/EGGDrop.sol/DropEggs.dbg.md"}}],["235",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/ERC721.sol/ERC721.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to identify any issues that may arise from changes in the build. The buildInfo file can also be used to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during the build process.\n\nHere is an example of how this code may be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/build.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\nprint(f\"Build format: {build_info['_format']}\")\nprint(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commitHash']}\")\nprint(f\"Build date: {build_info['buildDate']}\")\n```\n\nThis code reads the buildInfo file and prints out the format, commit hash, and build date. This information can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to identify any issues that may arise from changes in the build.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. What is the overall purpose or function of this code within the zoo project?\n - Without additional context, it is unclear what the overall purpose or function of this code is within the zoo project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/ERC721.sol/ERC721.dbg.md"}}],["236",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/ERC721Burnable.sol/ERC721Burnable.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise. For example, if a bug is reported, the build information can be used to identify which version of the code the bug was introduced in and to track down the source of the problem.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/build_info.json') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\nprint(f\"Build format: {build_info['_format']}\")\nprint(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commit_hash']}\")\nprint(f\"Build date: {build_info['build_date']}\")\n```\n\nThis code reads the build information from the JSON file and prints out the format, commit hash, and build date. This information can be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number, and may be used for debugging or tracking purposes.\n\n3. What is the overall purpose or function of this code within the zoo project?\n - Without additional context, it is unclear what specific role this code plays within the zoo project and what other components it may interact with.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/ERC721Burnable.sol/ERC721Burnable.dbg.md"}}],["237",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/ERC721Burnable.sol/ERC721Burnable.json)\n\nThis code defines a contract called ERC721Burnable, which is a standard interface for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) on the Ethereum blockchain. The contract includes a set of functions and events that allow for the creation, transfer, and destruction of NFTs. \n\nThe contract inherits from the ERC721 standard, which defines the basic functionality for NFTs, and adds the ability to burn (destroy) tokens. The contract also includes events for Approval, ApprovalForAll, and Transfer, which are emitted when a token is approved for transfer, when an operator is approved for all transfers, and when a token is transferred, respectively. \n\nThe functions in the contract include:\n- approve: approves a specific address to transfer the specified token\n- balanceOf: returns the number of tokens owned by a specific address\n- baseURI: returns the base URI for the token metadata\n- burn: destroys a specified token\n- getApproved: returns the address approved for the specified token\n- isApprovedForAll: returns whether an operator is approved for all transfers for a specific address\n- isApprovedOrOwner: returns whether an address is approved for the specified token or is the owner of the token\n- name: returns the name of the token\n- ownerOf: returns the address of the owner of the specified token\n- safeTransferFrom: transfers a specified token from one address to another, with additional data for the receiver\n- setApprovalForAll: sets or unsets an operator's approval for all transfers for a specific address\n- supportsInterface: returns whether the contract implements a specific interface\n- symbol: returns the symbol of the token\n- tokenByIndex: returns the token ID for the specified index\n- tokenOfOwnerByIndex: returns the token ID for the specified index owned by a specific address\n- tokenURI: returns the URI for the specified token ID\n- totalSupply: returns the total number of tokens in existence\n- transferFrom: transfers a specified token from one address to another\n\nThis contract can be used as a building block for other contracts that require NFT functionality, such as a marketplace or game. Developers can inherit from this contract and add their own functionality on top of it. For example, a game developer could use this contract to create unique in-game items that can be bought, sold, and traded on the blockchain. \n\nExample usage:\n```\ncontract MyGameItems is ERC721Burnable {\n // add custom functionality here\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines a contract called ERC721Burnable which implements the ERC721 standard for non-fungible tokens and adds the ability to burn tokens. It allows for the creation and management of unique digital assets on a blockchain.\n\n2. What events are emitted by this contract and what information do they provide?\n- This contract emits three events: Approval, ApprovalForAll, and Transfer. Approval and ApprovalForAll events provide information about the approval of an address to transfer a specific token or all tokens owned by an address. Transfer event provides information about the transfer of a token from one address to another.\n\n3. What functions are available in this contract and what do they do?\n- This contract provides functions for managing ownership and transfer of tokens, checking balances, approving transfers, and checking approval status. It also provides functions for getting token information such as owner, URI, and total supply. Additionally, it provides functions for checking support for specific interfaces and burning tokens.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/ERC721Burnable.sol/ERC721Burnable.md"}}],["238",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/Farm.sol/Farm.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file located at \"../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes and updates to the project, as well as to ensure that the project is running on the correct version. \n\nFor example, if a developer wants to check the build information of the project, they can access this JSON file and retrieve the information. They can also use this information to compare the build with previous versions of the project to identify any changes or issues. \n\nOverall, this code serves as a useful tool for managing and tracking the build of the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify a specific format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Is there any other relevant information or context needed to understand this code?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the exact purpose and function of this code. It may be necessary to review other files or documentation related to the \"zoo\" project to fully understand its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/Farm.sol/Farm.dbg.md"}}],["239",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/Faucet.sol/Faucet.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build information of the project. It can be used to ensure that the correct version of the project is being used, and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during development or deployment. \n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the build information can be used to identify which version of the project the bug was introduced in, and to track down the specific commit that caused the issue. \n\nIn addition, the build information can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the project, and to ensure that the correct version is deployed to production. \n\nOverall, this code serves as a key piece of metadata for the project, providing important information about the build and version of the code.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number, and may be used for debugging or tracking purposes.\n\n3. What is the expected location of the build-info file referenced in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field references a file located at \"../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\", so a smart developer may want to confirm that this file exists at the expected location and contains the necessary information.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/Faucet.sol/Faucet.dbg.md"}}],["240",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/GoveranceToken.sol/GoveranceToken.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build information of the project. It can be used to ensure that the correct version of the project is being used, and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during development or deployment. \n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the build information can be used to determine which version of the code is affected and when it was last updated. This can help developers quickly identify the cause of the bug and implement a fix.\n\nIn addition, the build information can be used to ensure that all team members are using the same version of the code. This can prevent compatibility issues and ensure that everyone is working with the most up-to-date version of the project.\n\nOverall, this code serves as an important tool for managing the development and deployment of the project. By providing detailed information about the build, it helps ensure that the project is running smoothly and that any issues can be quickly identified and resolved.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process or version of the code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing this information.\n\n3. Is there any other relevant information or context needed to understand this code?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the exact purpose or function of this code. It may be necessary to examine other files or documentation within the project to fully understand its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/GoveranceToken.sol/GoveranceToken.dbg.md"}}],["241",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/Market.sol/Market.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file, which is located at \"../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThis code is important for tracking the build of the project and ensuring that the correct version is being used. It may be used in the larger project by other parts of the code that need to access the build information, such as for debugging or troubleshooting purposes.\n\nFor example, if a bug is found in the project, the developer may need to check the build information to see if the bug is related to a specific build version. They can access the build information using this code and then compare it to the version of the code that is currently being used.\n\nOverall, this code serves as a small but important piece of the larger project, providing crucial information about the build that can be used for debugging and troubleshooting purposes.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Is there any other relevant information or context needed to understand this code snippet?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the full purpose and function of this code. It may be necessary to examine other files or documentation within the \"zoo\" project to fully understand its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/Market.sol/Market.dbg.md"}}],["242",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/Math.sol/Math.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a configuration file for the zoo project. It contains two key-value pairs: \"_format\" and \"buildInfo\". The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the configuration file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file for the project, which is \"../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThe purpose of this configuration file is to provide important information about the project to other parts of the system. The \"_format\" key ensures that the configuration file is in the correct format, which is important for the system to be able to read and use the information contained within it. The \"buildInfo\" key provides information about the build of the project, which can be used to track changes and ensure that the correct version of the project is being used.\n\nThis configuration file can be used in the larger project by other parts of the system that need access to the build information or need to ensure that the configuration file is in the correct format. For example, a build script may use the \"buildInfo\" key to determine which version of the project to build, or a testing script may use the \"_format\" key to ensure that the configuration file is in the correct format before running tests.\n\nOverall, this configuration file plays an important role in the zoo project by providing key information about the project to other parts of the system.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified likely points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Is there any other relevant information or context needed to understand this code?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the full purpose and function of this code. It may be necessary to review other files or documentation related to the \"zoo\" project to fully understand its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/Math.sol/Math.dbg.md"}}],["243",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/Math.sol/Math.json)\n\nThis code represents a Solidity contract called \"Math\" that is used for mathematical operations. The contract does not have any functions or events defined in its ABI (Application Binary Interface), which means that it cannot be interacted with directly. Instead, it is likely that this contract is used as a library contract that is imported by other contracts in the larger project.\n\nThe bytecode and deployedBytecode fields contain the compiled bytecode of the contract, which can be used to deploy the contract to the Ethereum blockchain. The bytecode is the raw compiled code, while the deployedBytecode is the code that has been deployed to the blockchain and includes any constructor arguments that were passed during deployment.\n\nThe linkReferences and deployedLinkReferences fields are empty, which means that this contract does not have any dependencies on other contracts.\n\nOverall, this code serves as a building block for other contracts in the zoo project that require mathematical operations. For example, a contract that calculates the average weight of animals in the zoo might import this Math contract to perform the necessary calculations. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"Math.sol\";\n\ncontract AnimalWeights {\n uint[] public weights;\n\n function addWeight(uint weight) public {\n weights.push(weight);\n }\n\n function getAverageWeight() public view returns (uint) {\n uint sum = 0;\n for (uint i = 0; i < weights.length; i++) {\n sum = Math.add(sum, weights[i]);\n }\n return Math.div(sum, weights.length);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the AnimalWeights contract imports the Math contract and uses its add and div functions to calculate the average weight of animals in the zoo.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how is it used in the `zoo` project?\n - It is unclear from this code snippet what the purpose of the `Math` contract is and how it is used in the `zoo` project. Further documentation or code context is needed to answer this question.\n \n2. What is the significance of the `bytecode` and `deployedBytecode` fields?\n - The `bytecode` field contains the compiled code of the `Math` contract, while the `deployedBytecode` field contains the code that is actually deployed to the blockchain. The difference between the two may be due to optimizations or other modifications made during deployment.\n \n3. Are there any external dependencies or libraries required for this code to function properly?\n - It is unclear from this code snippet whether the `Math` contract has any external dependencies or requires any libraries to function properly. Further documentation or code context is needed to answer this question.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/Math.sol/Math.md"}}],["244",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/Media.sol/Media.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a configuration file for the zoo project. It contains two key-value pairs, \"_format\" and \"buildInfo\". The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the configuration file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file for the project, which is located at \"../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThe purpose of this configuration file is to provide important information about the project, such as the format of the configuration file and the location of the build information file. This information can be used by other parts of the project to ensure that the project is built and configured correctly.\n\nFor example, if another part of the project needs to access the build information file, it can use the location specified in this configuration file to find it. Similarly, if another part of the project needs to read or modify the configuration file, it can use the format specified in this configuration file to ensure that it is reading or modifying the file correctly.\n\nOverall, this configuration file plays an important role in ensuring that the zoo project is built and configured correctly. While it may seem simple, it provides essential information that is used throughout the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n \n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number, and the location of the build information file.\n \n3. What is the overall purpose of this file within the zoo project?\n - Without additional context, it is unclear what the specific purpose of this file is within the zoo project. It may be necessary to review other files or documentation to determine its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/Media.sol/Media.dbg.md"}}],["245",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/NFTStaking.sol/ZooNFTStaker.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build information of the project. It can be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot issues that may arise during development or deployment. \n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the buildInfo file can be consulted to determine which version of the code introduced the bug. This information can then be used to roll back to a previous version of the code, or to identify the specific changes that caused the issue.\n\nIn addition, the buildInfo file can be used to generate release notes or other documentation about the project. By including information about the build date, commit hash, and other details, it is possible to provide a detailed history of the project's development.\n\nOverall, this code plays an important role in managing the development and deployment of the project. By providing detailed information about the build, it helps to ensure that the project is stable, reliable, and consistent across all environments.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained in this file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number.\n\n3. What is the meaning of the value in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - Without access to the referenced JSON file, it is impossible to determine the specific meaning of the value in the \"buildInfo\" field.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/NFTStaking.sol/ZooNFTStaker.dbg.md"}}],["246",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/Owned.sol/owned.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise. For example, if a bug is reported, the build information can be used to identify which version of the code the bug was introduced in and to track down the source of the problem.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/build_info.json') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\nprint(f\"Build format: {build_info['_format']}\")\nprint(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commit_hash']}\")\nprint(f\"Build date: {build_info['build_date']}\")\n```\n\nThis code reads the build information from the \"build_info.json\" file in the \"zoo\" directory and prints out the format, commit hash, and build date. This information can be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number.\n\n3. What is the overall purpose or context of this code within the zoo project?\n - Without additional information, it is unclear what specific role this code plays within the zoo project and how it interacts with other components.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/Owned.sol/owned.dbg.md"}}],["247",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/Owned.sol/owned.json)\n\nThe code provided is a JSON object that contains information about a contract called \"owned\" located in the \"src/Owned.sol\" file. The contract has a constructor and two functions: \"owner\" and \"transferOwnership\". The \"owner\" function returns the address of the current owner of the contract, while the \"transferOwnership\" function allows the current owner to transfer ownership to a new address.\n\nThis code is part of the larger project called \"zoo\" and is used to define the ownership of various contracts within the project. By using the \"owned\" contract, other contracts in the project can inherit ownership functionality without having to redefine it. For example, a contract that represents a zoo animal could inherit the \"owned\" contract to ensure that only the owner of the animal can modify its information.\n\nHere is an example of how the \"owned\" contract could be used in another contract:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"./Owned.sol\";\n\ncontract Animal is Owned {\n string public name;\n uint public age;\n\n constructor(string memory _name, uint _age) {\n name = _name;\n age = _age;\n }\n\n function updateAge(uint _age) public onlyOwner {\n age = _age;\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the \"Animal\" contract inherits the \"Owned\" contract and uses the \"onlyOwner\" modifier to restrict access to the \"updateAge\" function to the owner of the animal. This ensures that only the owner can update the age of the animal and prevents unauthorized modifications.\n\nOverall, the \"owned\" contract provides a simple and reusable way to manage ownership within the \"zoo\" project and can be used by other contracts to ensure secure and controlled access to their functionality.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it relate to the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines a contract called \"owned\" which has functions for transferring ownership. It is unclear how it relates to the overall zoo project without more context.\n\n2. What is the format of the ABI and what do the different fields represent?\n- The ABI is an array of objects, where each object represents a function in the contract. The \"inputs\" field lists the function's parameters, \"outputs\" lists its return values, \"stateMutability\" indicates whether the function modifies the contract state or just reads it, and \"type\" specifies whether the function is a constructor or a regular function.\n\n3. What is the significance of the bytecode and deployedBytecode fields?\n- The \"bytecode\" field contains the compiled code for the contract, while the \"deployedBytecode\" field contains the code that is actually deployed to the blockchain. The latter may include additional initialization code that is not present in the former.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/Owned.sol/owned.md"}}],["248",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/Random.sol/Random.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to identify any issues that may arise from changes in the build. For example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the build information can be used to identify which version of the code introduced the bug, and to roll back to a previous version if necessary.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/build-info.json') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\nprint(f\"Build format: {build_info['_format']}\")\nprint(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commitHash']}\")\nprint(f\"Build date: {build_info['buildDate']}\")\n```\n\nThis code reads the build information from the JSON file and prints out the format, commit hash, and build date. This information can be used to track the version of the project and to identify any issues that may arise from changes in the build.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify a specific format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. What is the overall purpose of this code file within the larger zoo project?\n - Without more context, it is difficult to determine the specific purpose of this code file within the zoo project. It may be necessary to examine other files or documentation to gain a better understanding.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/Random.sol/Random.dbg.md"}}],["249",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/Savage.sol/Savage.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the zoo project. The \"_format\" field indicates the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" field contains the path to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis file is important for tracking the build of the zoo project and ensuring that all components are up-to-date and working properly. It can be used by developers to check the status of the build and troubleshoot any issues that may arise.\n\nHere is an example of how this file may be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/build.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\ncommit_hash = build_info['commitHash']\nbuild_date = build_info['buildDate']\n\nprint(f\"Zoo project build: commit {commit_hash}, built on {build_date}\")\n```\n\nThis code reads the build information from the JSON file and prints out the commit hash and build date. This information can be used to verify that the project is up-to-date and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in the code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used. However, without additional context it is difficult to determine the exact purpose.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for the project, such as the version or build number. The file path specified likely points to a JSON file containing this information.\n\n3. Is this the entire code file or just a portion of it?\n - It is unclear from the provided code whether this is the entire file or just a portion of it. Additional context or code would be needed to determine this.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/Savage.sol/Savage.dbg.md"}}],["250",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/ZOO.sol/ZOO.dbg.json)\n\nThe code above is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which in this case is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, such as the version number, build date, and commit hash.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the build of the project and ensuring that all components are up-to-date and working properly. It can be used by developers to quickly check the build information and troubleshoot any issues that may arise.\n\nFor example, if a developer notices a bug in the project, they can check the buildInfo file to see if the bug is related to a specific build version. They can also use the buildInfo file to verify that all components of the project are up-to-date and compatible with each other.\n\nOverall, this code serves as a crucial component of the larger project by providing important build information and ensuring that the project is running smoothly.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Are there any other fields or properties that are expected to be present in this code file?\n - Without additional context, it is unclear if there are any other expected fields or properties in this code file. It would be helpful to review any documentation or specifications for the project to determine if there are any other requirements.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/ZOO.sol/ZOO.dbg.md"}}],["251",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/ZooDao.sol/ZOOVoting.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file located at \"../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project, which can be useful for debugging and troubleshooting purposes. The buildInfo file likely contains information such as the version number, build date, and any relevant build parameters. \n\nIn the larger project, this code may be used by developers and testers to identify the build of the project they are working with. For example, if a bug is reported, the buildInfo file can be checked to see if the bug is present in a specific build. Additionally, the buildInfo file can be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same build of the project. \n\nHere is an example of how this code may be used in a larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/build.json') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\nprint(f\"Build version: {build_info['version']}\")\nprint(f\"Build date: {build_info['date']}\")\n```\n\nThis code reads the buildInfo file located in the zoo directory and prints out the version number and build date. This information can be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same build of the project and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number.\n\n3. What is the overall purpose of this code file within the zoo project?\n - Without additional context, it is unclear what the overall purpose of this code file is within the zoo project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/ZooDao.sol/ZOOVoting.dbg.md"}}],["252",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/ZooKeeper.sol/ICustomDrop.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file located at \"../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes and updates to the project, as well as to ensure that all components of the project are up-to-date and compatible with each other. \n\nFor example, if a developer wants to update a component of the project, they can check the buildInfo file to see if the update is compatible with the current build. If it is not, they may need to update other components of the project to ensure compatibility. \n\nOverall, this code serves as a reference point for the build of the project and can be used to ensure that all components are working together properly.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify a specific format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process used to create the code or data, such as the version number or build date.\n\n3. What is the overall purpose of this code file within the zoo project?\n - Without additional context, it is unclear what specific role this code file plays within the larger zoo project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/ZooKeeper.sol/ICustomDrop.dbg.md"}}],["253",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/ZooKeeper.sol/ICustomDrop.json)\n\nThis code defines an interface called `ICustomDrop` that specifies a function called `animalStageYields`. This function takes in a string parameter called `name` and returns a tuple of three structs called `baby`, `teen`, and `adult`. Each of these structs contains two fields: `yields` and `boost`, both of which are of type `uint256`. The purpose of this interface is to provide a standardized way for other contracts in the Zoo project to interact with contracts that implement this interface.\n\nThe `ICustomDrop` interface is defined using the Solidity programming language's Application Binary Interface (ABI) format. The ABI is a specification for how to encode and decode function calls and data structures in a way that can be understood by different programming languages and platforms. The ABI for this interface specifies the function signature, input parameters, output parameters, and other metadata needed to interact with the `animalStageYields` function.\n\nThe `ICustomDrop` interface is intended to be implemented by other contracts in the Zoo project that need to provide information about the yields and boosts of different animal stages. For example, a contract that represents a particular animal species might implement this interface to provide information about how much yield and boost that species provides at different stages of its life cycle. Other contracts in the Zoo project could then call the `animalStageYields` function on this contract to get this information.\n\nHere is an example of how another contract in the Zoo project might use the `ICustomDrop` interface:\n\n```\nimport \"./ICustomDrop.sol\";\n\ncontract MyAnimalSpecies is ICustomDrop {\n function animalStageYields(string memory name) public view override returns (StageYields memory) {\n // Implement the function to return the appropriate StageYields struct for the given animal stage\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, `MyAnimalSpecies` is a contract that represents a particular animal species and implements the `ICustomDrop` interface. The `animalStageYields` function is implemented to return the appropriate `StageYields` struct for the given animal stage. Other contracts in the Zoo project could then call this function on an instance of `MyAnimalSpecies` to get information about the yields and boosts of that animal species at different stages of its life cycle.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract and what does it do?\n Answer: It is unclear from this code snippet what the overall purpose of the `ICustomDrop` contract is or what it does. More context is needed to understand its functionality.\n\n2. What is the format of the input parameter `name` for the `animalStageYields` function?\n Answer: The `animalStageYields` function takes a single input parameter called `name`, but it is unclear from this code snippet what the expected format of this parameter is (e.g. length restrictions, character set, etc.).\n\n3. What is the meaning of the various nested data structures in the output of the `animalStageYields` function?\n Answer: The `animalStageYields` function returns a complex data structure with nested tuples and components, but it is unclear from this code snippet what each of these represents or how they are used. More documentation or comments in the code would be helpful to understand the purpose of these structures.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/ZooKeeper.sol/ICustomDrop.md"}}],["254",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/ZooKeeper.sol/ZooKeeper.dbg.json)\n\nThe code above is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to the location of the build information file, which is located at \"../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThis file is important for the project because it provides information about the build, such as the version number, build date, and other relevant information. This information can be used to troubleshoot issues that may arise during the development process, as well as to keep track of changes made to the project over time.\n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the build information file can be used to determine which version of the project the bug was introduced in, and which version it was fixed in. This can help developers to quickly identify the cause of the bug and implement a fix.\n\nOverall, this file is a small but important part of the larger project, as it provides valuable information about the build that can be used to improve the development process and ensure the quality of the final product.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n \n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number, and the location of the build information file.\n \n3. What is the overall purpose of this file within the zoo project?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the specific purpose of this file within the zoo project. It may be necessary to review other files or documentation to gain a better understanding of its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/ZooKeeper.sol/ZooKeeper.dbg.md"}}],["255",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/console.sol/console.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build information of the project. It can be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot issues that may arise during development or deployment. \n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the build information can be used to identify which version of the code introduced the bug and when it was introduced. This can help developers pinpoint the cause of the issue and develop a fix more quickly.\n\nTo access the build information in this code, it can be parsed as a JSON object in a programming language such as Python. For example:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/build_info.json') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\nprint(build_info['_format']) # prints \"hh-sol-dbg-1\"\nprint(build_info['buildInfo']) # prints \"../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\"\n```\n\nOverall, this code serves an important role in the larger project by providing version and build information that can be used for debugging and troubleshooting.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained in this file.\n \n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and its value?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number, and the value is a file path to a JSON file containing that information.\n \n3. What is the overall purpose or function of this code file within the zoo project?\n - Without more context, it is difficult to determine the specific purpose of this code file within the zoo project. It may be related to build or deployment processes, or it may contain configuration information for the project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/console.sol/console.dbg.md"}}],["256",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/console.sol/console.json)\n\nThis code appears to be a JSON object that contains information about a contract called \"console\" in the larger zoo project. The object includes the contract's name, source file location, and bytecode information.\n\nThe \"abi\" field is an empty array, which suggests that this contract does not have any externally visible functions or variables. The \"bytecode\" and \"deployedBytecode\" fields contain hexadecimal values that represent the compiled code of the contract. The \"bytecode\" field represents the code that will be executed when the contract is deployed, while the \"deployedBytecode\" field represents the code that is actually stored on the blockchain after deployment.\n\nThe \"linkReferences\" and \"deployedLinkReferences\" fields are empty, which suggests that this contract does not have any dependencies on other contracts.\n\nOverall, this code provides important information about the \"console\" contract in the zoo project. Developers can use this information to understand how the contract is structured and how it interacts with other parts of the project. For example, if a developer wants to call a function in the \"console\" contract from another contract, they can use the bytecode information to generate the appropriate function call.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it fit into the overall zoo project?\n - It is unclear from this code snippet what the purpose of this code is and how it relates to the rest of the zoo project. Further context is needed to answer this question.\n \n2. What is the meaning of the different fields in this code, such as \"abi\", \"bytecode\", and \"deployedBytecode\"?\n - The \"abi\" field likely contains the contract's Application Binary Interface, while \"bytecode\" and \"deployedBytecode\" likely contain the compiled code for the contract before and after deployment, respectively. However, without more information about the project and the specific contract, it is difficult to say for certain.\n\n3. Are there any dependencies or external libraries required for this code to function properly?\n - It is unclear from this code snippet whether there are any dependencies or external libraries required for this code to function properly. Further context is needed to answer this question.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/console.sol/console.md"}}],["257",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/I721Stake.sol/I721Stake.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot issues that may arise during development. The buildInfo file can also be used to identify which version of the code is currently deployed in production.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\ndef get_build_info():\n with open('zoo/build_info.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n return build_info\n\nif __name__ == '__main__':\n build_info = get_build_info()\n print(f\"Build version: {build_info['_format']}\")\n print(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commitHash']}\")\n print(f\"Build date: {build_info['buildDate']}\")\n```\n\nIn this example, the `get_build_info` function reads the build_info.json file and returns the contents as a dictionary. The main block of code then uses this dictionary to print out the build version, commit hash, and build date. This information can be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot issues that may arise during development.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in the code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data in this file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process or environment used to create this file, such as the version of the compiler or build tool.\n\n3. What is the overall purpose of the \"zoo\" project?\n - This code snippet alone does not provide enough information to determine the overall purpose of the \"zoo\" project. Further investigation into other files and documentation would be necessary.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/I721Stake.sol/I721Stake.dbg.md"}}],["258",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/I721Stake.sol/I721Stake.json)\n\nThis code defines an interface for a smart contract called I721Stake. The contract is designed to allow users to stake and unstake non-fungible tokens (NFTs) in exchange for rewards. The contract includes several functions for managing the staking process, including freezeNft, isFrozenNft, isFrozenStaker, stake, and unstake. \n\nThe freezeNft function allows the contract owner to freeze a specific NFT, preventing it from being staked. The isFrozenNft function checks whether a specific NFT is currently frozen. The isFrozenStaker function checks whether a specific staker is currently frozen. The stake function allows a user to stake a specific NFT in exchange for rewards. The unstake function allows a user to unstake a specific NFT and claim their rewards. \n\nThe contract also includes several events, including NewStake and unStaked, which are emitted when a user stakes or unstakes an NFT, respectively. \n\nThe contract is designed to be used in conjunction with other smart contracts in the larger project. For example, a separate contract may be responsible for managing the rewards that are distributed to users who stake their NFTs. The I721Stake contract would be responsible for managing the staking process itself, including freezing and unfreezing NFTs, tracking staked NFTs, and emitting events when staking and unstaking occurs. \n\nOverall, the I721Stake contract provides a flexible and extensible interface for managing NFT staking in a decentralized and trustless manner.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract and what does it do?\n- This contract is called I721Stake and it contains functions related to staking and unstaking NFTs, freezing NFTs, and updating reward coins.\n\n2. Are there any events emitted by this contract and what do they represent?\n- Yes, there are two events emitted by this contract: NewStake and unStaked. Both events contain information about the address of the staker, the NFT contract, and the token ID.\n\n3. What is the format of the ABI for this contract and what does it contain?\n- The ABI for this contract is an array of objects, each representing a function or event in the contract. Each object contains information about the function/event name, inputs, outputs, and type. The inputs and outputs are further described by their internalType, name, and type.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/I721Stake.sol/I721Stake.md"}}],["259",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IAuctionHouse.sol/IAuctionHouse.dbg.json)\n\nThe code above is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which in this case is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build information of the project. It can be used to ensure that the correct version of the project is being used, and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during development or deployment.\n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the build information can be used to determine which version of the project the bug was introduced in, and to track down the specific commit that caused the issue. This can save a significant amount of time and effort in debugging and fixing the problem.\n\nIn addition, the build information can be used to ensure that all developers and stakeholders are using the same version of the project. This can help to avoid compatibility issues and ensure that everyone is working with the same set of features and functionality.\n\nOverall, this code is a small but important part of the larger project, providing valuable information about the build and version of the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Is there any other relevant information or context needed to understand this code?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the full purpose and function of this code. It may be necessary to examine other files or documentation related to the \"zoo\" project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IAuctionHouse.sol/IAuctionHouse.dbg.md"}}],["260",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IAuctionHouse.sol/IAuctionHouse.json)\n\nThe code provided is an interface for an auction house smart contract. The interface is defined in Solidity, a programming language used for writing smart contracts on the Ethereum blockchain. The interface defines a set of functions and events that can be used to interact with the auction house contract.\n\nThe interface includes several events that are emitted by the contract during various stages of the auction process. These events include AuctionCreated, AuctionBid, AuctionEnded, AuctionCanceled, AuctionDurationExtended, and AuctionReservePriceUpdated. These events provide information about the auction, such as the auction ID, the token ID being auctioned, the duration of the auction, the reserve price, the current highest bid, and the winner of the auction.\n\nThe interface also includes several functions that can be used to interact with the auction house contract. These functions include createAuction, createBid, endAuction, cancelAuction, setAuctionApproval, and setAuctionReservePrice. These functions allow users to create new auctions, place bids on existing auctions, end auctions, cancel auctions, and update auction details such as the reserve price and auction approval status.\n\nOverall, this interface provides a standardized way for other contracts and applications to interact with the auction house contract. By using this interface, developers can ensure that their code is compatible with the auction house contract and can take advantage of the functionality provided by the contract.\n\nExample usage of this interface might include building a decentralized marketplace that allows users to buy and sell items using the auction house contract. Another example might be a dApp that allows users to participate in auctions for rare digital assets such as collectibles or artwork.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines the interface for an auction house contract and provides functions for creating, canceling, and bidding on auctions. It solves the problem of facilitating auctions for various types of assets on the blockchain.\n\n2. What events are emitted by this contract and what information do they provide?\n- This contract emits several events including AuctionApprovalUpdated, AuctionBid, AuctionCanceled, AuctionCreated, AuctionDurationExtended, AuctionEnded, and AuctionReservePriceUpdated. These events provide information such as the auction ID, token ID, token contract address, auction duration, reserve price, bidder address, and curator fee percentage.\n\n3. What are the inputs and outputs of the functions in this contract?\n- The inputs and outputs of the functions in this contract vary. For example, the createAuction function takes in several parameters including the token ID, token contract address, auction duration, reserve price, curator address, curator fee percentage, and auction currency address, and returns the auction ID. The createBid function takes in the auction ID and bid amount as inputs and has no outputs. The setAuctionApproval function takes in the auction ID and a boolean value for approval and has no outputs.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IAuctionHouse.sol/IAuctionHouse.md"}}],["261",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IDrop.sol/IDrop.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to identify any issues that may arise from changes in the build. The buildInfo file can also be used to troubleshoot any problems that occur during the build process.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/build.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\nprint(f\"Build format: {build_info['_format']}\")\nprint(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commitHash']}\")\nprint(f\"Build date: {build_info['buildDate']}\")\n```\n\nThis code reads the buildInfo file and prints out the format, commit hash, and build date. This information can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to identify any issues that may arise from changes in the build.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n \n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number, and the location of the build information file.\n \n3. What is the overall purpose of this file within the zoo project?\n - Without additional context, it is unclear what the specific purpose of this file is within the zoo project. It may be necessary to review other files or documentation to determine its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IDrop.sol/IDrop.dbg.md"}}],["262",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IERC20Bridgable.sol/IERC20Bridgable.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot issues that may arise during development or deployment. The buildInfo file can be used to determine when a particular version of the code was built, and what changes were made since the last build.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\ndef get_build_info():\n with open('zoo/build_info.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n return build_info\n\nif __name__ == '__main__':\n build_info = get_build_info()\n print(f\"Build format: {build_info['_format']}\")\n print(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commit_hash']}\")\n print(f\"Build date: {build_info['build_date']}\")\n```\n\nIn this example, the `get_build_info` function reads the build_info file and returns a dictionary containing the build information. The `if __name__ == '__main__'` block demonstrates how this function can be used to print out the build format, commit hash, and build date. This information can be useful for debugging and troubleshooting issues with the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Is there any other relevant information or context needed to understand this code?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the full purpose and function of this code. It may be necessary to examine other files or documentation within the \"zoo\" project to fully understand its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IERC20Bridgable.sol/IERC20Bridgable.dbg.md"}}],["263",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IERC20Bridgable.sol/IERC20Bridgable.json)\n\nThe code provided is an interface for a contract called IERC20Bridgable. This interface defines the functions and events that a contract must implement in order to be considered an ERC20 token that can be bridged to another blockchain. \n\nThe interface includes standard ERC20 functions such as `balanceOf`, `totalSupply`, `transfer`, `transferFrom`, `approve`, and `allowance`. These functions are used to manage the token balances and transfer tokens between addresses. \n\nIn addition to the standard ERC20 functions, this interface also includes two functions specific to bridging tokens between blockchains: `bridgeMint` and `bridgeBurn`. These functions are used to mint and burn tokens on the other blockchain when they are bridged. \n\nThe `bridgeMint` function takes an address and an amount as input and mints the specified amount of tokens on the other blockchain for the specified address. The `bridgeBurn` function takes an address and an amount as input and burns the specified amount of tokens on the other blockchain for the specified address. \n\nThe events defined in this interface are `Transfer` and `Approval`, which are standard ERC20 events that are emitted when tokens are transferred or approved. \n\nOverall, this interface is used to define the functions and events that a contract must implement in order to be considered an ERC20 token that can be bridged to another blockchain. Developers can use this interface as a reference when creating their own ERC20 tokens that are compatible with the bridging mechanism. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```solidity\ninterface IERC20Bridgable {\n function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);\n function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);\n function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);\n function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);\n function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);\n function transferFrom(address sender, address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);\n function bridgeMint(address _from, uint256 _amount) external;\n function bridgeBurn(address _to, uint256 _amount) external;\n event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);\n event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract and what does it do?\n- This contract is an interface called IERC20Bridgable and it defines a set of functions and events that a contract must implement in order to be considered an ERC20 token.\n\n2. Are there any functions in this contract that modify the state of the blockchain?\n- Yes, there are several functions in this contract that modify the state of the blockchain, including `approve`, `bridgeBurn`, `bridgeMint`, `burn`, `burnFrom`, `mint`, `transfer`, and `transferFrom`.\n\n3. Does this contract have any dependencies or external libraries that it relies on?\n- No, this contract does not have any dependencies or external libraries that it relies on.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IERC20Bridgable.sol/IERC20Bridgable.md"}}],["264",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IERC20Burnable.sol/IERC20Burnable.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file located at \"../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". This JSON file likely contains information about the build, such as the version number, build date, and any relevant dependencies.\n\nThis code is important for the larger project because it provides information about the build, which can be useful for debugging and troubleshooting. For example, if there is an issue with the project, developers can refer to the buildInfo file to see if there were any recent changes that may have caused the issue. Additionally, the buildInfo file can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the project.\n\nHere is an example of how this code may be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/buildInfo.json') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\nprint(f\"Version: {build_info['version']}\")\nprint(f\"Build date: {build_info['buildDate']}\")\n```\n\nIn this example, the buildInfo file is loaded using the json module, and the version number and build date are printed to the console. This information can be useful for developers who are trying to troubleshoot issues or ensure that they are working with the correct version of the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained in this file.\n \n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number, and the location of the build information file.\n \n3. What is the overall purpose of this file within the zoo project?\n - Without additional context, it is unclear what the specific purpose of this file is within the zoo project. It may be necessary to review other files or documentation to determine its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IERC20Burnable.sol/IERC20Burnable.dbg.md"}}],["265",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IERC20Burnable.sol/IERC20Burnable.json)\n\nThe code provided is a Solidity interface for a contract called IERC20Burnable. This interface defines the functions and events that a contract implementing the IERC20Burnable interface must have. \n\nThe IERC20Burnable contract is an extension of the ERC20 token standard, which is a widely used standard for creating fungible tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. The ERC20 standard defines a set of functions and events that a token contract must implement in order to be compatible with other contracts and wallets that support the standard. \n\nThe IERC20Burnable interface adds two functions to the ERC20 standard: burn and burnFrom. These functions allow token holders to burn (destroy) their tokens, reducing the total supply of the token. The burnFrom function allows a third party to burn tokens on behalf of the token holder, if the token holder has given the third party permission to do so. \n\nThe other functions and events in the interface are standard ERC20 functions and events, such as transfer, transferFrom, approve, allowance, balanceOf, and totalSupply. These functions and events allow token holders to transfer their tokens to other addresses, approve third parties to spend their tokens, check their token balance and allowance, and get the total supply of the token. \n\nOverall, this interface is a crucial component of any project that uses ERC20 tokens and wants to allow token holders to burn their tokens. Developers can use this interface to create their own token contracts that implement the IERC20Burnable interface, or they can use existing contracts that implement the interface. \n\nExample usage of the IERC20Burnable interface:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/ERC20.sol\";\nimport \"./IERC20Burnable.sol\";\n\ncontract MyToken is ERC20, IERC20Burnable {\n constructor() ERC20(\"My Token\", \"MTK\") {}\n\n function burn(uint256 amount) public override {\n _burn(msg.sender, amount);\n }\n\n function burnFrom(address account, uint256 amount) public override {\n uint256 currentAllowance = allowance(account, msg.sender);\n require(currentAllowance >= amount, \"ERC20: burn amount exceeds allowance\");\n _approve(account, msg.sender, currentAllowance - amount);\n _burn(account, amount);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, we define a new token contract called MyToken that extends the ERC20 contract and implements the IERC20Burnable interface. We override the burn and burnFrom functions to provide our own implementation that calls the _burn function from the ERC20 contract. This allows token holders to burn their tokens and reduce the total supply of the token.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines an interface for a burnable ERC20 token contract, which allows for the burning and minting of tokens, as well as the transfer and approval of token ownership.\n\n2. Are there any dependencies or external contracts that this code relies on?\n- No, there are no link references or deployed link references listed in this code, indicating that there are no dependencies or external contracts that this code relies on.\n\n3. Is this code complete and ready to be deployed, or are there missing pieces that need to be implemented?\n- The bytecode and deployedBytecode fields are both empty, which suggests that this code is not yet fully implemented and compiled into executable bytecode.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IERC20Burnable.sol/IERC20Burnable.md"}}],["266",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IERC20Mintable.sol/IERC20Mintable.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file, which is located at \"../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes and updates to the project, as well as to ensure that the project is running on the correct build. \n\nFor example, if a developer wants to check which build of the project is currently running, they can access this JSON object and look at the value of the \"buildInfo\" key. They can then compare this value to the build information for the latest version of the project to see if any updates are needed. \n\nOverall, this code serves as a small but important piece of the larger project, providing crucial information about the build and helping to ensure that the project is running smoothly.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify a specific format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Is there any other relevant information or context needed to understand this code?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the exact purpose or function of this code. It may be necessary to examine other files or documentation within the \"zoo\" project to fully understand its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IERC20Mintable.sol/IERC20Mintable.dbg.md"}}],["267",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IERC20Mintable.sol/IERC20Mintable.json)\n\nThe code provided is a JSON object that describes the interface for a smart contract called `IERC20Mintable`. This contract is part of the larger zoo project and is used to define the functions and events that can be called and emitted by the contract. \n\nThe `IERC20Mintable` contract is an interface for a token that can be minted, transferred, and approved for spending by other addresses. The contract defines several functions, including `balanceOf`, `totalSupply`, `allowance`, `approve`, `transfer`, `transferFrom`, and `mint`. \n\nThe `balanceOf` function takes an address as input and returns the balance of the token for that address. The `totalSupply` function returns the total supply of the token. The `allowance` function takes two addresses as input and returns the amount of the token that the second address is allowed to spend on behalf of the first address. \n\nThe `approve` function allows an address to approve another address to spend a certain amount of the token on its behalf. The `transfer` function allows an address to transfer a certain amount of the token to another address. The `transferFrom` function allows an address to transfer a certain amount of the token on behalf of another address. \n\nFinally, the `mint` function allows an address to mint a certain amount of the token. This function is only callable by addresses that have been granted the appropriate permissions. \n\nOverall, this code provides a blueprint for the `IERC20Mintable` contract and defines the functions and events that can be called and emitted by the contract. Developers can use this interface to build out the functionality of the `IERC20Mintable` contract and integrate it into the larger zoo project. \n\nExample usage of the `balanceOf` function:\n\n```\nIERC20Mintable token = IERC20Mintable(address);\nuint256 balance = token.balanceOf(msg.sender);\n``` \n\nThis code creates an instance of the `IERC20Mintable` contract at a specific address and then calls the `balanceOf` function to get the balance of the token for the address of the current user (`msg.sender`). The balance is stored in the `balance` variable.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it relate to the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines an interface for a contract called IERC20Mintable, which is likely used in other contracts within the zoo project to interact with a token that can be minted.\n\n2. What functions are available in this interface and what do they do?\n- The interface includes functions for checking an allowance, approving a transfer, checking a balance, minting tokens, getting the total supply, transferring tokens, and transferring tokens on behalf of someone else.\n\n3. Is there any implementation code associated with this interface, or is it purely a definition?\n- The code only includes the interface definition and does not include any implementation code.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IERC20Mintable.sol/IERC20Mintable.md"}}],["268",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IERC721Burnable.sol/IERC721Burnable.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file, which is located at \"../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThis code is important for the project because it provides information about the build, which can be useful for debugging and troubleshooting. The build information file contains details about the build, such as the version number, build date, and build environment. This information can be used to identify and fix issues that may arise during development or deployment.\n\nHere is an example of how this code may be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\n# Load the build information from the file\nwith open(\"../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\") as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\n# Print the version number\nprint(\"Version:\", build_info[\"version\"])\n\n# Print the build date\nprint(\"Build date:\", build_info[\"buildDate\"])\n```\n\nIn this example, the build information is loaded from the file using the `json.load()` method. The version number and build date are then printed to the console. This information can be used to verify that the correct version of the project is running and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Is there any other relevant information or context needed to understand this code snippet?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the full purpose and function of this code. It may be necessary to examine other files or documentation within the \"zoo\" project to fully understand its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IERC721Burnable.sol/IERC721Burnable.dbg.md"}}],["269",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IERC721Burnable.sol/IERC721Burnable.json)\n\nThe code provided is an interface for the ERC721Burnable contract. ERC721Burnable is a standard interface for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) on the Ethereum blockchain. This interface defines the functions and events that a contract must implement in order to be considered ERC721Burnable compliant. \n\nThe interface includes functions for transferring ownership of an NFT, checking the balance of an owner's NFTs, approving a third party to transfer an NFT, and checking if a third party is approved to transfer an NFT. Additionally, there is a function for burning an NFT, which means destroying it permanently. \n\nThe events defined in the interface are emitted when an NFT is transferred or approved for transfer. These events can be used to track the ownership and transfer history of an NFT. \n\nThis interface can be used by developers who want to create ERC721Burnable compliant contracts or by users who want to interact with existing ERC721Burnable compliant contracts. For example, a developer could create a new NFT contract that implements the ERC721Burnable interface, allowing users to burn their NFTs if they choose to do so. A user could also use this interface to interact with an existing NFT contract that implements the ERC721Burnable interface, allowing them to transfer or burn their NFTs. \n\nHere is an example of how a developer could implement the ERC721Burnable interface in a new contract:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"IERC721Burnable.sol\";\n\ncontract MyNFT is IERC721Burnable {\n // implement functions and events from the interface\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it relate to the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines an interface for a contract called IERC721Burnable, which is likely used in the zoo project to manage non-fungible tokens (NFTs) that can be burned (destroyed).\n\n2. What functions and events are included in this interface?\n- The interface includes functions for approving transfers of NFTs, checking NFT balances, burning NFTs, getting approved operators for NFTs, checking if an operator is approved for all NFTs, getting the owner of an NFT, transferring NFTs, and checking if the contract supports a specific interface. It also includes events for when an NFT is approved for transfer, when an operator is approved for all NFTs, and when an NFT is transferred.\n\n3. What is the significance of the bytecode and deployedBytecode fields?\n- The bytecode and deployedBytecode fields are empty, indicating that this interface is not a full contract and cannot be deployed on its own. The bytecode field would contain the compiled code for the contract, while the deployedBytecode field would contain the code that has been deployed to the blockchain.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IERC721Burnable.sol/IERC721Burnable.md"}}],["270",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IKeeper.sol/IKeeper.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file located at \"../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". This JSON file likely contains information about the build, such as the version number, build date, and any relevant build notes.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the build of the project and ensuring that all team members are working with the same version. It can also be used for debugging purposes, as it provides information about the build that can help identify and fix issues.\n\nAn example of how this code may be used in the larger project is in a continuous integration/continuous deployment (CI/CD) pipeline. The buildInfo file can be automatically updated with each new build, and the pipeline can use this information to deploy the latest version of the project to production. This ensures that the production environment is always up-to-date and running the latest version of the code.\n\nOverall, this code serves as a crucial piece of information for the project and can be used in various ways to ensure the project is running smoothly and efficiently.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n \n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number, and the location of the build information file.\n \n3. What is the overall purpose of this file within the zoo project?\n - Without additional context, it is unclear what the specific purpose of this file is within the zoo project. It may be necessary to review other files or documentation to determine its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IKeeper.sol/IKeeper.dbg.md"}}],["271",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IKeeper.sol/IKeeper.json)\n\nThis code defines an interface called \"IKeeper\" for a smart contract in the larger zoo project. The purpose of this interface is to provide a way for other contracts to interact with the \"Keeper\" contract, which is responsible for managing the breeding and hatching of virtual eggs in the zoo.\n\nThe interface includes a single function called \"dropEggs\", which takes three arguments: the ID of the egg to be dropped, the ID of the drop to be used, and the address of the buyer. The function is marked as \"nonpayable\", meaning it cannot receive any Ether as part of its execution. The function does not return any values.\n\nThe purpose of the \"dropEggs\" function is to allow other contracts to initiate the process of dropping an egg into a drop, which is the first step in the hatching process. The function takes care of updating the state of the Keeper contract to reflect the fact that the egg has been dropped, and it emits an event to notify other contracts of this fact.\n\nHere is an example of how this interface might be used in the larger zoo project:\n\n```solidity\ninterface IKeeper {\n function dropEggs(uint256 eggId, uint256 dropID, address buyer) external;\n}\n\ncontract MyContract {\n IKeeper keeper;\n\n constructor(address keeperAddress) {\n keeper = IKeeper(keeperAddress);\n }\n\n function hatchEgg(uint256 eggId, uint256 dropID) external {\n // Perform some checks to ensure the egg can be hatched\n // ...\n\n // Call the dropEggs function on the Keeper contract\n keeper.dropEggs(eggId, dropID, msg.sender);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the \"MyContract\" contract has a reference to an instance of the \"IKeeper\" interface, which it receives as a constructor argument. When the \"hatchEgg\" function is called, it performs some checks to ensure that the egg can be hatched, and then it calls the \"dropEggs\" function on the Keeper contract via the \"keeper\" reference. This initiates the process of dropping the egg into the specified drop, which will eventually lead to the egg hatching.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract and how does it fit into the overall zoo project?\n- This contract is called \"IKeeper\" and is located in the \"src/interfaces\" directory. It contains a single function called \"dropEggs\" which takes in three arguments and has a \"nonpayable\" state mutability. It is unclear how this contract fits into the overall zoo project without further context.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n- The \"_format\" field is not a standard field in Solidity contracts and is likely specific to the zoo project. Without further information, it is unclear what purpose this field serves.\n\n3. Why are the \"bytecode\" and \"deployedBytecode\" fields empty?\n- The \"bytecode\" and \"deployedBytecode\" fields are empty, indicating that this contract has not been compiled or deployed yet. It is unclear why this code is being shared in this state without further context.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IKeeper.sol/IKeeper.md"}}],["272",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IMarket.sol/IMarket.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file, which is located at \"../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThis file is important for the project as it provides information about the build, which can be used for debugging and troubleshooting purposes. For example, if there are issues with the project, developers can refer to this file to see if there were any errors during the build process. Additionally, this file can be used to track changes and updates to the project over time.\n\nHere is an example of how this file may be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/build.json') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\nprint(f\"Build format: {build_info['_format']}\")\nprint(f\"Build info file location: {build_info['buildInfo']}\")\n```\n\nThis code reads the build information from the \"zoo/build.json\" file and prints out the format of the build and the location of the build information file. This information can be used to help diagnose any issues with the project and to keep track of changes to the build over time.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify a specific format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Is there any other relevant information or context needed to understand this code?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the exact purpose or function of this code. It may be necessary to examine other files or documentation related to the \"zoo\" project to fully understand its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IMarket.sol/IMarket.dbg.md"}}],["273",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IMedia.sol/IMedia.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build timestamp.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot issues that may arise during development or deployment. The buildInfo file can be used to identify the specific commit that was used to build the project, which can be helpful for debugging and tracking changes over time.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/build.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\nprint(f\"Build format: {build_info['_format']}\")\nprint(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commitHash']}\")\nprint(f\"Build timestamp: {build_info['buildTimestamp']}\")\n```\n\nThis code reads the buildInfo file and prints out the format, commit hash, and build timestamp. This information can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot issues that may arise during development or deployment.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n \n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number, and the location of the build information file.\n \n3. What is the expected location of the build information file?\n - The build information file is expected to be located at the relative path \"../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IMedia.sol/IMedia.dbg.md"}}],["274",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IMigrator.sol/IMigrator.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key contains the path to the build information file, which is located at \"../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes and updates to the project, as well as to ensure that the project is running on the correct version of the build. \n\nFor example, if a developer wants to check the build information for the project, they can access this JSON object and retrieve the build format and path to the build information file. They can then use this information to verify that the project is running on the correct build and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise.\n\nOverall, this code serves as an important component of the larger project by providing essential information about the build and ensuring that the project is running smoothly.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process or environment used to create this file, such as the version of the compiler or build tool.\n\n3. What is the overall purpose of this file within the zoo project?\n - Without additional context, it is unclear what role this file plays within the zoo project. It may be necessary to examine other files or documentation to determine its purpose.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IMigrator.sol/IMigrator.dbg.md"}}],["275",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IMigrator.sol/IMigrator.json)\n\nThis code defines an interface called \"IMigrator\" for a contract that migrates tokens from one contract to another. The interface specifies a single function called \"migrate\" that takes in a parameter of type \"contract IERC20\" (which represents an ERC20 token contract) and returns a value of the same type. The function is marked as \"nonpayable\", meaning it cannot receive any Ether as part of the transaction.\n\nThis interface can be used by other contracts in the larger project to interact with the migrator contract. For example, a contract that needs to migrate tokens from one contract to another can import this interface and call the \"migrate\" function on an instance of the migrator contract. The migrator contract would then handle the token migration and return the new token contract address.\n\nHere is an example of how this interface could be used in a contract:\n\n```\nimport \"IERC20.sol\";\nimport \"IMigrator.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n IMigrator migrator;\n\n constructor(address migratorAddress) {\n migrator = IMigrator(migratorAddress);\n }\n\n function migrateTokens(address tokenAddress) public {\n IERC20 token = IERC20(tokenAddress);\n IERC20 newToken = IERC20(migrator.migrate(token));\n // do something with the new token contract\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the \"MyContract\" contract has a reference to an instance of the migrator contract, which is passed in as a constructor parameter. The \"migrateTokens\" function takes in an ERC20 token contract address, creates an instance of the contract using the \"IERC20\" interface, and passes it to the migrator contract's \"migrate\" function. The migrator contract then returns the new token contract address, which is used to create another instance of the contract using the \"IERC20\" interface. The function can then perform some action with the new token contract.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it fit into the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines an interface called \"IMigrator\" with a single function called \"migrate\" that takes in a contract address and returns another contract address. It is unclear how this fits into the overall zoo project without more context.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"abi\" field in this code?\n- The \"abi\" field stands for \"Application Binary Interface\" and it defines the interface for interacting with the contract. It specifies the function names, inputs, and outputs that can be called externally.\n\n3. Why are the \"bytecode\" and \"deployedBytecode\" fields empty?\n- The \"bytecode\" and \"deployedBytecode\" fields are empty because this code only defines an interface and does not include any actual implementation code. Therefore, there is no bytecode to deploy.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IMigrator.sol/IMigrator.md"}}],["276",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IRewarder.sol/IRewarder.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file, which is located at \"../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThis code is important for the project because it provides information about the build, which can be useful for debugging and troubleshooting. For example, if there are issues with the project, developers can refer to the build information to see if there were any errors or warnings during the build process. Additionally, the build information can be used to track changes and updates to the project over time.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\n# Load the build information from the file\nwith open('zoo/build-info.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\n# Print the format of the build\nprint(\"Build format:\", build_info[\"_format\"])\n\n# Print the location of the build information file\nprint(\"Build info file:\", build_info[\"buildInfo\"])\n```\n\nIn this example, the code loads the build information from the file located at \"zoo/build-info.json\". It then prints the format of the build and the location of the build information file. This information can be used to help diagnose issues with the project and to track changes over time.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and its value?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, including the version or commit hash used to build it.\n\n3. Where is the file containing this code located within the \"zoo\" project?\n - It is not clear from this code snippet where the file containing this code is located within the \"zoo\" project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IRewarder.sol/IRewarder.dbg.md"}}],["277",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IRewarder.sol/IRewarder.json)\n\nThis code defines an interface called `IRewarder` which specifies two functions: `onTokensReward` and `pendingTokens`. The purpose of this interface is to provide a standard way for different contracts to interact with a reward system. \n\nThe `onTokensReward` function takes in five parameters: `pid`, `user`, `recipient`, `tokenAmount`, and `newLpAmount`. The `pid` parameter is an unsigned integer that represents the pool ID of the reward system. The `user` parameter is an Ethereum address that represents the user who is receiving the reward. The `recipient` parameter is also an Ethereum address that represents the recipient of the reward. The `tokenAmount` parameter is an unsigned integer that represents the amount of tokens being rewarded. The `newLpAmount` parameter is also an unsigned integer that represents the new amount of liquidity pool tokens. This function does not return anything and is marked as `nonpayable`, which means it cannot receive Ether as payment.\n\nThe `pendingTokens` function takes in three parameters: `pid`, `user`, and `tokenAmount`. The `pid` and `user` parameters are the same as in the `onTokensReward` function. The `tokenAmount` parameter is an unsigned integer that represents the amount of tokens being rewarded. This function returns two values: an array of `IERC20` contracts and an array of unsigned integers. The `IERC20` contract array represents the tokens that are pending as rewards, and the unsigned integer array represents the amount of each token that is pending. This function is marked as `view`, which means it does not modify the state of the contract and does not require any gas to execute.\n\nOverall, this interface provides a way for different contracts to interact with a reward system in a standardized way. For example, a liquidity pool contract could implement this interface to receive rewards from a reward system contract that also implements this interface. By implementing this interface, the reward system contract can interact with the liquidity pool contract without needing to know the specific details of the contract's implementation.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it fit into the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines an interface called IRewarder with two functions related to token rewards. It likely serves as a way for other contracts in the zoo project to interact with a rewards system.\n\n2. What are the expected inputs and outputs for the `onTokensReward` and `pendingTokens` functions?\n- `onTokensReward` takes in five inputs: a pool ID, a user address, a recipient address, a token amount, and a new LP amount. It has no outputs. `pendingTokens` takes in three inputs: a pool ID, a user address, and a token amount. It outputs two arrays, one of ERC20 token addresses and one of corresponding token amounts.\n\n3. What is the significance of the \"bytecode\" and \"deployedBytecode\" fields?\n- The \"bytecode\" field contains the compiled bytecode of the contract, while the \"deployedBytecode\" field contains the bytecode of the contract after it has been deployed to the blockchain. These fields are useful for verifying that the deployed contract matches the expected bytecode.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IRewarder.sol/IRewarder.md"}}],["278",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IUniswapV2Pair.sol/IUniswapV2Pair.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to identify any issues that may arise from changes in the build. The buildInfo file can also be used to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during the build process.\n\nHere is an example of how this code may be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/build.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\nprint(f\"Build format: {build_info['_format']}\")\nprint(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commitHash']}\")\nprint(f\"Build date: {build_info['buildDate']}\")\n```\n\nThis code reads the buildInfo file and prints out the format, commit hash, and build date. This information can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to identify any issues that may arise from changes in the build.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Is there any other relevant information or context needed to understand this code?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the full purpose and function of this code. It may be necessary to examine other files or documentation related to the \"zoo\" project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IUniswapV2Pair.sol/IUniswapV2Pair.dbg.md"}}],["279",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IVoting.sol/IVoting.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build information of the project. It can be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during development or deployment.\n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the buildInfo file can be consulted to determine which version of the code introduced the bug. This information can then be used to roll back to a previous version of the code, or to identify the specific changes that need to be made to fix the bug.\n\nOverall, this code serves as a key piece of metadata for the project, providing important information about the build and version history. It is a critical component of any software development project, and is essential for maintaining the integrity and stability of the codebase.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and its value?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, including the version or commit hash used to build it.\n\n3. Where is the file containing this code located within the \"zoo\" project?\n - It is not clear from this code snippet where the file containing this code is located within the \"zoo\" project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IVoting.sol/IVoting.dbg.md"}}],["280",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IVoting.sol/IVoting.json)\n\nThe code provided is a JSON object that describes the interface of a smart contract called `IVoting`. The `IVoting` contract is likely part of a larger project that involves voting on proposals. The interface specifies the functions and events that can be called or emitted by the contract.\n\nThe `IVoting` contract has six functions and two events. The `blockAddress` function takes an address and a boolean value as input and blocks or unblocks the address from voting. The `changeWithdrawAddress` function takes an address as input and changes the address where funds can be withdrawn. The `isBlocked` function takes an address as input and returns a boolean value indicating whether the address is blocked from voting. The `voteProposal` function takes a proposal and a boolean value as input and allows the caller to vote on the proposal.\n\nThe two events are `addedProposal` and `votedProposal`. The `addedProposal` event is emitted when a new proposal is added to the voting system. The event includes the name of the proposal and a timestamp. The `votedProposal` event is emitted when a proposal is voted on. The event includes the name of the proposal and the choice made by the voter.\n\nThe JSON object also includes bytecode and link references, which are used to deploy and link the contract on the blockchain.\n\nOverall, this code provides a high-level interface for a voting system that allows users to add proposals, vote on proposals, and block or unblock addresses from voting. The interface can be used by other contracts or applications to interact with the `IVoting` contract on the blockchain. For example, a web application could use the `voteProposal` function to allow users to vote on proposals, and display the results using the `votedProposal` event.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract and what does it do?\n - The contract is called `IVoting` and it contains functions for blocking addresses, changing withdrawal addresses, and voting on proposals. It also emits events for adding proposals and voting on proposals.\n \n2. What is the format of the ABI and what does it contain?\n - The ABI is an array of objects, each representing a function or event in the contract. Each object contains information such as the function/event name, input/output types, and whether it is payable or not.\n \n3. What is the significance of the bytecode and deployedBytecode fields being empty?\n - The bytecode and deployedBytecode fields being empty means that the contract has not been compiled or deployed yet. These fields would contain the compiled bytecode of the contract and the bytecode of the deployed contract, respectively, if the contract had been compiled and deployed.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IVoting.sol/IVoting.md"}}],["281",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IZoo.sol/IZoo.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to identify any issues that may arise from changes in the build. The buildInfo file can also be used to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during the build process.\n\nHere is an example of how this code may be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/build.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\nprint(f\"Build format: {build_info['_format']}\")\nprint(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commitHash']}\")\nprint(f\"Build date: {build_info['buildDate']}\")\n```\n\nThis code reads the buildInfo file and prints out the format, commit hash, and build date. This information can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to identify any issues that may arise from changes in the build.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and its value?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, including the version or commit hash used to build it.\n\n3. Where is the file containing this code located within the \"zoo\" project?\n - It is not clear from this code snippet where the file containing this code is located within the \"zoo\" project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IZoo.sol/IZoo.dbg.md"}}],["282",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IZoo.sol/IZoo.json)\n\nThis code defines an interface for a smart contract called \"IZoo\" in the larger zoo project. The interface specifies the events that can be emitted by the contract and their input parameters. \n\nThe \"abi\" field contains an array of event objects, each of which has a name, a boolean indicating whether it is anonymous, and an array of input objects. Each input object specifies whether it is indexed, its internal type, its name, and its type. The events defined in this interface include \"AddDrop\", \"BreedAnimal\", \"Burn\", \"BuyEgg\", \"Free\", \"Hatch\", \"Mint\", and \"Swap\". \n\nThe purpose of this interface is to provide a standardized way for other contracts or applications to interact with the \"IZoo\" contract by listening for these events and processing their input parameters. For example, an application might listen for the \"BuyEgg\" event and use the \"eggID\" parameter to determine which egg was purchased and update its own internal state accordingly. \n\nSince this code only defines the interface and does not contain any implementation details, it cannot be used directly to interact with the \"IZoo\" contract. Instead, it serves as a reference for developers who want to build applications that interact with the \"IZoo\" contract. \n\nHere is an example of how an application might listen for the \"BuyEgg\" event using the web3.js library:\n\n```\nconst Web3 = require('web3');\nconst web3 = new Web3('http://localhost:8545');\n\nconst izooInterface = [\n {\n \"anonymous\": false,\n \"inputs\": [\n {\n \"indexed\": true,\n \"internalType\": \"address\",\n \"name\": \"from\",\n \"type\": \"address\"\n },\n {\n \"indexed\": true,\n \"internalType\": \"uint256\",\n \"name\": \"eggID\",\n \"type\": \"uint256\"\n }\n ],\n \"name\": \"BuyEgg\",\n \"type\": \"event\"\n }\n];\n\nconst izooContractAddress = '0x123456789abcdef...';\n\nconst izooContract = new web3.eth.Contract(izooInterface, izooContractAddress);\n\nizooContract.events.BuyEgg()\n .on('data', event => {\n console.log(`Egg purchased: ${event.returnValues.eggID}`);\n })\n .on('error', error => {\n console.error(error);\n });\n```\n\nThis code creates a new instance of the \"IZoo\" contract using the web3.js library, and then listens for the \"BuyEgg\" event. When the event is emitted by the contract, the application logs a message to the console indicating which egg was purchased.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines the interface for a smart contract called \"IZoo\" and includes its events and ABI.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"event\" keyword in this code?\n- The \"event\" keyword is used to define events that can be emitted by the smart contract and listened to by external applications.\n\n3. What is the difference between \"bytecode\" and \"deployedBytecode\" in this code?\n- \"bytecode\" refers to the compiled code that is ready to be deployed to the blockchain, while \"deployedBytecode\" refers to the code that has already been deployed and is currently running on the blockchain. In this case, both are empty since this code only defines the interface and does not include any actual implementation.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/interfaces/IZoo.sol/IZoo.md"}}],["283",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/UniswapV2ERC20.sol/UniswapV2ERC20.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a configuration file for the zoo project. It contains two key-value pairs: \"_format\" and \"buildInfo\". The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file for the project, which is located at \"../../../build-info/91ac575d787facf70a78f7f9e50fa24c.json\".\n\nThe purpose of this configuration file is to provide important information about the project to other parts of the system. The \"_format\" key ensures that the file is in the correct format, which is important for the system to be able to read and use the file. The \"buildInfo\" key provides information about the build of the project, which can be used to track changes and ensure that the correct version of the project is being used.\n\nThis configuration file can be used in the larger project by other parts of the system that need to access the build information or ensure that the file is in the correct format. For example, a build script may use the \"buildInfo\" key to determine which version of the project to build, or a testing script may use the \"_format\" key to ensure that the configuration file is in the correct format before running tests.\n\nOverall, this configuration file plays an important role in the zoo project by providing key information about the project to other parts of the system.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and its value?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for the project, including the version or commit hash used to build the project.\n\n3. Where is the file containing this code located within the zoo project?\n - The file containing this code is located at the root level of the \"zoo\" project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/UniswapV2ERC20.sol/UniswapV2ERC20.dbg.md"}}],["284",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/UniswapV2Factory.sol/UniswapV2Factory.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build information of the project. It can be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during development or deployment.\n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the buildInfo file can be consulted to determine which version of the code introduced the bug. This information can then be used to roll back to a previous version of the code, or to identify the specific changes that caused the bug.\n\nOverall, this code serves as a key piece of metadata for the project, providing important information about the build and version history. While it may not be directly used in the functionality of the project, it is critical for maintaining the integrity and stability of the codebase.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Is there any other relevant information or context needed to understand this code snippet?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the exact purpose or function of this code. It may be necessary to examine other files or documentation within the \"zoo\" project to fully understand its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/UniswapV2Factory.sol/UniswapV2Factory.dbg.md"}}],["285",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/UniswapV2Pair.sol/IMigrator.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build information of the project. It can be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during development or deployment. \n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the buildInfo file can be consulted to determine which version of the code introduced the bug. This information can then be used to roll back to a previous version of the code, or to identify the specific changes that need to be made to fix the bug.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\n# Load the buildInfo file\nwith open('zoo/build-info/91ac575d787facf70a78f7f9e50fa24c.json') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\n# Print the commit hash and build date\nprint(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commitHash']}\")\nprint(f\"Build date: {build_info['buildDate']}\")\n```\n\nThis code loads the buildInfo file and prints out the commit hash and build date. This information can be used to track changes to the codebase and ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What does the \"buildInfo\" field refer to?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely refers to a JSON file containing information about the build process for this code, such as the version number or build date.\n\n3. What is the significance of the file path in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The file path \"../../../build-info/91ac575d787facf70a78f7f9e50fa24c.json\" likely indicates the location of the JSON file containing build information relative to the current file. The specific file name \"91ac575d787facf70a78f7f9e50fa24c.json\" may be a unique identifier for this particular build.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/UniswapV2Pair.sol/IMigrator.dbg.md"}}],["286",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/UniswapV2Pair.sol/IMigrator.json)\n\nThis code represents an interface for a contract called \"IMigrator\" within the larger project called \"zoo\". The purpose of this interface is to define a function called \"desiredLiquidity\" that takes no inputs and returns a uint256 value. This function is marked as \"view\", which means it does not modify the state of the contract and can be called without sending a transaction.\n\nThe \"IMigrator\" contract is likely used in the context of migrating liquidity from one Uniswap V2 pair to another. The \"desiredLiquidity\" function may be used to determine the amount of liquidity that should be migrated based on some criteria, such as the current liquidity of the pair or the desired ratio of tokens in the pair.\n\nAn example of how this interface may be implemented in a contract is as follows:\n\n```\ninterface IMigrator {\n function desiredLiquidity() external view returns (uint256);\n}\n\ncontract MyContract {\n IMigrator public migrator;\n\n constructor(IMigrator _migrator) {\n migrator = _migrator;\n }\n\n function migrate() external {\n uint256 liquidity = migrator.desiredLiquidity();\n // migrate liquidity based on desired amount\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the \"MyContract\" contract takes an instance of the \"IMigrator\" interface as a constructor argument and stores it in a public variable called \"migrator\". The \"migrate\" function can then be called to initiate the liquidity migration process, which uses the \"desiredLiquidity\" function from the \"IMigrator\" interface to determine the amount of liquidity to migrate.\n\nOverall, this code provides a standardized way for contracts within the \"zoo\" project to interact with the \"IMigrator\" contract and perform liquidity migrations in a consistent and predictable manner.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it relate to the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines an interface called \"IMigrator\" with a single function called \"desiredLiquidity\". It is located in the \"src/uniswapv2/UniswapV2Pair.sol\" file. A smart developer might want to know how this interface is used within the zoo project and what other components it interacts with.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"bytecode\" and \"deployedBytecode\" fields?\n- The \"bytecode\" field contains the compiled bytecode of the contract, while the \"deployedBytecode\" field contains the bytecode that is actually deployed on the blockchain. A smart developer might want to know how these fields are used in the deployment process and what implications they have for the contract's functionality.\n\n3. Are there any dependencies or external libraries required for this code to function properly?\n- The code does not contain any references to external libraries or dependencies, but it does have empty fields for \"linkReferences\" and \"deployedLinkReferences\". A smart developer might want to know if there are any missing dependencies that need to be installed or linked in order for the code to work correctly.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/UniswapV2Pair.sol/IMigrator.md"}}],["287",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/UniswapV2Pair.sol/UniswapV2Pair.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build timestamp.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot issues that may arise during development or deployment. The buildInfo file can be used to identify the specific commit that was used to build the project, which can be helpful for debugging and tracking changes over time.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\ndef get_build_info():\n with open('zoo/build_info.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n return build_info\n\nif __name__ == '__main__':\n build_info = get_build_info()\n print(f\"Build format: {build_info['_format']}\")\n print(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commit_hash']}\")\n print(f\"Build timestamp: {build_info['build_timestamp']}\")\n```\n\nIn this example, the `get_build_info` function reads the build_info JSON file and returns the contents as a dictionary. The `if __name__ == '__main__'` block demonstrates how this function can be used to print out information about the build, including the format, commit hash, and build timestamp. This information can be useful for troubleshooting and tracking changes to the project over time.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Is there any other relevant information or context needed to understand this code snippet?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the full purpose or function of this code. It may be necessary to examine other files or documentation within the \"zoo\" project to fully understand its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/UniswapV2Pair.sol/UniswapV2Pair.dbg.md"}}],["288",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/UniswapV2Router02.sol/UniswapV2Router02.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build timestamp.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build information of the project. It can be used to ensure that the correct version of the project is being used, and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during development or deployment. \n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the buildInfo file can be used to determine which version of the project the bug was introduced in, and to roll back to a previous version if necessary. \n\nIn addition, this code can be used in conjunction with other tools, such as continuous integration and deployment systems, to automate the build and deployment process. By including this information in the project code, it becomes easier to track changes and ensure that the correct version of the project is being deployed to production.\n\nOverall, this code serves as an important piece of metadata for the project, providing information about the build and version of the code. It can be used to ensure that the project is running smoothly and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and its value?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number, and the value is a file path to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. What is the overall purpose or context of this code within the zoo project?\n - Without additional context, it is unclear what specific role this code plays within the zoo project and how it interacts with other components.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/UniswapV2Router02.sol/UniswapV2Router02.dbg.md"}}],["289",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IERC20.sol/IERC20.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file located at \"../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used for debugging purposes or to ensure that the correct version of the project is being used. \n\nFor example, if a bug is reported in the project, the build information can be used to determine which version of the project the bug is present in. This can help developers narrow down the cause of the bug and fix it more efficiently. \n\nIn addition, the build information can be used to ensure that the correct version of the project is being used. If multiple versions of the project are being developed simultaneously, it can be easy to accidentally use the wrong version. By checking the build information, developers can ensure that they are using the correct version of the project. \n\nOverall, this code provides important information about the build of the project that can be used for debugging and version control purposes.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in the code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used. However, without additional context it is unclear what \"hh-sol-dbg-1\" specifically refers to.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for the project, such as the version number or build date. The file path specified indicates where the build information can be found.\n\n3. Is this the entire code file or just a portion of it?\n - It is unclear from the given code whether this is the entire file or just a portion of it. Additional context or code would be needed to determine this.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IERC20.sol/IERC20.dbg.md"}}],["290",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IERC20.sol/IERC20.json)\n\nThe code provided is a JSON object that describes the interface of a smart contract called IERC20. This contract is part of the Uniswapv2 project and is used to define the standard interface for ERC20 tokens. ERC20 is a standard interface for tokens on the Ethereum blockchain, which allows for interoperability between different tokens and wallets. \n\nThe JSON object contains information about the contract, including its name, source file location, and ABI (Application Binary Interface). The ABI is a specification for how to interact with the contract, including the functions it exposes, their inputs and outputs, and their visibility and mutability. \n\nThe IERC20 contract defines several functions that are common to all ERC20 tokens, including `balanceOf`, `allowance`, `approve`, `transfer`, and `transferFrom`. These functions allow users to check their token balance, approve other users to spend their tokens, and transfer tokens to other users. The contract also defines two events, `Approval` and `Transfer`, which are emitted when a user approves a transfer or when a transfer is made. \n\nThis code is important for the Uniswapv2 project because it defines the standard interface for ERC20 tokens, which are used extensively in the project. Other contracts in the project can interact with ERC20 tokens using the functions defined in this contract, which ensures interoperability and consistency across the project. \n\nHere is an example of how the `balanceOf` function might be used in a contract that interacts with ERC20 tokens:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"IERC20.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n IERC20 public token;\n\n constructor(address tokenAddress) {\n token = IERC20(tokenAddress);\n }\n\n function getBalance(address account) public view returns (uint256) {\n return token.balanceOf(account);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, `MyContract` is a contract that interacts with an ERC20 token. The `constructor` function takes the address of the token contract as an argument and creates an instance of the `IERC20` interface. The `getBalance` function takes an address as an argument and returns the token balance of that address using the `balanceOf` function defined in the `IERC20` interface.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface for an ERC20 token contract, including functions for checking allowances, transferring tokens, and retrieving token information.\n\n2. Are there any events defined in this code and what are they used for?\n- Yes, there are two events defined in this code: \"Approval\" and \"Transfer\". These events are emitted when token approvals or transfers occur, and can be used by external applications to track token movements.\n\n3. Is there any bytecode or link references included in this code, and if so, what are they used for?\n- There is bytecode included in this code, but it is empty. There are also no link references included. This suggests that this code is only defining an interface and is not a full implementation of an ERC20 token contract.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IERC20.sol/IERC20.md"}}],["291",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Callee.sol/IUniswapV2Callee.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build timestamp.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build information of the project. It can be used to ensure that the correct version of the project is being used, and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during development or deployment. \n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the buildInfo file can be checked to see which version of the project the bug was introduced in. This can help developers pinpoint the source of the bug and fix it more efficiently. \n\nIn addition, this code can be used in conjunction with other tools, such as continuous integration and deployment systems, to automate the build and deployment process. By including this build information in the project, it becomes easier to track changes and ensure that the correct version of the project is being deployed to production.\n\nOverall, this code serves as an important piece of metadata for the project, providing valuable information about the build and version of the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n \n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number, and the location of the build information file.\n \n3. What is the expected location of the build information file?\n - The build information file is expected to be located at \"../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\", relative to the location of this file.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Callee.sol/IUniswapV2Callee.dbg.md"}}],["292",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Callee.sol/IUniswapV2Callee.json)\n\nThis code defines an interface for a contract called `IUniswapV2Callee`. The purpose of this interface is to provide a standard way for other contracts to interact with the `uniswapV2Call` function of the `IUniswapV2Callee` contract. \n\nThe `uniswapV2Call` function takes four arguments: `sender`, `amount0`, `amount1`, and `data`. The `sender` argument is the address of the account that initiated the transaction. The `amount0` and `amount1` arguments are the amounts of two different tokens that were exchanged in a Uniswap transaction. The `data` argument is a byte array that can be used to pass additional data to the function.\n\nThe function has no return value and is marked as `nonpayable`, meaning it cannot receive Ether as part of the transaction. \n\nThis interface can be used by other contracts that need to interact with the `uniswapV2Call` function of the `IUniswapV2Callee` contract. For example, a contract that wants to receive tokens as part of a Uniswap transaction could implement this interface and provide its own implementation of the `uniswapV2Call` function. When a Uniswap transaction occurs, the `uniswapV2Call` function of the receiving contract will be called with the relevant information about the transaction.\n\nHere is an example of how a contract could implement this interface:\n\n```\ncontract MyContract is IUniswapV2Callee {\n function uniswapV2Call(address sender, uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1, bytes calldata data) external override {\n // Implement custom logic for handling Uniswap transactions\n }\n}\n```\n\nOverall, this code provides a standard interface for interacting with the `uniswapV2Call` function of the `IUniswapV2Callee` contract, which can be used by other contracts in the larger project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it fit into the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines an interface for a UniswapV2Callee contract and its `uniswapV2Call` function. It is likely used in conjunction with other contracts in the zoo project that interact with Uniswap.\n\n2. What are the expected inputs and outputs of the `uniswapV2Call` function?\n- The function takes in an address, two uint256 values, and a bytes value as inputs, and has no outputs. It is likely that the function is called by other contracts in the zoo project to interact with Uniswap.\n\n3. What is the significance of the \"bytecode\" and \"deployedBytecode\" fields?\n- The \"bytecode\" field represents the compiled code for the contract, while the \"deployedBytecode\" field represents the code that is actually deployed on the blockchain. In this case, both fields are empty, indicating that this is just an interface and not an actual contract implementation.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Callee.sol/IUniswapV2Callee.md"}}],["293",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2ERC20.sol/IUniswapV2ERC20.dbg.json)\n\nThe code above is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key contains the path to the build information file, which is located at \"../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThis code is important for the project because it provides information about the build, which can be useful for debugging and troubleshooting. The build information file contains details about the build, such as the version number, build date, and build environment. This information can be used to identify issues that may be related to the build process, such as missing dependencies or configuration errors.\n\nIn addition, the build information can be used to track changes to the project over time. By keeping a record of the build information for each version of the project, developers can easily identify when changes were made and what those changes were. This can be useful for maintaining the project and ensuring that it continues to function as expected.\n\nHere is an example of how the build information might be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/build-info.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\nprint(f\"Build version: {build_info['version']}\")\nprint(f\"Build date: {build_info['buildDate']}\")\n```\n\nIn this example, the build information file is loaded into a Python dictionary using the `json` module. The version number and build date are then printed to the console. This information could be used to verify that the correct version of the project is running, or to troubleshoot issues that may be related to the build process.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Is there any other relevant information or context needed to understand this code snippet?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the full purpose and function of this code. It may be necessary to examine other files or documentation related to the \"zoo\" project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2ERC20.sol/IUniswapV2ERC20.dbg.md"}}],["294",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2ERC20.sol/IUniswapV2ERC20.json)\n\nThe code provided is a Solidity interface for the UniswapV2ERC20 contract. This interface defines the functions and events that can be called and emitted by the contract. \n\nThe contract is designed to be an ERC20 token, which is a standard interface for fungible tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. The ERC20 standard defines a set of functions and events that a token contract must implement in order to be compatible with other applications and wallets that support ERC20 tokens. \n\nThe functions defined in this interface include `balanceOf`, `allowance`, `approve`, `transfer`, and `transferFrom`, which are all standard ERC20 functions. The `permit` function is a non-standard function that allows a token holder to approve a transfer without having to sign a transaction. This function is used to enable gasless transactions on the Uniswap exchange. \n\nThe events defined in this interface include `Approval` and `Transfer`, which are both standard ERC20 events. These events are emitted when a token holder approves a transfer or when a transfer is made. \n\nOverall, this interface is a crucial component of the UniswapV2 ecosystem, as it defines the standard functions and events that are required for the token to be used on the Ethereum blockchain. Developers who want to interact with the UniswapV2ERC20 contract can use this interface to write code that interacts with the contract's functions and events. \n\nExample usage of this interface in Solidity code:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\ninterface IUniswapV2ERC20 {\n function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);\n function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);\n function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);\n function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);\n function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);\n function permit(address owner, address spender, uint256 value, uint256 deadline, uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s) external;\n event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);\n event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);\n}\n```\n\nThis code defines a Solidity interface that is identical to the one provided in the question. Developers can use this interface to interact with the UniswapV2ERC20 contract by calling its functions and listening for its events.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines an interface for the UniswapV2ERC20 contract, which is used for interacting with ERC20 tokens on the Uniswap decentralized exchange.\n\n2. What functions and events are available in this interface?\n- The interface includes functions for checking an allowance, approving a transfer, getting a balance, and transferring tokens. It also includes an event for tracking approvals and transfers.\n\n3. Are there any external dependencies or libraries required for this code to work?\n- No, there are no external dependencies or libraries required for this code to work. The bytecode and deployedBytecode fields are both empty, indicating that this is just an interface and not a full contract implementation.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2ERC20.sol/IUniswapV2ERC20.md"}}],["295",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Factory.sol/IUniswapV2Factory.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build timestamp.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build information of the project. It can be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot issues that may arise during development or deployment. \n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the buildInfo file can be consulted to determine which version of the code introduced the bug. This information can then be used to roll back to a previous version of the code, or to identify the specific changes that need to be made to fix the bug.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\n# Load the buildInfo file\nwith open('zoo/build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\n# Print the commit hash and build timestamp\nprint(f\"Commit hash: {build_info['commitHash']}\")\nprint(f\"Build timestamp: {build_info['buildTimestamp']}\")\n```\n\nIn this example, the buildInfo file is loaded using the `json` module, and the commit hash and build timestamp are printed to the console. This information could be used to track down bugs or to ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. What is the overall purpose or function of this code within the zoo project?\n - It is unclear from this code snippet alone what the overall purpose or function of this code is within the zoo project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Factory.sol/IUniswapV2Factory.dbg.md"}}],["296",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Factory.sol/IUniswapV2Factory.json)\n\nThe code provided is an interface for the UniswapV2Factory contract, which is a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain that allows users to create and manage liquidity pools for trading pairs of ERC20 tokens. The interface defines the functions and events that can be called or emitted by the UniswapV2Factory contract. \n\nThe `abi` field in the code contains an array of objects that define the functions and events of the contract. Each object contains information such as the function/event name, input/output parameters, and their types. For example, the `createPair` function takes two addresses as input parameters, representing the two tokens to be paired, and returns the address of the newly created liquidity pool. The `PairCreated` event is emitted when a new liquidity pool is created, and contains information such as the addresses of the paired tokens and the address of the new liquidity pool.\n\nThe purpose of this interface is to allow other contracts or applications to interact with the UniswapV2Factory contract by calling its functions or listening to its events. For example, a decentralized exchange application could use this interface to create and manage liquidity pools for trading pairs of ERC20 tokens. \n\nHere is an example of how this interface could be used in a Solidity contract:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\ninterface IUniswapV2Factory {\n function createPair(address tokenA, address tokenB) external returns (address pair);\n event PairCreated(address indexed token0, address indexed token1, address pair, uint256);\n}\n\ncontract MyContract {\n address public uniswapFactoryAddress = 0x123...; // address of the UniswapV2Factory contract\n IUniswapV2Factory public uniswapFactory = IUniswapV2Factory(uniswapFactoryAddress);\n\n function createLiquidityPool(address tokenA, address tokenB) external {\n address newPair = uniswapFactory.createPair(tokenA, tokenB);\n // do something with the new liquidity pool address\n }\n\n function watchPairCreated() external {\n // listen to the PairCreated event\n uniswapFactory.PairCreated(address(0), address(0), address(0), 0);\n // do something when the event is emitted\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, `MyContract` interacts with the UniswapV2Factory contract by creating a new liquidity pool using the `createPair` function, and listening to the `PairCreated` event. The `uniswapFactory` variable is an instance of the `IUniswapV2Factory` interface, which is initialized with the address of the UniswapV2Factory contract.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract and what does it do?\n- This contract is called IUniswapV2Factory and it is an interface for the Uniswap V2 Factory contract. It defines the functions that can be called by other contracts that interact with the Uniswap V2 Factory.\n\n2. What are the inputs and outputs of the createPair function?\n- The createPair function takes two input parameters, tokenA and tokenB, which are both addresses. It returns a single output parameter, pair, which is also an address.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the PairCreated event and what information does it provide?\n- The PairCreated event is emitted when a new pair is created by the createPair function. It provides information about the two tokens that were used to create the pair (token0 and token1), the address of the new pair (pair), and a uint256 value that is not named.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Factory.sol/IUniswapV2Factory.md"}}],["297",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Pair.sol/IUniswapV2Pair.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key contains the path to the build information file, which is located at \"../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes and updates to the project, as well as to ensure that the project is running on the correct version of the build. \n\nIn the larger project, this code may be used in conjunction with other build-related code to automate the build process and ensure that the project is always up-to-date. For example, a build script may use this code to check the current build version and compare it to the latest version available. If a new version is available, the script may automatically download and install the latest build.\n\nHere is an example of how this code may be used in a build script:\n\n```\nconst buildInfo = require('./zoo/buildInfo.json');\n\nif (buildInfo._format === 'hh-sol-dbg-1') {\n console.log('Current build version is hh-sol-dbg-1');\n} else {\n console.log('Current build version is not hh-sol-dbg-1');\n // download and install latest build\n}\n```\n\nOverall, this code plays an important role in the build process of the project and provides valuable information about the current build version.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the code or data in this file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or build number.\n\n3. What is the meaning of the path in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The path in the \"buildInfo\" field likely points to a JSON file containing additional information about the build, such as the date and time it was built or the environment it was built in.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Pair.sol/IUniswapV2Pair.dbg.md"}}],["298",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Router01.sol/IUniswapV2Router01.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot issues that may arise during development or deployment. The buildInfo file can also be used to track changes and updates to the project over time.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\n# Load the build info from the zoo file\nwith open('zoo', 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\n# Print the format and build info\nprint(\"Build format:\", build_info[\"_format\"])\nprint(\"Build info file:\", build_info[\"buildInfo\"])\n```\n\nThis code would load the build information from the zoo file and print out the format and build info file path. This information could then be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code, or to troubleshoot issues that may arise during development or deployment.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What does the \"buildInfo\" field refer to?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely refers to a JSON file containing information about the build process for this code.\n\n3. What is the significance of the file path in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The file path in the \"buildInfo\" field likely indicates the location of the JSON file containing build information relative to the current file.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Router01.sol/IUniswapV2Router01.dbg.md"}}],["299",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Router02.sol/IUniswapV2Router02.dbg.json)\n\nThe code above is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key contains the path to the build information file, which is located at \"../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThis code is important for the zoo project because it provides information about the build of the project. This information can be used to track changes and updates to the project, as well as to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during development or deployment.\n\nFor example, if a developer notices a bug in the project, they can refer to the build information to see if the bug was introduced in a recent build. They can then use this information to identify the source of the bug and fix it.\n\nIn addition, the build information can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the project. By sharing the build information file, developers can ensure that they are all using the same build, which can help to prevent compatibility issues and other problems.\n\nOverall, the code above is a small but important part of the zoo project. It provides valuable information about the build of the project, which can be used to track changes, troubleshoot issues, and ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n \n2. What does the \"buildInfo\" field refer to?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely refers to a JSON file containing information about the build process for this code, such as the version number or build date.\n \n3. What is the significance of the file path in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The file path in the \"buildInfo\" field likely indicates the location of the JSON file containing build information relative to the current file's location in the project directory.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Router02.sol/IUniswapV2Router02.dbg.md"}}],["300",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IWETH.sol/IWETH.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a configuration file for the zoo project. It contains two key-value pairs: \"_format\" and \"buildInfo\". The \"_format\" key specifies the format of the file, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key specifies the location of the build information file for the project, which is located at \"../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\".\n\nThe purpose of this configuration file is to provide important information about the project to other parts of the system. The \"_format\" key ensures that the file is in the correct format, which is important for the system to be able to read and use the file. The \"buildInfo\" key provides information about the build of the project, which can be used to track changes and ensure that the correct version of the project is being used.\n\nThis configuration file can be used in the larger project by other parts of the system that need to access information about the project. For example, if a module in the project needs to access the build information, it can read the \"buildInfo\" key from this file. Similarly, if a module needs to ensure that a file is in the correct format, it can check the \"_format\" key in this file.\n\nHere is an example of how this configuration file might be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\n# Load the configuration file\nwith open('zoo/config.json', 'r') as f:\n config = json.load(f)\n\n# Check the format of the file\nif config['_format'] != 'hh-sol-dbg-1':\n raise ValueError('Invalid file format')\n\n# Get the build information\nbuild_info_file = config['buildInfo']\nwith open(build_info_file, 'r') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\n# Use the build information\nversion = build_info['version']\ndate = build_info['date']\n```\n\nIn this example, the configuration file is loaded using the `json` module. The format of the file is checked to ensure that it is in the correct format. The build information is then retrieved from the file specified in the \"buildInfo\" key. Finally, the build information is used to get the version and date of the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the code or data contained in this file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, such as the version or timestamp of the build.\n\n3. What is the meaning of the path in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The path in the \"buildInfo\" field likely points to a JSON file containing more detailed information about the build process, such as the specific commit or branch used to build this code.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IWETH.sol/IWETH.dbg.md"}}],["301",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IWETH.sol/IWETH.json)\n\nThis code defines an interface for the Wrapped Ether (WETH) contract on the Ethereum blockchain. The WETH contract is used to wrap Ether (ETH) into an ERC-20 token, allowing it to be traded on decentralized exchanges like Uniswap. \n\nThe interface defines three functions: `deposit`, `transfer`, and `withdraw`. The `deposit` function allows users to deposit ETH into the WETH contract and receive an equivalent amount of WETH tokens in return. The `transfer` function allows users to transfer WETH tokens to another address. The `withdraw` function allows users to withdraw their deposited ETH from the WETH contract by burning their WETH tokens. \n\nThis interface can be used by other contracts or applications that need to interact with the WETH contract. For example, a decentralized exchange like Uniswap would use this interface to allow users to trade ETH for other ERC-20 tokens. \n\nHere is an example of how this interface might be used in a Solidity contract:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\ninterface IWETH {\n function deposit() external payable;\n function transfer(address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);\n function withdraw(uint256 value) external;\n}\n\ncontract MyContract {\n IWETH public weth;\n\n constructor(address wethAddress) {\n weth = IWETH(wethAddress);\n }\n\n function depositETH() external payable {\n weth.deposit{value: msg.value}();\n }\n\n function withdrawETH(uint256 amount) external {\n weth.withdraw(amount);\n payable(msg.sender).transfer(amount);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, `MyContract` interacts with the WETH contract by using the `IWETH` interface. The `depositETH` function allows users to deposit ETH into the WETH contract by calling the `deposit` function on the `weth` contract instance. The `withdrawETH` function allows users to withdraw their deposited ETH by calling the `withdraw` function on the `weth` contract instance and then transferring the ETH back to the user's address.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n - This code defines an interface for a contract called IWETH, which has three functions: deposit (payable), transfer (non-payable), and withdraw (non-payable).\n2. Are there any dependencies or external contracts that this code relies on?\n - There is no information provided in this code about any dependencies or external contracts that this code relies on.\n3. Is this code currently deployed on a blockchain network?\n - There is no information provided in this code about whether or not it is currently deployed on a blockchain network. The bytecode and deployedBytecode fields are both empty.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IWETH.sol/IWETH.md"}}],["302",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/Math.sol/Math.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build of the project. It can be used to ensure that all team members are working with the same version of the code, and to troubleshoot issues that may arise during development or deployment. \n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the buildInfo file can be consulted to determine which version of the code introduced the bug. This information can then be used to roll back to a previous version of the code, or to identify the specific changes that caused the issue.\n\nIn addition, the buildInfo file can be used to track the progress of the project over time. By comparing the buildInfo files for different versions of the code, it is possible to see how the project has evolved and identify trends in the development process.\n\nOverall, this code is a small but important part of the larger project. It provides valuable information about the build of the project and can be used to ensure that the project is running smoothly and efficiently.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What does the \"buildInfo\" field refer to?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely refers to a JSON file containing information about the build process for this code, such as the version number or build date.\n\n3. Why is the \"buildInfo\" field using a relative file path?\n - It's possible that the \"buildInfo\" field is using a relative file path to reference the JSON file containing build information because the file is located in a specific directory relative to the location of this code file.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/Math.sol/Math.dbg.md"}}],["303",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/Math.sol/Math.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about a contract called \"Math\" in the Uniswapv2 project. The object includes the contract's name, source file location, and bytecode. \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a standardized format for storing and sharing information about the Math contract. This information can be used by other parts of the Uniswapv2 project to interact with the Math contract, such as deploying it to the blockchain or calling its functions.\n\nThe bytecode included in the object is the compiled code that can be executed on the Ethereum blockchain. It represents the actual implementation of the Math contract and contains the instructions for its functions. \n\nOne possible use case for this code is in the deployment of the Math contract to the blockchain. The bytecode can be sent to the blockchain along with a transaction that creates a new instance of the contract. Once deployed, other parts of the Uniswapv2 project can interact with the contract by calling its functions using the contract's address.\n\nHere is an example of how the bytecode could be used to deploy the Math contract using the web3.js library in JavaScript:\n\n```\nconst Web3 = require('web3');\nconst web3 = new Web3('http://localhost:8545'); // connect to local blockchain node\n\nconst MathContract = new web3.eth.Contract([], null, {\n data: '0x60566023600b82828239805160001a607314601657fe5b30600052607381538281f3fe73000000000000000000000000000000000000000030146080604052600080fdfea2646970667358221220dc88f7d12626a6595ccdc0542abb21c44eb11887cd268c50a5dbdc81fdb3727e64736f6c634300060c0033'\n});\n\nMathContract.deploy().send({\n from: '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890', // sender address\n gas: 1500000 // gas limit\n}).then((contractInstance) => {\n console.log('Math contract deployed at address:', contractInstance.options.address);\n});\n```\n\nIn this example, the Math contract is deployed to a local blockchain node using the bytecode included in the JSON object. Once deployed, the contract's address is logged to the console.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how is it used in the `zoo` project?\n Answer: It is unclear what the purpose of this code is and how it is used in the `zoo` project as there is no information provided about its functionality or how it is integrated into the project.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `_format`, `contractName`, `sourceName`, `abi`, `bytecode`, `deployedBytecode`, `linkReferences`, and `deployedLinkReferences` fields?\n Answer: These fields provide information about the code artifact, including its format, contract name, source file location, compiled bytecode, and link references. The `abi` field is empty, which suggests that this code does not define any external functions.\n\n3. Are there any dependencies or requirements for using this code in the `zoo` project?\n Answer: It is unclear whether there are any dependencies or requirements for using this code in the `zoo` project, as there is no information provided about any external libraries or contracts that this code may rely on.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/Math.sol/Math.md"}}],["304",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/SafeMath.sol/SafeMath.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file located at \"../../../../build-info/91ac575d787facf70a78f7f9e50fa24c.json\". This file likely contains more detailed information about the build, such as the version number, build date, and any dependencies used.\n\nThis code is important for tracking and managing the build process of the project. By including this information in the code, developers can easily access and reference it when needed. For example, if a bug is found in the project, developers can quickly check the build information to see if it was introduced in a recent build. Additionally, if the project is being developed by a team, this information can help ensure that everyone is using the same build and dependencies.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in the larger project:\n\n```python\nimport json\n\nwith open('zoo/build_info.json') as f:\n build_info = json.load(f)\n\nprint(f\"Build format: {build_info['_format']}\")\nprint(f\"Build info file: {build_info['buildInfo']}\")\n```\n\nIn this example, the code reads the build information from a file called \"build_info.json\" located in the \"zoo\" directory. It then prints out the format of the build and the location of the build info file. This information can be used to ensure that all developers are using the same build and to troubleshoot any issues that arise.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in the code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and its value?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for the project, including the version or commit hash used to build the project.\n\n3. What is the overall purpose of this code file within the zoo project?\n - Without additional context, it is unclear what the overall purpose of this code file is within the zoo project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/SafeMath.sol/SafeMath.dbg.md"}}],["305",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/SafeMath.sol/SafeMath.json)\n\nThis code represents a Solidity contract called \"SafeMath\" that is used in the Uniswapv2 project. The purpose of this contract is to provide a library of safe mathematical operations that can be used by other contracts in the project. \n\nThe contract contains no functions or variables, but instead provides a set of bytecode instructions that can be used to perform mathematical operations such as addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division. These instructions are designed to prevent common errors such as integer overflow and underflow, which can cause serious security vulnerabilities in smart contracts.\n\nThe bytecode for this contract is provided in two forms: \"bytecode\" and \"deployedBytecode\". The former is used during contract deployment, while the latter is used after the contract has been deployed. The \"linkReferences\" and \"deployedLinkReferences\" fields are used to keep track of any external contracts that this contract depends on.\n\nTo use this contract in the larger Uniswapv2 project, other contracts can import it and then call its functions as needed. For example, a contract that needs to perform a safe addition operation could call the \"add\" function provided by the SafeMath library. \n\nHere is an example of how this contract might be used in another contract:\n\n```\nimport \"./SafeMath.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n using SafeMath for uint256;\n\n uint256 public myNumber;\n\n function addNumber(uint256 _num) public {\n myNumber = myNumber.add(_num);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the \"using\" keyword is used to bring the SafeMath library into scope, and the \"add\" function is called to perform a safe addition operation. This helps to ensure that the contract is secure and free from common mathematical errors.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `SafeMath` contract?\n - The purpose of the `SafeMath` contract is not clear from this code alone. Additional context or documentation is needed to understand its functionality.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `_format` field?\n - The `_format` field may be a custom field used by the project to indicate a specific format or standard for the artifact. Its meaning and usage should be documented within the project.\n\n3. Are there any dependencies or external contracts referenced in this code?\n - There are no link references or deployed link references listed in this code, so it appears that there are no dependencies or external contracts referenced. However, this should be confirmed with additional investigation or documentation.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/SafeMath.sol/SafeMath.md"}}],["306",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/TransferHelper.sol/TransferHelper.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which in this case is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file located at \"../../../../build-info/da771cde3295248bb0d9e49f712de35f.json\". \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide information about the build of the project. This information can be used for debugging purposes or to ensure that the correct version of the project is being used. \n\nFor example, if a bug is found in the project, the build information can be used to determine which version of the project the bug was introduced in. This can help developers narrow down the cause of the bug and fix it more efficiently. \n\nIn addition, the build information can be used to ensure that the correct version of the project is being used. If multiple versions of the project are being developed simultaneously, it can be easy to accidentally use the wrong version. By checking the build information, developers can ensure that they are using the correct version of the project. \n\nOverall, this code provides important information about the build of the project that can be used for debugging and version control purposes.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify the format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Is there any other relevant information or context needed to understand this code snippet?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the full purpose and function of this code. It may be necessary to examine other files or documentation within the \"zoo\" project to fully understand its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/TransferHelper.sol/TransferHelper.dbg.md"}}],["307",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/TransferHelper.sol/TransferHelper.json)\n\nThis code represents a JSON object that contains information about a contract called TransferHelper. The contract is part of the larger UniswapV2 project and is located in the src/uniswapv2/libraries/TransferHelper.sol file. \n\nThe JSON object contains several key-value pairs that provide information about the contract. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the artifact, which is \"hh-sol-artifact-1\". The \"contractName\" key specifies the name of the contract, which is \"TransferHelper\". The \"sourceName\" key indicates the location of the contract's source code. \n\nThe \"abi\" key contains an empty array, which suggests that the contract does not have any externally visible functions. The \"bytecode\" key contains the compiled bytecode of the contract, which is a hexadecimal string. The \"deployedBytecode\" key contains the bytecode that is deployed to the blockchain. \n\nThe \"linkReferences\" and \"deployedLinkReferences\" keys are empty, which suggests that the contract does not have any library dependencies. \n\nOverall, this code provides metadata about the TransferHelper contract, which can be used by other parts of the UniswapV2 project to interact with the contract. For example, the bytecode can be used to deploy the contract to the blockchain, and the ABI can be used to call the contract's functions.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `TransferHelper` contract?\n - The code provided does not contain any information about the functionality or purpose of the `TransferHelper` contract. Further documentation or context is needed to answer this question.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `bytecode` and `deployedBytecode` fields?\n - The `bytecode` field contains the compiled bytecode of the `TransferHelper` contract, while the `deployedBytecode` field contains the bytecode that is actually deployed on the blockchain. The difference between the two may include constructor arguments or other modifications made during deployment.\n\n3. Are there any dependencies or external contracts required for the `TransferHelper` contract to function?\n - The code provided does not contain any information about dependencies or external contracts. Additional documentation or context is needed to answer this question.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/TransferHelper.sol/TransferHelper.md"}}],["308",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/UQ112x112.sol/UQ112x112.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key contains the path to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build information of the project. It can be used to ensure that the correct version of the project is being used, and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during development or deployment. \n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the buildInfo file can be used to determine which version of the project the bug was introduced in, and to track down the specific commit that caused the issue. This information can then be used to fix the bug and ensure that it does not reoccur in future builds.\n\nOverall, this code serves as a crucial piece of metadata for the project, providing important information about the build and version history. It is a simple but essential component of any software development project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to indicate the format or version of the code or data contained within this file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process used to create this file, such as the version of the compiler or build tool used.\n\n3. What is the meaning of the path specified in the \"buildInfo\" field?\n - The path specified in the \"buildInfo\" field likely points to a JSON file containing additional information about the build process, such as the date and time of the build or the version of the source code used.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/UQ112x112.sol/UQ112x112.dbg.md"}}],["309",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/UQ112x112.sol/UQ112x112.json)\n\nThis code appears to be a JSON object that contains information about a contract called \"UQ112x112\" in the UniswapV2 project. The object includes metadata such as the format of the artifact, the name of the contract, and the source file where it is located. \n\nThe most important information in this object is the bytecode and deployedBytecode fields. These fields contain the compiled code that makes up the contract. The bytecode is the raw compiled code, while the deployedBytecode is the code that has been deployed to the blockchain. \n\nThis information is crucial for interacting with the contract. Developers can use the bytecode to verify that the contract has been compiled correctly, and they can use the deployedBytecode to interact with the contract on the blockchain. \n\nFor example, if a developer wanted to interact with the UQ112x112 contract using a tool like Web3.js, they would need to provide the deployedBytecode to the tool in order to create an instance of the contract. \n\nOverall, this code provides important metadata and compiled code for the UQ112x112 contract in the UniswapV2 project. It is a crucial piece of information for developers who want to interact with the contract on the blockchain.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- It appears to be metadata about a contract called \"UQ112x112\" located in the \"src/uniswapv2/libraries/UQ112x112.sol\" file.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"bytecode\" and \"deployedBytecode\" fields?\n- The \"bytecode\" field contains the compiled code that can be deployed to the blockchain, while the \"deployedBytecode\" field contains the code that has already been deployed. \n- These fields are important for verifying that the code being executed on the blockchain matches the intended code.\n\n3. What are the \"linkReferences\" and \"deployedLinkReferences\" fields used for?\n- These fields are used to specify any external libraries that the contract depends on. \n- The \"linkReferences\" field contains the library names and their corresponding bytecode placeholders, while the \"deployedLinkReferences\" field contains the actual addresses of the deployed libraries.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/UQ112x112.sol/UQ112x112.md"}}],["310",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/UniswapV2Library.sol/UniswapV2Library.dbg.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON object that contains information about the build of the project. The \"_format\" key indicates the format of the build, which is \"hh-sol-dbg-1\". The \"buildInfo\" key points to a JSON file that contains more detailed information about the build, including the commit hash and build date.\n\nThis code is important for tracking the version and build information of the project. It can be used to ensure that the correct version of the project is being used, and to troubleshoot any issues that may arise during development or deployment. \n\nFor example, if a bug is discovered in the project, the buildInfo file can be checked to determine which version of the project the bug was introduced in. This can help developers pinpoint the cause of the bug and fix it more efficiently. \n\nIn addition, the buildInfo file can be used to ensure that all developers are working with the same version of the project. This can help prevent compatibility issues and ensure that everyone is working with the most up-to-date code.\n\nOverall, this code is a small but important part of the larger project. It provides valuable information about the build and version of the project, which can be used to ensure that the project is running smoothly and efficiently.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"_format\" field in this code?\n - The \"_format\" field is likely used to specify a specific format or version of the code or data being used.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"buildInfo\" field and the file path specified?\n - The \"buildInfo\" field likely contains information about the build process for this code, and the file path specified points to a JSON file containing that information.\n\n3. Is there any other relevant information or context needed to understand this code snippet?\n - Without additional context, it is difficult to determine the exact purpose or function of this code. It may be necessary to examine other files or documentation related to the \"zoo\" project to fully understand its role.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/UniswapV2Library.sol/UniswapV2Library.dbg.md"}}],["311",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/UniswapV2Library.sol/UniswapV2Library.json)\n\nThis code appears to be a JSON object that contains information about a contract called \"UniswapV2Library\". The object includes metadata such as the format, contract name, source file location, ABI (Application Binary Interface), bytecode, and deployed bytecode. \n\nThe ABI is a standardized way to interact with the contract, defining the methods and parameters that can be called externally. The bytecode is the compiled code that is executed on the Ethereum Virtual Machine (EVM) when the contract is deployed. \n\nThe \"linkReferences\" and \"deployedLinkReferences\" fields are empty, indicating that this contract does not have any dependencies on other contracts. \n\nBased on the name of the contract and the fact that it is part of the \"UniswapV2\" project, it is likely that this contract is a library that provides utility functions for the UniswapV2 protocol. Libraries in Solidity are reusable pieces of code that can be deployed independently and linked to other contracts. \n\nIn the larger project, this contract may be used by other contracts in the UniswapV2 protocol to perform common operations such as calculating exchange rates or checking token balances. Here is an example of how this contract could be imported and used in another Solidity contract:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"path/to/UniswapV2Library.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n function myFunction() external {\n // Call a function from the UniswapV2Library contract\n uint256 exchangeRate = UniswapV2Library.getExchangeRate(tokenA, tokenB);\n // Do something with the exchange rate\n }\n}\n```\n\nOverall, this code provides important information about the UniswapV2Library contract that can be used by developers to interact with it and integrate it into other contracts in the UniswapV2 protocol.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it fit into the overall zoo project?\n - It is unclear from this code snippet alone what the purpose of this code is and how it relates to the zoo project. More context is needed to answer this question.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"bytecode\" and \"deployedBytecode\" fields?\n - The \"bytecode\" field contains the compiled code that will be deployed to the blockchain, while the \"deployedBytecode\" field contains the code that has actually been deployed. These fields are important for verifying that the deployed code matches the intended code.\n\n3. Are there any dependencies or external libraries required for this code to function properly?\n - It is unclear from this code snippet whether there are any dependencies or external libraries required for this code to function properly. More context or additional code would be needed to answer this question.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/artifacts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/UniswapV2Library.sol/UniswapV2Library.md"}}],["312",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/deploy/00_token.ts)\n\nThe code in this file is responsible for deploying a contract called \"ZOO\" using the Deploy function from the \"@zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy\" module. The Deploy function takes three arguments: the name of the contract to be deployed, an object containing any additional configuration options, and an async function that will be executed during deployment.\n\nIn this case, the name of the contract is \"ZOO\" and no additional configuration options are provided. The async function passed to Deploy is a simple arrow function that awaits the deployment of an empty array. It's unclear what this empty array represents without more context, but it's likely that it contains some initial data or configuration for the ZOO contract.\n\nOverall, this code is a small but important piece of the larger zoo project, as it handles the deployment of the ZOO contract. Other parts of the project may rely on this contract being deployed in order to function properly. For example, there may be other contracts that interact with ZOO or a front-end application that displays data from ZOO. \n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport ZOO from './00_token.ts'\n\n// ... other code ...\n\nasync function deployZooContract() {\n const deployedContract = await ZOO()\n console.log(`ZOO contract deployed at address ${deployedContract.address}`)\n}\n\ndeployZooContract()\n```\n\nIn this example, the ZOO contract is imported from the 00_token.ts file and then deployed using the ZOO function. The resulting contract object is then logged to the console with its address. This is just one possible use case for this code, but it demonstrates how it fits into the larger project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file within the overall `zoo` project?\n- This code file appears to be responsible for deploying a contract called `ZOO`, but it is unclear how this fits into the larger project.\n\n2. What is the `Deploy` function being imported from `@zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy`?\n- It is unclear what the `Deploy` function does and what parameters it expects.\n\n3. What is the significance of the empty array passed as a parameter to the `deploy` function?\n- It is unclear what the purpose of the empty array is and whether it has any impact on the deployment of the `ZOO` contract.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/deploy/00_token.md"}}],["313",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/deploy/01_faucet.ts)\n\nThe code in this file is responsible for deploying a Faucet contract and minting tokens to it. The Faucet contract is used to distribute tokens to users for testing purposes. \n\nThe code begins by importing the Deploy function from the @zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy module. This function is used to deploy the Faucet contract. \n\nNext, the code calls the Deploy function and passes in the name of the contract ('Faucet') and an object containing the dependencies required for the contract ('ZOO'). \n\nThe code then uses the deployments fixture to deploy the ZOO contract. Once the ZOO contract is deployed, the code gets the contract's address and ABI. \n\nThe code then deploys the Faucet contract and passes in the address of the ZOO contract as a parameter. \n\nIf the network is not the mainnet, the code mints 100 billion ZOO tokens to the Faucet contract. It then gets the signers for the network and mints 100 million ZOO tokens to each signer. \n\nOverall, this code is responsible for deploying a Faucet contract and minting tokens to it. The Faucet contract is used to distribute tokens to users for testing purposes. This code is an important part of the larger project as it allows developers to test the functionality of the ZOO token without having to spend real money. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers'\nimport Faucet from './01_faucet'\n\nasync function main() {\n const provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider()\n const signer = provider.getSigner()\n\n await Faucet({ ethers, deploy: async (contracts) => {}, deployments: {}, deps: {}, hre: { network: { name: 'rinkeby' } } })\n\n const faucetContract = await ethers.getContract('Faucet')\n const faucetBalance = await faucetContract.balanceOf(signer.getAddress())\n\n console.log(`Faucet balance: ${faucetBalance}`)\n}\n\nmain()\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n This code deploys a contract called \"Faucet\" and mints new tokens for it. It also mints tokens for a contract called \"ZOO\" and distributes them to signers.\n\n2. What are the dependencies for this code and how are they being used?\n The code has a dependency on a contract called \"ZOO\" which is being imported and used to get the contract address and ABI.\n\n3. What is the significance of the if statement checking for the network name being \"mainnet\"?\n The if statement is checking if the code is being run on the Ethereum mainnet and if so, it returns without executing the rest of the code. This is likely because the code is only intended to be run on test networks and not on the mainnet.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/deploy/01_faucet.md"}}],["314",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/deploy/02_weth.ts)\n\nThe code in this file is responsible for deploying the WETH (Wrapped Ether) contract using the Deploy function from the @zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy module. \n\nThe Deploy function takes three arguments: the name of the contract to be deployed (in this case, 'WETH'), an empty object for any additional configuration options, and an async function that handles the deployment process. \n\nWithin the async function, the code uses the provided dependencies (hre, deploy, deployments, and deps) to execute the deployment. The exact details of the deployment process are not specified in this file, but it is likely that the Deploy function handles the necessary steps to compile and deploy the contract to the appropriate network. \n\nThis code is likely part of a larger project that involves deploying and interacting with smart contracts related to a zoo-themed application. The WETH contract is a commonly used ERC-20 token that represents Ether on the Ethereum network, and it may be used within the larger project for various purposes such as trading or liquidity provision. \n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport WETH from './02_weth.ts'\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers'\n\n// Deploy the WETH contract\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider()\nconst signer = provider.getSigner()\nconst weth = await WETH({ hre: { ethers, provider, signer } })\n\n// Use the WETH contract\nconst balance = await weth.balanceOf('0x123...')\nconsole.log(`My WETH balance is ${balance}`)\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file and what does it do?\n - This code file is named `02_weth.ts` and it appears to be exporting a function called `Deploy` from a module located at `@zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy`. The function is being passed three arguments and is likely responsible for deploying something related to WETH.\n2. What is the significance of the empty object being passed as the second argument to the `Deploy` function?\n - It's unclear without more context, but the empty object being passed as the second argument to the `Deploy` function may be used to provide additional configuration options or parameters for the deployment process.\n3. What is the purpose of the `async` keyword before the function passed as the third argument to the `Deploy` function?\n - The `async` keyword indicates that the function passed as the third argument to the `Deploy` function is an asynchronous function, which means it can use the `await` keyword to wait for promises to resolve before continuing execution. This may be important for ensuring that the deployment process completes successfully.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/deploy/02_weth.md"}}],["315",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/deploy/03_z1.ts)\n\nThe code in this file is responsible for deploying a contract called 'Z1' using the Deploy function from the '@zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy' library. The Deploy function takes in four parameters: the name of the contract to be deployed, an object containing any additional deployment options, an asynchronous function that handles the deployment process, and an optional dependencies object.\n\nIn this case, the name of the contract is 'Z1' and no additional deployment options are specified. The asynchronous function passed to Deploy is an arrow function that takes in an object with four properties: hre, deploy, deployments, and deps. These properties are provided by the Deploy function and can be used to interact with the deployment process.\n\nThe 'await deploy()' statement within the arrow function is responsible for actually deploying the contract. The Deploy function handles the deployment process and returns a Promise that resolves to the deployed contract instance.\n\nThis code can be used as a starting point for deploying the 'Z1' contract in a larger project. For example, it could be imported into a script that deploys multiple contracts and used to deploy the 'Z1' contract alongside other contracts. Here is an example of how this code could be used in a larger deployment script:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport DeployZ1 from './03_z1.ts';\n\nasync function deployContracts() {\n const provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\n const signer = provider.getSigner();\n\n const deployedZ1 = await DeployZ1('Z1', {}, async ({ hre, deploy, deployments, deps }) => {\n await deploy();\n });\n\n console.log('Z1 deployed at:', deployedZ1.address);\n}\n\ndeployContracts();\n```\n\nIn this example, the DeployZ1 function is imported from the '03_z1.ts' file and used to deploy the 'Z1' contract. The deployed contract instance is then logged to the console.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Deploy` function and where is it defined?\n - The `Deploy` function is imported from the `@zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy` module and its purpose is not clear from this code snippet alone. It is likely used for deploying contracts, but more information is needed to confirm.\n2. What is the significance of the `Z1` argument passed to the `Deploy` function?\n - The `Z1` argument is likely a name or identifier for the contract being deployed, but its specific meaning and usage is not clear from this code snippet alone.\n3. What is the purpose of the `async` function passed as the second argument to the `Deploy` function?\n - The `async` function likely contains the deployment logic for the contract being deployed, but more information is needed to confirm. It is also unclear what the `hre`, `deploy`, `deployments`, and `deps` arguments represent and how they are used within the function.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/deploy/03_z1.md"}}],["316",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/deploy/04_bnb.ts)\n\nThe code in this file is responsible for deploying a contract called \"BNB\" using the Deploy function from the \"@zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy\" library. The Deploy function takes three arguments: the name of the contract to be deployed, an object containing any additional deployment options, and an asynchronous function that handles the deployment process.\n\nThe first argument passed to the Deploy function is \"BNB\", which indicates that this code is specifically responsible for deploying the BNB contract. The second argument is an empty object, which means that no additional deployment options are being specified.\n\nThe third argument is an asynchronous function that takes four parameters: hre, deploy, deployments, and deps. These parameters are used to handle the deployment process. The \"hre\" parameter is an instance of the Hardhat Runtime Environment, which is a development environment for Ethereum that provides tools for compiling, testing, and deploying smart contracts. The \"deploy\" parameter is a function that deploys the BNB contract. The \"deployments\" parameter is an object that provides information about previously deployed contracts. The \"deps\" parameter is an object that provides access to other contracts that may be needed during the deployment process.\n\nThe code uses the \"await\" keyword to wait for the deployment process to complete before moving on to the next step. Once the deployment is complete, the BNB contract will be available for use in the larger project.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in the larger project:\n\n```\nimport BNB from './04_bnb.ts'\n\n// Deploy the BNB contract\nBNB()\n\n// Use the BNB contract in other parts of the project\n// ...\n```\n\nOverall, this code is a crucial part of the larger project as it handles the deployment of the BNB contract, which is likely to be used extensively throughout the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Deploy` function and where is it defined?\n - The `Deploy` function is imported from `@zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy` and its purpose is likely to deploy a contract related to BNB.\n2. What is the significance of the empty object passed as the second argument to `Deploy`?\n - Without more context, it is unclear what the empty object is for. It could potentially be used to pass in configuration options or parameters for the deployment.\n3. What is the purpose of the async function passed as the third argument to `Deploy`?\n - The async function likely contains the logic for deploying the BNB contract and may depend on various dependencies passed in through the `deps` object. It also makes use of the `deploy` function, which is likely defined elsewhere.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/deploy/04_bnb.md"}}],["317",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/deploy/05_v2factory.ts)\n\nThis code is responsible for deploying the UniswapV2Factory contract from the @zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy library. The Deploy function is imported from this library and is used to deploy the contract. \n\nThe UniswapV2Factory contract is a smart contract that is used in the Uniswap decentralized exchange protocol. It is responsible for creating and managing Uniswap pairs, which are used to exchange tokens on the Uniswap platform. \n\nThe code imports the Deploy function from the @zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy library and exports it as the default export. The Deploy function takes three arguments: the name of the contract to be deployed (in this case, \"UniswapV2Factory\"), an empty object (which is not used in this case), and an async function that takes several parameters. \n\nThe async function uses the getNamedAccounts function to retrieve the deployer and dao accounts. It then deploys the UniswapV2Factory contract using the deploy function, passing in the dao account as an argument. \n\nThe code also includes commented out code that defines the bytecode and abi from the original contract on the mainnet. This is done to ensure that the bytecode matches and produces the same pair code hash. However, this code is not used in the current implementation. \n\nOverall, this code is an important part of the larger zoo project as it is responsible for deploying the UniswapV2Factory contract, which is a crucial component of the Uniswap decentralized exchange protocol. Other parts of the project may rely on this contract to create and manage Uniswap pairs for token exchange. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport UniswapV2Factory from './05_v2factory.ts'\n\n// Deploy UniswapV2Factory contract\nUniswapV2Factory()\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n \n This code deploys a UniswapV2Factory contract using the `Deploy` function from the `@zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy` module.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n \n This code imports the `Deploy` function from the `@zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy` module.\n\n3. Why is the commented out code importing `bytecode` and `abi` from a JSON file?\n \n It is likely that the commented out code was used for testing purposes to ensure that the bytecode and ABI of the deployed contract match those of the original contract on the mainnet.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/deploy/05_v2factory.md"}}],["318",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/deploy/06_v2router02.ts)\n\nThe code in this file is responsible for deploying the UniswapV2Router02 contract and its dependencies, WETH and UniswapV2Factory. This is achieved using the Deploy function from the @zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy module. \n\nThe Deploy function takes three arguments: the name of the contract to be deployed, an object containing any dependencies required by the contract, and an async function that handles the deployment process. \n\nIn this case, the name of the contract to be deployed is 'UniswapV2Router02', and its dependencies are 'WETH' and 'UniswapV2Factory'. The async function passed to Deploy retrieves the current chain ID using the getChainId function, and then deploys the contract using the deploy function. \n\nThe deploy function takes two arguments: an array of constructor arguments for the contract, and an optional array of contract libraries. In this case, the constructor arguments are an array containing the addresses of the UniswapV2Factory and WETH contracts, and the contract libraries are commented out. \n\nOverall, this code is an important part of the larger zoo project as it enables the deployment of the UniswapV2Router02 contract and its dependencies, which are essential for the functioning of the project's decentralized exchange. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport UniswapV2Router02 from './06_v2router02.ts'\n\nconst router = await UniswapV2Router02()\nconsole.log(router.address) // prints the address of the deployed UniswapV2Router02 contract\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code is for deploying the UniswapV2Router02 contract with dependencies on WETH and UniswapV2Factory.\n\n2. What is the role of the `Deploy` function?\n The `Deploy` function is used to deploy the UniswapV2Router02 contract with the specified dependencies and configuration options.\n\n3. What other contracts or libraries are required for this code to work?\n This code requires the `@zoolabs/contracts` package, as well as the `WETH` and `UniswapV2Factory` contracts to be imported and passed as dependencies to the `Deploy` function.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/deploy/06_v2router02.md"}}],["319",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/deploy/07_pair.ts)\n\nThe code in this file is responsible for deploying a UniswapV2Pair contract and adding liquidity to it. The UniswapV2Pair contract is a smart contract that represents a pair of tokens on the Uniswap decentralized exchange. The purpose of this code is to create a new liquidity pool for the BNB and ZOO tokens, which are both part of the larger zoo project. \n\nThe code first imports the Deploy function from the @zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy module. This function takes two arguments: the name of the contract to deploy (in this case, UniswapV2Pair), and an options object that specifies the dependencies of the contract. The dependencies in this case are BNB, ZOO, UniswapV2Factory, and UniswapV2Router02. \n\nThe code then uses the Deploy function to deploy the UniswapV2Pair contract. If the network is hardhat, the contract is deployed immediately. Otherwise, the contract is not deployed. \n\nNext, the code retrieves the BNB, ZOO, UniswapV2Factory, and UniswapV2Router02 contracts from the deployments object. It does this by calling the deployments.fixture function with the name of the contract as an argument, and then calling the deployments.get function with the same argument. This retrieves the contract's ABI and address, which are used to create an instance of the contract using the ethers.getContractAt function. \n\nOnce the contracts have been retrieved, the code creates a new liquidity pool by calling the factory.createPair function with the addresses of the BNB and ZOO tokens as arguments. It then retrieves the address of the new liquidity pool by calling the factory.getPair function with the same arguments. \n\nThe code then mints new BNB and ZOO tokens and approves the router contract to withdraw them. Finally, it adds liquidity to the new liquidity pool by calling the router.addLiquidity function with the addresses of the BNB and ZOO tokens, the amounts of each token to add, and the address of the signer. \n\nOverall, this code is an important part of the zoo project because it creates a new liquidity pool for the BNB and ZOO tokens, which allows users to trade them on the Uniswap decentralized exchange. Here is an example of how this code might be used in the larger project:\n\n```javascript\nimport UniswapV2Pair from './07_pair.ts'\n\nconst deployUniswapV2Pair = async () => {\n await UniswapV2Pair()\n}\n\ndeployUniswapV2Pair()\n```\n\nThis code would import the UniswapV2Pair function from the 07_pair.ts file and call it to deploy a new liquidity pool for the BNB and ZOO tokens.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code is used to deploy a UniswapV2Pair contract and create a new liquidity pool pair for BNB and ZOO tokens.\n2. What dependencies are required for this code to run?\n - This code requires the `BNB`, `ZOO`, `UniswapV2Factory`, and `UniswapV2Router02` dependencies to be installed.\n3. What is the significance of the `fixture` function calls?\n - The `fixture` function calls are used to ensure that the required contracts are deployed and available for use before proceeding with the creation of the new liquidity pool pair.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/deploy/07_pair.md"}}],["320",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/deploy/09_dao.ts)\n\nThe code in this file is responsible for deploying a DAO (Decentralized Autonomous Organization) contract using the `Deploy` function from the `@zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy` library. The deployed contract will have a proxy with the kind 'uups', which stands for \"Upgradeable Proxy Pattern with Solidity\" and allows for upgrades to the contract without changing its address.\n\nThe `Deploy` function takes two arguments: the name of the contract to be deployed (in this case, 'DAO') and an object containing the proxy configuration. The proxy configuration object has a single property, `kind`, which is set to 'uups'.\n\nThe function passed as the third argument to `Deploy` is an async function that takes an object with several properties: `ethers`, `getChainId`, `deploy`, `deps`, and `signers`. These properties are used to interact with the Ethereum network and deploy the contract.\n\nThe `deploy` function is called within the async function to actually deploy the contract. It is an asynchronous function that returns a Promise, which resolves to the deployed contract instance. The `await` keyword is used to wait for the deployment to complete before continuing.\n\nThis code can be used as a starting point for deploying a DAO contract in a larger project. The `Deploy` function provides a convenient way to deploy contracts with a proxy, and the async function allows for customization of the deployment process. For example, additional logic could be added to the async function to set up the DAO with initial parameters or to interact with other contracts on the network.\n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport DAO from './09_dao.ts'\n\nconst dao = await DAO()\nconsole.log(dao.address) // prints the address of the deployed DAO contract\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Deploy` function and where is it defined?\n - The `Deploy` function is imported from the `@zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy` module and is used to deploy a contract called \"DAO\" with a UUPS proxy.\n2. What is the significance of the `async` keyword and the parameters passed to the arrow function?\n - The `async` keyword indicates that the arrow function is asynchronous and may contain `await` expressions. The parameters passed to the arrow function include objects and functions related to the deployment process, such as `ethers` for interacting with the Ethereum network and `deploy` for deploying the contract.\n3. What is the expected behavior if an error occurs during deployment?\n - The code does not include any error handling or catch blocks, so it is unclear what the expected behavior is if an error occurs during deployment. It is possible that an unhandled error could cause the program to crash or result in unexpected behavior.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/deploy/09_dao.md"}}],["321",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/deploy/10_bridge.ts)\n\nThe code in this file is responsible for deploying and configuring a contract called \"Bridge\" in the larger zoo project. The Bridge contract is dependent on another contract called \"DAO\", which is specified in the code as a dependency. \n\nThe code first imports the Deploy function from a utility module in the zoo project. It then exports a default function that calls the Deploy function with the name \"Bridge\" and an object containing the dependencies array and an async function. \n\nThe async function takes in several parameters, including ethers (a library for interacting with Ethereum), deploy (a function for deploying contracts), deployments (a library for managing contract deployments), deps (an object containing the dependencies specified in the first argument of the Deploy function), and hre (a Hardhat Runtime Environment object). \n\nWithin the async function, the code retrieves the DAO contract address from the deps object and deploys the Bridge contract with the DAO address and a value of 25. It then uses the deployments library to set up a fixture for the \"ZOO\" contract and retrieves the contract's address and ABI. Finally, it uses ethers to get an instance of the ZOO contract and calls its configure function with the address of the deployed Bridge contract. \n\nOverall, this code serves as a crucial step in setting up the larger zoo project by deploying and configuring the Bridge contract, which is necessary for the project's functionality. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport Bridge from './10_bridge.ts'\n\nBridge()\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n - This code deploys a contract called \"Bridge\" and configures it with the address of a DAO contract. It also interacts with a contract called \"ZOO\" using its ABI and address.\n2. What are the dependencies of the \"Bridge\" contract?\n - The \"Bridge\" contract has a dependency on the \"DAO\" contract.\n3. What is the significance of the number 25 passed as the second argument to the deploy function?\n - It is unclear from this code what the significance of the number 25 is. It may be a parameter specific to the \"Bridge\" contract or a value used in the deployment process. Further context is needed to determine its purpose.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/deploy/10_bridge.md"}}],["322",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/deploy/11_market.ts)\n\nThe code in this file is responsible for deploying a smart contract called \"Market\" using the Deploy function from the \"@zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy\" module. The Deploy function takes three arguments: the name of the contract to be deployed, an object containing any additional configuration options, and an asynchronous function that handles the deployment process.\n\nIn this case, the name of the contract is \"Market\" and no additional configuration options are provided. The asynchronous function passed to Deploy simply calls the \"deploy\" method with an empty array as its argument. This method is responsible for actually deploying the contract to the blockchain.\n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a simple and standardized way to deploy the Market contract within the larger zoo project. By using the Deploy function, developers can easily configure and deploy the contract without having to write custom deployment scripts or interact directly with the blockchain.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used within the larger zoo project:\n\n```\nimport Market from './11_market.ts'\n\n// Deploy the Market contract\nconst market = await Market()\n\n// Interact with the deployed contract\nconst result = await market.someMethod()\nconsole.log(result)\n```\n\nIn this example, the Market contract is deployed using the code from the 11_market.ts file. Once the contract is deployed, it can be interacted with using the \"market\" object returned by the Deploy function. This allows developers to easily integrate the Market contract into other parts of the zoo project without having to worry about the details of deployment.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Deploy` function and where is it defined?\n- The `Deploy` function is imported from `@zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy` and its purpose is likely to deploy a smart contract related to the zoo project's market functionality.\n\n2. What is the significance of the empty array passed as an argument to the `deploy` function?\n- It is unclear without further context what the empty array represents, but it is likely related to the deployment configuration or parameters for the smart contract being deployed.\n\n3. Is there any additional functionality or logic that needs to be implemented in order for the market smart contract to function properly?\n- It is unclear from this code snippet alone whether there is additional functionality or logic needed for the market smart contract to function properly. Further investigation into the `Deploy` function and any related documentation would be necessary to determine this.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/deploy/11_market.md"}}],["323",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/deploy/12_media.ts)\n\nThe `12_media.js` file is a module that exports a function that deploys a smart contract called `Media`. This smart contract is part of the larger `zoo` project and is used to manage the creation and ownership of digital assets, such as images and videos, that represent animals in the zoo.\n\nThe function uses the `Deploy` method from the `@zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy` module to deploy the `Media` contract. The `Deploy` method takes two arguments: the name of the contract to deploy and an object that specifies any dependencies that the contract has. In this case, the `Media` contract depends on the `Market` contract.\n\nThe function also uses an `async` function to perform the deployment. The `async` function takes a single argument, an object that contains a `deploy` method. The `deploy` method is used to actually deploy the contract. The `await` keyword is used to wait for the deployment to complete before moving on to the next step.\n\nFinally, the function calls the `deploy` method with an array of two arguments: the name of the token that represents the animal (`Animal`) and its symbol (`ANML`). This creates a new instance of the `Animal` token and associates it with the `Media` contract.\n\nOverall, this code is responsible for deploying the `Media` contract and setting up its dependencies. It is an important part of the `zoo` project as it enables the creation and management of digital assets that represent animals in the zoo. Here is an example of how this code might be used in the larger project:\n\n```javascript\nimport Media from './12_media.js'\n\nconst media = await Media()\n// media is now an instance of the Media contract\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n - This code file is responsible for deploying the 'Media' contract and its dependencies, including the 'Animal' contract with the symbol 'ANML'.\n\n2. What is the '@zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy' module used for?\n - The '@zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy' module is used to facilitate the deployment of contracts in the zoo project.\n\n3. What is the significance of the 'Market' dependency in the deployment of the 'Media' contract?\n - The 'Market' dependency is required for the deployment of the 'Media' contract, indicating that the 'Media' contract is likely to interact with the 'Market' contract in some way.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/deploy/12_media.md"}}],["324",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/deploy/13_zookeeper.ts)\n\nThis code is a deployment script for the Zoo project. It deploys a contract called ZooKeeper and sets up various configurations for other contracts in the project. \n\nThe script first imports the necessary modules from Hardhat and hardhat-deploy. It then defines a DeployFunction that takes in a HardhatRuntimeEnvironment object. \n\nInside the function, it extracts various objects from the HardhatRuntimeEnvironment object, such as deployments, ethers, getNamedAccounts, and network. It also gets the deployer's wallet using ethers.getSigners() and the deployer's address using getNamedAccounts(). \n\nThe script then deploys the ZooKeeper contract using the deploy() function from deployments. It passes in the deployer's address as the \"from\" parameter and an empty array as the \"args\" parameter. \n\nAfter deploying the ZooKeeper contract, the script sets up various configurations for other contracts in the project. It gets the addresses of various contracts using ethers.getContract() and ethers.getContractAt(). It then calls various functions on these contracts to configure them. \n\nFor example, it calls market.connect(deployerWallet).configure(media.address) to configure the Market contract with the Media contract's address. It also calls media.connect(deployerWallet).configure(keeper.address, market.address) to configure the Media contract with the ZooKeeper and Market contract addresses. \n\nFinally, the script mints 1000000000000 ZOO tokens to the ZooKeeper contract for yield. \n\nOverall, this script is an important part of the Zoo project's deployment process. It deploys the ZooKeeper contract and sets up various configurations for other contracts in the project. Developers can use this script to deploy the Zoo project to various networks. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nnpx hardhat deploy --network rinkeby\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code is a deployment script for a contract called `ZooKeeper` and it also configures other contracts and mints tokens.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n - This code has dependencies on `Bridge`, `Media`, `ZOO`, `BNB`, `Market`, `UniswapV2Factory`, and `UniswapV2Pair` contracts.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `if (hre.network.name == 'mainnet') return` statement?\n - This statement causes the function to return early if the network name is `mainnet`, which means that the following code will only be executed on non-mainnet networks.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/deploy/13_zookeeper.md"}}],["325",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/deploy/14_drop.ts)\n\nThe `14_drop.ts` file is a TypeScript module that exports a default function that deploys a contract called `Drop`. The `Deploy` function is imported from `@zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy`. This function takes three arguments: a string representing the name of the contract to be deployed, an object representing the constructor arguments for the contract, and an async callback function that is executed after the contract is deployed. \n\nThe callback function takes several parameters: `hre`, `ethers`, `deploy`, `deployments`, and `deps`. `hre` is an object representing the Hardhat Runtime Environment, which is a development environment for Ethereum smart contracts. `ethers` is a library for interacting with Ethereum contracts and wallets. `deploy` is a function that can be used to deploy additional contracts. `deployments` is an object that provides information about previously deployed contracts. `deps` is an object that provides access to other contracts that have been deployed.\n\nThe `deploy` function is called with an array of constructor arguments for the `Drop` contract. The resulting transaction object is stored in the `tx` variable. \n\nIf the network name is not `mainnet`, the function continues by getting a contract instance of `Drop` at the address specified in the `tx` object. It also gets a contract instance of `ZooKeeper` using the `ethers.getContract` function. Finally, it calls the `configureGame` function with the `keeper` and `drop` instances as arguments. \n\nThe purpose of this code is to deploy and configure the `Drop` contract for the `zoo` project. The `configureGame` function sets the initial state for the `Gen 0` drop, which is a special type of NFT that represents the first generation of animals in the zoo. This code is likely part of a larger deployment script that deploys and configures all the contracts needed for the `zoo` project. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport deployDrop from './14_drop'\n\ndeployDrop()\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Deploy` function being imported from `@zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy`?\n \n The `Deploy` function is likely used to deploy the `Drop` contract with the specified parameters and return the transaction hash.\n\n2. What is the `configureGame` function and what does it do?\n \n The `configureGame` function is a utility function that executes a series of transactions to set the initial state for the `Gen 0` drop. It is mentioned that this function may not work during Testnet or Mainnet deployment and a standalone `yarn deploy:drop` command should be used instead.\n\n3. Why is there a conditional statement checking for the network name being 'mainnet'?\n \n The conditional statement is likely used to skip the rest of the code block if the network being deployed to is the mainnet. This could be because the `configureGame` function may not work as expected on the mainnet and requires a different deployment process.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/deploy/14_drop.md"}}],["326",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/deploy/15_auction.ts)\n\nThe `15_auction.ts` file is a TypeScript module that exports a single default function called `func`. This function is a `DeployFunction` that is used to deploy an `Auction` contract to the blockchain. The `Auction` contract is not defined in this file, but it is assumed to be defined elsewhere in the project.\n\nThe `func` function takes a single argument, `hre`, which is an instance of the `HardhatRuntimeEnvironment` class. This class provides access to various tools and utilities that are used to interact with the blockchain, such as the `deployments` object, which is used to deploy contracts, and the `ethers` object, which is used to interact with contracts that have already been deployed.\n\nThe `func` function first retrieves the `deployer` account from the `getNamedAccounts` function, which is provided by the `hardhat-deploy` plugin. This account is used as the `from` address when deploying the `Auction` contract.\n\nThe `deploy` function is then called to deploy the `Auction` contract. The `args` parameter is an empty array, which means that the `Auction` contract is deployed with no constructor arguments. The `log` parameter is set to `true`, which means that deployment progress will be logged to the console.\n\nAfter the `Auction` contract has been deployed, the `tokenAddress` and `mediaAddress` variables are set to the addresses of the `ZOO` and `Media` contracts, respectively. These contracts are assumed to have already been deployed elsewhere in the project.\n\nFinally, the `configure` function is called on the `auction` object to configure the `Auction` contract with the addresses of the `Media` and `ZOO` contracts. This function is assumed to be defined in the `Auction` contract.\n\nThe `func` function returns a boolean value indicating whether the deployment was successful. This value is determined by the `live` property of the `network` object, which is provided by the `HardhatRuntimeEnvironment` class.\n\nOverall, this code is used to deploy an `Auction` contract to the blockchain and configure it with the addresses of the `Media` and `ZOO` contracts. This function is likely to be called as part of a larger deployment script that deploys all of the contracts needed for the project. An example of how this function might be used in a deployment script is shown below:\n\n```typescript\nimport { HardhatRuntimeEnvironment } from 'hardhat/types'\nimport { DeployFunction } from 'hardhat-deploy/types'\nimport auctionFunc from './15_auction'\n\nconst deployFunc: DeployFunction = async function (hre: HardhatRuntimeEnvironment) {\n await auctionFunc(hre)\n // deploy other contracts here\n}\n\ndeployFunc.tags = ['deploy']\nexport default deployFunc\n``` \n\nIn this example, the `auctionFunc` function is called as part of a larger `deployFunc` function that deploys all of the contracts needed for the project. The `tags` property is set to `['deploy']`, which means that this function can be called using the `npx hardhat deploy --tags deploy` command.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code is a deployment script for an auction contract in the zoo project.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n - This code imports `HardhatRuntimeEnvironment` and `DeployFunction` from `hardhat` and `hardhat-deploy` respectively. It also depends on the `ZOO` and `Media` contracts.\n\n3. What does the `configure` function do?\n - The `configure` function is called on the `Auction` contract instance and is used to set the `mediaAddress` and `tokenAddress` variables.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/deploy/15_auction.md"}}],["327",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/deploy/16_farm.ts)\n\nThis code is a TypeScript file called `16_farm.ts` that exports a function called `func`. The purpose of this function is to deploy a smart contract called `Farm` using the Hardhat deployment framework. \n\nThe `func` function takes in a `HardhatRuntimeEnvironment` object as its parameter, which contains various tools and utilities for interacting with the Ethereum network. It uses the `deployments` and `ethers` objects from this environment to deploy the `Farm` contract. \n\nThe `deploy` function from the `deployments` object is used to deploy the `Farm` contract. It takes in an object with various properties that configure the deployment. The `from` property specifies the address of the deployer, which is obtained from the `ethers` object. The `args` property is an array of arguments that are passed to the constructor of the `Farm` contract. These arguments are hardcoded in this example and consist of an Ethereum address, two integers, and three more integers. The `log` property is a boolean that specifies whether to log the deployment output to the console. \n\nThe `tokenAddress` variable is obtained by calling the `get` function from the `deployments` object with the argument `'ZOO'`. This retrieves the address of a previously deployed contract called `ZOO`. \n\nThe `func` function is exported as the default export of the module and has several properties attached to it. The `id` property is a string that identifies the function as `farm`. The `tags` property is an array of strings that specifies the tags associated with the function. The `dependencies` property is an empty array that specifies any dependencies that the function may have. \n\nOverall, this code is a simple deployment script that deploys a `Farm` contract using the Hardhat deployment framework. It retrieves the address of a previously deployed `ZOO` contract and passes it as an argument to the `Farm` contract constructor. This code can be used as part of a larger project that involves deploying and interacting with smart contracts on the Ethereum network. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nnpx hardhat run --network rinkeby scripts/16_farm.ts\n```\n\nThis command deploys the `Farm` contract on the Rinkeby network using the `16_farm.ts` script.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code is a deployment script for a contract called `Farm` in the `zoo` project.\n2. What are the arguments passed to the `deploy` function?\n - The arguments passed to the `deploy` function are an array of values: `[\"0xed0446524Bd2a9947FaEc138f8Dc0639Ac7eEA21\", 10, tokenAddress, 100, 0, 20]`. It is unclear what these values represent without further context.\n3. What is the significance of the commented out line `// const daoAddress = (await deployments.get('DAO')).address`?\n - It appears that this line is commented out and not being used in the current deployment script. It is unclear what the purpose of this line is without further context.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/deploy/16_farm.md"}}],["328",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/deploy/17_EggDrop.ts)\n\nThe code in this file is responsible for deploying a contract called \"DropEggs\" using the Deploy function from the \"@zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy\" library. The function takes in an empty object as its second argument and an async function as its third argument. \n\nThe async function receives an object with several properties, including \"hre\", \"ethers\", \"deploy\", \"deployments\", and \"deps\". These properties are used to interact with the Ethereum network and deploy the contract. \n\nOnce the contract is deployed, the function checks if the network it is running on is the mainnet. If it is, the function returns without doing anything else. If it is not the mainnet, the function continues executing. \n\nThis code is likely part of a larger project that involves deploying and interacting with smart contracts on the Ethereum network. The \"DropEggs\" contract may be used in a game or application that involves dropping eggs. \n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport deployDropEggs from './14_drop'\n\nasync function deployContracts() {\n await deployDropEggs()\n // deploy other contracts here\n}\n\ndeployContracts()\n```\n\nIn this example, the \"deployContracts\" function calls the \"deployDropEggs\" function to deploy the \"DropEggs\" contract. Other contracts can be deployed in a similar way.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Deploy` function being imported from `@zoolabs/contracts/utils/deploy`?\n- The `Deploy` function is likely used to deploy a smart contract related to the `zoo` project.\n\n2. What is the `configureGame` function being imported from `../utils/configureGame` used for?\n- It is unclear from this code snippet what the `configureGame` function does or how it is used in relation to the `DropEggs` contract.\n\n3. Why is there a conditional statement checking if the network name is 'mainnet' before returning?\n- It is possible that the `DropEggs` contract should not be deployed on the mainnet network and this conditional statement is used to prevent deployment in that case. However, without more context it is difficult to say for certain.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/deploy/17_EggDrop.md"}}],["329",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/deployments/v4/mainnet/DAO.json)\n\nThe code above is a JSON object that contains the ABI (Application Binary Interface) of a smart contract deployed on the Ethereum blockchain. The smart contract is part of a larger project called \"zoo\". \n\nThe ABI is a collection of specifications that define how to interact with the smart contract. It includes the names, inputs, and outputs of the functions that can be called on the contract, as well as the events that can be emitted by the contract. \n\nThe ABI is used by developers to create applications that interact with the smart contract. For example, a developer could use the ABI to create a web interface that allows users to interact with the smart contract by calling its functions or listening for its events. \n\nThe smart contract itself includes functions for initializing the contract, transferring ownership, and upgrading the contract to a new implementation. The contract also emits events when certain actions are taken, such as when ownership is transferred or when the contract is upgraded. \n\nOverall, this code is an important part of the \"zoo\" project as it defines how developers can interact with the smart contract deployed on the Ethereum blockchain.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n - This code defines the address and ABI (Application Binary Interface) for a smart contract called \"zoo\". The contract has functions for initializing, upgrading, and transferring ownership.\n2. What events are emitted by this contract and what do they represent?\n - This contract emits four events: \"AdminChanged\", \"BeaconUpgraded\", \"OwnershipTransferred\", and \"Upgraded\". These events represent changes to the contract's admin, beacon, ownership, and implementation, respectively.\n3. What is the difference between the \"upgradeTo\" and \"upgradeToAndCall\" functions?\n - The \"upgradeTo\" function upgrades the contract's implementation to a new address, while the \"upgradeToAndCall\" function does the same but also calls a function in the new implementation with the provided data. The \"upgradeToAndCall\" function is payable, meaning it requires a payment of ether to execute.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/deployments/v4/mainnet/DAO.md"}}],["330",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/hardhat.config.ts)\n\nThis code is a configuration file for the Zoo project. It imports various packages and sets up the configuration for the project. \n\nThe code imports packages such as `hardhat`, `ethers`, `qrcode`, `chalk`, `ethereumjs-wallet`, `rlp`, and `bip39`. It also imports various plugins such as `hardhat-deploy`, `@typechain/hardhat`, `@nomiclabs/hardhat-web3`, `@nomiclabs/hardhat-ethers`, `@nomiclabs/hardhat-waffle`, and `@openzeppelin/hardhat-upgrades`. \n\nThe configuration file sets up the `networks` object, which contains the configuration for the various networks that the project will interact with. It also sets up the `solidity` object, which contains the configuration for the Solidity compiler. \n\nThe `namedAccounts` object is used to define named accounts that can be used in the deployment scripts. The `paths` object is used to define the path to the Solidity source files. The `typechain` object is used to configure the TypeChain plugin. The `mocha` object is used to configure the Mocha testing framework. \n\nThe code also defines several tasks that can be run using the `hardhat` command-line tool. These tasks include `wallet`, `fundedwallet`, `generate`, `mineContractAddress`, `account`, `accounts`, `blockNumber`, `balance`, and `Faucet`. \n\nThe `wallet` task generates a new random wallet and displays the address and a link to the private key. The `fundedwallet` task generates a new random wallet and funds it with ETH. The `generate` task generates a new mnemonic for builder deploys. The `mineContractAddress` task looks for a deployer account that will give leading zeros. The `account` task gets balance information for the deployment account. The `accounts` task prints the list of accounts. The `blockNumber` task prints the block number. The `balance` task prints an account's balance. The `Faucet` task gives 10K ZOO to each signer wallet. \n\nOverall, this code sets up the configuration for the Zoo project and defines several tasks that can be run using the `hardhat` command-line tool.\n## Questions: \n 1. What dependencies are being imported in this file?\n- The file is importing various dependencies such as `hardhat`, `ethers`, `fs`, `chalk`, `ethereumjs-wallet`, `rlp`, and `qrcode`.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `config` object?\n- The `config` object is used to configure the `hardhat` environment. It specifies the networks to be used, the solidity compilers to be used, the paths to the source files, the typechain settings, and the mocha settings.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `task` functions defined in this file?\n- The `task` functions are used to define custom tasks that can be run from the command line using `hardhat`. These tasks include generating a wallet, creating a mnemonic for builder deploys, getting balance information for the deployment account, and sending BNB.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/hardhat.config.md"}}],["331",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/hardhat.network.ts)\n\nThis code defines a configuration object for the Hardhat development environment. The configuration specifies various network settings such as chain ID, URL, gas limit, and accounts. The `mnemonic` function reads a file called `mnemonic.txt` and returns its contents as a string. This file is expected to contain a mnemonic phrase that can be used to generate Ethereum accounts. If the file is not found, a warning message is logged to the console.\n\nThe `networks` object contains several network configurations, including `hardhat`, `hardhat2`, `coverage`, `mainnet`, and `testnet`. The `hardhat` and `hardhat2` networks are local networks that run on the developer's machine. The `coverage` network is used for code coverage analysis. The `mainnet` and `testnet` networks are public Ethereum networks that require an API key from Alchemy to access.\n\nEach network configuration specifies a URL, chain ID, gas limit, and accounts. The `accounts` object contains a `mnemonic` property that is set to the result of calling the `mnemonic` function. This ensures that the same set of accounts is used across different network configurations. The `count` property specifies the number of accounts to generate, and the `accountsBalance` property sets the initial balance of each account to 10,000 ETH.\n\nThis configuration file can be used to deploy smart contracts to different networks using Hardhat. For example, to deploy a contract to the `hardhat` network, the following command can be used:\n\n```\nnpx hardhat run --network hardhat scripts/deploy.js\n```\n\nThis will run the `deploy.js` script using the `hardhat` network configuration. Similarly, to run tests on the `testnet` network, the following command can be used:\n\n```\nnpx hardhat test --network testnet\n```\n\nThis will run all tests using the `testnet` network configuration. Overall, this configuration file provides a convenient way to manage network settings and deploy contracts to different networks using Hardhat.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `mnemonic` function?\n - The `mnemonic` function reads a file called `mnemonic.txt` and returns its contents as a string. If the file does not exist, it logs a warning message and returns an empty string.\n\n2. What networks are defined in this configuration file?\n - The configuration file defines five networks: `hardhat`, `hardhat2`, `coverage`, `mainnet`, and `testnet`. Each network has its own set of properties such as `url`, `chainId`, `accounts`, `gasPrice`, and `gas`.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `allowUnlimitedContractSize` property?\n - The `allowUnlimitedContractSize` property is set to `true` for all networks. This means that there is no limit on the size of the contracts that can be deployed to these networks. This is useful for testing and development purposes, but should not be used in production environments.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/hardhat.network.md"}}],["332",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/mnemonic.txt)\n\nThe code provided appears to be a random sequence of words. It is unclear what the purpose of this code is or how it may be used in the larger project. It is possible that this code is simply a placeholder or a test string that has not yet been replaced with actual code.\n\nWithout further context or information about the project, it is difficult to provide a more detailed technical explanation of what this code does. It is important for code documentation to provide clear and concise explanations of the purpose and functionality of each piece of code, as well as how it fits into the larger project. This can help other developers understand and work with the code more effectively.\n\nIf this code is indeed a placeholder or test string, it should be replaced with actual code as soon as possible to avoid confusion and ensure that the project is functioning as intended. If there is a specific reason for including this code, such as a hidden message or Easter egg, it should be clearly documented and explained in the code documentation to avoid confusion and ensure that other developers are aware of its existence.\n## Questions: \n 1. **What is the purpose of this code?** \nA smart developer might wonder what this code is supposed to do or what its intended use is within the `zoo` project.\n\n2. **Are there any dependencies or requirements for this code to work?** \nA smart developer might want to know if this code relies on any other code or libraries in order to function properly.\n\n3. **What is the context or background for this code?** \nA smart developer might be curious about the history or reasoning behind this code's creation, or how it fits into the larger picture of the `zoo` project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/mnemonic.md"}}],["333",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/scripts/airdrop.ts)\n\nThe code is a script that performs an airdrop of a token called ZOO to a list of addresses. The script reads a CSV file called `holders.csv` that contains a list of addresses and the amount of ZOO tokens to be airdropped to each address. The CSV file is parsed using the `csv-parse` library, and the resulting records are processed in chunks of 420 addresses at a time. \n\nThe script uses the `ethers` library to interact with the Ethereum blockchain and the `ZOO` contract, which is deployed on the local blockchain. The `ZOO` contract is loaded using the `getContractAt` method, and the `airdrop` method of the contract is called for each chunk of addresses. The `airdrop` method takes two arrays as arguments: an array of addresses and an array of amounts. The script constructs these arrays from the parsed CSV records, filtering out any records with a zero amount. \n\nThe `chunks` function is a helper function that splits an array into chunks of a given size. It is used to split the list of addresses into manageable chunks that can be processed by the `airdrop` method. \n\nThe script logs the progress of the airdrop to the console, indicating which chunk is being processed and how many addresses have been processed so far. If an error occurs during the airdrop, the script logs an error message to the console and continues with the next chunk. \n\nThe script starts by throwing an error, which prevents it from executing the airdrop. This is likely a safety measure to prevent accidental execution of the script. To execute the script, the error should be commented out or removed. \n\nTo use this script in the larger project, the `holders.csv` file should be prepared with the list of addresses and amounts to be airdropped. The script should be executed using the `hardhat` command-line tool, which provides a local blockchain environment for testing and development. The `ZOO` contract should be deployed on the local blockchain before executing the script. The script can be modified to use a different contract or a different token by changing the contract address and the method name in the `getContractAt` method.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `chunks` function?\n- The `chunks` function takes an array and a size as input and returns an array of arrays, where each sub-array has a maximum length of `size`.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `holders.csv` file?\n- The `holders.csv` file contains a list of addresses and amounts that will be used for an airdrop.\n\n3. Why is there a `throw new Error('Air drop done')` statement at the beginning of the `main` function?\n- The `throw new Error('Air drop done')` statement is used to intentionally throw an error and stop the program from executing. This is likely used for testing purposes to ensure that the airdrop function is not accidentally executed.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/scripts/airdrop.md"}}],["334",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/scripts/airdropEggs.ts)\n\nThe code is a script that performs an airdrop of tokens to a list of addresses. The script reads a CSV file containing a list of addresses and token amounts, chunks the list into smaller pieces, and then performs an airdrop for each chunk. The script uses the ethers.js library to interact with the ZOO token contract, which is deployed on a local blockchain network.\n\nThe `chunks` function takes an array and a size parameter and returns an array of arrays, where each sub-array has a length of `size`. This function is used to split the list of addresses and token amounts into smaller chunks that can be processed more efficiently.\n\nThe `main` function is an async function that performs the airdrop. It first gets the signer object from the ethers library, which is used to sign transactions. It then gets the ZOO token contract instance using the `getContractAt` method and connects it to the signer. The script then reads the CSV file using the `fs` library and parses it using the `csv-parse` library. The resulting records are then processed in chunks using the `chunks` function.\n\nFor each chunk, the script extracts the addresses and token amounts from the records and filters out any records with a token amount of 0. It then calls the `airdrop` method on the ZOO token contract with the list of addresses and token amounts. If the airdrop is successful, the script waits for the transaction to be confirmed using the `wait` method. If the airdrop fails, the script logs an error message.\n\nFinally, the `main` function is called and the script exits with a status code of 0 if successful or 1 if there is an error.\n\nExample usage:\n\n```\n$ node airdrop.js\n```\n\nThis will run the script and perform the airdrop. The script assumes that there is a file called `holders.csv` in the same directory that contains the list of addresses and token amounts. The script can be modified to use a different file or to change the chunk size.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `chunks` function?\n- The `chunks` function takes an array and a size as input, and returns an array of smaller arrays, each of size `size` or smaller if the input array is not evenly divisible by `size`.\n\n2. What is the format of the input file `holders.csv`?\n- The `holders.csv` file is expected to have two columns: `address` and `amount`. Each row represents an address and the amount of tokens to be airdropped to that address.\n\n3. What happens if the amount of tokens for an address in `holders.csv` is 0?\n- If the amount of tokens for an address in `holders.csv` is 0, the address is skipped and not included in the airdrop.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/scripts/airdropEggs.md"}}],["335",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/scripts/buyEggs.ts)\n\nThis code is a script that interacts with two smart contracts in the Zoo project using the Ethereum development framework Hardhat. The purpose of this script is to buy eggs from the ZooKeeper contract using the ZOO token.\n\nThe script first imports the necessary modules from Hardhat, including ethers for interacting with Ethereum contracts and upgrades for upgrading contracts. It then defines an asynchronous function called `main()`.\n\nWithin `main()`, the script uses `ethers.getSigners()` to retrieve the default signer account from the local Ethereum node. It then uses `ethers.getContract()` to retrieve instances of the `ZOO` and `ZooKeeper` contracts.\n\nFinally, the script calls the `buyEggs()` function on the `ZooKeeper` contract, passing in the arguments `1` and `3`. This function likely represents a way for users to purchase virtual eggs within the Zoo project using the ZOO token.\n\nThe script then exits with a success or failure code depending on whether an error occurred during execution.\n\nThis script could be used as part of a larger automated testing or deployment process for the Zoo project. For example, it could be run as part of a continuous integration pipeline to ensure that the `buyEggs()` function is functioning correctly after a code change. Alternatively, it could be used as part of a user-facing application that allows users to purchase virtual eggs within the Zoo project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `ethers` and `upgrades` imports?\n- The `ethers` import is used to interact with Ethereum smart contracts, while the `upgrades` import is used for contract upgrades.\n2. What is the `ZOO` contract and what does it do?\n- The code retrieves the `ZOO` contract using `ethers.getContract('ZOO')`, but without more information it is unclear what the contract does.\n3. What is the `buyEggs` function in the `zk` contract and what are the arguments `1` and `3`?\n- The `buyEggs` function is called on the `zk` contract, but without more information it is unclear what the function does or what the arguments represent.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/scripts/buyEggs.md"}}],["336",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/scripts/configureGame.js)\n\nThe code is a script that configures a game called \"Zoo\" on a given network. The script reads the network configuration from an environment variable and sets a default value if the variable is not set. It then loads data from various JSON files and contracts deployed on the network. The script defines a function called \"chunks\" that splits an array into smaller arrays of a given size. The function is used to split the \"animals\" and \"hybrids\" arrays into smaller chunks that can be processed by the \"setAnimals\" and \"setHybrids\" functions.\n\nThe main function of the script is \"main\", which configures various contracts and settings for the game. The function first gets a signer object from the ethers library, which is used to sign transactions. It then gets instances of various contracts deployed on the network, including ZooKeeper, Drop, Media, and Market. The function then calls various methods on these contracts to configure the game.\n\nThe \"configure\" method is called on the Market and Media contracts to configure them with each other's addresses. The \"configure\" method is also called on the ZooKeeper contract to configure it with the Media, Zoo, Pair, and Bridge contracts. The \"configureKeeper\" method is called on the Drop contract to configure it with the ZooKeeper contract.\n\nThe function then sets the base price for eggs and names using the \"setNamePrice\" method of the ZooKeeper contract. It then adds two types of eggs to the game using the \"setEgg\" method of the Drop contract. The function then configures the eggs using the \"configureEggs\" method of the Drop contract.\n\nThe function then adds rarities to the game using the \"setRarity\" method of the Drop contract. The rarities are sorted by probability and added in order of increasing probability. The function then adds animals and hybrids to the game using the \"setAnimals\" and \"setHybrids\" methods of the Drop contract. The animals and hybrids are split into smaller chunks using the \"chunks\" function before being added to the game.\n\nOverall, this script is an important part of the Zoo game project as it configures various contracts and settings for the game. It loads data from various JSON files and contracts deployed on the network and uses the ethers library to interact with the contracts. The script can be run on different networks by setting the HARDHAT_NETWORK environment variable.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `chunks` function?\n- The `chunks` function is used to split an array into smaller arrays of a specified size.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `main` function?\n- The `main` function is the main entry point of the script and is responsible for configuring various contracts related to the Zoo project.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `setEgg` function?\n- The `setEgg` function is used to add a new egg to the Zoo project, with a specified name, price, supply, tokenURI, and metadataURI.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/scripts/configureGame.md"}}],["337",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/scripts/deployFarms.ts)\n\nThe code is a script that adds farms to a smart contract called `Farm`. The `Farm` contract is not defined in this file, but it is assumed to be deployed on the Kovan network, as the script references its address. \n\nThe script uses the `ethers` and `upgrades` libraries from the `hardhat` package to interact with the Ethereum network. It also imports several contract factories and mock ERC20 token contracts. \n\nThe script starts by getting the contract factories for `MockERC20`, `UniswapV2Factory`, `UniswapV2Pair`, `ZooFarmTokenV2`, and `Farm`. These factories are used to create instances of the contracts later in the script. \n\nNext, the script gets the current account by calling `ethers.getSigners()`. This account is used to sign transactions later in the script. \n\nThe script then attaches to several mock ERC20 token contracts that are assumed to be deployed on the Kovan network. These tokens are used to create liquidity pools with WETH (wrapped Ether) on Uniswap. \n\nThe script then gets the `UniswapV2Factory` contract instance and uses it to get the addresses of several Uniswap liquidity pools. These pools are created by pairing WETH with each of the mock ERC20 tokens. \n\nFinally, the script adds each of the liquidity pools to the `Farm` contract by calling the `add` function on the `Farm` instance. Each pool is given a weight of 6, and the third argument is set to `false`, which means that the pool is not a multiplier pool. \n\nOverall, this script is used to set up the `Farm` contract with several liquidity pools that can be used to farm tokens. It assumes that the mock ERC20 tokens and the `Farm` contract are already deployed on the Kovan network. \n\nExample usage of this script might look like:\n\n```\nnpx hardhat run scripts/addFarms.js --network kovan\n```\n\nThis would run the script on the Kovan network, adding the specified liquidity pools to the `Farm` contract.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code is adding farms to the `Farm` contract using Uniswap liquidity pool addresses.\n\n2. What are the dependencies of this code?\n- This code depends on the `ethers` and `upgrades` packages from the `hardhat` library.\n\n3. What contracts and addresses are being used in this code?\n- This code is using the `Farm` contract and several `MockERC20` contracts with associated addresses. It is also using the `UniswapV2Factory` and `UniswapV2Pair` contracts with a specific factory address.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/scripts/deployFarms.md"}}],["338",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/scripts/deployPairs.ts)\n\nThe code is used to create trading pairs for different tokens on the Uniswap decentralized exchange. The code imports the `ethers` and `upgrades` packages from the `hardhat` library. The `ethers` package is used to interact with the Ethereum blockchain, while the `upgrades` package is used to upgrade smart contracts. \n\nThe code then creates instances of several smart contracts using the `ethers.getContractFactory()` method. These contracts include `MockERC20`, `UniswapV2Factory`, `UniswapV2Pair`, `FarmTokenV2`, and `Farm`. \n\nThe code then attaches to the `Farm` and `FarmTokenV2` contracts using their respective addresses. It then gets the current account using the `ethers.getSigners()` method. \n\nThe code then creates mock ERC20 tokens for each token that will be used to create trading pairs. These tokens include `WETH`, `SUSHI`, `LINK`, `USDC`, `COMP`, `UNI`, and `YFI`. The `MockERC20.deploy()` method is used to deploy each token with a name, symbol, and initial supply. \n\nThe code then logs the addresses of each token to the console. \n\nThe code then gets an instance of the `UniswapV2Factory` contract using its address. It then creates trading pairs for each token using the `factory.createPair()` method. The first argument to this method is the address of the `WETH` token, while the second argument is the address of the token being paired with `WETH`. \n\nThe code then logs the addresses of each trading pair to the console. \n\nOverall, this code is used to create trading pairs for different tokens on the Uniswap decentralized exchange. It can be used as part of a larger project that involves interacting with the Ethereum blockchain and creating smart contracts. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\n// Import code from zoo file\nimport { main } from 'zoo'\n\n// Call main function to create trading pairs\nmain()\n .then(() => console.log('Trading pairs created successfully'))\n .catch((error) => console.error(error))\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code creates mock ERC20 tokens and trading pairs using UniswapV2Factory.\n\n2. What is the significance of the addresses '0x0' and '0x5C69bEe701ef814a2B6a3EDD4B1652CB9cc5aA6f'?\n- '0x0' is the address of the farm and token contracts that are being attached to, while '0x5C69bEe701ef814a2B6a3EDD4B1652CB9cc5aA6f' is the address of the UniswapV2Factory instance that is being used to create trading pairs.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the console.log statements?\n- The console.log statements output the addresses of the created ERC20 tokens and LP tokens for each trading pair.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/scripts/deployPairs.md"}}],["339",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/scripts/deployPool.ts)\n\nThe code is a script that interacts with the Uniswap decentralized exchange and the Savage token contract. It creates a new liquidity pool on Uniswap for the Z1 and BNB tokens, adds liquidity to the pool, and mints new Z1 tokens to the current account. \n\nFirst, the script retrieves the current account using the `ethers.getSigners()` method. Then, it retrieves the UniswapV2Factory, UniswapV2Router02, Savage, Z1, and B contracts using the `ethers.getContract()` method. The addresses of these contracts are logged to the console. \n\nNext, the script creates a new liquidity pool on Uniswap by calling the `createPair()` method of the UniswapV2Factory contract. This method takes two token addresses as arguments and returns a transaction object. The script waits for the transaction to be confirmed using the `wait()` method. \n\nAfter the pool is created, the script retrieves the pair address using the `getPair()` method of the UniswapV2Factory contract. The pair address is logged to the console. \n\nThe script then sets the amounts of Z1 and BNB tokens to be added to the pool, as well as the minimum amount of output tokens required. It also sets the amount of Z1 tokens to be minted to the current account. \n\nThe script mints new BNB and Z1 tokens to the current account using the `mint()` method of the B and Z1 contracts, respectively. It then approves the Router contract to spend these tokens using the `approve()` method. \n\nFinally, the script adds liquidity to the pool using the `addLiquidity()` method of the UniswapV2Router02 contract. This method takes the addresses of the two tokens, the amounts of input tokens, the minimum amount of output tokens, and other parameters as arguments. The script waits for the transaction to be confirmed before exiting. \n\nThis script can be used to create a new liquidity pool on Uniswap for the Z1 and BNB tokens and add liquidity to the pool. It can also be used to mint new Z1 tokens to the current account. This functionality may be useful in a larger project that involves the Savage token and the Uniswap decentralized exchange.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code is used to add liquidity to a Uniswap pool by creating a new pair and adding liquidity to it.\n\n2. What contracts are being used in this code?\n- The code is using the UniswapV2Factory, UniswapV2Router02, Savage, Z, and B contracts.\n\n3. What is the significance of the variables `amountIn` and `amountOutMin`?\n- `amountIn` is the amount of Z tokens that will be added to the liquidity pool, while `amountOutMin` is the minimum amount of BNB tokens that the user expects to receive in exchange for the Z tokens.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/scripts/deployPool.md"}}],["340",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/scripts/fundFaucet.ts)\n\nThis code is a script that is used to mint Zoo tokens for a testnet deployment of a larger project. The script uses the Hardhat framework to interact with the Ethereum blockchain and the ZooToken, Drop, and Faucet contracts that have already been deployed to the testnet.\n\nThe script starts by importing the necessary dependencies, including the ethers library from Hardhat and the JSON files for the ZooToken, Drop, and Faucet contracts. It then defines an async function called `main()` that will execute the main logic of the script.\n\nWithin the `main()` function, the script first retrieves the deployer and signers from the Hardhat environment. It then connects to the ZooToken and Faucet contracts using the deployer account. The script then defines a `fundAmount` variable that represents the amount of Zoo tokens to be minted.\n\nThe script then mints Zoo tokens for the Faucet contract and a single signer account. The amount of tokens minted is equal to `fundAmount` multiplied by 10^18 (the number of decimals in the ZooToken contract). The script logs the successful minting of the tokens and exits with a status code of 0.\n\nThis script is likely used as part of a larger deployment process for the Zoo project. It allows the project team to easily mint Zoo tokens for testing purposes on the testnet. The script could be run manually or as part of an automated deployment pipeline. Here is an example of how the script might be run from the command line:\n\n```\n$ npx hardhat run scripts/mint-tokens.js --network testnet\n```\n\nThis command would execute the `mint-tokens.js` script using the Hardhat framework and connect to the testnet network. The script would then mint Zoo tokens for the Faucet contract and a single signer account.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code is responsible for minting Zoo tokens for a faucet and a signer.\n\n2. What are the dependencies of this code?\n- This code depends on the `ethers` library from `hardhat`, as well as the `ZOO`, `Drop`, and `Faucet` contracts located in the `testnet` deployment folder.\n\n3. What is the significance of the commented out line of code?\n- The commented out line of code is an attempt to get a contract instance for the `Drop` contract, but it is using the wrong address (`ZooToken.address` instead of `Drop.address`).","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/scripts/fundFaucet.md"}}],["341",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/scripts/initcode.ts)\n\nThis code imports the `ethers` library from the `hardhat` package and the `keccak256` function from the `@ethersproject/solidity` package. It also includes commented out import statements for `bytecode` and `deployedBytecode` from a local deployment of the `UniswapV2Pair` contract.\n\nThe `main` function is an asynchronous function that calculates the `initcode` for the `UniswapV2Pair` contract using the `keccak256` function. However, this code is currently commented out.\n\nThe purpose of this code is likely to be used in the larger project for deploying and interacting with the `UniswapV2Pair` contract. The `ethers` library is a popular library for interacting with Ethereum smart contracts, and the `keccak256` function is used for generating the `initcode` for a contract. The `initcode` is the bytecode that is used to deploy a contract to the Ethereum network.\n\nAn example use case for this code could be to deploy a new instance of the `UniswapV2Pair` contract to the Ethereum network. The `initcode` generated by this code could be used to deploy the contract using the `ethers` library. \n\nOverall, this code serves as a utility function for generating the `initcode` for the `UniswapV2Pair` contract, which can be used in the larger project for deploying and interacting with the contract.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `ethers` and `@ethersproject/solidity` imports?\n- The `ethers` import is used from the `hardhat` library and is likely used for interacting with Ethereum smart contracts. The `@ethersproject/solidity` import is used for hashing Solidity code.\n2. Why are the `bytecode` and `deployedBytecode` imports commented out?\n- It is unclear why these imports are commented out without further context or information about the purpose of the code.\n3. What is the purpose of the `main` function and what does it do?\n- The `main` function is an asynchronous function that likely performs some action related to interacting with Ethereum smart contracts. However, without further context or information about the purpose of the code, it is unclear what specific action is being performed.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/scripts/initcode.md"}}],["342",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/scripts/publish.js)\n\nThe code is responsible for publishing smart contract data to various directories. The code reads the smart contract data from a JSON file and then writes it to other JSON files in different directories. The code also writes the contract's ABI (Application Binary Interface) to a file in the `abis` directory. \n\nThe `publishContract` function takes two arguments: `contractName` and `networkName`. The function reads the smart contract data from a JSON file located in the `deployments` directory. It then reads the configuration data from a JSON file located in the `subgraph/config` directory. The function updates the configuration data with the contract's address and writes it back to the configuration file. The function then writes the contract's ABI to a JSON file located in the `subgraph/abis` directory. Finally, the function writes the contract's address, ABI, and bytecode to separate files located in the `react-app/src/contracts` directory.\n\nThe `main` function reads all the JSON files in the `deployments` directory and calls the `publishContract` function for each file. The `main` function then logs a success message to the console.\n\nThis code is useful for publishing smart contract data to various directories. It can be used in a larger project to automate the process of publishing smart contract data. For example, it can be used to publish smart contract data to a subgraph, which is a decentralized API that indexes data from the Ethereum blockchain. It can also be used to publish smart contract data to a front-end application that interacts with the smart contract. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\npublishContract('MyContract', 'rinkeby')\n```\n\nThis will publish the smart contract data for `MyContract` on the `rinkeby` network.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code is used to publish contracts to the subgraph package, and write the contracts ABI, address and bytecodes in case the front-end needs them.\n\n2. What dependencies are required for this code to run?\n- This code requires the `fs` and `chalk` modules to be installed.\n\n3. What is the expected file structure for the `deployments` and `subgraph` directories?\n- The `deployments` directory should contain subdirectories for each network, which in turn contain JSON files for each deployed contract. The `subgraph` directory should contain a `config` directory with a `config.json` file.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/scripts/publish.md"}}],["343",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/scripts/watch.js)\n\nThis code is responsible for watching changes in the `./src` and `./test` directories of a project and running tests whenever a change is detected. The `node-watch` library is used to monitor the directories for changes, and the `child_process` module is used to execute the `yarn test` command whenever a change is detected.\n\nThe `run` function is defined to execute the `yarn test` command and log the output to the console. When a change is detected in either the `./src` or `./test` directories, the `run` function is called to execute the tests. The `watch` function is used to monitor the directories for changes and call the `run` function whenever a change is detected.\n\nThis code is useful in a larger project where automated testing is important. By monitoring the directories for changes and automatically running tests, developers can quickly identify any issues that arise as a result of code changes. This can help to catch bugs early in the development process and ensure that the project remains stable and functional.\n\nExample usage:\n\n```\n// Install dependencies\nyarn install\n\n// Start watching for changes and running tests\nnode index.js\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What dependencies are required for this code to run?\n- This code requires the `node-watch` and `child_process` modules to be installed.\n\n2. What does this code do?\n- This code watches for changes in the `./src` and `./test` directories and runs the `yarn test` command whenever a change is detected.\n\n3. What output can be expected when this code runs?\n- The output will include messages indicating that the code is compiling and testing, as well as messages indicating which files have changed and any errors or output from the `yarn test` command.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/scripts/watch.md"}}],["344",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/Bridge.sol)\n\nThe `Bridge` contract is a smart contract that enables swapping of ERC20 and ERC721 tokens between different chains. The contract is part of the larger Zoo project and is used to facilitate cross-chain token transfers.\n\nThe contract defines several structs, including `Token` and `Transaction`, which are used to represent tokens and swap transactions, respectively. The `Token` struct contains information about the token, including its type (ERC20 or ERC721), ID, chain ID, address, and whether it is enabled for swapping. The `Transaction` struct contains information about the swap transaction, including the IDs of the tokens being swapped, the sender and recipient addresses, the amount being swapped, and a nonce to ensure that the transaction is unique.\n\nThe contract also defines several mappings, including `tokens` and `transactions`, which are used to store information about supported tokens and swap transactions, respectively. The `tokens` mapping maps a unique identifier for each token (based on its chain ID and address) to its `Token` struct. The `transactions` mapping maps a unique identifier for each swap transaction (based on the IDs of the tokens being swapped, the sender and recipient addresses, the amount being swapped, and the nonce) to its `Transaction` struct.\n\nThe contract defines several functions for enabling and performing swaps. The `setToken` function is used to enable swapping of a new ERC20 or ERC721 token. The function takes a `Token` struct as input and saves it to the `tokens` mapping. If the token is already enabled, the function emits an `AddToken` event; otherwise, it emits a `RemoveToken` event.\n\nThe `swap` function is used to perform a swap between two tokens on different chains. The function takes as input the `Token` structs for the two tokens being swapped, the recipient address, the amount being swapped, and a nonce. The function first checks that the swap is being initiated from the correct chain and that both tokens are enabled for swapping. It then saves the swap transaction to the `transactions` mapping and emits a `Swap` event. Finally, it burns the original tokens on the sender's chain and mints new tokens on the recipient's chain.\n\nThe `burn` and `mint` functions are used to burn and mint tokens, respectively. The `burn` function takes as input a `Token` struct, the owner address, and the amount being burned. It then burns the specified amount of tokens and emits a `Burn` event. The `mint` function takes as input a `Token` struct, the owner address, and the amount being minted. It first checks that the token is on the current chain and that the owner address is not zero. It then mints the specified amount of tokens and emits a `Mint` event.\n\nOverall, the `Bridge` contract provides a way for users to swap ERC20 and ERC721 tokens between different chains. The contract is used in conjunction with other contracts in the Zoo project to enable cross-chain token transfers.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract?\n- This contract is a bridge contract that enables swapping of ERC20 and ERC721 tokens between different chains.\n\n2. How are tokens enabled for swapping?\n- Tokens are enabled for swapping by calling the `setToken` function with the token's chain ID and address. The function saves the token configuration and emits an `AddToken` event if the token is enabled for swapping, or a `RemoveToken` event if it is not.\n\n3. How are tokens burned and minted during a swap?\n- Tokens are burned by calling the `burn` function with the token to be burned, the owner's address, and the amount to be burned. Tokens are minted by calling the `mint` function with the token to be minted, the owner's address, and the amount to be minted. The `mint` function also takes a fee from the amount to be minted and sends it to the DAO address.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/Bridge.md"}}],["345",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/DAO.sol)\n\nThis code defines a smart contract called DAO that is part of the larger zoo project. The contract inherits from two other contracts, UUPSUpgradeable and OwnableUpgradeable, which are imported from the OpenZeppelin library. \n\nThe purpose of this contract is to provide upgradeability functionality to the zoo project. The UUPSUpgradeable contract allows for transparent upgrades of the contract's logic, while the OwnableUpgradeable contract ensures that only the contract owner can perform upgrades. \n\nThe _authorizeUpgrade function is an internal function that is called when an upgrade is requested. It overrides the same function in the UUPSUpgradeable contract and restricts upgrade authorization to the contract owner. \n\nThe initialize function is a public function that is called when the contract is first deployed. It initializes the contract's state variables and calls the __Ownable_init_unchained function, which is defined in the OwnableUpgradeable contract. \n\nOverall, this code provides a crucial piece of functionality to the zoo project by enabling transparent and secure upgrades to the contract's logic. Here is an example of how this contract might be used in the larger project:\n\n```\nimport { DAO } from './DAO.sol';\n\ncontract Zoo {\n DAO private dao;\n\n constructor() {\n dao = new DAO();\n dao.initialize();\n }\n\n function upgradeDAO(address newImplementation) public onlyOwner {\n dao.upgradeTo(newImplementation);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the Zoo contract creates an instance of the DAO contract and initializes it. Later, the contract owner can call the upgradeDAO function to upgrade the DAO contract's logic to a new implementation. This upgrade is transparent and secure thanks to the functionality provided by the DAO contract.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract?\n This contract is a DAO (Decentralized Autonomous Organization) and it is used for managing and governing decentralized applications.\n\n2. What is the significance of the SPDX-License-Identifier comment?\n The SPDX-License-Identifier comment is used to specify the license under which the code is released. In this case, the code is released under the MIT license.\n\n3. What is the role of the UUPSUpgradeable contract and why is it being imported?\n The UUPSUpgradeable contract is used for upgrading smart contracts in a safe and efficient manner. It is being imported to enable the DAO contract to use the upgradeable functionality provided by the OpenZeppelin library.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/DAO.md"}}],["346",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/Decimal.sol)\n\nThe `Decimal.sol` file is a library that defines a fixed-point number with 18 decimal places. It is a clone of the dydx protocol's Decimal.sol contract, which was forked from https://github.com/dydxprotocol/solo at commit 2d8454e02702fe5bc455b848556660629c3cad36. The file has not been modified other than to use a newer solidity in the pragma to match the rest of the contract suite of this project.\n\nThe library defines a struct `D256` that contains a single `uint256` value. It also defines several functions that operate on `D256` values. The `one()` function returns a `D256` value with a value of 10^18. The `onePlus()` function takes a `D256` value and returns a new `D256` value with a value of the original value plus 10^18. The `mul()` function takes a `uint256` target and a `D256` value and returns the result of multiplying the target by the value and dividing by 10^18. The `div()` function takes a `uint256` target and a `D256` value and returns the result of multiplying the target by 10^18 and dividing by the value.\n\nThis library can be used in other contracts that require fixed-point arithmetic with 18 decimal places. For example, a contract that needs to perform calculations with token amounts could use this library to ensure that the calculations are accurate and consistent. Here is an example of how this library could be used in a contract:\n\n```\nimport { Decimal } from \"./Decimal.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n using Decimal for Decimal.D256;\n\n function calculateAmount(uint256 amount, Decimal.D256 memory rate) public pure returns (uint256) {\n return amount.mul(rate).value;\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `calculateAmount()` function takes an `amount` and a `rate` as input. The `rate` is a `D256` value that represents the exchange rate between two tokens. The function uses the `mul()` function from the `Decimal` library to multiply the `amount` by the `rate` and return the result. The `value` field of the resulting `D256` value is returned, which represents the result of the multiplication with 18 decimal places.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines a library called Decimal that provides fixed-point arithmetic with 18 decimal places. It is used to perform precise calculations involving decimals in smart contracts.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `SafeMath` and `Math` libraries being imported?\n- The `SafeMath` library provides arithmetic functions with overflow protection, while the `Math` library provides helper functions for performing mathematical operations.\n\n3. Why is the `ABIEncoderV2` pragma experimental and what are the implications of using it?\n- The `ABIEncoderV2` pragma enables the encoding and decoding of complex data types in function calls, but it is still considered experimental and subject to change. Using it may introduce additional gas costs and potential security risks.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/Decimal.md"}}],["347",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/DropEggs.sol)\n\nThe `DropEggs1` contract is a smart contract that allows for the airdropping of eggs to whitelisted addresses. The contract is part of a larger project called \"zoo\". \n\nThe contract imports several libraries and interfaces from the OpenZeppelin library, including `SafeMath`, `Ownable`, and `Counters`. It also imports an interface called `IDrop` and another interface called `IKeeper` from the project's own `interfaces` directory. \n\nThe contract has several state variables, including `randomLimit`, `whitelistedCount`, `zooKeeperDropId`, `maxEggForSublime`, `keeperAddress`, `dropAddress`, `_whitelistedAllowToMint`, and `whitelisted`. \n\nThe contract has several functions, including `configureDropAddress`, `changeRandomLimit`, `configureKeeperAddress`, `addressAllowedToMint`, `changeZookeeperDropId`, `changeMaxEggForSublime`, `unsafeRandom`, and `AirdropEggs`. \n\nThe `AirdropEggs` function is the main function of the contract. It takes in two arrays of data, `addresses` and `numAllowedToMint`, which represent the addresses that are whitelisted to receive eggs and the number of eggs each address is allowed to receive, respectively. The function first checks that the arrays are not empty and that they have the same length. It then loops through the arrays to ensure that each address is not equal to the zero address and that the total number of eggs to be minted is not equal to zero. \n\nThe function then loops through the `addresses` array again to mint the eggs for each address. It checks that the address is whitelisted to receive eggs and that it is not equal to the zero address. If the number of eggs to be minted is greater than or equal to the `maxEggForSublime` variable, the `randomLimit` variable is changed to 4. The function then loops through the number of eggs to be minted for that address and generates a random number between 0 and the `randomLimit` variable. If the random number is greater than 0, the function gets the egg with that ID from the `drop` contract using the `getEgg` function. If the random number is 0, the function gets the egg with ID 1. The function then checks that the egg has not exceeded its supply and calls the `dropEggs` function from the `keeper` contract to drop the egg for that address. Finally, the `randomLimit` variable is changed back to 3. \n\nOverall, the `DropEggs1` contract allows for the airdropping of eggs to whitelisted addresses. The `AirdropEggs` function takes in two arrays of data representing the addresses and number of eggs to be minted for each address, respectively. The function loops through the arrays to ensure that each address is whitelisted and generates a random number to determine which egg to drop for each address.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract and how does it relate to the overall zoo project?\n- This contract is called DropEggs1 and is related to the zoo project. It appears to be responsible for airdropping eggs to whitelisted addresses, with a limit of 20 eggs for certain addresses.\n\n2. What are the roles of the imported contracts and interfaces?\n- The imported contracts and interfaces are used to provide functionality to the DropEggs1 contract. Specifically, SafeMath is used for safe arithmetic operations, Ownable is used for access control, Counters is used for counting whitelisted addresses, IDrop and IKeeper are interfaces used to interact with other contracts, and the OpenZeppelin library is used for additional utility functions.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the unsafeRandom function and how is it used?\n- The unsafeRandom function generates a random number based on the current block number, sender address, and timestamp. It is used to determine which egg a whitelisted address will receive during the airdrop. However, the function is named \"unsafe\" because it is not truly random and could potentially be manipulated by miners.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/DropEggs.md"}}],["348",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/EGGDrop.sol)\n\nThe `DropEggs` contract is a smart contract that allows for the airdropping of eggs to whitelisted addresses. The contract is part of the larger zoo project and is used to distribute eggs to users who have been whitelisted by the contract owner. The contract is written in Solidity and is compatible with version 0.8.4 or higher.\n\nThe contract imports several libraries and interfaces from the OpenZeppelin library, including `SafeMath`, `Ownable`, and `Counters`. The `SafeMath` library is used to perform arithmetic operations safely, while the `Ownable` library is used to restrict access to certain functions to the contract owner. The `Counters` library is used to keep track of the number of whitelisted addresses.\n\nThe contract has several state variables, including `whitelistedCount`, `zooKeeperDropId`, `maxEggForSublime`, `keeperAddress`, and `dropAddress`. The `whitelistedCount` variable is used to keep track of the number of whitelisted addresses, while the `zooKeeperDropId` variable is used to specify the ID of the zookeeper drop. The `maxEggForSublime` variable is used to specify the maximum number of eggs that can be minted for a single address. The `keeperAddress` and `dropAddress` variables are used to store the addresses of the zookeeper and drop contracts, respectively.\n\nThe contract has several functions, including `configureDropAddress`, `configureKeeperAddress`, `addressAllowedToMint`, `changeZookeeperDropId`, `changeMaxEggForSublime`, and `AirdropEggs`. The `configureDropAddress` and `configureKeeperAddress` functions are used to set the addresses of the drop and zookeeper contracts, respectively. The `addressAllowedToMint` function is used to retrieve the number of eggs that a whitelisted address is allowed to mint. The `changeZookeeperDropId` and `changeMaxEggForSublime` functions are used to change the ID of the zookeeper drop and the maximum number of eggs that can be minted for a single address, respectively.\n\nThe `AirdropEggs` function is the main function of the contract and is used to airdrop eggs to whitelisted addresses. The function takes two arrays as input: an array of addresses and an array of the number of eggs that each address is allowed to mint. The function first checks that the arrays are of equal length and that the total number of eggs to be minted is not zero. It then loops through the addresses and mints the specified number of eggs for each address. If the number of eggs to be minted for an address is greater than or equal to the `maxEggForSublime` variable, the `changeRandomLimit` function of the drop contract is called with a parameter of 4. This function changes the random limit of the drop contract to 4, which increases the chances of minting a rare egg. The function then loops through the number of eggs to be minted for the address and mints each egg by calling the `dropEggs` function of the zookeeper contract. If the number of eggs to be minted for an address is less than the `maxEggForSublime` variable, the `changeRandomLimit` function of the drop contract is called with a parameter of 3, which sets the random limit back to its default value.\n\nIn summary, the `DropEggs` contract is a smart contract that is used to airdrop eggs to whitelisted addresses. The contract is part of the larger zoo project and is written in Solidity. The contract imports several libraries and interfaces from the OpenZeppelin library and has several state variables and functions. The main function of the contract is the `AirdropEggs` function, which is used to airdrop eggs to whitelisted addresses.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract and what does it do?\n- This contract is called DropEggs and it is used to airdrop eggs to whitelisted addresses. It also has functions to configure the drop and keeper addresses, change the zookeeper drop ID, and change the maximum number of eggs that can be minted for a sublime address.\n\n2. What are the external contracts that this contract interacts with?\n- This contract imports SafeMath, Ownable, IDrop, and Counters from OpenZeppelin and IKeeper from an external interface. It also interacts with the IDrop and IKeeper contracts in the AirdropEggs function.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the whitelisted mapping and how is it used?\n- The whitelisted mapping is used to keep track of the number of eggs that each whitelisted address is allowed to mint. It is used in the AirdropEggs function to loop through the addresses and mint the appropriate number of eggs for each address.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/EGGDrop.md"}}],["349",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/ERC721Burnable.sol)\n\nThe code in this file is a modified version of the OpenZeppelin ERC721Burnable contract. It is designed to allow for the creation of ERC721 tokens that can be burned (destroyed) irreversibly. \n\nThe contract inherits from the ERC721 contract and adds a burn function that can be called by the owner or an approved operator to destroy a specific token. The function checks that the caller is the owner of the token or an approved operator before allowing the burn to proceed. \n\nThis contract can be used in a larger project that requires the creation of ERC721 tokens that can be burned. For example, in a game where players can collect unique items, this contract could be used to create the tokens representing those items. If a player decides they no longer want a particular item, they can burn the token to permanently remove it from their inventory. \n\nHere is an example of how this contract could be used in a larger project:\n\n```\n// Import the ERC721Burnable contract\nimport \"./ERC721Burnable.sol\";\n\n// Define a new contract that inherits from ERC721Burnable\ncontract MyGameItems is ERC721Burnable {\n // Define any additional functionality for the game items contract\n}\n```\n\nWith this setup, the MyGameItems contract will have access to the burn function defined in ERC721Burnable, allowing players to destroy their items if they choose to do so.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code is a modified version of the OpenZeppelin ERC721Burnable contract that allows for the burning (destruction) of ERC721 tokens.\n\n2. What modifications were made to the original OpenZeppelin contract?\n - The contract was modified to inherit from a customized ERC721 contract.\n\n3. What are the requirements for burning a token?\n - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/ERC721Burnable.md"}}],["350",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/Farm.sol)\n\nThe `Farm` contract is a smart contract that allows users to deposit LP (liquidity provider) tokens and earn rewards in a specified ERC20 token. The contract is designed to be used in a larger project, likely a decentralized finance (DeFi) platform, where users can provide liquidity to various pools and earn rewards for doing so.\n\nThe contract is built using the Solidity programming language and utilizes several external libraries, including OpenZeppelin's `Ownable` contract, which provides basic access control functionality, and various contracts from the OpenZeppelin ERC20 library, which provide safe ERC20 token handling functions.\n\nThe contract contains several key data structures, including `UserInfo` and `PoolInfo`. `UserInfo` stores information about each user's deposited LP tokens and their corresponding reward debt. `PoolInfo` stores information about each pool, including the LP token address, allocation points, and accumulated reward per share.\n\nThe contract also includes several key functions, including `add`, `set`, `deposit`, `withdraw`, and `emergencyWithdraw`. These functions allow the owner of the contract to add and modify pools, users to deposit and withdraw LP tokens, and users to withdraw their LP tokens in an emergency situation.\n\nThe contract also includes several other functions, including `getMultiplier`, which calculates the reward multiplier based on the current block number and the end of the bonus period, and `pendingReward`, which calculates the pending reward for a given user and pool.\n\nOverall, the `Farm` contract provides a flexible and secure way for users to earn rewards for providing liquidity to various pools. It can be integrated into a larger DeFi platform to incentivize users to provide liquidity and help ensure the platform's overall liquidity.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract?\n- This contract is a farming contract that allows users to stake LP tokens and earn rewards in a specific token.\n\n2. What is the role of the DAO in this contract?\n- The DAO is responsible for receiving a share of the rewards minted by the contract.\n\n3. How are rewards calculated and distributed in this contract?\n- Rewards are calculated based on the amount of LP tokens staked and the allocation points assigned to each pool. Rewards are distributed per block and are minted to the contract, with a portion going to the DAO. Users can claim their rewards by withdrawing their staked LP tokens.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/Farm.md"}}],["351",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/Faucet.sol)\n\nThe `Faucet` contract is a smart contract that allows users to receive a specified amount of tokens from the `IERC20` token contract. The contract is designed to be owned by a single entity, as it inherits from the `Ownable` contract. \n\nThe `Faucet` contract has a `rate` variable that determines the amount of tokens that can be withdrawn by a user. The default value of `rate` is 10000. The `setRate` function can be used by the owner to update the `rate` value. \n\nThe `IERC20` token contract is passed as an argument to the `Faucet` contract constructor, and is stored in the `token` variable. The `setTokenAddress` function can be used by the owner to update the `token` variable. \n\nThe `fund` function is used by users to withdraw tokens from the `Faucet` contract. The function takes an address argument `to`, which is the address of the user who will receive the tokens. The function first checks that the `rate` value is less than or equal to the balance of the `token` contract held by the `Faucet` contract. If this condition is met, the `token` contract transfers the specified amount of tokens to the user's address, and an event is emitted to record the transaction. The function returns the `rate` value. \n\nThe `withdraw` function can be used by the owner to withdraw any remaining tokens held by the `Faucet` contract. The `balance` function can be used by anyone to check the balance of the `token` contract held by the `Faucet` contract. \n\nOverall, the `Faucet` contract can be used to distribute tokens to users in a controlled manner, with the owner having the ability to update the `rate` and `token` variables as needed. \n\nExample usage:\n```\n// Deploy the Faucet contract, passing in the address of the IERC20 token contract\nFaucet faucet = new Faucet(tokenAddress);\n\n// User requests tokens from the faucet\nuint256 tokensReceived = faucet.fund(msg.sender);\n\n// Owner updates the rate value\nfaucet.setRate(5000);\n\n// Owner withdraws remaining tokens from the faucet\nfaucet.withdraw();\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract?\n - This contract is a faucet contract that allows users to receive tokens from the specified ERC20 token contract at a set rate.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `rate` variable?\n - The `rate` variable determines the amount of tokens that a user will receive per transaction from the faucet.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `Fund` event?\n - The `Fund` event is emitted when a user receives tokens from the faucet, and logs the recipient's address and the amount of tokens received.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/Faucet.md"}}],["352",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/GoveranceToken.sol)\n\nThis code defines a smart contract called `GovernanceToken` that is used for managing a token in a decentralized manner. The contract inherits from two other contracts, `UUPSUpgradeable` and `OwnableUpgradeable`, which provide functionality for upgrading the contract and setting ownership permissions, respectively. \n\nThe `pragma` statements at the top of the file specify the version of Solidity being used and enable an experimental feature called `ABIEncoderV2`, which allows for encoding and decoding of complex data types. \n\nThe `SPDX-License-Identifier` comment specifies the license under which the code is released, in this case the MIT license. \n\nThe `initialize` function is called when the contract is first deployed and initializes the `OwnableUpgradeable` contract. The `_authorizeUpgrade` function is used to restrict the ability to upgrade the contract to the contract owner only. \n\nThis code is likely part of a larger project that involves creating and managing tokens on a blockchain. The `GovernanceToken` contract could be used to create a new token and manage its distribution and ownership. The ability to upgrade the contract and set ownership permissions is important for ensuring the security and integrity of the token. \n\nExample usage of this contract could involve creating a new token for a specific purpose, such as a reward token for a decentralized application. The `GovernanceToken` contract could be used to manage the distribution of the token and ensure that ownership is properly controlled. The ability to upgrade the contract would allow for improvements and bug fixes to be made over time.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract?\n This contract is a governance token contract that is upgradable and has an owner.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `SPDX-License-Identifier` comment at the top of the file?\n The `SPDX-License-Identifier` comment is used to specify the license under which the code is released.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `experimental ABIEncoderV2` pragma?\n The `experimental ABIEncoderV2` pragma enables the use of the `abi.encode` and `abi.decode` functions with more complex types, such as structs and arrays.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/GoveranceToken.md"}}],["353",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/Math.sol)\n\nThe `Math` library is a collection of non-standard math functions that are used in the larger `zoo` project. This library is imported from the OpenZeppelin `SafeMath` library, which provides additional safety checks for arithmetic operations in Solidity.\n\nThe library contains several functions that perform basic arithmetic operations such as multiplication, division, and rounding. These functions are used to calculate partial values of a target number based on a numerator and denominator. The `getPartial` function returns the result of multiplying the target by the numerator and dividing by the denominator. The `getPartialRoundUp` function performs the same calculation, but rounds up the result to the nearest integer.\n\nThe library also contains several functions that convert a `uint256` number to a smaller data type such as `uint128`, `uint96`, or `uint32`. These functions are used to reduce the size of data stored on the blockchain, which can help reduce gas costs.\n\nFinally, the library contains two functions that return the minimum or maximum of two `uint256` numbers. These functions are used to compare values and determine which one is larger or smaller.\n\nOverall, the `Math` library provides a set of useful math functions that can be used in various parts of the `zoo` project. For example, these functions may be used in smart contracts that involve financial calculations or data compression. \n\nExample usage of the `getPartial` function:\n\n```\nuint256 target = 100;\nuint256 numerator = 25;\nuint256 denominator = 50;\nuint256 result = Math.getPartial(target, numerator, denominator); // returns 50\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this library and what functions does it provide?\n- This library is called \"Math\" and provides non-standard math functions. It includes functions for getting partial values, rounding up partial values, converting numbers to different bit sizes, and finding the minimum and maximum of two numbers.\n\n2. What is the origin of this code and has it been modified?\n- This file is a clone of the dydx protocol's Decimal.sol contract, which was forked from https://github.com/dydxprotocol/solo at commit 2d8454e02702fe5bc455b848556660629c3cad36. It has not been modified other than to use a newer solidity in the pragma to match the rest of the contract suite of this project.\n\n3. What external dependency does this library have?\n- This library imports the SafeMath library from \"@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math/SafeMath.sol\".","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/Math.md"}}],["354",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/NFTStaking.sol)\n\nThe `ZooNFTStaker` contract is a smart contract that allows users to stake their non-fungible tokens (NFTs) and earn rewards in the form of ERC20 tokens. The contract implements the `I721Stake` interface, which defines the functions that can be called by users to stake and unstake their NFTs.\n\nThe contract uses the OpenZeppelin library to import the `IERC721` and `IERC20` interfaces, which are used to interact with the NFT and ERC20 tokens, respectively. The contract also imports the `ERC1155Receiver` and `SafeMath` libraries from OpenZeppelin.\n\nThe contract has a number of state variables, including `stakeLive`, which is a boolean that determines whether staking is currently allowed, and `totalStakers`, which keeps track of the total number of stakers. The contract also has variables that define the minimum, medium, and maximum staking periods, as well as the timestamp in seconds.\n\nThe contract defines a `Percentage` struct that is used to store the reward percentages for different staking periods. The `percentage` mapping is used to store the reward percentages for each level, and the `updatePercentage` function can be called by the contract owner to update the reward percentages.\n\nThe contract also defines a `Staker` struct that is used to store information about each staker, including the NFTs they have staked and the staking periods for each NFT. The `stakers` mapping is used to store the `Staker` struct for each staker.\n\nThe contract has a number of functions that can be called by the contract owner to update the contract parameters, including `updateMinumTime`, `updateMediumTime`, `updatemMaximumTime`, and `updateTimeStampSeconds`. The contract owner can also freeze individual stakers or NFTs using the `freezeStaker` and `freezeNft` functions.\n\nThe `stake` function allows users to stake their NFTs, and the `unstake` function allows them to unstake their NFTs and claim their rewards. The `rewardAmount` function calculates the rewards that a staker is eligible to receive based on the staking periods for their NFTs.\n\nOverall, the `ZooNFTStaker` contract provides a way for users to earn rewards by staking their NFTs, and allows the contract owner to update the staking parameters and freeze individual stakers or NFTs.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract?\n- This contract is a staking contract for NFTs, where users can stake their NFTs and earn rewards in a specified ERC20 token.\n\n2. What are the requirements for staking an NFT?\n- The staker must not be frozen, the NFT must not be frozen, and the staker must own the NFT.\n\n3. How are rewards calculated and distributed?\n- Rewards are calculated based on the length of time the NFT has been staked and the percentage level set by the contract owner. Rewards are distributed in the specified ERC20 token.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/NFTStaking.md"}}],["355",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/Owned.sol)\n\nThe code above defines a Solidity contract called `owned`. The purpose of this contract is to provide ownership functionality to other contracts in the larger project. \n\nThe `owned` contract has a single state variable called `owner`, which is an address type. This variable is set to the address of the contract creator in the constructor function. \n\nThe contract also has a modifier called `onlyOwner`. This modifier restricts access to certain functions to the contract owner only. The modifier checks if the caller of the function is the same as the `owner` variable. If the caller is not the owner, an error message is returned.\n\nThe `transferOwnership` function allows the current owner to transfer ownership to a new address. This function takes in a single parameter `newOwner`, which is the address of the new owner. The function is restricted to the current owner only, using the `onlyOwner` modifier. Once the function is called, the `owner` variable is updated to the new owner's address.\n\nThis contract can be used in other contracts in the `zoo` project to provide ownership functionality. For example, if a contract needs to restrict access to certain functions to the contract owner only, it can inherit from the `owned` contract and use the `onlyOwner` modifier. \n\nHere is an example of how the `owned` contract can be used in another contract:\n\n```\ncontract Animal is owned {\n string public name;\n\n constructor(string memory _name) {\n name = _name;\n }\n\n function changeName(string memory _newName) onlyOwner public {\n name = _newName;\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `Animal` contract inherits from the `owned` contract using the `is` keyword. The `changeName` function is restricted to the contract owner only using the `onlyOwner` modifier. This ensures that only the contract owner can change the name of the animal.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `owned` contract?\n - The `owned` contract is used to manage ownership of a contract by setting an initial owner and allowing for ownership to be transferred to a new address.\n\n2. What version of Solidity is required for this code to compile?\n - This code requires Solidity version 0.8.4 or higher to compile.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `onlyOwner` modifier?\n - The `onlyOwner` modifier restricts access to a function to only the contract owner, as specified by the `require` statement.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/Owned.md"}}],["356",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/Random.sol)\n\nThe `Random` contract is a smart contract that allows users to commit to a hash value and later reveal it to generate a random number. The contract is designed to be used in a larger project, such as a game or a lottery, where a random number is required to determine the outcome.\n\nThe contract has a `max` variable that is set to 100 by default. This variable determines the maximum value of the random number that can be generated. The contract has a `Commit` struct that stores the hash value, block number, and reveal status of each user's commitment. The `commits` mapping is used to store the `Commit` struct for each user.\n\nThe `commit` function allows users to commit to a hash value by calling the function with the `dataHash` parameter. The function stores the `dataHash` value, the current block number, and sets the reveal status to false in the `commits` mapping for the user. The function also emits a `CommitHash` event with the user's address, `dataHash`, and block number.\n\nThe `reveal` function allows users to reveal their hash value and generate a random number. The function first checks that the user has not already revealed their hash value. It then checks that the hash value produced by the `getHash` function using the `revealHash` parameter matches the hash value stored in the user's `Commit` struct. The function also checks that the block number of the current block is greater than the block number stored in the user's `Commit` struct and that no more than 250 blocks have passed since the user committed. If all checks pass, the function generates a random number by hashing the block hash of the block that occurred after the user committed with the `revealHash` parameter, converting the resulting hash to a uint256 value, and taking the modulus of the `max` variable. The function then emits a `RevealHash` event with the user's address, `revealHash`, and the generated random number.\n\nThe `getHash` function is a helper function that takes a `data` parameter and returns the hash value of the concatenation of the contract address and the `data` parameter.\n\nThe `revealAnswer` function is similar to the `reveal` function, but it takes an additional `salt` parameter. The function checks that the hash value produced by the `getSaltedHash` function using the `answer` and `salt` parameters matches the hash value stored in the user's `Commit` struct. If all checks pass, the function emits a `RevealAnswer` event with the user's address, `answer`, and `salt`.\n\nThe `getSaltedHash` function is a helper function that takes `data` and `salt` parameters and returns the hash value of the concatenation of the contract address, `data`, and `salt`.\n\nOverall, the `Random` contract provides a secure and transparent way to generate random numbers in a larger project. Users can commit to a hash value and later reveal it to generate a random number, ensuring that the random number is not known beforehand and cannot be manipulated.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract?\n- This contract is for a commit-reveal scheme that generates a random number.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `max` variable?\n- The `max` variable sets the upper limit of the range of the generated random number.\n\n3. What is the difference between the `commit` and `reveal` functions?\n- The `commit` function is used to commit a hash to the blockchain, while the `reveal` function is used to reveal the hash and generate a random number.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/Random.md"}}],["357",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/Savage.sol)\n\nThe `Savage` contract is a smart contract that interacts with the Uniswap decentralized exchange. The contract allows the owner to swap tokens, add liquidity to a new pair, and remove liquidity from an existing pair. The contract is designed to work with three tokens: Z1, BNB, and ZOO. \n\nThe `configure` function is used to set the addresses of the three tokens, the Uniswap factory, and the Uniswap router. The `swapTokens` function allows the owner to swap Z1 tokens for BNB tokens. The function calculates the deadline for the transaction and uses the Uniswap router to swap the tokens. The `drainPool` function allows the owner to remove all liquidity from an existing BNB/ZOO pair. The function calculates the balance of BNB tokens in the pair and swaps Z1 tokens for BNB tokens to remove the liquidity. The `launchPool` function allows the owner to create a new BNB/ZOO pair and add liquidity to it. The function creates the new pair using the Uniswap factory, approves the transfer of tokens to the Uniswap router, and adds liquidity to the new pair. The `withdrawAll` function allows the owner to withdraw any remaining Z1, BNB, or ZOO tokens from the contract. The `balanceZ1`, `balanceBNB`, and `balanceZOO` functions return the current balance of each token in the contract. The `z1Address`, `bnbAddress`, `zooAddress`, `factoryAddress`, and `routerAddress` functions return the address of each token or contract used by the `Savage` contract. The `getInitHash` function is a helper function that returns the init code for the UniswapV2Pair contract.\n\nOverall, the `Savage` contract provides a convenient way for the owner to interact with the Uniswap decentralized exchange and manage liquidity for BNB/ZOO pairs. The contract can be used as part of a larger project that involves trading and managing liquidity for various tokens on the Uniswap exchange.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract and how does it interact with the UniswapV2 protocol?\n \n This contract is called \"Savage\" and it interacts with the UniswapV2 protocol to swap tokens and add/remove liquidity from a pool. Its purpose is to enable the owner to manage the liquidity pool and withdraw tokens if necessary.\n\n2. What are the main variables and functions used in this contract?\n \n The main variables used in this contract are IERC20 tokens A, B, and C, IUniswapV2Router01 Router, IUniswapV2Factory Factory, and addresses a, b, c, router, factory, and owner. The main functions used in this contract are configure(), swapTokens(), drainPool(), launchPool(), and withdrawAll().\n\n3. How does this contract ensure that only the owner can execute certain functions?\n \n This contract uses a modifier called onlyOwner() to ensure that only the owner can execute certain functions. This modifier requires that the owner address matches the msg.sender address, and if it does not match, it will revert the transaction with an error message. The functions that use this modifier are configure(), drainPool(), launchPool(), and withdrawAll().","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/Savage.md"}}],["358",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/ZOO.sol)\n\nThe `ZOO` contract is an ERC20 token that inherits from several OpenZeppelin contracts. It includes functionality for pausing and unpausing transfers, blacklisting addresses, minting tokens, and conducting an airdrop. \n\nThe contract is initialized with the name and symbol of the token, and the `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is assigned to the contract deployer. The `configure` function can be called by the contract owner to set the `bridge` address, which is used to mint and burn tokens. The `blacklistAddress` function can be used by the contract owner to add an address to the blacklist, preventing them from transferring tokens. The `isBlacklisted` function can be used to check if an address is blacklisted. \n\nThe `_transferAllowed` function is an internal function that checks if an address is blacklisted before allowing a transfer. The `transfer` and `transferFrom` functions override the OpenZeppelin implementations to include this check. \n\nThe `bridgeMint` and `bridgeBurn` functions can only be called by the `bridge` address and are used to mint and burn tokens on behalf of the bridge. \n\nThe `pause` and `unpause` functions can be used by the contract owner to pause and unpause transfers. \n\nThe `mint` function can be used by the contract owner to mint tokens. It can only be called once, and only before the `airdropDone` function is called. \n\nThe `airdrop` function can be used by the contract owner to conduct an airdrop. It takes two arrays as arguments: an array of addresses to receive tokens, and an array of token amounts to distribute. The function checks that the arrays are of equal length, that no addresses are zero, and that no zero amounts are being transferred. It then mints tokens to each address in the array. The `airdropDone` function can be called by the contract owner to prevent the `airdrop` function from being called again. \n\nOverall, this contract provides basic ERC20 functionality with additional features for pausing transfers, blacklisting addresses, minting and burning tokens through a bridge, and conducting an airdrop.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `BLACKLIST` constant and how is it used in the contract?\n- The `BLACKLIST` constant is a bytes32 hash used to identify the role of blacklisted addresses. It is used to restrict transfers to and from blacklisted addresses.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `bridge` variable and how is it used in the contract?\n- The `bridge` variable is an address that is used to identify the bridge contract that can mint and burn tokens on behalf of this contract. It is used in the `onlyBridge` modifier and the `bridgeMint` and `bridgeBurn` functions.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `airdropEnd` variable and how is it used in the contract?\n- The `airdropEnd` variable is a timestamp that is used to track the end of the airdrop period. It is used to prevent the airdrop from being run again after it has been completed, as well as to disable the `airdrop` function once the airdrop period has ended.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/ZOO.md"}}],["359",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/ZooDao.sol)\n\nThe `ZOOVoting` contract is a smart contract that enables voting on proposals using the ZOO token. The contract implements the `IVoting` interface and inherits from the `Ownable` contract. The `IVoting` interface defines the functions that must be implemented by the contract to enable voting on proposals. The `Ownable` contract provides the `onlyOwner` modifier that restricts access to certain functions to the contract owner.\n\nThe contract has a state variable `ZOO` of type `IERC20` that represents the ZOO token. The contract also has several mappings that store information about the proposals, voters, and voting amounts. The `coreMember` mapping stores the addresses of core members who have special privileges to create proposals. The `blocked` mapping stores the addresses of users who are blocked from voting. The `proposals` mapping stores information about the proposals, including the proposal type, proposal status, vote count, start time, end time, and votes. The `voters` mapping stores information about the voters, including the proposal, voter address, vote, and timestamp. The `votingAmount` mapping stores the amount of ZOO tokens that each voter has used to vote on each proposal. The `decimals` variable stores the number of decimal places for the ZOO token.\n\nThe contract has a constructor that takes an `IERC20` parameter and initializes the `ZOO` variable with the address of the ZOO token. The constructor also sets the `withdrawAddress` variable to the address of the contract creator and the `proposalFee` variable to 100.\n\nThe contract has several functions that enable the contract owner to manage the contract. The `changeWithdrawAddress` function allows the contract owner to change the `withdrawAddress` variable. The `changeCoinAddress` function allows the contract owner to change the `ZOO` variable. The `proposalFeeAmount` function allows the contract owner to change the `proposalFee` variable. The `blockAddress` function allows the contract owner to block or unblock a user from voting. The `whitelist_as_core` function allows the contract owner to add or remove a user from the list of core members.\n\nThe contract has several functions that enable users to interact with the contract. The `toggleproposingStatus` function allows the contract owner to enable or disable proposal creation. The `getAllProposals` function returns an array of all the proposals. The `getAllVoters` function returns an array of all the voters. The `addProposals` function allows users to create a new proposal. The function checks that the proposal does not already exist, the user is not blocked, and the proposal timeline is valid. If the user is a core member or the contract owner, the proposal type is set to 0, otherwise it is set to 1. The function also transfers the proposal fee from the user to the contract and emits an `addedProposal` event.\n\nThe `updateProposalStatus` function allows the contract owner to update the status of a proposal. The `voteProposal` function allows users to vote on a proposal. The function checks that the user is not blocked, the proposal exists, the proposal is not closed, and the voting timeline is valid. The function also updates the vote count, the voting amount, and the voter information, and transfers the voting amount from the user to the contract. The function emits a `votedProposal` event.\n\nThe `withdraw` function allows the contract owner to withdraw the ZOO tokens from the contract. The function checks that the balance of the contract is greater than 0 and the `withdrawAddress` variable is valid. The function transfers the ZOO tokens to the `withdrawAddress` and emits a `Withdraw` event.\n\nOverall, the `ZOOVoting` contract provides a way for users to create and vote on proposals using the ZOO token. The contract owner has the ability to manage the contract and restrict access to certain functions. The contract can be used in a larger project that requires voting on proposals using a token.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract and what does it do?\n- This contract is called ZOOVoting and it implements the IVoting interface. It allows users to create and vote on proposals, and has functionality for blocking and whitelisting addresses.\n\n2. What are the different mappings used in this contract and what do they do?\n- There are several mappings used in this contract: `coreMember` maps addresses to a boolean indicating whether they are a core member, `blocked` maps addresses to a boolean indicating whether they are blocked, `proposals` maps proposal strings to a Proposal struct, `voters` maps proposal strings to a Voter struct, and `votingAmount` maps addresses and proposal strings to a VotingAmount struct. These mappings are used to keep track of information related to proposals and voters.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `toggleproposingStatus` function and how is it used?\n- The `toggleproposingStatus` function is used to toggle the `proposingLive` boolean variable between true and false. This variable is used to determine whether users are allowed to create proposals or not. When `proposingLive` is false, users are not allowed to create proposals. This function can only be called by the contract owner.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/ZooDao.md"}}],["360",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/interfaces/I721Stake.sol)\n\nThis code defines an interface called I721Stake, which outlines the functions and data structures that must be implemented by any contract that wants to interact with the staking system for ERC721 tokens. \n\nThe interface includes several structs, including StakingTime, Token, and Staker. StakingTime is a simple struct that contains a single uint40 variable called time. Token is a more complex struct that contains a boolean variable called staked, which indicates whether the token is currently staked, and an array of StakingTime structs called period, which tracks the periods during which the token has been staked. Staker is another struct that contains a uint256 variable called dividend_amount, which represents the amount of dividends earned by the staker, a uint40 variable called last_payout, which represents the time of the last dividend payout, and a mapping called tokens that maps addresses to mappings that map uint256 values to Token structs. \n\nThe interface also includes several functions, including freezeNft, isFrozenStaker, isFrozenNft, stake, unstake, rewardAmount, and updateRewardCoin. freezeNft is a function that allows a staker to freeze or unfreeze an NFT, preventing it from being staked or unstaked. isFrozenStaker is a function that checks whether a staker is currently frozen. isFrozenNft is a function that checks whether an NFT is currently frozen. stake is a function that allows a staker to stake an NFT. unstake is a function that allows a staker to unstake an NFT. rewardAmount is a function that calculates the amount of rewards earned by a staker for staking a particular NFT. updateRewardCoin is a function that allows the contract owner to update the reward coin used for staking. \n\nOverall, this code defines the interface for a staking system for ERC721 tokens. Any contract that wants to interact with this staking system must implement the functions and data structures defined in this interface. This staking system could be used in a larger project to incentivize users to hold onto their ERC721 tokens by rewarding them for staking those tokens. For example, a game that uses ERC721 tokens as in-game items could use this staking system to reward players for holding onto those items instead of selling them on a secondary market.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this interface and what does it do?\n- This interface defines a set of functions and data structures for staking NFT tokens and earning rewards. It includes functions for staking and unstaking tokens, checking if a staker or NFT is frozen, and calculating reward amounts.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `StakingTime` and `Token` structs?\n- The `StakingTime` struct stores the time at which a token was staked, while the `Token` struct stores information about whether a token is currently staked and the periods during which it has been staked. These structs are used to keep track of staking periods and calculate rewards.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `NewStake` and `unStaked` events?\n- The `NewStake` event is emitted when a token is staked, while the `unStaked` event is emitted when a token is unstaked. These events can be used to track staking activity and trigger other actions in response to staking events.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/interfaces/I721Stake.md"}}],["361",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/interfaces/IAuctionHouse.sol)\n\nThe code defines an interface for an auction house smart contract. The interface includes several structs that define the properties of an auction, such as the token contract, auction currency, token owner, curator, and bidder. The interface also includes several events that are emitted during the auction process, such as when an auction is created, when a bid is made, when an auction is ended, and when an auction is canceled.\n\nThe interface includes several functions that can be called by other smart contracts or external applications. The `createAuction` function is used to create a new auction and returns the ID of the new auction. The `setAuctionApproval` function is used to approve or disapprove an auction. The `setAuctionReservePrice` function is used to set the reserve price for an auction. The `createBid` function is used to make a bid on an auction. The `endAuction` function is used to end an auction and transfer the funds to the appropriate parties. The `cancelAuction` function is used to cancel an auction and return the token to the token owner.\n\nThis interface can be used as a building block for creating a decentralized auction house platform. Other smart contracts or external applications can interact with this interface to create, manage, and participate in auctions. For example, an NFT marketplace could use this interface to allow users to auction off their NFTs to the highest bidder. The interface provides a standardized way to create and manage auctions, which can increase interoperability and reduce development time. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\n// create a new auction\nuint256 auctionID = IAuctionHouse.createAuction(\n tokenID,\n tokenContract,\n duration,\n reservePrice,\n curator,\n curatorFeePercentages,\n auctionCurrency\n);\n\n// approve the auction\nIAuctionHouse.setAuctionApproval(auctionID, true);\n\n// make a bid on the auction\nIAuctionHouse.createBid(auctionID, amount);\n\n// end the auction and transfer funds\nIAuctionHouse.endAuction(auctionID);\n\n// cancel the auction and return the token\nIAuctionHouse.cancelAuction(auctionID);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n \n This code defines an interface for an auction house smart contract. It provides a structure for creating and managing auctions for ERC721 tokens, allowing users to bid on and purchase these tokens in a secure and transparent manner.\n\n2. What are the key data structures and events defined in this code?\n \n The code defines several key data structures, including AuctionAddresses, AuctionHistory, and Auction, which are used to store information about auctions and their associated bids. It also defines several events, such as AuctionCreated, AuctionBid, and AuctionEnded, which are used to notify users of important auction-related events.\n\n3. What are some potential limitations or issues with this code?\n \n One potential limitation of this code is that it assumes the use of ERC721 tokens, which may not be suitable for all use cases. Additionally, the code does not provide any mechanisms for handling disputes or resolving issues that may arise during the auction process, which could be a potential issue for users. Finally, the code does not provide any built-in support for managing payments or escrow, which could make it difficult to ensure that all parties are paid appropriately and that funds are transferred securely.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/interfaces/IAuctionHouse.md"}}],["362",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/interfaces/IDrop.sol)\n\nThe code defines an interface called IDrop which is used in the larger zoo project. The interface contains several structs that define the properties of different types of tokens in the project. \n\nThe Egg struct defines the properties of an egg token, including its ID, existence, type, name, supply, price, timestamp, birth block, amount minted, media data, and bid shares. The Animal struct defines the properties of an animal token, including its type, rarity, adult hood stage, name, media data, and bid shares. The Hybrid struct defines the properties of a hybrid token, including its type, rarity, name, yields, parent A, parent B, media data, and bid shares.\n\nThe interface also contains several functions that can be used to interact with the tokens in the project. For example, the newEgg function can be used to create a new egg token with a given ID. The newHybridEgg function can be used to create a new hybrid egg token with the given parents. The getRandomAnimal function can be used to get a random animal token based on a given seed and block number. The getBredAnimal function can be used to get a bred animal token based on a given animal and parents.\n\nOverall, this interface provides a way to interact with the different types of tokens in the zoo project and perform various actions on them. Developers can use this interface to build applications that interact with the zoo project and its tokens. For example, a developer could use this interface to build a marketplace for buying and selling zoo tokens.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface for a contract called IDrop, which includes structs for Eggs, Animals, and Hybrids, as well as various functions for interacting with them.\n\n2. What other contracts does this code depend on?\n- This code imports three other contracts: IZoo.sol, IMedia.sol, and IMarket.sol.\n\n3. What is the significance of the SPDX-License-Identifier comment at the top of the file?\n- This comment specifies the license under which the code is released, in this case the MIT license. It is a standard way of indicating the license for open source software.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/interfaces/IDrop.md"}}],["363",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/interfaces/IERC20Bridgable.sol)\n\nThis code defines an interface called `IERC20Bridgable` which extends two other interfaces, `IERC20Mintable` and `IERC20Burnable`. The purpose of this interface is to provide a standardized way for tokens to be bridged between different blockchain networks.\n\nThe `IERC20Mintable` interface defines a method for minting new tokens, while the `IERC20Burnable` interface defines a method for burning (destroying) tokens. By extending these interfaces, `IERC20Bridgable` inherits these methods and adds two new methods: `bridgeBurn` and `bridgeMint`.\n\nThe `bridgeBurn` method takes two parameters: an address to burn tokens to, and the amount of tokens to burn. This method is used to burn tokens on one blockchain network in order to release an equivalent amount of tokens on another network.\n\nThe `bridgeMint` method takes two parameters: an address to mint tokens from, and the amount of tokens to mint. This method is used to mint new tokens on one blockchain network in order to release an equivalent amount of tokens on another network.\n\nOverall, this interface provides a way for tokens to be transferred between different blockchain networks in a standardized way. It can be used by other contracts in the larger project to implement cross-chain token transfers. For example, a contract that allows users to swap tokens between different networks could use this interface to facilitate the transfer of tokens. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\ncontract MyToken is IERC20Bridgable {\n // implement IERC20Mintable and IERC20Burnable methods\n // ...\n\n function swapToEthereum(address recipient, uint256 amount) external {\n // burn tokens on this network\n bridgeBurn(msg.sender, amount);\n\n // mint equivalent tokens on Ethereum network\n bridgeMint(recipient, amount);\n }\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code defines an interface called `IERC20Bridgable` which extends two other interfaces `IERC20Mintable` and `IERC20Burnable`, and adds two additional functions `bridgeBurn` and `bridgeMint`.\n\n2. What version of Solidity is required to compile this code?\n - This code requires Solidity version 0.8.4 or higher to compile, as specified in the `pragma` statement.\n\n3. What are `IERC20Mintable` and `IERC20Burnable`?\n - `IERC20Mintable` and `IERC20Burnable` are two other interfaces that are imported into this code and extended by `IERC20Bridgable`. They likely define functions for minting and burning tokens, respectively.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/interfaces/IERC20Bridgable.md"}}],["364",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/interfaces/IERC20Burnable.sol)\n\nThe code above defines an interface called `IERC20Burnable` which extends the `IERC20Mintable` interface. This interface specifies two functions: `burn` and `burnFrom`. \n\nThe `burn` function takes in a parameter `_amount` which represents the amount of tokens to be burned. This function is used to remove tokens from circulation permanently. The `burnFrom` function takes in two parameters: `_from` and `_amount`. This function is used to remove tokens from a specific address `_from` and permanently remove them from circulation. \n\nThis interface is useful in scenarios where a token needs to be removed from circulation, for example, if a token is no longer needed or if it is being replaced by a new token. By implementing this interface, developers can ensure that their token is burnable and can be removed from circulation when necessary. \n\nThis interface is also useful in the context of the larger project because it allows other contracts to interact with the token and burn tokens when necessary. For example, a contract that manages a token swap or a token buyback program may need to burn tokens as part of the process. By implementing this interface, these contracts can interact with the token and burn tokens as needed. \n\nHere is an example of how this interface can be used in a contract:\n\n```\nimport \"./IERC20Burnable.sol\";\n\ncontract TokenSwap {\n IERC20Burnable public token;\n\n constructor(address _tokenAddress) {\n token = IERC20Burnable(_tokenAddress);\n }\n\n function swapTokens(uint256 _amount) external {\n // do some logic to swap tokens\n token.burn(_amount);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn the example above, the `TokenSwap` contract takes in an address of a burnable token and stores it in a public variable called `token`. The `swapTokens` function does some logic to swap tokens and then calls the `burn` function on the `token` contract to burn the swapped tokens.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it fit into the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines an interface called IERC20Burnable that extends the IERC20Mintable interface and adds two functions for burning tokens. It is likely part of the token functionality within the zoo project.\n\n2. What version of Solidity is required for this code to compile?\n- The code requires Solidity version 0.8.4 or higher, as specified in the pragma statement.\n\n3. What is the relationship between the IERC20Burnable interface and the IERC20Mintable interface?\n- The IERC20Burnable interface extends the IERC20Mintable interface, meaning that it includes all the functions from IERC20Mintable in addition to the two burn functions it defines. This suggests that burning tokens is a related but distinct functionality from minting tokens.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/interfaces/IERC20Burnable.md"}}],["365",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/interfaces/IERC20Mintable.sol)\n\nThe code defines an interface called `IERC20Mintable` which extends the ERC20 standard interface. The ERC20 standard is a widely used token standard on the Ethereum blockchain. This interface adds an additional method called `mint` which allows for the creation of new tokens.\n\nThe `IERC20Mintable` interface defines several methods that are part of the ERC20 standard, including `totalSupply`, `balanceOf`, `transfer`, `allowance`, `approve`, and `transferFrom`. These methods are used to manage the transfer of tokens between accounts and to keep track of the total supply of tokens.\n\nThe `mint` method is used to create new tokens and takes two parameters: the address to which the new tokens will be minted and the amount of tokens to be minted. This method is not part of the ERC20 standard and is specific to this interface.\n\nThis interface can be used in the larger project to create a custom token that extends the ERC20 standard. By implementing this interface, the custom token gains the ability to mint new tokens, which can be useful for various purposes such as incentivizing users or rewarding contributors.\n\nHere is an example of how this interface can be implemented in a contract:\n\n```\ncontract MyToken is IERC20Mintable {\n // implement the methods from the IERC20Mintable interface\n // ...\n \n function myCustomFunction() external {\n // mint new tokens\n mint(msg.sender, 100);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `MyToken` contract implements the `IERC20Mintable` interface and adds a custom function called `myCustomFunction`. This function mints new tokens and sends them to the caller of the function.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines an interface for an ERC20 token with an additional mint method.\n\n2. What version of Solidity is required to compile this code?\n- Solidity version 0.8.4 or higher is required to compile this code.\n\n3. Why is there an additional `mint` method in this interface?\n- The `mint` method allows for the creation of new tokens, which is not part of the standard ERC20 interface.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/interfaces/IERC20Mintable.md"}}],["366",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/interfaces/IERC721Burnable.sol)\n\nThe code above defines an interface called `IERC721Burnable` which extends the `IERC721` interface from the OpenZeppelin library. The `IERC721` interface defines the standard functions that a non-fungible token (NFT) contract should implement, such as `balanceOf`, `ownerOf`, `safeTransferFrom`, etc. The `IERC721Burnable` interface adds an additional function called `burn` which allows the owner of an NFT to burn (destroy) it.\n\nThis interface can be used in a larger project that involves NFTs and requires the ability for owners to destroy them. For example, a game that uses NFTs as in-game items may allow players to destroy unwanted items in exchange for some in-game currency or other rewards. The `IERC721Burnable` interface can be implemented by the game's NFT contract to provide this functionality.\n\nHere is an example implementation of the `IERC721Burnable` interface:\n\n```\ncontract MyNFT is IERC721Burnable {\n // implement the functions from IERC721\n\n function burn(uint256 _tokenId) external {\n // check that the caller is the owner of the token\n require(msg.sender == ownerOf(_tokenId), \"Not the owner of the token\");\n\n // destroy the token\n _burn(_tokenId);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `burn` function checks that the caller is the owner of the token and then calls the `_burn` function which is provided by the `IERC721` interface. This function removes the token from the owner's account and emits a `Transfer` event to indicate that the token has been destroyed.\n\nOverall, the `IERC721Burnable` interface provides a useful extension to the standard NFT interface by allowing owners to destroy their tokens. This can be used in a variety of projects that involve NFTs and require this functionality.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines an interface called `IERC721Burnable` that extends the `IERC721` interface and adds a `burn` function.\n\n2. What version of Solidity is required to compile this code?\n This code requires Solidity version 0.8.4 or higher.\n\n3. What is the `SPDX-License-Identifier` comment at the top of the file?\n This comment specifies the license under which the code is released. In this case, the code is released under the MIT license.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/interfaces/IERC721Burnable.md"}}],["367",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/interfaces/IKeeper.sol)\n\nThis code defines an interface called `IKeeper` which includes a single function called `dropEggs`. The purpose of this interface is to provide a blueprint for other contracts to interact with a contract that implements the `IKeeper` interface. \n\nThe `dropEggs` function takes in three parameters: `eggId`, `dropID`, and `buyer`. The `eggId` parameter is a unique identifier for the egg being dropped, while the `dropID` parameter is a unique identifier for the location where the egg is being dropped. The `buyer` parameter is the address of the buyer who is purchasing the egg. \n\nThe purpose of the `dropEggs` function is not explicitly stated in this code, but it can be inferred that it is related to a virtual pet or farming game where players can collect and trade eggs. The `IKeeper` interface allows other contracts to interact with the contract that implements it, enabling players to drop eggs at different locations and sell them to other players. \n\nHere is an example of how this interface could be used in a larger project:\n\n```\ncontract MyGame {\n IKeeper public keeperContract;\n\n constructor(address _keeperAddress) {\n keeperContract = IKeeper(_keeperAddress);\n }\n\n function dropEgg(uint256 eggId, uint256 dropID) public {\n keeperContract.dropEggs(eggId, dropID, msg.sender);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `MyGame` contract has a `keeperContract` variable that is set to an instance of the `IKeeper` interface. The `dropEgg` function allows players to drop an egg at a specific location by calling the `dropEggs` function on the `keeperContract` instance. The `msg.sender` parameter is used to pass in the address of the player who is dropping the egg. \n\nOverall, the `IKeeper` interface provides a way for contracts to interact with a contract that implements it, enabling players to drop and trade eggs in a virtual pet or farming game.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code defines an interface called `IKeeper` which has a function called `dropEggs` that takes in three parameters and is external.\n\n2. What version of Solidity is required for this code to compile?\n - This code requires Solidity version 0.8.4 or higher to compile, as specified in the `pragma` statement.\n\n3. What is the license for this code?\n - The license for this code is specified in the first line as `MIT` using the SPDX License Identifier.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/interfaces/IKeeper.md"}}],["368",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/interfaces/IMarket.sol)\n\nThe code defines an interface for Zoo Protocol's Market, which is used to facilitate the buying and selling of non-fungible tokens (NFTs) on the Zoo platform. The interface includes several structs that define the properties of bids and asks, as well as bid shares, which determine how the proceeds from a sale are distributed among the previous owner, creator, and current owner of an NFT.\n\nThe interface also includes several functions for interacting with the market, such as setting bids and asks, accepting bids, and removing bids and asks. These functions take in various parameters, such as the ID of the NFT being bought or sold, the amount and currency of the bid or ask, and the addresses of the bidder, recipient, and seller.\n\nOne notable feature of the market is the ability to create \"lazy bids\", which are bids that are not immediately committed to the blockchain but are instead stored off-chain until they are accepted. This allows for more flexible and efficient bidding, especially in the context of drops, which are limited-time sales of NFTs.\n\nOverall, the market interface is a crucial component of the Zoo platform, as it enables users to buy and sell NFTs in a secure and transparent manner. Developers working on the Zoo project can use this interface to integrate the market functionality into their applications and ensure interoperability with other Zoo-based applications. \n\nExample usage:\n\nTo set a bid for an NFT with ID 1234, a user can call the `setBid` function with the following parameters:\n\n```\nmarket.setBid(\n 1234,\n IMarket.Bid({\n amount: 100,\n currency: address(0x123...),\n bidder: msg.sender,\n recipient: address(0x456...),\n sellOnShare: Decimal.D256({ value: 10 }),\n offline: false\n }),\n msg.sender\n);\n```\n\nThis creates a bid for 100 units of the ERC20 token at address `0x123...`, with the bidder being the current user and the recipient being the address `0x456...`. The `sellOnShare` parameter specifies that 10% of the next sale of the NFT will be awarded to the current owner. The bid is not marked as offline, meaning it is visible to other users on the blockchain. Finally, the `setBid` function is called with the ID of the NFT and the bid object, along with the address of the user who is setting the bid.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n \n This code defines an interface for Zoo Protocol's Market, which includes various structs and functions related to bidding, asking, and sharing of sale values for NFTs.\n\n2. What is the significance of the SPDX-License-Identifier and the pragma statements at the beginning of the code?\n \n The SPDX-License-Identifier specifies the license under which the code is released, while the pragma statements specify the minimum version of Solidity required and enable the use of experimental features.\n\n3. What are some of the events and functions defined in this code, and what do they do?\n \n Some of the events defined in this code include BidCreated, BidRemoved, AskCreated, and BidShareUpdated, which are emitted when certain actions are taken in the market. Some of the functions defined include setBid, setAsk, and acceptBid, which allow for the setting and accepting of bids and asks for NFTs.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/interfaces/IMarket.md"}}],["369",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/interfaces/IMedia.sol)\n\nThe code defines an interface for Zoo Protocol's Media, which is a smart contract that represents a piece of media (e.g. an image, video, or audio file) on the blockchain. The interface includes functions for minting new media, transferring ownership, setting and removing bids and asks, updating metadata, and revoking approval. \n\nThe `MediaData` struct contains information about the media, including the URI of the content and metadata, as well as SHA256 hashes of the content and metadata. The `BidShares` struct contains information about the distribution of revenue from sales of the media, including the percentages that go to the creator, owner, and platform. \n\nThe `EIP712Signature` struct is used for EIP-712 signature verification, which is a standard for secure signing of messages on the Ethereum blockchain. \n\nThe `IMarket`, `IZoo`, and `IDrop` interfaces are imported from other smart contracts in the Zoo project. These interfaces define functions for buying, selling, and breeding digital assets, respectively. \n\nThe `IMedia` interface is designed to be used by other smart contracts in the Zoo project, as well as by external developers who want to build applications that interact with Zoo Protocol's Media. For example, a developer could use the `mint` function to create a new piece of media and then use the `setAsk` function to put it up for sale on the marketplace. \n\nOverall, the `IMedia` interface is a crucial component of the Zoo project, as it enables the creation, ownership, and transfer of digital assets on the blockchain.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines an interface for Zoo Protocol's Media, which includes functions for minting new media, setting and removing bids and asks, updating token URIs and metadata URIs, and more.\n\n2. What other contracts does this code import and how are they used?\n- This code imports several other contracts, including IERC721, IMarket, IZoo, and IDrop. These contracts are used to define various data structures and functions that are used within the IMedia interface.\n\n3. What events are emitted by this code and what information do they provide?\n- This code emits two events: TokenURIUpdated and TokenMetadataURIUpdated. These events provide information about when a token's URI or metadata URI has been updated, including the token ID, the owner of the token, and the new URI.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/interfaces/IMedia.md"}}],["370",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/interfaces/IMigrator.sol)\n\nThis code defines an interface called `IMigrator` which is used to migrate LP (liquidity provider) tokens from one address to another. The interface includes a single function called `migrate` which takes an `IERC20` token as input and returns an `IERC20` token as output. \n\nThe purpose of this interface is to allow for the migration of LP tokens from one contract to another. This is useful in situations where a new version of a contract is released and LP tokens need to be migrated to the new contract. The `IMigrator` interface allows for this migration to happen seamlessly without any loss of funds or liquidity.\n\nTo use this interface, a new contract would need to implement the `IMigrator` interface and define the `migrate` function. The `migrate` function would then be called by the LP token holders to migrate their tokens to the new contract.\n\nHere is an example of how this interface could be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport '@zoolabs/solidity/contracts/interfaces/IMigrator.sol';\n\ncontract MyNewContract is IMigrator {\n function migrate(IERC20 token) external returns (IERC20) {\n // implementation of migration logic\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, `MyNewContract` implements the `IMigrator` interface and defines the `migrate` function. The implementation of the `migrate` function would include the logic for migrating the LP tokens to the new contract.\n\nOverall, the `IMigrator` interface is an important component of the larger project as it allows for the seamless migration of LP tokens between contracts.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines an interface called `IMigrator` which has a single function `migrate` that takes an `IERC20` token as input and returns an `IERC20` token.\n\n2. What is the `@zoolabs/solidity` package and where can I find its documentation?\n The `@zoolabs/solidity` package is being imported in this code and it provides the `IERC20` interface. The documentation for this package can be found in its repository or on its documentation website.\n\n3. What is the `SPDX-License-Identifier` comment at the top of the file?\n The `SPDX-License-Identifier` comment is a standardized way of specifying the license under which the code is released. In this case, the code is released under the MIT license.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/interfaces/IMigrator.md"}}],["371",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/interfaces/IRewarder.sol)\n\nThis code defines an interface called `IRewarder` which is used to interact with a smart contract that rewards users with tokens for providing liquidity to a decentralized exchange. The interface includes two functions: `onTokensReward` and `pendingTokens`.\n\nThe `onTokensReward` function is called when a user is rewarded with tokens for providing liquidity to a specific pool identified by `pid`. The function takes in several parameters including the `user` who is being rewarded, the `recipient` of the tokens, the `tokenAmount` being rewarded, and the new liquidity pool (`newLpAmount`) after the reward has been given. This function is used to distribute tokens to users who have provided liquidity to the exchange and to update the liquidity pool accordingly.\n\nThe `pendingTokens` function is used to check the amount of tokens that a user is eligible to receive for providing liquidity to a specific pool. The function takes in the `pid` of the pool and the `user` address as parameters, as well as the `tokenAmount` that the user has provided. The function returns an array of `IERC20` tokens and their corresponding amounts that the user is eligible to receive as rewards.\n\nThis interface is important for the larger project as it allows for the distribution of rewards to users who provide liquidity to the exchange. By defining this interface, other smart contracts can interact with the reward system and distribute tokens accordingly. For example, a liquidity pool contract could call the `onTokensReward` function to distribute tokens to users who have provided liquidity to the pool. \n\nOverall, this code defines an important interface for the reward system in the zoo project, allowing for the distribution of tokens to users who provide liquidity to the exchange.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines an interface called `IRewarder` which has two functions related to token rewards in a smart contract.\n\n2. What is the `@zoolabs/solidity` package and where can it be found?\n- The `@zoolabs/solidity` package is being imported in this code and it provides the `IERC20` interface. It is not clear from this code where the package can be found.\n\n3. What are the parameters of the `onTokensReward` function and how are they used?\n- The `onTokensReward` function takes in five parameters: `pid`, `user`, `recipient`, `tokenAmount`, and `newLpAmount`. It is not clear from this code how these parameters are used within the function.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/interfaces/IRewarder.md"}}],["372",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/interfaces/ISwap.sol)\n\nThis code defines an interface called `ISwap` that may be used in the larger `zoo` project. An interface is a way to define a set of functions that a contract must implement in order to be considered compatible with the interface. In this case, the `ISwap` interface defines a single function called `swap` that takes three arguments: a `chainId` of type `uint`, an `_to` address of type `address`, and an `_amount` of type `uint256`. The function is marked as `external`, which means it can be called from outside the contract.\n\nThe purpose of this interface is likely to allow other contracts in the `zoo` project to interact with a swapping mechanism. The `swap` function may be used to exchange one type of token for another, or to convert between different versions of the same token. By defining the `ISwap` interface, the `zoo` project can ensure that any contract that wants to use the swapping mechanism implements the necessary functions correctly.\n\nHere is an example of how the `ISwap` interface might be used in a contract:\n\n```\ncontract MyContract {\n ISwap public swapContract;\n\n constructor(ISwap _swapContract) {\n swapContract = _swapContract;\n }\n\n function doSwap(uint chainId, address to, uint256 amount) external {\n swapContract.swap(chainId, to, amount);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, `MyContract` takes an instance of the `ISwap` interface as a constructor argument and stores it in a public variable called `swapContract`. The `doSwap` function can then be called to initiate a swap using the `swapContract` instance. By using the `ISwap` interface, `MyContract` can be sure that the `swap` function is implemented correctly and can be called safely.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file in the overall `zoo` project?\n- This code file contains commented out code for an interface called `ISwap`. A smart developer might wonder why this interface is included in the `zoo` project and what its purpose is.\n\n2. Why is the `SPDX-License-Identifier` specified at the beginning of the file?\n- A smart developer might question why the `SPDX-License-Identifier` is included in the file and what license is being used for the `zoo` project.\n\n3. Why is the `pragma solidity` version specified as `>=0.8.4`?\n- A smart developer might wonder why a specific version of Solidity is required for this code file and what features or changes in the language necessitate this version requirement.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/interfaces/ISwap.md"}}],["373",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/interfaces/IUniswapV2Pair.sol)\n\nThe code above defines an interface called `IUniswapV2Pair` for interacting with a Uniswap V2 pair contract. Uniswap is a decentralized exchange protocol that allows users to trade cryptocurrencies without the need for an intermediary. The Uniswap V2 pair contract is responsible for managing the liquidity pool for a particular token pair.\n\nThe `IUniswapV2Pair` interface defines a set of functions and events that can be used to interact with the Uniswap V2 pair contract. These functions include getting information about the token pair, such as the name, symbol, and decimals of each token, as well as the total supply and balance of each token in the liquidity pool. The interface also includes functions for approving and transferring tokens, as well as for minting and burning liquidity tokens.\n\nOne important function in the interface is `swap`, which allows users to swap one token for another in the liquidity pool. This function takes two arguments, `amount0Out` and `amount1Out`, which specify the amount of each token that the user wants to receive in the swap. The `to` argument specifies the address that will receive the swapped tokens, and the `data` argument can be used to pass additional data to the contract.\n\nThe `IUniswapV2Pair` interface can be used by other contracts in the Zoo project that need to interact with Uniswap V2 pairs. For example, a contract that needs to provide liquidity to a particular token pair could use the `mint` function to mint liquidity tokens and add them to the liquidity pool. Similarly, a contract that needs to swap one token for another could use the `swap` function to perform the swap.\n\nHere is an example of how the `swap` function could be used in a contract:\n\n```\npragma solidity >=0.8.4;\n\nimport \"./IUniswapV2Pair.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n IUniswapV2Pair public pair;\n\n constructor(address _pair) {\n pair = IUniswapV2Pair(_pair);\n }\n\n function swapTokens(uint amountIn, uint amountOut) external {\n // Approve the Uniswap pair contract to spend the tokens\n // Note: This assumes that the contract has already been approved to spend the tokens\n pair.transferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), amountIn);\n pair.approve(address(pair), amountIn);\n\n // Swap the tokens\n pair.swap(0, amountOut, msg.sender, \"\");\n\n // Transfer any remaining tokens back to the sender\n uint remaining = pair.balanceOf(address(this));\n if (remaining > 0) {\n pair.transfer(msg.sender, remaining);\n }\n }\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines an interface for interacting with a Uniswap V2 pair contract.\n\n2. What functions and events are available through this interface?\n- The interface includes functions for getting information about the pair, approving transfers, transferring tokens, and more. It also includes events for tracking approvals, transfers, minting, burning, swapping, and syncing.\n\n3. What is the minimum version of Solidity required for this code to work?\n- The code requires Solidity version 0.8.4 or higher.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/interfaces/IUniswapV2Pair.md"}}],["374",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/interfaces/IVoting.sol)\n\nThis code defines an interface called IVoting that outlines the functions and data structures required for a voting system. The interface includes several structs, enums, and events that define the properties of a voting system. \n\nThe Votes struct contains two uint256 variables that represent the number of approvals and disapprovals for a proposal. The VotingAmount struct contains two uint256 variables that represent the number of times a proposal has been approved or disapproved. The Voter struct contains information about a voter, including their address, the proposal they voted on, their vote choice, and the timestamp of their vote. \n\nThe Status enum defines the possible states of a proposal, including Vote_now, soon, and Closed. The Type enum defines the type of proposal, either core or community. The Proposal struct contains information about a proposal, including the proposal text, whether it exists, the number of votes it has received, its type, status, start and end times, and the number of approvals and disapprovals it has received. \n\nThe IVoting interface also includes several functions that can be used to interact with the voting system. The changeWithdrawAddress function allows the withdrawal address to be changed. The voteProposal function allows a user to vote on a proposal by passing in the proposal text and their vote choice. The isBlocked function checks if an address is blocked from voting. The blockAddress function can be used to block or unblock an address from voting. \n\nOverall, this code defines the structure and functionality of a voting system that can be used in a larger project. Developers can implement this interface in their own contracts to create a voting system that meets their specific needs. For example, a decentralized autonomous organization (DAO) could use this interface to allow its members to vote on proposals for the organization. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\ncontract MyDAO {\n IVoting public votingSystem;\n\n constructor(address _votingSystem) {\n votingSystem = IVoting(_votingSystem);\n }\n\n function createProposal(string memory _proposalText) public {\n // create a new proposal\n votingSystem.addedProposal(_proposalText, block.timestamp);\n }\n\n function voteOnProposal(string memory _proposalText, bool _voteChoice) public {\n // vote on a proposal\n votingSystem.voteProposal(_proposalText, _voteChoice);\n }\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines an interface for a voting system that allows users to propose and vote on proposals. It solves the problem of decision-making in a decentralized manner.\n\n2. What are the different types of proposals that can be made and what is the difference between them?\n- There are two types of proposals: core and community. The difference between them is not clear from this code alone, but it is likely that core proposals are related to the core functionality of the system while community proposals are related to other aspects such as marketing or community events.\n\n3. What events are emitted by this code and what information do they provide?\n- Two events are emitted by this code: `addedProposal` and `votedProposal`. The `addedProposal` event provides the name of the new proposal and the timestamp when it was added. The `votedProposal` event provides the name of the proposal and the choice made by the voter (approve or disapprove).","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/interfaces/IVoting.md"}}],["375",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/interfaces/IZoo.sol)\n\nThe `IZoo` interface defines a set of data structures and events that are used in the larger `zoo` project. The purpose of this interface is to provide a standardized way for different parts of the project to interact with each other. \n\nThe interface defines several events, including `AddDrop`, `BreedAnimal`, `Burn`, `BuyEgg`, `Free`, `Hatch`, `Mint`, and `Swap`. These events are used to notify other parts of the project when certain actions occur, such as when a new drop is added, an animal is bred, or a token is burned. \n\nThe interface also defines several data structures, including `Type`, `AdultHood`, `Rarity`, `Breed`, `Parents`, `Meta`, `Birth`, `URIs`, `YieldsBoost`, `StageYields`, and `Token`. These data structures are used to represent different aspects of the animals and tokens in the project. For example, the `Type` enum is used to distinguish between different types of animals, while the `Rarity` struct is used to represent the rarity of a particular animal or token. \n\nOverall, the `IZoo` interface plays an important role in the `zoo` project by providing a standardized way for different parts of the project to interact with each other. By defining a set of common data structures and events, the interface helps to ensure that different parts of the project can work together seamlessly. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```solidity\nimport { IZoo } from \"./IZoo.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n IZoo.Token myToken;\n\n function mintToken() public {\n // Mint a new token\n myToken = IZoo.Token({\n rarity: IZoo.Rarity({\n name: \"Common\",\n probability: 50,\n yields: 10,\n boost: 0\n }),\n kind: IZoo.Type.BASE_ANIMAL,\n name: \"My Token\",\n id: 1,\n customName: \"\",\n breed: IZoo.Breed({\n count: 0,\n timestamp: 0\n }),\n meta: IZoo.Meta({\n eggID: 0,\n dropID: 0,\n burned: false,\n swapped: false\n }),\n data: IMedia.MediaData({\n uri: \"\",\n mimeType: \"\",\n width: 0,\n height: 0,\n size: 0,\n metadata: \"\"\n }),\n birthValues: IZoo.Birth({\n parents: IZoo.Parents({\n animalA: \"\",\n animalB: \"\",\n tokenA: 0,\n tokenB: 0\n }),\n timestamp: 0,\n birthday: 0\n }),\n bidShares: IMarket.BidShares({\n creator: 0,\n owner: 0,\n prevOwner: 0\n }),\n dropEgg: 0,\n stage: IZoo.AdultHood.BABY\n });\n\n // Emit a Mint event\n emit IZoo.Mint(msg.sender, myToken.id);\n }\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines an interface for the Zoo project, which likely involves the creation and trading of digital animal tokens. It does not provide implementation details, but rather outlines the functions and data structures that must be included in any contract that conforms to the Zoo interface.\n\n2. What are the different types of animals that can be represented by a Zoo token?\n- There are four types of animals that can be represented: base egg, base animal, hybrid egg, and hybrid animal. It is unclear what the differences between these types are, but they likely have different characteristics and rarity levels.\n\n3. What information is stored in a Zoo token and how is it represented?\n- A Zoo token contains a variety of information, including its rarity level, type, name, unique ID, custom name (if applicable), breeding history, metadata, and bid shares. It also includes information about the animal's birth and current stage of development (baby, teen, or adult). This information is stored in various structs and enums within the Token struct.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/interfaces/IZoo.md"}}],["376",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/uniswapv2/UniswapV2ERC20.sol)\n\nThe code defines a Solidity smart contract called `UniswapV2ERC20` that represents an ERC20 token used in the Uniswap decentralized exchange. The contract inherits from the `SafeMath` library, which provides arithmetic operations with overflow protection. \n\nThe contract defines the standard ERC20 token interface, including the `name`, `symbol`, `decimals`, `totalSupply`, `balanceOf`, and `allowance` variables, as well as the `Approval` and `Transfer` events. The `name` and `symbol` variables are set to \"ZOO LP Token\" and \"ZLP\", respectively, and the `decimals` variable is set to 18. The `totalSupply` variable represents the total number of tokens in circulation, and the `balanceOf` mapping associates addresses with their token balances. The `allowance` mapping associates pairs of addresses with the amount of tokens that the second address is allowed to spend on behalf of the first address.\n\nThe contract also defines a `DOMAIN_SEPARATOR` variable, which is used in the `permit` function to prevent replay attacks. The `DOMAIN_SEPARATOR` is a hash of the contract's name, version, chain ID, and address, as specified by the EIP-712 standard.\n\nThe contract provides four internal functions: `_mint`, `_burn`, `_approve`, and `_transfer`, which are used to modify the token balances and allowances. The `_mint` function increases the `totalSupply` and the balance of a specified address by a given amount, and emits a `Transfer` event from the zero address to the specified address. The `_burn` function decreases the balance of a specified address by a given amount, and emits a `Transfer` event from the specified address to the zero address. The `_approve` function sets the allowance of a pair of addresses to a given value, and emits an `Approval` event. The `_transfer` function transfers a given amount of tokens from one address to another, and emits a `Transfer` event.\n\nThe contract provides three external functions: `approve`, `transfer`, and `transferFrom`, which allow token holders to approve other addresses to spend their tokens, transfer their tokens to other addresses, and allow other addresses to transfer their tokens on their behalf, respectively. The `approve` function calls the internal `_approve` function to set the allowance of the caller and the specified address to the given value, and returns `true`. The `transfer` function calls the internal `_transfer` function to transfer the given amount of tokens from the caller to the specified address, and returns `true`. The `transferFrom` function checks if the allowance of the specified address to spend the tokens of the caller is sufficient, and if so, calls the internal `_transfer` function to transfer the given amount of tokens from the caller to the specified address, and returns `true`.\n\nFinally, the contract provides a `permit` function, which allows token holders to approve other addresses to spend their tokens without calling the `approve` function explicitly. The `permit` function takes the owner, spender, value, deadline, v, r, and s parameters, which are used to construct a message that is signed by the owner's private key. The function checks that the deadline has not passed, and that the signature is valid, and then calls the internal `_approve` function to set the allowance of the owner and the spender to the given value. \n\nOverall, this contract provides the functionality of an ERC20 token with additional support for the Uniswap decentralized exchange, including the `permit` function for gas-efficient approvals. This contract can be used as a building block for other smart contracts that require a standard token interface. \n\nExample usage:\n```\n// Deploy the UniswapV2ERC20 contract\nUniswapV2ERC20 token = new UniswapV2ERC20();\n\n// Mint 1000 tokens to the deployer's address\ntoken._mint(msg.sender, 1000);\n\n// Approve another address to spend 500 tokens on behalf of the deployer\ntoken.approve(anotherAddress, 500);\n\n// Transfer 200 tokens from the deployer's address to another address\ntoken.transfer(anotherAddress, 200);\n\n// Transfer 300 tokens from another address to a third address on behalf of the deployer\ntoken.transferFrom(anotherAddress, thirdAddress, 300);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract?\n- This contract is an ERC20 token contract for a project called \"ZOO\". It includes functions for transferring tokens, approving transfers, and permitting transfers.\n\n2. What is the significance of the SafeMath library being imported?\n- The SafeMath library is used to prevent integer overflow/underflow errors in mathematical operations, which can be a security vulnerability in smart contracts.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the permit function?\n- The permit function allows for a user to approve a transfer of tokens without having to submit a separate transaction for approval. It uses EIP-712 to create a signature that can be used to approve the transfer.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/uniswapv2/UniswapV2ERC20.md"}}],["377",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/uniswapv2/UniswapV2Factory.sol)\n\nThe `UniswapV2Factory` contract is a smart contract that is part of the Uniswap decentralized exchange protocol. It is used to create and manage pairs of tokens that can be traded on the Uniswap exchange. \n\nThe contract implements the `IUniswapV2Factory` interface, which defines the functions that must be implemented by the contract. The contract has several public variables, including `feeTo`, `feeToSetter`, and `migrator`, which are used to manage fees and migrations. \n\nThe contract also has a mapping called `getPair`, which maps pairs of tokens to their corresponding UniswapV2Pair contract addresses. The `allPairs` array is used to keep track of all the pairs that have been created. \n\nThe `createPair` function is used to create a new pair of tokens. It takes two token addresses as input and returns the address of the newly created pair. The function first checks that the two tokens are not identical and that neither token address is zero. It then checks that a pair with the same tokens does not already exist. If these checks pass, the function creates a new UniswapV2Pair contract using the `create2` opcode, initializes the contract with the two token addresses, and adds the new pair to the `getPair` mapping and the `allPairs` array. Finally, the function emits a `PairCreated` event with the token addresses and the new pair address. \n\nThe `setFeeTo`, `setMigrator`, and `setFeeToSetter` functions are used to set the `feeTo`, `migrator`, and `feeToSetter` variables, respectively. These functions can only be called by the `feeToSetter` address, which is set during contract creation. \n\nThe `allPairsLength` function returns the length of the `allPairs` array. \n\nThe `pairCodeHash` function returns the keccak256 hash of the `UniswapV2Pair` contract's creation code. \n\nOverall, the `UniswapV2Factory` contract is a crucial component of the Uniswap protocol, as it allows users to create and manage pairs of tokens that can be traded on the exchange. Developers can interact with this contract to create new pairs of tokens and manage fees and migrations. \n\nExample usage:\n```\n// Deploy the UniswapV2Factory contract\nUniswapV2Factory factory = new UniswapV2Factory(msg.sender);\n\n// Create a new pair of tokens\naddress tokenA = 0x1234...;\naddress tokenB = 0x5678...;\naddress pair = factory.createPair(tokenA, tokenB);\n\n// Get the length of allPairs\nuint length = factory.allPairsLength();\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract?\n \n This contract is a Solidity implementation of the Uniswap V2 factory, which is used to create and manage pairs of ERC20 tokens on the Uniswap decentralized exchange.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `createPair` function?\n \n The `createPair` function is used to create a new Uniswap V2 pair for two specified ERC20 tokens. It performs various checks to ensure that the tokens are valid and that a pair does not already exist for them, and then deploys a new instance of the `UniswapV2Pair` contract using the `create2` opcode.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `feeTo` and `feeToSetter` variables?\n \n The `feeTo` and `feeToSetter` variables are used to manage the fees collected by the Uniswap V2 protocol. `feeTo` is the address that receives the fees, while `feeToSetter` is the address that is authorized to update the `feeTo` address and other protocol parameters.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/uniswapv2/UniswapV2Factory.md"}}],["378",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/uniswapv2/UniswapV2Pair.sol)\n\nThe `UniswapV2Pair` contract is a smart contract that implements a Uniswap V2 pair. It is used to create and manage a liquidity pool for two ERC20 tokens. The contract is part of the larger Uniswap V2 project, which is a decentralized exchange protocol that allows users to trade ERC20 tokens without the need for an order book or centralized exchange.\n\nThe contract imports several other contracts and interfaces, including `UniswapV2ERC20.sol`, `Math.sol`, `UQ112x112.sol`, `IERC20.sol`, `IUniswapV2Factory.sol`, and `IUniswapV2Callee.sol`. These contracts and interfaces provide the necessary functionality for the `UniswapV2Pair` contract to function properly.\n\nThe `UniswapV2Pair` contract has several functions that allow users to interact with the liquidity pool. The `initialize` function is called once by the factory at the time of deployment and sets the two tokens that will be used in the liquidity pool. The `mint` function is used to add liquidity to the pool, while the `burn` function is used to remove liquidity from the pool. The `swap` function is used to swap one token for another, and the `skim` and `sync` functions are used to force the balances and reserves to match.\n\nThe contract also has several internal functions that are used to update the reserves, calculate the amount of liquidity to mint or burn, and transfer tokens safely. The contract uses the `SafeMath` library to prevent integer overflow and underflow, and the `UQ112x112` library to perform fixed-point arithmetic.\n\nOverall, the `UniswapV2Pair` contract is an essential component of the Uniswap V2 protocol, as it allows users to create and manage liquidity pools for ERC20 tokens. The contract provides a decentralized and trustless way for users to trade tokens, and its functionality is critical to the success of the Uniswap V2 ecosystem.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract and what does it do?\n \n This contract is a Uniswap V2 pair contract that allows for the exchange of two ERC20 tokens. It contains functions for minting and burning liquidity, swapping tokens, and syncing balances and reserves.\n\n2. What is the role of the `IMigrator` interface and how is it used in this contract?\n \n The `IMigrator` interface is used to allow for the migration of liquidity from Uniswap V1 to Uniswap V2. The `initialize` function checks if the caller is the migrator and if so, calls the `desiredLiquidity` function from the migrator to determine the amount of liquidity to mint.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `lock` modifier and how does it work?\n \n The `lock` modifier is used to prevent reentrancy attacks by ensuring that only one function call can be executed at a time. It works by setting a `unlocked` variable to 0 at the beginning of the function and then setting it back to 1 at the end of the function, ensuring that no other function calls can be executed until the current one is finished.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/uniswapv2/UniswapV2Pair.md"}}],["379",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IERC20.sol)\n\nThis code defines an interface called IERC20 which outlines the basic functionality of an ERC20 token. ERC20 is a standard interface for tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. The interface includes several functions that must be implemented by any contract that wants to be considered an ERC20 token. \n\nThe functions defined in the interface include name(), symbol(), decimals(), totalSupply(), balanceOf(), allowance(), approve(), transfer(), and transferFrom(). These functions are used to get information about the token, check balances, approve transfers, and execute transfers. \n\nThe interface also includes two events, Approval and Transfer, which are emitted when a transfer or approval occurs. These events can be used by other contracts to track token transfers and approvals. \n\nThis interface can be used by other contracts that want to interact with ERC20 tokens. For example, a contract that wants to accept a certain ERC20 token as payment could use this interface to check the balance of the sender and execute a transfer of tokens to the contract. \n\nHere is an example of how this interface could be used in a contract:\n\n```\ncontract MyContract {\n IERC20 public token;\n\n constructor(address tokenAddress) public {\n token = IERC20(tokenAddress);\n }\n\n function buyTokens(uint amount) public {\n require(token.transferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), amount), \"Transfer failed\");\n // do something with the tokens\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the MyContract contract accepts an ERC20 token as payment. The constructor takes the address of the token contract and creates an instance of the IERC20 interface. The buyTokens function transfers tokens from the sender to the contract using the transferFrom function defined in the interface. If the transfer is successful, the contract can do something with the tokens.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines an interface for an ERC20 token contract, which specifies the functions and events that must be implemented by any contract that wants to be considered an ERC20 token.\n\n2. What version of Solidity is required to compile this code?\n This code requires Solidity version 0.5.0 or higher.\n\n3. What is the license for this code?\n This code is licensed under the GPL-3.0 license.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IERC20.md"}}],["380",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Callee.sol)\n\nThis code defines an interface called `IUniswapV2Callee` which is used in the UniswapV2 protocol. The purpose of this interface is to provide a standard way for contracts to interact with the UniswapV2 protocol. \n\nThe `IUniswapV2Callee` interface has one function called `uniswapV2Call` which takes four parameters: `sender`, `amount0`, `amount1`, and `data`. The `sender` parameter is the address of the account that initiated the transaction. The `amount0` and `amount1` parameters are the amounts of the two tokens being traded in the UniswapV2 transaction. The `data` parameter is a byte array that can be used to pass additional data to the function.\n\nThis interface is used by contracts that want to interact with the UniswapV2 protocol. For example, a contract that wants to swap tokens on UniswapV2 would implement this interface and provide its own implementation of the `uniswapV2Call` function. When the contract initiates a UniswapV2 transaction, the `uniswapV2Call` function will be called by the UniswapV2 protocol with the transaction details. The contract can then use this information to perform the desired action, such as swapping tokens.\n\nHere is an example of how this interface might be used in a contract:\n\n```\ncontract MyContract is IUniswapV2Callee {\n function uniswapV2Call(address sender, uint amount0, uint amount1, bytes calldata data) external {\n // Perform some action based on the UniswapV2 transaction details\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, `MyContract` implements the `IUniswapV2Callee` interface and provides its own implementation of the `uniswapV2Call` function. When a UniswapV2 transaction is initiated by `MyContract`, the `uniswapV2Call` function will be called with the transaction details. `MyContract` can then use this information to perform some action based on the transaction details.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it fit into the overall zoo project?\n- This code defines an interface called `IUniswapV2Callee` which is likely used to interact with the Uniswap decentralized exchange. It is unclear how it fits into the overall zoo project without more context.\n\n2. What version of Solidity is required to compile this code?\n- The code requires a version of Solidity that is greater than or equal to 0.5.0.\n\n3. What is the significance of the SPDX-License-Identifier comment at the top of the file?\n- The SPDX-License-Identifier comment is used to specify the license under which the code is released. In this case, the code is released under the GPL-3.0 license.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Callee.md"}}],["381",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2ERC20.sol)\n\nThe code above defines an interface called IUniswapV2ERC20. An interface in Solidity is a way to define a set of functions that a contract must implement in order to be considered compatible with that interface. \n\nThis particular interface defines a set of functions that are required for a contract to be considered an ERC20 token on the Uniswap V2 decentralized exchange. ERC20 is a standard interface for tokens on the Ethereum blockchain, and it defines a set of functions that a token contract must implement in order to be considered an ERC20 token. \n\nThe functions defined in this interface include standard ERC20 functions such as name(), symbol(), decimals(), totalSupply(), balanceOf(), and allowance(). These functions are used to get information about the token, such as its name, symbol, and total supply, as well as to get the balance of a particular address and to check the amount of tokens that a particular address is allowed to spend on behalf of another address.\n\nIn addition to the standard ERC20 functions, this interface also defines functions for approving transfers (approve()), transferring tokens (transfer()), and transferring tokens on behalf of another address (transferFrom()). These functions are used to transfer tokens between addresses.\n\nFinally, the interface defines functions for implementing the ERC20 permit extension, which allows users to approve token transfers using a signature instead of a transaction. These functions include DOMAIN_SEPARATOR(), PERMIT_TYPEHASH(), nonces(), and permit(). \n\nOverall, this interface is an important part of the Uniswap V2 ecosystem, as it defines the set of functions that a token contract must implement in order to be traded on the Uniswap V2 decentralized exchange. Developers who are building ERC20 tokens that they want to be traded on Uniswap V2 will need to ensure that their token contract implements all of the functions defined in this interface. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\ncontract MyToken is IUniswapV2ERC20 {\n // Implement all of the functions defined in the interface\n // ...\n}\n\n// Use the MyToken contract on Uniswap V2\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code defines an interface for the UniswapV2ERC20 token contract, which includes functions for getting token information, managing token balances and allowances, and executing token transfers.\n\n2. What version of Solidity is required to compile this code?\n - This code requires a version of Solidity that is greater than or equal to 0.5.0.\n\n3. What is the significance of the SPDX-License-Identifier comment?\n - The SPDX-License-Identifier comment is used to specify the license under which the code is released. In this case, the code is released under the GPL-3.0 license.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2ERC20.md"}}],["382",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Factory.sol)\n\nThe code defines an interface for the UniswapV2Factory contract in the Zoo project. Uniswap is a decentralized exchange protocol that allows users to trade cryptocurrencies without the need for a centralized intermediary. The UniswapV2Factory contract is responsible for creating and managing pairs of tokens on the Uniswap exchange.\n\nThe interface defines several functions that can be called by other contracts in the Zoo project. These functions include getting the address of a token pair, creating a new token pair, and setting the fee and fee setter addresses for the UniswapV2Factory contract.\n\nOne important function is `createPair`, which creates a new token pair on the Uniswap exchange. This function takes two token addresses as arguments and returns the address of the newly created pair. This function can be called by other contracts in the Zoo project to create new trading pairs on the Uniswap exchange.\n\nAnother important function is `getPair`, which returns the address of an existing token pair on the Uniswap exchange. This function takes two token addresses as arguments and returns the address of the corresponding token pair. This function can be used by other contracts in the Zoo project to retrieve information about existing token pairs on the Uniswap exchange.\n\nOverall, this interface plays an important role in the Zoo project by providing a way for other contracts to interact with the UniswapV2Factory contract and create and manage token pairs on the Uniswap exchange.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines an interface for the UniswapV2Factory contract, which allows for the creation and management of token pairs on the Uniswap decentralized exchange.\n\n2. What version of Solidity is required to use this code?\n The code requires a version of Solidity that is greater than or equal to 0.5.0.\n\n3. What events and functions are available in the interface?\n The interface includes an event for PairCreated, and functions for getting and setting various parameters such as feeTo, feeToSetter, and migrator. It also includes functions for getting and creating pairs, as well as setting the feeTo, feeToSetter, and migrator addresses.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Factory.md"}}],["383",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Pair.sol)\n\nThe code above defines an interface called `IUniswapV2Pair` for interacting with a Uniswap V2 pair contract. Uniswap is a decentralized exchange protocol that allows users to trade cryptocurrencies without the need for a centralized intermediary. The Uniswap V2 pair contract represents a pair of tokens that can be traded on the Uniswap platform.\n\nThe interface defines a set of functions and events that can be used to interact with the Uniswap V2 pair contract. These functions include getting information about the pair such as its name, symbol, decimals, total supply, balance of a specific address, and allowance for a specific address. The interface also includes functions for approving a spender to spend a certain amount of tokens, transferring tokens to another address, and transferring tokens from one address to another.\n\nIn addition, the interface includes functions for minting and burning liquidity tokens, which are used to represent a user's share of the liquidity pool for the pair. The interface also includes functions for swapping tokens, skimming excess tokens from the contract, and syncing the contract with the current state of the blockchain.\n\nOverall, this interface is an important part of the Uniswap V2 pair contract and can be used by other contracts or applications to interact with the Uniswap platform. For example, a decentralized application that allows users to trade tokens could use this interface to interact with the Uniswap V2 pair contract and facilitate trades between users.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n \n This code defines an interface for the UniswapV2Pair contract, which is used for interacting with a Uniswap V2 pair. It includes functions for getting information about the pair, approving transfers, and performing swaps.\n\n2. What version of Solidity is required to use this code?\n \n This code requires Solidity version 0.5.0 or higher.\n\n3. What events are emitted by this interface and what information do they provide?\n \n This interface emits several events, including Approval, Transfer, Mint, Burn, Swap, and Sync. These events provide information about various actions taken on the Uniswap V2 pair, such as approving transfers, minting or burning liquidity tokens, and performing swaps.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Pair.md"}}],["384",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Router01.sol)\n\nThe code above defines an interface called `IUniswapV2Router01`. This interface contains a set of functions that can be used to interact with the Uniswap decentralized exchange protocol. \n\nUniswap is a decentralized exchange protocol that allows users to swap tokens without the need for an intermediary. The protocol uses an automated market maker (AMM) model, which means that trades are executed against a pool of liquidity rather than against other traders. \n\nThe `IUniswapV2Router01` interface contains functions that allow users to add and remove liquidity from Uniswap pools, as well as swap tokens and ETH. For example, the `addLiquidity` function can be used to add liquidity to a pool by depositing an equal value of two different tokens. The `swapExactTokensForTokens` function can be used to swap one token for another, while the `swapExactETHForTokens` function can be used to swap ETH for a specific token. \n\nOverall, this interface is an important component of the Uniswap protocol and can be used by developers to build applications that interact with Uniswap. By using this interface, developers can easily integrate Uniswap functionality into their applications without having to write custom code to interact with the protocol. \n\nExample usage of the `swapExactTokensForTokens` function:\n\n```\n// Initialize Uniswap router contract\nIUniswapV2Router01 router = IUniswapV2Router01(routerAddress);\n\n// Define swap parameters\nuint amountIn = 1000; // Amount of input token\nuint amountOutMin = 900; // Minimum amount of output token to receive\naddress[] memory path = new address[](2); // Path of tokens to swap\npath[0] = tokenA; // Input token address\npath[1] = tokenB; // Output token address\naddress to = msg.sender; // Address to receive output tokens\nuint deadline = block.timestamp + 3600; // Deadline for the swap\n\n// Execute the swap\nuint[] memory amounts = router.swapExactTokensForTokens(\n amountIn,\n amountOutMin,\n path,\n to,\n deadline\n);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines an interface for interacting with the Uniswap V2 Router smart contract.\n\n2. What functions are available in this interface?\n- The interface includes functions for adding and removing liquidity, swapping tokens, and getting information about token reserves.\n\n3. What version of Solidity is required to use this code?\n- The code requires Solidity version 0.6.2 or higher.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Router01.md"}}],["385",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Router02.sol)\n\nThis code defines an interface for the UniswapV2Router02 contract, which is a smart contract that facilitates trades on the Uniswap decentralized exchange. The UniswapV2Router02 contract extends the functionality of the UniswapV2Router01 contract, which is also an interface. \n\nThe UniswapV2Router02 interface includes four functions that support the trading of tokens on the Uniswap exchange. The first two functions, `removeLiquidityETHSupportingFeeOnTransferTokens` and `removeLiquidityETHWithPermitSupportingFeeOnTransferTokens`, allow users to remove liquidity from a pool that includes ETH and a specified token. The third function, `swapExactTokensForTokensSupportingFeeOnTransferTokens`, allows users to swap a specified amount of one token for another token. The fourth function, `swapExactETHForTokensSupportingFeeOnTransferTokens`, allows users to swap a specified amount of ETH for another token. The fifth function, `swapExactTokensForETHSupportingFeeOnTransferTokens`, allows users to swap a specified amount of one token for ETH.\n\nAll of these functions include a `deadline` parameter, which specifies the latest time at which the transaction can be executed. If the transaction is not executed before the deadline, it will fail. \n\nThe UniswapV2Router02 interface is used by other contracts in the Zoo project that interact with the Uniswap decentralized exchange. For example, a contract that allows users to trade a specific token on Uniswap might use the `swapExactTokensForTokensSupportingFeeOnTransferTokens` function to facilitate the trade. \n\nHere is an example of how the `swapExactTokensForTokensSupportingFeeOnTransferTokens` function might be used in a contract:\n\n```\nimport \"./IUniswapV2Router02.sol\";\n\ncontract MyTokenSwap {\n IUniswapV2Router02 public uniswapRouter;\n\n constructor(address _uniswapRouter) {\n uniswapRouter = IUniswapV2Router02(_uniswapRouter);\n }\n\n function swapTokens(uint amountIn, uint amountOutMin, address[] calldata path, address to, uint deadline) external {\n // Approve the Uniswap router to spend the input token\n // ...\n\n // Call the Uniswap router to execute the trade\n uniswapRouter.swapExactTokensForTokensSupportingFeeOnTransferTokens(amountIn, amountOutMin, path, to, deadline);\n\n // Handle the output tokens\n // ...\n }\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code defines an interface for the UniswapV2Router02 contract, which includes functions for removing liquidity, swapping tokens, and swapping ETH for tokens, all while supporting fee-on-transfer tokens.\n\n2. What is the minimum required version of Solidity for this code to work?\n - The minimum required version of Solidity for this code to work is 0.6.2 or higher.\n\n3. What is the license for this code?\n - The license for this code is GPL-3.0, as indicated by the SPDX-License-Identifier comment at the top of the file.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Router02.md"}}],["386",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IWETH.sol)\n\nThis code defines an interface called `IWETH` which is used to interact with the Wrapped Ether (WETH) token on the Ethereum blockchain. The WETH token is a version of Ether that is wrapped in an ERC20 token, allowing it to be used in smart contracts that require an ERC20 token. \n\nThe `IWETH` interface defines three functions: `deposit()`, `transfer()`, and `withdraw()`. \n\nThe `deposit()` function is used to deposit Ether into the WETH contract. It is an external function that can be called by anyone and requires a `payable` value to be sent with the transaction. This value is the amount of Ether that will be wrapped into WETH tokens.\n\nThe `transfer()` function is used to transfer WETH tokens from one address to another. It takes two arguments: the address to transfer the tokens to, and the amount of tokens to transfer. It returns a boolean value indicating whether the transfer was successful or not.\n\nThe `withdraw()` function is used to withdraw WETH tokens and convert them back into Ether. It takes one argument: the amount of WETH tokens to withdraw. The Ether will be sent to the address that called the function.\n\nThis interface can be used in other smart contracts that need to interact with the WETH token. For example, a decentralized exchange (DEX) that allows trading between Ether and other ERC20 tokens may use the `IWETH` interface to wrap and unwrap Ether as needed. \n\nHere is an example of how the `deposit()` function could be called in a smart contract:\n\n```\npragma solidity >=0.5.0;\n\nimport \"path/to/IWETH.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n IWETH public weth;\n\n constructor(address _wethAddress) public {\n weth = IWETH(_wethAddress);\n }\n\n function depositEther() external payable {\n weth.deposit.value(msg.value)();\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `MyContract` contract has a `weth` variable of type `IWETH`. The `constructor` function takes an address argument which is used to initialize the `weth` variable. \n\nThe `depositEther()` function is an external function that can be called by anyone and requires a `payable` value to be sent with the transaction. It calls the `deposit()` function on the `weth` variable, passing in the value of `msg.value` as the amount of Ether to wrap into WETH tokens.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it fit into the overall zoo project?\n - This code defines an interface for the WETH token and its functions. It is likely used in other contracts within the zoo project that interact with WETH.\n\n2. What version of Solidity is required to compile this code?\n - The code requires a version of Solidity that is greater than or equal to 0.5.0.\n\n3. What is the license for this code and how can it be used?\n - The code is licensed under GPL-3.0. This means that it is open source and can be used, modified, and distributed freely as long as any derivative works also use the GPL-3.0 license.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/uniswapv2/interfaces/IWETH.md"}}],["387",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/Math.sol)\n\nThe code above is a Solidity library called \"Math\" that provides various math operations. The library contains two functions: \"min\" and \"sqrt\". \n\nThe \"min\" function takes two unsigned integers as input and returns the smaller of the two. It does this by using a ternary operator to compare the two inputs and assign the smaller value to the variable \"z\". This function can be useful in situations where you need to find the minimum value of two inputs, such as when sorting or comparing values.\n\nThe \"sqrt\" function calculates the square root of an unsigned integer using the Babylonian method. This method involves repeatedly averaging the input with its inverse until the average converges to the square root. The function first checks if the input is greater than 3, and if so, initializes the variable \"z\" to the input and \"x\" to half the input plus one. It then enters a loop that continues until \"x\" is no longer less than \"z\". Within the loop, \"z\" is set to \"x\" and \"x\" is updated to the average of the input divided by \"x\" and \"x\". If the input is less than or equal to 3, the function sets \"z\" to 1 if the input is not 0. \n\nThis library can be used in other Solidity contracts by importing it and calling its functions. For example, if a contract needs to find the minimum of two values, it can import the Math library and call the \"min\" function. Similarly, if a contract needs to calculate the square root of a value, it can import the Math library and call the \"sqrt\" function. \n\nExample usage of the \"min\" function:\n\n```\nimport \"./Math.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n function findMin(uint x, uint y) public view returns (uint) {\n return Math.min(x, y);\n }\n}\n```\n\nExample usage of the \"sqrt\" function:\n\n```\nimport \"./Math.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n function calculateSqrt(uint y) public view returns (uint) {\n return Math.sqrt(y);\n }\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Math` library?\n- The `Math` library is used for performing various math operations.\n\n2. What is the `min` function used for?\n- The `min` function is used to return the minimum value between two input parameters.\n\n3. What method is used in the `sqrt` function?\n- The `sqrt` function uses the Babylonian method to compute the square root of an input parameter.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/Math.md"}}],["388",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/SafeMath.sol)\n\nThe code above is a Solidity library called SafeMath that provides overflow-safe math functions for use in other contracts within the larger project. The library contains three functions: add, sub, and mul. \n\nThe add function takes two unsigned integers as inputs and returns their sum. Before returning the result, the function checks if the sum is greater than or equal to the original value of x. If the sum is less than x, it means an overflow has occurred, and the function will revert with an error message.\n\nThe sub function takes two unsigned integers as inputs and returns their difference. Before returning the result, the function checks if the difference is less than or equal to the original value of x. If the difference is greater than x, it means an underflow has occurred, and the function will revert with an error message.\n\nThe mul function takes two unsigned integers as inputs and returns their product. Before returning the result, the function checks if the product is equal to x multiplied by y. If the product is not equal to x multiplied by y, it means an overflow has occurred, and the function will revert with an error message.\n\nThese functions are useful in preventing overflow and underflow errors that can occur when performing arithmetic operations on unsigned integers in Solidity. By using this library, developers can ensure that their contracts are more secure and less prone to errors. \n\nHere is an example of how the SafeMath library can be used in a contract:\n\n```\npragma solidity ^0.6.0;\n\nimport \"./SafeMath.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n using SafeMath for uint256;\n\n uint256 public myNumber;\n\n function addNumber(uint256 _num) public {\n myNumber = myNumber.add(_num);\n }\n\n function subNumber(uint256 _num) public {\n myNumber = myNumber.sub(_num);\n }\n\n function mulNumber(uint256 _num) public {\n myNumber = myNumber.mul(_num);\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the MyContract contract imports the SafeMath library and uses the using keyword to make the SafeMath functions available to the contract. The addNumber, subNumber, and mulNumber functions all use the SafeMath functions to perform arithmetic operations on the myNumber variable. By using the SafeMath library, the contract is protected against overflow and underflow errors.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `SafeMath` library?\n \n The `SafeMath` library is used for performing overflow-safe math operations in Solidity contracts.\n\n2. What version of Solidity is being used in this code?\n \n The code is using version 0.6.12 of Solidity.\n\n3. What is the significance of the SPDX-License-Identifier comment?\n \n The SPDX-License-Identifier comment is used to specify the license under which the code is released. In this case, the code is released under the GPL-3.0 license.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/SafeMath.md"}}],["389",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/TransferHelper.sol)\n\nThe code provided is a Solidity library called TransferHelper that contains helper methods for interacting with ERC20 tokens and sending ETH. The library is designed to be used in a larger project, specifically in a smart contract that interacts with ERC20 tokens and requires safe transfer of tokens and ETH.\n\nThe library contains four internal functions: safeApprove, safeTransfer, safeTransferFrom, and safeTransferETH. Each function is designed to handle a specific type of transfer and ensures that the transfer is successful by checking the return value of the transfer function and the length of the data returned.\n\nThe safeApprove function takes three parameters: the address of the ERC20 token, the address of the recipient, and the amount to be approved. It then calls the approve function of the ERC20 token contract with the provided parameters and checks the return value to ensure that the approval was successful. If the approval fails, the function reverts with an error message.\n\nThe safeTransfer function takes three parameters: the address of the ERC20 token, the address of the recipient, and the amount to be transferred. It then calls the transfer function of the ERC20 token contract with the provided parameters and checks the return value to ensure that the transfer was successful. If the transfer fails, the function reverts with an error message.\n\nThe safeTransferFrom function takes four parameters: the address of the ERC20 token, the address of the sender, the address of the recipient, and the amount to be transferred. It then calls the transferFrom function of the ERC20 token contract with the provided parameters and checks the return value to ensure that the transfer was successful. If the transfer fails, the function reverts with an error message.\n\nThe safeTransferETH function takes two parameters: the address of the recipient and the amount of ETH to be transferred. It then calls the transfer function of the recipient address with the provided amount of ETH and checks the return value to ensure that the transfer was successful. If the transfer fails, the function reverts with an error message.\n\nOverall, the TransferHelper library provides a set of helper functions that can be used to ensure safe transfer of ERC20 tokens and ETH in a smart contract. These functions can be called from within a smart contract to handle token and ETH transfers without having to worry about the complexities of the underlying transfer functions. \n\nExample usage of the TransferHelper library in a smart contract:\n\n```\nimport \"./TransferHelper.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n address public tokenAddress;\n address public recipient;\n uint public amount;\n\n function transferTokens() public {\n TransferHelper.safeApprove(tokenAddress, recipient, amount);\n TransferHelper.safeTransfer(tokenAddress, recipient, amount);\n }\n\n function transferETH() public payable {\n TransferHelper.safeTransferETH(recipient, amount);\n }\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a Solidity library called TransferHelper that provides helper methods for interacting with ERC20 tokens and sending ETH.\n\n2. What version of Solidity is required to use this code?\n- This code requires Solidity version 0.6.0 or higher.\n\n3. What is the license for this code?\n- The SPDX-License-Identifier in the code indicates that this code is licensed under GPL-3.0.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/TransferHelper.md"}}],["390",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/UQ112x112.sol)\n\nThis code is a Solidity library for handling binary fixed point numbers using the Q (number format) as defined in the Wikipedia article. The library is called UQ112x112 and it has two functions: encode and uqdiv.\n\nThe encode function takes a uint112 value and returns a uint224 value that represents the same value in the UQ112x112 format. The UQ112x112 format has a range of [0, 2^112 - 1] and a resolution of 1 / 2^112. The encode function achieves this by multiplying the uint112 value by 2^112, which is represented by the constant Q112, and returning the result as a uint224 value. The multiplication never overflows because the maximum value of a uint112 is less than 2^112.\n\nThe uqdiv function takes a uint224 value in the UQ112x112 format and a uint112 value, and returns a uint224 value that represents the result of dividing the UQ112x112 value by the uint112 value. The division is performed by dividing the uint224 value by the uint112 value, and the result is returned as a uint224 value. The UQ112x112 format is preserved because the division is performed on a uint224 value, which has enough precision to represent the result of the division.\n\nThis library can be used in the larger project to handle fixed point arithmetic operations that require a high degree of precision. For example, it can be used to calculate interest rates or exchange rates in a decentralized finance application. Here is an example of how the encode function can be used:\n\n```\nuint112 value = 12345;\nuint224 encodedValue = UQ112x112.encode(value);\n```\n\nThis code will encode the value 12345 in the UQ112x112 format and store the result in the encodedValue variable. The encodedValue variable can then be used in other calculations that require the UQ112x112 format.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `UQ112x112` library?\n \n The `UQ112x112` library is used for handling binary fixed point numbers with a range of [0, 2**112 - 1] and a resolution of 1 / 2**112.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `SPDX-License-Identifier` comment at the top of the file?\n \n The `SPDX-License-Identifier` comment specifies the license under which the code is released. In this case, the code is released under the GPL-3.0 license.\n\n3. What is the difference between the `encode` and `uqdiv` functions in the `UQ112x112` library?\n \n The `encode` function encodes a `uint112` as a `UQ112x112` by multiplying it by a constant `Q112`. The `uqdiv` function divides a `UQ112x112` by a `uint112` and returns another `UQ112x112`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/UQ112x112.md"}}],["391",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/UniswapV2Library.sol)\n\nThe `UniswapV2Library` is a Solidity library that provides utility functions for interacting with Uniswap V2 pairs. The library contains functions for sorting token addresses, calculating the CREATE2 address for a pair, fetching and sorting the reserves for a pair, and performing chained calculations on any number of pairs.\n\nThe `sortTokens` function takes two token addresses and returns them sorted in ascending order. This is used to ensure that pairs are always sorted in the same order, regardless of the order in which the tokens were passed.\n\nThe `pairFor` function takes a factory address and two token addresses and returns the address of the corresponding Uniswap V2 pair. This is done by hashing the factory address, the sorted token addresses, and some initialization code using the `keccak256` function.\n\nThe `getReserves` function takes a factory address and two token addresses and returns the reserves for the corresponding Uniswap V2 pair. The reserves are sorted based on the sorted token addresses.\n\nThe `quote` function takes an amount of one asset, along with the reserves for a pair, and returns the equivalent amount of the other asset. This is done using a simple mathematical formula that takes into account the ratio of the reserves.\n\nThe `getAmountOut` function takes an input amount of one asset, along with the reserves for a pair, and returns the maximum output amount of the other asset. This is done using a more complex mathematical formula that takes into account a trading fee.\n\nThe `getAmountIn` function takes an output amount of one asset, along with the reserves for a pair, and returns the required input amount of the other asset. This is done using a similar formula to `getAmountOut`.\n\nThe `getAmountsOut` function takes a factory address, an input amount of one asset, and an array of token addresses, and returns an array of output amounts for each pair in the path. This is done by performing chained `getAmountOut` calculations on each pair in the path.\n\nThe `getAmountsIn` function takes a factory address, an output amount of one asset, and an array of token addresses, and returns an array of input amounts for each pair in the path. This is done by performing chained `getAmountIn` calculations on each pair in the path.\n\nOverall, the `UniswapV2Library` provides a set of useful functions for interacting with Uniswap V2 pairs. These functions can be used by other contracts in the larger project to perform various trading-related operations, such as calculating prices and performing swaps.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code is a Solidity library for interacting with Uniswap V2 pairs. It contains functions for sorting tokens, calculating pair addresses, fetching and sorting reserves, and performing calculations on pairs.\n\n2. What is the significance of the SPDX-License-Identifier comment?\n- The SPDX-License-Identifier comment is used to specify the license under which the code is released. In this case, the code is released under the GPL-3.0 license.\n\n3. What is the role of the SafeMath library in this code?\n- The SafeMath library is used to perform arithmetic operations on unsigned integers with overflow and underflow protection. It is used in the UniswapV2Library functions to prevent integer overflow and underflow errors.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/src/uniswapv2/libraries/UniswapV2Library.md"}}],["392",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/tsconfig.json)\n\nThis code is a configuration file for the TypeScript compiler. It specifies various options for the compiler, such as the target version of JavaScript to compile to, the module system to use, and the libraries to include. \n\nThe `compilerOptions` object contains a number of properties that can be customized. For example, `target` specifies the version of JavaScript to compile to, with `es5` being the default. `module` specifies the module system to use, with `commonjs` being the default. `lib` specifies the libraries to include, with `dom`, `dom.iterable`, `esnext`, and `esnext.asynciterable` being included by default. \n\nThe `typeRoots` property specifies the directories to search for type definitions. By default, it includes the `@types` directory in `node_modules` and a `types` directory in the project root. \n\nOther options include `allowJs`, which allows JavaScript files to be compiled alongside TypeScript files, `esModuleInterop`, which enables interoperability between CommonJS and ES6 modules, and `experimentalDecorators`, which enables experimental support for decorators. \n\nThe `include` property specifies the files to include in the compilation process, using glob patterns. In this case, it includes all TypeScript files in the project. The `exclude` property specifies files to exclude from the compilation process, with `node_modules` being excluded by default. \n\nFinally, the `files` property specifies additional files to include in the compilation process, in this case a `hardhat.config.ts` file. \n\nOverall, this configuration file is an important part of the TypeScript compilation process for the zoo project. It allows developers to customize the behavior of the compiler and ensure that their TypeScript code is compiled correctly. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```json\n{\n \"compilerOptions\": {\n \"target\": \"es6\",\n \"module\": \"esnext\",\n \"strict\": true\n },\n \"include\": [\"src/**/*.ts\"],\n \"exclude\": [\"node_modules\"],\n \"files\": [\"./config.ts\"]\n}\n```\n\nThis example configuration sets the target version of JavaScript to ES6, uses the ES modules module system, and enables strict type checking. It includes all TypeScript files in the `src` directory and its subdirectories, excludes the `node_modules` directory, and includes a `config.ts` file in the compilation process.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file contains the compiler options for the zoo project.\n\n2. What version of ECMAScript is being targeted?\n- The code is targeting ECMAScript 5.\n\n3. What libraries and modules are being used in this project?\n- The project is using several libraries and modules including \"dom\", \"esnext\", \"node\", and \"preact\".","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/tsconfig.md"}}],["393",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/AccessControl.d.ts)\n\nThe `AccessControl` contract is a smart contract that provides a way to manage roles and permissions for other smart contracts. It is imported from the `ethers` library and is used to grant or revoke roles to specific addresses. \n\nThe contract has six functions: `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, `getRoleAdmin`, `grantRole`, `hasRole`, `renounceRole`, and `revokeRole`. \n\nThe `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` function returns the default admin role for the contract. \n\nThe `getRoleAdmin` function returns the admin role for a specific role. \n\nThe `grantRole` function grants a role to an address. It takes two arguments: the role to grant and the address to grant the role to. \n\nThe `hasRole` function checks if an address has a specific role. It takes two arguments: the role to check and the address to check. \n\nThe `renounceRole` function removes a role from an address. It takes two arguments: the role to remove and the address to remove the role from. \n\nThe `revokeRole` function revokes a role from an address. It takes two arguments: the role to revoke and the address to revoke the role from. \n\nThe contract also has three events: `RoleAdminChanged`, `RoleGranted`, and `RoleRevoked`. These events are emitted when the admin role is changed, a role is granted, or a role is revoked, respectively. \n\nThis contract can be used in a larger project to manage roles and permissions for other smart contracts. For example, if a project has a smart contract that requires certain permissions to execute certain functions, the `AccessControl` contract can be used to manage those permissions. \n\nHere is an example of how the `grantRole` function can be used:\n\n```\nconst accessControl = new AccessControl(address);\nawait accessControl.grantRole(role, address);\n```\n\nThis code creates a new instance of the `AccessControl` contract and grants the `role` to the `address`.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines an interface and a contract for managing access control in an Ethereum smart contract. It provides functions for granting, revoking, and checking roles for specific accounts.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code relies on several external libraries and dependencies, including ethers, @ethersproject/bytes, and @ethersproject/providers. It also imports a TypedEventFilter and TypedListener from a common module.\n\n3. What are some of the key functions and events defined in this contract?\n- Some of the key functions defined in this contract include grantRole, revokeRole, and hasRole, which are used for managing roles and permissions. The contract also defines several events, including RoleGranted, RoleRevoked, and RoleAdminChanged, which are emitted when roles are granted, revoked, or changed.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/AccessControl.d.md"}}],["394",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/BadBidder.d.ts)\n\nThe code is an autogenerated file that defines the BadBidder contract. The contract is a smart contract that can be deployed on the Ethereum blockchain. The contract has two functions: approve and placeBid. \n\nThe approve function takes two arguments: spender and amount. The spender argument is the address of the account that is authorized to spend the specified amount of tokens. The amount argument is the number of tokens that the spender is authorized to spend. The function returns a Promise of a ContractTransaction object. \n\nThe placeBid function takes two arguments: auctionID and amount. The auctionID argument is the ID of the auction that the bidder wants to place a bid on. The amount argument is the amount of Ether that the bidder wants to bid. The function returns a Promise of a ContractTransaction object. \n\nThe contract inherits from the BaseContract class and provides several methods for interacting with the contract. These methods include connect, attach, deployed, listeners, off, on, once, removeListener, removeAllListeners, queryFilter, callStatic, filters, estimateGas, and populateTransaction. \n\nThe connect method is used to connect to the contract using a Signer or Provider object. The attach method is used to attach to an existing contract using its address or name. The deployed method is used to deploy the contract to the blockchain. The listeners method is used to get an array of listeners for a specific event. The off method is used to remove a listener for a specific event. The on method is used to add a listener for a specific event. The once method is used to add a listener for a specific event that will only be called once. The removeListener method is used to remove a listener for a specific event. The removeAllListeners method is used to remove all listeners for a specific event. The queryFilter method is used to query the blockchain for events that match a specific filter. The callStatic method is used to call a contract function without sending a transaction. The filters method is used to get an object that contains all the event filters for the contract. The estimateGas method is used to estimate the gas cost of a contract function call. The populateTransaction method is used to populate a transaction object with the data needed to call a contract function. \n\nOverall, the BadBidder contract is a simple contract that provides two functions for approving a spender to spend tokens and placing a bid on an auction. The contract inherits from the BaseContract class and provides several methods for interacting with the contract. The contract can be used in a larger project that involves auctions and token spending. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nconst badBidder = new BadBidder();\nconst spender = \"0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890\";\nconst amount = 100;\nconst approveTx = await badBidder.approve(spender, amount);\nconst auctionID = 1;\nconst bidAmount = 10;\nconst placeBidTx = await badBidder.placeBid(auctionID, bidAmount);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract and what does it do?\n- This contract is called `BadBidder` and it has two functions: `approve` and `placeBid`. The purpose of this contract is not clear from the code alone, but it seems to be related to bidding on auctions.\n\n2. What libraries and interfaces are being imported and used in this contract?\n- This contract is importing and using several libraries and interfaces from the `ethers` and `@ethersproject` packages, including `Signer`, `Provider`, `BigNumber`, `FunctionFragment`, `EventFragment`, and `TypedEventFilter`.\n\n3. Are there any security concerns or vulnerabilities in this contract?\n- There is no obvious security concern or vulnerability in this contract based on the code provided. However, further analysis and testing would be needed to determine if there are any issues.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/BadBidder.d.md"}}],["395",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/BadERC721.d.ts)\n\nThe code is an autogenerated file that defines an interface for a contract called BadERC721. The contract is an ERC721 token contract, which is a standard for non-fungible tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. The interface defines a single function called supportsInterface, which takes a bytes4 value as input and returns a boolean value. The function is used to check whether the contract supports a particular interface, as specified by the input value. \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a way for other contracts or applications to interact with the BadERC721 contract. By importing this interface, developers can call the supportsInterface function to check whether the contract supports a particular interface. This is useful for determining whether the contract is compatible with other contracts or applications that rely on the ERC721 standard. \n\nHere is an example of how this interface might be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { BadERC721 } from './BadERC721';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst contractAddress = '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890';\nconst contract = new BadERC721(contractAddress, provider);\n\nconst interfaceId = '0x80ac58cd'; // Example interface ID\nconst supportsInterface = await contract.supportsInterface(interfaceId);\nconsole.log(`Contract supports interface ${interfaceId}: ${supportsInterface}`);\n```\n\nIn this example, we create an instance of the BadERC721 contract using the contract address and provider. We then call the supportsInterface function with an example interface ID and log the result. This allows us to check whether the contract supports a particular interface and take appropriate action based on the result.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code defines an interface and a contract for a BadERC721 token on the Ethereum blockchain.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n - This code imports several modules from the `ethers` and `@ethersproject` packages, which are used for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain.\n\n3. What functions are available in the BadERC721 contract?\n - The BadERC721 contract has a single function called `supportsInterface`, which takes a bytes4 value as input and returns a boolean indicating whether the contract supports that interface.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/BadERC721.d.md"}}],["396",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/ContextUpgradeable.d.ts)\n\nThe code is an autogenerated file that imports various modules from the ethers library and defines a class called `ContextUpgradeable`. This class extends the `BaseContract` class and provides methods for connecting to a signer or provider, attaching to a contract address, and deploying a contract. It also provides methods for managing event listeners and filters.\n\nThe `ContextUpgradeable` class has an interface called `ContextUpgradeableInterface` that defines an event called `Initialized`. This event takes a single argument of type `uint8` and is emitted when the contract is initialized.\n\nThe `ContextUpgradeable` class also defines a type called `InitializedEvent` that represents the `Initialized` event. This type is a `TypedEvent` that takes a single argument of type `number` and has a property called `version` that is also of type `number`.\n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a base class that can be extended by other contracts in the project. The `ContextUpgradeable` class provides common functionality that is needed by many contracts, such as event handling and contract deployment. By extending this class, other contracts can inherit this functionality and avoid duplicating code.\n\nHere is an example of how the `ContextUpgradeable` class might be used in a larger project:\n\n```typescript\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { ContextUpgradeable } from './context-upgradeable';\n\nclass MyContract extends ContextUpgradeable {\n // Define contract-specific methods and events here\n}\n\n// Connect to a signer or provider\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider('http://localhost:8545');\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\n// Deploy the contract\nconst myContract = await MyContract.deployed();\n\n// Listen for the Initialized event\nmyContract.on('Initialized', (version) => {\n console.log(`Contract initialized with version ${version}`);\n});\n```\n\nIn this example, we define a new contract called `MyContract` that extends the `ContextUpgradeable` class. We then connect to a provider and deploy the contract. Finally, we listen for the `Initialized` event and log a message when it is emitted.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `ContextUpgradeable` class?\n- The `ContextUpgradeable` class is a base contract that provides functionality for connecting to a signer or provider, attaching to an address or name, and managing event listeners.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `Initialized` event?\n- The `Initialized` event has a single parameter `version` of type `uint8`, and is emitted when the contract is initialized. It can be used to track changes in the contract version.\n\n3. What is the source of the imported modules used in this file?\n- The imported modules used in this file are from the `ethers` and `@ethersproject` packages, which provide utilities for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain and its smart contracts.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/ContextUpgradeable.d.md"}}],["397",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/DAO.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface and a class called DAO. The DAO class extends the BaseContract class from the ethers library and provides methods for interacting with a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain. The DAO contract is designed to be upgradeable, meaning that its implementation can be changed without changing its address on the blockchain. \n\nThe DAO class has several methods for upgrading the contract's implementation, transferring ownership, and renouncing ownership. The `upgradeTo` method upgrades the contract's implementation to a new address, while the `upgradeToAndCall` method upgrades the implementation and calls a function on the new implementation. The `transferOwnership` method transfers ownership of the contract to a new address, while the `renounceOwnership` method removes ownership entirely. \n\nThe class also has methods for initializing the contract, getting the current owner, and getting the contract's UUID. The `initialize` method initializes the contract after it has been deployed, while the `owner` method returns the current owner of the contract. The `proxiableUUID` method returns the UUID of the contract, which is used to identify it in the upgradeable contract system. \n\nThe code also defines several event types and filters for the DAO contract. These events are emitted when certain actions are taken on the contract, such as upgrading the implementation or transferring ownership. \n\nOverall, the DAO class provides a way to interact with an upgradeable smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain. It allows for upgrading the contract's implementation, transferring ownership, and initializing the contract after deployment. It is designed to be used as part of a larger project that requires an upgradeable contract system. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { DAO } from './DAO';\n\n// Connect to the Ethereum network\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider('http://localhost:8545');\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\n// Deploy a new DAO contract\nconst daoFactory = new ethers.ContractFactory(DAO.interface, DAO.bytecode, signer);\nconst dao = await daoFactory.deploy();\n\n// Upgrade the contract's implementation\nconst newImplementation = '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890';\nawait dao.upgradeTo(newImplementation);\n\n// Transfer ownership of the contract\nconst newOwner = '0x0987654321098765432109876543210987654321';\nawait dao.transferOwnership(newOwner);\n\n// Get the current owner of the contract\nconst owner = await dao.owner();\nconsole.log(`Current owner: ${owner}`);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface and a class called DAO, which contains functions related to upgrading and transferring ownership of a contract.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the ethers and @ethersproject libraries, including Signer, Provider, BigNumber, and BytesLike.\n\n3. What events can be emitted by the DAO contract and what do they represent?\n- The DAO contract can emit five different events: AdminChanged, BeaconUpgraded, Initialized, OwnershipTransferred, and Upgraded. These events represent changes to the contract's admin, beacon, version, ownership, and implementation, respectively.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/DAO.d.md"}}],["398",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/ERC1155Receiver.d.ts)\n\nThe code in this file defines an interface for an ERC1155 receiver contract. ERC1155 is a standard for fungible and non-fungible tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. This interface defines three functions: `onERC1155BatchReceived`, `onERC1155Received`, and `supportsInterface`. \n\nThe `onERC1155BatchReceived` function is called when a batch of tokens is transferred to the contract. It takes in the address of the operator (the address that called the transfer), the address of the sender, an array of token IDs, an array of token values, and some additional data. The function returns a `ContractTransaction` object, which represents the transaction that was sent to the blockchain.\n\nThe `onERC1155Received` function is called when a single token is transferred to the contract. It takes in the same parameters as `onERC1155BatchReceived`, but with only one token ID and value. It also returns a `ContractTransaction` object.\n\nThe `supportsInterface` function checks whether the contract supports a given interface ID. It takes in an interface ID and returns a boolean value indicating whether the contract supports that interface.\n\nThis interface can be used by other contracts that want to interact with ERC1155 tokens. For example, a contract that wants to receive ERC1155 tokens could implement this interface and define its own logic for handling the tokens in the `onERC1155BatchReceived` and `onERC1155Received` functions. Other contracts that transfer ERC1155 tokens could then call these functions on the receiving contract to transfer tokens to it. The `supportsInterface` function could also be used by other contracts to check whether a given contract supports the ERC1155Receiver interface.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines an interface for an ERC1155 receiver contract, which can be used to receive and handle ERC1155 tokens in a standardized way. It solves the problem of having to write custom receiver functions for each ERC1155 token contract.\n\n2. What functions are available in this interface and what do they do?\n- There are three functions available in this interface: `onERC1155Received`, `onERC1155BatchReceived`, and `supportsInterface`. `onERC1155Received` is called when a single ERC1155 token is received, `onERC1155BatchReceived` is called when multiple ERC1155 tokens are received, and `supportsInterface` checks if the contract supports a given interface ID.\n\n3. What are some potential use cases for this interface and how might it be implemented?\n- This interface could be used by any contract that needs to receive ERC1155 tokens in a standardized way, such as a marketplace or a game. To implement it, the contract would need to define the `onERC1155Received` and `onERC1155BatchReceived` functions to handle the received tokens, and optionally implement the `supportsInterface` function to check if the contract supports the ERC1155Receiver interface.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/ERC1155Receiver.d.md"}}],["399",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/ERC165.d.ts)\n\nThe code is an autogenerated file that defines an ERC165 interface. ERC165 is a standard interface for contracts that implement other interfaces. The purpose of this code is to provide a way to check if a contract implements a specific interface by calling the `supportsInterface` function with the interface ID as a parameter. The `supportsInterface` function returns a boolean value indicating whether the contract implements the specified interface.\n\nThis code can be used in the larger project to check if a contract implements a specific interface before interacting with it. For example, if a contract needs to interact with another contract that implements the ERC20 interface, it can call the `supportsInterface` function with the ERC20 interface ID to check if the contract implements the ERC20 interface before proceeding with the interaction.\n\nHere is an example of how this code can be used:\n\n```typescript\nimport { ethers } from \"ethers\";\nimport { ERC165 } from \"./ERC165\";\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst contractAddress = \"0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890\";\nconst erc165 = new ERC165(contractAddress, provider);\n\nconst erc20InterfaceId = \"0x36372b07\";\nconst supportsERC20 = await erc165.supportsInterface(erc20InterfaceId);\n\nif (supportsERC20) {\n // interact with the contract as an ERC20 token\n} else {\n // handle the case where the contract does not implement the ERC20 interface\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the code creates an instance of the `ERC165` contract using the address of the contract to be checked and a provider object. It then calls the `supportsInterface` function with the ERC20 interface ID to check if the contract implements the ERC20 interface. If the contract implements the ERC20 interface, the code can proceed with interacting with the contract as an ERC20 token. If the contract does not implement the ERC20 interface, the code can handle the case appropriately.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface called ERC165 and a class that implements it. The interface has a single function called `supportsInterface` which takes a `BytesLike` parameter and returns a boolean. The class provides implementations for the interface functions and also includes various utility functions for interacting with the contract.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the `ethers` and `@ethersproject` packages, including `ethers`, `EventFilter`, `Signer`, `BigNumber`, `FunctionFragment`, `EventFragment`, `Result`, `TypedEventFilter`, `TypedEvent`, and `TypedListener`. It also imports `BytesLike` from the `@ethersproject/bytes` package.\n\n3. Is this code editable or autogenerated? \n- This code is autogenerated and should not be edited manually, as indicated by the comment at the top of the file.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/ERC165.d.md"}}],["400",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/ERC165Storage.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface for a contract called ERC165Storage. This contract is used to check whether a contract implements a specific interface. The ERC165Storage contract inherits from the BaseContract class, which is part of the ethers.js library. \n\nThe ERC165Storage contract has a single function called supportsInterface, which takes an interfaceId as an argument and returns a boolean value indicating whether the contract implements the specified interface. The interfaceId is a 4-byte identifier that uniquely identifies an interface. \n\nThe code also includes several utility functions for interacting with the contract, such as connect, attach, and deployed. These functions are used to connect to an instance of the contract, attach to an existing contract instance, and deploy a new instance of the contract, respectively. \n\nThe code imports several modules from the ethers.js library, including ethers, EventFilter, Signer, BigNumber, and PopulatedTransaction. These modules are used to interact with the Ethereum blockchain and to encode and decode data for use with the contract. \n\nOverall, the ERC165Storage contract is a utility contract that is used to check whether a contract implements a specific interface. It can be used in conjunction with other contracts to ensure that they conform to a specific interface, which can be useful for interoperability between different contracts. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { ERC165Storage } from './ERC165Storage';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst contractAddress = '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890';\nconst contract = new ERC165Storage(contractAddress, provider);\n\nconst interfaceId = '0x12345678';\nconst isSupported = await contract.supportsInterface(interfaceId);\nconsole.log(`Contract at ${contractAddress} supports interface ${interfaceId}: ${isSupported}`);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines an interface for ERC165Storage, which is a contract that provides a function to check if a contract implements a certain interface. It solves the problem of having to manually check if a contract implements an interface by providing a standardized way to do so.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the ethers and @ethersproject libraries, including ethers, EventFilter, Signer, BigNumber, and FunctionFragment. It also imports a TypedEventFilter, TypedEvent, and TypedListener from a module called \"common\".\n\n3. What functions are available in the ERC165Storage contract and what do they do?\n- The ERC165Storage contract has one function called \"supportsInterface\" that takes an interface ID as a parameter and returns a boolean indicating whether the contract implements that interface or not. The contract also has several helper functions for interacting with events and listeners, as well as functions for estimating gas and populating transactions.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/ERC165Storage.d.md"}}],["401",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable.d.ts)\n\nThe code is an autogenerated file that imports various libraries and defines an interface and a class called `ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable`. The purpose of this class is to provide a base contract for upgradeable smart contracts that use the EIP-1967 standard. \n\nThe `ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable` class inherits from the `BaseContract` class and provides methods for connecting to a signer or provider, attaching to a contract address, and deploying a contract. It also provides methods for managing event listeners and filters. \n\nThe `ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable` class does not define any functions or callStatic methods, but it does define a set of filters for events that can be emitted by upgradeable contracts. These events include `AdminChanged`, `BeaconUpgraded`, `Initialized`, and `Upgraded`. \n\nOverall, the `ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable` class provides a useful base contract for developers who want to create upgradeable smart contracts that conform to the EIP-1967 standard. By inheriting from this class, developers can take advantage of its methods for connecting to a signer or provider, managing event listeners, and defining event filters. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```typescript\nimport { ethers } from \"ethers\";\nimport { ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable } from \"./ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable\";\n\n// Connect to a signer or provider\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\n// Attach to a contract address\nconst contractAddress = \"0x123456...\";\nconst contract = new ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable(contractAddress, provider);\n\n// Listen for an event\ncontract.on(\"Upgraded\", (implementation) => {\n console.log(`Contract upgraded to implementation ${implementation}`);\n});\n\n// Call a function on the contract\nconst result = await contract.someFunction();\nconsole.log(result);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines an interface for the ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable contract, which is used for upgrading smart contracts on the Ethereum blockchain. It allows for the separation of contract logic and storage, making it easier to upgrade contracts without losing data.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code relies on several external libraries and dependencies, including ethers, @ethersproject/bytes, and @ethersproject/providers. These libraries provide functionality for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain, including sending transactions and listening for events.\n\n3. What events can be emitted by the ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable contract?\n- The ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable contract can emit four different events: AdminChanged, BeaconUpgraded, Initialized, and Upgraded. These events are used to signal changes in the contract's state, such as changes to the contract's administrator or upgrades to the contract's implementation.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable.d.md"}}],["402",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/ERC20.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an ERC20 contract interface that can be used to interact with ERC20 tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. ERC20 is a standard interface for fungible tokens on Ethereum, meaning that each token is identical and interchangeable with any other token of the same type. The interface defines six functions: `approve`, `totalSupply`, `transferFrom`, `balanceOf`, `transfer`, and `allowance`. \n\nThe `approve` function allows an account to give permission to another account to spend a certain amount of tokens on its behalf. The `totalSupply` function returns the total number of tokens in circulation. The `transferFrom` function allows an account to transfer tokens from another account that has given it permission to do so. The `balanceOf` function returns the balance of tokens held by a particular account. The `transfer` function allows an account to transfer tokens to another account. The `allowance` function returns the amount of tokens that an account has given permission for another account to spend on its behalf.\n\nThe code also defines two events: `Approval` and `Transfer`. The `Approval` event is emitted when an account approves another account to spend tokens on its behalf. The `Transfer` event is emitted when tokens are transferred from one account to another.\n\nThis code can be used as a starting point for creating ERC20 token contracts or for interacting with existing ERC20 tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. For example, a developer could use this code to create a new ERC20 token contract by implementing the functions defined in the interface. Alternatively, a developer could use this code to interact with an existing ERC20 token contract by instantiating the `ERC20` class and calling its functions to transfer tokens or get information about token balances.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines an ERC20 interface and contract with functions for transferring tokens, approving spending, and checking balances and allowances.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the ethers and @ethersproject libraries, including interfaces for Signer, Provider, BigNumber, and Overrides.\n\n3. What events can be emitted by this contract?\n- This contract can emit two events: \"Approval\" and \"Transfer\". The \"Approval\" event includes the owner, spender, and value of the approved tokens, while the \"Transfer\" event includes the from, to, and value of the transferred tokens.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/ERC20.d.md"}}],["403",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/ERC20Basic.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface and a class for an ERC20 token contract. The ERC20 standard is a widely adopted standard for fungible tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. The interface defines three functions: `totalSupply()`, `balanceOf(address)`, and `transfer(address,uint256)`. The `totalSupply()` function returns the total supply of the token, while the `balanceOf(address)` function returns the balance of a particular address. The `transfer(address,uint256)` function transfers a certain amount of tokens from the sender's address to the specified address.\n\nThe class `ERC20Basic` extends `BaseContract` and implements the `ERC20BasicInterface`. It provides implementations for the three functions defined in the interface. The `totalSupply()` and `balanceOf(address)` functions are read-only and return the total supply and balance of an address respectively. The `transfer(address,uint256)` function is used to transfer tokens from the sender's address to the specified address. It takes two arguments: the address to transfer to and the amount to transfer. It returns a `ContractTransaction` object which can be used to track the status of the transaction.\n\nThe class also provides several utility functions for working with events, listeners, and filters. These functions allow developers to listen for events emitted by the contract and filter them based on certain criteria.\n\nOverall, this code provides a basic implementation of an ERC20 token contract. It can be used as a starting point for developers who want to create their own ERC20 tokens or as a reference for developers who want to interact with existing ERC20 tokens. For example, a developer could use this code to create a new ERC20 token contract and customize it to meet their specific needs. Alternatively, a developer could use this code to interact with an existing ERC20 token contract and perform operations such as transferring tokens or querying balances.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines an interface for a basic ERC20 token contract, including functions for getting the total supply and balance of tokens for an address, and transferring tokens between addresses.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the `ethers` and `@ethersproject` packages, including `Signer`, `Provider`, `BigNumber`, and `TypedEventFilter`.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `Transfer` event?\n- The `Transfer` event is emitted whenever tokens are transferred between addresses, and includes the `from` and `to` addresses as well as the amount of tokens transferred.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/ERC20Basic.d.md"}}],["404",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/Faucet.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface and a class called `Faucet`. The `Faucet` class inherits from the `BaseContract` class and provides methods for interacting with a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain. The `Faucet` contract is used to distribute tokens to users for testing purposes.\n\nThe `Faucet` class has several methods for interacting with the contract. The `fund` method is used to send tokens to a specified address. The `withdraw` method is used to withdraw tokens from the contract. The `setRate` method is used to set the rate at which tokens are distributed. The `setTokenAddress` method is used to set the address of the token contract. The `balance` method is used to get the balance of the contract. The `owner` method is used to get the address of the owner of the contract. The `renounceOwnership` method is used to renounce ownership of the contract. The `transferOwnership` method is used to transfer ownership of the contract.\n\nThe `Faucet` class also has several events that can be emitted by the contract. The `Fund` event is emitted when tokens are sent to an address. The `OwnershipTransferred` event is emitted when ownership of the contract is transferred.\n\nTo use the `Faucet` class, an instance of the class must be created and connected to a signer or provider. The `attach` method can be used to attach the instance to a contract address. Once connected, the methods of the class can be used to interact with the contract.\n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from \"ethers\";\nimport { Faucet } from \"./Faucet\";\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst faucet = new Faucet(\"0x123...\", signer);\n\nconst balance = await faucet.balance();\nconsole.log(\"Faucet balance:\", balance.toString());\n\nconst tx = await faucet.fund(\"0x456...\", { value: ethers.utils.parseEther(\"1\") });\nconsole.log(\"Transaction hash:\", tx.hash);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface and a contract called Faucet, which has functions for managing a token faucet, including funding the faucet, setting the rate at which tokens are distributed, and withdrawing tokens.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the ethers and @ethersproject/bytes libraries, including functions for interacting with Ethereum smart contracts, encoding and decoding function data, and working with event filters and listeners.\n\n3. What events can be emitted by the Faucet contract?\n- The Faucet contract can emit two events: \"Fund\", which is emitted when tokens are distributed from the faucet to an address, and \"OwnershipTransferred\", which is emitted when ownership of the contract is transferred to a new address.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/Faucet.d.md"}}],["405",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/GoveranceToken.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface and a class called `GoveranceToken` that extends `BaseContract`. The purpose of this class is to provide a standardized way of interacting with a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain that represents a governance token. \n\nThe class provides several functions that can be used to interact with the contract, such as `initialize`, `owner`, `transferOwnership`, and `upgradeTo`. These functions take various parameters and return promises that resolve to `ContractTransaction` objects. \n\nThe class also defines several events that can be emitted by the contract, such as `AdminChanged`, `BeaconUpgraded`, and `Upgraded`. These events are defined using the `TypedEvent` and `TypedEventFilter` types from the `common` module. \n\nThe `GoveranceToken` class is designed to be used in conjunction with other modules and classes in the larger `zoo` project. For example, it may be used by a module that implements a user interface for interacting with the governance token, or by a module that implements a voting system for the token. \n\nHere is an example of how the `GoveranceToken` class might be used to transfer ownership of a governance token contract:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { GoveranceToken } from './path/to/GoveranceToken';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst governanceTokenAddress = '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890';\nconst governanceToken = new GoveranceToken(governanceTokenAddress, signer);\n\nconst newOwner = '0x0987654321098765432109876543210987654321';\n\nconst tx = await governanceToken.transferOwnership(newOwner);\nawait tx.wait();\n```\n\nIn this example, we create an instance of the `GoveranceToken` class using the address of an existing governance token contract and a `Signer` object. We then call the `transferOwnership` function on the contract instance, passing in the address of the new owner. Finally, we wait for the transaction to be confirmed on the blockchain using the `wait` function.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract and what does it do?\n- This contract is called `GoveranceToken` and it has functions for initializing, upgrading, and transferring ownership of a contract implementation. It also has events for tracking changes to the admin, ownership, and implementation of the contract.\n\n2. What libraries and interfaces are being imported and used in this code?\n- This code is importing and using libraries and interfaces from `ethers`, `@ethersproject/bytes`, and `@ethersproject/providers`. It is also using a custom interface called `TypedEventFilter` from a file called `common`.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `tslint:disable` and `eslint-disable` comments at the top of the file?\n- These comments are disabling linting rules for `tslint` and `eslint`, which are tools for enforcing code style and preventing errors. Disabling these rules means that the code in this file may not conform to the project's usual style or may contain errors that would normally be caught by the linter.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/GoveranceToken.d.md"}}],["406",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/IAccessControl.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface called `IAccessControl` that extends the `BaseContract` class. The interface provides methods for managing roles and permissions in a smart contract. The `IAccessControl` interface has five methods: `getRoleAdmin`, `grantRole`, `hasRole`, `renounceRole`, and `revokeRole`. \n\nThe `getRoleAdmin` method returns the address of the account that is the admin for a given role. The `grantRole` method assigns a role to an account. The `hasRole` method checks if an account has a specific role. The `renounceRole` method removes a role from an account. The `revokeRole` method removes a role from an account, but only if the caller has the admin role for that account.\n\nThe interface also defines three events: `RoleAdminChanged`, `RoleGranted`, and `RoleRevoked`. These events are emitted when a role is assigned, revoked, or the admin for a role is changed.\n\nThe purpose of this interface is to provide a standardized way of managing roles and permissions in smart contracts. By using this interface, developers can ensure that their contracts are interoperable with other contracts that use the same interface. This can be useful in decentralized applications where multiple contracts need to work together to provide a specific functionality.\n\nHere is an example of how the `grantRole` method can be used:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IAccessControl } from './IAccessControl';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst contractAddress = '0x123...'; // address of the contract that implements the IAccessControl interface\nconst contract = new ethers.Contract(contractAddress, IAccessControl.interface, signer);\n\nconst role = ethers.utils.id('ADMIN_ROLE'); // role identifier\nconst account = '0x456...'; // address of the account to grant the role to\n\nconst tx = await contract.grantRole(role, account);\nawait tx.wait();\n```\n\nIn this example, we create an instance of the `IAccessControl` interface by passing the contract address and signer to the `ethers.Contract` constructor. We then define the role we want to grant and the account we want to grant it to. Finally, we call the `grantRole` method on the contract instance and wait for the transaction to be mined.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines an interface for access control in an Ethereum smart contract. It provides functions for granting, revoking, and checking roles for specific accounts.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the `ethers` and `@ethersproject` packages, which are used for interacting with Ethereum and ABI encoding/decoding.\n\n3. What events are emitted by this contract and what information do they contain?\n- This contract emits three events: `RoleAdminChanged`, `RoleGranted`, and `RoleRevoked`. Each event contains information about the role being affected, the account being granted or revoked the role, and the sender of the transaction.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/IAccessControl.d.md"}}],["407",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/IBeaconUpgradeable.d.ts)\n\nThe code is an autogenerated file that defines an interface called `IBeaconUpgradeable`. This interface extends the `ethers` library's `BaseContract` class and provides a set of methods and properties that can be used to interact with a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain. \n\nThe `IBeaconUpgradeable` interface has a single method called `implementation()`, which returns the address of the contract implementation that is currently being used. This method takes no arguments and returns a string. \n\nThis interface can be used in conjunction with other smart contracts in the `zoo` project to enable upgradeability of the contracts. By using a beacon contract that stores the address of the current implementation, the `IBeaconUpgradeable` interface can be used to retrieve the current implementation address and interact with the contract. \n\nFor example, if a contract called `MyContract` is upgradeable and uses the `IBeaconUpgradeable` interface, the following code could be used to retrieve the current implementation address:\n\n```\nconst myContract = await ethers.getContractFactory(\"MyContract\");\nconst myContractInstance = await myContract.attach(beaconAddress);\nconst implementationAddress = await myContractInstance.implementation();\n```\n\nThis code retrieves the `MyContract` factory, attaches it to the beacon contract address, and then calls the `implementation()` method to retrieve the current implementation address. \n\nOverall, the `IBeaconUpgradeable` interface is a key component in enabling upgradeability of smart contracts in the `zoo` project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines an interface for a contract called `IBeaconUpgradeable` which has a single function called `implementation()`. It is not clear from this code what problem it solves or what it is used for.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the `ethers` and `@ethersproject` packages, which suggests that it is built on top of the Ethereum blockchain and uses these packages to interact with it.\n\n3. What is the expected behavior of the `implementation()` function?\n- The `implementation()` function takes no arguments and returns a single string value. It is not clear from this code what this value represents or how it is used.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/IBeaconUpgradeable.d.md"}}],["408",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/ICustomDrop.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface called `ICustomDrop` that extends the `BaseContract` class. The interface has one function called `animalStageYields` that takes a string parameter called `name`. The function returns a `Promise` of a `ContractTransaction`. \n\nThe `ICustomDrop` interface is imported from a file called `common` which is not included in this code snippet. The `common` file likely contains other interfaces and types that are used throughout the project.\n\nThe `ICustomDrop` interface is used to interact with a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain. The `animalStageYields` function likely queries the smart contract for information about animal yields at different stages of growth. The function returns a `Promise` of an object that contains information about the yields and boosts for baby, teen, and adult animals. \n\nThe `ethers` library is imported at the beginning of the file along with other dependencies. The `ethers` library is a popular library for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain. The `BytesLike`, `Listener`, and `Provider` types are also imported from the `ethersproject` library.\n\nThe code also includes comments that indicate that the file is autogenerated and should not be edited manually. The `tslint:disable` and `eslint:disable` comments likely disable linting rules for the autogenerated code.\n\nBelow is an example of how the `animalStageYields` function might be used in the larger project:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { ICustomDrop } from './ICustomDrop';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider('http://localhost:8545');\nconst contractAddress = '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890';\nconst contract = new ethers.Contract(contractAddress, ICustomDrop.interface, provider);\n\nasync function getAnimalYields(name: string) {\n const yields = await contract.animalStageYields(name);\n console.log(yields);\n}\n\ngetAnimalYields('lion');\n```\n\nIn this example, the `ethers` library is used to create a provider and a contract instance. The `getAnimalYields` function calls the `animalStageYields` function on the contract instance and logs the result to the console. The `getAnimalYields` function is called with the string `'lion'` as the `name` parameter.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines an interface for a smart contract called `ICustomDrop` that provides a function `animalStageYields` to retrieve yield and boost information for different stages of an animal. It is likely part of a larger project related to animal breeding or farming on the blockchain.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the `ethers` and `@ethersproject` packages, which are used for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain and ABI encoding/decoding.\n\n3. What are the different stages of an animal and what information is returned by `animalStageYields`?\n- The different stages of an animal are `baby`, `teen`, and `adult`, and the function returns an object containing yield and boost information for each stage. Specifically, for each stage, the function returns a tuple of two `BigNumber` values representing the yield and boost, respectively.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/ICustomDrop.d.md"}}],["409",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/IERC1155Receiver.d.ts)\n\nThe code in this file defines an interface called `IERC1155Receiver`. This interface specifies three functions that a contract must implement in order to receive ERC1155 tokens. The three functions are `onERC1155Received`, `onERC1155BatchReceived`, and `supportsInterface`.\n\nThe `onERC1155Received` function is called when a contract receives a single ERC1155 token. The function takes five arguments: `operator`, `from`, `id`, `value`, and `data`. The `operator` argument is the address of the account that sent the token. The `from` argument is the address of the account that owned the token before it was sent. The `id` argument is the ID of the token that was sent. The `value` argument is the amount of the token that was sent. The `data` argument is any additional data that was sent with the token. The function returns a string.\n\nThe `onERC1155BatchReceived` function is called when a contract receives multiple ERC1155 tokens in a single transaction. The function takes five arguments: `operator`, `from`, `ids`, `values`, and `data`. The `operator` and `from` arguments are the same as in the `onERC1155Received` function. The `ids` argument is an array of token IDs that were sent. The `values` argument is an array of amounts of each token that were sent. The `data` argument is any additional data that was sent with the tokens. The function returns a string.\n\nThe `supportsInterface` function is called to check if a contract implements this interface. The function takes one argument: `interfaceId`. The `interfaceId` argument is the ID of the interface that is being checked. The function returns a boolean.\n\nThis interface is used by contracts that want to receive ERC1155 tokens. By implementing this interface, a contract can receive ERC1155 tokens and perform any necessary actions based on the tokens that were received. For example, a contract that represents a game item could implement this interface to receive game items from players. Here is an example of a contract that implements this interface:\n\n```\ncontract MyGameItem is IERC1155Receiver {\n function onERC1155Received(address operator, address from, uint256 id, uint256 value, bytes calldata data) external override returns (bytes4) {\n // Handle the received token\n return bytes4(keccak256(\"onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)\"));\n }\n\n function onERC1155BatchReceived(address operator, address from, uint256[] calldata ids, uint256[] calldata values, bytes calldata data) external override returns (bytes4) {\n // Handle the received tokens\n return bytes4(keccak256(\"onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)\"));\n }\n\n function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view override returns (bool) {\n return interfaceId == type(IERC1155Receiver).interfaceId;\n }\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines an interface for an ERC1155 token receiver contract, which allows contracts to receive tokens from other contracts. It solves the problem of how to handle token transfers between contracts.\n\n2. What functions are available in this interface and what do they do?\n- The interface has three functions: `onERC1155BatchReceived`, `onERC1155Received`, and `supportsInterface`. `onERC1155BatchReceived` and `onERC1155Received` are called when tokens are received, and `supportsInterface` checks if the contract supports the ERC1155 token receiver interface.\n\n3. What are some potential use cases for this interface and how might it be implemented?\n- This interface could be used in any contract that needs to receive ERC1155 tokens from other contracts. For example, a game contract that allows players to trade tokens could use this interface to receive tokens from players. To implement this interface, the contract would need to define the three functions and handle the token transfers appropriately.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/IERC1155Receiver.d.md"}}],["410",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/IERC165.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface called IERC165 that extends the BaseContract class. The interface includes a single function called supportsInterface that takes a BytesLike parameter called interfaceId and returns a boolean indicating whether the contract implementing the interface supports the given interfaceId. \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a standard interface for contracts to implement in order to indicate which interfaces they support. This is useful for other contracts or applications that need to interact with the contract and want to know which interfaces it supports. \n\nFor example, if a contract implements the ERC721 standard for non-fungible tokens, it can indicate that it supports this standard by implementing the IERC165 interface and returning true for the interfaceId corresponding to ERC721. Other contracts or applications can then check whether a given contract supports ERC721 by calling the supportsInterface function with the appropriate interfaceId. \n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IERC165 } from './IERC165';\n\n// create a provider for interacting with the Ethereum network\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\n\n// create an instance of a contract that implements the IERC165 interface\nconst contractAddress = '0x123...';\nconst contract = new ethers.Contract(contractAddress, IERC165.interface, provider);\n\n// check whether the contract supports the ERC721 interface\nconst erc721InterfaceId = '0x80ac58cd';\nconst supportsERC721 = await contract.supportsInterface(erc721InterfaceId);\nconsole.log(`Contract at ${contractAddress} supports ERC721: ${supportsERC721}`);\n```\n\nIn this example, we create an instance of a contract that implements the IERC165 interface and use it to check whether the contract supports the ERC721 interface. We do this by calling the supportsInterface function with the interfaceId corresponding to ERC721. The function returns a boolean indicating whether the contract supports the interface, which we log to the console.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines an interface called IERC165 which includes a single function called supportsInterface. It also provides implementations for various methods related to event listeners, gas estimation, and transaction population.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the ethers and @ethersproject libraries, including EventFilter, Signer, BigNumber, FunctionFragment, and TypedEventFilter.\n\n3. What is the significance of the Autogenerated file comment at the top of the code?\n- This comment indicates that the file was generated automatically and should not be edited manually.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/IERC165.d.md"}}],["411",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface called `IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable` which extends the `BaseContract` class from the `ethers` library. The interface has a single function called `proxiableUUID` which takes no arguments and returns a string. \n\nThe purpose of this interface is to provide a standardized way for contracts to implement upgradability. The `proxiableUUID` function returns a unique identifier for the contract, which can be used to determine if two contracts are the same version. This is useful for implementing upgradeable contracts, as it allows the new version of a contract to be deployed and then linked to the old version, so that users can continue to interact with the contract without having to update their code.\n\nFor example, suppose we have a contract called `MyContract` that implements the `IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable` interface. We can deploy an instance of `MyContract` and get its `proxiableUUID`:\n\n```\nconst myContract = await MyContract.deploy();\nconst uuid = await myContract.proxiableUUID();\n```\n\nWe can then deploy a new version of `MyContract` and link it to the old version using the `proxiableUUID`:\n\n```\nconst newContract = await NewContract.deploy();\nawait newContract.link(MyContract, uuid);\n```\n\nNow, when users interact with `MyContract`, they will actually be interacting with `NewContract`, but they don't need to update their code or change anything about how they interact with the contract.\n\nOverall, this code provides a useful abstraction for implementing upgradability in smart contracts, making it easier to deploy new versions of contracts without disrupting existing users.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines an interface called `IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable` which extends `BaseContract` and provides a method called `proxiableUUID()`. It is likely part of a larger smart contract system and the purpose of this code is to provide a standardized way to upgrade smart contracts while preserving their UUID.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the `ethers` and `@ethersproject` libraries, including `Signer`, `Provider`, `BigNumber`, `FunctionFragment`, `EventFragment`, and `Result`. It also imports a custom `TypedEventFilter` and `TypedListener` from a module called `common`.\n\n3. What is the expected behavior of the `proxiableUUID()` method?\n- The `proxiableUUID()` method is expected to return a string representing the UUID of the proxiable contract. It takes no arguments and can be called with or without overrides.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable.d.md"}}],["412",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/IERC1967Upgradeable.d.ts)\n\nThis code defines an interface called IERC1967Upgradeable that extends the ethers.utils.Interface class. The interface defines three events: AdminChanged, BeaconUpgraded, and Upgraded. These events are emitted when the admin of a contract is changed, when the contract's beacon is upgraded, and when the contract's implementation is upgraded, respectively. The interface also defines a number of methods for interacting with these events, such as queryFilter for retrieving past events and listeners for registering event listeners.\n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a standardized interface for contracts that are upgradeable using the EIP-1967 standard. This standard allows contracts to separate their storage and logic into two separate contracts, known as the proxy and implementation contracts. The proxy contract delegates all calls to the implementation contract, which can be upgraded without affecting the proxy contract's storage. This allows for more flexible and efficient upgrades of smart contracts.\n\nIn the larger project, this interface would likely be used by other contracts that implement the EIP-1967 standard. For example, a contract that represents a token might use this interface to allow for upgrades to its implementation contract without affecting the token's storage. Developers could also use this interface to build tools for interacting with upgradeable contracts, such as a dashboard that displays the current implementation contract address and upgrade history.\n\nExample usage of this interface might look like:\n\n```\nimport { IERC1967Upgradeable } from \"./IERC1967Upgradeable\";\n\nconst contractAddress = \"0x123...\";\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\n\nconst contract = new IERC1967Upgradeable(contractAddress, provider);\n\n// Register an event listener for the AdminChanged event\ncontract.on(\"AdminChanged\", (previousAdmin, newAdmin) => {\n console.log(`Admin changed from ${previousAdmin} to ${newAdmin}`);\n});\n\n// Retrieve all past BeaconUpgraded events\nconst events = await contract.queryFilter(\"BeaconUpgraded\");\n\n// Upgrade the contract's implementation\nconst implementationAddress = \"0x456...\";\nconst tx = await contract.upgradeTo(implementationAddress);\nawait tx.wait();\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface for an upgradeable contract and imports various modules and types from ethers and @ethersproject.\n\n2. What events are emitted by this contract and what are their parameters?\n- This contract emits three events: \"AdminChanged\", which takes two address parameters, \"BeaconUpgraded\", which takes one address parameter, and \"Upgraded\", which takes one address parameter.\n\n3. What functions are available in this contract and what do they do?\n- This contract does not define any functions, only an interface and various utility functions for interacting with events.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/IERC1967Upgradeable.d.md"}}],["413",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/IERC20.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface for the ERC20 token standard, which is a widely used standard for fungible tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. The interface specifies the functions and events that a contract must implement in order to be considered an ERC20 token. \n\nThe functions defined in the interface include `allowance`, `approve`, `balanceOf`, `permit`, and `totalSupply`. These functions are used to query and manipulate the state of an ERC20 token contract. For example, `balanceOf` returns the balance of a particular account, `approve` allows an account to spend a certain amount of tokens on behalf of another account, and `totalSupply` returns the total supply of tokens in circulation. \n\nThe events defined in the interface are `Approval` and `Transfer`, which are emitted when an approval or transfer of tokens occurs, respectively. These events can be used by other contracts or applications to track the movement of tokens.\n\nThe code also includes type definitions for the events and functions, as well as functions for encoding and decoding function data and event data. Additionally, the code includes functions for connecting to and interacting with an ERC20 token contract, including functions for attaching to a contract, querying event filters, estimating gas costs, and populating transactions.\n\nOverall, this code provides a standardized interface for ERC20 tokens, allowing other contracts and applications to interact with them in a consistent and predictable way. This interface is likely to be used extensively throughout the larger project, as ERC20 tokens are a common building block for many decentralized applications on the Ethereum blockchain.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines an interface for an ERC20 token contract, including functions for checking allowance, approving transfers, checking balance, and getting total supply.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the ethers and @ethersproject libraries, including types for Signer, Provider, BigNumber, and BytesLike, as well as interfaces for FunctionFragment and EventFragment.\n\n3. What events can be emitted by this contract?\n- This contract can emit two events: \"Approval\" and \"Transfer\". The \"Approval\" event includes the owner, spender, and value of an approved transfer, while the \"Transfer\" event includes the from, to, and value of a completed transfer.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/IERC20.d.md"}}],["414",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/IERC20Burnable.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface for an ERC20 token contract that includes functions for transferring tokens, approving token transfers, checking token balances, and burning (destroying) tokens. The interface also includes events for tracking token transfers and approvals.\n\nThe code imports various modules from the ethers.js library, including modules for working with Ethereum providers, contracts, and ABI encoding/decoding. It also imports a module for working with byte arrays.\n\nThe `IERC20Burnable` interface can be used as a template for creating an ERC20 token contract that includes burn functionality. Developers can implement this interface in their own contracts to ensure compatibility with other ERC20 contracts and wallets.\n\nFor example, a developer could create a contract called `MyToken` that implements the `IERC20Burnable` interface and defines additional functionality specific to their token. They could then deploy this contract to the Ethereum network and interact with it using the functions defined in the interface.\n\nHere is an example of how a developer could use the `mint` function to create new tokens:\n\n```\nconst MyToken = await ethers.getContractFactory(\"MyToken\");\nconst myToken = await MyToken.deploy();\n\nconst recipient = \"0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890\";\nconst amount = ethers.utils.parseEther(\"100\");\n\nawait myToken.mint(recipient, amount);\n```\n\nThis code creates a new instance of the `MyToken` contract and mints 100 tokens to the specified recipient. The `parseEther` function is used to convert the token amount from a human-readable string to a BigNumber value that can be passed to the `mint` function.\n\nOverall, the `IERC20Burnable` interface provides a standardized way for developers to create ERC20 token contracts with burn functionality and ensures compatibility with other ERC20 contracts and wallets.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface for an ERC20 token that can be burned, minted, transferred, and approved for transfer by other addresses.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the ethers and @ethersproject libraries, including Signer, Provider, BigNumber, and FunctionFragment.\n\n3. What are some of the key functions and events defined in this code?\n- Some of the key functions defined in this code include allowance, approve, balanceOf, burn, burnFrom, mint, totalSupply, transfer, and transferFrom. The code also defines two events, Approval and Transfer, which are emitted when an address approves another address for transfer or when tokens are transferred between addresses.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/IERC20Burnable.d.md"}}],["415",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/IERC20Metadata.d.ts)\n\nThe code is an autogenerated file that defines an interface for an ERC20 token contract. The interface is called IERC20Metadata and it extends the BaseContract class from the ethers library. The interface defines the functions and events that are expected to be implemented by a contract that conforms to the ERC20 standard. \n\nThe ERC20 standard is a widely adopted standard for fungible tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. It defines a set of functions and events that a contract must implement in order to be considered an ERC20 token. The functions include transferring tokens, approving spending of tokens, and checking balances. The events include Transfer and Approval events that are emitted when tokens are transferred or approved for spending.\n\nThe IERC20Metadata interface defines the following functions: \n- allowance: returns the amount of tokens that an owner has approved for a spender to spend.\n- approve: approves a spender to spend a certain amount of tokens on behalf of the owner.\n- balanceOf: returns the balance of tokens for a given account.\n- decimals: returns the number of decimal places used by the token.\n- name: returns the name of the token.\n- symbol: returns the symbol of the token.\n- totalSupply: returns the total supply of the token.\n- transfer: transfers a certain amount of tokens from the sender's account to a recipient's account.\n- transferFrom: transfers a certain amount of tokens from one account to another, if the sender has been approved to spend those tokens.\n\nThe interface also defines two events: \n- Approval: emitted when a spender is approved to spend tokens on behalf of an owner.\n- Transfer: emitted when tokens are transferred from one account to another.\n\nThe IERC20Metadata interface can be used by other contracts or applications to interact with an ERC20 token contract. For example, a decentralized exchange (DEX) could use the IERC20Metadata interface to interact with a token contract in order to list the token on the exchange and allow users to trade the token. \n\nHere is an example of how the transfer function could be used to transfer tokens from one account to another: \n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IERC20Metadata } from './IERC20Metadata';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst tokenAddress = '0x123...'; // address of the ERC20 token contract\nconst token = new ethers.Contract(tokenAddress, IERC20Metadata.interface, signer);\n\nconst recipientAddress = '0x456...'; // address of the recipient\nconst amount = ethers.utils.parseEther('10'); // amount of tokens to transfer\n\nconst tx = await token.transfer(recipientAddress, amount);\nawait tx.wait();\nconsole.log('Tokens transferred successfully!');\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines an interface for an ERC20 token contract, including functions for transferring tokens, checking balances, and approving token transfers.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code relies on the ethers library for interacting with Ethereum, as well as the @ethersproject/bytes and @ethersproject/providers libraries.\n\n3. What events can be emitted by this contract?\n- This contract can emit two events: \"Approval\" and \"Transfer\". The \"Approval\" event is emitted when a token transfer is approved, and the \"Transfer\" event is emitted when tokens are transferred between accounts.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/IERC20Metadata.d.md"}}],["416",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/IERC20Mintable.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface for an ERC20 token contract that can be minted. The interface includes functions for checking the allowance of a spender, approving a spender to transfer tokens, checking the balance of an account, minting new tokens, getting the total supply of tokens, transferring tokens to a recipient, and transferring tokens from a sender to a recipient. The interface also includes events for when an approval or transfer occurs.\n\nThis code can be used as a template for creating an ERC20 token contract that can be minted. Developers can import this interface and use it to define the functions and events of their own token contract. For example, a developer could create a new contract called MyToken that implements the IERC20Mintable interface and adds additional functionality specific to their token.\n\nHere is an example of how a developer could use this interface to create a new token contract:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from \"ethers\";\nimport { IERC20Mintable } from \"./IERC20Mintable\";\n\n// Define the MyToken contract\nclass MyToken extends ethers.Contract implements IERC20Mintable {\n // Implement the functions and events defined in the interface\n allowance(owner: string, spender: string): Promise {\n // ...\n }\n\n approve(\n spender: string,\n amount: BigNumberish\n ): Promise {\n // ...\n }\n\n balanceOf(account: string): Promise {\n // ...\n }\n\n mint(to: string, amount: BigNumberish): Promise {\n // ...\n }\n\n totalSupply(): Promise {\n // ...\n }\n\n transfer(\n recipient: string,\n amount: BigNumberish\n ): Promise {\n // ...\n }\n\n transferFrom(\n sender: string,\n recipient: string,\n amount: BigNumberish\n ): Promise {\n // ...\n }\n\n // Implement the listeners, filters, estimateGas, and populateTransaction methods\n // ...\n\n // Define any additional functionality specific to MyToken\n // ...\n}\n\n// Deploy the MyToken contract\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\nconst MyTokenFactory = new ethers.ContractFactory(\n MyToken.interface,\n MyToken.bytecode,\n signer\n);\nconst myToken = await MyTokenFactory.deploy();\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines an interface for a mintable ERC20 token contract, including functions for transferring tokens, approving token transfers, checking token balances, and minting new tokens.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code imports several modules from the ethers.js library, including types for contract interactions, event filters, and ABI encoding/decoding.\n\n3. Is this code a complete implementation of an ERC20 token contract?\n- No, this code only defines an interface for an ERC20 token contract. It does not include any implementation details or contract logic.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/IERC20Mintable.d.md"}}],["417",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/IERC20Permit.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface for an ERC20 token that includes a permit function. The permit function allows a token holder to approve a spender to transfer tokens on their behalf without the need for an explicit transaction. This is achieved by the token holder signing a message that includes the details of the transfer, such as the amount and the spender's address. The signature is then submitted to the blockchain as proof of approval.\n\nThe interface includes three functions: DOMAIN_SEPARATOR, nonces, and permit. DOMAIN_SEPARATOR returns a unique identifier for the token contract that is used in the permit function. nonces returns the current nonce for a given token holder, which is used to prevent replay attacks. The permit function takes as input the token holder's address, the spender's address, the amount of tokens to be transferred, a deadline by which the signature must be submitted, and the signature itself. The signature is split into two parts, r and s, which are used to verify the authenticity of the signature. The v parameter is used to determine which of two possible public keys was used to sign the message.\n\nThe IERC20Permit interface can be used by other contracts that require ERC20 tokens with permit functionality. For example, a decentralized exchange could use this interface to allow users to approve token transfers without the need for an explicit transaction. Here is an example of how the permit function could be called:\n\n```\nconst token = new IERC20Permit(tokenAddress);\nconst nonce = await token.nonces(tokenHolder);\nconst deadline = Math.floor(Date.now() / 1000) + 3600; // 1 hour from now\nconst message = {\n owner: tokenHolder,\n spender: spender,\n value: amount,\n nonce: nonce,\n deadline: deadline,\n};\nconst signature = await signer.signMessage(message);\nconst { r, s, v } = ethers.utils.splitSignature(signature);\nawait token.permit(tokenHolder, spender, amount, deadline, v, r, s);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface called `IERC20Permit` which includes three functions: `DOMAIN_SEPARATOR`, `nonces`, and `permit`. It also imports several dependencies from external libraries.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `DOMAIN_SEPARATOR` function?\n- The `DOMAIN_SEPARATOR` function returns a unique identifier for the contract that is used in the `permit` function to prevent replay attacks.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `permit` function and what parameters does it take?\n- The `permit` function allows a token owner to authorize a spender to transfer a certain amount of tokens on their behalf. It takes in the owner's address, the spender's address, the amount of tokens to be transferred, a deadline for the transaction, and cryptographic signatures to verify the transaction.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/IERC20Permit.d.md"}}],["418",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/IERC721Receiver.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface for a contract that can receive ERC721 tokens. ERC721 is a standard for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) on the Ethereum blockchain. The interface defines a single function, `onERC721Received`, which takes four arguments: `operator`, `from`, `tokenId`, and `data`. The `operator` argument is the address of the contract that is transferring the token, `from` is the address of the sender of the token, `tokenId` is the ID of the token being transferred, and `data` is any additional data that the sender wants to include with the transfer.\n\nThe purpose of this interface is to allow contracts to receive ERC721 tokens and take some action based on the transfer. For example, a contract that represents a marketplace for NFTs might implement this interface to receive tokens from sellers and transfer them to buyers. The `onERC721Received` function would be called by the ERC721 contract when a transfer is made, and the receiving contract could then perform any necessary checks or updates before completing the transfer.\n\nThe code also includes some boilerplate for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain using the `ethers` library. This includes importing various types and interfaces from `ethers`, defining a `BaseContract` class that can be extended by other contracts, and defining various methods for interacting with contracts and events on the blockchain.\n\nHere is an example of how a contract might implement this interface:\n\n```\nimport { IERC721Receiver } from \"./IERC721Receiver.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract is IERC721Receiver {\n function onERC721Received(\n address operator,\n address from,\n uint256 tokenId,\n bytes calldata data\n ) external returns (bytes4) {\n // Do something with the token transfer\n return this.onERC721Received.selector;\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, `MyContract` implements the `onERC721Received` function from the `IERC721Receiver` interface. The function takes the same arguments as defined in the interface, and returns a `bytes4` value that indicates that the function was successfully executed. The function body would contain the logic for handling the token transfer, such as updating the contract's state or triggering other events.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface called `IERC721Receiver` which includes a function called `onERC721Received`. The purpose of this interface is to define a standard way for contracts to handle incoming ERC721 tokens.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the `ethers` and `@ethersproject` packages, including `Signer`, `Provider`, `BigNumber`, `FunctionFragment`, `EventFragment`, and `Result`. It also imports a custom module called `common`.\n\n3. What is the expected input and output of the `onERC721Received` function?\n- The `onERC721Received` function takes in four parameters: `operator`, `from`, `tokenId`, and `data`. It returns a `Promise` that resolves to a `ContractTransaction`. The purpose of this function is to handle incoming ERC721 tokens and return a success or failure message.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/IERC721Receiver.d.md"}}],["419",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/IKeeper.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface called `IKeeper` which extends the `ethers.utils.Interface` class. The interface has one function called `dropEggs` which takes three arguments: `eggId`, `dropID`, and `buyer`. The function returns a `Promise` of type `ContractTransaction`. \n\nThe `dropEggs` function is used to drop eggs in the zoo. It takes in the `eggId` and `dropID` of the egg to be dropped, and the `buyer` address who is buying the egg. The function returns a `Promise` of type `ContractTransaction` which represents the transaction hash of the function call. \n\nThe `IKeeper` interface is used to interact with the `Keeper` contract in the larger project. The `Keeper` contract is responsible for managing the eggs in the zoo. The `dropEggs` function is called by the `Zoo` contract when a user wants to buy an egg. The `Zoo` contract passes the `eggId`, `dropID`, and `buyer` address to the `dropEggs` function which then drops the egg in the zoo and transfers ownership to the buyer. \n\nHere is an example of how the `dropEggs` function can be called:\n\n```javascript\nconst keeper = new IKeeper();\nconst eggId = 1;\nconst dropID = 2;\nconst buyer = \"0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890\";\nconst overrides = { from: \"0x0987654321098765432109876543210987654321\" };\nconst tx = await keeper.dropEggs(eggId, dropID, buyer, overrides);\nconsole.log(tx.hash);\n```\n\nIn this example, we create a new instance of the `IKeeper` interface and call the `dropEggs` function with `eggId` set to 1, `dropID` set to 2, and `buyer` set to a sample address. We also pass in an `overrides` object which specifies the `from` address for the transaction. The function returns a `Promise` of type `ContractTransaction` which we can use to get the transaction hash of the function call.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface for a contract called `IKeeper` which has a single function called `dropEggs`. The function takes in three arguments and returns a `ContractTransaction`.\n\n2. What libraries and dependencies are being used in this code?\n- This code imports several libraries including `ethers`, `@ethersproject/bytes`, and `@ethersproject/providers`.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `overrides` parameter in the `dropEggs` function?\n- The `overrides` parameter is an optional parameter that can be used to specify additional transaction parameters such as the `from` address. It is used to override the default transaction parameters.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/IKeeper.d.md"}}],["420",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/IMigrator.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface called `IMigrator` which extends the `BaseContract` class. The interface has a single function called `desiredLiquidity` which returns a `BigNumber`. The purpose of this interface is to define the expected behavior of a migrator contract in the larger project. \n\nA migrator contract is responsible for migrating liquidity from an old version of a smart contract to a new version. The `desiredLiquidity` function defined in this interface is expected to return the amount of liquidity that should be migrated. \n\nThe `IMigrator` interface is imported into other files in the project where it is used to define the expected behavior of migrator contracts. For example, a migrator contract may implement the `IMigrator` interface and define the `desiredLiquidity` function to return the appropriate amount of liquidity to be migrated. \n\nThe `ethers` library is used to import various Ethereum-related objects and functions such as `Signer`, `Provider`, `BigNumber`, and `PopulatedTransaction`. The `@ethersproject/bytes` and `@ethersproject/providers` libraries are also imported. \n\nThe code is generated automatically and should not be edited manually. The `tslint:disable` and `eslint:disable` comments disable linting for the file. \n\nOverall, this code defines an interface for migrator contracts in the larger project and imports various Ethereum-related libraries and objects. It is used to ensure that migrator contracts implement the expected behavior and can be used to migrate liquidity from old versions of smart contracts to new versions.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface called `IMigrator` which extends `BaseContract` and has a single function called `desiredLiquidity`. The purpose of this interface is not clear from the code alone, but it likely serves as a way for other contracts to interact with a migrator contract in a standardized way.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the `ethers` and `@ethersproject` packages, including `Signer`, `Provider`, `BigNumber`, `FunctionFragment`, `EventFragment`, and `Result`. It also imports a custom `TypedEventFilter` and `TypedListener` from a module called `common`.\n\n3. Are there any security concerns or potential issues with this code?\n- There are no obvious security concerns or issues with this code, as it simply defines an interface and does not contain any executable logic. However, it is possible that the migrator contract that implements this interface could have security issues, depending on how it is designed and implemented.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/IMigrator.d.md"}}],["421",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/IRewarder.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface called `IRewarder` which is used to interact with a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain. The interface contains two functions: `onTokensReward` and `pendingTokens`. \n\nThe `onTokensReward` function is used to reward users with tokens for participating in a liquidity pool. It takes in five parameters: `pid`, `user`, `recipient`, `tokenAmount`, and `newLpAmount`. `pid` is an identifier for the liquidity pool, `user` is the address of the user who is being rewarded, `recipient` is the address where the tokens will be sent, `tokenAmount` is the amount of tokens to be rewarded, and `newLpAmount` is the new amount of liquidity pool tokens that the user will receive after being rewarded. The function returns a `ContractTransaction` object which can be used to track the status of the transaction on the blockchain.\n\nThe `pendingTokens` function is used to get the pending tokens for a user in a liquidity pool. It takes in three parameters: `pid`, `user`, and `tokenAmount`. `pid` is an identifier for the liquidity pool, `user` is the address of the user whose pending tokens are being queried, and `tokenAmount` is the amount of tokens that the user has in the liquidity pool. The function returns an array of addresses and an array of `BigNumber` objects representing the pending tokens for the user.\n\nThis interface can be used by other smart contracts or applications to interact with the liquidity pool contract and reward users for participating in the pool. For example, a decentralized exchange application could use this interface to reward users for providing liquidity to a trading pair. \n\nHere is an example of how the `onTokensReward` function could be used in a smart contract:\n\n```\nimport { IRewarder } from \"./IRewarder\";\n\nconst rewarderAddress = \"0x123...\"; // address of the liquidity pool contract\nconst rewarder = IRewarder.attach(rewarderAddress);\n\nasync function rewardUser(pid: number, user: string, recipient: string, tokenAmount: number, newLpAmount: number) {\n const tx = await rewarder.onTokensReward(pid, user, recipient, tokenAmount, newLpAmount);\n await tx.wait(); // wait for the transaction to be mined\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines an interface called `IRewarder` which specifies two functions related to token rewards. It is likely part of a larger smart contract system that involves incentivizing users to participate in some way.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the `ethers` and `@ethersproject` packages, which are used for interacting with Ethereum and its smart contracts.\n\n3. What are the parameters and return values of the `onTokensReward` and `pendingTokens` functions?\n- The `onTokensReward` function takes in five parameters: `pid` (a number), `user` and `recipient` (both Ethereum addresses), `tokenAmount` (a number), and `newLpAmount` (another number). It returns a `Promise` that resolves to a `ContractTransaction`.\n- The `pendingTokens` function takes in three parameters: `pid` (a number), `user` (an Ethereum address), and `tokenAmount` (a number). It returns a `Promise` that resolves to an array of two arrays, the first containing Ethereum addresses and the second containing numbers.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/IRewarder.d.md"}}],["422",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/IStrictERC20.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface for a strict implementation of the ERC20 token standard on the Ethereum blockchain. The ERC20 standard defines a set of rules and functions that a token contract must implement in order to be considered an ERC20 token. This interface defines the functions and events that a contract must implement in order to be considered a strict ERC20 token.\n\nThe interface includes functions for getting the balance of an address, transferring tokens between addresses, approving an address to spend tokens on behalf of another address, and checking the allowance of an address to spend tokens on behalf of another address. It also includes functions for getting the name, symbol, decimals, and total supply of the token.\n\nThe interface also includes an event for when a transfer of tokens occurs and an event for when an approval for spending tokens occurs.\n\nThis interface can be used by other contracts or applications that interact with ERC20 tokens to ensure that the token contract they are interacting with is a strict implementation of the ERC20 standard. For example, a decentralized exchange that allows trading of ERC20 tokens would use this interface to ensure that the tokens being traded are ERC20 compliant.\n\nHere is an example of how this interface could be used in a Solidity contract:\n\n```\nimport { IStrictERC20 } from \"./path/to/IStrictERC20.sol\";\n\ncontract MyContract {\n IStrictERC20 public token;\n\n constructor(address _tokenAddress) {\n token = IStrictERC20(_tokenAddress);\n }\n\n function transferTokens(address _to, uint256 _amount) external {\n require(token.transfer(_to, _amount), \"Transfer failed\");\n }\n\n function approveSpender(address _spender, uint256 _amount) external {\n require(token.approve(_spender, _amount), \"Approval failed\");\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `MyContract` contract takes an address of an ERC20 token contract as a constructor argument and creates an instance of the `IStrictERC20` interface using that address. The `transferTokens` and `approveSpender` functions use the `token` instance to call the `transfer` and `approve` functions on the ERC20 token contract, respectively. The `require` statements ensure that the token transfer or approval was successful.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines an interface for a strict ERC20 token contract, including functions for transferring tokens, checking balances, and approving token transfers.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the ethers and @ethersproject libraries, including types for event filters, signers, providers, and contract transactions.\n\n3. What events can be emitted by this contract?\n- This contract can emit two events: \"Approval\" and \"Transfer\". The \"Approval\" event includes the owner, spender, and value of an approved token transfer, while the \"Transfer\" event includes the from, to, and value of a completed token transfer.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/IStrictERC20.d.md"}}],["423",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/IUniswapV2Callee.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface called `IUniswapV2Callee` that extends the `BaseContract` class. The interface contains a single function called `uniswapV2Call` that takes four arguments: `sender`, `amount0`, `amount1`, and `data`. The function returns a `Promise` of type `ContractTransaction`.\n\nThe purpose of this interface is to provide a way for contracts to interact with the Uniswap v2 protocol. The `uniswapV2Call` function is called by the Uniswap v2 protocol when a trade is executed. The function takes in the `sender` address, the amount of token0 and token1 being traded (`amount0` and `amount1`), and any additional data that was sent with the trade (`data`). The function then executes any necessary logic and returns a `Promise` of type `ContractTransaction`.\n\nThis interface is likely used by other contracts in the larger project that need to interact with the Uniswap v2 protocol. For example, a contract that allows users to trade tokens may use this interface to execute trades on Uniswap v2. Here is an example of how this interface might be used:\n\n```typescript\nimport { IUniswapV2Callee } from \"./IUniswapV2Callee\";\n\nclass MyContract {\n private uniswapV2Callee: IUniswapV2Callee;\n\n constructor(uniswapV2CalleeAddress: string) {\n this.uniswapV2Callee = new IUniswapV2Callee(uniswapV2CalleeAddress);\n }\n\n async executeTrade(sender: string, amount0: number, amount1: number, data: string) {\n const tx = await this.uniswapV2Callee.uniswapV2Call(sender, amount0, amount1, data);\n await tx.wait();\n console.log(\"Trade executed successfully!\");\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, `MyContract` takes in the address of an instance of `IUniswapV2Callee` in its constructor. It then has a method called `executeTrade` that takes in the necessary trade parameters and calls the `uniswapV2Call` function on the `IUniswapV2Callee` instance. The function waits for the transaction to be mined and then logs a success message.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines an interface for a UniswapV2Callee contract, which specifies a function called `uniswapV2Call`. This function is called when a UniswapV2 pair contract is swapped, and allows external contracts to execute custom logic during the swap.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the `ethers` and `@ethersproject` packages, which provide functionality for interacting with Ethereum contracts and networks.\n\n3. What functions are available in the `IUniswapV2Callee` interface?\n- The `IUniswapV2Callee` interface specifies a single function called `uniswapV2Call`, which takes four arguments: `sender`, `amount0`, `amount1`, and `data`. This function is called during a UniswapV2 swap and allows external contracts to execute custom logic. The interface also includes several functions for managing event listeners and transaction data.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/IUniswapV2Callee.d.md"}}],["424",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/IUniswapV2Factory.d.ts)\n\nThe code is an autogenerated file that defines an interface for the UniswapV2Factory contract. The UniswapV2Factory contract is a smart contract that creates and manages Uniswap V2 pairs. Uniswap V2 is a decentralized exchange protocol that allows users to trade ERC20 tokens without the need for an order book. Instead, Uniswap V2 uses an automated market maker (AMM) algorithm to determine the price of tokens.\n\nThe IUniswapV2Factory interface defines the functions that can be called on the UniswapV2Factory contract. These functions include creating a new pair, getting an existing pair, setting the fee recipient, and setting the migrator. The interface also includes events that can be emitted by the contract, such as the PairCreated event.\n\nDevelopers can use this interface to interact with the UniswapV2Factory contract in their own smart contracts or applications. For example, a developer could use the createPair function to create a new Uniswap V2 pair for two ERC20 tokens. The getPair function could be used to retrieve an existing pair's address. The setFeeTo function could be used to set the address that receives the Uniswap V2 protocol fee.\n\nHere is an example of how a developer could use the createPair function to create a new Uniswap V2 pair:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from \"ethers\";\nimport { IUniswapV2Factory } from \"./IUniswapV2Factory\";\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst factoryAddress = \"0x5C69bEe701ef814a2B6a3EDD4B1652CB9cc5aA6f\";\nconst factory = new ethers.Contract(factoryAddress, IUniswapV2Factory.interface, signer);\n\nconst tokenA = \"0x1f9840a85d5aF5bf1D1762F925BDADdC4201F984\"; // Example token A address\nconst tokenB = \"0xc02aaa39b223fe8d0a0e5c4f27ead9083c756cc2\"; // Example token B address\n\nconst tx = await factory.createPair(tokenA, tokenB);\nawait tx.wait();\n```\n\nThis code creates a new instance of the IUniswapV2Factory contract using the factory address and a signer. It then calls the createPair function with the addresses of two ERC20 tokens. Finally, it waits for the transaction to be mined.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n This code defines an interface for the UniswapV2Factory contract, which is used to create and manage pairs of tokens on the Uniswap decentralized exchange.\n\n2. What are some of the functions that can be called on this interface?\n Some of the functions that can be called on this interface include creating a new token pair, getting the address of an existing token pair, setting the fee recipient and fee setter addresses, and setting the migrator address.\n\n3. What other files or dependencies are required to use this code?\n This code depends on several other packages, including ethers, @ethersproject/bytes, and @ethersproject/providers. It also requires access to the UniswapV2Factory contract on the Ethereum blockchain.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/IUniswapV2Factory.d.md"}}],["425",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/IVoting.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface called `IVoting` that extends the `BaseContract` class. The interface contains four functions and two events. The `IVoting` interface is used to interact with a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain that handles voting and blocking of addresses.\n\nThe `IVoting` interface has four functions:\n- `blockAddress`: This function blocks an address from voting by setting the `freeze` parameter to `true`. It takes two parameters: `target`, which is the address to be blocked, and `freeze`, which is a boolean value that determines whether the address should be blocked or unblocked. This function returns a `Promise` that resolves to a `ContractTransaction` object.\n- `changeWithdrawAddress`: This function changes the address that can withdraw funds from the contract. It takes one parameter: `_newWithdrawAddress`, which is the new address that can withdraw funds. This function returns a `Promise` that resolves to a `ContractTransaction` object.\n- `isBlocked`: This function checks whether an address is blocked from voting. It takes one parameter: `_addr`, which is the address to check. This function returns a `Promise` that resolves to a boolean value.\n- `voteProposal`: This function allows an address to vote on a proposal. It takes two parameters: `proposal`, which is the proposal to vote on, and `choice`, which is a boolean value that determines whether to vote for or against the proposal. This function returns a `Promise` that resolves to a `ContractTransaction` object.\n\nThe `IVoting` interface also has two events:\n- `addedProposal`: This event is emitted when a new proposal is added to the contract. It contains two parameters: `newProposals`, which is the new proposal that was added, and `timestamp`, which is the timestamp of when the proposal was added.\n- `votedProposal`: This event is emitted when an address votes on a proposal. It contains two parameters: `proposal`, which is the proposal that was voted on, and `choice`, which is a boolean value that represents whether the address voted for or against the proposal.\n\nThis interface can be used by other parts of the `zoo` project to interact with the smart contract that handles voting and blocking of addresses. For example, a frontend component of the project could use the `voteProposal` function to allow users to vote on proposals. Here is an example of how the `voteProposal` function could be used:\n\n```\nconst votingContract = new IVoting(address);\nconst proposal = \"Increase funding for animal care\";\nconst choice = true; // vote for the proposal\nconst tx = await votingContract.voteProposal(proposal, choice);\nawait tx.wait(); // wait for the transaction to be mined\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract and what does it do?\n- This contract is an interface for a voting system. It has functions for blocking addresses, changing withdrawal addresses, checking if an address is blocked, and voting on proposals.\n\n2. What libraries and dependencies does this code use?\n- This code imports several libraries and dependencies including ethers, @ethersproject/bytes, and @ethersproject/providers.\n\n3. What events can be emitted by this contract and what information do they contain?\n- This contract can emit two events: \"addedProposal\" and \"votedProposal\". The \"addedProposal\" event contains a string representing the new proposal and a number representing the timestamp. The \"votedProposal\" event contains a string representing the proposal and a boolean representing the choice made by the voter.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/IVoting.d.md"}}],["426",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/IWETH.d.ts)\n\nThe code is an autogenerated file that defines an interface for interacting with the WETH (Wrapped Ether) contract on the Ethereum blockchain. The IWETH interface provides three functions: deposit, transfer, and withdraw. \n\nThe deposit function allows users to deposit Ether into the WETH contract and receive an equivalent amount of WETH tokens in return. This function is marked as payable, meaning that it can receive Ether as part of the transaction. \n\nThe transfer function allows users to transfer WETH tokens to another address. The function takes two arguments: the address to transfer the tokens to, and the amount of tokens to transfer. \n\nThe withdraw function allows users to withdraw WETH tokens from the contract and receive an equivalent amount of Ether in return. The function takes one argument: the amount of WETH tokens to withdraw. \n\nThe IWETH interface extends the BaseContract class, which provides methods for connecting to a signer or provider, attaching to a contract address, and deploying a contract. It also provides methods for managing event listeners and filters. \n\nThis interface can be used by other contracts or applications that need to interact with the WETH contract on the Ethereum blockchain. For example, a decentralized exchange (DEX) that supports trading between Ether and other tokens may use the IWETH interface to allow users to deposit and withdraw Ether in the form of WETH tokens. \n\nExample usage of the IWETH interface:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IWETH } from './IWETH';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider('https://mainnet.infura.io/v3/your-project-id');\nconst signer = new ethers.Wallet('your-private-key', provider);\n\nconst wethAddress = '0xC02aaA39b223FE8D0A0e5C4F27eAD9083C756Cc2';\nconst wethContract = new IWETH(wethAddress, provider);\n\n// Deposit 1 Ether into the WETH contract\nconst depositTx = await wethContract.deposit({ value: ethers.utils.parseEther('1') });\nawait depositTx.wait();\n\n// Transfer 0.5 WETH to another address\nconst recipientAddress = '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890';\nconst transferTx = await wethContract.transfer(recipientAddress, ethers.utils.parseEther('0.5'));\nawait transferTx.wait();\n\n// Withdraw 0.25 WETH from the contract\nconst withdrawTx = await wethContract.withdraw(ethers.utils.parseEther('0.25'));\nawait withdrawTx.wait();\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface for interacting with the WETH (Wrapped Ether) contract on the Ethereum blockchain. It includes functions for depositing, transferring, and withdrawing WETH.\n\n2. What libraries and dependencies does this code use?\n- This code imports several libraries and dependencies including ethers, @ethersproject/bytes, and @ethersproject/providers.\n\n3. What is the structure of the IWETH interface and what functions does it include?\n- The IWETH interface includes three functions: deposit, transfer, and withdraw. Each function has several optional parameters for overrides and promises, and there are also several additional functions for querying and estimating gas costs.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/IWETH.d.md"}}],["427",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/IZoo.d.ts)\n\nThis code defines an interface for the Zoo project, which is a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain. The interface defines the events that can be emitted by the contract, as well as the functions that can be called on the contract. \n\nThe `import` statements at the beginning of the code bring in various libraries and modules that are used throughout the code. These include `ethers`, which is a library for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain, and `@ethersproject/bytes` and `@ethersproject/providers`, which are submodules of the `ethers` library. \n\nThe `interface` defined in this code specifies the functions and events that are available on the Zoo contract. The `functions` object is empty, indicating that there are no functions defined in this interface. The `events` object lists the events that can be emitted by the contract, along with their parameters. \n\nThe `export` statements at the end of the code export various types and classes that can be used by other parts of the Zoo project. These include the `IZoo` class, which extends the `BaseContract` class from the `ethers` library. The `IZoo` class provides methods for connecting to the Zoo contract, attaching to an existing contract instance, and deploying a new contract instance. It also provides methods for listening to events emitted by the contract, as well as for querying the contract for past events. \n\nOverall, this code provides a high-level interface for interacting with the Zoo contract. Other parts of the Zoo project can use this interface to interact with the contract and to listen for events emitted by the contract. For example, a front-end application could use this interface to display information about the animals in the Zoo and to allow users to buy and sell animals. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```javascript\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IZoo } from './IZoo';\n\n// Connect to the Ethereum network\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider('https://mainnet.infura.io/v3/your-project-id');\n\n// Create a new instance of the Zoo contract\nconst zooAddress = '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890';\nconst zooContract = new IZoo(zooAddress, provider);\n\n// Listen for the \"Mint\" event\nzooContract.on('Mint', (from, tokenID) => {\n console.log(`New animal minted! From: ${from}, Token ID: ${tokenID}`);\n});\n\n// Call a function on the contract\nconst tokenID = 123;\nconst owner = await zooContract.ownerOf(tokenID);\nconsole.log(`Owner of token ${tokenID}: ${owner}`);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file defines an interface for the Zoo contract, including the events emitted by the contract.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n- This code imports several modules from the ethers and @ethersproject/bytes libraries.\n\n3. What specific events are defined in this code file?\n- This code defines eight events: AddDrop, BreedAnimal, Burn, BuyEgg, Free, Hatch, Mint, and Swap. Each event has a corresponding TypedEvent type defined in the code.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/IZoo.d.md"}}],["428",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/Initializable.d.ts)\n\nThe code in this file defines an interface and a class called `Initializable` that extends `BaseContract`. The purpose of this class is to provide a set of methods for initializing a contract instance. \n\nThe `Initializable` class has several methods for connecting to a signer or provider, attaching to a contract address, and deploying a contract. It also has methods for adding and removing event listeners, querying event filters, estimating gas usage, and populating transactions. \n\nThe `Initializable` class does not have any functions or callStatic methods, and its estimateGas and populateTransaction methods are empty. \n\nThe `Initializable` interface defines an event called `Initialized` that takes a single argument of type `uint8`. This event is emitted when a contract instance is initialized. \n\nOverall, the `Initializable` class provides a set of methods for initializing a contract instance and managing event listeners. It can be used as a base class for other contract classes that need to be initialized. For example, a contract class for a zoo token might extend the `Initializable` class to provide initialization methods for setting the token name, symbol, and decimals. \n\nHere is an example of how the `Initializable` class might be used to initialize a contract instance:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from \"ethers\";\nimport { Initializable } from \"./Initializable\";\n\nclass ZooToken extends Initializable {\n constructor() {\n super();\n }\n\n async initialize(name: string, symbol: string, decimals: number) {\n // Call the contract's initialize function to set the name, symbol, and decimals\n const tx = await this.populateTransaction.initialize(name, symbol, decimals);\n // Send the transaction to the network\n const provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\n const signer = provider.getSigner();\n const response = await signer.sendTransaction(tx);\n // Wait for the transaction to be confirmed\n const receipt = await response.wait();\n // Emit the Initialized event with the contract version\n this.emit(\"Initialized\", 1);\n }\n}\n\nconst token = new ZooToken();\nawait token.initialize(\"Zoo Token\", \"ZOO\", 18);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface and a class called `Initializable` which extends `BaseContract`. It also defines an event called `Initialized` and a type for that event called `InitializedEvent`. The purpose of this code is not clear, but it seems to be related to Ethereum smart contracts.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the `ethers` and `@ethersproject` packages, including `ethers`, `EventFilter`, `Signer`, `BigNumber`, `PopulatedTransaction`, `BaseContract`, `ContractTransaction`, `BytesLike`, `Listener`, `Provider`, `FunctionFragment`, `EventFragment`, and `Result`. It also imports a type called `TypedEventFilter` from a module called `common`.\n\n3. What is the relationship between the `Initializable` class and the `InitializableInterface` interface?\n- The `Initializable` class extends `BaseContract` and implements the `InitializableInterface` interface. The `InitializableInterface` interface defines an event called `Initialized` and a method called `getEvent` that returns the `Initialized` event. However, the `functions` property of the interface is empty.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/Initializable.d.md"}}],["429",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/Ownable.d.ts)\n\nThe code is an autogenerated file that defines an interface and a class called `Ownable`. The `Ownable` class is a contract that can be used as a base contract for other contracts that need to have an owner. The `Ownable` contract has two functions: `owner()` and `transferOwnership(newOwner: string)`. \n\nThe `owner()` function returns the address of the current owner of the contract. The `transferOwnership(newOwner: string)` function allows the current owner of the contract to transfer ownership to a new address. \n\nThe `Ownable` class inherits from the `BaseContract` class and provides several methods for interacting with the contract. These methods include `connect()`, `attach()`, `deployed()`, `listeners()`, `off()`, `on()`, `once()`, `removeListener()`, `removeAllListeners()`, `queryFilter()`, `callStatic()`, `filters()`, `estimateGas()`, and `populateTransaction()`. \n\nThe `Ownable` interface defines the `owner()` and `transferOwnership(newOwner: string)` functions, as well as an event called `OwnershipTransferred`. The `OwnershipTransferred` event is emitted whenever ownership of the contract is transferred from one address to another. \n\nThe `Ownable` class can be used as a base contract for other contracts that need to have an owner. For example, a contract that represents a token could inherit from the `Ownable` contract to ensure that only the owner of the contract can mint new tokens. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```typescript\nimport { Ownable } from \"./Ownable\";\n\nclass MyToken extends Ownable {\n // implementation of token contract\n}\n\nconst myToken = new MyToken();\nconst owner = await myToken.owner();\nconsole.log(`Current owner: ${owner}`);\n\nconst newOwner = \"0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890\";\nawait myToken.transferOwnership(newOwner);\nconsole.log(`Ownership transferred to: ${newOwner}`);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface and a contract called `Ownable` that allows for ownership transfer of a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the `ethers` and `@ethersproject` packages, which provide functionality for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain.\n\n3. What functions are available in the `Ownable` contract and what do they do?\n- The `Ownable` contract has two functions: `owner()` returns the current owner of the contract, and `transferOwnership(newOwner: string)` allows the current owner to transfer ownership to a new address.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/Ownable.d.md"}}],["430",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/OwnableUpgradeable.d.ts)\n\nThe code is an autogenerated file that defines an interface and a class called `OwnableUpgradeable`. The class extends `BaseContract` and provides methods for managing ownership of a contract. The `OwnableUpgradeable` class has three methods: `owner()`, `renounceOwnership()`, and `transferOwnership()`. \n\nThe `owner()` method returns the address of the current owner of the contract. The `renounceOwnership()` method allows the current owner to renounce ownership of the contract, effectively transferring ownership to the zero address. The `transferOwnership()` method allows the current owner to transfer ownership of the contract to a new address.\n\nThe class also defines two events: `Initialized` and `OwnershipTransferred`. The `Initialized` event is emitted when the contract is initialized with a version number. The `OwnershipTransferred` event is emitted when ownership of the contract is transferred from one address to another.\n\nThe `OwnableUpgradeable` class is designed to be used as a base class for other contracts that require ownership management. By inheriting from `OwnableUpgradeable`, a contract gains the ability to manage ownership using the `owner()`, `renounceOwnership()`, and `transferOwnership()` methods. \n\nFor example, a contract called `Zoo` could inherit from `OwnableUpgradeable` to manage ownership. Here is an example of how `Zoo` could use the `transferOwnership()` method to transfer ownership of the contract to a new address:\n\n```\nimport { OwnableUpgradeable } from \"./OwnableUpgradeable\";\n\nclass Zoo extends OwnableUpgradeable {\n // ...\n}\n\nconst zoo = new Zoo();\nconst newOwner = \"0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890\";\nawait zoo.transferOwnership(newOwner);\n```\n\nIn this example, `Zoo` inherits from `OwnableUpgradeable` and creates an instance of the `Zoo` class called `zoo`. The `transferOwnership()` method is then called on `zoo` to transfer ownership of the contract to the address `newOwner`.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface and a class called `OwnableUpgradeable` that inherits from `BaseContract`. It includes functions for getting and transferring ownership of a contract.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the `ethers` and `@ethersproject` packages, including `Signer`, `Provider`, `BigNumber`, `FunctionFragment`, `EventFragment`, and `TypedEventFilter`.\n\n3. What events are emitted by this contract and what information do they provide?\n- This contract emits two events: `Initialized` and `OwnershipTransferred`. The `Initialized` event includes a single parameter `version` of type `number`, while the `OwnershipTransferred` event includes two parameters `previousOwner` and `newOwner`, both of type `string`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/OwnableUpgradeable.d.md"}}],["431",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/Owned.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface and a class called `Owned`. The `Owned` class inherits from the `BaseContract` class and provides methods for connecting to a signer or provider, attaching to a contract address, and deploying a contract. \n\nThe purpose of this class is to provide a way to manage ownership of a contract. It has two methods: `owner` and `transferOwnership`. The `owner` method returns the current owner of the contract, while the `transferOwnership` method allows the current owner to transfer ownership to a new address. \n\nThe `transferOwnership` method takes a single argument, `newOwner`, which is the address of the new owner. It also takes an optional `overrides` object, which can be used to specify transaction parameters such as the gas limit and gas price. \n\nThis class can be used in the larger project to manage ownership of contracts. For example, if a contract needs to be upgraded, the current owner can transfer ownership to a new address that will be responsible for deploying the upgraded contract. \n\nHere is an example of how to use the `Owned` class:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { Owned } from './Owned';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst ownedContract = new Owned('0x123...', signer);\n\nconst currentOwner = await ownedContract.owner();\nconsole.log('Current owner:', currentOwner);\n\nconst newOwner = '0x456...';\nconst tx = await ownedContract.transferOwnership(newOwner);\nawait tx.wait();\nconsole.log('Ownership transferred to', newOwner);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface and a contract called Owned, which has functions for getting and transferring ownership of the contract.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the ethers and @ethersproject libraries, which provide functionality for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain.\n\n3. What are the security implications of the functions defined in this code?\n- The transferOwnership function allows the current owner of the contract to transfer ownership to a new address, which could potentially be used to compromise the security of the contract if the new owner is malicious. It is important to ensure that only trusted parties are able to call this function.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/Owned.d.md"}}],["432",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/Pausable.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface and a class called `Pausable` that can be used to pause and unpause a smart contract. The class inherits from `BaseContract` and provides methods for connecting to a signer or provider, attaching to a contract address, and deploying a new contract instance. \n\nThe `Pausable` class has five methods: `unpause()`, `paused()`, `pause()`, `owner()`, and `transferOwnership()`. \n\nThe `unpause()` method is used to unpause the contract. It takes an optional `overrides` parameter that can be used to specify transaction options such as the `from` address. It returns a `Promise` that resolves to a `ContractTransaction` object.\n\nThe `paused()` method is used to check if the contract is currently paused. It takes an optional `overrides` parameter that can be used to specify call options. It returns a `Promise` that resolves to a boolean value.\n\nThe `pause()` method is used to pause the contract. It takes an optional `overrides` parameter that can be used to specify transaction options such as the `from` address. It returns a `Promise` that resolves to a `ContractTransaction` object.\n\nThe `owner()` method is used to get the address of the current contract owner. It takes an optional `overrides` parameter that can be used to specify call options. It returns a `Promise` that resolves to a string value.\n\nThe `transferOwnership()` method is used to transfer ownership of the contract to a new address. It takes a `newOwner` parameter that specifies the address of the new owner, and an optional `overrides` parameter that can be used to specify transaction options such as the `from` address. It returns a `Promise` that resolves to a `ContractTransaction` object.\n\nThe `Pausable` class also defines three events: `Pause()`, `Unpause()`, and `OwnershipTransferred()`. These events can be used to listen for changes to the contract state.\n\nOverall, the `Pausable` class provides a simple way to pause and unpause a smart contract, which can be useful in situations where the contract needs to be temporarily disabled. It can be used as a building block in larger projects that require this functionality. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { Pausable } from \"./Pausable\";\n\nconst contractAddress = \"0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890\";\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst pausableContract = new Pausable(contractAddress, provider);\n\n// Check if contract is paused\nconst isPaused = await pausableContract.paused();\nconsole.log(\"Contract is paused:\", isPaused);\n\n// Pause the contract\nconst pauseTx = await pausableContract.pause();\nconsole.log(\"Pause transaction hash:\", pauseTx.hash);\n\n// Unpause the contract\nconst unpauseTx = await pausableContract.unpause();\nconsole.log(\"Unpause transaction hash:\", unpauseTx.hash);\n\n// Transfer ownership of the contract\nconst newOwner = \"0x0987654321098765432109876543210987654321\";\nconst transferTx = await pausableContract.transferOwnership(newOwner);\nconsole.log(\"Transfer ownership transaction hash:\", transferTx.hash);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface and a contract called `Pausable` that allows for pausing and unpausing of certain functions in a smart contract. It also includes functions for transferring ownership of the contract.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the `ethers` and `@ethersproject` libraries, including `Signer`, `Provider`, `BigNumber`, `FunctionFragment`, `EventFragment`, and `Result`. It also imports a custom module called `common`.\n\n3. What events can be emitted by the `Pausable` contract?\n- The `Pausable` contract can emit three events: `Pause`, `Unpause`, and `OwnershipTransferred`. The `Pause` and `Unpause` events have no arguments, while the `OwnershipTransferred` event includes the previous owner and new owner as arguments.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/Pausable.d.md"}}],["433",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/Random.d.ts)\n\nThe `Random` contract is an Ethereum smart contract that provides functionality for generating random numbers in a decentralized and secure manner. The contract is imported from the `ethers` library and is defined by an interface called `RandomInterface`. The interface defines several functions and events that can be used to interact with the contract.\n\nThe `Random` contract has several functions that can be used to generate random numbers. The `commit` function is used to commit a hash of the random number to the blockchain. The `reveal` function is used to reveal the random number after it has been committed. The `getHash` function is used to compute the hash of a given input. The `getSaltedHash` function is used to compute the hash of a given input concatenated with a salt value. The `max` function returns the maximum value that can be generated by the contract.\n\nThe `Random` contract also has several events that can be emitted during the random number generation process. The `CommitHash` event is emitted when a hash of the random number is committed to the blockchain. The `RevealAnswer` event is emitted when the random number is revealed. The `RevealHash` event is emitted when the hash of the random number is revealed.\n\nThe `Random` contract can be used in a larger project to generate random numbers in a decentralized and secure manner. For example, it can be used in a gambling application to generate random numbers for games. Here is an example of how the `commit` function can be used to generate a random number:\n\n```\nconst random = new ethers.Contract(randomAddress, Random.interface, signer);\n\nconst randomNumber = Math.floor(Math.random() * random.max());\n\nconst hash = ethers.utils.keccak256(ethers.utils.defaultAbiCoder.encode([\"uint256\"], [randomNumber]));\n\nawait random.commit(hash);\n```\n\nIn this example, a random number is generated using the `Math.random()` function and is then hashed using the `keccak256` function from the `ethers` library. The hash is then committed to the blockchain using the `commit` function of the `Random` contract. Once the hash has been committed, the random number can be revealed using the `reveal` function.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this contract and what does it do?\n- This contract is called `Random` and it provides functions for committing and revealing random numbers on the Ethereum blockchain.\n\n2. What events does this contract emit and what information do they provide?\n- This contract emits three events: `CommitHash`, `RevealAnswer`, and `RevealHash`. `CommitHash` provides the sender's address, the data hash, and the block number. `RevealAnswer` provides the sender's address, the answer, and the salt. `RevealHash` provides the sender's address, the reveal hash, and the random number.\n\n3. What are the input parameters and return values of the `commit` function?\n- The `commit` function takes in a `dataHash` parameter of type `BytesLike` and an optional `overrides` parameter. It returns a `Promise` of type `ContractTransaction`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/Random.d.md"}}],["434",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/StandardToken.d.ts)\n\nThe code is an autogenerated file that defines an interface for a standard token contract on the Ethereum blockchain. The contract defines several functions that can be used to interact with the token, including `approve`, `totalSupply`, `transferFrom`, `decreaseApproval`, `balanceOf`, `transfer`, `increaseApproval`, and `allowance`. \n\nThe `approve` function allows a user to approve another address to spend a certain amount of tokens on their behalf. The `totalSupply` function returns the total number of tokens in circulation. The `transferFrom` function allows a user to transfer tokens from one address to another, provided that the user has been approved to do so. The `decreaseApproval` function decreases the amount of tokens that an approved address is allowed to spend on behalf of the user. The `balanceOf` function returns the balance of tokens held by a particular address. The `transfer` function allows a user to transfer tokens to another address. The `increaseApproval` function increases the amount of tokens that an approved address is allowed to spend on behalf of the user. The `allowance` function returns the amount of tokens that an approved address is allowed to spend on behalf of a user.\n\nThis interface can be used by developers to create their own token contracts that conform to the standard token interface. By doing so, their tokens can be easily integrated with other applications and services that support the standard token interface. For example, a developer could create a new token contract that uses this interface and then list the token on a decentralized exchange that supports the standard token interface. This would allow users to easily trade the new token on the exchange without any additional setup or configuration. \n\nHere is an example of how the `transfer` function could be used to transfer tokens from one address to another:\n\n```\nconst tokenContract = new ethers.Contract(tokenAddress, StandardToken.interface, signer);\n\nconst recipientAddress = \"0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890\";\nconst amount = ethers.utils.parseEther(\"10\");\n\nconst tx = await tokenContract.transfer(recipientAddress, amount);\nawait tx.wait();\n```\n\nIn this example, we create a new instance of the `StandardToken` contract using the `ethers` library. We then specify the recipient address and the amount of tokens to transfer. Finally, we call the `transfer` function on the contract instance and wait for the transaction to be confirmed on the blockchain.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface and a contract for a standard token on the Ethereum blockchain. It includes functions for transferring tokens, approving transfers, and checking balances and allowances.\n\n2. What libraries and dependencies are being used in this code?\n- This code imports several libraries and dependencies including ethers, @ethersproject/bytes, and @ethersproject/providers.\n\n3. What events are emitted by the StandardToken contract and what do they represent?\n- The StandardToken contract emits three events: Blacklist, Approval, and Transfer. Blacklist represents whether an address has been blacklisted or not, Approval represents the approval of a transfer of tokens from one address to another, and Transfer represents the actual transfer of tokens from one address to another.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/StandardToken.d.md"}}],["435",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/UUPSUpgradeable.d.ts)\n\nThe `UUPSUpgradeable` class is a contract that allows for upgradability of smart contracts on the Ethereum blockchain. It is imported from the `common` module and extends the `BaseContract` class. \n\nThe contract has three functions: `proxiableUUID`, `upgradeTo`, and `upgradeToAndCall`. \n\nThe `proxiableUUID` function returns a unique identifier for the contract. \n\nThe `upgradeTo` function upgrades the contract to a new implementation. It takes in a `newImplementation` parameter, which is the address of the new implementation contract. This function can only be called by the contract's admin. \n\nThe `upgradeToAndCall` function upgrades the contract to a new implementation and calls a function on the new implementation. It takes in two parameters: `newImplementation`, which is the address of the new implementation contract, and `data`, which is the data to be passed to the function being called on the new implementation. This function can only be called by the contract's admin. \n\nThe contract also has several events: `AdminChanged`, `BeaconUpgraded`, `Initialized`, and `Upgraded`. These events are emitted when the admin is changed, the beacon is upgraded, the contract is initialized, and the contract is upgraded, respectively. \n\nThis contract can be used in the larger project to allow for upgradability of smart contracts. By using this contract, developers can upgrade their smart contracts without having to deploy a new contract and migrate all the data to the new contract. This can save time and money, as well as reduce the risk of errors during the migration process. \n\nExample usage of the `upgradeTo` function:\n\n```\nconst newImplementation = \"0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890\";\nconst overrides = { from: admin };\nconst tx = await uupsContract.upgradeTo(newImplementation, overrides);\nawait tx.wait();\n```\n\nIn this example, the `upgradeTo` function is called on the `uupsContract` instance to upgrade the contract to a new implementation with the address `0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890`. The `overrides` parameter is an object that specifies the `from` address, which is the admin of the contract. The function returns a `ContractTransaction` object, which is then waited on to ensure that the transaction is mined.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface and a class called `UUPSUpgradeable` which provides functions for upgrading a contract to a new implementation and querying the UUID of the contract. It also defines several events related to contract upgrades.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the `ethers` and `@ethersproject` packages, which provide functionality for interacting with Ethereum contracts and networks.\n\n3. What are the different functions provided by the `UUPSUpgradeable` class and what do they do?\n- The `UUPSUpgradeable` class provides three functions: `proxiableUUID`, which returns the UUID of the contract; `upgradeTo`, which upgrades the contract to a new implementation; and `upgradeToAndCall`, which upgrades the contract to a new implementation and calls a function on the new implementation. These functions can be called with different overrides and options depending on the use case.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/UUPSUpgradeable.d.md"}}],["436",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/UniswapV2Factory.d.ts)\n\nThe code defines an interface for the UniswapV2Factory contract, which is used to create and manage pairs of tokens on the Uniswap decentralized exchange. The contract is imported from the ethers library, which provides a set of tools for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain.\n\nThe UniswapV2Factory contract has several functions for creating and managing pairs of tokens. The `createPair` function is used to create a new pair of tokens, while the `getPair` function is used to retrieve an existing pair. The `setFeeTo` and `setFeeToSetter` functions are used to set the address of the account that receives fees for trades and the address of the account that can change the fee recipient, respectively.\n\nThe contract emits a `PairCreated` event when a new pair of tokens is created. The event includes the addresses of the two tokens in the pair, the address of the new pair contract, and a timestamp.\n\nThis code is part of the larger Zoo project, which likely includes other contracts and tools for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain. An example of how this code might be used in the larger project is to create a new pair of tokens for trading on the Uniswap exchange. This could be done by calling the `createPair` function with the addresses of the two tokens to be paired. Once the pair is created, it can be traded on the Uniswap exchange, with fees going to the address set by the `setFeeTo` function.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface for the UniswapV2Factory contract, which is used to create and manage pairs of tokens on the Uniswap decentralized exchange.\n\n2. What are some of the key functions and events defined in this interface?\n- Some of the key functions defined in this interface include `createPair`, which is used to create a new token pair, and `getPair`, which is used to retrieve an existing token pair. The only event defined in this interface is `PairCreated`, which is emitted when a new token pair is created.\n\n3. What are some of the parameters and return types for the functions defined in this interface?\n- The `createPair` function takes two token addresses as parameters and returns a `ContractTransaction`. The `getPair` function takes two token addresses as parameters and returns a string representing the address of the corresponding token pair. Other functions in the interface take various parameters and return types, such as `BigNumber`, `string`, and `void`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/UniswapV2Factory.d.md"}}],["437",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/common.d.ts)\n\nThis file contains interfaces and types related to event filtering and listening in the context of the Ethereum blockchain. The code is written in TypeScript and imports from the ethers.js library, which is a popular library for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain.\n\nThe `TypedEventFilter` interface extends the `EventFilter` interface from ethers.js and is used to define a filter for a specific event type. The `TypedEvent` interface extends the `Event` interface from ethers.js and is used to define an event with a specific set of arguments. The `args` property of the `TypedEvent` interface is of type `EventArgs`, which is a generic type that extends the `Result` interface from ethers.js.\n\nThe `TypedListener` type is a function type that takes in an array of event arguments and a `TypedEvent` object with the same set of arguments. This type is used to define a listener function that can be used to handle events of a specific type.\n\nThe `MinEthersFactory` type is a generic type that takes in two type parameters: `C` and `ARGS`. It is used to define a factory function that can be used to deploy a contract to the Ethereum blockchain. The `GetContractTypeFromFactory` type is a conditional type that extracts the contract type from a `MinEthersFactory` type. The `GetARGsTypeFromFactory` type is a conditional type that extracts the argument types from a `MinEthersFactory` type.\n\nOverall, this file provides useful interfaces and types for working with events and contracts in the context of the Ethereum blockchain. These interfaces and types can be used in other parts of the larger project to define event filters, event listeners, and contract factories. For example, the `TypedEventFilter` interface can be used to define a filter for a specific event type, and the `TypedListener` type can be used to define a listener function that handles events of that type. The `MinEthersFactory` type can be used to define a factory function that deploys a contract to the blockchain.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines interfaces and types related to event filtering and listening, as well as contract deployment and argument types.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code rely on?\n This code imports the `EventFilter` and `Event` interfaces from the `ethers` library, as well as the `Result` type from the `@ethersproject/abi` library.\n\n3. How might this code be used in a larger project?\n This code could be used to define and enforce types for event filtering and listening, as well as contract deployment and argument types, in a larger Ethereum-based project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/common.d.md"}}],["438",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/AccessControl__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for the AccessControl contract and exports it. The AccessControl contract is used for role-based access control in Ethereum smart contracts. \n\nThe code imports the necessary modules from the ethers and @ethersproject/providers packages. It also imports the AccessControl contract and its interface from \"../AccessControl\". \n\nThe AccessControl__factory class has two static methods: createInterface() and connect(). The createInterface() method returns a new instance of the AccessControlInterface interface, which is generated from the AccessControl contract's ABI (Application Binary Interface). The connect() method takes an Ethereum address and a signer or provider object as arguments and returns a new instance of the AccessControl contract, which is connected to the specified address and signer or provider.\n\nThe AccessControl contract defines several methods for managing roles, including getRoleAdmin(), grantRole(), hasRole(), renounceRole(), and revokeRole(). It also defines several events for tracking changes to roles. The DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE constant is also defined, which represents the default admin role for the contract.\n\nThis code can be used in a larger project that requires role-based access control. Developers can use the AccessControl__factory class to create new instances of the AccessControl contract and manage roles in their smart contracts. For example, a developer could use the grantRole() method to give a user permission to perform a certain action in their contract, or use the hasRole() method to check if a user has a certain role before allowing them to perform an action.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines the AccessControl contract and its interface, which provides a role-based access control mechanism for other contracts to inherit from.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports the ethers library and the Provider and AccessControl interfaces from other files in the project.\n\n3. What functions are available in the AccessControl contract?\n- The AccessControl contract has functions for getting and setting role admin, granting and revoking roles, checking if an account has a role, and checking if the contract supports a specific interface.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/AccessControl__factory.md"}}],["439",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/BadBidder__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a ContractFactory for the BadBidder contract, which is part of the larger zoo project. The BadBidder contract has a constructor that takes two arguments: _auction and _zoo, both of type address. It also has two public functions: approve and placeBid, both of which are payable. Additionally, it has a fallback function and a receive function, both of which are payable.\n\nThe BadBidder__factory class extends the ContractFactory class from the ethers library. It has a constructor that takes either a Signer object or the same arguments as the ContractFactory constructor. If it receives a single argument, it calls the ContractFactory constructor with the _abi and _bytecode variables defined in the code, as well as the provided Signer object. Otherwise, it calls the ContractFactory constructor with the provided arguments.\n\nThe BadBidder__factory class has four public methods: deploy, getDeployTransaction, attach, and connect. The deploy method takes two arguments, _auction and _zoo, and returns a Promise that resolves to a BadBidder contract instance. The getDeployTransaction method takes the same arguments as deploy and returns a TransactionRequest object that can be used to deploy the contract. The attach method takes an address argument and returns a BadBidder contract instance that is connected to the provided address. The connect method takes a Signer object and returns a new BadBidder__factory instance that is connected to the provided Signer.\n\nOverall, this code provides a way to create and interact with instances of the BadBidder contract in the larger zoo project. For example, to deploy a new BadBidder contract instance, you could use the following code:\n\n```\nconst signer = new ethers.Wallet(privateKey);\nconst badBidderFactory = new BadBidder__factory(signer);\nconst badBidder = await badBidderFactory.deploy(auctionAddress, zooAddress);\n```\n\nThis would deploy a new BadBidder contract instance with the provided auction and zoo addresses, using the provided signer to sign the transaction. Once deployed, you could interact with the contract using the methods provided by the BadBidder class.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines a contract factory for a BadBidder contract that allows users to place bids on an auction using a specified amount of tokens. It solves the problem of allowing users to participate in an auction without having to manually place bids.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the ethers and @ethersproject/providers packages, which are used for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain. It also imports an interface for the BadBidder contract from another file.\n\n3. What is the process for deploying and using the BadBidder contract?\n- To deploy the BadBidder contract, the deploy function of the BadBidder__factory class must be called with the address of the auction and the address of the token to be used for bidding. Once the contract is deployed, users can call the placeBid function with the ID of the auction and the amount of tokens they wish to bid. The fallback and receive functions are also available for sending ETH and tokens to the contract.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/BadBidder__factory.md"}}],["440",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/BadERC721__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for the BadERC721 contract. The BadERC721 contract is an ERC721 token contract that is used to demonstrate vulnerabilities in smart contracts. The factory class is used to deploy instances of the BadERC721 contract.\n\nThe factory class extends the ContractFactory class from the ethers library. The constructor of the factory class takes a signer object as an argument. The signer object is used to sign transactions when deploying the contract. The constructor calls the constructor of the ContractFactory class with the ABI and bytecode of the BadERC721 contract, as well as the signer object.\n\nThe factory class has several methods. The deploy method is used to deploy a new instance of the BadERC721 contract. It takes an optional overrides object as an argument, which can be used to specify the gas price, gas limit, and sender address for the deployment transaction. The method returns a Promise that resolves to an instance of the BadERC721 contract.\n\nThe getDeployTransaction method is used to get the deployment transaction object for the BadERC721 contract. It takes the same overrides object as the deploy method and returns a TransactionRequest object.\n\nThe attach method is used to attach to an existing instance of the BadERC721 contract. It takes the address of the contract as an argument and returns an instance of the BadERC721 contract.\n\nThe connect method is used to create a new factory class that is connected to a signer object. It takes a signer object as an argument and returns a new factory class that is connected to the signer object.\n\nThe static properties of the factory class include the bytecode and ABI of the BadERC721 contract, as well as a method to create an interface object for the contract. The static connect method is used to create a new instance of the BadERC721 contract that is connected to a signer or provider object.\n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from \"ethers\";\nimport { BadERC721__factory } from \"./path/to/BadERC721__factory\";\n\nasync function deployBadERC721() {\n const provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\n const signer = provider.getSigner();\n const factory = new BadERC721__factory(signer);\n const badERC721 = await factory.deploy();\n console.log(\"BadERC721 deployed at address:\", badERC721.address);\n}\n\ndeployBadERC721();\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code is a factory contract for deploying instances of the BadERC721 contract, which is an ERC721 token contract on the Ethereum blockchain.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n - This code imports several modules from the ethers and @ethersproject/providers packages, as well as the BadERC721 contract interface.\n\n3. What is the significance of the _abi and _bytecode variables?\n - The _abi variable contains the ABI (Application Binary Interface) of the BadERC721 contract, which specifies the functions and events that can be called or emitted by the contract. The _bytecode variable contains the compiled bytecode of the BadERC721 contract, which is used to deploy new instances of the contract to the blockchain.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/BadERC721__factory.md"}}],["441",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/ContextUpgradeable__factory.ts)\n\nThis code is an autogenerated file that exports a factory class for the ContextUpgradeable contract. The purpose of this factory class is to provide a way to interact with the ContextUpgradeable contract on the Ethereum blockchain. \n\nThe ContextUpgradeable contract is a smart contract that provides a context for other contracts to inherit from. It defines a set of functions and variables that can be used by other contracts to access information about the current contract's state and address. \n\nThe factory class exports three static methods: `abi`, `createInterface()`, and `connect()`. \n\nThe `abi` method returns an array of objects that define the structure of the ContextUpgradeable contract. This array is used by other parts of the code to interact with the contract. \n\nThe `createInterface()` method returns an instance of the `ContextUpgradeableInterface` interface, which is used to interact with the contract's functions and events. \n\nThe `connect()` method is used to create a new instance of the ContextUpgradeable contract. It takes two arguments: an Ethereum address and a signer or provider object. The signer or provider object is used to sign and send transactions to the Ethereum network. \n\nHere is an example of how this factory class might be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { ContextUpgradeable__factory } from 'zoo';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider('http://localhost:8545');\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst contextAddress = '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890';\nconst context = ContextUpgradeable__factory.connect(contextAddress, signer);\n\nconst version = await context.getVersion();\nconsole.log(`Context version: ${version}`);\n```\n\nIn this example, we first create a new provider object that connects to a local Ethereum node. We then get a signer object from the provider, which we use to sign and send transactions to the network. \n\nNext, we create a new instance of the ContextUpgradeable contract by calling the `connect()` method on the factory class. We pass in the Ethereum address of the contract and the signer object. \n\nFinally, we call the `getVersion()` function on the contract to retrieve the current version of the context. We log this version to the console. \n\nOverall, this code provides a way to interact with the ContextUpgradeable contract on the Ethereum blockchain. It is an important part of the larger project and is used by other parts of the code to access information about the current contract's state and address.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines a factory class for creating instances of a contract called ContextUpgradeable, and includes its ABI (Application Binary Interface) for interacting with it.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"Initialized\" event?\n The \"Initialized\" event is emitted when the contract is initialized with a specific version number, and takes a single input parameter of type uint8 representing the version.\n\n3. What is the difference between a Signer and a Provider in the \"connect\" method?\n The \"connect\" method allows for connecting to an existing instance of the ContextUpgradeable contract at a specific address, and takes either a Signer or a Provider as a parameter. A Signer is used for signing transactions and sending them to the network, while a Provider is used for reading data from the network.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/ContextUpgradeable__factory.md"}}],["442",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/ERC1155Receiver__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for the ERC1155Receiver contract, which is used in the larger project called zoo. The ERC1155Receiver contract is a standard interface in the Ethereum ecosystem that allows smart contracts to receive ERC1155 tokens. ERC1155 tokens are a type of fungible and non-fungible tokens that can be used for a variety of purposes, such as gaming items, collectibles, and more.\n\nThe ERC1155Receiver__factory class has three static methods: `abi`, `createInterface()`, and `connect()`. The `abi` method returns the ABI (Application Binary Interface) of the ERC1155Receiver contract, which is a JSON representation of the contract's functions, events, and variables. The `createInterface()` method returns an instance of the ERC1155ReceiverInterface, which is a TypeScript interface that defines the functions of the ERC1155Receiver contract. The `connect()` method creates a new instance of the ERC1155Receiver contract by connecting to an existing contract instance on the blockchain.\n\nThe ERC1155Receiver contract has three functions: `onERC1155BatchReceived()`, `onERC1155Received()`, and `supportsInterface()`. The `onERC1155BatchReceived()` function is called when a batch of ERC1155 tokens is transferred to the contract. The function takes five arguments: `operator`, `from`, `ids`, `values`, and `data`. The `operator` argument is the address of the account that initiated the transfer. The `from` argument is the address of the account that sent the tokens. The `ids` argument is an array of token IDs that were transferred. The `values` argument is an array of token amounts that were transferred. The `data` argument is additional data that was sent with the transfer. The function returns a bytes4 value that indicates whether the transfer was successful or not.\n\nThe `onERC1155Received()` function is similar to the `onERC1155BatchReceived()` function, but it is called when a single ERC1155 token is transferred to the contract. The function takes four arguments: `operator`, `from`, `id`, `value`, and `data`. The `id` argument is the ID of the token that was transferred, and the `value` argument is the amount of the token that was transferred.\n\nThe `supportsInterface()` function is a standard function that is used to check whether a contract implements a specific interface. The function takes one argument: `interfaceId`, which is a bytes4 value that represents the interface being checked. The function returns a boolean value that indicates whether the contract implements the interface or not.\n\nOverall, this code provides a standard interface for the ERC1155Receiver contract, which can be used by other contracts in the zoo project to receive ERC1155 tokens.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines an Ethereum smart contract interface for an ERC1155 receiver.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `_abi` variable?\n- The `_abi` variable contains the ABI (Application Binary Interface) definition for the ERC1155Receiver contract, which specifies the functions and data types that can be used to interact with the contract.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `ERC1155Receiver__factory` class?\n- The `ERC1155Receiver__factory` class is a factory class that provides methods for creating instances of the ERC1155Receiver contract and connecting to existing instances of the contract on the Ethereum network.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/ERC1155Receiver__factory.md"}}],["443",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/ERC165Storage__factory.ts)\n\nThis code is an autogenerated file that exports a factory class for creating instances of a smart contract called ERC165Storage. The purpose of this contract is to provide a standard interface for checking whether a contract implements a specific interface. \n\nThe ERC165Storage contract defines a single function called supportsInterface, which takes a bytes4 interfaceId as input and returns a boolean indicating whether the contract implements that interface. This function is marked as view, meaning it does not modify the state of the contract and can be called without sending a transaction. \n\nThe ERC165Storage__factory class exports two static methods: createInterface and connect. The createInterface method returns an instance of the ERC165StorageInterface interface, which is generated from the contract's ABI (Application Binary Interface) using the ethers.js library's utils.Interface class. The connect method takes an Ethereum address and a signer or provider object as input, and returns an instance of the ERC165Storage contract that is connected to the specified address and signer or provider. \n\nThis code is likely used in the larger project to enable contracts to check whether other contracts implement specific interfaces. For example, a contract that implements a specific ERC standard (such as ERC20 or ERC721) could use the supportsInterface function to check whether another contract implements that same standard before interacting with it. \n\nHere is an example of how the ERC165Storage__factory class might be used to create an instance of the ERC165Storage contract:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from \"ethers\";\nimport { ERC165Storage__factory } from \"./path/to/ERC165Storage__factory\";\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst contractAddress = \"0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890\";\nconst erc165Storage = ERC165Storage__factory.connect(contractAddress, signer);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n This code defines a factory class for creating instances of a contract called ERC165Storage, which has a single function called supportsInterface that returns a boolean value indicating whether the contract supports a given interface ID.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n This code imports several modules from the ethers and @ethersproject/providers packages, as well as an interface called ERC165Storage and its corresponding interface definition.\n\n3. Why are there tslint and eslint comments at the top of the file?\n These comments disable linting rules for the file, which may be necessary if the autogenerated code does not conform to the project's linting rules or if the linter is not configured to handle autogenerated code.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/ERC165Storage__factory.md"}}],["444",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/ERC165__factory.ts)\n\nThis code is an autogenerated file that exports a factory class for the ERC165 contract. The ERC165 contract is an interface that allows other contracts to check if a given contract implements a specific interface. This is useful for contracts that need to interact with other contracts and want to ensure that the other contract has certain functionality.\n\nThe code imports the necessary modules from the ethers library and the ERC165 interface from another file. It then defines the ABI (Application Binary Interface) for the ERC165 contract, which specifies the functions and their inputs and outputs that can be called on the contract. In this case, there is only one function called \"supportsInterface\" that takes a bytes4 value as input and returns a boolean value.\n\nThe ERC165__factory class has two static methods. The first method, \"createInterface\", returns an instance of the ERC165Interface using the ABI defined earlier. The second method, \"connect\", takes an address and a signer or provider as inputs and returns an instance of the ERC165 contract at the specified address.\n\nThis code is useful in the larger project because it provides a standardized way for contracts to check if another contract implements a specific interface. For example, if a contract needs to interact with a token contract, it can use the ERC165 interface to check if the token contract implements the ERC20 interface before attempting to call any ERC20 functions. This helps to ensure that the contract will work as expected and reduces the risk of errors or vulnerabilities. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { ERC165__factory } from 'zoo';\n\nconst tokenAddress = '0x123...'; // address of the token contract\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider(); // provider for interacting with the blockchain\n\nconst token = ERC165__factory.connect(tokenAddress, provider); // create an instance of the token contract using the ERC165 factory\n\nconst supportsERC20 = await token.supportsInterface('0x80...'); // check if the token contract implements the ERC20 interface\nif (supportsERC20) {\n // call ERC20 functions on the token contract\n const balance = await token.balanceOf('0x456...'); // get the balance of an address\n const allowance = await token.allowance('0x789...', '0xabc...'); // get the allowance for a spender and owner\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a factory class for creating instances of the ERC165 contract and connecting to existing instances.\n\n2. What is the ERC165 contract?\n- The code imports the ERC165 contract and its interface from another file, but it does not provide any information on what the contract does.\n\n3. Why is the code autogenerated and why should it not be edited manually?\n- The code includes a comment stating that it is autogenerated and should not be edited manually, but it does not provide any information on why this is the case or how the code was generated.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/ERC165__factory.md"}}],["445",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable__factory.ts)\n\nThis code is an autogenerated file that exports a factory class for the ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable contract. The purpose of this contract is to provide a standardized way to upgrade smart contracts on the Ethereum blockchain. \n\nThe ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable contract is an implementation of the EIP-1967 standard, which defines a proxy contract that can be used to upgrade the implementation contract of a smart contract without changing its address. This is achieved by using a beacon contract that stores the address of the current implementation contract. When the implementation contract needs to be upgraded, a new implementation contract is deployed and the beacon contract is updated to point to the new address. \n\nThe ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable contract provides functions to manage the beacon and implementation contracts, as well as events to track changes to these contracts. The factory class exported by this code provides a way to create instances of the ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable contract and connect to existing instances using a signer or provider. \n\nHere is an example of how to create an instance of the ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable contract using the factory class:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable__factory } from 'zoo';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst contractAddress = '0x123...'; // address of an existing ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable contract\nconst contract = ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable__factory.connect(contractAddress, provider);\n```\n\nOverall, this code is an important part of the larger project because it enables smart contract developers to upgrade their contracts in a standardized way, which can help to improve the security and functionality of decentralized applications built on the Ethereum blockchain.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a factory class for creating instances of a contract called ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable, which has several events and an ABI.\n\n2. What is the significance of the Autogenerated file comment?\n- The Autogenerated file comment indicates that the code was generated automatically and should not be edited manually, likely by a tool or script.\n\n3. What is the difference between the ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable and ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeableInterface types?\n- The ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable type represents an instance of the contract, while the ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeableInterface type represents the contract's interface, which can be used to interact with the contract's functions and events.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable__factory.md"}}],["446",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/ERC20Basic__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for creating instances of an ERC20Basic contract. ERC20Basic is a standard interface for Ethereum tokens that defines a set of functions and events that a token contract must implement. The code imports the Contract, Signer, and Provider classes from the ethers library, as well as the ERC20Basic interface from another file in the project.\n\nThe _abi constant is an array of objects that define the functions and events of the ERC20Basic interface. Each object has properties such as name, inputs, outputs, and type that describe the function or event. For example, the totalSupply function has no inputs and returns a uint256 value representing the total supply of the token. The transfer function takes two inputs, an address and a uint256 value, and returns a boolean indicating whether the transfer was successful.\n\nThe ERC20Basic__factory class has two static methods. The createInterface method returns an instance of the ERC20BasicInterface interface, which is created using the _abi constant. The connect method takes an address and a signer or provider object and returns an instance of the ERC20Basic contract, which is created using the Contract class from the ethers library and the _abi constant.\n\nThis code can be used in the larger project to interact with ERC20Basic tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. For example, a user interface component that displays the balance of a token for a particular address could use the balanceOf function to retrieve the balance and display it to the user. Similarly, a component that allows users to transfer tokens could use the transfer function to initiate the transfer. The ERC20Basic__factory class provides a convenient way to create instances of the ERC20Basic contract and interact with it using the functions and events defined in the ERC20Basic interface.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an ERC20Basic contract and provides a factory class for creating instances of the contract.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n- This code depends on the ethers library and the ERC20Basic interface.\n\n3. What functions and events are available in the ERC20Basic contract?\n- The ERC20Basic contract has three functions: totalSupply, balanceOf, and transfer. It also has one event: Transfer.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/ERC20Basic__factory.md"}}],["447",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/ERC20Burnable__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for creating instances of the ERC20Burnable contract. The ERC20Burnable contract is a standard ERC20 token contract with an additional burn function that allows tokens to be destroyed. The factory class includes an ABI (Application Binary Interface) for the ERC20Burnable contract, which is used to interact with the contract on the Ethereum blockchain.\n\nThe code imports the necessary modules from the ethers and @ethersproject/providers libraries. It also imports the ERC20Burnable contract and its interface from another file in the project.\n\nThe ERC20Burnable__factory class has three static methods: `abi`, `createInterface()`, and `connect()`. The `abi` method returns the ABI for the ERC20Burnable contract. The `createInterface()` method returns an instance of the ERC20BurnableInterface, which is used to interact with the contract. The `connect()` method creates a new instance of the ERC20Burnable contract, given an Ethereum address and a signer or provider.\n\nThis code is an important part of the larger project because it provides a standardized way to create and interact with ERC20Burnable contracts. Developers can use this factory class to create new instances of the contract and interact with them using the methods defined in the ABI. For example, a developer could use the `connect()` method to create an instance of the contract and then call the `transfer()` method to transfer tokens to another address. \n\n```typescript\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { ERC20Burnable__factory } from './path/to/ERC20Burnable__factory';\n\n// Connect to an existing ERC20Burnable contract\nconst contractAddress = '0x123...';\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst contract = ERC20Burnable__factory.connect(contractAddress, provider);\n\n// Call the transfer method to send tokens to another address\nconst recipientAddress = '0x456...';\nconst amount = ethers.utils.parseEther('10');\nconst tx = await contract.transfer(recipientAddress, amount);\nawait tx.wait();\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines the interface and factory for an ERC20Burnable contract, which is a standard Ethereum token contract that allows for burning (destroying) tokens.\n\n2. What libraries and dependencies are being used in this code?\n- This code imports the ethers library, which provides a way to interact with Ethereum contracts and wallets, and the @ethersproject/providers library, which provides a way to connect to Ethereum nodes. It also imports the ERC20Burnable interface from another file.\n\n3. What functions and events are defined in this contract?\n- This contract defines several functions and events, including allowance, approve, balanceOf, burn, burnFrom, decreaseAllowance, increaseAllowance, name, symbol, totalSupply, transfer, and transferFrom. These functions and events are all part of the ERC20 token standard and allow for basic token functionality such as transferring tokens, checking balances, and approving token transfers.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/ERC20Burnable__factory.md"}}],["448",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/ERC20__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for creating instances of ERC20 contracts on the Ethereum blockchain. ERC20 is a standard interface for tokens on the Ethereum network, and this code provides a way to interact with contracts that implement this interface.\n\nThe code imports the necessary modules from the ethers library, including the Contract and Signer classes, as well as the Provider interface. It also imports the ERC20 interface from another file.\n\nThe _abi variable contains an array of objects that define the functions and events of the ERC20 interface. These objects include the function name, input and output parameters, and other metadata such as whether the function is payable or view.\n\nThe ERC20__factory class has three static methods. The createInterface() method returns an instance of the ERC20Interface, which is a TypeScript interface that defines the functions and events of the ERC20 contract. The connect() method creates a new instance of the ERC20 contract by passing in the contract address and a signer or provider object. Finally, the abi property is a static variable that contains the ABI (Application Binary Interface) of the ERC20 contract.\n\nThis code can be used in a larger project that requires interaction with ERC20 contracts on the Ethereum network. For example, a decentralized exchange application might use this code to create instances of ERC20 contracts for trading tokens. Here is an example of how this code might be used:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { ERC20__factory } from './path/to/ERC20__factory';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst contractAddress = '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890';\nconst erc20Contract = ERC20__factory.connect(contractAddress, signer);\n\nconst balance = await erc20Contract.balanceOf('0xabcdef1234567890abcdef1234567890abcdef');\nconsole.log(`Balance: ${balance}`);\n```\n\nIn this example, we create a new instance of the ERC20 contract by passing in the contract address and a signer object obtained from the provider. We can then call the balanceOf() function to get the token balance of a particular address.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines an ERC20 token contract and provides a factory class for creating instances of the contract.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports from the `ethers` and `@ethersproject/providers` packages.\n\n3. What functionality does this ERC20 token contract provide?\n- This ERC20 token contract provides functions for transferring tokens, approving token transfers, checking token balances and allowances, and emitting events for token transfers and approvals.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/ERC20__factory.md"}}],["449",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/ERC721Burnable__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for the ERC721Burnable contract, which is an implementation of the ERC721 standard for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) on the Ethereum blockchain. The ERC721Burnable contract inherits from the ERC721 standard and adds a burn function that allows token owners to destroy their tokens. \n\nThe code imports the necessary dependencies from the ethers and @ethersproject/providers packages, including the Contract and Signer classes for interacting with smart contracts, and the Provider interface for connecting to Ethereum nodes. It also imports the ERC721Burnable interface from another file.\n\nThe _abi constant is an array of objects that define the functions and events of the ERC721Burnable contract, including the standard ERC721 functions like balanceOf, ownerOf, and transferFrom, as well as the burn function and several events like Approval and Transfer. \n\nThe ERC721Burnable__factory class has three static methods. The createInterface method returns an instance of the ERC721BurnableInterface, which is a TypeScript interface that describes the functions and events of the ERC721Burnable contract. The connect method takes an Ethereum address and a Signer or Provider object and returns an instance of the ERC721Burnable contract that is connected to the specified address and provider. Finally, the abi property is a reference to the _abi constant, which can be used to interact with the ERC721Burnable contract.\n\nThis code is likely part of a larger project that involves creating and managing NFTs on the Ethereum blockchain. Developers can use the ERC721Burnable__factory class to create instances of the ERC721Burnable contract and interact with them using the methods defined in the _abi constant. For example, to create a new ERC721Burnable contract, a developer could use the following code:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { ERC721Burnable__factory } from 'path/to/ERC721Burnable__factory';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider('https://mainnet.infura.io/v3/your-project-id');\nconst signer = new ethers.Wallet('your-private-key', provider);\n\nconst factory = new ERC721Burnable__factory(signer);\nconst contract = await factory.deploy('My NFT', 'MNFT');\n```\n\nThis code creates a new instance of the ERC721Burnable__factory class using a Signer object, which is connected to an Ethereum node. It then uses the factory object to deploy a new ERC721Burnable contract with the name 'My NFT' and the symbol 'MNFT'. Once the contract is deployed, the developer can use the methods defined in the _abi constant to interact with it, such as minting new tokens, transferring ownership of tokens, and burning tokens.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines the interface and factory for an ERC721Burnable contract, which is a type of non-fungible token (NFT) that can be burned (destroyed) by its owner.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports the ethers library, which provides functionality for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain, and the @ethersproject/providers library, which provides a way to connect to an Ethereum node.\n\n3. What functions and events are available in the ERC721Burnable contract?\n- The ERC721Burnable contract has functions for approving transfers, checking balances, getting and setting approval for all operators, checking ownership and approval status, and transferring tokens. It also has events for Approval, ApprovalForAll, and Transfer.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/ERC721Burnable__factory.md"}}],["450",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/Faucet__factory.ts)\n\nThe code above is an autogenerated file that defines the `Faucet__factory` class. This class is used to deploy, attach, and interact with instances of the `Faucet` contract. \n\nThe `Faucet` contract is not defined in this file, but its interface is imported from \"../Faucet\". The `Faucet` contract is likely defined in a separate file in the `zoo` project. \n\nThe `Faucet__factory` class extends the `ContractFactory` class from the `ethers` library. It takes a `Signer` object as a constructor argument, which is used to sign transactions when deploying or interacting with the `Faucet` contract. \n\nThe `deploy` method of the `Faucet__factory` class is used to deploy a new instance of the `Faucet` contract. It takes a `zooAddress` argument, which is an Ethereum address that the `Faucet` contract will use to send tokens to users. The `overrides` argument is optional and can be used to specify transaction parameters such as gas price and gas limit. The method returns a `Promise` that resolves to an instance of the `Faucet` contract. \n\nThe `getDeployTransaction` method of the `Faucet__factory` class is used to get a `TransactionRequest` object that represents the transaction that will be sent to deploy a new instance of the `Faucet` contract. It takes the same arguments as the `deploy` method. \n\nThe `attach` method of the `Faucet__factory` class is used to attach to an existing instance of the `Faucet` contract. It takes an Ethereum address as an argument and returns an instance of the `Faucet` contract. \n\nThe `connect` method of the `Faucet__factory` class is used to create a new instance of the `Faucet__factory` class that is connected to a different `Signer` object. It takes a `Signer` object as an argument and returns a new instance of the `Faucet__factory` class. \n\nThe `bytecode` and `abi` static properties of the `Faucet__factory` class contain the bytecode and ABI of the `Faucet` contract, respectively. \n\nThe `createInterface` static method of the `Faucet__factory` class is used to create an instance of the `FaucetInterface` interface, which is defined in the \"../Faucet\" file. \n\nThe `connect` static method of the `Faucet__factory` class is used to attach to an existing instance of the `Faucet` contract. It takes an Ethereum address and a `Signer` or `Provider` object as arguments and returns an instance of the `Faucet` contract. \n\nOverall, this file provides a convenient way to deploy, attach, and interact with instances of the `Faucet` contract in the `zoo` project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n - This code is a factory contract for creating instances of a Faucet contract. The Faucet contract is used to distribute tokens to users. The factory contract includes functions for deploying new instances of the Faucet contract, attaching to existing instances, and connecting to them with a signer or provider.\n\n2. What is the structure of the Faucet contract and what functions does it include?\n - The Faucet contract includes a constructor function, two event functions, and several state-changing and view functions. The constructor function takes an address parameter and initializes the contract with it. The event functions emit events when the contract is funded or when ownership is transferred. The state-changing functions include `fund`, `setRate`, `setTokenAddress`, `transferOwnership`, and `withdraw`, while the view functions include `balance`, `owner`, and `rate`.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `_abi` and `_bytecode` variables?\n - The `_abi` variable contains the ABI (Application Binary Interface) for the Faucet contract, which defines the interface for interacting with the contract's functions. The `_bytecode` variable contains the bytecode for the Faucet contract, which is used to deploy new instances of the contract. These variables are used by the factory contract to create new instances of the Faucet contract.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/Faucet__factory.md"}}],["451",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/I721Stake__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines the interface and factory for the I721Stake contract, which is used for staking ERC721 tokens. The contract includes functions for freezing and unfreezing NFTs, checking if a staker is frozen, receiving ERC1155 tokens, and staking and unstaking ERC721 tokens. \n\nThe `I721Stake` contract is defined in another file and this file imports the contract and defines its interface and factory. The interface defines the functions and events that can be called on the contract, while the factory is used to create instances of the contract.\n\nThe `freezeNft` function is used to freeze an NFT, preventing it from being staked. The `isFrozenNft` function checks if an NFT is frozen. The `isFrozenStaker` function checks if a staker is frozen. The `onERC1155Received` function is called when the contract receives an ERC1155 token. The `rewardAmount` function returns the reward amount for staking a particular ERC721 token. The `stake` function is used to stake an ERC721 token, while the `unstake` function is used to unstake an ERC721 token. The `updateRewardCoin` function is used to update the reward coin for staking.\n\nThis code is used in the larger project to define the interface and factory for the `I721Stake` contract, which can be used to stake ERC721 tokens. Other parts of the project can use this interface and factory to interact with the `I721Stake` contract. For example, a user interface could use the `stake` and `unstake` functions to allow users to stake and unstake their ERC721 tokens.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines a smart contract interface for staking ERC721 tokens and provides functions for freezing and unfreezing NFTs and stakers, as well as updating the reward coin.\n\n2. What events are emitted by this contract and what information do they provide?\n- Two events are emitted: \"NewStake\" and \"unStaked\". Both events provide the address of the staker, the address of the NFT contract, and the ID of the staked token.\n\n3. What are the inputs and outputs of the \"rewardAmount\" function?\n- The \"rewardAmount\" function takes in the address of an NFT contract and the ID of a staked token, and returns an array of uint256 values representing the reward amounts for each reward coin.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/I721Stake__factory.md"}}],["452",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IAccessControl__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for the IAccessControl interface, which is used to interact with a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain. The IAccessControl interface is defined in another file and imported at the top of this file. \n\nThe code imports several modules from the ethers.js library, including Contract, Signer, and Provider. It also imports the IAccessControl interface and its associated interface definition. \n\nThe _abi variable is an array of objects that define the functions and events of the IAccessControl interface. Each object represents a function or event and includes information such as the function name, input and output types, and whether the function is payable or not. \n\nThe IAccessControl__factory class has several static methods that can be used to interact with the smart contract. The createInterface() method returns an instance of the IAccessControlInterface, which is used to encode and decode function calls and event data. The connect() method creates a new instance of the IAccessControl contract using the provided address and signer or provider. \n\nOverall, this code provides a convenient way to interact with the IAccessControl smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain. For example, a developer could use this code to grant or revoke roles to specific accounts, check if an account has a certain role, or get the admin role for a specific role. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IAccessControl__factory } from './path/to/IAccessControl__factory';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst contractAddress = '0x123...';\nconst contract = IAccessControl__factory.connect(contractAddress, signer);\n\nconst role = ethers.utils.id('ADMIN_ROLE');\nconst account = '0x456...';\n\n// Grant the admin role to the account\nawait contract.grantRole(role, account);\n\n// Check if the account has the admin role\nconst hasRole = await contract.hasRole(role, account);\nconsole.log(hasRole); // true\n\n// Revoke the admin role from the account\nawait contract.revokeRole(role, account);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines the ABI and factory for the `IAccessControl` interface, which is used for managing access control roles in a smart contract.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports `ethers` and `@ethersproject/providers`, which are external libraries for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain.\n\n3. What functions are available in the `IAccessControl` interface?\n- The `IAccessControl` interface has functions for getting the admin of a role, granting and revoking roles, checking if an account has a role, and renouncing roles. It also has event definitions for when role admin is changed, a role is granted, and a role is revoked.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IAccessControl__factory.md"}}],["453",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IAuctionHouse__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines the interface for the IAuctionHouse contract and provides a factory for creating instances of the contract. The IAuctionHouse contract is responsible for managing auctions for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) on the Ethereum blockchain.\n\nThe code imports the necessary modules from the ethers and @ethersproject/providers packages. It also imports the IAuctionHouse interface from another file in the project.\n\nThe _abi variable contains an array of objects that define the events and functions of the IAuctionHouse contract. The events are used to notify listeners of important contract events, such as when an auction is created or when a bid is placed. The functions are used to interact with the contract, such as creating a new auction or placing a bid.\n\nThe IAuctionHouse__factory class provides a way to create instances of the IAuctionHouse contract. It has a static createInterface() method that returns an instance of the IAuctionHouseInterface, which is used to interact with the contract. It also has a static connect() method that takes an address and a signer or provider and returns an instance of the IAuctionHouse contract connected to the specified address.\n\nThis code is an important part of the zoo project because it defines the interface for the IAuctionHouse contract, which is used to manage auctions for NFTs. Other parts of the project can use the factory to create instances of the contract and interact with it using the provided functions. For example, a user interface component could use the createAuction() function to create a new auction for an NFT, and the endAuction() function to end an auction and determine the winner.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines the interface and factory for an auction house contract that allows users to create and bid on auctions for tokens.\n\n2. What events are emitted by this contract and what information do they provide?\n- This contract emits several events including AuctionApprovalUpdated, AuctionBid, AuctionCanceled, AuctionCreated, AuctionDurationExtended, and AuctionEnded. These events provide information such as the auction ID, token ID, token contract address, sender address, bid amount, duration, reserve price, and more.\n\n3. What functions are available in this contract and what do they do?\n- This contract provides several functions including cancelAuction, createAuction, createBid, endAuction, setAuctionApproval, and setAuctionReservePrice. These functions allow users to cancel auctions, create new auctions, place bids, end auctions, set auction approvals, and set auction reserve prices.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IAuctionHouse__factory.md"}}],["454",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IBeaconUpgradeable__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for creating instances of the IBeaconUpgradeable interface. The IBeaconUpgradeable interface is imported from another file in the project. The purpose of this interface is to define a standard set of functions that can be used to interact with a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain that follows the beacon upgradeable pattern.\n\nThe factory class has two static methods: `createInterface()` and `connect()`. The `createInterface()` method returns an instance of the IBeaconUpgradeable interface using the ABI (Application Binary Interface) defined in the `_abi` constant. The ABI is a JSON representation of the functions and data types of a smart contract. The `connect()` method creates a new instance of the IBeaconUpgradeable contract using the provided address and signer or provider. The `signerOrProvider` parameter can be either a Signer object, which is used to sign transactions, or a Provider object, which is used to read data from the blockchain.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in the larger project:\n\n```typescript\nimport { ethers } from \"ethers\";\nimport { IBeaconUpgradeable__factory } from \"./path/to/IBeaconUpgradeable__factory\";\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider(\"http://localhost:8545\");\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst beaconAddress = \"0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890\";\nconst beacon = IBeaconUpgradeable__factory.connect(beaconAddress, signer);\n\nconst implementation = await beacon.implementation();\nconsole.log(\"Current implementation address:\", implementation);\n```\n\nIn this example, we first create a provider object that connects to a local Ethereum node. We then get a signer object from the provider, which we will use to sign transactions. We then create an instance of the IBeaconUpgradeable contract using the `connect()` method of the factory class and the address of the beacon contract. Finally, we call the `implementation()` method of the beacon contract to get the current implementation address and log it to the console.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code defines a factory class for creating instances of a contract interface called `IBeaconUpgradeable`.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n - This code depends on the `ethers` library and the `@ethersproject/providers` module.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `_abi` variable?\n - The `_abi` variable contains an array of objects that define the interface of the `IBeaconUpgradeable` contract, including its functions, inputs, and outputs.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IBeaconUpgradeable__factory.md"}}],["455",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/ICustomDrop__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for the ICustomDrop interface, which is used to interact with a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain. The smart contract is related to a project called \"Zoo\" and is used to manage animal yields and boosts at different stages of development.\n\nThe ICustomDrop interface has a single function called \"animalStageYields\", which takes a string parameter called \"name\" and returns a tuple of three structs, each containing two uint256 values. The structs represent the yields and boosts for baby, teen, and adult animals at different stages of development. The function is non-payable, meaning it does not require any payment to be executed.\n\nThe factory class has two static methods: \"createInterface\" and \"connect\". The \"createInterface\" method returns an instance of the ICustomDrop interface, which can be used to interact with the smart contract. The \"connect\" method takes an Ethereum address and a signer or provider object as parameters and returns an instance of the ICustomDrop contract, which can be used to call the \"animalStageYields\" function and interact with the smart contract.\n\nThis code is part of a larger project called \"Zoo\" and is likely used to manage animal yields and boosts in the game. Developers working on the project can use the ICustomDrop interface and factory class to interact with the smart contract and retrieve information about animal yields and boosts at different stages of development. For example, they could call the \"animalStageYields\" function to retrieve the yields and boosts for a specific animal and use that information to update the game state.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n \n This code defines the ABI and factory for the `ICustomDrop` interface, which is used to interact with a smart contract related to a zoo.\n\n2. What is the `ICustomDrop` interface and what methods does it have?\n \n The `ICustomDrop` interface is not defined in this code, but it is imported from another file. This code only defines the `animalStageYields` method of the interface.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `animalStageYields` method?\n \n The `animalStageYields` method takes a string parameter `name` and returns a tuple of `StageYields`, which contains `YieldsBoost` tuples for the `baby`, `teen`, and `adult` stages of an animal. Each `YieldsBoost` tuple contains `yields` and `boost` values for that stage.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/ICustomDrop__factory.md"}}],["456",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IERC1155Receiver__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for the IERC1155Receiver interface, which is used in the larger project to interact with ERC1155 tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. The IERC1155Receiver interface defines three functions: onERC1155Received, onERC1155BatchReceived, and supportsInterface. These functions are used to handle the receipt of ERC1155 tokens, including batch transfers, and to check whether a contract supports the interface.\n\nThe IERC1155Receiver__factory class has three static methods: abi, createInterface, and connect. The abi method returns the ABI (Application Binary Interface) for the IERC1155Receiver interface, which is an array of objects that describe the functions and their inputs and outputs. The createInterface method returns an instance of the IERC1155ReceiverInterface, which is a TypeScript interface that extends the ethers.utils.Interface class and defines the same three functions as the IERC1155Receiver interface. The connect method is used to create a new instance of the IERC1155Receiver contract, which is a subclass of the ethers.Contract class that implements the IERC1155Receiver interface.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in the larger project:\n\n```typescript\nimport { ethers } from \"ethers\";\nimport { IERC1155Receiver__factory } from \"./path/to/IERC1155Receiver__factory\";\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst contractAddress = \"0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890\";\nconst contract = IERC1155Receiver__factory.connect(contractAddress, signer);\n\nconst isSupported = await contract.supportsInterface(\"0x4e2312e0\");\nconsole.log(`Contract supports IERC1155Receiver interface: ${isSupported}`);\n```\n\nIn this example, we create a new instance of the ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider class to connect to an Ethereum node. We then get a signer object from the provider, which we will use to sign transactions. We also specify the address of an ERC1155 contract that we want to interact with.\n\nNext, we use the IERC1155Receiver__factory class to create a new instance of the IERC1155Receiver contract. We pass in the contract address and the signer object to the connect method, which returns a new instance of the contract.\n\nFinally, we call the supportsInterface method on the contract to check whether it supports the IERC1155Receiver interface. We pass in the interface ID as a parameter, which is a 4-byte hash of the function signature. If the contract supports the interface, the method will return true, and we will log a message to the console.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines an interface for an ERC1155 token receiver and provides a factory class for creating instances of the interface.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `_abi` variable?\n- The `_abi` variable contains the ABI (Application Binary Interface) definition for the ERC1155 token receiver interface, which specifies the function signatures and data types for interacting with the interface.\n\n3. What is the difference between `onERC1155Received` and `onERC1155BatchReceived` functions?\n- `onERC1155Received` is called when a single ERC1155 token is transferred to the receiver, while `onERC1155BatchReceived` is called when multiple ERC1155 tokens are transferred to the receiver in a single transaction. Both functions return a bytes4 value as a receipt to indicate whether the transfer was successful.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IERC1155Receiver__factory.md"}}],["457",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IERC165__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for the IERC165 interface, which is used to check if a contract implements a specific interface. The IERC165 interface is imported from another file in the project. \n\nThe `_abi` variable contains an array of objects that define the interface's functions and their inputs and outputs. In this case, there is only one function called `supportsInterface`, which takes a single input of type `bytes4` and returns a boolean value. This function is marked as `view`, which means it does not modify the contract's state.\n\nThe `IERC165__factory` class has two static methods. The first method, `createInterface`, returns a new instance of the IERC165 interface using the `_abi` variable. The second method, `connect`, takes an address and a signer or provider as arguments and returns a new instance of the IERC165 contract using the `_abi` variable and the provided address and signer or provider.\n\nThis code is useful in the larger project because it allows other contracts to check if a given contract implements the IERC165 interface. This is important because it allows contracts to interact with each other in a standardized way, which can help prevent errors and improve interoperability. \n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in another contract:\n\n```\nimport { IERC165__factory } from \"./path/to/IERC165__factory\";\n\n// ...\n\nconst myContractAddress = \"0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890\";\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst myContract = IERC165__factory.connect(myContractAddress, provider);\n\nconst supportsInterface = await myContract.supportsInterface(\"0x12345678\");\nconsole.log(supportsInterface); // true or false\n```\n\nIn this example, we import the `IERC165__factory` class from its file and use it to create a new instance of the IERC165 contract at a specific address. We then call the `supportsInterface` function on this contract with a specific interface ID and log the result to the console.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a factory class for the IERC165 interface, which includes a function for checking if a contract supports a specific interface.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports the Contract, Signer, and utils classes from the ethers library, as well as the Provider class from the @ethersproject/providers library. It also imports the IERC165 interface from another file.\n\n3. What is the significance of the \"_abi\" variable?\n- The \"_abi\" variable contains an array of objects that define the inputs, outputs, and other properties of the \"supportsInterface\" function. This variable is used to define the ABI (Application Binary Interface) of the IERC165 interface.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IERC165__factory.md"}}],["458",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for creating instances of a smart contract interface called IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable. The interface is defined in another file and imported at the top of this file. The purpose of this interface is to provide a standardized way for smart contracts to implement a proxy pattern, which allows for upgrading the contract's logic without changing its address.\n\nThe factory class has two static methods: createInterface() and connect(). The createInterface() method returns an instance of the IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeableInterface interface, which is created using the ethers.js utils.Interface class and the ABI (Application Binary Interface) of the contract. The ABI is an array of objects that describe the functions and properties of the contract.\n\nThe connect() method takes an Ethereum address and a signer or provider object as arguments and returns an instance of the IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable contract. The Contract class is provided by ethers.js and is used to interact with smart contracts on the Ethereum blockchain. The address argument specifies the address of the deployed contract on the blockchain, and the signer or provider argument specifies the Ethereum account or provider to use for sending transactions to the contract.\n\nThis factory class can be used in the larger project to create instances of the IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable contract and interact with them using the methods defined in the contract's ABI. For example, if a smart contract in the project implements the IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable interface, the factory class can be used to create an instance of the contract and call its methods. Here is an example of how to use the factory class to connect to a deployed contract:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable__factory } from './path/to/IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable__factory';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider('http://localhost:8545');\nconst contractAddress = '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890';\nconst contract = IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable__factory.connect(contractAddress, provider);\n\n// Call a method on the contract\nconst uuid = await contract.proxiableUUID();\nconsole.log(uuid);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a factory class for creating instances of a smart contract interface called `IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable`.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `abi` variable?\n- The `abi` variable contains the ABI (Application Binary Interface) definition for the `proxiableUUID` function of the `IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable` contract.\n\n3. What is the difference between `createInterface()` and `connect()` methods of the factory class?\n- The `createInterface()` method returns an instance of the `IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeableInterface` interface, while the `connect()` method returns an instance of the `IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable` contract connected to a specific address and signer or provider.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable__factory.md"}}],["459",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IERC1967Upgradeable__factory.ts)\n\nThis code is an autogenerated file that exports a factory class for the IERC1967Upgradeable interface. The purpose of this interface is to provide a standard way for contracts to be upgraded in a transparent and secure manner. \n\nThe code imports the Contract, Signer, and Provider classes from the ethers library, as well as the IERC1967Upgradeable and IERC1967UpgradeableInterface types from another file. It then defines an array of objects that represent the events emitted by the IERC1967Upgradeable contract. \n\nThe IERC1967Upgradeable__factory class has two static methods: createInterface() and connect(). The createInterface() method returns a new instance of the IERC1967UpgradeableInterface using the _abi array defined earlier. The connect() method creates a new instance of the IERC1967Upgradeable contract using the provided address and signer or provider. \n\nThis code is likely used in the larger project to facilitate contract upgrades. Developers can use the IERC1967Upgradeable interface to ensure that contracts can be upgraded in a standardized way, and the IERC1967Upgradeable__factory class provides a convenient way to create and connect to instances of the contract. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IERC1967Upgradeable__factory } from 'zoo';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst contractAddress = '0x123...';\nconst contract = IERC1967Upgradeable__factory.connect(contractAddress, signer);\n\n// Use the contract instance to interact with the contract\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n \n This code defines a factory class for the `IERC1967Upgradeable` interface, which is used to interact with a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain. The interface includes three events related to contract administration and upgrading.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n \n This code depends on the `ethers` and `@ethersproject/providers` packages, which provide tools for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `IERC1967Upgradeable` interface and how is it used?\n \n The `IERC1967Upgradeable` interface defines a set of functions and events that can be used to upgrade a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain. This interface is implemented by the smart contract being upgraded, and can be used by other contracts or applications to interact with the upgraded contract. The `IERC1967Upgradeable__factory` class defined in this code provides a way to create instances of the `IERC1967Upgradeable` interface and connect to the upgraded contract using a signer or provider.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IERC1967Upgradeable__factory.md"}}],["460",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IERC20Bridgable__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines an interface for an ERC20 token contract that can be bridged to another blockchain. The interface includes standard ERC20 functions such as `balanceOf`, `totalSupply`, `transfer`, and `transferFrom`, as well as bridging-specific functions such as `bridgeMint` and `bridgeBurn`. \n\nThe `IERC20Bridgable__factory` class provides a way to create instances of the `IERC20Bridgable` interface. It includes a static `abi` property that contains the ABI (Application Binary Interface) of the contract, which is used to encode and decode function calls and responses. The `createInterface` method returns an instance of the `IERC20BridgableInterface` interface, which is a TypeScript interface that defines the same functions as the `IERC20Bridgable` interface but without the implementation details. The `connect` method creates a new instance of the `IERC20Bridgable` interface that is connected to a specific contract address and signer or provider.\n\nThis code is likely part of a larger project that involves bridging ERC20 tokens between different blockchains. Developers can use this interface to interact with bridged ERC20 tokens in a standardized way, regardless of the underlying implementation details. For example, a dApp that supports bridged ERC20 tokens could use this interface to display token balances, transfer tokens, and approve token allowances. \n\nHere is an example of how to use this interface to create a new instance of the `IERC20Bridgable` interface:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IERC20Bridgable__factory } from 'path/to/IERC20Bridgable__factory';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider('http://localhost:8545');\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst contractAddress = '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890';\nconst bridgedToken = IERC20Bridgable__factory.connect(contractAddress, signer);\n\nconst balance = await bridgedToken.balanceOf('0xabcdef1234567890abcdef1234567890abcdef1');\nconsole.log(`Balance: ${balance.toString()}`);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines a contract interface for an ERC20 token that can be bridged between different blockchain networks. It provides functions for minting, burning, transferring, and approving token transfers.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `IERC20Bridgable` interface and how is it used?\n- The `IERC20Bridgable` interface defines the functions that must be implemented by any contract that wants to be bridged as an ERC20 token. It is used to ensure interoperability between different blockchain networks.\n\n3. What is the role of the `IERC20Bridgable__factory` class and how is it used?\n- The `IERC20Bridgable__factory` class provides a way to create instances of the `IERC20Bridgable` interface and connect to existing instances on the blockchain. It is used to interact with the bridged ERC20 token contract.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IERC20Bridgable__factory.md"}}],["461",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IERC20Burnable__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines an interface and a factory for a burnable ERC20 token. The interface includes standard ERC20 functions such as `balanceOf`, `transfer`, `approve`, `allowance`, and `transferFrom`, as well as additional functions for burning and minting tokens. The factory provides a way to create instances of the interface by connecting to a contract address using a signer or provider.\n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a standardized interface for interacting with a burnable ERC20 token contract. This interface can be used by other contracts or applications that need to interact with the token, without needing to know the implementation details of the contract. For example, a decentralized exchange could use this interface to allow users to trade the burnable token.\n\nHere is an example of how to use the factory to create an instance of the interface:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IERC20Burnable__factory } from './path/to/IERC20Burnable__factory';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst tokenAddress = '0x123...'; // address of the burnable token contract\nconst token = IERC20Burnable__factory.connect(tokenAddress, signer);\n\n// now you can use the token interface to interact with the contract\nconst balance = await token.balanceOf('0x456...'); // get the balance of an address\nawait token.transfer('0x789...', 100); // transfer tokens to another address\n```\n\nOverall, this code provides a useful abstraction for interacting with a burnable ERC20 token contract, making it easier for other contracts and applications to use the token.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines the interface and factory for an ERC20 token that can be burned.\n\n2. What functions are available for interacting with this ERC20 token?\n- The available functions include `allowance`, `approve`, `balanceOf`, `burn`, `burnFrom`, `mint`, `totalSupply`, `transfer`, and `transferFrom`.\n\n3. What libraries and dependencies are required for this code to work?\n- This code requires the `ethers` library and the `@ethersproject/providers` module to be imported.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IERC20Burnable__factory.md"}}],["462",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IERC20Metadata__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines an interface for an ERC20 token contract, which is a standard interface for fungible tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. The interface includes functions for getting the name, symbol, decimals, total supply, balance of an account, allowance for a spender, and for transferring tokens between accounts. It also includes events for when an approval or transfer occurs.\n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a standardized interface for interacting with ERC20 tokens. This interface can be used by other contracts or applications to interact with any ERC20 token that implements this interface. For example, a decentralized exchange could use this interface to interact with any ERC20 token listed on the exchange.\n\nThe `IERC20Metadata__factory` class provides a factory method for creating instances of the `IERC20Metadata` interface. It also provides a method for connecting to an existing contract instance using a provided address and signer or provider.\n\nHere is an example of how this interface could be used to get the balance of an account:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IERC20Metadata__factory } from 'path/to/IERC20Metadata__factory';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst tokenAddress = '0x123...';\nconst accountAddress = '0x456...';\n\nconst token = IERC20Metadata__factory.connect(tokenAddress, provider);\nconst balance = await token.balanceOf(accountAddress);\nconsole.log(`Account balance: ${balance}`);\n```\n\nIn this example, we create a provider instance and specify the address of the ERC20 token contract we want to interact with. We then create an instance of the `IERC20Metadata` interface using the factory method provided by the `IERC20Metadata__factory` class. Finally, we call the `balanceOf` function on the token instance to get the balance of the specified account address.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines the interface for an ERC20 token contract with metadata, including functions for checking allowance, approving transfers, checking balance, and transferring tokens.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `_abi` variable?\n- The `_abi` variable contains the ABI (Application Binary Interface) definition for the ERC20 token contract interface, which is used to generate the contract object and its associated functions.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `IERC20Metadata__factory` class?\n- The `IERC20Metadata__factory` class is a factory for creating instances of the ERC20 token contract interface, including creating the contract object and its associated functions, and connecting to a signer or provider.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IERC20Metadata__factory.md"}}],["463",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IERC20Mintable__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines an interface for a mintable ERC20 token contract. The interface includes functions for checking the allowance of a spender, approving a spender to transfer tokens on behalf of the owner, checking the balance of an account, minting new tokens, getting the total supply of tokens, transferring tokens to a recipient, and transferring tokens from a sender to a recipient. \n\nThe code also includes an ABI (Application Binary Interface) array that defines the structure of the contract's functions and events. This ABI is used by other contracts or applications that interact with the mintable ERC20 token contract. \n\nThe `IERC20Mintable__factory` class is also defined, which includes a static `abi` property that returns the ABI array and a `createInterface()` function that returns an instance of the `IERC20MintableInterface`. The `connect()` function is also defined, which takes an address and a signer or provider and returns an instance of the `IERC20Mintable` contract.\n\nThis code can be used as a building block for creating a mintable ERC20 token contract in a larger project. For example, a developer could import this code and use the `IERC20Mintable__factory` class to create an instance of the mintable ERC20 token contract and interact with it using the defined functions. \n\nHere is an example of how this code could be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IERC20Mintable__factory } from 'path/to/IERC20Mintable__factory';\n\n// Connect to a provider\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider('http://localhost:8545');\n\n// Create an instance of the mintable ERC20 token contract\nconst contractAddress = '0x123...';\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\nconst mintableToken = IERC20Mintable__factory.connect(contractAddress, signer);\n\n// Mint new tokens\nconst amountToMint = ethers.utils.parseEther('100');\nawait mintableToken.mint(signer.getAddress(), amountToMint);\n\n// Transfer tokens to a recipient\nconst recipient = '0x456...';\nconst amountToTransfer = ethers.utils.parseEther('50');\nawait mintableToken.transfer(recipient, amountToTransfer);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines the interface and factory for an ERC20 token that can be minted.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `_abi` variable?\n- The `_abi` variable contains the ABI (Application Binary Interface) for the ERC20 token contract, which defines the functions and events that can be called or emitted by the contract.\n\n3. What is the difference between the `transfer` and `transferFrom` functions?\n- The `transfer` function allows a user to send tokens directly to another address, while the `transferFrom` function allows a user to send tokens on behalf of another address (with their approval).","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IERC20Mintable__factory.md"}}],["464",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IERC20Permit__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for the IERC20Permit interface, which is used to interact with ERC20 tokens that implement the permit function. The permit function allows a token holder to approve a spender to transfer tokens on their behalf without the need for a separate transaction to approve the transfer. This is achieved by signing a message that includes the details of the transfer, such as the amount and the deadline, using the holder's private key. The signature is then submitted along with the transfer request to prove that the holder authorized the transfer.\n\nThe IERC20Permit interface includes three functions: DOMAIN_SEPARATOR, nonces, and permit. DOMAIN_SEPARATOR returns a unique identifier for the permit message, which is used to prevent replay attacks. nonces returns the current nonce for a given token holder, which is used to prevent replay attacks and to ensure that each permit message is unique. permit is the main function that allows a token holder to approve a spender to transfer tokens on their behalf using a permit message.\n\nThe IERC20Permit__factory class includes three static methods: abi, createInterface, and connect. abi returns the ABI (Application Binary Interface) for the IERC20Permit interface, which is used to encode and decode function calls and responses. createInterface returns an instance of the IERC20PermitInterface interface, which is used to interact with contracts that implement the IERC20Permit interface. connect returns an instance of the IERC20Permit contract at a given address, which can be used to call the functions defined in the IERC20Permit interface.\n\nOverall, this code provides a standardized interface for interacting with ERC20 tokens that implement the permit function, making it easier for developers to integrate these tokens into their applications. Here is an example of how to use this code to interact with an ERC20 token that implements the permit function:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IERC20Permit__factory } from 'zoo';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\nconst tokenAddress = '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890';\nconst token = IERC20Permit__factory.connect(tokenAddress, signer);\n\n// Get the current nonce for the token holder\nconst nonce = await token.nonces('0x0123456789012345678901234567890123456789');\n\n// Sign a permit message\nconst deadline = Math.floor(Date.now() / 1000) + 3600; // 1 hour from now\nconst message = {\n owner: '0x0123456789012345678901234567890123456789',\n spender: '0x9876543210987654321098765432109876543210',\n value: ethers.utils.parseEther('100'),\n nonce,\n deadline,\n};\nconst signature = await signer.signMessage(ethers.utils.arrayify(message));\n\n// Approve the spender to transfer tokens on behalf of the token holder\nawait token.permit(\n message.owner,\n message.spender,\n message.value,\n message.deadline,\n ethers.utils.splitSignature(signature)\n);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines the ABI and factory for the IERC20Permit interface, which is used for permitting token transfers.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports ethers, @ethersproject/providers, and the IERC20Permit interface.\n\n3. What is the significance of the DOMAIN_SEPARATOR and nonces functions?\n- The DOMAIN_SEPARATOR is a unique identifier for the permit, while the nonces function returns the number of approved transactions for a given owner. These functions are used in the permit function to ensure the validity of the transaction.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IERC20Permit__factory.md"}}],["465",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IERC20__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines an interface for the ERC20 token standard, which is a widely used standard for tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. The interface includes functions for checking the balance of an account, approving a transfer of tokens, and transferring tokens between accounts. It also includes an event for when a transfer or approval occurs.\n\nThe code is generated automatically and should not be edited manually. It imports the necessary dependencies from the ethers and @ethersproject/providers packages. It also imports the IERC20 interface from another file in the project.\n\nThe IERC20__factory class is defined, which includes a static method for creating an instance of the IERC20 interface and connecting it to a contract address using a signer or provider. This class can be used by other parts of the project to interact with ERC20 tokens.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in the larger project:\n\n```typescript\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IERC20__factory } from './IERC20__factory';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst tokenAddress = '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890';\nconst token = IERC20__factory.connect(tokenAddress, signer);\n\nconst balance = await token.balanceOf('0xabcdef1234567890abcdef1234567890abcdef1');\nconsole.log(`Balance: ${balance.toString()}`);\n```\n\nIn this example, we create a provider and signer using the ethers package. We then create an instance of the IERC20 interface using the contract address of a specific ERC20 token and the signer. We can then use the `balanceOf` function to check the balance of a specific account and log the result to the console.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines the interface and factory for the IERC20 token contract.\n\n2. What functions and events are available in the IERC20 token contract?\n- The code lists the inputs, outputs, and types for the `allowance`, `approve`, `balanceOf`, `permit`, and `totalSupply` functions, as well as the `Approval` and `Transfer` events.\n\n3. What libraries and dependencies are required for this code to work?\n- This code requires the `ethers` and `@ethersproject/providers` libraries, as well as the `IERC20` interface.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IERC20__factory.md"}}],["466",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IERC721Burnable__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines an interface for a contract that implements the ERC721 standard with the additional ability to burn tokens. The ERC721 standard is a widely used standard for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) on the Ethereum blockchain. The ability to burn tokens means that a token can be permanently destroyed, reducing the total supply of tokens.\n\nThe code imports the necessary modules from the ethers.js library, including the Contract and Signer classes, as well as the Provider interface. It also imports the IERC721Burnable interface from another file.\n\nThe code defines an array called _abi that contains the ABI (Application Binary Interface) for the ERC721Burnable contract. The ABI is a standardized way of describing the functions and events of a smart contract, and is used by clients to interact with the contract.\n\nThe code then defines a factory class called IERC721Burnable__factory that has two static methods. The first method, createInterface(), returns an instance of the IERC721BurnableInterface interface, which is generated from the _abi array using the utils.Interface class from ethers.js. The second method, connect(), returns an instance of the IERC721Burnable contract, which is created by passing in the contract's address, the _abi array, and a signer or provider object.\n\nThis code is used in the larger project to interact with contracts that implement the IERC721Burnable interface. For example, a client application that wants to burn an NFT would use the burn() function defined in the IERC721Burnable interface. The client would first create an instance of the IERC721Burnable contract using the connect() method, and then call the burn() function on that instance.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines the interface and factory for an ERC721 token that can be burned.\n\n2. What events are emitted by this contract?\n- This contract emits three events: \"Approval\", \"ApprovalForAll\", and \"Transfer\".\n\n3. What functions are available in this contract?\n- This contract has functions for approving transfers, checking token balances, burning tokens, getting approved operators, checking if an operator is approved for all tokens, getting the owner of a token, transferring tokens, and checking if the contract supports a specific interface.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IERC721Burnable__factory.md"}}],["467",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IERC721Enumerable__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines an interface for the ERC721Enumerable standard, which is a subset of the ERC721 standard for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) on the Ethereum blockchain. The ERC721Enumerable standard adds the ability to enumerate all tokens owned by a particular address, as well as to enumerate all tokens in the entire collection.\n\nThe code imports the necessary dependencies from the ethers and @ethersproject/providers libraries, and also imports the IERC721Enumerable interface from another file in the project. It then defines the ABI (Application Binary Interface) for the ERC721Enumerable interface, which specifies the functions and events that the interface provides.\n\nThe interface includes functions for transferring ownership of tokens, approving transfers, checking balances, and enumerating tokens. It also includes events for when ownership is approved or transferred.\n\nThe code also includes a factory class for creating instances of the IERC721Enumerable interface. This class includes a static method for creating an interface object from the ABI, as well as a static method for connecting to an existing contract on the blockchain.\n\nOverall, this code provides a standardized interface for working with ERC721Enumerable tokens in the zoo project, allowing other parts of the project to interact with these tokens in a consistent and predictable way. For example, if another part of the project needs to check the balance of a particular address, it can call the balanceOf function provided by this interface.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines the interface for an ERC721 token contract with additional functionality for enumerating tokens.\n\n2. What events are emitted by this contract?\n- This contract emits three events: \"Approval\", \"ApprovalForAll\", and \"Transfer\".\n\n3. What functions are available in this contract?\n- This contract has functions for approving transfers, checking token balances, getting approved operators, checking if an operator is approved for all tokens, getting the owner of a token, transferring tokens, and enumerating tokens.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IERC721Enumerable__factory.md"}}],["468",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IERC721Metadata__factory.ts)\n\nThe code provided is an autogenerated file that contains the ABI (Application Binary Interface) for the IERC721Metadata interface. This interface is used to interact with ERC721 tokens, which are non-fungible tokens (NFTs) on the Ethereum blockchain. \n\nThe ABI is a standardized way of encoding the functions and events of a smart contract, allowing other contracts or applications to interact with it. The IERC721Metadata interface defines a set of functions that can be used to retrieve metadata about an ERC721 token, such as its name, symbol, and URI. \n\nThe code imports the necessary dependencies from the ethers.js library, including the Contract and Signer classes for interacting with smart contracts, and the Provider class for connecting to an Ethereum node. It also imports the IERC721Metadata interface from another file in the project.\n\nThe ABI is defined as an array of objects, each representing a function or event in the interface. Each object contains information such as the function name, input and output parameters, and whether it is a view function (read-only) or a nonpayable function (can modify the state of the contract). \n\nThe IERC721Metadata__factory class is also defined, which provides a way to create instances of the IERC721Metadata interface using the ABI and a signer or provider. This class can be used in other parts of the project to interact with ERC721 tokens that implement the IERC721Metadata interface.\n\nOverall, this code provides a standardized way of interacting with ERC721 tokens and retrieving metadata about them. It can be used in conjunction with other smart contracts or applications that need to interact with ERC721 tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IERC721Metadata__factory } from 'path/to/IERC721Metadata__factory';\n\n// Connect to an Ethereum node\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider('https://mainnet.infura.io/v3/your-project-id');\n\n// Create an instance of the IERC721Metadata interface for a specific token contract\nconst tokenAddress = '0x123456789...';\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\nconst tokenContract = IERC721Metadata__factory.connect(tokenAddress, signer);\n\n// Retrieve the name of the token\nconst name = await tokenContract.name();\nconsole.log(`Token name: ${name}`);\n\n// Retrieve the symbol of the token\nconst symbol = await tokenContract.symbol();\nconsole.log(`Token symbol: ${symbol}`);\n\n// Retrieve the URI of a specific token\nconst tokenId = 123;\nconst tokenURI = await tokenContract.tokenURI(tokenId);\nconsole.log(`Token URI: ${tokenURI}`);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines the interface for the ERC721Metadata contract, which is used for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) on the Ethereum blockchain.\n\n2. What functions are available in this interface?\n- The interface includes functions for approving transfers, checking balances, getting approved operators, setting approval for all operators, and transferring tokens, among others.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `_abi` variable?\n- The `_abi` variable contains the ABI (Application Binary Interface) for the ERC721Metadata contract, which specifies the functions and their inputs and outputs that can be called by other contracts or applications.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IERC721Metadata__factory.md"}}],["469",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IERC721Receiver__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for the IERC721Receiver interface, which is used in the larger project to handle the receipt of ERC721 tokens. The IERC721Receiver interface defines a single function, onERC721Received, which is called when an ERC721 token is transferred to a contract that implements this interface. The function takes four arguments: the address of the operator that initiated the transfer, the address of the sender, the ID of the token being transferred, and an optional data payload.\n\nThe factory class exports two static methods: createInterface and connect. The createInterface method returns an instance of the IERC721ReceiverInterface interface, which is generated from the ABI (Application Binary Interface) of the IERC721Receiver contract. The connect method takes an address and a signer or provider object as arguments, and returns an instance of the IERC721Receiver contract, which is connected to the specified address and signer or provider.\n\nThis code is autogenerated and should not be edited manually. It is used in the larger project to facilitate the transfer of ERC721 tokens to contracts that implement the IERC721Receiver interface. Here is an example of how this code might be used in the larger project:\n\n```typescript\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IERC721Receiver__factory } from 'zoo';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst receiverAddress = '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890';\nconst receiver = IERC721Receiver__factory.connect(receiverAddress, signer);\n\n// Transfer an ERC721 token to the receiver contract\nconst tokenAddress = '0x0987654321098765432109876543210987654321';\nconst tokenId = 123;\nconst data = '0xabcdef0123456789';\nconst tokenContract = new ethers.Contract(tokenAddress, tokenAbi, signer);\nawait tokenContract.transferFrom(signer.getAddress(), receiverAddress, tokenId, data);\n\n// The onERC721Received function in the receiver contract will be called with the transfer details\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n \n This code defines a factory class for the IERC721Receiver interface, which is used to receive ERC721 tokens in Ethereum smart contracts.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n \n This code depends on the ethers library and the @ethersproject/providers module, which are used to interact with Ethereum smart contracts.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `onERC721Received` function?\n \n The `onERC721Received` function is a required function for contracts that implement the IERC721Receiver interface. It is called when an ERC721 token is transferred to the contract, and it returns a bytes4 value to indicate whether the transfer was successful.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IERC721Receiver__factory.md"}}],["470",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IERC721__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines an interface for the ERC721 token standard, which is a type of non-fungible token (NFT) used on the Ethereum blockchain. The ERC721 standard defines a set of functions that must be implemented by any contract that wants to be considered an ERC721-compliant token. \n\nThe code defines an array of objects that represent the functions and events defined by the ERC721 standard. These objects include information such as the function/event name, input/output parameters, and their types. \n\nThe `IERC721__factory` class is also defined, which includes a static method to create an instance of the `IERC721Interface` interface using the ABI (Application Binary Interface) defined in the `_abi` array. The `connect` method is also defined, which creates a new instance of the `Contract` class using the ABI and the provided address and signer/provider. \n\nThis code is likely used in the larger project to interact with ERC721-compliant tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. For example, a developer could use the `IERC721__factory` class to create an instance of an ERC721 token contract and then call its functions to transfer tokens, check balances, and more. \n\nHere is an example of how this code could be used to transfer an ERC721 token from one address to another:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IERC721__factory } from './path/to/IERC721__factory';\n\n// create a provider to connect to the Ethereum network\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider('https://mainnet.infura.io/v3/your-project-id');\n\n// create a signer to sign transactions\nconst signer = new ethers.Wallet('your-private-key', provider);\n\n// create an instance of an ERC721 token contract\nconst contractAddress = '0x123...';\nconst tokenContract = IERC721__factory.connect(contractAddress, signer);\n\n// transfer a token from one address to another\nconst fromAddress = '0xabc...';\nconst toAddress = '0xdef...';\nconst tokenId = 123;\nconst tx = await tokenContract.transferFrom(fromAddress, toAddress, tokenId);\nawait tx.wait();\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines the interface and factory for an ERC721 token contract.\n\n2. What functions and events are defined in this code?\n- This code defines functions for approving transfers, checking token balances and ownership, transferring tokens, and setting approval for all transfers. It also defines events for approval, approval for all, and transfer.\n \n3. What is the significance of the `_abi` variable?\n- The `_abi` variable contains the ABI (Application Binary Interface) for the ERC721 token contract, which is used to define the functions and events that can be called by other contracts or applications interacting with the token contract.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IERC721__factory.md"}}],["471",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IKeeper__factory.ts)\n\nThis code is an autogenerated file that exports a factory class for the IKeeper interface. The IKeeper interface is defined in another file and imported at the top of this file. The purpose of this code is to provide a way to create instances of the IKeeper interface and connect them to a blockchain provider or signer.\n\nThe code imports the necessary dependencies from the ethers and @ethersproject/providers packages. It also imports the IKeeper interface from another file in the project. The interface defines a single function called dropEggs that takes three arguments: eggId (a uint256), dropID (a uint256), and buyer (an address). The function does not return anything and is marked as nonpayable, meaning it cannot receive Ether.\n\nThe code defines a factory class called IKeeper__factory that has two static methods: createInterface and connect. The createInterface method returns a new instance of the IKeeperInterface using the _abi array defined at the top of the file. The connect method takes an address string and a signer or provider object and returns a new instance of the IKeeper contract using the address, _abi, and signer or provider.\n\nThis code can be used in the larger project to interact with the IKeeper contract on the blockchain. Developers can use the factory class to create instances of the contract and connect them to a provider or signer. They can then call the dropEggs function on the contract instance to drop eggs for a given eggId, dropID, and buyer. Here is an example of how to use the factory class to connect to a contract instance:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IKeeper__factory } from 'path/to/IKeeper__factory';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider('http://localhost:8545');\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst contractAddress = '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890';\nconst keeper = IKeeper__factory.connect(contractAddress, signer);\n\nkeeper.dropEggs(1, 2, '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890');\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a factory class for creating instances of the `IKeeper` interface, which is used for interacting with a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n- This code depends on the `ethers` library for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain, as well as the `@ethersproject/providers` module for working with Ethereum providers.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `_abi` variable?\n- The `_abi` variable contains the ABI (Application Binary Interface) definition for the `IKeeper` smart contract, which specifies the functions and data structures that can be accessed by external applications. This ABI is used by the `IKeeper__factory` class to create instances of the `IKeeper` interface.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IKeeper__factory.md"}}],["472",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IMigrator__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for the IMigrator interface, which is used in the larger project to interact with a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain. The IMigrator interface is defined in another file and imported here. \n\nThe code imports the necessary modules from the ethers and @ethersproject/providers packages. It also imports the IMigrator interface and its corresponding interface, which are used to define the structure of the smart contract and its functions. \n\nThe code defines a constant variable _abi, which is an array of objects that define the inputs, outputs, and other properties of the smart contract's functions. In this case, there is only one function called \"desiredLiquidity\", which is a view function that returns a uint256 value. \n\nThe IMigrator__factory class has two static methods: createInterface() and connect(). The createInterface() method returns an instance of the IMigratorInterface interface, which is used to interact with the smart contract. The connect() method takes an address and a signer or provider as arguments and returns an instance of the IMigrator contract, which can be used to call the functions defined in the smart contract. \n\nThis code is autogenerated and should not be edited manually. It provides a convenient way to interact with the smart contract in the larger project. Here is an example of how this code might be used in the larger project:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IMigrator__factory } from './path/to/IMigrator__factory';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst migratorAddress = '0x123...'; // address of the smart contract\nconst migrator = IMigrator__factory.connect(migratorAddress, signer);\n\nconst desiredLiquidity = await migrator.desiredLiquidity();\nconsole.log(desiredLiquidity); // prints the desired liquidity value from the smart contract\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n This code defines an interface for a contract called IMigrator, which has a single function called desiredLiquidity that returns a uint256 value. It also provides a factory class for creating instances of the interface and connecting to the contract.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n This code imports several modules from the ethers and @ethersproject/providers packages, which are used to interact with Ethereum contracts and providers.\n\n3. Why are there comments disabling tslint and eslint?\n The comments disabling tslint and eslint are used to suppress linting errors and warnings that might be generated by the code. This is often done for autogenerated code that may not conform to the same linting rules as manually written code.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IMigrator__factory.md"}}],["473",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IRewarder__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for the IRewarder interface, which is used to interact with a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain. The IRewarder interface is defined in another file and imported here. The code also imports other necessary modules from the ethers and @ethersproject/providers packages.\n\nThe _abi variable is an array of objects that define the functions and properties of the smart contract. The first function, onTokensReward, takes five arguments and is non-payable, meaning it does not require any payment of cryptocurrency to execute. The second function, pendingTokens, takes three arguments and is view-only, meaning it does not modify the state of the blockchain and can be executed without any payment of cryptocurrency.\n\nThe IRewarder__factory class has two static methods. The createInterface method returns a new instance of the IRewarderInterface, which is a TypeScript interface that defines the functions and properties of the IRewarder smart contract. The connect method takes an Ethereum address and a signer or provider object and returns a new instance of the IRewarder smart contract, which can be used to interact with the contract on the blockchain.\n\nThis code is part of a larger project that likely involves interacting with smart contracts on the Ethereum blockchain. Developers can use the IRewarder__factory class to create instances of the IRewarder smart contract and call its functions to perform various actions, such as rewarding users with tokens or checking pending token rewards. Here is an example of how the IRewarder__factory class might be used:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IRewarder__factory } from './IRewarder__factory';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider('https://mainnet.infura.io/v3/your-project-id');\nconst signer = new ethers.Wallet('your-private-key', provider);\n\nconst rewarderAddress = '0x123456789abcdef...';\nconst rewarder = IRewarder__factory.connect(rewarderAddress, signer);\n\nconst pid = 1;\nconst user = '0x987654321fedcba...';\nconst recipient = '0x555555555555555...';\nconst tokenAmount = ethers.utils.parseEther('100');\nconst newLpAmount = ethers.utils.parseEther('500');\n\nawait rewarder.onTokensReward(pid, user, recipient, tokenAmount, newLpAmount);\n\nconst pending = await rewarder.pendingTokens(pid, user);\nconsole.log(pending);\n```\n\nIn this example, the code creates a provider and signer object using the ethers library, then creates an instance of the IRewarder smart contract using the IRewarder__factory class and the contract's address. The code then calls the onTokensReward function with some example arguments and waits for the transaction to be confirmed on the blockchain. Finally, the code calls the pendingTokens function to check the pending token rewards for a specific user and logs the result to the console.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface and a factory for the `IRewarder` contract, which has two functions: `onTokensReward` and `pendingTokens`. The purpose of the `IRewarder` contract is not specified in this code.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports `ethers`, `@ethersproject/providers`, and `../IRewarder`. It also uses the `utils` object from `ethers`.\n\n3. Are there any special considerations or limitations when using this code?\n- The code specifies that it is autogenerated and should not be edited manually. It also disables `tslint` and `eslint` checks. It is unclear if there are any other limitations or considerations when using this code without additional context.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IRewarder__factory.md"}}],["474",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IStrictERC20__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines an interface for a strict implementation of the ERC20 token standard, which is a widely used standard for fungible tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. The interface includes functions for getting the token name, symbol, decimals, total supply, and balance of a particular address, as well as functions for approving and transferring tokens between addresses. It also includes a function for allowing a third party to spend tokens on behalf of the token owner, which is useful for certain types of decentralized applications.\n\nThe code is autogenerated and should not be edited manually. It imports the necessary dependencies from the ethers and @ethersproject/providers packages, and also imports an interface called IStrictERC20 from another file in the project. The interface is defined using an array of objects that specify the names, inputs, and outputs of each function, as well as whether they are view or nonpayable and whether they emit events.\n\nThe IStrictERC20__factory class is also defined, which includes a static method for creating an instance of the interface and a static method for connecting to an existing contract on the blockchain using its address and a signer or provider object. This class can be used by other parts of the project to interact with ERC20 tokens that conform to the strict implementation defined by this interface.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in the larger project:\n\n```typescript\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IStrictERC20__factory } from './path/to/IStrictERC20__factory';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider('http://localhost:8545');\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst tokenAddress = '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890';\nconst token = IStrictERC20__factory.connect(tokenAddress, signer);\n\nconst balance = await token.balanceOf('0xabcdef1234567890abcdef1234567890abcdef1');\nconsole.log(`Balance: ${balance.toString()}`);\n```\n\nIn this example, we create a provider and signer object using the ethers library, and then use the IStrictERC20__factory class to connect to an ERC20 token contract at a specific address. We can then call the balanceOf function to get the balance of a particular address, and log the result to the console. This is just one example of how this code might be used in a larger project that involves interacting with ERC20 tokens.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines the ABI and factory for the IStrictERC20 interface, which is used to interact with ERC20 tokens on the Ethereum blockchain.\n\n2. What functions are available through the IStrictERC20 interface?\n- The IStrictERC20 interface provides functions for checking an account's token balance, approving token transfers, transferring tokens, and transferring tokens on behalf of another account.\n\n3. What is the significance of the permit function?\n- The permit function allows an account to approve a token transfer without needing to send a separate transaction to the blockchain for approval. This can save gas fees and improve the user experience for token transfers.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IStrictERC20__factory.md"}}],["475",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IUniswapV2Callee__factory.ts)\n\nThis code is an autogenerated file that exports a factory class for the IUniswapV2Callee interface. The purpose of this code is to provide a way to interact with the UniswapV2 smart contract. \n\nThe code imports the Contract, Signer, and utils classes from the ethers library, as well as the Provider class from the @ethersproject/providers library. It also imports the IUniswapV2Callee and IUniswapV2CalleeInterface interfaces from another file. \n\nThe _abi constant is an array that defines the interface of the UniswapV2 smart contract. It contains a single function called uniswapV2Call that takes four arguments: sender (an address), amount0 (a uint256), amount1 (a uint256), and data (a bytes array). This function has no return value and is nonpayable. \n\nThe IUniswapV2Callee__factory class has two static methods. The first, createInterface, returns an instance of the IUniswapV2CalleeInterface interface using the _abi constant. The second, connect, creates a new instance of the IUniswapV2Callee contract using the provided address and signer or provider. \n\nThis code can be used in the larger project to interact with the UniswapV2 smart contract. For example, to call the uniswapV2Call function, you could create a new instance of the IUniswapV2Callee contract using the connect method and then call the function on that instance. \n\n```typescript\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IUniswapV2Callee__factory } from 'zoo';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst uniswapV2Callee = IUniswapV2Callee__factory.connect(\n '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890',\n signer\n);\n\nawait uniswapV2Callee.uniswapV2Call(\n '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890',\n 100,\n 200,\n '0x123456'\n);\n```\n\nIn this example, we create a new provider and signer using the ethers library. We then create a new instance of the IUniswapV2Callee contract using the connect method and the address of the UniswapV2 contract and the signer. Finally, we call the uniswapV2Call function on the contract instance with some example arguments.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a factory class for creating instances of a contract interface called `IUniswapV2CalleeInterface`.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports `ethers`, `@ethersproject/providers`, and `../IUniswapV2Callee`, which are all external dependencies.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `_abi` variable?\n- The `_abi` variable contains an array of objects that define the inputs, outputs, and other properties of a function called `uniswapV2Call`, which is part of the `IUniswapV2Callee` contract interface.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IUniswapV2Callee__factory.md"}}],["476",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IUniswapV2ERC20__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines an interface for the UniswapV2ERC20 token contract. The interface specifies the functions and events that can be called or emitted by the contract. \n\nThe code imports the necessary dependencies from the ethers and @ethersproject/providers libraries. It also imports the IUniswapV2ERC20 interface from another file in the project.\n\nThe interface is defined using an array of objects, where each object represents a function or event. Each object specifies the name, inputs, outputs, and type of the function or event. The inputs and outputs are defined using the internalType and type properties, which specify the data type of the argument or return value.\n\nThe IUniswapV2ERC20__factory class is defined to create instances of the IUniswapV2ERC20 interface. It has two static methods: createInterface() and connect(). The createInterface() method returns a new instance of the IUniswapV2ERC20Interface interface, which is created using the utils.Interface class from the ethers library. The connect() method returns a new instance of the IUniswapV2ERC20 contract, which is created using the Contract class from the ethers library.\n\nThis code is used to interact with the UniswapV2ERC20 token contract in the larger project. Developers can use the IUniswapV2ERC20__factory class to create instances of the IUniswapV2ERC20 interface, which can be used to call the functions and events defined in the interface. For example, to get the name of the token, a developer can create an instance of the IUniswapV2ERC20 interface and call the name() function:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { IUniswapV2ERC20__factory } from 'path/to/IUniswapV2ERC20__factory';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst contractAddress = '0x123...';\nconst contract = IUniswapV2ERC20__factory.connect(contractAddress, provider);\n\nconst name = await contract.name();\nconsole.log(name);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface for the UniswapV2ERC20 contract, which is used for interacting with ERC20 tokens on the Uniswap decentralized exchange.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `permit` function?\n- The `permit` function allows a token owner to approve a spender to transfer tokens on their behalf without requiring an explicit transaction to do so. This is done by signing a message with the owner's private key and submitting it to the contract.\n\n3. What is the difference between `stateMutability` types `view`, `pure`, and `nonpayable`?\n- `view` and `pure` functions do not modify the contract state and are read-only, with `pure` functions not even accessing contract state. `nonpayable` functions can modify contract state but do not accept Ether as payment.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IUniswapV2ERC20__factory.md"}}],["477",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IUniswapV2Factory__factory.ts)\n\nThe code in this file is an autogenerated TypeScript module that defines a factory contract for the Uniswap decentralized exchange protocol. The contract is used to create and manage pairs of tokens that can be traded on the Uniswap exchange. \n\nThe contract is defined using the ethers.js library, which provides a set of tools for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain. The contract is imported from the `IUniswapV2Factory` interface, which defines the methods and properties that the contract must implement. \n\nThe contract has several methods that can be used to interact with the Uniswap exchange. The `createPair` method is used to create a new pair of tokens that can be traded on the exchange. The `getPair` method is used to retrieve an existing pair of tokens. The `setFeeTo` and `setFeeToSetter` methods are used to set the fee recipient and fee setter addresses, respectively. The `setMigrator` method is used to set the migrator address, which is used to migrate liquidity from Uniswap v1 to v2. \n\nThe contract also has several properties that can be used to retrieve information about the exchange. The `allPairs` property is an array of all the pairs of tokens that have been created on the exchange. The `allPairsLength` property is the length of the `allPairs` array. The `feeTo` and `feeToSetter` properties are the addresses of the fee recipient and fee setter, respectively. The `migrator` property is the address of the migrator contract. \n\nThe `IUniswapV2Factory__factory` class is used to create instances of the `IUniswapV2Factory` contract. It has a static `abi` property that contains the contract's ABI (Application Binary Interface), which is a JSON representation of the contract's methods and properties. The `createInterface` method returns an instance of the `IUniswapV2FactoryInterface`, which is an interface that extends the ethers.js `Interface` class and defines the methods and properties of the `IUniswapV2Factory` contract. The `connect` method is used to create a new instance of the `IUniswapV2Factory` contract, given an address and a signer or provider. \n\nOverall, this code provides a way to interact with the Uniswap decentralized exchange protocol, allowing users to create and manage pairs of tokens that can be traded on the exchange.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines the interface and factory for the UniswapV2Factory contract, which is used to create and manage Uniswap V2 pairs.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `PairCreated` event?\n- The `PairCreated` event is emitted when a new pair is created using the `createPair` function, and provides information about the tokens and the new pair's address.\n\n3. What is the difference between `feeTo` and `feeToSetter`?\n- `feeTo` is the address that receives the protocol fee for trades on the Uniswap V2 pair, while `feeToSetter` is the address that has permission to update the `feeTo` address.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IUniswapV2Factory__factory.md"}}],["478",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IVoting__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines the interface and factory for the IVoting contract. The IVoting contract is a smart contract that allows users to propose and vote on proposals. The proposals are stored as strings and can be voted on with a boolean choice. The contract also has the ability to block addresses from voting or proposing.\n\nThe code imports the necessary modules from the ethers library and defines the ABI (Application Binary Interface) for the IVoting contract. The ABI is an interface that defines the functions and events of the contract that can be called from outside the contract. The ABI is used to generate a contract factory that can be used to create instances of the contract.\n\nThe IVoting__factory class is defined with two static methods. The createInterface method returns an instance of the IVotingInterface, which is an interface that extends the ethers Contract interface and defines the functions and events of the IVoting contract. The connect method is used to connect to an existing instance of the IVoting contract on the blockchain. It takes an address and a signer or provider as arguments and returns an instance of the IVoting contract.\n\nThis code is an important part of the larger zoo project as it defines the interface and factory for the IVoting contract. Other parts of the project can use the factory to create instances of the IVoting contract and interact with it. For example, a frontend application could use the factory to create an instance of the IVoting contract and display the proposals and voting results to users. The contract could also be used by other contracts in the project to propose and vote on changes to the system.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines the ABI and factory for the IVoting contract, which allows users to vote on proposals and block addresses.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports from the ethers and @ethersproject/providers packages.\n\n3. What is the significance of the \"autogenerated\" comment at the top of the file?\n- This comment indicates that the file was generated automatically and should not be edited manually.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IVoting__factory.md"}}],["479",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IWETH__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for the IWETH (Wrapped Ether) interface. The IWETH interface is a set of functions that can be used to interact with the Wrapped Ether contract on the Ethereum blockchain. \n\nThe code imports the necessary modules from the ethers and @ethersproject/providers packages. It also imports the IWETH interface from another file in the project. \n\nThe _abi variable is an array of objects that define the functions of the IWETH interface. Each object represents a function and includes information such as the function name, input parameters, output parameters, and state mutability. \n\nThe IWETH__factory class has two static methods: createInterface() and connect(). The createInterface() method returns an instance of the IWETH interface using the _abi variable. The connect() method creates a new instance of the Contract class from the ethers package, which is used to interact with the Wrapped Ether contract on the blockchain. \n\nThis code is useful for developers who want to interact with the Wrapped Ether contract in their project. They can use the IWETH__factory class to create an instance of the IWETH interface and then use the connect() method to connect to the contract on the blockchain. They can then call the functions defined in the interface to interact with the contract. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { IWETH__factory } from 'zoo';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst iweth = IWETH__factory.connect('0x123...', signer);\n\n// Deposit 1 ETH into the Wrapped Ether contract\nawait iweth.deposit({ value: ethers.utils.parseEther('1') });\n\n// Transfer 0.5 ETH to another address\nawait iweth.transfer('0x456...', ethers.utils.parseEther('0.5'));\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines an interface for the IWETH contract, which allows for depositing, transferring, and withdrawing of WETH tokens on the Ethereum network.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports the `ethers` library, which provides a way to interact with Ethereum contracts and wallets, and the `@ethersproject/providers` library, which provides a way to connect to Ethereum nodes.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `_abi` variable?\n- The `_abi` variable contains the ABI (Application Binary Interface) definition for the IWETH contract, which specifies the functions and data types that can be used to interact with the contract. This variable is used to create the interface and contract instances in the code.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IWETH__factory.md"}}],["480",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/IZoo__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines an autogenerated TypeScript module that exports a factory class for creating instances of the `IZoo` interface. The `IZoo` interface is defined in another module and imported at the top of this file. The `IZoo` interface likely defines a set of methods and properties that allow interaction with a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain.\n\nThe module also defines an array `_abi` that contains the ABI (Application Binary Interface) of the smart contract. The ABI is a JSON representation of the functions and events that are available on the smart contract. The ABI is used by the `Contract` class from the `ethers` library to create a JavaScript object that represents the smart contract and allows interaction with it.\n\nThe `IZoo__factory` class has two static methods: `createInterface()` and `connect()`. The `createInterface()` method returns an instance of the `IZooInterface` interface, which is defined in the `IZoo` module. The `IZooInterface` interface likely defines the same set of methods and properties as the `IZoo` interface, but without the implementation details.\n\nThe `connect()` method takes two arguments: the address of the smart contract and a `Signer` or `Provider` object. The `Signer` object is used to sign transactions and the `Provider` object is used to read data from the blockchain. The method returns an instance of the `IZoo` interface that is connected to the smart contract at the specified address.\n\nThis module is likely used in other parts of the `zoo` project to interact with the smart contract. For example, a module that allows users to buy and sell animals in the zoo might use the `IZoo__factory` class to create an instance of the `IZoo` interface and call methods on it to buy and sell animals. The `createInterface()` method might be used in tests to create a mock implementation of the `IZoo` interface.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines the ABI and factory for the IZoo interface, which is used to interact with the Zoo smart contract.\n\n2. What events are defined in this code?\n- This code defines several events, including AddDrop, BreedAnimal, Burn, BuyEgg, Free, Hatch, Mint, and Swap.\n\n3. What dependencies does this code have?\n- This code depends on the ethers and @ethersproject/providers packages, which are used to interact with Ethereum smart contracts.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/IZoo__factory.md"}}],["481",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/Initializable__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for the Initializable contract, which is used in the larger zoo project. The Initializable contract is a smart contract that can be initialized with a version number. The purpose of this factory class is to provide a convenient way to interact with the Initializable contract by generating an interface and connecting to it using a signer or provider.\n\nThe code imports the necessary modules from the ethers library, including Contract, Signer, Provider, and utils. It also imports the Initializable interface from another file in the project. The _abi variable contains an array of objects that define the structure of the Initializable contract, including its events and inputs.\n\nThe Initializable__factory class has three static methods. The first, `abi`, returns the _abi variable. The second, `createInterface`, returns a new instance of the InitializableInterface using the _abi variable. The third, `connect`, takes an address and a signer or provider as arguments and returns a new instance of the Initializable contract using the address, _abi variable, and signer or provider.\n\nHere is an example of how this factory class might be used in the larger zoo project:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { Initializable__factory } from 'zoo';\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst initializableAddress = '0x123...';\nconst initializable = Initializable__factory.connect(initializableAddress, signer);\n\nconst version = await initializable.getVersion();\nconsole.log(`Initializable contract version: ${version}`);\n```\n\nIn this example, the code first creates a provider and signer using the ethers library. It then gets the address of an existing Initializable contract and uses the factory class to connect to it using the signer. Finally, it calls the `getVersion` method on the contract to retrieve its version number and logs it to the console.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code is generating a factory for an Initializable contract and defining its ABI.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"Initialized\" event?\n- The \"Initialized\" event is emitted when the contract is initialized with a specific version.\n\n3. What is the difference between a Signer and a Provider in the \"connect\" function?\n- A Signer is used for signing transactions and a Provider is used for reading data from the blockchain. The \"connect\" function allows the user to connect to the contract using either a Signer or a Provider.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/Initializable__factory.md"}}],["482",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/OwnableUpgradeable__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for the OwnableUpgradeable contract. The OwnableUpgradeable contract is a smart contract that provides basic ownership functionality, allowing the owner of the contract to transfer ownership to another address or renounce ownership altogether. The contract also emits events when it is initialized or when ownership is transferred.\n\nThe code imports the necessary modules from the ethers and @ethersproject/providers packages, which are used to interact with the Ethereum blockchain. It also imports the OwnableUpgradeable interface from another file in the project.\n\nThe _abi variable contains an array of objects that define the contract's functions and events. These objects are used to generate an interface for the contract, which is returned by the createInterface() method of the factory class.\n\nThe connect() method of the factory class is used to create an instance of the OwnableUpgradeable contract, which is connected to a specific address on the blockchain and a signer or provider. The signer or provider is used to sign transactions or retrieve data from the blockchain.\n\nThis code is an important part of the zoo project because it provides a basic ownership functionality that can be used by other contracts in the project. For example, if a contract needs to restrict access to certain functions or data to a specific address, it can inherit from the OwnableUpgradeable contract and use its ownership functionality. The factory class provided by this code makes it easy to create instances of the OwnableUpgradeable contract and connect them to the blockchain.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n This code defines a factory class for creating instances of a contract called OwnableUpgradeable, which has functions for transferring ownership and renouncing ownership.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"Initialized\" and \"OwnershipTransferred\" events?\n The \"Initialized\" event is emitted when the contract is initialized with a specific version number. The \"OwnershipTransferred\" event is emitted when ownership of the contract is transferred from one address to another.\n\n3. What is the difference between the \"view\" and \"nonpayable\" state mutability types?\n The \"view\" state mutability type indicates that the function does not modify the state of the contract and can be called without sending a transaction. The \"nonpayable\" state mutability type indicates that the function does not accept Ether and will revert if any Ether is sent to it.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/OwnableUpgradeable__factory.md"}}],["483",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/Ownable__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for the Ownable contract. The Ownable contract is a smart contract that allows for ownership transfer of the contract. The code imports the necessary modules from the ethers library and the Ownable interface from another file in the project. \n\nThe `_abi` variable is an array of objects that define the contract's functions and events. The `createInterface()` function returns an instance of the Ownable interface using the `_abi` array. The `connect()` function creates a new instance of the Ownable contract using the provided address and signer or provider. \n\nThis code is useful in the larger project because it provides a way to interact with the Ownable contract. Developers can use the `connect()` function to create an instance of the contract and then call its functions to transfer ownership or check the current owner. For example, a developer could use the following code to transfer ownership of the contract to a new address:\n\n```\nconst ownableContract = Ownable__factory.connect(contractAddress, signer);\nawait ownableContract.transferOwnership(newOwnerAddress);\n```\n\nOverall, this code provides a convenient way to interact with the Ownable contract and transfer ownership of the contract as needed.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines the ABI and factory for the Ownable contract, which allows for ownership transfer of a smart contract.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n- This code uses the ethers library for interacting with Ethereum and the @ethersproject/providers library for connecting to Ethereum providers.\n\n3. What functions are available in the Ownable contract?\n- The Ownable contract has functions for getting the current owner, transferring ownership, and renouncing ownership. It also emits an event when ownership is transferred.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/Ownable__factory.md"}}],["484",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/Owned__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a contract factory for a smart contract called `Owned`. The `Owned` contract is a simple contract that has an owner address and a function to transfer ownership to a new address. The purpose of this factory is to provide a way to deploy instances of the `Owned` contract to the Ethereum blockchain.\n\nThe `Owned__factory` class extends the `ContractFactory` class from the `ethers` library, which provides a set of methods for deploying and interacting with smart contracts on the Ethereum blockchain. The constructor of the `Owned__factory` class takes a `Signer` object as an argument, which is used to sign transactions when deploying or interacting with the `Owned` contract.\n\nThe `deploy` method of the `Owned__factory` class deploys a new instance of the `Owned` contract to the blockchain. It takes an optional `overrides` object as an argument, which can be used to specify transaction parameters such as the gas limit and gas price. The `getDeployTransaction` method returns a `TransactionRequest` object that can be used to inspect the transaction that would be sent to the blockchain if the `deploy` method were called.\n\nThe `attach` method of the `Owned__factory` class returns an instance of the `Owned` contract that is already deployed to the blockchain at the specified address. The `connect` method returns a new instance of the `Owned__factory` class that is connected to the specified `Signer` object.\n\nThe `bytecode` and `abi` static properties of the `Owned__factory` class contain the bytecode and ABI (Application Binary Interface) of the `Owned` contract, respectively. The `createInterface` static method returns an `OwnedInterface` object, which is a TypeScript interface that describes the ABI of the `Owned` contract. The `connect` static method returns an instance of the `Owned` contract that is already deployed to the blockchain at the specified address and connected to the specified `Signer` or `Provider` object.\n\nOverall, this code provides a convenient way to deploy and interact with instances of the `Owned` contract on the Ethereum blockchain. For example, to deploy a new instance of the `Owned` contract, you could do the following:\n\n```typescript\nimport { ethers } from \"ethers\";\nimport { Owned__factory } from \"./path/to/Owned__factory\";\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst ownedFactory = new Owned__factory(signer);\nconst owned = await ownedFactory.deploy();\nconsole.log(\"Deployed Owned contract at address:\", owned.address);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines a contract factory for a smart contract called `Owned`, which has a constructor and two functions: `owner` and `transferOwnership`. It also includes the bytecode and ABI for the contract.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from the `ethers` and `@ethersproject/providers` libraries, as well as an interface for the `Owned` contract.\n\n3. Is this code editable or autogenerated? \n- This code is autogenerated and should not be edited manually, as indicated by the comments at the top of the file.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/Owned__factory.md"}}],["485",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/Pausable__factory.ts)\n\nThis code is an autogenerated file that exports a factory class for the Pausable contract. The Pausable contract is a smart contract that allows for pausing and unpausing certain functionality. The contract has two events, Paused and Unpaused, which are emitted when the contract is paused or unpaused, respectively. The contract also has a function called paused, which returns a boolean indicating whether the contract is currently paused.\n\nThe Pausable__factory class has two static methods. The first method, createInterface, returns an instance of the PausableInterface, which is an interface that describes the functions and events of the Pausable contract. The second method, connect, takes an address and a signer or provider and returns an instance of the Pausable contract that is connected to the specified address and signer or provider.\n\nThis code is likely part of a larger project that uses the Pausable contract to control access to certain functionality. For example, a decentralized application (dApp) might use the Pausable contract to pause certain functions during maintenance or in the event of a security breach. The Pausable__factory class can be used to create instances of the Pausable contract and connect them to the Ethereum network. Here is an example of how the Pausable__factory class might be used in a dApp:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers';\nimport { Pausable__factory } from 'path/to/Pausable__factory';\n\n// Connect to Ethereum network\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider('https://mainnet.infura.io/v3/your-project-id');\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\n// Create instance of Pausable contract\nconst pausableAddress = '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890';\nconst pausable = Pausable__factory.connect(pausableAddress, signer);\n\n// Check if contract is paused\nconst isPaused = await pausable.paused();\n\n// Pause contract\nawait pausable.pause();\n\n// Unpause contract\nawait pausable.unpause();\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a factory class for creating instances of a `Pausable` contract and connecting to an existing `Pausable` contract.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `Paused` and `Unpaused` events?\n- These events are emitted when the `Pausable` contract is paused or unpaused, respectively. They provide a way for external parties to be notified of changes in the contract's state.\n\n3. What is the difference between `stateMutability: \"view\"` and `stateMutability: \"nonpayable\"`?\n- `stateMutability: \"view\"` indicates that the function does not modify the contract's state and can be called without sending a transaction. `stateMutability: \"nonpayable\"` indicates that the function can modify the contract's state but does not accept Ether as payment.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/Pausable__factory.md"}}],["486",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/StandardToken__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for creating instances of a standard token contract. The contract is defined by the _abi array, which contains the function signatures and other metadata required to interact with the contract. The _bytecode variable contains the compiled bytecode of the contract, which is used to deploy new instances of the contract.\n\nThe StandardToken__factory class extends the ContractFactory class from the ethers library, which provides a set of methods for deploying and interacting with smart contracts on the Ethereum blockchain. The constructor of the StandardToken__factory class takes a signer object as its only argument, which is used to sign transactions when deploying or interacting with the contract.\n\nThe StandardToken__factory class provides several methods for working with the contract. The deploy() method deploys a new instance of the contract to the blockchain, and returns a Promise that resolves to an instance of the StandardToken contract. The getDeployTransaction() method returns a TransactionRequest object that can be used to deploy the contract. The attach() method creates a new instance of the StandardToken contract that is connected to an existing contract address. The connect() method creates a new instance of the StandardToken__factory class that is connected to a signer object.\n\nThe StandardToken__factory class also provides two static properties, bytecode and abi, which contain the compiled bytecode and ABI of the contract, respectively. The createInterface() method returns a new instance of the ethers.utils.Interface class, which can be used to interact with the contract's functions and events. The connect() method creates a new instance of the StandardToken contract that is connected to an existing contract address and signer or provider object.\n\nThis code is part of the zoo project, which likely includes other smart contracts and code for interacting with them. The StandardToken contract is a standard ERC20 token contract, which can be used to represent fungible assets on the Ethereum blockchain. The StandardToken__factory class provides a convenient way to deploy and interact with instances of this contract.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines a contract factory for a standard token on the Ethereum blockchain. It provides functions for transferring tokens, approving transfers, and checking balances and allowances. The purpose of this code is to enable the creation and management of tokens on the Ethereum network.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `_abi` and `_bytecode` variables?\n- The `_abi` variable contains the ABI (Application Binary Interface) for the contract, which defines the functions and events that can be called or emitted by the contract. The `_bytecode` variable contains the compiled bytecode of the contract, which is used to deploy the contract to the Ethereum network.\n\n3. What is the role of the `StandardToken__factory` class and its methods?\n- The `StandardToken__factory` class is a contract factory that extends the `ContractFactory` class from the `ethers` library. Its methods allow for deploying, attaching, and connecting to instances of the `StandardToken` contract. The `createInterface()` method returns an interface for the contract's ABI, which can be used to interact with the contract's functions and events.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/StandardToken__factory.md"}}],["487",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/factories/UUPSUpgradeable__factory.ts)\n\nThis code defines a factory class for creating instances of a contract called UUPSUpgradeable. The UUPSUpgradeable contract is designed to be upgradeable, meaning that its implementation can be changed without changing its address on the blockchain. This is achieved through the use of a proxy contract that delegates calls to the current implementation contract. \n\nThe UUPSUpgradeable contract has several functions and events defined in its ABI (Application Binary Interface), which is an interface that specifies how to interact with the contract. The functions include `proxiableUUID`, which returns a unique identifier for the contract, `upgradeTo`, which upgrades the implementation contract to a new address, and `upgradeToAndCall`, which upgrades the implementation contract and calls a function on it. The events include `AdminChanged`, `BeaconUpgraded`, `Initialized`, and `Upgraded`, which are emitted when certain actions are performed on the contract.\n\nThe UUPSUpgradeable__factory class has a static method called `createInterface` that returns an instance of the UUPSUpgradeableInterface interface, which is generated from the ABI. It also has a static method called `connect` that creates a new instance of the UUPSUpgradeable contract by providing an address and a signer or provider. The signer or provider is used to sign transactions or retrieve data from the blockchain.\n\nThis code is used in the larger project to create instances of the UUPSUpgradeable contract and interact with them. For example, a developer might use the `connect` method to retrieve an existing instance of the contract and call its functions or listen for its events. They might also use the `createInterface` method to generate the interface for the contract and use it to interact with the contract in a more type-safe manner. Overall, this code provides a convenient way to work with upgradeable contracts in the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines a factory class for creating instances of the `UUPSUpgradeable` contract, which has functions for upgrading the contract's implementation and emitting events related to the upgrade process.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `UUPSUpgradeable` interface and how is it used?\n- The `UUPSUpgradeable` interface is imported and used to define the type of the contract instance returned by the `connect` function in the factory class. This allows for type checking and better code organization.\n\n3. What is the difference between the `upgradeTo` and `upgradeToAndCall` functions?\n- The `upgradeTo` function upgrades the contract's implementation to a new address without passing any additional data to the new implementation. The `upgradeToAndCall` function does the same, but also passes a `bytes` parameter `data` to the new implementation, which can be used to initialize state or perform other actions. The `upgradeToAndCall` function is payable, meaning it can accept ETH as part of the transaction.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/factories/UUPSUpgradeable__factory.md"}}],["488",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/types/index.ts)\n\nThis code exports a large number of types and factories related to the zoo project. The types include various interfaces and classes such as ERC20, ERC721, and AccessControl, as well as custom types like Auction, Farm, and Media. The factories are used to create instances of these types and include classes like ERC20__factory, ERC721__factory, and AccessControl__factory.\n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a centralized location for importing all the necessary types and factories for the zoo project. By exporting them all from a single file, other files in the project can easily import them without having to specify the path to each individual file. This can help simplify the code and make it easier to maintain.\n\nFor example, if a file in the project needs to create an instance of the ERC20 class, it can simply import the ERC20__factory from this file and use it to create the instance:\n\n```\nimport { ERC20__factory } from 'zoo';\n\nconst erc20Factory = new ERC20__factory();\nconst erc20 = erc20Factory.create();\n```\n\nOverall, this code serves as a useful utility for the zoo project by providing a centralized location for importing all the necessary types and factories.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this file?\n- This file exports various types and factories related to the zoo project, likely for use in other files within the project.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"factories\" being exported?\n- The factories being exported are likely used to create instances of the various types being exported, allowing for easier instantiation of objects within the project.\n\n3. What is the relationship between the types being exported and the overall functionality of the zoo project?\n- The types being exported likely represent various components or features of the zoo project, and are necessary for the project to function as intended. The factories being exported allow for easier creation of instances of these types.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/types/index.md"}}],["489",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/utils/Blockchain.ts)\n\nThe `Blockchain` class in the `zoo` project is responsible for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain through the `ethers` library. It provides methods for saving and reverting snapshots of the blockchain state, resetting the blockchain to its initial state, increasing the time on the blockchain, and waiting for a certain number of blocks to be mined.\n\nThe constructor takes a `providers.JsonRpcProvider` object as an argument, which is used to send JSON-RPC requests to the Ethereum node. The `sendJSONRpcRequestAsync` method is a private helper method that sends a JSON-RPC request to the provider and returns the response.\n\nThe `saveSnapshotAsync` method saves a snapshot of the current blockchain state, which can be reverted to later using the `revertAsync` method. The `resetAsync` method resets the blockchain to its initial state. The `increaseTimeAsync` method increases the time on the blockchain by a specified duration, which can be useful for testing time-dependent smart contracts. The `waitBlocksAsync` method waits for a specified number of blocks to be mined before returning.\n\nOverall, the `Blockchain` class provides a convenient interface for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain in a testing or development environment. Here is an example of how it can be used:\n\n```\nimport { providers } from 'ethers'\nimport { Blockchain } from 'zoo'\n\nconst provider = new providers.JsonRpcProvider()\nconst blockchain = new Blockchain(provider)\n\n// Save a snapshot of the current blockchain state\nawait blockchain.saveSnapshotAsync()\n\n// Increase the time on the blockchain by 1 hour\nawait blockchain.increaseTimeAsync(3600)\n\n// Wait for 10 blocks to be mined\nawait blockchain.waitBlocksAsync(10)\n\n// Revert to the previously saved snapshot\nawait blockchain.revertAsync()\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines a class called `Blockchain` that provides methods for interacting with an Ethereum blockchain through a JSON-RPC provider.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `evm_snapshot` and `evm_revert` methods?\n The `evm_snapshot` method saves a snapshot of the current state of the blockchain, while the `evm_revert` method reverts the blockchain to a previously saved snapshot. These methods are useful for testing and development purposes.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `increaseTimeAsync` and `waitBlocksAsync` methods?\n The `increaseTimeAsync` method increases the timestamp of the blockchain by a specified duration, while the `waitBlocksAsync` method mines a specified number of blocks on the blockchain. These methods are useful for testing time-dependent smart contracts.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/utils/Blockchain.md"}}],["490",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/utils/Decimal.ts)\n\nThe `Decimal` class in the `zoo` project provides two static methods for creating decimal values that can be used in Ethereum smart contracts. The first method, `new`, takes a regular JavaScript number as input and returns a decimal value with 18 decimal places. The second method, `raw`, takes a regular JavaScript number as input and returns a decimal value with no decimal places.\n\nThe `new` method first determines the number of decimal places in the input value by calling the `countDecimals` function. It then calculates the difference between 18 and the number of decimal places, and creates a `BigNumber` object representing 10 raised to the power of that difference. It then creates another `BigNumber` object representing the absolute value of the input value with the decimal point removed, and multiplies it by the `BigNumber` representing the zeros. Finally, it logs the resulting `BigNumber` object to the console and returns an object with a `value` property set to the resulting `BigNumber` object.\n\nThe `raw` method simply creates a `BigNumber` object representing the input value and returns an object with a `value` property set to that `BigNumber` object.\n\nThe `countDecimals` function takes a number as input and returns the number of decimal places in that number. If the input number is an integer, it returns 0. Otherwise, it converts the number to a string, splits it at the decimal point, and returns the length of the second element of the resulting array (which represents the decimal portion of the number).\n\nOverall, the `Decimal` class provides a convenient way to create decimal values with a specified number of decimal places or with no decimal places, which can be useful in Ethereum smart contracts that require precise calculations involving decimal values. Here is an example usage of the `new` method:\n\n```\nimport Decimal from 'zoo/Decimal'\n\nconst myDecimal = Decimal.new(123.456)\nconsole.log(myDecimal.value.toString()) // \"123456000000000000000\"\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Decimal` class and its methods?\n- The `Decimal` class provides methods for converting a given number to a BigNumber with 18 decimal places (`new` method) and for creating a BigNumber directly from a given number (`raw` method).\n\n2. What is the `BigNumber` class and where does it come from?\n- The `BigNumber` class is imported from the `ethers` library, which is likely being used for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `countDecimals` function?\n- The `countDecimals` function is used to determine the number of decimal places in a given number. It returns 0 if the number is an integer.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/utils/Decimal.md"}}],["491",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/utils/animals.json)\n\nThe code above is a JSON object that contains information about different animals in a virtual zoo. Each animal has a name, rarity, yield, boost, tokenURI, and metadataURI. The name is a string that represents the animal's name, while the rarity is a string that represents how rare the animal is. The yield is an integer that represents how much the animal yields, and the boost is an integer that represents how much the animal boosts. The tokenURI is a string that represents the URI of the animal's image, while the metadataURI is a string that represents the URI of the animal's metadata.\n\nThis code is likely used in a larger project that involves a virtual zoo. The project may involve creating a website or application that allows users to buy and sell virtual animals. The JSON object above may be used to store information about the different animals that are available for purchase. For example, if a user wants to buy a Pug, they can look up the Pug in the JSON object and find its tokenURI and metadataURI. The tokenURI can be used to display the Pug's image, while the metadataURI can be used to display additional information about the Pug, such as its age, weight, and breed.\n\nHere is an example of how the JSON object above can be accessed in JavaScript:\n\n```javascript\nconst animals = [\n { \"name\": \"Pug\", \"rarity\": \"Common\", \"yields\": 100, \"boost\": 1000, \"tokenURI\": \"https://db.zoolabs.io/pug.jpg\", \"metadataURI\": \"https://db.zoolabs.io/pug.json\" },\n // other animals...\n];\n\n// Find the Pug in the array of animals\nconst pug = animals.find(animal => animal.name === \"Pug\");\n\n// Display the Pug's image\nconst img = document.createElement(\"img\");\nimg.src = pug.tokenURI;\ndocument.body.appendChild(img);\n\n// Display the Pug's metadata\nfetch(pug.metadataURI)\n .then(response => response.json())\n .then(metadata => {\n const div = document.createElement(\"div\");\n div.textContent = `Age: ${metadata.age}, Weight: ${metadata.weight}, Breed: ${metadata.breed}`;\n document.body.appendChild(div);\n });\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a list of animals in a zoo project, including their name, rarity, yield, boost, token URI, and metadata URI.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"rarity\" field?\n- The \"rarity\" field indicates how rare an animal is, with possible values of Common, Uncommon, Rare, Super Rare, and Epic. This likely affects the animal's value or availability in the game.\n\n3. What is the difference between \"yields\" and \"boost\"?\n- \"Yields\" likely refers to the amount of in-game currency or resources that the animal produces, while \"boost\" may refer to a temporary bonus or multiplier applied to the animal's yield or other stats.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/utils/animals.md"}}],["492",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/utils/configureGame.ts)\n\nThe code in this file is responsible for configuring the game for the Gen 0 drop in the larger zoo project. The code imports three JSON files containing data on rarities, animals, and hybrids. It then exports a default async function called `configureGame` that takes two arguments: `keeper` and `drop`. \n\nThe function first adds the drop to the ZooKeeper by calling the `addDrop` method on the `keeper` object. It then sets the name price by calling the `setNamePrice` method on the `keeper` object. Next, it configures the drop by calling the `configureKeeper` method on the `drop` object, passing in the `keeper` address. \n\nThe function then creates an array of two egg objects and maps over it, calling the `setEgg` method on the `drop` object for each egg. It then calls the `configureEggs` method on the `drop` object, passing in the value 1. \n\nThe function then sorts the `rarities` array by probability and maps over it, calling the `setRarity` method on the `drop` object for each rarity. It then maps over the `animals` array, calling the `setAnimal` method on the `drop` object for each animal. Finally, it maps over the `hybrids` array, calling the `setHybrid` method on the `drop` object for each hybrid. \n\nOverall, this code is responsible for configuring the game for the Gen 0 drop in the larger zoo project. It sets the name price, adds eggs, rarities, animals, and hybrids to the drop, and configures the drop with the ZooKeeper. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport configureGame from './configureGame'\n\nconst keeper = ...\nconst drop = ...\n\nconfigureGame(keeper, drop)\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `configureGame` function?\n- The `configureGame` function is used to configure the game for a Gen 0 drop by adding a drop to ZooKeeper, setting a name price, configuring the drop, adding eggs, rarities, animals, and hybrids.\n\n2. What are the contents of the `rarities.json`, `animals.json`, and `hybrids.json` files?\n- The `rarities.json` file contains an array of rarities with their probability, yields, and boost. The `animals.json` file contains an array of animals with their name, rarity, tokenURI, and metadataURI. The `hybrids.json` file contains an array of hybrids with their name, rarity, yields, parentA, parentB, tokenURI, and metadataURI.\n\n3. Why are the `map` functions used for adding eggs, rarities, animals, and hybrids?\n- The `map` functions are used to iterate over the arrays of eggs, rarities, animals, and hybrids and call the corresponding `setEgg`, `setRarity`, `setAnimal`, and `setHybrid` functions for each item in the array. The `async` keyword is used to ensure that each function call is awaited before moving on to the next item in the array.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/utils/configureGame.md"}}],["493",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/utils/deploy.ts)\n\nThe code is a TypeScript module that exports a function called `Deploy` and a type alias called `HRE`. The `Deploy` function is used to deploy smart contracts to a blockchain network using the Hardhat development environment. The function takes three arguments: `name`, `options`, and `fn`. \n\nThe `name` argument is a string that represents the name of the contract to be deployed. The `options` argument is an object that contains optional parameters for the deployment process. The `fn` argument is a callback function that is executed after the contract is deployed. \n\nThe `Deploy` function first initializes the `options` object by setting it to an empty object if it is not provided. It then extracts the `dependencies` and `libraries` properties from the `options` object. These properties are arrays that contain the names of the contracts that the deployed contract depends on and the names of the libraries that the deployed contract uses, respectively. \n\nThe function then defines an asynchronous function called `func` that takes a `HardhatRuntimeEnvironment` object as its argument. This object provides access to various Hardhat features such as the `deployments` object, which is used to deploy the contract, and the `ethers` object, which is used to interact with the blockchain. \n\nThe `func` function first gets the `signers` object, which is an array of Ethereum accounts that can be used to sign transactions. It then checks if the current network is the Hardhat network and, if so, funds all the signers with a large amount of Ether. This is done to simulate a real-world scenario where the accounts would have sufficient funds to interact with the deployed contract. \n\nThe function then gets the `deployer` account from the `getNamedAccounts` function and defines an asynchronous function called `deployContract` that takes an optional array of arguments. This function is used to deploy the contract to the network. \n\nIf the `libraries` array is not null, the function iterates over it and deploys each library contract using the `deploy` function from the `deployments` object. The address of each deployed library contract is then added to the `libs` object. \n\nIf the `proxy` property in the `options` object is truthy, the function deploys the contract using the `upgrades.deployProxy` function from the `upgrades` object. This function deploys a proxy contract that can be used to upgrade the deployed contract in the future. The address of the deployed contract is then saved to the `deployments` object using the `save` function. \n\nIf the `proxy` property is falsy, the function deploys the contract using the `deploy` function from the `deployments` object. The `args` and `libraries` properties of the `options` object are passed to this function along with other options such as the `from` property, which specifies the account that deploys the contract. \n\nAfter the contract is deployed, the `fn` callback function is executed with an object that contains various properties such as the `ethers` object, the `deployments` object, and the `signers` object. This object can be used to interact with the deployed contract and perform other tasks. \n\nFinally, the `func` function sets the `id` and `tags` properties to the `name` argument and sets the `dependencies` property to the `dependencies` property of the `options` object. It then returns the `func` function. \n\nThe `HRE` type alias is used to define the type of the `HardhatRuntimeEnvironment` object. \n\nOverall, the `Deploy` function is a useful tool for deploying smart contracts to a blockchain network using the Hardhat development environment. It provides a simple and flexible interface for deploying contracts and executing tasks after deployment. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { Deploy } from 'zoo'\n\nconst deployMyContract = Deploy('MyContract', {\n dependencies: ['MyLibrary'],\n libraries: ['MyLibrary'],\n proxy: true,\n}, async ({ ethers, deployments }) => {\n const myContract = await ethers.getContract('MyContract')\n console.log(`MyContract deployed at ${myContract.address}`)\n})\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Deploy` function?\n- The `Deploy` function is used to deploy a contract with the given name and options, and execute a function with the deployed contract as a parameter.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `deployContract` function?\n- The `deployContract` function is used to deploy a contract with the given name, options, and libraries, and returns the deployed contract.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the commented out `Tenderly verification` code at the end?\n- The commented out `Tenderly verification` code is used to verify the deployed contract on the Tenderly platform, but it is not currently being executed in the code.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/utils/deploy.md"}}],["494",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/utils/generatedWallets.ts)\n\nThe code above is a module that exports two functions and an array of private keys. The private keys are generated from a mnemonic and are used to create wallets. The `generatedWallets` function takes a provider object from the ethers library and returns an array of wallets created from the private keys. These wallets can be used to interact with the Ethereum blockchain, such as sending transactions or signing messages.\n\nThe `signMessage` function takes a message string and a wallet object and returns a signature of the message. The message is first hashed using the `id` function from the ethers library, which returns the keccak256 hash of the message. The hash is then converted to bytes using the `arrayify` function. The `signMessage` function of the wallet object is then called with the message hash bytes as an argument, which returns a flat signature. The flat signature is then converted to bytes using the `arrayify` function and returned.\n\nThis module can be used in the larger project to handle wallet creation and message signing for Ethereum transactions. For example, the `generatedWallets` function can be used to create a set of wallets for a group of users, and the `signMessage` function can be used to sign messages for transactions initiated by those users. The private keys can be stored securely and used to recreate the wallets as needed. Overall, this module provides a convenient way to handle wallet creation and message signing for Ethereum transactions in a secure and efficient manner. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers'\nimport { generatedWallets, signMessage } from 'zoo'\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider('http://localhost:8545')\nconst wallets = generatedWallets(provider)\n\nconst message = 'Hello, world!'\nconst signature = await signMessage(message, wallets[0])\nconsole.log(signature)\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `privateKeys` array?\n- The `privateKeys` array contains a list of private keys generated from a mnemonic and is likely used for signing transactions or messages on the blockchain.\n\n2. What is the `generatedWallets` function used for?\n- The `generatedWallets` function takes in a provider and returns an array of `ethers.Wallet` objects generated from the `privateKeys` array.\n\n3. What does the `signMessage` function do?\n- The `signMessage` function takes in a message and a wallet and returns a signature for that message using the provided wallet. The signature is generated by hashing the message, signing the hash with the wallet, and returning the resulting signature as a byte array.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/utils/generatedWallets.md"}}],["495",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/utils/index.ts)\n\nThis code exports three modules from the `zoo` project: `Blockchain`, `Decimal`, and `generatedWallets`. \n\nThe `Blockchain` module likely contains code related to blockchain technology, such as creating and managing blockchain networks, transactions, and blocks. This module could be used in the larger project to enable secure and decentralized data storage and transfer.\n\nThe `Decimal` module likely contains code related to decimal arithmetic, such as performing calculations with high precision and accuracy. This module could be used in the larger project to ensure accurate financial calculations and prevent rounding errors.\n\nThe `generatedWallets` module likely contains code related to generating and managing cryptocurrency wallets. This module could be used in the larger project to enable users to securely store and manage their cryptocurrency assets.\n\nBy exporting these modules, other files in the `zoo` project can import and use their functionality. For example, a file that needs to perform decimal arithmetic could import the `Decimal` module like this:\n\n```\nimport { Decimal } from 'zoo';\n\nconst result = Decimal.add(0.1, 0.2);\nconsole.log(result); // 0.3\n```\n\nOverall, this code plays an important role in making the functionality of the `zoo` project available to other parts of the codebase.\n## Questions: \n 1. **What is the purpose of the `Blockchain` module?** \n The `Blockchain` module is being exported from the `zoo` project, but without seeing the code within the module, it is unclear what functionality it provides.\n\n2. **What is the `Decimal` module used for?** \n The `Decimal` module is being exported from the `zoo` project, but without seeing the code within the module, it is unclear what functionality it provides.\n\n3. **What is the `generatedWallets` module used for?** \n The `generatedWallets` module is being exported from the `zoo` project, but without seeing the code within the module, it is unclear what functionality it provides.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/utils/index.md"}}],["496",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/utils/rarities.json)\n\nThe code above is a JSON object that contains information about different types of animals in a zoo. Each animal has a name, a probability of being found, a yield (how much money it generates), and a boost (how much it increases the overall revenue of the zoo). \n\nThis code is likely used in a larger project that simulates the operation of a zoo. The probabilities of finding each animal type can be used to generate random events in the simulation, such as visitors seeing certain animals more frequently than others. The yields and boosts can be used to calculate the revenue generated by each animal type and the overall revenue of the zoo. \n\nFor example, if the simulation generates a visitor who sees a \"Common\" animal, the yield of 100 can be added to the zoo's revenue. If the visitor sees a \"Super Rare\" animal, the yield of 1000 and boost of 50000 can be added to the revenue and overall revenue, respectively. \n\nOverall, this code provides important information for the simulation of a zoo and can be used to calculate revenue and generate random events.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines a list of objects that represent different types of animals in a zoo, along with their probabilities of appearing, yields, and boosts.\n\n2. What do the different properties of each object represent?\n The \"probability\" property represents the chance of the animal appearing, the \"name\" property represents the name of the animal, the \"yields\" property represents the amount of resources the animal yields, and the \"boost\" property represents the amount of bonus resources the animal provides.\n\n3. How might this code be used in the context of a larger project?\n This code could be used to randomly generate animals in a zoo simulation game, or to determine the rewards for completing certain tasks or achievements within the game.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/utils/rarities.md"}}],["497",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/contracts/utils/yieldMatrix.ts)\n\nThis code loads data from a Google Sheet and writes it to three JSON files: rarities.json, animals.json, and hybrids.json. The Google Sheet contains data about animals in a virtual zoo, including their rarity, yield, and parentage. \n\nThe code uses the GoogleSpreadsheet library to access the Google Sheet and the fs library to write the data to JSON files. It also imports a credentials.json file that contains authentication information for accessing the Google Sheet. \n\nThe code first loads data about the rarities of the animals from the Google Sheet. It retrieves the probability, name, yield, and boost for each rarity and stores it in an array of objects. It then writes this data to the rarities.json file. \n\nNext, the code loads data about the common animals from the Google Sheet. It retrieves the name, rarity, yield, and boost for each common animal and stores it in an array of objects. It then adds additional data to each object, including a tokenURI and metadataURI based on the animal's name, and rounds the yield to the nearest integer. Finally, it writes this data to the animals.json file. \n\nThe code then repeats this process for hybrid animals of various rarities, loading data from different sections of the Google Sheet for each rarity level. It stores the data for all hybrid animals in a single array of objects, adds tokenURI and metadataURI data to each object, and rounds the yield to the nearest integer. Finally, it writes this data to the hybrids.json file. \n\nThis code is likely part of a larger project that involves creating a virtual zoo with different types of animals. The data in the JSON files could be used to display information about the animals on a website or in an app, or to generate images or other media related to the animals. For example, the tokenURI and metadataURI data could be used to create unique images and descriptions for each animal.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code loads data from a Google Sheet containing information about rarities, animals, and yields for a project called Zoo, and then writes that data to separate JSON files.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code use?\n- This code uses the `google-spreadsheet` and `fs` packages, and imports a JSON file containing credentials.\n\n3. What data is being extracted from the Google Sheet?\n- The code extracts data about rarities, common animals, and hybrid animals of various rarities, including their names, parents, yields, and boost probabilities. This data is then processed and written to separate JSON files.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/contracts/utils/yieldMatrix.md"}}],["498",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/lingui.config.js)\n\nThis code exports an object with various configuration options for the `zoo` project's localization (i18n) functionality. The `catalogs` property is an array of objects that specify the paths to the translation catalogs for each locale. The `path` property is a string that specifies the path to the catalog file for a given locale, with `{locale}` being a placeholder for the locale code. The `include` and `exclude` properties are arrays of strings that specify which directories to include and exclude when searching for translation messages to extract. \n\nThe `fallbackLocales` property is an object that maps locales to fallback locales. If a translation is not found for a given locale, the fallback locale will be used instead. The `format` property specifies the format of the translation catalog files, with `minimal` being the default. The `formatOptions` property is an object that specifies additional options for the catalog format, such as whether to include message origins and line numbers. \n\nThe `sourceLocale` property specifies the default locale for the project's source code. The `locales` property is an array of all the locales supported by the project. The `orderBy` property specifies the order in which messages should be sorted in the catalog files. The `pseudoLocale` property is a string that specifies a locale to use for testing purposes, which can be useful for testing how the UI looks with longer or shorter translations. \n\nThe `rootDir` property specifies the root directory of the project. The `runtimeConfigModule` property is an object that maps runtime configuration options to their corresponding modules. This is used to configure the `@lingui/core` and `@lingui/react` modules used for localization in the project. \n\nOverall, this code provides a centralized configuration for the project's localization functionality, allowing developers to easily specify the paths to translation catalogs, configure fallback locales, and customize the format of the catalog files. Here is an example of how this configuration object might be used in the larger project:\n\n```javascript\nconst i18n = require('@lingui/core');\nconst { catalogs, fallbackLocales, sourceLocale, locales } = require('./zoo');\n\ni18n.load(catalogs);\ni18n.activate(sourceLocale);\ni18n.setDefaultLocale(fallbackLocales[sourceLocale] || sourceLocale);\ni18n.loadLocaleData(locales);\n```\n\nIn this example, the `@lingui/core` module is used to load the translation catalogs specified in the `catalogs` property. The `sourceLocale` is activated and the default locale is set based on the `fallbackLocales` object. Finally, the locale data for all supported locales is loaded.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n \n This code exports an object that contains configuration options for the `zoo` project's internationalization (i18n) functionality, including the locales to be supported, the source locale, and the format of the output.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `runtimeConfigModule` property?\n \n The `runtimeConfigModule` property specifies the module and export names for the runtime configuration of the i18n functionality. In this case, it is set to `[\"@lingui/core\", \"i18n\"]` and `[\"@lingui/react\", \"Trans\"]`, respectively.\n\n3. What is the difference between the `catalogs` property in this code and the `defaultConfig` object?\n \n The `catalogs` property in this code specifies a single catalog path and includes/excludes directories for the i18n functionality, while the `defaultConfig` object specifies an array of catalogs with different paths and includes/excludes. Additionally, the `defaultConfig` object has other properties that are not present in this code, such as `catalogsMergePath` and `compilerBabelOptions`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/lingui.config.md"}}],["499",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/locale/de.json)\n\nThis code appears to be a collection of string literals used for user interface elements in the zoo project. These strings include various labels, buttons, and messages that are displayed to the user. \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a centralized location for all of the text used in the user interface, making it easier to manage and update. By storing all of the text in one place, it is also easier to ensure consistency in the language and terminology used throughout the application.\n\nFor example, the strings \"Add Liquidity\" and \"Remove Liquidity\" are likely used as labels for buttons that allow users to add or remove liquidity from a pool. Similarly, the string \"Confirm Swap\" is likely used as the label for a button that confirms a user's intention to execute a token swap.\n\nThe code also includes some informational messages, such as \"A portion of each trade (0.25%) goes to liquidity providers as a protocol incentive.\" These messages are likely displayed to the user in order to provide context and transparency about the actions they are taking within the application.\n\nOverall, this code is an important part of the zoo project's user interface, as it provides the text that is displayed to the user. By centralizing this text, the code makes it easier to manage and update the user interface, and helps ensure consistency in the language and terminology used throughout the application.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file contains a list of strings that are likely used for user interface elements in the zoo project.\n\n2. What is the significance of the phrases \"liquidity providers\" and \"xSUSHI holders\" in some of the strings?\n- These phrases suggest that the zoo project involves some sort of liquidity provision and incentivization system, where users can earn rewards for providing liquidity or holding xSUSHI tokens.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the \"Expert Mode\" toggle?\n- The \"Expert Mode\" toggle likely enables advanced features such as bypassing confirmation modals and allowing high slippage trades, which may result in bad rates and lost funds. It is recommended for experienced users only.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/locale/de.md"}}],["500",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/locale/es.json)\n\nThis code appears to be a collection of strings used for user interface elements in the zoo project. These strings include various labels, buttons, and messages that are displayed to the user. \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a centralized location for all of the text used in the user interface, making it easier to manage and update the text as needed. By storing all of the text in one place, it also ensures consistency in the language and terminology used throughout the application.\n\nFor example, the code includes strings related to adding liquidity to a pool, such as \"Add Liquidity\" and \"Confirm Adding Liquidity\". It also includes strings related to swapping tokens, such as \"Confirm Swap\" and \"Slippage tolerance\". \n\nDevelopers working on the zoo project can use these strings in their code to display the appropriate text to the user. For example, they might use the string \"Add Liquidity\" as the label for a button that allows the user to add liquidity to a pool.\n\nOverall, this code is an important part of the zoo project's user interface, providing a centralized location for all of the text used in the application.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file contains a list of strings that are likely used for user interface elements in the zoo project.\n\n2. What is the significance of the phrases \"liquidity providers\" and \"xSUSHI holders\" in some of the strings?\n- These phrases suggest that the zoo project involves some sort of liquidity provision and incentivization system, where users can earn rewards for providing liquidity or holding xSUSHI tokens.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the \"Expert Mode\" toggle and what are the potential risks associated with using it?\n- The \"Expert Mode\" toggle likely allows users to bypass certain confirmation prompts and execute trades with higher slippage tolerance. However, the code warns that this can result in bad rates and lost funds, so users should only use it if they know what they are doing.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/locale/es.md"}}],["501",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/locale/fa.json)\n\nThis code appears to be a collection of string literals used for user interface elements in the zoo project. These strings include various labels, buttons, and messages that are displayed to users throughout the project. \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a centralized location for all of the text used in the user interface, making it easier to manage and update. By storing all of the text in one place, developers can easily make changes to the wording or formatting of the interface without having to search through the entire codebase.\n\nFor example, if a developer wanted to change the label on a button from \"Add Liquidity\" to \"Provide Liquidity\", they could simply update the corresponding string in this code file rather than searching through all of the project's code files to find every instance of the label.\n\nThis code is likely used throughout the project to display text to users in various contexts, such as on buttons, in error messages, and in informational pop-ups. Developers can reference these strings in their code to display the appropriate text to users.\n\nHere is an example of how a developer might use one of these strings in their code:\n\n```\nimport zoo_strings\n\nbutton_label = zoo_strings.get(\"Add Liquidity\")\nbutton = create_button(label=button_label)\n```\n\nIn this example, the `zoo_strings` module is imported to access the \"Add Liquidity\" string. The string is then used as the label for a button that is created using a `create_button` function.\n\nOverall, this code serves an important role in the zoo project by providing a centralized location for all of the text used in the user interface.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file contains a list of strings that are likely used for user interface elements in the zoo project.\n\n2. What is the significance of the phrases \"liquidity providers\" and \"xSUSHI holders\" in some of the strings?\n- These phrases suggest that the zoo project involves some kind of liquidity provision and incentivization system, where users can earn rewards for providing liquidity or holding xSUSHI tokens.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the \"Expert Mode\" toggle and what are the potential risks associated with using it?\n- The \"Expert Mode\" toggle turns off confirmation prompts and allows for high slippage trades, which can result in bad rates and lost funds. The potential risks associated with using it are not explicitly stated, but it is advised that users only use this mode if they know what they are doing.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/locale/fa.md"}}],["502",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/locale/fr.json)\n\nThis code appears to be a collection of string literals used for user interface elements in the zoo project. These strings include various labels, buttons, and messages that are displayed to the user. The purpose of this code is to provide a centralized location for all of the text used in the user interface, making it easier to manage and update the text as needed.\n\nFor example, the strings \"Add Liquidity\" and \"Remove Liquidity\" are likely used as button labels in a user interface for managing liquidity pools. The string \"Confirm Swap\" may be used as a button label for confirming a token swap transaction. Other strings, such as \"Loading balance\" and \"Insufficient Balance\", may be used as status messages to inform the user of the current state of their account.\n\nOverall, this code is an important part of the zoo project's user interface, as it provides the text that is displayed to the user. By keeping all of the text in one place, it makes it easier to manage and update the user interface as needed. Developers can use these strings in their code by referencing the appropriate key in the dictionary, such as `strings[\"Add Liquidity\"]`.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file contains a list of strings that are likely used for user interface elements in the zoo project.\n\n2. What is the significance of the phrases \"liquidity providers\" and \"xSUSHI holders\" in some of the strings?\n- These phrases suggest that the zoo project involves some kind of liquidity provision and incentivization system, where users can earn rewards for providing liquidity or holding xSUSHI tokens.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the \"Expert Mode\" toggle and what are the potential risks associated with using it?\n- The \"Expert Mode\" toggle turns off confirmation prompts and allows for high slippage trades, which can result in bad rates and lost funds. It is recommended that users only use this mode if they know what they are doing.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/locale/fr.md"}}],["503",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/locale/hi.json)\n\nThis code appears to be a collection of string values used for user interface elements in the zoo project. These strings include various labels, button text, and error messages that are displayed to the user. \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a centralized location for all of the text used in the user interface, making it easier to manage and update the text as needed. By storing all of the text in one place, it also ensures consistency in the language and terminology used throughout the application.\n\nFor example, the string \"Add Liquidity\" is likely used as the label for a button that allows the user to add liquidity to a pool. Similarly, the string \"Confirm Swap\" is likely used as the label for a button that confirms a token swap transaction.\n\nDevelopers working on the zoo project can use these string values in their code by referencing the appropriate key in this file. For example, if a developer wants to display the label \"Add Liquidity\" on a button, they can reference the key \"Add Liquidity\" in this file to retrieve the corresponding string value.\n\nOverall, this code is a simple but important component of the zoo project, providing a centralized location for all of the text used in the user interface.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file contains a list of strings that are likely used for user interface elements in the zoo project.\n\n2. What is the significance of the phrases \"liquidity providers\" and \"xSUSHI holders\" in some of the strings?\n- These phrases suggest that the zoo project involves some sort of liquidity provision and incentivization system, where users can earn rewards for providing liquidity or holding xSUSHI tokens.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the \"Expert Mode\" toggle?\n- The \"Expert Mode\" toggle likely enables advanced features such as bypassing confirmation modals and allowing high slippage trades, which may result in bad rates and lost funds. It is recommended for experienced users only.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/locale/hi.md"}}],["504",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/locale/it.json)\n\nThis code appears to be a collection of string literals used for user interface elements in the zoo project. These strings include various labels, buttons, and messages that are displayed to the user. \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a centralized location for all of the text used in the user interface, making it easier to manage and update the text as needed. By storing all of the text in one place, it also ensures consistency in the language and terminology used throughout the application.\n\nFor example, the strings \"Add Liquidity\" and \"Remove Liquidity\" suggest that this code may be used in a decentralized exchange or liquidity pool platform. Other strings such as \"Stake SUSHI for xSUSHI and deposit into BentoBox in one click\" suggest that the project may involve yield farming or staking.\n\nDevelopers can use these strings in their code by referencing the appropriate key in this file. For example, if a developer wants to display the label \"Add Liquidity\" in a button, they would reference the key \"Add Liquidity\" in this file to retrieve the corresponding string.\n\nOverall, this code serves as a useful tool for managing the text used in the user interface of the zoo project, ensuring consistency and ease of maintenance.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file contains a list of strings that are likely used for user interface elements in the zoo project.\n\n2. What is the significance of the phrases \"liquidity providers\" and \"xSUSHI holders\" in some of the strings?\n- These phrases suggest that the zoo project involves some sort of liquidity provision and incentivization system, where users can earn rewards for providing liquidity or holding xSUSHI tokens.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the \"Expert Mode\" toggle?\n- The \"Expert Mode\" toggle likely allows users to bypass certain confirmation prompts and enable high slippage trades, which can result in bad rates and lost funds. This feature is intended for experienced users who understand the risks involved.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/locale/it.md"}}],["505",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/locale/ja.json)\n\nThis code appears to be a collection of string literals used for user interface elements in the zoo project. These strings include various labels, buttons, and messages that are displayed to the user. \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a centralized location for all the text used in the user interface, making it easier to manage and update. By storing all the text in one place, it is also easier to ensure consistency in the language and tone used throughout the application.\n\nFor example, the strings \"Add Liquidity\" and \"Remove Liquidity\" are likely used as labels for buttons that allow the user to add or remove liquidity from a pool. Similarly, the string \"Confirm Swap\" is likely used as the label for a button that confirms a token swap transaction.\n\nDevelopers working on the zoo project can use these strings in their code by referencing the appropriate key in this file. For example, if a developer wants to display the label \"Add Liquidity\" on a button, they can reference the key \"Add Liquidity\" in this file to retrieve the corresponding string.\n\nOverall, this code serves as a useful tool for managing the text used in the user interface of the zoo project, making it easier to maintain and update the application over time.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file contains a list of strings that are likely used for user interface elements in the zoo project.\n\n2. What is the significance of the phrases \"liquidity providers\" and \"xSUSHI holders\" in some of the strings?\n- These phrases suggest that the zoo project involves some kind of liquidity provision and incentivization system, where users can earn rewards for providing liquidity or holding xSUSHI tokens.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the \"Expert Mode\" toggle?\n- The \"Expert Mode\" toggle likely enables advanced features such as bypassing confirmation modals and allowing high slippage trades, which may result in bad rates and lost funds. It is recommended that users only use this mode if they know what they are doing.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/locale/ja.md"}}],["506",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/locale/ko.json)\n\nThis code appears to be a collection of string literals used for user interface elements in the zoo project. These strings include various labels, buttons, and messages that are displayed to users throughout the application. \n\nFor example, there are strings related to adding and removing liquidity, approving transactions, and confirming swaps. There are also strings related to specific features of the zoo project, such as Animal Drops and Kashi market. \n\nThese strings are likely used in conjunction with other code to create the user interface for the zoo project. For instance, the string \"Add Liquidity\" might be used as the label for a button that allows users to add liquidity to a pool. \n\nOverall, this code is not functional on its own, but is an important part of the larger zoo project as it provides the text that users will see and interact with in the application.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file contains a list of strings that are likely used for user interface elements in the zoo project.\n\n2. What is the significance of the phrases \"liquidity providers\" and \"xSUSHI holders\" in some of the strings?\n- These phrases suggest that the zoo project involves some sort of liquidity provision and incentivization system, where users can earn rewards for providing liquidity or holding xSUSHI tokens.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the \"Expert Mode\" toggle?\n- The \"Expert Mode\" toggle likely enables advanced features such as bypassing confirmation modals and allowing high slippage trades, which may result in bad rates and lost funds. It is recommended for experienced users only.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/locale/ko.md"}}],["507",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/locale/pt_BR.json)\n\nThis code appears to be a collection of string literals used for user interface elements in the zoo project. These strings include various labels, buttons, and messages that are displayed to the user. \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a centralized location for all the text used in the user interface, making it easier to manage and update. By storing all the text in one place, it is also easier to ensure consistency in the language and tone used throughout the application.\n\nThis code is likely used in conjunction with other code files that handle the actual display of the user interface. For example, a JavaScript file might use these string literals to dynamically generate HTML elements with the appropriate text.\n\nHere is an example of how one of these string literals might be used in a JavaScript file:\n\n```\nconst connectWalletButton = document.createElement('button');\nconnectWalletButton.textContent = zooStrings['Connect Wallet'];\n```\n\nIn this example, a button element is created and its text content is set to the value of the 'Connect Wallet' string literal from the zooStrings object.\n\nOverall, this code is a simple but important part of the zoo project, helping to ensure a consistent and user-friendly experience for its users.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file contains a list of strings that are likely used for user interface elements in the zoo project.\n\n2. What is the significance of the phrases \"liquidity providers\" and \"xSUSHI holders\" in some of the strings?\n- These phrases suggest that the zoo project involves some kind of liquidity provision and incentivization system, where users can earn rewards for providing liquidity or holding xSUSHI tokens.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the \"Expert Mode\" toggle and what are the potential risks associated with using it?\n- The \"Expert Mode\" toggle likely allows users to bypass certain confirmation prompts and execute trades with higher slippage tolerance. However, the code warns that this can result in bad rates and lost funds, so users should only use it if they know what they are doing.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/locale/pt_BR.md"}}],["508",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/locale/ro.json)\n\nThis code appears to be a collection of string literals used for user interface elements in the zoo project. These strings are likely used to display text to users in various parts of the application, such as buttons, labels, and messages. \n\nThe strings cover a wide range of topics, including transaction confirmation prompts, liquidity pool management, token swapping, and documentation links. Some of the strings reference specific protocols and platforms, such as Aave, Cream, and xDai Bridge, suggesting that the zoo project may interact with these services in some way. \n\nThe code does not contain any functions or classes, so it is difficult to determine how these strings are used in the larger project without further context. However, it is likely that they are imported and referenced by other modules in the application to display text to users. \n\nHere is an example of how one of these strings might be used in a button element:\n\n```html\n\n```\n\nOverall, this code serves as a centralized location for storing and managing user interface text in the zoo project. By keeping these strings separate from the rest of the code, it allows for easier localization and customization of the application's text elements.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file contains a list of strings that are likely used for user interface elements in the zoo project.\n\n2. What is the significance of the phrases \"protocol incentive\" and \"liquidity providers\" in some of the strings?\n- These phrases suggest that the zoo project may involve incentivizing users to provide liquidity to the platform, possibly through rewards or fees.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the various functions mentioned in the strings, such as \"Add Liquidity\" and \"Remove Liquidity\"?\n- These functions likely allow users to add or remove liquidity from the platform, potentially by trading different tokens or providing liquidity to specific pools.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/locale/ro.md"}}],["509",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/locale/ru.json)\n\nThis code appears to be a collection of string literals used for user interface elements in the zoo project. These strings include various labels, buttons, and messages that are displayed to the user. \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a centralized location for all the text used in the user interface, making it easier to manage and update. By storing all the text in one place, it is easier to ensure consistency in the language used throughout the application. \n\nFor example, the strings \"Add Liquidity\" and \"Remove Liquidity\" are likely used as labels for buttons that allow the user to add or remove liquidity from a pool. Similarly, the string \"Confirm Swap\" is likely used as the label for a button that confirms a token swap transaction. \n\nDevelopers working on the zoo project can use these string literals in their code to display text to the user. For example, if a developer wants to display the label \"Add Liquidity\" on a button, they can reference the corresponding string literal in this file. \n\nOverall, this code is an important part of the zoo project's user interface, providing a centralized location for all the text used in the application.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file contains a list of strings that are likely used for user interface elements in the zoo project.\n\n2. What is the significance of the phrases \"0.05%\" and \"0.25%\" in the code?\n- These phrases indicate the percentage of each trade that goes to xSUSHI holders and liquidity providers, respectively, as a protocol incentive.\n\n3. What is the meaning of the term \"slippage tolerance\" in the code?\n- \"Slippage tolerance\" refers to the maximum difference between the expected price of a trade and the actual price at which the trade is executed. It is used as a parameter in the code to help prevent failed transactions due to price fluctuations.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/locale/ru.md"}}],["510",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/locale/vi.json)\n\nThis code appears to be a collection of string literals used for user interface elements in the zoo project. These strings include various labels, buttons, and messages that are displayed to users throughout the application. \n\nFor example, there are strings related to adding and removing liquidity, approving transactions, and confirming swaps. There are also strings related to specific features of the zoo project, such as Animal Drops and Kashi market. \n\nThese strings are likely used in conjunction with other code to create the user interface for the zoo project. For instance, the string \"Add Liquidity\" might be used as the label for a button that allows users to add liquidity to a pool. \n\nOverall, this code is not functional on its own, but is an important part of the larger zoo project as it provides the text that users will see and interact with. Developers working on the zoo project would use these strings in their code to create a cohesive and user-friendly interface for the application.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file contains a list of strings that are likely used for user interface elements in the zoo project.\n\n2. What is the significance of the phrases \"liquidity providers\" and \"xSUSHI holders\" in some of the strings?\n- These phrases suggest that the zoo project involves some sort of liquidity provision and incentivization system, where users can earn rewards for providing liquidity or holding xSUSHI tokens.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the \"Expert Mode\" toggle?\n- The \"Expert Mode\" toggle likely enables advanced features such as bypassing confirmation modals and allowing high slippage trades, which may result in bad rates and lost funds. It is recommended for experienced users only.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/locale/vi.md"}}],["511",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/locale/zh_CN.json)\n\nThis code appears to be a collection of string literals used for user interface elements in the zoo project. These strings include various labels, buttons, and messages that are displayed to the user. \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a centralized location for all of the text used in the user interface, making it easier to manage and update the text as needed. By keeping all of the text in one place, it also ensures consistency in the language and terminology used throughout the project.\n\nFor example, the strings \"Add Liquidity\" and \"Remove Liquidity\" suggest that this project involves some sort of liquidity pool functionality. The string \"Stake SUSHI for xSUSHI and deposit into BentoBox in one click\" suggests that there may be some sort of yield farming or staking functionality as well.\n\nDevelopers working on the zoo project can use these string literals in their code to display text to the user. For example, if a developer wanted to display a button labeled \"Add Liquidity\", they could use the string literal \"Add Liquidity\" from this code instead of hard-coding the text into their code. This makes it easier to update the text in the future if needed.\n\nOverall, this code serves as a useful tool for managing the text used in the user interface of the zoo project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file contains a list of strings that are likely used for user interface elements in the zoo project.\n\n2. What is the significance of the phrases \"liquidity providers\" and \"xSUSHI holders\" in some of the strings?\n- These phrases suggest that the zoo project involves some kind of liquidity provision and incentivization system, where users can earn rewards for providing liquidity or holding xSUSHI tokens.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the \"Expert Mode\" toggle and what are the potential risks associated with using it?\n- The \"Expert Mode\" toggle turns off confirmation prompts and allows for high slippage trades, which can result in bad rates and lost funds. It is recommended that users only use this mode if they know what they are doing.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/locale/zh_CN.md"}}],["512",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/locale/zh_TW.json)\n\nThis code appears to be a collection of strings used for user interface elements in the zoo project. These strings include various labels, buttons, and messages that are displayed to the user. \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a centralized location for all of the text used in the user interface, making it easier to manage and update. By storing all of the text in one place, it is also easier to ensure consistency in the language and terminology used throughout the project.\n\nThis code is likely used in conjunction with other code that handles the actual display of the user interface elements. For example, a button on the screen might be labeled \"Connect Wallet\", which is one of the strings in this code. The code that handles the display of the button would retrieve the \"Connect Wallet\" string from this code and use it to label the button.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in practice:\n\n```javascript\n// Retrieve the \"Connect Wallet\" string from the code\nconst connectWalletLabel = zoo[\"Connect Wallet\"];\n\n// Create a button element and set its label to the retrieved string\nconst connectWalletButton = document.createElement(\"button\");\nconnectWalletButton.innerText = connectWalletLabel;\n\n// Add the button to the page\ndocument.body.appendChild(connectWalletButton);\n```\n\nOverall, this code is a simple but important part of the zoo project, helping to ensure a consistent and user-friendly experience for its users.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file contains a list of strings that are likely used for user interface elements in the zoo project.\n\n2. What is the significance of the phrases \"liquidity providers\" and \"xSUSHI holders\" in some of the strings?\n- These phrases suggest that the zoo project involves some kind of liquidity provision and incentivization system, where users can earn rewards for providing liquidity or holding xSUSHI tokens.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the \"Expert Mode\" toggle?\n- The \"Expert Mode\" toggle likely enables advanced features such as bypassing confirmation modals and allowing high slippage trades, which may result in bad rates and lost funds. It is recommended for experienced users only.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/locale/zh_TW.md"}}],["513",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/next-env.d.ts)\n\nThis file is a TypeScript configuration file for the Next.js framework. It includes two reference types, \"next\" and \"next/image-types/global\", which are used to provide type information for the Next.js API and the global image types respectively. \n\nThe purpose of this file is to ensure that the TypeScript compiler has access to the necessary type information for the Next.js framework and its associated modules. This is important for ensuring that the code is type-safe and that errors are caught at compile-time rather than run-time. \n\nThe file includes a note that it should not be edited, and instead directs users to the Next.js documentation for more information on how to configure TypeScript for their project. \n\nAn example of how this file might be used in the larger project is as follows: \n\nSuppose we have a Next.js application that includes a page component that uses the `Image` component from the Next.js framework to display an image. In order to ensure that the `Image` component is used correctly and that any errors are caught at compile-time, we would need to include a reference to the \"next/image-types/global\" type in our TypeScript configuration file. \n\nBy including this reference, we can ensure that the TypeScript compiler has access to the necessary type information for the `Image` component, and that any errors related to its usage are caught at compile-time. This helps to ensure that our code is more robust and less error-prone.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"reference types\" comments at the top of the file?\n - These comments are used to reference external type definitions for the Next.js framework and its image types.\n\n2. Why is there a \"NOTE\" comment stating that the file should not be edited?\n - This comment is a warning to developers that editing this file could cause issues with the Next.js framework and its TypeScript integration.\n\n3. Where can developers find more information about using TypeScript with Next.js?\n - The comment provides a link to the Next.js documentation, which contains more information about using TypeScript with the framework.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/next-env.d.md"}}],["514",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/next.config.js)\n\nThis code is a configuration file for the Next.js project called \"zoo\". The purpose of this file is to set up various configurations for the project, such as image domains, internationalization (i18n), and redirects. \n\nThe code imports the `withSentryConfig` function from the `@sentry/nextjs` package, which is used to configure Sentry error tracking for the project. It also imports the `linguiConfig` object from a separate `lingui.config.js` file, which contains configuration options for the LinguiJS internationalization library.\n\nThe `withBundleAnalyzer` function from the `@next/bundle-analyzer` package is used to analyze the project's bundle size and provide insights into how to optimize it. This function is only enabled if the `ANALYZE` environment variable is set to \"true\".\n\nThe `nextConfig` object contains various configurations for the project, such as image domains and i18n settings. The `locales` and `sourceLocale` properties are taken from the `linguiConfig` object and used to configure i18n. The `redirects` function is used to set up a redirect from `/store/checkout` to `/store/checkout/cart`.\n\nThe `SentryWebpackPluginOptions` object is used to configure the Sentry Webpack plugin. It sets the `silent` option to `true` to suppress all logs.\n\nFinally, the `module.exports` statement exports the `nextConfig` object with the `withBundleAnalyzer` function applied to it. There is also commented-out code that shows how to use the `withSentryConfig` function to configure Sentry with the `withPWA` function (which is not currently being used in this file).\n\nOverall, this code sets up various configurations for the Next.js project, including i18n, image domains, and redirects. It also provides options for analyzing the project's bundle size and configuring Sentry error tracking.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `linguiConfig` variable and where is it defined?\n- The `linguiConfig` variable is used to extract localization messages from the codebase and is defined in a separate file called `lingui.config.js`.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `SentryWebpackPluginOptions` object and what does it do?\n- The `SentryWebpackPluginOptions` object is used to configure the Sentry Webpack plugin and has an option to suppress all logs.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the commented out code at the bottom of the file?\n- The commented out code is an example of how to use the `withSentryConfig` function to wrap the `withBundleAnalyzer` and `withPWA` functions with Sentry configuration options.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/next.config.md"}}],["515",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/postcss.config.js)\n\nThis code exports an object with two properties, `plugins` and their respective configurations. The `tailwindcss` plugin is used for styling and the `autoprefixer` plugin is used for adding vendor prefixes to CSS rules. \n\nThis code is likely used in a larger project to configure the build process for the project's CSS files. By including these plugins in the build process, the project can ensure that the CSS is optimized and compatible with a wide range of browsers. \n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project's `webpack.config.js` file:\n\n```\nconst path = require('path');\nconst MiniCssExtractPlugin = require('mini-css-extract-plugin');\n\nmodule.exports = {\n entry: './src/index.js',\n output: {\n filename: 'bundle.js',\n path: path.resolve(__dirname, 'dist'),\n },\n module: {\n rules: [\n {\n test: /\\.css$/i,\n use: [\n MiniCssExtractPlugin.loader,\n 'css-loader',\n 'postcss-loader',\n ],\n },\n ],\n },\n plugins: [\n new MiniCssExtractPlugin(),\n ],\n postcss: require('./zoo'),\n};\n```\n\nIn this example, the `postcss` property is set to the exported object from the `zoo` file. This ensures that the `tailwindcss` and `autoprefixer` plugins are included in the build process for the project's CSS files. \n\nOverall, this code is a small but important piece of a larger project's build process, helping to ensure that the project's CSS is optimized and compatible with a wide range of browsers.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code exports an object with two plugins, tailwindcss and autoprefixer, for use in a project called zoo.\n\n2. What version of tailwindcss and autoprefixer are being used?\n The code does not specify a version for either plugin, so the latest version available at the time of installation will be used.\n\n3. Where is this code being used in the zoo project?\n It is unclear where this code is being used in the zoo project without additional context or information.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/postcss.config.md"}}],["516",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/public/a.js)\n\nThis code is a Facebook Pixel tracking code that is used to track user behavior on a website. The Facebook Pixel is a piece of code that is placed on a website to track user activity and conversions. The code is used to track events such as page views, add to cart, purchases, and other custom events.\n\nThe code initializes the Facebook Pixel and tracks a page view event. The `fbq` function is used to call the Facebook Pixel API and pass in the event data. The `init` function initializes the Facebook Pixel with the pixel ID, which is unique to each Facebook Pixel. The `track` function is used to track a specific event, in this case, a page view event.\n\nThis code can be used in the larger project to track user behavior and conversions on the website. The data collected by the Facebook Pixel can be used to optimize ad campaigns, retarget users, and improve website performance. For example, if a user adds a product to their cart but does not complete the purchase, the Facebook Pixel can be used to retarget that user with ads for the product they added to their cart.\n\nHere is an example of how this code can be used in a larger project:\n\n```html\n\n\n\n\tMy Website\n\t\n\t\n\t\n\n\n\t

Welcome to my website

\n\t

Check out our latest products!

\n\t\n\t
    \n\t\t
  • Product 1
    • \n\t\t
  • Product 2
    • \n\t\t
  • Product 3
    • \n\t
\n\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\n\n\n```\n\nIn this example, the Facebook Pixel code is placed in the head section of the HTML document. The `fbq` function is used to track a page view event when the page loads. The add to cart button is also tracked using the `fbq` function with the `AddToCart` event. This data can be used to retarget users who added products to their cart but did not complete the purchase.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code initializes and tracks a Facebook pixel for the zoo project's website.\n\n2. What does the `fbq` function do?\n The `fbq` function is used to call different methods for tracking events and data with the Facebook pixel.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `async` attribute in the `t` variable?\n The `async` attribute in the `t` variable ensures that the Facebook pixel script is loaded asynchronously, which means it won't block other resources from loading on the page.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/public/a.md"}}],["517",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/sentry.client.config.js)\n\nThis file is responsible for configuring the initialization of Sentry on the browser. Sentry is an error tracking and monitoring tool that helps developers identify and fix issues in their applications. The code in this file sets up the configuration for Sentry to be used whenever a page is visited.\n\nThe code imports the Sentry library using the '@sentry/nextjs' package. It then defines a constant variable called SENTRY_DSN, which is set to either the value of the environment variable 'SENTRY_DSN' or 'NEXT_PUBLIC_SENTRY_DSN'. This variable is used to specify the DSN (Data Source Name) for Sentry, which is a unique identifier for the project that Sentry uses to track errors.\n\nThe code then calls the Sentry.init() method to initialize Sentry with the configuration options. The 'dsn' option is set to the value of the SENTRY_DSN variable, or a default value if the variable is not defined. The 'tracesSampleRate' option is set to 1.0, which means that all transactions will be sent to Sentry. This value can be adjusted in production to reduce the amount of data sent to Sentry.\n\nThe code also includes a comment about setting the 'release' value. If the 'release' value needs to be overridden, it should not be set in this configuration file. Instead, the 'SENTRY_RELEASE' environment variable should be used so that it will also get attached to the source maps.\n\nOverall, this code sets up the configuration for Sentry to be used in the project and ensures that errors and transactions are tracked and monitored. Here is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```javascript\n// Import the Sentry configuration file\nimport './sentry';\n\n// Define a function that throws an error\nfunction throwError() {\n throw new Error('Something went wrong!');\n}\n\n// Call the function and catch any errors\ntry {\n throwError();\n} catch (error) {\n // Log the error to Sentry\n Sentry.captureException(error);\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the Sentry configuration file is imported at the beginning of the file. A function is defined that throws an error, and then the function is called inside a try-catch block. If an error is thrown, it is caught and logged to Sentry using the 'Sentry.captureException()' method. This allows developers to track and monitor errors in their application and take action to fix them.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is Sentry and why is it being used in this project?\n - Sentry is a tool used for error tracking and monitoring. It is being initialized in this project to track errors on the browser.\n2. What is the purpose of the `SENTRY_DSN` constant and how is it being used?\n - The `SENTRY_DSN` constant is used to store the Data Source Name (DSN) for Sentry. It is being used to configure the `dsn` property in the `Sentry.init()` function.\n3. What is the significance of the `tracesSampleRate` property and why is it set to 1.0?\n - The `tracesSampleRate` property determines the percentage of transactions that will be sent to Sentry for performance monitoring. A value of 1.0 means that all transactions will be sent. The significance of this value depends on the needs of the project and the resources available for monitoring.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/sentry.client.config.md"}}],["518",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/sentry.properties)\n\nThis code sets default values for various parameters related to the Sentry error tracking service. The `defaults.url` parameter is set to the base URL for the Sentry service, which is `https://sentry.io/`. The `defaults.org` and `defaults.project` parameters are set to the name of the organization and project, respectively, that will be associated with error tracking data sent to Sentry. Finally, the `cli.executable` parameter is set to the path of the Sentry command-line interface executable.\n\nThis code is likely used in a larger project that utilizes the Sentry service for error tracking. By setting default values for these parameters, the project can ensure that all error tracking data is consistently associated with the correct organization and project in Sentry. Additionally, by specifying the path to the Sentry CLI executable, the project can easily integrate with the Sentry service from the command line.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a Node.js project:\n\n```javascript\nconst sentry = require('@sentry/node');\nconst config = require('./zoo');\n\nsentry.init({\n dsn: 'YOUR_DSN',\n environment: 'production',\n defaultIntegrations: false,\n ...config.defaults\n});\n\n// Example error to be tracked by Sentry\nconst error = new Error('Something went wrong');\nsentry.captureException(error);\n```\n\nIn this example, the `sentry.init()` method is called with various configuration options, including the `defaults` object imported from the `zoo` file. This ensures that all error tracking data sent to Sentry is associated with the correct organization and project. The `sentry.captureException()` method is then used to track an example error.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code sets default values for Sentry.io configuration and specifies the location of the Sentry CLI executable.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `defaults.org` and `defaults.project` values?\n - These values specify the default organization and project to use for Sentry.io configuration.\n\n3. Why is the location of the Sentry CLI executable specified relative to `node_modules`?\n - This is likely because the Sentry CLI is installed as a dependency of the project and its location may vary depending on the project's file structure.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/sentry.md"}}],["519",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/sentry.server.config.js)\n\nThis file is responsible for configuring the initialization of Sentry on the server. Sentry is a tool used for error tracking and monitoring in web applications. The purpose of this code is to set up the configuration for Sentry so that it can be used to track errors and exceptions that occur on the server.\n\nThe code imports the Sentry library using the '@sentry/nextjs' package. It then sets a constant variable called SENTRY_DSN to either the value of the environment variable SENTRY_DSN or NEXT_PUBLIC_SENTRY_DSN. This variable is used to specify the Data Source Name (DSN) for Sentry, which is a unique identifier for a Sentry project.\n\nThe Sentry.init() method is then called with an object containing configuration options for Sentry. The 'dsn' option is set to the value of SENTRY_DSN or a default value if SENTRY_DSN is not defined. This option specifies the DSN for the Sentry project that will be used to track errors.\n\nThe 'tracesSampleRate' option is set to 1.0, which means that all transactions will be sent to Sentry. This option controls the sampling rate for transaction events, which are used to track performance metrics for the application.\n\nFinally, a note is included in the code about how to override the automatic release value. If a release value needs to be set, it should be done using the environment variable SENTRY_RELEASE, which will also be attached to the source maps.\n\nOverall, this code is an important part of the larger project because it sets up the configuration for Sentry, which is a crucial tool for monitoring and tracking errors in web applications. Without this code, the application would not be able to use Sentry to track errors and exceptions on the server. Here is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```\n// server.js\n\nconst express = require('express');\nconst app = express();\nconst { init } = require('./zoo/sentry');\n\ninit(); // initialize Sentry\n\napp.get('/', (req, res) => {\n res.send('Hello World!');\n});\n\napp.listen(3000, () => {\n console.log('Server listening on port 3000');\n});\n```\n\nIn this example, the server.js file imports the init() method from the sentry.js file located in the zoo directory. The init() method is called to initialize Sentry with the configuration options specified in the sentry.js file. This allows Sentry to track errors and exceptions that occur in the application and send them to the specified Sentry project for monitoring and analysis.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is Sentry and why is it being used in this project?\n - Sentry is a tool used for error tracking and monitoring. It is being initialized on the server to handle requests and track errors in the project.\n2. What is the purpose of the `SENTRY_DSN` constant and how is it being used?\n - `SENTRY_DSN` is a configuration variable that holds the DSN (Data Source Name) for Sentry. It is being used to initialize Sentry with the correct DSN, which is either taken from the environment variable `SENTRY_DSN` or `NEXT_PUBLIC_SENTRY_DSN`.\n3. What is the significance of the `tracesSampleRate` option and why is it set to 1.0?\n - `tracesSampleRate` is an option that controls the rate at which performance traces are captured. A value of 1.0 means that all traces will be captured. The developer may want to adjust this value in production to reduce the amount of data captured and improve performance.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/sentry.server.config.md"}}],["520",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/animals.json)\n\nThe code above is a JSON object that contains information about five different endangered animal species. Each animal has a name, an image, and a description. The purpose of this code is to provide data for a larger project, likely a website or application that aims to raise awareness about endangered species and their conservation.\n\nThe JSON object is structured as an array of five objects, each representing an animal. Each animal object has three properties: \"name\", \"image\", and \"description\". The \"name\" property is a string that contains the common name of the animal. The \"image\" property is a string that contains the file name of an image of the animal. The \"description\" property is an object that contains two properties: \"head\" and \"desc\". The \"head\" property is a string that contains the scientific name of the animal, while the \"desc\" property is a string that contains a brief description of the animal and its habitat.\n\nThis code can be used in the larger project to display information about endangered animals to users. For example, the \"name\" property can be used to display the common name of the animal on a webpage or in an application. The \"image\" property can be used to display a picture of the animal. The \"description\" property can be used to provide more detailed information about the animal, such as its scientific name and a brief description of its habitat.\n\nHere is an example of how this code could be used in a webpage:\n\n```html\n\n\n \n Endangered Animals\n \n \n

Endangered Animals

\n
    \n
  • \n

    Sumatran Elephant

    \n \"Sumatran\n

    Scientific Name: Elephas Maximus Sumatranus

    \n

    Sumatran elephants feed on a variety of plants and deposit seeds wherever they go, contributing to a healthy forest ecosystem. They also share their lush forest habitat with other endangered species.

    \n
    • \n \n
\n \n\n```\n\nIn this example, the \"name\" property is used to display the common name of the animal in an `

` tag. The \"image\" property is used to display a picture of the animal using an `` tag. The \"head\" property is used to display the scientific name of the animal in a `

` tag. The \"desc\" property is used to display a brief description of the animal in another `

` tag. By using the data from the JSON object, the webpage can provide valuable information about endangered animals to users.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a list of animals in a zoo, along with their images and descriptions.\n\n2. What information is included in the animal descriptions?\n- The animal descriptions include the scientific name of the species, as well as information about their habitat, diet, and conservation status.\n\n3. Are there any other types of data that could be included for each animal?\n- Depending on the needs of the project, additional data such as the animal's lifespan, behavior, or physical characteristics could be included for each animal.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/animals.md"}}],["521",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/animation/index.tsx)\n\nThis code is a collection of functions that use the GreenSock Animation Platform (GSAP) library to create various fade-in animations triggered by scrolling. The `import` statements at the beginning of the file bring in the necessary modules from the GSAP library, including the `ScrollTrigger` plugin. The `registerPlugin` method is then called to register the `ScrollTrigger` plugin with GSAP.\n\nThe `fadeInOnScroll` function takes an HTML element as a parameter and returns a GSAP animation that fades in the element when it enters the viewport during scrolling. The `duration` parameter sets the length of the animation, and the `y` parameter determines the distance the element moves vertically as it fades in. The `scrollTrigger` object specifies the trigger element, the point at which the animation should start (`start: \"top 90%\"`), and the toggle actions that should occur when the element enters and leaves the viewport.\n\nThe `fadeInFromRight` and `fadeInFromLeft` functions are similar to `fadeInOnScroll`, but they animate the element sliding in from the right or left side of the screen, respectively. The `x` parameter determines the distance the element moves horizontally as it fades in.\n\nThe `fadeInFromRightFast` and `fadeInFromLeftFast` functions are similar to their non-\"Fast\" counterparts, but they have shorter animation durations and use a different easing function (`Power4.easeInOut`) for a snappier animation.\n\nThe `fadeInOnScrollAndStagger` function is similar to `fadeInOnScroll`, but it also applies a stagger effect to the animation, causing the elements to fade in one after another with a slight delay. The `trigger` parameter specifies the element that triggers the animation, and the `end` parameter specifies the point at which the animation should end.\n\nThese functions can be used in a larger project to add visual interest and interactivity to a webpage. For example, they could be used to animate the appearance of images or text as the user scrolls down the page. Here is an example of how the `fadeInOnScroll` function could be used to fade in an HTML element with the ID \"myElement\" when it enters the viewport during scrolling:\n\n```\nimport { fadeInOnScroll } from \"zoo\";\n\nconst myElement = document.querySelector(\"#myElement\");\nfadeInOnScroll(myElement);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `gsap` and `ScrollTrigger` imports?\n- The `gsap` and `ScrollTrigger` imports are used for animation and scroll-triggered animation respectively.\n\n2. What do the `fadeInFromRight`, `fadeInFromRightFast`, `fadeInFromLeft`, and `fadeInFromLeftFast` functions do?\n- These functions animate an element's opacity and position (either from the left or right) when it enters the viewport during scrolling.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `stagger` property in the `fadeInOnScrollAndStagger` function?\n- The `stagger` property is used to apply a staggered animation effect to multiple elements, with a specified delay between each element's animation.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/animation/index.md"}}],["522",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/animation/loading-circle.json)\n\nThe code is a JSON file that defines an animation project called \"347-loader-18\". The project has a single composition called \"Watermark\" that contains two layers. The first layer is an empty layer called \"comp_0\" that has no content. The second layer is a shape layer called \"Shape Layer 9\" that contains an animated ellipse with a stroke and fill. \n\nThe stroke and fill colors of the ellipse are controlled by two color effects called \"Primary\" and \"Secondary\" respectively. These effects are linked to color controls that can be adjusted to change the colors of the ellipse. The stroke width of the ellipse is controlled by a slider effect called \"Stroke\". The size of the ellipse is fixed at 57x57 pixels, but its position and scale can be adjusted using the \"Axis\" and \"Scale\" effects respectively. \n\nThe purpose of this code is to define an animated loading icon that can be used in a larger project. The loading icon can be customized by adjusting the color, stroke width, position, and scale of the ellipse. The code can be imported into an animation software like Adobe After Effects to create the actual animation. \n\nHere is an example of how the color of the ellipse can be changed using the \"Primary\" effect:\n\n```\nvar primaryColor = [1, 0, 0]; // set primary color to red\nvar primaryEffect = thisComp.layer('Color & Stroke Change').effect('Primary')('Color');\nprimaryEffect.setValue(primaryColor);\n```\n\nThis code sets the primary color of the ellipse to red by getting a reference to the \"Primary\" effect and calling its `setValue()` method with an array of RGB values.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code appears to be defining the properties and animations for a shape layer in an Adobe After Effects project.\n\n2. What effects or controls are being applied to the shape layer?\n- The shape layer has a \"Color & Stroke Change\" effect applied to it, which includes controls for primary and secondary colors, stroke width, and scale.\n\n3. What is the significance of the \"NULL 2\" and \"NULL\" layers?\n- These layers appear to be null objects used to control the position, scale, and rotation of the shape layer. \"NULL 2\" is used to control the position and scale, while \"NULL\" is used to control the rotation.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/animation/loading-circle.md"}}],["523",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/bootstrap.ts)\n\nThis code file contains a set of functions and extensions to existing classes that are used in the larger zoo project. \n\nThe first section of the code imports various dependencies, including `BigNumber` and `Fraction` from the `@ethersproject/bignumber` package, as well as `React` and `Zero` from other packages. It also imports a function called `parseUnits` from `@ethersproject/units`. \n\nThe next section of the code checks if the code is running in a browser environment and in development mode. If so, it imports and runs a package called `why-did-you-render`, which is used for debugging and optimizing React components. \n\nThe remaining code defines several extensions to the `BigNumber` and `String` classes. \n\nThe `mulDiv` function extends the `BigNumber` class and takes two arguments, `multiplier` and `divisor`, both of which are `BigNumberish` types. It returns a new `BigNumber` that is the result of multiplying the original `BigNumber` by the `multiplier` and dividing by the `divisor`. If the `divisor` is zero or negative, it returns `Zero`. \n\nThe `toFraction` function also extends the `BigNumber` class and takes an optional argument `decimals`, which defaults to 18. It returns a new `Fraction` object that represents the `BigNumber` as a fraction with the specified number of decimal places. \n\nThe `toFixed` function extends the `BigNumber` class and takes two optional arguments, `decimals` and `maxFractions`, both of which default to 18 and 8, respectively. It returns a string representation of the `BigNumber` with the specified number of decimal places and maximum number of fractions. \n\nThe `toBigNumber` function extends the `String` class and takes an argument `decimals`. It attempts to parse the string as a `BigNumber` with the specified number of decimal places using the `parseUnits` function. If parsing fails, it returns `BigNumber.from(0)`.\n\nThese extensions to the `BigNumber` and `String` classes provide additional functionality that is used throughout the zoo project. For example, the `mulDiv` function is used to calculate the price of tokens in various trading pairs, while the `toFraction` and `toFixed` functions are used to format token amounts and prices for display. The `toBigNumber` function is used to convert user input from strings to `BigNumber` objects.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Fraction` entity and how is it used in this code?\n - The `Fraction` entity is imported from `./entities/Fraction` and is used to convert a `BigNumber` to a fraction with a specified number of decimals.\n2. What is the significance of the `mulDiv` function added to the `BigNumber` prototype?\n - The `mulDiv` function multiplies a `BigNumber` by a multiplier and divides it by a divisor, returning the result as a `BigNumber`. If the divisor is zero or negative, it returns `Zero`.\n3. Why is the `whyDidYouRender` library being used in this code, and what options are being passed to it?\n - The `whyDidYouRender` library is being used to track unnecessary re-renders in development mode. The options being passed to it include tracking all pure components, tracking hooks, logging owner reasons, and collapsing groups.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/bootstrap.md"}}],["524",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/AccountDetails/Copy.tsx)\n\nThe `CopyHelper` component is a reusable React component that provides a UI for copying text to the clipboard. It is designed to be used in other parts of the `zoo` project where copying text is required. \n\nThe component imports two icons from the `@heroicons/react/outline` package: `CheckCircleIcon` and `ClipboardCopyIcon`. It also imports the `useCopyClipboard` hook from a custom `useCopyClipboard` module, the `classNames` function from a custom `functions` module, and the `Typography` component from a custom `Typography` module. Additionally, it imports the `useLingui` hook and `t` function from the `@lingui/react` and `@lingui/macro` packages respectively.\n\nThe `CopyHelper` component takes three props: `className`, `toCopy`, and `children`. `className` is an optional string that can be used to add additional CSS classes to the component. `toCopy` is a required string that represents the text to be copied to the clipboard. `children` is an optional prop that can be used to pass in additional React components to be rendered alongside the copy icon.\n\nThe component uses the `useCopyClipboard` hook to manage the state of whether or not the text has been copied to the clipboard. It also uses the `useLingui` hook to provide internationalization support for the \"Copied\" text that is displayed when the text is successfully copied.\n\nThe component renders a `div` element with a `classNames` function that combines the default classes with any additional classes passed in via the `className` prop. The `onClick` event is set to call the `setCopied` function with the `toCopy` prop as an argument when the component is clicked.\n\nIf the text has been successfully copied, the component renders a `div` element with the \"Copied\" text and a `CheckCircleIcon`. If the text has not been copied, the component renders a `div` element with any additional components passed in via the `children` prop and a `ClipboardCopyIcon`.\n\nOverall, the `CopyHelper` component provides a simple and reusable UI for copying text to the clipboard, with support for internationalization and customization via the `className` and `children` props. An example usage of this component would be in a form where a user needs to copy a generated code or URL to the clipboard.\n## Questions: \n 1. What does this code do?\n - This code exports a React component called `CopyHelper` that provides a UI for copying text to the clipboard and displaying a success message upon successful copy.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code rely on?\n - This code relies on several external dependencies, including `@heroicons/react/outline`, `react`, `useCopyClipboard`, `../../functions`, `../Typography`, `@lingui/react`, and `@lingui/macro`.\n\n3. What props does the `CopyHelper` component accept?\n - The `CopyHelper` component accepts three props: `className` (optional), `toCopy` (required), and `children` (optional). The `toCopy` prop specifies the text to be copied to the clipboard, and the `children` prop is used to render any additional content alongside the copy icon.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/AccountDetails/Copy.md"}}],["525",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/AccountDetails/Transaction.tsx)\n\nThe `Transaction` component is a React functional component that displays information about a transaction on the Ethereum blockchain. It imports several dependencies from various packages, including `@zoolabs/zdk`, `@heroicons/react/outline`, and `@lingui/react`. \n\nThe component takes a single prop, `hash`, which is the hash of the transaction to display. It then uses several hooks to retrieve information about the transaction from the Redux store, including `useActiveWeb3React` and `useAllTransactions`. \n\nThe component then renders a div that displays the transaction summary and status. The summary is either the transaction hash or a user-defined summary if one exists. The status is displayed as an icon, with different icons representing pending, successful, cancelled, or failed transactions. \n\nIf the transaction was submitted using the Archer network, additional information is displayed, including the nonce and tip amount. If the transaction is pending, the component also displays a countdown timer indicating how long until the transaction expires. If the transaction has expired, the component displays an \"Expired\" message. \n\nFinally, if the transaction is pending, the component allows the user to cancel the transaction by clicking a \"Cancel\" button. This sends a request to the Archer network to cancel the transaction, and updates the transaction status in the Redux store. \n\nThis component is likely used in other parts of the project to display information about transactions, such as in a transaction history or on a confirmation page after submitting a transaction.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Transaction` component?\n- The `Transaction` component is used to display information about a transaction, including its status, summary, and deadline.\n\n2. What is the `calculateSecondsUntilDeadline` function used for?\n- The `calculateSecondsUntilDeadline` function is used to calculate the number of seconds until a transaction's deadline, which is used to determine whether the transaction has expired.\n\n3. What is the `cancelPending` function used for?\n- The `cancelPending` function is used to cancel a pending transaction by sending a request to the Archer Relay API with the transaction's raw data and authorization headers. If the cancellation is successful, the transaction is marked as cancelled in the application state.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/AccountDetails/Transaction.md"}}],["526",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/AccountDetails/index.tsx)\n\nThe code is a React component that renders the account details of a user's wallet. It imports various dependencies such as React, Image, and Button from different modules. It also imports some functions and constants from other files such as `getExplorerLink` and `SUPPORTED_WALLETS`. \n\nThe component takes in several props such as `toggleWalletModal`, `pendingTransactions`, `confirmedTransactions`, `ENSName`, and `openOptions`. It then uses these props to render the account details of the user's wallet. \n\nThe component first uses the `useActiveWeb3React` hook to get the current chain ID, account, and connector of the user's wallet. It then uses the `useSelector` hook to get the user's ZOO balance from the Redux store. \n\nThe component then defines several functions such as `formatConnectorName` and `getStatusIcon` that are used to format and display the user's wallet connector and status icon. \n\nThe component then renders the user's account details such as their wallet address, balance, and recent transactions. It also provides buttons to disconnect the wallet, change the wallet, view the wallet on an explorer, and copy the wallet address. \n\nThe component also defines a `WalletIcon` component that renders the icon of the user's wallet connector. It also defines a `renderTransactions` function that renders the user's recent transactions. \n\nOverall, this component is an important part of the larger project as it provides users with a way to view and manage their wallet details and transactions. It can be used in various parts of the project such as the wallet modal and the dashboard. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```jsx\nimport AccountDetails from \"./components/AccountDetails\";\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n

\n console.log(\"Toggle wallet modal\")}\n pendingTransactions={[\"0x123abc\", \"0x456def\"]}\n confirmedTransactions={[\"0x789ghi\"]}\n ENSName=\"mywallet.eth\"\n openOptions={() => console.log(\"Open wallet options\")}\n />\n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `AccountDetails` component?\n- The `AccountDetails` component is responsible for rendering the account details of the user, including their wallet balance, recent transactions, and wallet connector information.\n\n2. What libraries and hooks are being used in this file?\n- This file is using several libraries and hooks, including React, Next.js, Lingui, and Feather icons. It is also using custom hooks such as `useActiveWeb3React` and `useDispatch`, as well as Redux for state management.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `WalletIcon` component?\n- The `WalletIcon` component is a reusable component that renders an image of a wallet icon along with any children components passed to it. It is used in the `getStatusIcon` function to display the appropriate wallet icon based on the user's wallet connector.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/AccountDetails/index.md"}}],["527",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/AddressInputPanel/index.tsx)\n\nThe `AddressInputPanel` component is a React functional component that renders an input field for an Ethereum address. It takes in three props: `id`, `value`, and `onChange`. The `id` prop is an optional string that is used to set the ID of the component's root element. The `value` prop is a string that represents the current value of the input field. The `onChange` prop is a callback function that is called whenever the value of the input field changes.\n\nThe component uses the `useLingui` hook from the `@lingui/react` package to provide internationalization support. It also uses the `useENS` hook from a custom `useENS` hook to resolve Ethereum addresses to their corresponding ENS names.\n\nThe component renders a div element with a class of `flex flex-row bg-dark-800 rounded items-center h-[68px]`. This div contains two child elements: a div element with a class of `flex justify-between w-full px-5 sm:w-2/5` and a div element with a class of `flex w-full h-full border-2 rounded-r sm:w-3/5 border-dark-800`. The first child element contains two span elements: one with a class of `text-[18px] text-primary` that displays the text \"Send to:\", and one with a class of `text-sm underline cursor-pointer text-blue` that displays the text \"Remove\" and calls the `onChange` callback with a value of `null` when clicked. The second child element contains an `Input.Address` component that renders an input field for an Ethereum address.\n\nThe component also sets the `error` variable to `true` if the `value` prop is not an empty string and the `loading` and `address` variables returned by the `useENS` hook are both `false`. If `error` is `true`, the component adds a red border to the root div element.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project that requires an input field for Ethereum addresses. It provides internationalization support and ENS resolution, and allows for customization through the `id`, `value`, and `onChange` props. Here is an example of how this component can be used:\n\n```\nimport AddressInputPanel from './AddressInputPanel'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const [address, setAddress] = useState('')\n\n const handleAddressChange = useCallback((value) => {\n setAddress(value)\n }, [])\n\n return (\n
\n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a React component called `AddressInputPanel` that renders an input field for an Ethereum address and uses the ENS (Ethereum Name Service) to resolve the address from a human-readable name.\n\n2. What are the dependencies of this code?\n- This code imports several modules from external packages, including `React`, `@lingui/macro`, `@lingui/react`, and a custom `Input` component. It also uses a custom `useENS` hook defined elsewhere in the project.\n\n3. What props does the `AddressInputPanel` component accept?\n- The `AddressInputPanel` component accepts three props: `id` (an optional string), `value` (a string representing the current value of the input field), and `onChange` (a callback function that is called whenever the input value changes).","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/AddressInputPanel/index.md"}}],["528",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Alert/index.tsx)\n\nThe code defines an Alert component that can be used to display messages to users. The component takes in several props, including a title, message, type, showIcon, dismissable, show, and setShow. The title and message props are used to display the content of the alert, while the type prop determines the color and icon used to display the alert. The showIcon prop determines whether or not to display the icon associated with the alert type. The dismissable prop determines whether or not the user can dismiss the alert. The show and setShow props are used to control the visibility of the alert.\n\nThe component uses the useState hook to manage the visibility of the alert. The defaultShow state is used to determine whether or not to show the alert by default. The setShow prop is used to update the show state when the user dismisses the alert.\n\nThe component renders a div with the appropriate color and icon based on the type prop. The title and message props are displayed within the div. If the dismissable prop is true, a button is displayed that allows the user to dismiss the alert. The button updates the show state when clicked.\n\nThis component can be used throughout the larger project to display alerts to users. For example, it could be used to display error messages when a user enters invalid input or to display information messages when a user successfully completes an action. Here is an example of how the component could be used:\n\n```\n\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Alert` component?\n- The `Alert` component is used to display a message with an optional title and icon, and can be dismissed by the user.\n\n2. What are the different types of alerts that can be displayed?\n- The different types of alerts that can be displayed are \"warning\", \"error\", and \"information\".\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `show` and `setShow` props?\n- The `show` prop determines whether the alert should be displayed or not, while the `setShow` prop is a function that can be used to update the value of `show`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Alert/index.md"}}],["529",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/AnimalFamily/AnimalInfo.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React functional component called `AnimalInfo`. This component takes in two props: `title` and `content`. It returns a JSX element that renders a styled div containing the title, content, and a link to learn more about the animal.\n\nThe div has several classes applied to it, which control its styling. These classes include `px-2`, `py-6`, `lg:px-6`, `lg:basis-1/3`, `lg:bg-black100`, and `lg:rounded-3xl`. These classes are defined in a CSS file and are used to control the layout and appearance of the component.\n\nThe `title` prop is rendered as an `h3` element with a class of `mb-4`, `text-xl`, and `font-bold`. This sets the font size, weight, and margin of the title.\n\nThe `content` prop is rendered as a `p` element with a class of `mb-3`, `text-grey`, and `text-opacity-70`. This sets the font color, opacity, and margin of the content.\n\nFinally, a link with the text \"Learn more\" is rendered as an `a` element with a class of `text-green`, `font-bold`, and `underline`. This sets the font color, weight, and underlines the link.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to display information about different animals. For example, if the project is a zoo website, this component could be used to display information about each animal in the zoo. The `title` prop could be the name of the animal, and the `content` prop could be a brief description of the animal. The link could lead to a more detailed page about the animal.\n\nHere is an example of how this component could be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport AnimalInfo from './AnimalInfo';\n\nconst animals = [\n { name: 'Lion', description: 'The king of the jungle' },\n { name: 'Elephant', description: 'The largest land animal' },\n { name: 'Giraffe', description: 'The tallest land animal' },\n];\n\nconst Zoo = () => {\n return (\n
\n {animals.map(animal => (\n \n ))}\n
\n );\n};\n```\n\nIn this example, an array of animal objects is defined with a `name` and `description` property. The `Zoo` component maps over this array and renders an `AnimalInfo` component for each animal, passing in the `name` and `description` as props. This results in a list of animals with their names, descriptions, and a link to learn more.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the AnimalInfo component?\n The AnimalInfo component is designed to display information about an animal, including a title, content, and a \"Learn more\" link.\n\n2. What styling classes are applied to the AnimalInfo component?\n The AnimalInfo component has several styling classes applied to it, including \"px-2\", \"py-6\", \"lg:px-6\", \"lg:basis-1/3\", \"lg:bg-black100\", and \"lg:rounded-3xl\". These classes control the padding, background color, and layout of the component.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the \"rel\" attribute on the \"Learn more\" link?\n The \"rel\" attribute on the \"Learn more\" link is set to \"noreferrer\", which tells the browser not to send the referrer information when the link is clicked. This can help protect the user's privacy.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/AnimalFamily/AnimalInfo.md"}}],["530",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/AnimalFamily/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above defines a React component called `AnimalFamily`. This component takes in four props: `image`, `name`, `title`, and `content`. It then returns a JSX element that renders an animal family card with an image, name, and a button to buy an NFT. \n\nThe `Image` component is imported from the `next/image` library and is used to display the animal image. The `Link` component is imported from the `next/link` library and is used to wrap the \"Buy NFT\" button, which links to the `/nft` page. \n\nThe `AnimalInfo` component is imported from the `pages/animal-info` file, which is not shown in this code snippet. It is likely that this component contains additional information about the animal family that is displayed when the user clicks on the animal card. \n\nThis component is likely used in a larger project that involves displaying information about different animal families. It can be used by passing in different props for each animal family, such as the image URL, name, and any additional information. \n\nHere is an example of how this component can be used in another file:\n\n```\nimport AnimalFamily from \"zoo/AnimalFamily\";\n\nconst animalFamilies = [\n {\n image: \"lion.jpg\",\n name: \"Lion Family\",\n title: \"The King of the Jungle\",\n content: \"The lion family is known for its strength and courage.\",\n },\n {\n image: \"elephant.jpg\",\n name: \"Elephant Family\",\n title: \"The Gentle Giants\",\n content: \"The elephant family is known for its intelligence and empathy.\",\n },\n];\n\nconst Zoo = () => {\n return (\n
\n {animalFamilies.map((family) => (\n \n ))}\n
\n );\n};\n\nexport default Zoo;\n```\n\nIn this example, the `Zoo` component renders multiple `AnimalFamily` components by mapping over an array of animal families. Each `AnimalFamily` component is passed in the relevant props for that animal family. This allows for easy and dynamic rendering of different animal families in the larger project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `AnimalFamily` component?\n- The `AnimalFamily` component is used to display information about an animal, including an image, name, and a link to buy an NFT.\n\n2. What libraries or frameworks are being used in this code?\n- The code is using the `next/image` and `next/link` libraries, as well as a custom `AnimalInfo` component located in the `pages` directory.\n\n3. What is the expected output of this code?\n- The expected output of this code is a styled component that displays an animal image, name, and a link to buy an NFT. The `AnimalInfo` component is also included in the output, but its purpose is not clear from this code snippet alone.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/AnimalFamily/index.md"}}],["531",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/AnimalInfo/index.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React component called `AnimalFamilyInfo` that displays information about an animal family. The component takes in four props: `name` (a string representing the name of the animal family), `image` (a string representing the filename of the image to display), `descriptionHead` (a string representing the heading of the description), and `description` (a string representing the description of the animal family).\n\nThe component returns a div that contains three child divs. The first child div contains an image of the animal family, which is displayed using the `next/image` component. The second child div contains the name of the animal family, which is displayed as a heading. The third child div contains the description of the animal family, which is displayed as a paragraph of text. The description also includes a link to learn more about the animal family.\n\nThe component uses CSS classes to style the different elements of the component. The image is displayed with a black background and rounded corners, while the name and description are displayed with a white background. The description also has a green link to learn more about the animal family.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project that displays information about different animal families. The component can be reused for each animal family, with the `name`, `image`, `descriptionHead`, and `description` props being passed in as needed. For example, the component could be used in a zoo website to display information about different animal families, such as lions, tigers, and bears. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\n\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this component and how is it used in the project?\n - This component is used to display information about an animal family, including its name, image, and description. It is likely used in a larger application that displays information about different animal families.\n2. What is the significance of the Image component from the \"next/image\" library?\n - The Image component is used to display the image of the animal family. It is from the \"next/image\" library, which provides optimized image loading and resizing for Next.js applications.\n3. What is the purpose of the CSS classes used in this component?\n - The CSS classes are used to style the different elements of the component, including the image, name, and description. They are likely part of a larger CSS stylesheet that styles the entire application.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/AnimalInfo/index.md"}}],["532",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Babylon/SceneComponent.tsx)\n\nThis code is a React component that creates a 3D scene using the Babylon.js library. The component takes in various props that configure the scene, such as antialiasing, engine options, and scene options. It also takes in two callback functions, onRender and onSceneReady, which are called when the scene is rendered and when the scene is ready, respectively.\n\nThe component creates a canvas element using React's useRef hook and sets it as the rendering target for the Babylon.js engine. It then creates a new Babylon.js Engine and Scene, passing in the canvas element and the various options from the props. The scene's clearColor is set to a default value of black with an alpha of 0.\n\nIf the scene is ready, the onSceneReady callback is called with the scene as an argument. Otherwise, the callback is added as an observer to the scene's onReadyObservable, which is triggered when the scene is ready.\n\nThe component then starts the engine's render loop, which calls the onRender callback (if provided) and renders the scene. It also adds a resize event listener to the window, which resizes the engine's canvas when the window is resized.\n\nFinally, the component returns the canvas element with the ref and any additional props passed in. When the component is unmounted, it disposes of the engine and removes the resize event listener.\n\nThis component can be used to create 3D scenes in a React application. For example, it could be used to create an interactive product showcase or a game. Here is an example usage of the component:\n\n```\nimport React from \"react\";\nimport BabylonScene from \"./BabylonScene\";\n\nfunction App() {\n const handleSceneReady = (scene) => {\n // Add scene objects and logic here\n };\n\n const handleRender = (scene) => {\n // Update scene objects and logic here\n };\n\n return (\n
\n \n
\n );\n}\n\nexport default App;\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n - This code is a React component that sets up a Babylon.js scene and renders it on a canvas element. It takes in various props to customize the scene and render loop.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n - This code imports several modules from the Babylon.js library, including Engine, Scene, SceneLoader, FreeCamera, Vector3, and Color4. It also imports React and useRef from the React library.\n\n3. What props can be passed to this component and what do they do?\n - This component accepts several props, including antialias, engineOptions, adaptToDeviceRatio, sceneOptions, onRender, onSceneReady, and clearColor. These props can be used to customize the Babylon.js scene and render loop, such as setting the antialiasing level, engine options, and scene options, as well as defining callbacks for when the scene is ready and when each frame is rendered. The clearColor prop sets the background color of the scene.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Babylon/SceneComponent.md"}}],["533",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Babylon/index.tsx)\n\nThe `BabylonAnim` component is a React component that renders a 3D animal model using the Babylon.js library. The component takes several props that allow customization of the animal model and camera position. The component also has an optional AR mode that can be enabled by setting the `isArAble` prop to `true`.\n\nThe `onSceneReady` function is called when the Babylon.js scene is ready. It creates an `ArcRotateCamera` and attaches it to the canvas. It then loads the 3D animal model using the `SceneLoader.ImportMeshAsync` method and sets its position and rotation. It also creates lights and an environment for the scene.\n\nThe `onRender` function is called on every frame render and can be used to update the scene. In this case, it calculates the time since the last frame render.\n\nThe component returns a `SceneComponent` that renders the Babylon.js scene and a button for AR mode if enabled. The `SceneComponent` takes the `onSceneReady` and `onRender` functions as props.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project that requires 3D models to be rendered using Babylon.js. The component can be customized by passing different props to change the animal model, camera position, and enable AR mode. The `onSceneReady` and `onRender` functions can also be modified to add additional functionality to the scene. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport BabylonAnim from \"./BabylonAnim\";\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `BabylonAnim` component?\n- The `BabylonAnim` component is responsible for rendering a 3D animal model using Babylon.js library and allows for AR functionality.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `useRef` hook being used to create the `animalModel` variable?\n- The `useRef` hook is used to create a reference to the animal model that is loaded asynchronously using `SceneLoader.ImportMeshAsync()`, which allows for manipulation of the model's properties.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `onRender` function?\n- The `onRender` function is called on every frame render and is used to calculate the time elapsed since the last frame using `scene.getEngine().getDeltaTime()`. However, it is currently not being used for any other purpose.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Babylon/index.md"}}],["534",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Back/index.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `Back` that renders a link to go back to the previous page in the browser history. The component uses the `useLingui` hook from the `@lingui/react` library to enable internationalization (i18n) of the text displayed in the link. The `t` function from the `@lingui/macro` library is used to mark the text for translation. The `useRouter` hook from the `next/router` library is used to access the router object and its `back` method, which navigates to the previous page in the browser history.\n\nThe `Back` component is intended to be used in a larger project that uses React and Next.js for server-side rendering. It can be included in any page or component that needs to provide a way for the user to go back to the previous page. The component can be customized by changing the text displayed in the link, as well as the styles applied to the link.\n\nHere is an example of how the `Back` component can be used in a Next.js page:\n\n```\nimport Back from '../components/Back'\n\nconst MyPage = () => {\n return (\n
\n

My Page

\n

This is my page content.

\n \n
\n )\n}\n\nexport default MyPage\n```\n\nIn this example, the `Back` component is included at the end of the page content to provide a way for the user to go back to the previous page. When the user clicks on the link, the `router.back` method is called, which navigates to the previous page in the browser history. The text displayed in the link is translated based on the user's language preference, as determined by the `useLingui` hook.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useLingui` hook and the `@lingui/macro` package?\n- The `useLingui` hook and `@lingui/macro` package are used for internationalization (i18n) and localization (l10n) of the application's text content.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `useRouter` hook from the `next/router` package?\n- The `useRouter` hook is used to access the Next.js router object, which allows for programmatic navigation between pages in the application.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `Back` component and how is it used?\n- The `Back` component is a reusable component that renders a link with a back arrow icon and localized text for \"Go Back\". It is used to provide a consistent UI element for navigating back to the previous page in the application.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Back/index.md"}}],["535",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Badge/index.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `Badge` that can be used to display a badge with different colors and sizes. The component takes in three optional props: `color`, `size`, and `children`. The `color` prop can be set to one of four possible values: \"default\", \"blue\", \"pink\", or \"gradient\". The `size` prop can be set to one of three possible values: \"default\", \"medium\", or \"large\". The `children` prop is used to pass in the content that should be displayed inside the badge.\n\nThe `COLOR` object defines the styles for each of the four possible badge colors. The `SIZE` object defines the font size for each of the three possible badge sizes. The `Badge` function takes in the `color`, `size`, and `className` props, and uses them to dynamically apply the appropriate styles to the badge. The `className` prop is used to allow for additional custom styles to be applied to the badge.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to display badges with different colors and sizes. For example, it could be used to display badges indicating the status of an item (e.g. \"new\", \"popular\", \"on sale\", etc.). Here is an example of how the `Badge` component could be used:\n\n```\nimport Badge from \"./Badge\";\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n New\n Popular\n On Sale\n
\n );\n}\n```\n\nThis would display three badges with different colors, sizes, and content.\n## Questions: \n 1. What are the possible values for `BadgeColor` and `BadgeSize`?\n- `BadgeColor` can be one of \"default\", \"blue\", \"pink\", or \"gradient\". `BadgeSize` can be one of \"default\", \"medium\", or \"large\".\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `COLOR` and `SIZE` constants?\n- `COLOR` and `SIZE` are objects that define the CSS classes for different badge colors and sizes respectively. These classes are used in the `Badge` component to style the badge.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `Badge` component and what props does it accept?\n- The `Badge` component is a reusable component that renders a badge with a specified color and size. It accepts `color`, `size`, `children`, and `className` props.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Badge/index.md"}}],["536",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Banner/index.tsx)\n\nThe `Banner` component is a React functional component that displays a banner at the top of the screen. The banner can be of two types: \"default\" or \"network_migration\". The default banner displays a link to a BSC Scan page, while the network_migration banner displays a link to migrate the network to get new tokens. \n\nThe component imports several other components and hooks from the project, including `XIcon` from `@heroicons/react/outline`, `Copy` from `components/AccountDetails/Copy`, `Typography` from `components/Typography`, `useNetworkMigrationModalToggle` from `state/application/hooks`, and `NetworkMigrationModal` from `modals/NetworkMigrationModal`.\n\nThe component uses the `useState` hook to manage the state of the `showBanner` variable, which determines whether the banner is displayed or not. The `toggleNetworkMigrationModal` function is used to toggle the state of the network migration modal.\n\nThe component returns a fragment that conditionally renders the banner based on the value of `showBanner` and the `type` prop. If `showBanner` is true and `type` is \"network_migration\", the component renders a banner with a link to migrate the network. If `showBanner` is true and `type` is \"default\", the component renders a banner with a link to a BSC Scan page. If `showBanner` is false, the component does not render anything.\n\nThe banner is styled using Tailwind CSS classes, and includes an X icon that can be clicked to dismiss the banner. The `NetworkMigrationModal` component is also rendered at the bottom of the banner.\n\nThis component can be used in the larger project to display important information or calls to action at the top of the screen. The `type` prop can be used to customize the content of the banner based on the context in which it is used. The `showBanner` state can be controlled by other components or hooks to show or hide the banner based on certain conditions.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Banner` component?\n- The `Banner` component is used to display a banner with different content based on the `type` prop passed to it.\n\n2. What is the `useNetworkMigrationModalToggle` hook used for?\n- The `useNetworkMigrationModalToggle` hook is used to toggle the visibility of the `NetworkMigrationModal` component.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `Copy` component?\n- The `Copy` component is used to copy a URL to the clipboard when clicked, and it also renders a child component with the URL as a link.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Banner/index.md"}}],["537",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Blocklist/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React component called `Blocklist` that checks if a user's Ethereum address is blocked. The purpose of this component is to prevent users with blocked addresses from accessing certain parts of the application. \n\nThe component imports `React` and `useMemo` from the `react` library, as well as `BLOCKED_ADDRESSES` and `useActiveWeb3React` from other files in the project. \n\nThe `Blocklist` component takes in a `children` prop, which is a `ReactNode` type. This prop is used to render the children components of the `Blocklist` component. \n\nThe `useActiveWeb3React` hook is used to get the user's Ethereum address from the active Web3 React context. The `useMemo` hook is used to memoize the result of the `Boolean` function that checks if the user's address is in the `BLOCKED_ADDRESSES` array. \n\nIf the user's address is in the `BLOCKED_ADDRESSES` array, the `blocked` variable will be `true`, and the component will return a `
` element with the text \"Blocked address\". Otherwise, the component will return the `children` components.\n\nThis component can be used in the larger project to prevent users with blocked addresses from accessing certain parts of the application. For example, it can be used to prevent users with known fraudulent addresses from interacting with the application's smart contracts. \n\nHere is an example of how the `Blocklist` component can be used in another component:\n\n```\nimport React from 'react'\nimport Blocklist from './Blocklist'\n\nexport default function MyComponent() {\n return (\n \n
This content is only visible to users with non-blocked addresses
\n \n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `BLOCKED_ADDRESSES` constant?\n- `BLOCKED_ADDRESSES` is a constant that likely contains a list of addresses that are not allowed to access certain parts of the application.\n\n2. What is the `useMemo` hook used for in this code?\n- The `useMemo` hook is used to memoize the result of a function that determines whether the current user's account is in the `BLOCKED_ADDRESSES` list. This can improve performance by avoiding unnecessary re-renders.\n\n3. What does the `Blocklist` component do if the user's account is blocked?\n- If the user's account is in the `BLOCKED_ADDRESSES` list, the `Blocklist` component will render a simple message saying \"Blocked address\". Otherwise, it will render its children.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Blocklist/index.md"}}],["538",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/BlogCards/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React component that renders a section containing a list of blog articles and a link to the Zoo Medium page. The component takes in an object called `data` as a prop, which is an array of objects representing each blog article. \n\nThe `section` element has a class name of `pb-16 px-6 lg:max-w-7xl lg:mx-auto`, which sets the padding and maximum width of the section for different screen sizes. The `div` element inside the section has a class name of `flex flex-col items-center mb-16 lg:grid lg:grid-cols-3 lg:place-items-stretch lg:gap-12`, which sets the layout of the blog articles for different screen sizes. \n\nThe `data` array is mapped over using the `map` method, which returns an `Article` component for each object in the array. The `Article` component is imported from the `components/blog/articles` file. The `key` prop is set to the `name` property of each article object to ensure that each component has a unique identifier. \n\nThe `div` element after the `map` method is used to render a link to the Zoo Medium page. The link has a class name of `border border-green text-green text-sm md:text-base font-semibold px-8 py-3 md:px-6 lg:px-16 rounded-full hover:cursor-pointer`, which sets the styling of the link. The `href` attribute is set to the Zoo Medium page URL, and the `target` attribute is set to `_blank` to open the link in a new tab. The `rel` attribute is set to `noreferrer` to prevent security risks. \n\nFinally, the `BlogCards` component is exported as the default export of the file. This component can be used in other parts of the Zoo project to render a list of blog articles and a link to the Zoo Medium page. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport BlogCards from \"components/blog/cards\";\n\nconst BlogPage = () => {\n const articles = [\n { name: \"Article 1\", content: \"...\" },\n { name: \"Article 2\", content: \"...\" },\n { name: \"Article 3\", content: \"...\" },\n ];\n\n return (\n
\n

Blog

\n \n
\n );\n};\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Article` component being imported?\n- The `Article` component is being imported from a module called `components/blog/articles`, but without further context it is unclear what this component does or how it is used in this code.\n\n2. What is the expected shape of the `data` prop being passed to `BlogCards`?\n- The `data` prop is being destructured from the `props` object and passed to the `map` function, but it is unclear what type of data this prop is expected to contain or what properties each object in the array should have.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the link in the second `div` element?\n- The link in the second `div` element points to a Medium page, but it is unclear what relevance this has to the `BlogCards` component or the `data` being passed to it.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/BlogCards/index.md"}}],["539",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Button/index.tsx)\n\nThe `Button` component is a reusable React component that renders a button element with customizable styles. It takes in several props, including `color`, `size`, and `variant`, which determine the appearance of the button. The `color` prop specifies the color scheme of the button, with options including blue, pink, gradient, gray, default, red, green, and indigo. The `size` prop determines the size of the button, with options including xs, sm, lg, default, and none. The `variant` prop determines the type of button, with options including outlined, filled, empty, and link.\n\nThe `Button` component also includes two additional components, `ButtonConfirmed` and `ButtonError`, which are variations of the `Button` component. `ButtonConfirmed` is used to render a button that is confirmed, with a green outline and a checkmark icon. `ButtonError` is used to render a button that indicates an error, with a red color scheme.\n\nThe `Button` component uses the `classNames` function from the `functions` module to dynamically generate class names based on the props passed to the component. These class names are used to apply the appropriate styles to the button element.\n\nOverall, the `Button` component is a flexible and customizable component that can be used throughout the project to render buttons with consistent styles. Here is an example of how the `Button` component can be used:\n\n```\nimport Button from \"./Button\";\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n return (\n
\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What are the different types of button variants available in this code?\n- There are four types of button variants available: outlined, filled, empty, and link.\n\n2. What are the different types of button colors available in this code?\n- There are eight types of button colors available: blue, pink, gradient, gray, default, red, green, and indigo.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `ButtonConfirmed` and `ButtonError` functions?\n- `ButtonConfirmed` and `ButtonError` are functions that return a `Button` component with specific props and styles based on whether the `confirmed` or `error` boolean props are true or false. They are used to render buttons with specific styles for confirmation or error messages.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Button/index.md"}}],["540",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/BuyEggSection/index.tsx)\n\nThe `BuyEggSection` component is a React functional component that renders a section of the Zoo project's user interface. The section displays a list of available eggs for purchase, which are used to mint NFT animals. The component imports several dependencies, including icons from the Heroicons library, a custom loader component, and a Next.js `Link` component. \n\nThe component uses several hooks to manage state and data fetching. The `useGif` hook is used to access the global state of the project's GIF mode. The `useSelector` hook is used to access the `availableEggs` property of the Redux store, which contains an array of egg objects. The `useGetAvailableEggs` hook is used to fetch the available eggs from the project's backend API. Finally, the `useZooKeeper` hook is used to access the current user's zookeeper object.\n\nThe component renders a header and a paragraph of text that provide information about the available eggs. If the `isLoadingEggs` state variable is true, the component renders a custom loader component. Otherwise, the component renders a grid of egg objects, each of which contains an animation of the egg and a button that links to the egg's marketplace page. \n\nThe egg objects are rendered using the `availableEggs` array, which is mapped over to create a new array of egg components. Each egg component contains a `div` element that displays the egg's animation, which is rendered using a `video` element. The egg component also contains a button that links to the egg's marketplace page. \n\nOverall, the `BuyEggSection` component provides a user-friendly interface for purchasing eggs and minting NFT animals in the Zoo project. The component is designed to be reusable and can be easily integrated into other parts of the project's user interface.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useGif` hook and how is it used in this code?\n - The `useGif` hook is imported from a context called `GifContext` and is used to access the `gifMode` property from the context's state.\n2. What is the significance of the `isLoadingEggs` state variable and how is it used?\n - `isLoadingEggs` is a boolean state variable that is used to conditionally render a loading spinner while the `getAvailableEggs` function is fetching data.\n3. What is the purpose of the `CustomLoader` component and when is it rendered?\n - The `CustomLoader` component is a loading spinner that is rendered when `isLoadingEggs` is true, indicating that the `getAvailableEggs` function is fetching data.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/BuyEggSection/index.md"}}],["541",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/BuyNftCard/index.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React component called `BuyNftCard` that renders a card displaying information about a non-fungible token (NFT) for sale. The component takes in several props, including an image, name, address, price, days, yields, and currency. \n\nThe `image` prop is a React node that represents the image of the NFT. The `name` prop is a string that represents the name of the NFT. The `address` prop is a string that represents the address of the NFT. The `price` prop is a string that represents the price of the NFT. The `days` prop is a string that represents the number of days left for the NFT sale. The `yields` prop is a string that represents the yield of the NFT. The `currency` prop is a string that represents the currency used for the price of the NFT. \n\nThe component renders a div that contains the NFT image and information about the NFT. The NFT image is displayed using the `image` prop. The NFT information is displayed using the `name`, `address`, `price`, `days`, `yields`, and `currency` props. The NFT name is displayed using the `name` prop. The NFT address is displayed using the `address` prop. The NFT price and currency are displayed using the `price` and `currency` props. The NFT days left is displayed using the `days` prop. The NFT yield is displayed using the `yields` prop. \n\nThe component is exported as the default export of the module, which means it can be imported and used in other parts of the project. For example, if there is a page that displays a list of NFTs for sale, the `BuyNftCard` component can be used to render each NFT card. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport BuyNftCard from \"./BuyNftCard\";\n\nconst nft = {\n image: ,\n name: \"Cool NFT\",\n address: \"0x1234567890abcdef\",\n price: \"1.23\",\n days: \"5\",\n yields: \"10%\",\n currency: \"ETH\",\n};\n\nconst NftCardPage = () => {\n return (\n
\n \n
\n );\n};\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this component?\n- This component is a card component for buying NFTs (non-fungible tokens).\n\n2. What props does this component accept?\n- This component accepts the following props: `image`, `name`, `address`, `days`, `price`, `yields`, and `currency`.\n\n3. What is the default value for the `currency` prop?\n- The default value for the `currency` prop is `\"ZOO\"`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/BuyNftCard/index.md"}}],["542",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Card/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React component that exports a Card component. The Card component is a reusable component that can be used to display content in a card format. The component takes in several props, including header, footer, backgroundImage, title, description, children, and className. \n\nThe Card component is composed of a Header component and a div that contains the content of the card. The Header component is optional and can be used to display a header at the top of the card. The div that contains the content of the card is styled with a background image, a title, and a description. The background image is optional and can be set using the backgroundImage prop. The title and description are also optional and can be set using the title and description props, respectively. \n\nThe Card component can be used in a larger project to display content in a card format. For example, it can be used to display a list of products, a list of blog posts, or a list of events. The Card component can be customized by passing in different props to change the background image, title, and description. \n\nThe Header component is a simple component that takes in a className and children prop. The className prop is used to add additional styling to the header, while the children prop is used to render the content of the header. The Header component can be used in other components to display a header. \n\nBelow is an example of how the Card component can be used:\n\n```\nimport Card from \"./Card\";\n\nfunction ProductCard({ product }) {\n return (\n \n
\n
\n {product.price}\n
\n \n
\n \n );\n}\n```\n\nIn the example above, the Card component is used to display a product card. The product card displays the product image as the background image, the product name as the title, and the product description as the description. The content of the card is a div that displays the product price and an \"Add to Cart\" button.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Header` function and how is it used within the `Card` component?\n \n The `Header` function is a separate component that takes in a `className` and `children` prop and returns a div element with the `className` and `children` passed in. It is used within the `Card` component to render the header of the card if it is provided as a prop.\n\n2. What props can be passed into the `Card` component and what is their purpose?\n \n The `Card` component can receive several props including `header`, `footer`, `backgroundImage`, `title`, `description`, `children`, and `className`. These props are used to customize the content and styling of the card component.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `classNames` function imported from \"../../functions/styling\" and how is it used within the `Header` component?\n \n The `classNames` function is used to concatenate multiple class names together into a single string. It is used within the `Header` component to combine the `className` prop passed into the component with the default class names for the header div element.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Card/index.md"}}],["543",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Carousel/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above defines a React component called `Carousel` that uses the Swiper library to create a carousel of slides. The `Swiper` component is imported from the `swiper/react` module, along with the `SwiperSlide`, `Pagination`, and `Navigation` components. The `swiper/css`, `swiper/css/pagination`, and `swiper/css/navigation` modules are also imported to provide the necessary CSS styles for the carousel.\n\nThe `Carousel` component takes a single prop called `children`, which is expected to be an array of `SwiperSlide` components. These components represent the individual slides in the carousel and can contain any valid React content.\n\nThe `Swiper` component is configured with several props that control its behavior. The `slidesPerView` prop determines how many slides are visible at once, while the `spaceBetween` prop sets the distance between each slide. The `slidesPerGroup` prop specifies how many slides should be scrolled at once, and the `loop` prop enables infinite looping of the slides. The `pagination` prop enables pagination for the carousel and accepts an object with various options, such as `clickable` to allow clicking on the pagination bullets. The `navigation` prop enables navigation arrows for the carousel. Finally, the `modules` prop is used to specify which Swiper modules should be loaded, in this case `Pagination` and `Navigation`.\n\nThe `Carousel` component returns a div that wraps the `Swiper` component and sets some styling using Tailwind CSS classes. The `Swiper` component is passed the `children` prop, which should be an array of `SwiperSlide` components.\n\nThis code can be used in a larger project to create a carousel of images, videos, or any other content that can be displayed in a slide format. The `Carousel` component can be imported and used in any React component that needs a carousel. For example:\n\n```\nimport Carousel from './Carousel'\nimport Slide from './Slide'\n\nconst MyComponent = () => {\n return (\n \n \n \n \n \n )\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `MyComponent` component imports the `Carousel` and `Slide` components and uses them to create a carousel of three slides, each with an image and a caption. The `Carousel` component takes care of the layout and behavior of the carousel, while the `Slide` component defines the content of each slide.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Swiper` library and how is it being used in this code?\n - The `Swiper` library is being used to create a carousel component with pagination and navigation. It is imported and configured with various options such as `slidesPerView`, `spaceBetween`, and `loop`.\n2. What is the purpose of the `Carousel` component and how is it being used?\n - The `Carousel` component is a wrapper around the `Swiper` component that accepts `children` as props. It is being used to render a carousel with the specified options and the child components passed to it.\n3. Why are the `Pagination` and `Navigation` modules being imported separately and passed as props to the `Swiper` component?\n - The `Pagination` and `Navigation` modules are being imported separately and passed as props to the `Swiper` component to enable pagination and navigation functionality. This allows for more modular and customizable usage of the `Swiper` library.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Carousel/index.md"}}],["544",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/CartSideNav/index.tsx)\n\nThe `CartSideNav` component is a React component that renders a shopping cart side navigation bar. It imports the `useState` hook from the `react` library and the `useAppSelector` hook from a custom `state/hooks` module. It also imports the `CartItem` type from a custom `types/cart` module.\n\nThe component renders a shopping cart icon with the number of items in the cart. When the icon is clicked, a dropdown menu appears with a list of items in the cart. Each item in the list displays an image, name, size, color, and quantity. The user can edit the quantity of an item by clicking the edit button and entering a new quantity in the input field that appears. The user can also delete an item from the cart by clicking the delete button.\n\nThe `CartSideNav` component uses the `useAppSelector` hook to retrieve the `CartItems` array from the Redux store. The `useState` hook is used to manage the state of the `toggleCart`, `quantity`, and `showInput` variables. The `toggleCart` variable is used to toggle the visibility of the dropdown menu. The `quantity` variable is used to store the new quantity entered by the user. The `showInput` variable is used to toggle the visibility of the quantity input field.\n\nThe component returns a JSX fragment that conditionally renders the shopping cart icon and the dropdown menu. The icon and the number of items in the cart are only displayed if there is at least one item in the cart. The dropdown menu is only displayed if the `toggleCart` variable is true.\n\nThe dropdown menu is implemented using a `ul` element with a list of `div` elements that display the details of each item in the cart. The `map` method is used to iterate over the `CartItems` array and render a `div` element for each item. The `key` attribute is set to the `index` of each item to improve performance.\n\nOverall, the `CartSideNav` component provides a user-friendly way to view and manage the items in the shopping cart. It can be easily integrated into a larger e-commerce application to improve the user experience.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useAppSelector` hook and how is it used in this code?\n - The `useAppSelector` hook is used to extract data from the Redux store and is passed a callback function that takes the store state as an argument. In this code, it is used to extract an array of `CartItem` objects from the store state.\n2. What is the purpose of the `toggleCart` state variable and how is it used in this code?\n - The `toggleCart` state variable is used to toggle the visibility of the cart side navigation when the cart icon is clicked. It is initialized to `false` and toggled using the `setToggleCart` function when the cart icon is clicked.\n3. What is the purpose of the `showInput` state variable and how is it used in this code?\n - The `showInput` state variable is used to toggle the visibility of the quantity input field when the edit button is clicked. It is initialized to `false` and toggled using the `setShowInput` function when the edit button is clicked.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/CartSideNav/index.md"}}],["545",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Checkbox/index.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `Checkbox` that renders an HTML checkbox input element. The component takes in a `color` prop, which is a string that can be one of three values: \"pink\", \"blue\", or \"indigo\". The `set` prop is a function that is called whenever the checkbox is checked or unchecked, and it takes in a boolean value that represents the new checked state of the checkbox.\n\nThe `COLOR` object is used to map each color string to a CSS class that is applied to the checkbox element when it is checked. These classes define the background color and focus ring color of the checkbox.\n\nThe `Checkbox` component renders an `input` element with the `type` attribute set to \"checkbox\". It also sets an `onChange` event handler that calls the `set` function with the new checked state of the checkbox. The `className` prop is used to add additional CSS classes to the checkbox element, and it defaults to an empty string if not provided.\n\nThis component can be used in other parts of the project to render a checkbox input element with a specific color and behavior. For example, it could be used in a form to allow the user to select one or more options. Here is an example usage of the `Checkbox` component:\n\n```jsx\nimport Checkbox from \"./Checkbox\";\n\nfunction MyForm() {\n const [isChecked, setIsChecked] = useState(false);\n\n return (\n
\n \n \n \n );\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `Checkbox` component is used to render a pink checkbox with the label \"Option 1\". The `setIsChecked` function is called whenever the checkbox is checked or unchecked, and it updates the `isChecked` state variable accordingly.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `QuestionHelper` and `Settings` imports?\n - It is unclear from this code snippet what the `QuestionHelper` and `Settings` modules are used for. Further investigation into the codebase may be necessary to determine their purpose.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `Color` type and `COLOR` object?\n - The `Color` type is a union of three string literals, and the `COLOR` object maps each of these strings to a CSS class string. It is likely that this code is used to generate checkboxes with different colors based on the `color` prop passed to the `Checkbox` component.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `set` function in the `CheckboxProps` interface?\n - The `set` function is a callback that is called when the checkbox is checked or unchecked. It is likely that this function is used to update the state of the parent component that renders the `Checkbox`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Checkbox/index.md"}}],["546",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/CloseIcon/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above defines a React component called `CloseIcon`. This component renders an `X` icon from the `react-feather` library and applies a `cursor-pointer` class to it. The `props` parameter allows for additional props to be passed in and spread onto the `X` element.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project as a reusable icon for closing or dismissing a modal, dialog, or other UI element. For example, in a modal component, the `CloseIcon` component can be used as the close button to dismiss the modal when clicked.\n\nHere is an example of how the `CloseIcon` component can be used in a modal component:\n\n```\nimport React from 'react'\nimport CloseIcon from './CloseIcon'\n\nconst Modal = ({ isOpen, onClose, children }) => {\n return (\n
\n
\n \n {children}\n
\n
\n )\n}\n\nexport default Modal\n```\n\nIn this example, the `CloseIcon` component is used as the close button for the modal. When the `CloseIcon` is clicked, the `onClose` function is called to close the modal. The `children` prop is used to render the content of the modal.\n\nOverall, the `CloseIcon` component is a simple and reusable component that can be used in various UI elements to provide a consistent and recognizable way to close or dismiss them.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code defines a React component called `CloseIcon` that renders an `X` icon from the `react-feather` library and applies a `cursor-pointer` class to it.\n\n2. What other props can be passed to the `CloseIcon` component?\n - Any additional props passed to the `CloseIcon` component will be spread onto the `X` element, so any valid props for the `X` element from the `react-feather` library can be used.\n\n3. Is the `react-feather` library a required dependency for this code to work?\n - Yes, the `react-feather` library is imported and used in this code, so it must be installed and available in the project for this component to render properly.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/CloseIcon/index.md"}}],["547",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Column/index.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a set of React components for creating flexible and responsive column layouts. The components are designed to be used within a larger project, such as a web application or website, to help structure content and layout elements on a page.\n\nThe `Column` component is a basic building block for creating a column layout. It takes in any number of child elements and renders them vertically stacked within a container. The `ColumnCenter` component is a variation of `Column` that centers its child elements horizontally within the container. Both components accept additional CSS classes and HTML attributes as props.\n\nThe `AutoColumn` component is a more advanced version of `Column` that uses CSS grid to create a flexible and responsive layout. It allows for more fine-grained control over the spacing and alignment of child elements, and includes props for specifying the size of the gaps between columns and the horizontal alignment of elements within each column.\n\nOverall, these components provide a useful set of tools for creating flexible and responsive column layouts within a React application. They can be used in a variety of contexts, such as displaying lists of items, organizing form fields, or laying out content on a page. Here is an example of how the `Column` component might be used to create a simple layout:\n\n```\nimport React from \"react\";\nimport { Column } from \"./components/layout\";\n\nconst MyComponent = () => (\n \n

My Heading

\n

Some text goes here.

\n \n \n);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Column` and `ColumnCenter` components?\n- The `Column` component is a flex container that vertically centers its children, while the `ColumnCenter` component is a variant of `Column` that horizontally centers its children as well.\n2. What are the possible values for the `gap` and `justify` props in the `AutoColumn` component?\n- The `gap` prop can be set to `\"sm\"`, `\"md\"`, `\"lg\"`, or a custom string value, while the `justify` prop can be set to `\"stretch\"`, `\"center\"`, `\"start\"`, `\"end\"`, `\"flex-start\"`, `\"flex-end\"`, or `\"space-between\"`.\n3. What is the purpose of the `classNames` function imported from \"../../functions\"?\n- The `classNames` function is likely a utility function that concatenates multiple class names together with a space separator, allowing for more flexible and dynamic class name generation in the components. However, without seeing the implementation of the `classNames` function, it is difficult to say for certain.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Column/index.md"}}],["548",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/ComingSoon/index.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `ComingSoon` that displays a \"Coming Soon\" message and a link to the home page of the website. The component imports the `React` and `useEffect` modules from the `react` package, as well as the `Link` component from the `next/link` package. It also imports an `fadeInOnScroll` function from an `animation` module.\n\nThe `ComingSoon` component renders a div that contains another div with a `flex` layout. The inner div contains a heading that says \"Coming Soon\" and a link to the home page. The `comingSoonRef` variable is a reference to the inner div, which is used to apply an animation effect when the component is scrolled into view. The `useEffect` hook is used to call the `fadeInOnScroll` function with the `comingSoonRef` reference as an argument when the component is mounted.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to display a \"Coming Soon\" message on a page that is not yet ready for public access. The animation effect adds a visual cue to draw attention to the message. The `Link` component can be customized to link to any page on the website, not just the home page. Here is an example of how the `ComingSoon` component can be used in a React application:\n\n```\nimport React from \"react\";\nimport ComingSoon from \"./ComingSoon\";\n\nconst MyPage = () => {\n return (\n
\n

Welcome to My Page

\n \n
\n );\n};\n\nexport default MyPage;\n```\n\nIn this example, the `ComingSoon` component is used to display a message on the `MyPage` component. When the `MyPage` component is rendered, it will display the \"Coming Soon\" message below the heading.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `fadeInOnScroll` function imported from \"animation\"?\n- The `fadeInOnScroll` function is used to animate the `comingSoonRef` element when it is scrolled into view.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `comingSoonRef` variable being assigned to `React.useRef()`?\n- The `comingSoonRef` variable is used to reference the `div` element that contains the \"Coming Soon\" text and the link to the home page. It is assigned to `React.useRef()` so that it can be passed to the `fadeInOnScroll` function to trigger the animation.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `Link` component imported from \"next/link\"?\n- The `Link` component is used to create a link to the home page of the website. When clicked, it will navigate the user to the home page without causing a full page refresh.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/ComingSoon/index.md"}}],["549",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Container/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React component that exports a container with a maximum width. The component is part of a larger project called \"zoo\". \n\nThe `MAX_WIDTH` object contains CSS classes that define the maximum width of the container. The keys of the object represent the different sizes of the container, and the values are the corresponding CSS classes. The sizes range from \"full\" to \"xs\", with \"2xl\" being the default size.\n\nThe `Container` component takes three props: `children`, `maxWidth`, and `className`. The `children` prop is used to render any child components within the container. The `maxWidth` prop is used to set the maximum width of the container. If no `maxWidth` prop is provided, the default value of \"2xl\" is used. The `className` prop is used to add any additional CSS classes to the container.\n\nThe `classNames` function is imported from a file located in the `functions` directory. This function is used to concatenate the CSS classes passed in as props with the CSS classes defined in the `MAX_WIDTH` object.\n\nThe `Container` component returns a `div` element with the concatenated CSS classes and any additional props passed in using the spread operator. The `children` prop is rendered within the `div` element.\n\nThis component can be used throughout the larger \"zoo\" project to create containers with a maximum width. Developers can customize the maximum width of the container by passing in a `maxWidth` prop, or they can use the default value of \"2xl\". They can also add any additional CSS classes to the container using the `className` prop. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport Container from \"./path/to/Container\";\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n \n

Hello, world!

\n \n );\n}\n```\n\nIn the example above, a `Container` component is imported and used to create a container with a maximum width of \"lg\" and an additional CSS class of \"my-container\". The `h1` element is rendered within the container.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `classNames` function imported from \"../../functions\"?\n- A smart developer might ask what the `classNames` function does and how it is used in this code. The `classNames` function is likely used to concatenate multiple class names together and return a single string that can be used as a value for the `className` prop.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `MAX_WIDTH` object?\n- A smart developer might ask why the `MAX_WIDTH` object is defined and how it is used in this code. The `MAX_WIDTH` object maps different string values to CSS class names that set the maximum width of the container. This object is used to dynamically set the `className` prop of the `div` element based on the `maxWidth` prop passed to the `Container` component.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `Container` component?\n- A smart developer might ask what the `Container` component does and how it is used in this code. The `Container` component is a reusable component that renders a `div` element with a maximum width based on the `maxWidth` prop passed to it. It also accepts a `className` prop and any additional props that can be spread onto the `div` element.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Container/index.md"}}],["550",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/CurrencyInputPanel/FiatValue.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React component that renders a fiat value and a price impact. It imports `Currency`, `CurrencyAmount`, and `Percent` from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, as well as `React` and `useMemo` from the `react` library, and `t` and `warningSeverity` from other files in the project. \n\nThe `FiatValue` component takes two props: `fiatValue` and `priceImpact`. `fiatValue` is a `CurrencyAmount` object that represents a fiat value, or null/undefined if there is no fiat value. `priceImpact` is a `Percent` object that represents the price impact, or undefined if there is no price impact. \n\nThe component first uses `useMemo` to compute a `priceImpactClassName` based on the `priceImpact` prop. If `priceImpact` is undefined, `priceImpactClassName` is also undefined. If `priceImpact` is less than 0, `priceImpactClassName` is \"text-green\". Otherwise, `priceImpactClassName` is computed based on the `severity` of the `priceImpact`, which is determined using the `warningSeverity` function imported from another file. If `severity` is less than 1, `priceImpactClassName` is \"text-secondary\". If `severity` is less than 3, `priceImpactClassName` is \"text-yellow\". Otherwise, `priceImpactClassName` is \"text-red\". \n\nThe component then returns a div that contains the fiat value and price impact. If `fiatValue` is not null/undefined, the fiat value is rendered as a string with a dollar sign and commas for thousands separators. If `priceImpact` is not undefined, the price impact is rendered as a string with a percent sign and a class name based on `priceImpactClassName`. \n\nThis component can be used in a larger project that involves displaying fiat values and price impacts. It can be imported into other React components and used like any other React component. For example, it could be used in a trading interface to display the fiat value and price impact of a trade. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { FiatValue } from \"./FiatValue\";\n\nfunction TradeSummary({ fiatValue, priceImpact }) {\n return (\n
\n

Trade Summary

\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What external libraries or dependencies are being used in this code?\n- The code is importing from \"@zoolabs/zdk\", \"@lingui/macro\", and \"../../functions/prices\".\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `FiatValue` function and what are its input parameters?\n- The `FiatValue` function takes in two parameters: `fiatValue` which is a nullable `CurrencyAmount` object, and `priceImpact` which is an optional `Percent` object. The purpose of the function is to return a JSX element that displays the `fiatValue` and `priceImpact` in a specific format.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `priceImpactClassName` variable and how is it determined?\n- The `priceImpactClassName` variable is determined using a `useMemo` hook and is used to determine the CSS class name for the `priceImpact` element. The class name is determined based on the value of `priceImpact` and the `warningSeverity` function from the `../../functions/prices` module.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/CurrencyInputPanel/FiatValue.md"}}],["551",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/CurrencyInputPanel/index.tsx)\n\nThe `CurrencyInputPanel` component is a reusable UI component that provides an input field for users to enter a token amount and select a token from a dropdown menu. It is used in the larger project to allow users to input token amounts for various actions, such as swapping tokens or providing liquidity.\n\nThe component imports several dependencies, including `React`, `@zoolabs/zdk`, and various other UI components and hooks. It also defines an interface `CurrencyInputPanelProps` that specifies the props that can be passed to the component.\n\nThe component renders a container `div` with a dark background and rounded corners. Within this container, there are two main sections: a token selection section and an input section.\n\nThe token selection section displays a token logo, token symbol, and dropdown arrow. If a `Pair` prop is passed to the component, it displays a double token logo instead. If a `Currency` prop is passed, it displays the corresponding token logo. If neither prop is passed, it displays an animation of a hand selecting a coin. The token symbol is displayed next to the logo, and if the user clicks on the section, a dropdown menu appears allowing the user to select a different token. If the `disableCurrencySelect` prop is set to `true`, the dropdown arrow is not displayed and the user cannot select a different token.\n\nThe input section displays an input field for the user to enter a token amount, as well as a \"Max\" button that sets the input field to the user's maximum token balance. If a `Currency` prop is passed, it displays the user's token balance next to the input field. If a `fiatValue` prop is passed, it displays the fiat value of the user's token balance. If the `hideInput` prop is set to `true`, the input section is not displayed.\n\nThe component also includes a `CurrencySearchModal` that is displayed when the user clicks on the token selection section. This modal allows the user to search for and select a different token.\n\nOverall, the `CurrencyInputPanel` component provides a flexible and reusable UI component for token input and selection. It can be used in various contexts throughout the larger project to allow users to interact with different tokens.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a React component called `CurrencyInputPanel` that renders a UI panel for selecting and inputting a currency amount.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n- This code imports several modules from external libraries, including `@zoolabs/zdk`, `react`, `@heroicons/react/outline`, `lottie-react`, and `@lingui/react`.\n\n3. What props can be passed to the `CurrencyInputPanel` component?\n- The `CurrencyInputPanel` component accepts several optional props, including `value`, `onUserInput`, `onMax`, `showMaxButton`, `label`, `onCurrencySelect`, `currency`, `disableCurrencySelect`, `hideBalance`, `pair`, `hideInput`, `otherCurrency`, `fiatValue`, `priceImpact`, `id`, `showCommonBases`, `renderBalance`, `locked`, and `customBalanceText`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/CurrencyInputPanel/index.md"}}],["552",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/CurrencyLogo/index.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `CurrencyLogo` that renders a logo for a given cryptocurrency. The logo is fetched from various sources, including the SushiSwap token icon repository and the TrustWallet asset repository. The component takes a `currency` prop, which is an object that represents the cryptocurrency to display. The `currency` object must have a `symbol` property that represents the currency's ticker symbol, and may also have a `chainId` property that represents the ID of the blockchain on which the currency is issued. If the `currency` object is not provided or is invalid, the component will render a default \"unknown\" logo.\n\nThe `CurrencyLogo` component first calls the `useHttpLocations` hook to fetch the logo URI for the given currency. If the currency is a wrapped token, the component will use the `logoURI` property of the `WrappedTokenInfo` object, or the `logoURI` property of the `tokenInfo` object if the former is not defined. The `useHttpLocations` hook returns an array of possible logo URLs based on the URI, which are then used to fetch the logo image.\n\nIf the currency is a native token (e.g. ETH or BNB), the component will use a pre-defined logo URL based on the currency's `chainId`. If the currency is a token other than a wrapped token, the component will call the `getCurrencyLogoUrls` function to generate an array of possible logo URLs based on the currency's `symbol` and `chainId`. The `getCurrencyLogoUrls` function first generates a URL based on the currency's symbol, then generates two additional URLs based on the currency's `chainId` and address. These URLs are then returned as an array.\n\nThe `CurrencyLogo` component then generates an array of logo URLs by concatenating the URI locations returned by `useHttpLocations` with the default logo URLs generated by `getCurrencyLogoUrls`. If the currency is a native token, the component will also include the pre-defined logo URL for the currency's `chainId`. If the currency is invalid or not provided, the component will include the \"unknown\" logo URL.\n\nFinally, the `CurrencyLogo` component renders a `Logo` component with the generated logo URLs, as well as the `width`, `height`, `alt`, `className`, and other props passed to it. The `Logo` component is defined in a separate file and is not included in this code snippet.\n\nThis component can be used in various parts of the larger project to display logos for different cryptocurrencies. For example, it could be used in a wallet interface to display the logos of the user's assets, or in a trading interface to display the logos of the tokens being traded. Here is an example usage of the `CurrencyLogo` component:\n\n```jsx\nimport { Currency } from \"@zoolabs/zdk\";\nimport CurrencyLogo from \"./CurrencyLogo\";\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const currency: Currency = { symbol: \"ETH\", chainId: 1 };\n return ;\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `getCurrencyLogoUrls` function?\n - The `getCurrencyLogoUrls` function returns an array of logo URLs for a given currency, based on its symbol and chain ID.\n2. What is the `LOGO` object used for?\n - The `LOGO` object maps chain IDs to logo URLs for specific chains, and is used to display logos for native currencies on those chains.\n3. What is the `CurrencyLogo` component used for?\n - The `CurrencyLogo` component is a reusable React component that displays a logo for a given currency, using the `Logo` component and the `getCurrencyLogoUrls` function to determine the appropriate logo URLs.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/CurrencyLogo/index.md"}}],["553",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/CurrencySelectPanel/index.tsx)\n\nThe `CurrencySelectPanel` component is a React component that renders a panel for selecting a currency. It takes in several props, including an `onClick` function, an `onCurrencySelect` function, a `currency` object, a boolean `disableCurrencySelect`, an `otherCurrency` object, an `id` string, and a boolean `showCommonBases`. \n\nWhen the component is rendered, it displays a panel with a currency logo, a currency symbol, and a chevron icon. If a `currency` object is provided, the logo and symbol are displayed for that currency. If not, a placeholder animation is displayed. If the `disableCurrencySelect` prop is set to true, the chevron icon is not displayed and the `onClick` function is not called when the panel is clicked. Otherwise, when the panel is clicked, a modal is opened that allows the user to search for and select a currency. \n\nWhen a currency is selected in the modal, the `onCurrencySelect` function is called with the selected currency object as an argument. The `otherCurrency` prop can be used to pass in a second currency object to be displayed in the modal. The `showCommonBases` prop determines whether or not to display a list of common currency bases in the modal.\n\nThis component is likely used in a larger project that involves selecting currencies for some sort of financial transaction or exchange. It provides a user-friendly interface for selecting a currency and can be easily customized with different logos and symbols for different currencies. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\n console.log(\"Panel clicked!\")}\n onCurrencySelect={(currency) => console.log(`Selected currency: ${currency.symbol}`)}\n currency={{ symbol: \"ETH\" }}\n disableCurrencySelect={false}\n otherCurrency={{ symbol: \"USDC\" }}\n id=\"currency-select-panel\"\n showCommonBases={true}\n/>\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and where is it used in the project?\n- This code is a React component called `CurrencySelectPanel` that renders a panel for selecting a currency. It is likely used in a part of the project where currency selection is required.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have and what are they used for?\n- This code has several dependencies including `@heroicons/react`, `@zoolabs/zdk`, and `@lingui/macro`. These dependencies are used for icons, currency-related functionality, and internationalization respectively.\n\n3. What props does the `CurrencySelectPanel` component accept and what are their types?\n- The `CurrencySelectPanel` component accepts several props including `onClick`, `onCurrencySelect`, `currency`, `disableCurrencySelect`, `otherCurrency`, `id`, and `showCommonBases`. Their types are defined in the `CurrencySelectPanelProps` interface and include optional functions, booleans, and currency objects.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/CurrencySelectPanel/index.md"}}],["554",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/CurrencySwitch/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React component that exports a switch button that toggles between two currencies, ZOO and BNB. The switch button is styled using Material UI's `styled` function and is composed of three main parts: the switch base, the switch thumb, and the switch track. \n\nThe switch base is the underlying structure of the switch button and is styled to have a width of 80 pixels, a height of 40 pixels, and no padding. The switch thumb is the circular button that moves along the switch track when the switch is toggled. The switch thumb is styled to have a width and height of 32 pixels, a background image of the Zoo logo, and a white background color. The switch track is the bar that the switch thumb moves along when the switch is toggled. The switch track is styled to have a border radius of 20 pixels and a dark background color.\n\nThe `CurrencySwitch` component takes two props: `checked` and `checkFunc`. `checked` is a boolean that determines whether the switch is toggled or not, and `checkFunc` is a function that is called when the switch is toggled. The `CurrencySwitch` component renders a `FormGroup` component that contains a `Stack` component with three child components: two `h6` elements that display the currency names and the `UiSwitch` component that is the styled switch button. \n\nThis component can be used in a larger project that requires a switch button to toggle between two options. For example, in a cryptocurrency trading app, this switch button can be used to toggle between two currencies that the user wants to trade. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport CurrencySwitch from './CurrencySwitch'\n\nfunction TradingPage() {\n const [isZooSelected, setIsZooSelected] = useState(true)\n\n const handleCurrencyToggle = () => {\n setIsZooSelected(!isZooSelected)\n }\n\n return (\n
\n

Trading Page

\n \n

{isZooSelected ? 'ZOO' : 'BNB'} selected

\n
\n )\n}\n```\n\nIn the example above, the `TradingPage` component renders the `CurrencySwitch` component and a paragraph that displays the currently selected currency. The `TradingPage` component also has a state variable `isZooSelected` that determines whether the ZOO currency is selected or not. The `handleCurrencyToggle` function is called when the switch button is toggled and updates the `isZooSelected` state variable.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code exports a React component called `CurrencySwitch` that renders a switch with two labels, \"ZOO\" and \"BNB\", and an image of a zoo logo.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `styled` function from `@mui/material/styles`?\n The `styled` function is used to create a custom styled component based on the `Switch` component from `@mui/material/Switch`. The custom component is called `UiSwitch` and has specific styles applied to it.\n\n3. What are the props accepted by the `CurrencySwitch` component?\n The `CurrencySwitch` component accepts two props: `checked`, a boolean value that determines whether the switch is checked or not, and `checkFunc`, a function that is called when the switch is toggled.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/CurrencySwitch/index.md"}}],["555",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/CustomLoader/index.tsx)\n\nThis code defines two React components, `CirclularLoader` and `CustomLoader`, which can be used to display a circular loading animation on a web page. \n\nThe `CirclularLoader` component returns a div containing an SVG element that draws a circle with two paths. The first path is filled with a light gray color and represents the outer circle, while the second path is filled with a dark gray color and represents the spinning animation. The `animate-spin` class applied to the SVG element causes the second path to rotate around the center of the circle, creating the loading animation. \n\nThe `CustomLoader` component returns a div that centers the `CirclularLoader` component using the `flex` and `justify-center` classes from Tailwind CSS. This component can be used as a wrapper around other content that needs to be loaded asynchronously, providing a visual cue to the user that the content is being loaded. \n\nTo use these components in a React project, they can be imported from the `zoo` module and rendered in the desired location within the component tree. For example, to display the `CustomLoader` component while fetching data from an API, the following code could be used:\n\n```\nimport React, { useState, useEffect } from \"react\";\nimport CustomLoader from \"zoo\";\n\nconst MyComponent = () => {\n const [data, setData] = useState(null);\n const [isLoading, setIsLoading] = useState(true);\n\n useEffect(() => {\n fetch(\"https://api.example.com/data\")\n .then((response) => response.json())\n .then((data) => {\n setData(data);\n setIsLoading(false);\n });\n }, []);\n\n return (\n
\n {isLoading ? (\n \n ) : (\n
{/* Render data here */}
\n )}\n
\n );\n};\n```\n\nIn this example, the `useState` hook is used to manage the state of the `data` and `isLoading` variables. The `useEffect` hook is used to fetch data from an API when the component mounts, and sets the `data` and `isLoading` states accordingly. The `CustomLoader` component is rendered while the data is being fetched, and the fetched data is rendered when it becomes available.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code exports a custom loader component that displays a circular spinner animation.\n\n2. What is the significance of the two paths in the SVG element?\n- The first path is filled with gray color and represents the outer circle of the spinner, while the second path is filled with a darker gray color and represents the rotating part of the spinner.\n\n3. Why is the viewBox attribute set to \"3 3 18 18\" in the SVG element?\n- The viewBox attribute defines the position and dimensions of the SVG viewport. In this case, it is set to \"3 3 18 18\" to center the spinner within the viewport and to ensure that it is visible.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/CustomLoader/index.md"}}],["556",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/CustomTooltip/index.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `CustomTooltip` that wraps the `Tooltip` component from the Material-UI library. The purpose of this component is to provide a customizable tooltip that can be used throughout the larger project. \n\nThe `CustomTooltip` component takes in three props: `title`, `children`, and `center`. The `title` prop is a string that represents the text that will be displayed in the tooltip. The `children` prop is any valid React component that will be wrapped by the tooltip. The `center` prop is an optional boolean that determines whether the tooltip should be centered above the wrapped component or aligned to the left of it.\n\nThe `CustomTooltip` component returns a `Tooltip` component with customized styles and placement based on the props passed in. The `PopperProps` prop is used to customize the styles of the tooltip. In this case, the tooltip has a black background, white text, and a box shadow. The `title` prop is set to the `title` prop passed in to the `CustomTooltip` component. The `placement` prop is set to either \"top\" or \"top-start\" based on the `center` prop passed in.\n\nAn example of how this component could be used in the larger project is to provide additional information or context when hovering over certain elements. For example, if there is a button that performs a specific action, a tooltip could be added to explain what that action does. The `CustomTooltip` component allows for customization of the tooltip's appearance and placement, making it a versatile tool for providing additional information throughout the project. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\n\n \n\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What external libraries or frameworks are being used in this code?\n- The code is importing the `Button` and `Tooltip` components from the `@mui/material` library, and is also using the `React` library.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `CustomTooltip` component?\n- The `CustomTooltip` component is a custom wrapper around the `Tooltip` component from the `@mui/material` library, which adds some custom styling and behavior to the tooltip.\n\n3. What props can be passed to the `CustomTooltip` component?\n- The `CustomTooltip` component accepts three props: `title` (a string that specifies the tooltip text), `children` (any valid React node that will be wrapped by the tooltip), and `center` (an optional boolean that determines whether the tooltip should be centered above the wrapped content).","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/CustomTooltip/index.md"}}],["557",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Dots/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above defines a React component called `Dots` that renders a span element with a CSS class that adds an animated ellipsis to the end of the text content. The component takes two props: `children` and `className`. The `children` prop is optional and defaults to an empty span element. The `className` prop is also optional and is used to add additional CSS classes to the span element.\n\nThe `Dots` component uses the `classNames` function from a file located in the `functions` directory to concatenate the CSS classes passed in the `className` prop with the default CSS classes. The resulting CSS classes are applied to the span element using the `className` attribute.\n\nThe CSS classes applied to the span element include `after:inline-block`, which sets the display property to inline-block, `dots`, which sets the font size and color of the text, `after:animate-ellipsis`, which adds an animation that displays three dots in sequence, and `after:w-4` and `after:text-left`, which set the width and text alignment of the ellipsis animation.\n\nThis component can be used in the larger project to display a loading indicator or to indicate that content is being loaded asynchronously. For example, the `Dots` component could be used in a button component to indicate that a form is being submitted or in a table component to indicate that data is being fetched from a server.\n\nHere is an example of how the `Dots` component can be used in a React component:\n\n```\nimport Dots from \"./components/Dots\";\n\nfunction LoadingIndicator() {\n return (\n
\n \n Loading...\n
\n );\n}\n```\n\nIn the example above, the `LoadingIndicator` component renders a div element with the `Dots` component and a span element with the text \"Loading...\". The `Dots` component adds an animated ellipsis to the end of the text content, indicating that content is being loaded.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `classNames` function being imported from \"../../functions\"?\n- The `classNames` function is likely used to concatenate and conditionally apply CSS classes to the `span` element in the `Dots` component.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `style jsx` block?\n- The `style jsx` block is used to define a CSS style that will be scoped to the `Dots` component.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `after` pseudo-element being used in the `className` prop?\n- The `after` pseudo-element is being used to add a period after the `span` element, which is styled to look like animated ellipsis.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Dots/index.md"}}],["558",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/DoubleGlowShadow/index.tsx)\n\nThe `DoubleGlowShadow` component is a React functional component that conditionally renders a double glow shadow effect around its children. The component imports the `isMobile` function from the `react-device-detect` library and the `FC` type from the `react` library. It also imports the `classNames` function from a `functions` module located in a parent directory.\n\nThe `DoubleGlowShadow` component takes in two props: `className` and `children`. The `className` prop is optional and is used to add additional CSS classes to the component. The `children` prop is also optional and represents the children components that will be wrapped by the `DoubleGlowShadow` component.\n\nThe component first checks if the `isMobile` function returns `true`. If it does, the component returns a div with a class of `shadow-swap` that wraps the `children` prop. This div does not have any shadow effects.\n\nIf the `isMobile` function returns `false`, the component returns a div that has three child divs. The first and second child divs are positioned absolutely and have a background color of blue and pink respectively. They are positioned on opposite sides of the parent div and have a width of 3/5 of the parent div's width. They also have a rounded border and a z-index of 0. These two divs create the double glow effect.\n\nThe third child div is positioned relatively and has a CSS filter of `drop-shadow`. This creates a shadow effect around the `children` prop. The `children` prop is wrapped by this div.\n\nThe `DoubleGlowShadow` component can be used in a larger project to add a double glow shadow effect around components. It can be used to highlight important components or to add a visual effect to a page. Here is an example of how the component can be used:\n\n```\nimport DoubleGlowShadow from \"./components/DoubleGlowShadow\";\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n \n

Hello World

\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `react-device-detect` library being imported?\n- The `react-device-detect` library is being used to check if the user is on a mobile device or not.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `DoubleGlowShadow` component?\n- The `DoubleGlowShadow` component is used to add a double glow shadow effect to its child components. If the user is on a mobile device, it will display a different shadow effect.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `classNames` function being imported from \"../../functions\"?\n- The `classNames` function is being used to concatenate multiple class names together for the `className` prop of the `div` element being returned by the `DoubleGlowShadow` component.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/DoubleGlowShadow/index.md"}}],["559",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/DoubleLogo/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above defines a React component called `DoubleCurrencyLogo`. This component is responsible for rendering two currency logos side by side. It takes in several props, including `currency0` and `currency1`, which are both of type `Currency`. These props represent the two currencies that the component will display logos for. The `size` prop determines the size of the logos, and the `className` and `logoClassName` props are used to apply custom CSS classes to the component and the logos themselves, respectively.\n\nThe component returns a `div` element that contains two `CurrencyLogo` components. These components are imported from the `CurrencyLogo` file located in the `../CurrencyLogo` directory. The `CurrencyLogo` component takes in several props, including `className`, `currency`, and `size`. The `className` prop is used to apply custom CSS classes to the logo, while the `currency` prop is used to determine which currency the logo should represent. The `size` prop determines the size of the logo.\n\nThe `DoubleCurrencyLogo` component uses the `classNames` function from the `functions` file located in the `../../functions` directory to apply custom CSS classes to the `div` element that contains the logos. This function takes in any number of arguments, which can be either strings or objects. If an argument is a string, it will be added to the class list as-is. If an argument is an object, its keys will be used as class names if their corresponding values are truthy.\n\nThis component can be used in the larger project to display two currency logos side by side, which may be useful in various contexts such as a trading platform or a wallet application. Here is an example of how this component might be used:\n\n```\n\n```\n\nThis would render two logos, one for USD and one for BTC, with a size of 24 pixels and a margin of 4 pixels on the top and bottom. The logos would be separated by a margin of 2 pixels.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a React component called `DoubleCurrencyLogo` that renders two currency logos side by side.\n\n2. What are the required inputs for this component?\n- The required inputs for this component are two currency objects (`currency0` and `currency1`) and an optional `size` value.\n\n3. What is the `classNames` function used for?\n- The `classNames` function is used to concatenate multiple class names together for the `div` element that wraps the two currency logos.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/DoubleLogo/index.md"}}],["560",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Empty/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React component called `Empty` that renders an empty container with optional children and a customizable className. This component is part of the larger `zoo` project and can be used to display empty states in various parts of the application.\n\nThe `Empty` component is a functional component that takes in two props: `children` and `className`. The `children` prop is optional and can be used to pass in any child elements that should be rendered inside the empty container. The `className` prop is also optional and can be used to add any additional CSS classes to the container.\n\nThe `Empty` component uses the `classNames` function from the `styling` module to generate a dynamic className for the container. The `classNames` function takes in any number of arguments, which can be strings or objects, and returns a concatenated string of all the valid class names. In this case, the `classNames` function is used to combine the following classes: \"flex\", \"flex-col\", \"justify-center\", \"items-center\", \"py-4\", \"px-3\", \"rounded\", and \"min-h-empty\". These classes are all part of the Tailwind CSS framework and are used to style the empty container.\n\nOnce the className is generated, it is passed to the `div` element as a prop. The `div` element is the main container for the `Empty` component and is rendered with the generated className and any child elements passed in through the `children` prop.\n\nOverall, the `Empty` component is a simple and reusable component that can be used to display empty states in various parts of the `zoo` application. Here is an example of how the `Empty` component can be used:\n\n```\nimport Empty from \"./components/Empty\";\n\nconst MyComponent = () => {\n const data = [];\n\n return (\n
\n {data.length === 0 ? (\n No data available\n ) : (\n // Render data\n )}\n
\n );\n};\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this component?\n This component is called \"Empty\" and it renders a div with some default styling and any children passed to it. It is likely used to display an empty state for a component or page.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"FC\" and \"React.HTMLAttributes\" in the component declaration?\n \"FC\" stands for \"Function Component\" and is a shorthand way of declaring a component that takes props and returns JSX. \"React.HTMLAttributes\" is a type definition for the props that this component can accept, specifically HTML attributes that can be applied to a div element.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the \"classNames\" function imported from \"../../functions/styling\"?\n The \"classNames\" function is likely a utility function for generating CSS class names based on the arguments passed to it. This can make it easier to apply dynamic or conditional styling to components.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Empty/index.md"}}],["561",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/EndangeredSpecies/index.tsx)\n\nThe code is a React component that renders a UI for a feature called \"Endangered Species\" in the larger project. The UI consists of a series of cards that describe different actions that can be taken with animal NFTs. The component imports several hooks and functions from other parts of the project to handle interactions with the blockchain and state management.\n\nThe component uses the `useActiveWeb3React` hook to get the user's account, library, and chain ID from the active Web3 context. It also uses the `useBuyZoo` hook to get a function that can be called to buy the project's native token, $ZOO. The `useState` hook is used to manage several boolean flags that control the display of different UI elements.\n\nThe UI is structured as a series of cards that describe different actions that can be taken with animal NFTs. Each card contains an icon, a title, and a description. The first card describes the overall purpose of the feature and how it relates to non-profit organizations. The remaining cards describe actions that can be taken with animal NFTs, such as hatching, feeding, growing, and breeding. The UI also includes a call-to-action button that triggers the `handleFunds` function when clicked.\n\nThe `handleFunds` function is imported from a utility file and takes the user's chain ID and a `buyZoo` function as arguments. It uses the `faucet` hook to get some test tokens and then calls the `buyZoo` function to buy $ZOO tokens with those test tokens. Finally, it dispatches an action to update the user's $ZOO balance.\n\nOverall, this code provides a UI for the \"Endangered Species\" feature and handles interactions with the blockchain and state management. It can be used as a standalone component or integrated into a larger project. Here is an example of how this component might be used in a larger project:\n\n```jsx\nimport React from \"react\";\nimport EndangeredSpecies from \"zoo/EndangeredSpecies\";\n\nconst HomePage = () => {\n return (\n
\n

Welcome to the Zoo!

\n \n
\n );\n};\n\nexport default HomePage;\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this component and what does it render?\n- This component is called `EndangeredSpecies` and it renders a section of a web page that displays information about a game involving NFT animals. It also includes a button to buy $ZOO currency.\n\n2. What libraries and hooks are being imported and used in this code?\n- This code imports and uses React, useState, Image, useDispatch, useSelector, useBuyZoo, useActiveWeb3React, useFaucet, getZooBalance, and handleFunds.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `handleFunds` function and how is it used in this code?\n- The `handleFunds` function is imported from a utility file called `handleFunds` and it is used as a callback function for the `onClick` event of the \"Buy $ZOO\" button. It takes in the `chainId` and `buyZoo` variables as arguments and executes a transaction to buy $ZOO currency.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/EndangeredSpecies/index.md"}}],["562",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/ExpertModePanel/index.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React component called `ExpertModePanel` that renders a panel with a title and a close button. The component takes three props: `active`, a boolean that determines whether the panel is visible or not; `onClose`, a function that is called when the close button is clicked; and `children`, which is used to render the content of the panel.\n\nThe component uses the `useLingui` hook from the `@lingui/react` library to provide internationalization support. The `i18n` object returned by the hook is used to translate the text \"Expert Mode\" using the `t` macro from the `@lingui/macro` library.\n\nIf the `active` prop is `false`, the component simply renders its children. Otherwise, it renders a div with two nested divs: one for the title and close button, and one for the content. The title div has a fixed height and a dark background color, and contains the translated text and a close button that calls the `onClose` function when clicked. The content div has a border and a darker background color, and contains the `children` passed to the component.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to provide a customizable panel that can be shown or hidden based on a boolean value. The `ExpertModePanel` component can be imported and used in other React components like this:\n\n```jsx\nimport ExpertModePanel from './ExpertModePanel';\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const [expertMode, setExpertMode] = useState(false);\n\n return (\n
\n \n setExpertMode(false)}>\n

This is the content of the expert mode panel.

\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `MyComponent` function defines a state variable `expertMode` that determines whether the `ExpertModePanel` is visible or not. When the \"Show expert mode\" button is clicked, the `expertMode` state is set to `true`, which causes the `ExpertModePanel` to be rendered with its content. When the close button is clicked, the `expertMode` state is set to `false`, which hides the panel.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `ExpertModePanel` component?\n \n The `ExpertModePanel` component is a React component that renders a panel for expert mode with a title, close button, and content.\n\n2. What is the role of the `useLingui` hook in this code?\n \n The `useLingui` hook is used to access the i18n object, which provides internationalization support for the component. It is used to translate the text content of the component.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `FC` type in the component definition?\n \n The `FC` type is a shorthand for the `FunctionComponent` type, which is a type of React component that takes props as input and returns JSX as output. It is used to define the type of the `ExpertModePanel` component.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/ExpertModePanel/index.md"}}],["563",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/ExternalLink/index.tsx)\n\nThe `ExternalLink` component in this file is a reusable React component that renders an anchor tag (`
`) with some additional functionality. It takes in several props, including `href` (the URL to link to), `target` (the target window or frame to open the link in), `rel` (the relationship between the current document and the linked document), `color` (the color scheme to use for the link), `startIcon` and `endIcon` (optional icons to display before or after the link text), and any other props that can be passed to an anchor tag.\n\nWhen the link is clicked, the `handleClick` function is called. If the link is set to open in a new tab (`target=\"_blank\"`) or if the user is holding down the Ctrl or Command key, the link is opened normally and an outbound link event is tracked using the `ReactGA` library. If the link is set to open in the same tab (`target=\"_self\"`) and the user is not holding down any modifier keys, the default behavior of the anchor tag is prevented, an outbound link event is tracked using `ReactGA`, and the page is redirected to the linked URL.\n\nThe `COLOR` object defines two color schemes for the link: `default` and `blue`. These color schemes are used to set the text color and opacity of the link based on whether it is being hovered over or focused on.\n\nThis component can be used throughout the larger project to create links that track outbound link events using `ReactGA`. It provides a consistent and customizable way to render external links with additional functionality. Here's an example of how it could be used:\n\n```jsx\nimport ExternalLink from \"./path/to/ExternalLink\";\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n return (\n
\n \n Click me!\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code exports a React component called `ExternalLink` that renders an anchor element with some additional functionality for tracking outbound link clicks using ReactGA.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports `React`, `ReactGA`, and `classNames` from external packages.\n\n3. What props can be passed to the `ExternalLink` component?\n- The `ExternalLink` component accepts several props, including `target`, `href`, `children`, `rel`, `className`, `color`, `startIcon`, and `endIcon`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/ExternalLink/index.md"}}],["564",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/ExternalLinkIcon/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React component that renders an external link icon with some additional functionality. The component takes in several props, including the `target` attribute, `href` attribute, and `rel` attribute. The `target` attribute specifies where to open the linked document, while the `href` attribute specifies the URL of the linked document. The `rel` attribute specifies the relationship between the current document and the linked document.\n\nThe component also uses the `ReactGA` library to track outbound link clicks. When the link is clicked, the `handleClick` function is called. If the link is set to open in a new tab (`target=\"_blank\"`) or if the user is holding down the `ctrl` or `meta` key, the link is opened in a new tab and a GA event is tracked. If the link is not set to open in a new tab, the default behavior is prevented, a GA event is tracked, and the user is redirected to the linked document.\n\nThe component returns an anchor tag with the appropriate attributes and event handlers. The `ExternalLink` component from the `react-feather` library is also rendered within the anchor tag to display the external link icon.\n\nThis component can be used throughout the larger project to render external links with consistent styling and tracking functionality. For example, it could be used in a navigation menu to link to external resources or in a list of related links at the bottom of a page. Here is an example usage of the component:\n\n```\n\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n \n This code defines a React component called `ExternalLinkIcon` that renders an anchor tag with an external link icon and tracks clicks on the link using ReactGA.\n\n2. What are the required props for the `ExternalLinkIcon` component?\n \n The only required prop for the `ExternalLinkIcon` component is `href`, which is a string representing the URL of the external link.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `ReactGA` library in this code?\n \n The `ReactGA` library is used to track clicks on the external link. It sends an event to Google Analytics with the label of the clicked link and triggers a location change if the link is not opened in a new tab.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/ExternalLinkIcon/index.md"}}],["565",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Footer/index.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `Footer` that renders the footer section of a web page. The footer contains links to various external resources related to the project, as well as a newsletter subscription form. \n\nThe component imports several dependencies, including `Image` and `Link` from the Next.js framework, `useActiveWeb3React` and `useLingui` from custom hooks, and `axios` for making HTTP requests. \n\nThe `Footer` component uses the `useActiveWeb3React` hook to retrieve the current user's account, chain ID, and library. It also uses the `useLingui` hook to enable internationalization of the text displayed in the footer. \n\nThe component defines a state object called `Form` that contains a single property `email`, which is initially set to an empty string. It also defines two additional state variables, `success` and `error`, which are initially set to `false`. \n\nThe `Footer` component defines two functions, `handleSubmit` and `handleInputChange`, that are used to handle form submissions and input changes, respectively. When the user submits the newsletter subscription form, the `handleSubmit` function sends an HTTP POST request to a server-side API endpoint with the email address entered by the user. If the request is successful, the `Form` state is updated to display a success message, and the `success` state variable is set to `true`. If the request fails, the `Form` state is updated to display an error message, and the `error` state variable is set to `true`. \n\nThe `Footer` component renders a footer section with several links to external resources related to the project, including BSCscan, CoinMarketCap, DEXtools, and CoinGecko. It also renders a newsletter subscription form that allows users to enter their email address and subscribe to the project's newsletter. \n\nOverall, this code provides a reusable component that can be used to render the footer section of a web page in the project. It also demonstrates how to use custom hooks, handle form submissions, and make HTTP requests in a React component.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `handleSubmit` function?\n \n The `handleSubmit` function is responsible for sending a POST request to an API endpoint with the email address entered in the form, and updating the state variables `Form`, `error`, and `succes` based on the response from the API.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `useActiveWeb3React` hook?\n \n The `useActiveWeb3React` hook is used to retrieve the current active Web3 provider, account, and chain ID from the context of the application. This information is used to determine the current state of the user's connection to the blockchain.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `ExternalLink` component?\n \n The `ExternalLink` component is used to render an external link with the appropriate styling and behavior, such as opening the link in a new tab and adding an icon to indicate that the link is external. It is used to render links to external resources such as blockchain explorers and bridge interfaces.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Footer/index.md"}}],["566",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/FormattedCurrencyAmount/index.tsx)\n\nThis code is a module that exports a React component called `FormattedCurrencyAmount`. The component takes in two props: `currencyAmount` and `significantDigits`. The `currencyAmount` prop is an object of type `CurrencyAmount` that represents a certain amount of a specific currency. The `significantDigits` prop is an optional number that determines how many significant digits should be displayed in the output.\n\nThe component first defines a constant called `CURRENCY_AMOUNT_MIN` which is a `Fraction` object representing the minimum amount of currency that can be displayed. This is set to 1/1000000.\n\nThe component then returns a JSX expression that displays the formatted currency amount. If the `currencyAmount` prop is equal to 0, the component displays \"0\". If the `currencyAmount` prop is greater than the `CURRENCY_AMOUNT_MIN` constant, the component displays the currency amount with the number of significant digits specified by the `significantDigits` prop. If the `currencyAmount` prop is less than or equal to the `CURRENCY_AMOUNT_MIN` constant, the component displays \"<\" followed by the `CURRENCY_AMOUNT_MIN` constant formatted with 1 significant digit.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project that deals with currencies and requires a way to format currency amounts for display. For example, if the project has a shopping cart feature that displays the total cost of items in the cart, this component can be used to format the currency amount for display. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { Currency, CurrencyAmount } from \"@zoolabs/zdk\";\nimport FormattedCurrencyAmount from \"./FormattedCurrencyAmount\";\n\nconst currencyAmount = new CurrencyAmount(Currency.USD, \"1000000000000000000\");\n\nfunction ShoppingCartTotal() {\n return (\n
\n Total: \n
\n );\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `FormattedCurrencyAmount` component is used to format the `currencyAmount` object with 2 significant digits for display in a shopping cart total.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `@zoolabs/zdk` import?\n- The `@zoolabs/zdk` import is used to import the `Currency`, `CurrencyAmount`, `Fraction`, and `JSBI` modules from the `zdk` library.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `CURRENCY_AMOUNT_MIN` constant?\n- The `CURRENCY_AMOUNT_MIN` constant represents the minimum amount of currency that can be displayed and is set to 1/1000000th of the currency unit.\n\n3. What does the `FormattedCurrencyAmount` function do?\n- The `FormattedCurrencyAmount` function takes in a `currencyAmount` object and an optional `significantDigits` parameter and returns a formatted string representation of the currency amount. If the amount is equal to 0, it returns \"0\". If the amount is greater than the `CURRENCY_AMOUNT_MIN`, it returns the amount formatted to the specified number of significant digits. Otherwise, it returns a string indicating that the amount is less than the minimum displayable amount.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/FormattedCurrencyAmount/index.md"}}],["567",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Gas/index.tsx)\n\nThis code is a React component that fetches gas price data from the Ethereum Gas Station API using the useSWR library. The component is named Gas and it is exported as the default export of the module. \n\nThe component uses the useLingui hook from the @lingui/react library to enable internationalization of the text displayed in the component. The i18n object returned by useLingui is destructured from the hook's return value.\n\nThe useSWR hook is used to fetch data from the Ethereum Gas Station API. The first argument to useSWR is the URL to fetch data from. The second argument is a function that fetches the data and returns it as a JSON object. The SWRResponse type is used to define the shape of the data returned by the API and the error object returned in case of an error.\n\nIf there is an error while fetching the data, the component returns a div element with the text \"failed to load\" translated to the current language using the i18n object. If the data is still being fetched, the component returns a div element with the text \"loading...\" translated to the current language using the i18n object. If the data has been fetched successfully, the component returns a div element with the average gas price divided by 10.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to display the current average gas price on the Ethereum network. The component can be imported and rendered in any React component that needs to display the gas price. For example, the component can be used in a dashboard that displays various metrics related to the Ethereum network. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport React from 'react';\nimport Gas from './Gas';\n\nfunction Dashboard() {\n return (\n
\n

Dashboard

\n

Current gas price:

\n
\n );\n}\n\nexport default Dashboard;\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useSWR` hook and how is it used in this code?\n - The `useSWR` hook is used to fetch data from an external API and cache the response. In this code, it is used to fetch gas price data from the `ethgasstation.info` API and return the average gas price divided by 10.\n \n2. What is the `useLingui` hook and how is it used in this code?\n - The `useLingui` hook is used for internationalization (i18n) and localization of text in the application. In this code, it is used to translate the text displayed in the `div` elements when the data is loading or fails to load.\n \n3. What is the purpose of the `Gas` component and how is it used in the `zoo` project?\n - The `Gas` component is responsible for fetching and displaying gas price data from an external API. It can be used in the `zoo` project to display gas prices for transactions or other relevant information.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Gas/index.md"}}],["568",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/GradientDot/index.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a set of functions and a React component that are used to generate color gradients based on a percentage value. The `gradientColor` function takes a percentage value as input and returns a color code that corresponds to a specific color gradient. The color gradients are defined using a set of if statements that check the percentage value against a range of values. If the percentage value falls within a specific range, the function returns a corresponding color code. If the percentage value is outside of the defined ranges, the function returns a default color code.\n\nThe `gradientColorAsc` function is similar to `gradientColor`, but it returns a color gradient that is reversed. The `GradientDot` component is a React component that takes a percentage value as input and renders a small dot with a background color that corresponds to the percentage value. The `desc` prop is used to determine whether the color gradient should be descending or ascending. If `desc` is true, the `gradientColor` function is used to generate the color gradient. If `desc` is false, the `gradientColorAsc` function is used instead.\n\nThis code can be used in a larger project to generate color gradients for various UI elements based on a percentage value. For example, it could be used to generate a color gradient for a progress bar or a chart that displays data as a percentage. The `GradientDot` component could be used to display a small dot next to a percentage value to indicate the progress of a task or process. Overall, this code provides a simple and flexible way to generate color gradients based on a percentage value.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `gradientColor` and `gradientColorAsc` functions?\n - The `gradientColor` and `gradientColorAsc` functions return a color code based on the input percentage value. The color codes returned are used to create a gradient dot in the `GradientDot` component.\n\n2. What is the `GradientDot` component used for?\n - The `GradientDot` component is used to display a small dot with a color gradient based on the input percentage value. It takes in a `percent` prop and an optional `desc` prop to determine the color gradient direction.\n\n3. What is the expected input type for the `percent` prop in the `GradientDot` component?\n - The expected input type for the `percent` prop in the `GradientDot` component is `any`, but it is immediately converted to a float using `parseFloat` in the `gradientColor` and `gradientColorAsc` functions.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/GradientDot/index.md"}}],["569",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Header/Community.tsx)\n\nThe code is a React component that renders a dropdown menu for the \"Learn\" section of a website called \"Zoo\". The dropdown menu is implemented using the `Menu` and `Transition` components from the `@headlessui/react` library. The menu is triggered by a button labeled \"Learn\" with a chevron icon next to it. When the button is clicked, the menu items are displayed in a dropdown list.\n\nThe menu items are implemented as links to different pages on the Zoo website or external resources. The links are implemented using the `Link` component from the `next/link` library or the `a` tag with a `href` attribute. The menu items include links to pages such as \"Our Animals\", \"Whitepaper\", \"About\", \"Reward Calculator\", \"FAQs\", and \"Zoo Foundation\". There is also a link to an external resource called \"Buy Guide\" and a link to an internal page called \"DAO\".\n\nThe menu items are styled using CSS classes from the Tailwind CSS library. The menu items have a black background with white text, and the active menu item has a darker background color. The menu items are also rounded and have a shadow effect.\n\nThis component can be used in the larger Zoo project to provide a consistent and easy-to-use navigation menu for the \"Learn\" section of the website. The component can be easily customized by adding or removing menu items or changing the styling. For example, if the Zoo website adds a new page to the \"Learn\" section, a new menu item can be added to the component by adding a new `Menu.Item` element with a `Link` or `a` tag. Similarly, if the Zoo website changes its color scheme, the CSS classes can be updated to reflect the new design. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```jsx\nimport Learn from \"./Learn\";\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n
\n \n
\n
\n {/* rest of the page */}\n
\n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Learn` component?\n- The `Learn` component is responsible for rendering a dropdown menu with links to various pages on the website.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `Menu` and `Transition` components?\n- The `Menu` component is used to create a dropdown menu, while the `Transition` component is used to animate the opening and closing of the menu.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `z-999` class in the `Menu.Items` component?\n- The `z-999` class sets the z-index of the dropdown menu to 999, ensuring that it appears on top of other elements on the page.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Header/Community.md"}}],["570",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Header/Learn.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `Community` that renders a dropdown menu with links to various social media platforms. The menu is implemented using the `Menu` and `Transition` components from the `@headlessui/react` library. The dropdown menu is triggered by a button labeled \"Community\" with a chevron icon to indicate that it can be expanded. When the button is clicked, the menu expands to show a list of links to social media platforms such as Discord, Telegram, Instagram, Twitter, and Medium. The links are implemented using the `Menu.Item` component and are styled to change color when hovered over or clicked. \n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to provide users with easy access to the project's social media pages. It can be easily customized by adding or removing links to social media platforms as needed. For example, if the project has a Reddit page, a link to that page can be added to the menu by creating a new `Menu.Item` component and setting the `href` attribute to the URL of the Reddit page. \n\nHere is an example of how the `Community` component can be used in a larger project:\n\n```jsx\nimport Community from \"./Community\";\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n

Welcome to the Zoo Project!

\n \n

Check out our social media pages for the latest updates.

\n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Menu` and `Transition` components from the \"@headlessui/react\" library?\n- The `Menu` component creates a dropdown menu, while the `Transition` component provides animation effects when the menu is opened or closed.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `Link` component from the \"next/link\" library?\n- The `Link` component is used to create a hyperlink to another page within the Next.js application.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `Community` function?\n- The `Community` function returns a dropdown menu with links to various social media platforms and communication channels related to the \"zoo\" project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Header/Learn.md"}}],["571",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Header/MarketPlace.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `Marketplace` that renders a dropdown menu with links to different pages within the larger project. The dropdown menu is implemented using the `Menu` and `Transition` components from the `@headlessui/react` library. The `ChevronDownIcon` component from the `@heroicons/react` library is also used to display a downward-pointing arrow next to the menu label.\n\nWhen the user clicks on the menu label (\"Marketplace\"), the dropdown menu is displayed with three links: \"All NFTs\", \"Pools\", and \"Egg Drop\" (which is currently commented out). Each link is implemented as a `Menu.Item` component that wraps a `Link` component from the `next/link` library. The `active` prop passed to each `Menu.Item` component is used to determine whether the link is currently selected, and the corresponding CSS classes are applied to style the link accordingly.\n\nThe `Marketplace` component is designed to be used as a reusable UI element within the larger project, wherever a dropdown menu with links to different pages is needed. For example, it could be used in a navigation bar or sidebar component to allow users to quickly navigate to different sections of the project. Here is an example of how the `Marketplace` component could be used in a navigation bar:\n\n```jsx\nimport Marketplace from \"./Marketplace\";\n\nexport default function NavigationBar() {\n return (\n \n );\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `Marketplace` component is used to render a \"Marketplace\" dropdown menu in the navigation bar, along with a \"Sign In\" button. The `flex` and `items-center` classes are used to horizontally align the two elements. The `py-4` and `px-8` classes are used to add padding to the navigation bar. The `bg-black` and `text-white` classes are used to set the background and text colors, respectively.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Menu` and `Transition` components from the \"@headlessui/react\" library?\n- The `Menu` component creates a dropdown menu, while the `Transition` component provides animation effects when the menu is opened or closed.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `Fragment` component being used in the `Transition` component?\n- The `Fragment` component is used to group multiple child components without adding extra nodes to the DOM, which can improve performance.\n\n3. Why are there commented out lines of code for a \"Egg Drop\" menu item?\n- It is unclear why the \"Egg Drop\" menu item is commented out, but it may have been temporarily removed or is not yet implemented.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Header/MarketPlace.md"}}],["572",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Header/ThemeSwitcher.tsx)\n\nThe `ThemeSwitcher` component is responsible for toggling between light and dark themes in the `zoo` project. It imports the `useTheme` hook from the `next-themes` library, which provides the current theme and a function to set the theme. It also imports two icons from the `@fortawesome/free-solid-svg-icons` library, which are used to represent the moon and sun for the dark and light themes respectively. \n\nThe component renders a `Button` component with a conditional class name and style based on the current theme. The class name is set to `text-white` if the theme is dark and `text-black` if the theme is light. The style sets the width and height of the button to 44 pixels and centers its content. \n\nWhen the button is clicked, the `onClick` function is called, which toggles the theme by calling the `setTheme` function with either `'light'` or `'dark'` as an argument. The icon displayed on the button also changes based on the current theme. If the theme is dark, the moon icon is displayed, and if the theme is light, the sun icon is displayed. \n\nThis component can be used in any part of the `zoo` project where a theme switcher is needed. For example, it could be included in a navigation bar or a settings page. Here is an example of how the `ThemeSwitcher` component could be used in a `Header` component:\n\n```\nimport ThemeSwitcher from './ThemeSwitcher'\n\nconst Header = () => {\n return (\n
\n \n \n
\n )\n}\n\nexport default Header\n```\n\nIn this example, the `ThemeSwitcher` component is included in the `Header` component, allowing the user to toggle between light and dark themes from the header of the website.\n## Questions: \n 1. What library is being used for theming and icon rendering?\n- The code is using `next-themes` library for theming and `@fortawesome/react-fontawesome` and `@fortawesome/free-solid-svg-icons` for icon rendering.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `ThemeSwitcher` component?\n- The `ThemeSwitcher` component is responsible for rendering a button that toggles between light and dark themes when clicked.\n\n3. How is the button's text color determined based on the current theme?\n- The button's text color is determined by checking if the current theme is `'dark'`. If it is, the text color is set to white, otherwise it is set to black.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Header/ThemeSwitcher.md"}}],["573",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Header/drop.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `DropTopBar` that renders a navigation bar for the Zoo project website. The navigation bar includes a logo, links to various pages on the website, a dropdown menu for additional links, a button to open a cart side panel, and a button to connect a wallet. The component imports various dependencies, including `@zoolabs/zdk`, `next/router`, `@headlessui/react`, and `@heroicons/react/outline`. \n\nThe `DropTopBar` component takes an object `props` as input, which can include boolean values for `banner`, `isModal`, and `transparent`. These values determine the appearance of the navigation bar. \n\nThe component uses various hooks to access data from the Redux store and the Web3 provider. For example, it uses the `useActiveWeb3React` hook to get the user's account, chain ID, library, and connector. It also uses the `useETHBalances` hook to get the user's ETH balance, and the `useZoobalance` hook to get the user's ZOO balance. \n\nThe component renders a `Popover` component from `@headlessui/react`, which provides a dropdown menu for additional links. The dropdown menu includes links to the marketplace, chart, community, and learn pages. \n\nThe component also renders a `Web3Status` component, which displays the user's wallet connection status and allows the user to connect or disconnect their wallet. When the user is connected to a wallet, the component displays a `NetworkPopup` component, which shows the user's ETH and ZOO balances and allows the user to switch networks. \n\nFinally, the component renders a `CartSideNav` component, which displays the user's cart items in a side panel. \n\nThis component is used as the header for various pages on the Zoo project website, providing a consistent navigation experience across the site. For example, it is used on the homepage, marketplace, and community pages.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `DropTopBar` component?\n- The `DropTopBar` component is a header navigation bar that includes links to various pages, a logo, a wallet connection status, and a shopping cart.\n\n2. What libraries and hooks are being imported and used in this file?\n- The file imports and uses several libraries and hooks, including `@zoolabs/zdk`, `React`, `next/router`, `@headlessui/react`, `@lingui/macro`, `useActiveWeb3React`, `useETHBalances`, `useLingui`, `useZoobalance`, `useAppSelector`, `CartSideNav`, `NetworkModal`, and `NetworkPopup`.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `More`, `Community`, and `Learn` components?\n- The `More` component is a dropdown menu that includes additional links to various pages. The `Community` and `Learn` components are buttons that link to specific pages related to the project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Header/drop.md"}}],["574",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Icons/close-icon.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `CloseIcon`. The component returns an SVG element that displays a white X inside a circle. The X is created using a `path` element with a specific set of coordinates that form the shape of the X. The `fill` attribute of the `path` element is set to white, which fills the X with white color.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project as an icon for a close button or to indicate that an action will close or cancel something. The component can be imported into another React component and used like any other React component. For example, if we have a `Modal` component that needs a close button, we can import the `CloseIcon` component and use it like this:\n\n```\nimport React from \"react\";\nimport CloseIcon from \"./CloseIcon\";\n\nconst Modal = () => {\n return (\n
\n

Modal Title

\n

Modal content goes here

\n \n
\n );\n};\n\nexport default Modal;\n```\n\nIn this example, the `CloseIcon` component is used inside a `button` element to create a close button for the modal. When the button is clicked, the modal can be closed. The `CloseIcon` component can be customized by passing props to it, such as `width` and `height`, to adjust its size. Overall, this code provides a simple and reusable component for displaying a close icon in a React project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code exports a React component called `CloseIcon` which renders an SVG icon of a close button.\n\n2. What props can be passed to the `CloseIcon` component?\n- The `CloseIcon` component accepts any props that can be passed to an SVG element, as indicated by the spread operator `{...props}`. However, the code does not specify any required or default props.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `fill` attribute in the `path` element?\n- The `fill` attribute sets the color to fill the interior of the SVG path. In this case, it is set to white (`#fff`).","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Icons/close-icon.md"}}],["575",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Icons/facebook-icon.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `FacebookIcon` that renders an SVG icon of the Facebook logo. The component takes in several props, including `width`, `height`, `color`, and `className`, which can be used to customize the appearance of the icon. The `IconProps` type is imported from the `react-feather` library, which suggests that this component may be used in conjunction with other icons from that library.\n\nThe SVG icon itself consists of two `path` elements that define the shape of the logo. The first `path` element creates a circle with a radius of 6.667 units, which serves as the background of the logo. The second `path` element creates the actual \"f\" shape of the logo, which is centered within the circle.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to display the Facebook logo in various contexts, such as in a social media sharing widget or as part of a user's profile information. Here is an example of how the `FacebookIcon` component could be used in a React component:\n\n```\nimport React from \"react\";\nimport FacebookIcon from \"./FacebookIcon\";\n\nconst SocialMediaButton = ({ platform, url }) => {\n let icon;\n if (platform === \"facebook\") {\n icon = ;\n } else if (platform === \"twitter\") {\n // render Twitter icon\n } else if (platform === \"instagram\") {\n // render Instagram icon\n }\n\n return (\n \n {icon}\n {platform}\n \n );\n};\n```\n\nIn this example, the `SocialMediaButton` component takes in two props: `platform` (which specifies the social media platform being linked to) and `url` (which specifies the URL to link to). Depending on the value of `platform`, the component renders a different icon (in this case, the Facebook icon). The `color` prop is used to customize the color of the icon. The icon is then rendered alongside the name of the social media platform, wrapped in an anchor tag that links to the specified URL.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code exports a React component called `FacebookIcon` that renders an SVG icon of the Facebook logo.\n\n2. What library or package is being used in this code?\n- This code imports the `React` library and the `IconProps` interface from the `react-feather` package.\n\n3. What are the default values for the `width`, `height`, and `color` props of the `FacebookIcon` component?\n- The default values for `width` and `height` are both `18`, and the default value for `color` is `#777E91`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Icons/facebook-icon.md"}}],["576",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Icons/instagram-icon.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React component that renders an SVG icon. The icon consists of two paths that form a shape resembling a building or a house. The first path defines the outline of the shape, which consists of a rectangle with a triangular roof. The second path defines two smaller shapes inside the larger shape, which resemble a circle and a rectangle.\n\nThe component takes several props that allow customization of the icon's appearance. The `width` and `height` props set the dimensions of the SVG element, while the `color` prop sets the fill color of the paths. The `className` prop allows the component to be styled with CSS classes.\n\nThe component is exported as the default export of the module, which means it can be imported and used in other parts of the project. For example, if the project has a component that displays a list of buildings, this icon could be used to represent each building in the list.\n\nHere is an example of how the component could be used in another React component:\n\n```jsx\nimport React from \"react\";\nimport BuildingIcon from \"./BuildingIcon\";\n\nconst BuildingListItem = ({ building }) => (\n
\n \n

{building.name}

\n

{building.address}

\n
\n);\n\nexport default BuildingListItem;\n```\n\nIn this example, the `BuildingListItem` component displays information about a building, including its name and address. The `BuildingIcon` component is used to display an icon representing the building. The `color` prop is set to `#f00`, which will make the icon red. The `BuildingIcon` component is imported from the module that defines the icon.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code exports a React component that renders an SVG icon.\n\n2. What library or package is being used in this code?\n- This code imports the `React` and `IconProps` modules from the `react` and `react-feather` packages, respectively.\n\n3. What does the SVG icon look like?\n- The SVG icon consists of two paths that form a shape resembling a zoo entrance gate. The first path creates the outline of the gate, while the second path creates the shape of an animal inside the gate.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Icons/instagram-icon.md"}}],["577",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Icons/menu-icon.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `MenuIcon`. The component returns an SVG element that displays three horizontal lines, which are commonly used to represent a menu icon. The SVG element has a width and height of 24 pixels and is filled with no color. The `path` element within the SVG element defines the shape of the icon using three horizontal lines, each starting at the left edge of the SVG and spanning its width. The `stroke` attribute sets the color of the lines to white, and the `strokeWidth` attribute sets their thickness to 2 pixels. The `strokeLinecap` and `strokeLinejoin` attributes set the style of the line endings and corners to be rounded.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project as a reusable menu icon that can be easily added to any part of the UI. For example, it can be used as a button to toggle a navigation menu on and off. Here is an example of how the `MenuIcon` component can be used in a React component:\n\n```\nimport React from \"react\";\nimport MenuIcon from \"./MenuIcon\";\n\nconst Navigation = () => {\n const [isOpen, setIsOpen] = React.useState(false);\n\n const toggleMenu = () => {\n setIsOpen(!isOpen);\n };\n\n return (\n \n );\n};\n\nexport default Navigation;\n```\n\nIn this example, the `MenuIcon` component is used as the icon for a button that toggles a navigation menu on and off. The `isOpen` state variable is used to determine whether the menu is currently open or closed. When the button is clicked, the `toggleMenu` function is called, which toggles the value of `isOpen`. If `isOpen` is true, the menu is displayed as an unordered list of links. If `isOpen` is false, the menu is hidden.\n## Questions: \n 1. What does this code do?\n This code exports a React component called MenuIcon that renders an SVG icon with three horizontal lines.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the \"props\" parameter in the MenuIcon function?\n The \"props\" parameter is used to pass any additional props to the SVG element, such as className or onClick.\n\n3. Why is the stroke color set to \"#fff\" and the strokeWidth set to 2?\n The stroke color is set to white (#fff) and the strokeWidth is set to 2 to create a visible contrast against the background and make the icon more prominent.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Icons/menu-icon.md"}}],["578",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Icons/twitter-icon.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React component called `TwitterIcon` that renders an SVG icon of the Twitter logo. The component takes in several props, including `width`, `height`, `color`, and `className`, which are used to customize the appearance of the icon. The `IconProps` type is imported from the `react-feather` library, which suggests that this component may be used in conjunction with other icons from that library.\n\nThe SVG path data for the Twitter logo is defined within the `path` element of the SVG. The `fill` attribute of the `path` element is set to the `color` prop passed into the component, which allows the icon to be rendered in different colors.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to display a Twitter icon wherever it is needed. For example, it could be used in a social media sharing component to allow users to share content on Twitter. Here is an example of how the `TwitterIcon` component could be used in a React component:\n\n```\nimport React from \"react\";\nimport TwitterIcon from \"./TwitterIcon\";\n\nconst ShareOnTwitterButton = () => {\n return (\n \n );\n};\n```\n\nIn this example, the `TwitterIcon` component is used within a button element to create a \"Share on Twitter\" button. The `color` prop is set to the Twitter brand color (#1DA1F2) to match the Twitter logo.\n## Questions: \n 1. What library is being used to render the icon?\n- The `react-feather` library is being used to render the icon.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `...rest` parameter in the `TwitterIcon` function?\n- The `...rest` parameter is used to capture any additional props that are passed to the component and pass them down to the underlying `svg` element.\n\n3. What is the significance of the values assigned to the `width`, `height`, and `color` props?\n- The `width` and `height` props determine the size of the icon, while the `color` prop determines the color of the icon. These values can be overridden when the component is used.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Icons/twitter-icon.md"}}],["579",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Image/index.tsx)\n\nThis code exports a React component called `Image` that wraps the `NextImage` component from the `next/image` package. The `Image` component is used to display images in the application. It accepts several props, including `src`, `width`, `height`, `layout`, `loader`, and `style`. \n\nThe `Image` component uses a `useBlur` flag to determine whether to display a blurred placeholder image while the actual image is loading. If the `height` and `width` props are both greater than or equal to 40, the blurred placeholder image is displayed. Otherwise, an empty placeholder is used. \n\nThe `loader` prop is used to specify the image loader function. By default, the `cloudinaryLoader` function from the `cloudinary` module is used. However, the `loader` prop can be used to override this default and provide a custom image loader function. \n\nThe `cloudinaryLoader` function is not defined in this file, but it is imported from the `cloudinary` module. This function is used to generate a URL for the image using the Cloudinary image service. \n\nThe `normalize` function is used to remove the leading slash from the `src` prop, if it exists. This is necessary because the Cloudflare loader function expects the `src` prop to be a relative path without a leading slash. \n\nThe `cloudFlareLoader` function is used to generate a URL for the image using the Cloudflare image service. This function takes the `src`, `width`, and `quality` props as arguments and returns a URL that includes these parameters. \n\nThe `shimmer` function generates an SVG placeholder image with a shimmer effect. This function takes the `width` and `height` props as arguments and returns an SVG string. \n\nOverall, this code provides a flexible and customizable way to display images in the application. The `Image` component can be used with different image loaders and can display a blurred placeholder image while the actual image is loading.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `cloudinaryLoader` function imported from `../../functions/cloudinary`?\n- This code does not provide information on the purpose of the `cloudinaryLoader` function. \n\n2. What is the purpose of the `normalize` function?\n- The `normalize` function is used to remove the leading slash from the `src` parameter if it exists.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `shimmer` function?\n- The `shimmer` function returns an SVG string that is used as a placeholder image while the actual image is being loaded. The SVG string is animated to create a shimmer effect.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Image/index.md"}}],["580",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Input/Address/index.tsx)\n\nThe `AddressInput` component is a React functional component that renders an input field for a user to enter a wallet address or ENS name. It is part of a larger project called `zoo`. \n\nThe component takes in several props, including `value`, `onUserInput`, `placeholder`, `className`, `align`, and `fontSize`. The `value` prop is the current value of the input field, while `onUserInput` is a callback function that is called whenever the user types into the input field. The `placeholder` prop is the text that is displayed in the input field when it is empty. The `className` prop is a string of CSS classes that are applied to the input field. The `align` prop specifies whether the text in the input field should be aligned to the left or right. The `fontSize` prop specifies the font size of the text in the input field.\n\nThe component uses the `useENS` hook to resolve the ENS name entered by the user into an Ethereum address. The `enforcer` function is called whenever the user types into the input field. It checks that the input is a number between 0 and 100 and calls the `onUserInput` callback with the input if it passes the check.\n\nThe component renders an `input` element with various props and styles. The `value` prop is set to the `value` prop passed into the component. The `onChange` prop is set to the `enforcer` function. The `inputMode`, `title`, `autoComplete`, `autoCorrect`, `autoCapitalize`, and `spellCheck` props are set to various values to provide a good user experience. The `placeholder` prop is set to the `placeholder` prop passed into the component. The `pattern` prop is set to a regular expression that matches Ethereum addresses. The `className` prop is set to a combination of the `className` prop passed into the component and some additional classes based on the `align` prop. The `style` prop is set to an object with a `fontSize` property based on the `fontSize` prop.\n\nThe `AddressInput` component is exported as the default export of the module.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useENS` hook being imported from `../../../hooks/useENS`?\n- The `useENS` hook is used to retrieve the ENS name and address of the value passed to the `AddressInput` component.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `enforcer` function?\n- The `enforcer` function is used to validate and enforce input restrictions on the `AddressInput` component. It checks if the input is a number less than or equal to 100 and passes it to the `onUserInput` function.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `align` prop being passed to the `AddressInput` component?\n- The `align` prop is used to specify the alignment of the text in the input field, either \"right\" or \"left\".","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Input/Address/index.md"}}],["581",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Input/Numeric/index.tsx)\n\nThis code exports a React component called `Input` that renders an HTML input element. The component is designed to be used for numerical input, and includes several options and restrictions to enforce this. \n\nThe `Input` component takes several props, including `value`, `onUserInput`, `placeholder`, and `className`. The `value` prop is the current value of the input, and `onUserInput` is a callback function that is called whenever the user types into the input. The `placeholder` prop is the text that is displayed in the input when it is empty, and `className` is a string of CSS classes that can be used to style the input.\n\nThe `Input` component enforces several restrictions on the input. It only allows numerical input, and replaces commas with periods to ensure that the input uses the correct decimal separator. It also sets several HTML attributes on the input, including `inputMode`, `title`, `autoComplete`, `autoCorrect`, `type`, `pattern`, `placeholder`, `min`, `minLength`, `maxLength`, and `spellCheck`. These attributes ensure that the input is properly formatted and validated.\n\nThe `Input` component also includes a regular expression called `inputRegex`, which is used to match escaped \".\" characters in the input. This regular expression is used to ensure that the input only contains valid numerical characters.\n\nOverall, the `Input` component is a useful tool for enforcing numerical input in a React application. It can be used in a variety of contexts, such as in a form for entering prices or quantities. Here is an example of how the `Input` component might be used in a larger React application:\n\n```\nimport React, { useState } from \"react\";\nimport Input from \"./Input\";\n\nfunction PriceForm() {\n const [price, setPrice] = useState(\"\");\n\n const handlePriceChange = (newPrice) => {\n setPrice(newPrice);\n };\n\n return (\n
\n \n \n \n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Input` component?\n \n The `Input` component is a memoized React component that renders an HTML input element with specific options and properties.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `enforcer` function?\n \n The `enforcer` function checks if the user input is valid based on a regular expression and calls the `onUserInput` function if it is valid.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `inputRegex` regular expression?\n \n The `inputRegex` regular expression matches a string that contains digits and escaped periods (i.e., \"\\\\.\") in a non-capturing group. It is used to validate user input in the `enforcer` function.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Input/Numeric/index.md"}}],["582",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Input/Percent/index.tsx)\n\nThe `Input` component in this file is a reusable React component that renders an HTML input element. It takes in several props, including `value`, `onUserInput`, `placeholder`, `className`, `align`, and `fontSize`. The `value` prop is the current value of the input, while `onUserInput` is a callback function that is called whenever the user types into the input. The `placeholder` prop is the text that is displayed in the input when it is empty, while `className` and `fontSize` are used to style the input.\n\nThe `Input` component enforces several constraints on the user's input. It only allows numeric input, and it limits the length of the input to 3 characters. Additionally, it replaces any commas in the input with periods, since the input is used in a financial context where periods are used as decimal separators. Finally, it only allows input values that are less than or equal to 100.\n\nThe `Input` component is memoized using React's `React.memo` function, which means that it will only re-render if its props have changed. This can help improve performance in cases where the component is used frequently and its props are not changing often.\n\nThe `Input` component is exported as both a named export (`Input`) and a default export. The named export is used to import the component into other files, while the default export is used to import the component into files that are not TypeScript-aware.\n\nHere is an example of how the `Input` component might be used in a larger project:\n\n```jsx\nimport React, { useState } from \"react\";\nimport Input from \"./path/to/Input\";\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const [value, setValue] = useState(\"\");\n\n const handleUserInput = (input) => {\n setValue(input);\n };\n\n return (\n
\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `MyComponent` function renders an instance of the `Input` component. It passes in a `value` state variable and a `handleUserInput` callback function as props to the `Input` component. Whenever the user types into the input, the `handleUserInput` function is called with the new input value, and the `value` state variable is updated accordingly. The `placeholder`, `className`, `align`, and `fontSize` props are also passed in to customize the appearance of the input.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `enforcer` function?\n- The `enforcer` function checks if the input value is valid and within a certain range, and if so, calls the `onUserInput` function with the input value.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `inputRegex` variable?\n- The `inputRegex` variable is a regular expression that matches any string that contains only digits (0-9) and escaped \".\" characters.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `align` prop?\n- The `align` prop is used to specify the alignment of the text within the input field, and can be set to either \"right\" or \"left\".","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Input/Percent/index.md"}}],["583",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Input/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a module that exports an object called `Input`. This object contains three properties: `Address`, `Numeric`, and `Percent`. Each of these properties is a reference to a module that is imported from a file located in the `zoo` project. \n\nThe `Address` module is likely used to represent a physical address, while the `Numeric` module is likely used to represent numerical values. The `Percent` module is likely used to represent percentages. \n\nBy exporting these modules as properties of the `Input` object, other modules within the `zoo` project can easily import and use them. For example, a module that needs to represent a physical address could import the `Address` module like this:\n\n```\nimport { Address } from 'zoo/Input'\n```\n\nThis code would import the `Address` module from the `Input` object exported by the `zoo` project. The module could then use the `Address` module to represent physical addresses.\n\nOverall, this code is a simple way to organize and export commonly used modules within the `zoo` project. By exporting them as properties of an object, other modules can easily import and use them without having to worry about the specific file paths or module names.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code exports an object called `Input` that contains three modules: `Address`, `Percent`, and `Numeric`.\n\n2. What are the dependencies of this code?\n This code depends on three other modules located in the same directory: `Address.js`, `Numeric.js`, and `Percent.js`.\n\n3. How can this code be used in other parts of the project?\n Other parts of the project can import the `Input` object from this module and use its properties (`Address`, `Percent`, and `Numeric`) as needed. For example: `import { Address } from './zoo/Input'`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Input/index.md"}}],["584",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/LanguageSwitch/index.tsx)\n\nThe `LangSwitcher` component is responsible for rendering a dropdown menu that allows users to switch between different languages on the website. The component is built using the `Menu` and `Transition` components from the `@headlessui/react` library, as well as several other third-party libraries such as `next/router` and `cookie-cutter`.\n\nWhen the component is rendered, it first retrieves the current locale, available locales, and current URL path using the `useRouter` hook from `next/router`. It then renders a button that displays the current language flag and a chevron icon to indicate that it is a dropdown menu. When the button is clicked, the `Menu` component is activated and displays a list of available languages.\n\nEach language in the list is rendered as a `Menu.Item` component, which contains a link to the current page with the `locale` query parameter set to the corresponding language code. When a language is selected, the `cookie-cutter` library is used to set a cookie with the selected language code, which is then used to set the `locale` query parameter on subsequent page loads.\n\nOverall, the `LangSwitcher` component provides a simple and intuitive way for users to switch between different languages on the website. It can be easily integrated into other components and pages using the `import` statement, as shown below:\n\n```\nimport LangSwitcher from './path/to/LangSwitcher'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n return (\n
\n \n {/* other content */}\n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code is a React component that renders a language switcher dropdown menu with flags and language names.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n- This code uses several external libraries and dependencies, including `@headlessui/react`, `@heroicons/react/solid`, `next/link`, `next/image`, `classnames`, `next/router`, and `cookie-cutter`.\n\n3. What is the format of the `LANG_TO_COUNTRY` object?\n- The `LANG_TO_COUNTRY` object maps language codes to their corresponding country names in various languages. The keys are language codes (e.g. \"en\" for English), and the values are strings representing the country name in that language (e.g. \"English\" for the \"en\" key).","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/LanguageSwitch/index.md"}}],["585",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/LineGraph/index.tsx)\n\nThe code is a React component that renders a line graph. The component takes in an array of data points, where each data point is an object with an x and y value. The component also takes in optional stroke and strokeWidth props that determine the color and thickness of the line. The component uses the `@visx/scale` library to create x and y scales based on the data points. The x scale maps the x values of the data points to the width of the graph, and the y scale maps the y values of the data points to the height of the graph. The component then renders an SVG element with a `LinePath` component from the `@visx/shape` library. The `LinePath` component takes in the data points and uses the x and y scales to draw a line connecting the points. If the stroke prop is an object with a `gradient` property, the component also renders a `LinearGradient` component from the `@visx/gradient` library to create a gradient stroke. The component uses the `react-virtualized-auto-sizer` library to automatically resize the graph to fit its container. \n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to display time-series data or any other data that can be represented as a line graph. The component is flexible and can be customized with different stroke colors and thicknesses. The component can also be used with a gradient stroke to create a more visually appealing graph. The component is responsive and will automatically resize to fit its container, making it easy to use in different parts of a larger application. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport LineGraph from './LineGraph'\n\nconst data = [\n { x: 0, y: 0 },\n { x: 1, y: 1 },\n { x: 2, y: 2 },\n { x: 3, y: 3 },\n { x: 4, y: 4 },\n]\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a LineGraph component that renders a line graph using data passed in as props.\n\n2. What external libraries are being used in this code?\n- This code imports several external libraries including `react-virtualized-auto-sizer`, `react`, `@visx/scale`, `@visx/shape`, `lodash`, and `@visx/gradient`.\n\n3. What props does the LineGraph component accept?\n- The LineGraph component accepts a `data` prop which is an array of objects with `x` and `y` properties, a `stroke` prop which can be either an object with a `solid` property or an object with `gradient` property containing `from` and `to` properties, and a `strokeWidth` prop which is a number.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/LineGraph/index.md"}}],["586",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/List/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above defines two React components, `Item` and `List`, which can be used to display a list of items in a visually appealing way. \n\nThe `Item` component takes in an object `item` and an optional string `className` as props. It returns a `li` element with the `item` object as its content. The `className` prop is used to add additional CSS classes to the `li` element, which can be used to customize the appearance of the item. \n\nThe `List` component takes in an array of objects `items` and an optional string `className` as props. It returns a `ul` element with each object in the `items` array rendered as an `Item` component. The `key` prop is set to the index of the item in the array to ensure that each item is uniquely identified. The `className` prop is used to add additional CSS classes to the `ul` element, which can be used to customize the appearance of the list. \n\nThe `List` component also has a static property `Item` which refers to the `Item` component. This allows the `Item` component to be accessed as a property of the `List` component, which can be useful for organizing related components. \n\nOverall, this code provides a simple and reusable way to display a list of items with customizable styling. It can be used in a variety of contexts within a larger project, such as displaying a list of products on an e-commerce site or a list of articles on a blog. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport List from './List';\n\nconst items = [\n { name: 'Item 1', price: 10 },\n { name: 'Item 2', price: 20 },\n { name: 'Item 3', price: 30 },\n];\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n

My Shopping List

\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `classNames` function being imported from \"../../functions\"?\n- The `classNames` function is likely used to concatenate multiple class names together for the `className` prop of the `li` and `ul` elements.\n\n2. What is the expected shape of the `item` prop passed to the `Item` component?\n- The `item` prop can be of any type since its type is defined as `any` in the `ItemProps` interface.\n\n3. How can the `Item` component be used outside of the `List` component?\n- The `Item` component can be used outside of the `List` component by importing it separately and passing in the required `item` and optional `className` props.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/List/index.md"}}],["587",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/ListLogo/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React component that renders a logo image. It imports the `Logo` component from a file located at `../Logo` and the `useHttpLocations` hook from a file located at `../../hooks/useHttpLocations`. \n\nThe `ListLogo` component takes in four props: `logoURI`, `style`, `size`, and `alt`. `logoURI` is a required string that represents the URI of the logo image. `style` is an optional object that represents the CSS styles to apply to the logo image. `size` is an optional string that represents the width and height of the logo image, with a default value of `'24px'`. `alt` is an optional string that represents the alternative text for the logo image.\n\nThe `useHttpLocations` hook is called with `logoURI` as its argument, which returns an array of strings representing the possible locations of the logo image. These locations are then passed as the `srcs` prop to the `Logo` component, along with the other props.\n\nThe `Logo` component is responsible for rendering the actual logo image. It takes in the `alt`, `width`, `height`, `srcs`, and `style` props. The `alt` prop is used as the alternative text for the image. The `width` and `height` props are used to set the dimensions of the image. The `srcs` prop is an array of strings representing the possible locations of the image, which are tried in order until a valid image is found. The `style` prop is an object representing the CSS styles to apply to the image.\n\nOverall, this component can be used to easily render a logo image in a React application. It provides flexibility in terms of the size and style of the image, and handles the logic of finding the image at the correct location. An example usage of this component would be:\n\n```\n\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useHttpLocations` hook being imported and used in this code?\n - The `useHttpLocations` hook is used to retrieve a list of possible HTTP locations for the given `logoURI` string.\n2. What is the `ListLogo` component responsible for rendering?\n - The `ListLogo` component renders a `Logo` component with the specified `alt`, `width`, `height`, `srcs`, and `style` props.\n3. What happens if the `alt` prop is not provided when using the `ListLogo` component?\n - If the `alt` prop is not provided, the `Logo` component will not have an `alt` attribute set, which could negatively impact accessibility for users who rely on screen readers.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/ListLogo/index.md"}}],["588",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Loader/index.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React component called Loader that renders a spinning circle animation using SVG. The component takes in two optional props: size and stroke. Size determines the height and width of the SVG element and defaults to 16 pixels. Stroke determines the color of the circle's stroke and defaults to white (#FFFFFF). The component also accepts any additional props using the spread operator.\n\nThe SVG element has a viewBox of \"0 0 24 24\", which means the circle will be centered and fit within a 24x24 square. The circle's path is defined using the \"d\" attribute, which specifies a series of commands for drawing the shape. In this case, the path is a circle with a radius of 10 and a center point of (12, 12). The circle's stroke width is set to 2.5 and its stroke linecap and join are set to \"round\".\n\nThe component is styled with a CSS class called \"animate-spin-slow\", which presumably applies a spinning animation to the SVG element. The style prop is used to set the height and width of the SVG element based on the size prop.\n\nThis Loader component could be used in various parts of the larger project to indicate loading or processing. For example, it could be displayed while waiting for data to load or while performing a long-running operation. The component's size and stroke props could be customized to match the design of the surrounding UI. Here's an example usage of the Loader component:\n\n```\nimport Loader from './Loader';\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n return (\n
\n

Loading data...

\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What does this code do?\n- This code exports a function called `Loader` that returns an SVG element representing a spinning circle with a customizable size and stroke color.\n\n2. What are the default values for `size` and `stroke`?\n- The default value for `size` is `'16px'` and the default value for `stroke` is `'#FFFFFF'`.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `...rest` parameter?\n- The `...rest` parameter is used to pass any additional props to the SVG element, allowing for additional customization and styling beyond the `size` and `stroke` parameters.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Loader/index.md"}}],["589",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Logo/bridgeLogo.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React component called `Logo` that renders an image. The component takes in several props, including the `src` of the image, its `width` and `height`, an optional `alt` text, a `className`, and a `style` object. \n\nThe component first renders a `div` element with a `rounded` class and some styles for width, height, and centering the image. Inside this `div`, an `img` element is rendered with the `src` prop passed in, or a default image if `src` is falsy. The `onError` event is commented out, but it appears to handle cases where the `src` image fails to load. If this happens, the `src` is added to a `BAD_SRCS` object and the component is refreshed. \n\nThis component is likely used throughout the larger project to display logos or images. It provides a fallback image if the desired image fails to load, and also adds failed `src` values to a `BAD_SRCS` object for debugging purposes. \n\nExample usage:\n```\nimport Logo from \"./Logo\";\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `BAD_SRCS` object?\n- The `BAD_SRCS` object is used to keep track of token addresses that have failed to load.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `Logo` component?\n- The `Logo` component renders an image by sequentially trying a list of URIs, and then eventually a fallback triangle alert.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `alt` prop in the `LogoProps` type?\n- The `alt` prop is used to provide alternative text for the image in case it cannot be displayed.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Logo/bridgeLogo.md"}}],["590",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Logo/index.tsx)\n\nThe `Logo` component in the `zoo` project is a React functional component that renders an image. It takes in a list of URIs as `srcs`, and sequentially tries each URI until it finds one that works. If none of the URIs work, it displays a fallback image of a triangle alert. \n\nThe `Logo` component is used to display logos of tokens in the larger project. It is designed to handle cases where the token logo URI is incorrect or unavailable. The component uses the `Image` component from the `../Image` file to display the image. The `Image` component takes in a `src` prop, which is the URI of the image to be displayed. If the URI is incorrect or unavailable, the `onError` callback is triggered. In the `Logo` component, the `onError` callback updates the `BAD_SRCS` object with the URI that failed, and triggers a state update to re-render the component with the next URI in the list.\n\nThe `Logo` component also takes in other props such as `width`, `height`, `style`, `alt`, and `className`. These props are passed down to the `Image` component to customize the image display. The `Logo` component also uses the `cloudinaryLoader` function from the `../../functions/cloudinary` file as the `loader` prop for the `Image` component. The `cloudinaryLoader` function is responsible for loading the image from the cloudinary CDN.\n\nHere is an example usage of the `Logo` component:\n\n```\nimport Logo from \"./Logo\";\n\nconst tokenLogoSrcs = [\n \"https://example.com/token-logo.png\",\n \"https://example.com/token-logo-2.png\",\n \"https://example.com/token-logo-3.png\",\n];\n\nconst MyComponent = () => {\n return (\n
\n \n
\n );\n};\n```\n\nIn this example, the `Logo` component is used to display the logo of a token. The `srcs` prop is an array of URIs to try, and the `width` and `height` props set the size of the image. The `alt` prop is used to provide alternative text for the image.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Logo` component?\n- The `Logo` component renders an image by sequentially trying a list of URIs and eventually a fallback triangle alert.\n\n2. What is the `BAD_SRCS` object used for?\n- The `BAD_SRCS` object is used to keep track of URIs that have failed to load, so that they can be skipped in future attempts to load the image.\n\n3. What is the `cloudinaryLoader` function used for?\n- The `cloudinaryLoader` function is used as a loader for the `Image` component, which loads the image from a cloudinary URL.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Logo/index.md"}}],["591",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Main/index.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `Main` that renders a main section of a web page. The component takes in several props, including `children`, which is a required prop that represents the content to be rendered inside the main section. The `isModal` prop is optional and is used to indicate whether the main section is being rendered as part of a modal dialog. The `innerClassName` prop is also optional and is used to specify additional CSS classes to be applied to the inner container of the main section. Finally, the `bgColor` prop is optional and is used to specify the background color of the main section, with a default value of \"#333\".\n\nThe `Main` component renders a `main` HTML element with several CSS classes that center the content vertically and horizontally within the main section. The `bgColor` prop is used to set the background color of the main section. The `style` prop is used to set the height of the main section to \"max-content\", which allows the height of the section to expand to fit its content.\n\nInside the `main` element, there is a `div` element that contains the `children` prop. The `innerClassName` prop is used to add any additional CSS classes to this `div` element. If the `isModal` prop is not set, the `div` element is also given a top margin of 12 pixels on small screens and 20 pixels on large screens.\n\nThis `Main` component can be used in a larger React application to render the main content of a web page or modal dialog. For example, it could be used in a layout component that wraps other components and provides a consistent layout for the entire application. Here is an example of how the `Main` component could be used:\n\n```\nimport Main from \"./Main\";\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n
...
\n
\n

Welcome to my website!

\n

This is the main content of my website.

\n
\n
...
\n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Main` component?\n - The `Main` component is a functional component that renders a `main` element with flexible and responsive styles, and it accepts children, isModal, innerClassName, and bgColor props.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `bgColor` prop?\n - The `bgColor` prop is an optional prop that sets the background color of the `main` element, and it defaults to a dark gray color.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `innerClassName` prop?\n - The `innerClassName` prop is an optional prop that sets the class name of the inner `div` element, which wraps the children of the `Main` component. It allows for additional styling or customization of the inner content.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Main/index.md"}}],["592",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Menu/index.tsx)\n\nThe `Menu` component in this file is responsible for rendering a dropdown menu that displays a list of links to various resources related to the Sushi project. The menu is triggered by clicking on a button that displays an icon of three horizontal lines. When the button is clicked, a popover appears below it, displaying the list of links.\n\nThe `Menu` component imports several other components and functions from various libraries and files. These include the `Popover` and `Transition` components from the `@headlessui/react` library, the `ExternalLink` component from another file, and the `classNames` and `t` functions from the `styling` and `macro` files respectively.\n\nThe `items` function takes an `i18n` object as an argument and returns an array of objects, each representing a link in the menu. Each object has a `name`, `description`, and `href` property, which correspond to the name of the link, a short description of the resource it points to, and the URL of the resource.\n\nThe `Menu` component uses the `useLingui` hook to access the `i18n` object, which is then passed to the `items` function to generate the list of links. The resulting array of link objects is stored in the `solutions` variable.\n\nThe `Menu` component returns a `Popover` component, which wraps the button and popover content. The `Popover` component takes a function as a child, which receives an object with an `open` property that indicates whether the popover is currently open or closed. The function returns the button and popover content, which are conditionally rendered based on the value of `open`.\n\nThe button is rendered using the `Popover.Button` component and displays an icon of three horizontal lines. The `classNames` function is used to conditionally apply CSS classes to the button based on whether the popover is open or closed.\n\nThe popover content is rendered using the `Transition` and `Popover.Panel` components. The `Transition` component provides animation when the popover is opened or closed. The `Popover.Panel` component contains the actual content of the popover, which is a list of links generated by mapping over the `solutions` array and rendering an `ExternalLink` component for each link.\n\nThe `ExternalLink` component is responsible for rendering an anchor tag that opens the link in a new tab when clicked. It takes a `href` prop that specifies the URL of the link, and renders the `name` and `description` properties of the link object as the link text.\n\nOverall, the `Menu` component provides a reusable dropdown menu that can be used to display a list of links to various resources related to the Sushi project. It uses several other components and functions to achieve this, including the `Popover`, `Transition`, and `ExternalLink` components, as well as the `classNames` and `t` functions.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code is a React component that renders a menu with links to various resources related to Sushi, including documentation, development resources, open source projects, tools, and a Discord community.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n- This code uses several external libraries and dependencies, including \"@headlessui/react\" for the popover and transition components, \"next/image\" for rendering the menu icon, \"@lingui/core\" and \"@lingui/react\" for internationalization support, and a custom \"classNames\" function for styling.\n\n3. What is the structure of the data used to generate the menu items?\n- The menu items are generated from an array of objects, where each object represents a single menu item and includes properties for the item's name, description, and href (URL). The array is generated by calling the \"items\" function and passing in an \"i18n\" object from the \"@lingui/core\" library.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Menu/index.md"}}],["593",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Modal/HeadlessUIModal.tsx)\n\nThe `HeadlessUIModal` component is a reusable modal component that can be used in a React project. It is built using the `@headlessui/react` library, which provides a set of completely unstyled, fully accessible UI components that can be used to build custom UIs. \n\nThe `HeadlessUIModal` component takes in three props: `isOpen`, `onDismiss`, and `children`. The `isOpen` prop is a boolean that determines whether the modal is open or closed. The `onDismiss` prop is a function that is called when the modal is dismissed. The `children` prop is used to pass in the content that will be displayed inside the modal.\n\nThe component uses the `Transition.Root` component from `@headlessui/react` to handle the transition between the open and closed states of the modal. When the `isOpen` prop is `true`, the modal is displayed. When the `isOpen` prop is `false`, the modal is hidden.\n\nThe modal itself is built using the `Dialog` component from `@headlessui/react`. The `Dialog` component provides the basic structure for the modal, including the overlay and the content area. The `Dialog` component takes in several props, including `open`, which determines whether the modal is open or closed, and `onClose`, which is called when the modal is closed.\n\nThe content of the modal is passed in using the `children` prop. The content is wrapped in a `Transition.Child` component, which handles the transition of the content when the modal is opened or closed.\n\nThe `HeadlessUIModal` component is a flexible and reusable component that can be used to display any kind of content in a modal. It is fully accessible and provides a smooth transition between the open and closed states of the modal. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport HeadlessUIModal from './HeadlessUIModal';\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const [isOpen, setIsOpen] = useState(false);\n\n function handleOpenModal() {\n setIsOpen(true);\n }\n\n function handleCloseModal() {\n setIsOpen(false);\n }\n\n return (\n <>\n \n \n

Modal Title

\n

Modal content goes here.

\n \n \n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a React component that renders a modal using the Headless UI library.\n\n2. What props does the `HeadlessUIModal` component accept?\n- The `HeadlessUIModal` component accepts three props: `isOpen` (a boolean indicating whether the modal should be open), `onDismiss` (a function to be called when the modal is dismissed), and `children` (optional React nodes to be rendered inside the modal).\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `Transition` and `Dialog` components from the Headless UI library?\n- The `Transition` component is used to animate the modal when it enters and exits the screen, while the `Dialog` component provides the basic structure and behavior of the modal (such as closing when the user clicks outside of it).","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Modal/HeadlessUIModal.md"}}],["594",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Modal/index.tsx)\n\nThe `Modal` component in this file is used to create a modal dialog box that can be used in a larger project. The component takes in several props that can be used to customize the modal's appearance and behavior. \n\nThe `isOpen` prop is used to determine whether the modal is currently open or closed. The `onDismiss` prop is a callback function that is called when the user clicks outside the modal or presses the escape key. \n\nThe `minHeight` and `maxHeight` props are used to set the minimum and maximum height of the modal, respectively. The `padding` prop is used to set the amount of padding around the content of the modal. The `maxWidth` prop is used to set the maximum width of the modal. \n\nThe `isMax` prop is used to determine whether the modal should take up the entire screen. The `isFullWidth` prop is used to determine whether the modal should take up the full width of the screen. The `backgroundColor` prop is used to set the background color of the modal. \n\nThe `scrollable` prop is used to determine whether the modal should be scrollable if its content exceeds its maximum height. The `transitionProps` prop is an object that can be used to pass additional props to the `Transition` component that is used to animate the modal.\n\nThe `Modal` component renders a `Transition` component that is used to animate the modal when it is opened or closed. The `Dialog` component is used to create the actual modal dialog box. \n\nThe content of the modal is rendered inside a `div` element with the class `flex flex-col w-full h-full p-6 overflow-y-auto rounded bg-dark-900`. The `minHeight` and `maxHeight` props are used to set the minimum and maximum height of this `div` element. \n\nOverall, this `Modal` component provides a flexible and customizable way to create modal dialog boxes in a larger project. Here is an example of how the `Modal` component can be used:\n\n```\nimport Modal from './Modal';\n\nfunction App() {\n const [isOpen, setIsOpen] = useState(false);\n\n const handleOpenModal = () => {\n setIsOpen(true);\n };\n\n const handleCloseModal = () => {\n setIsOpen(false);\n };\n\n return (\n
\n \n \n

Modal Content

\n

This is the content of the modal.

\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code exports a React component called `Modal` that renders a customizable modal dialog box.\n\n2. What are the required props for the `Modal` component?\n- The only required props are `isOpen` and `onDismiss`, which respectively determine whether the modal is visible and what happens when the modal is dismissed.\n\n3. What are some of the optional props that can be passed to the `Modal` component?\n- Some of the optional props include `minHeight`, `maxHeight`, `padding`, `maxWidth`, `isMax`, `isFullWidth`, `backgroundColor`, `scrollable`, and `transitionProps`, which allow for customization of the modal's appearance and behavior.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Modal/index.md"}}],["595",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/ModalHeader/BidModalHeader.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React functional component called `BidModalHeader` that renders a header for a bidding modal. The component takes in three props: `className`, `onBack`, and `showAccount`. `className` is a string that specifies additional CSS classes to apply to the component. `onBack` is a function that is called when the user clicks on a chevron left icon, which is rendered as a circular button. `showAccount` is a boolean that determines whether to show a `Web3Status` component, which displays the user's connected wallet status.\n\nThe `useActiveWeb3React` hook is used to retrieve the user's connected wallet account. The `Web3Status` component is only rendered if `showAccount` is true, and it displays the user's wallet status using the `i18n` internationalization library and the `t` macro from the `@lingui/macro` package.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project that involves bidding on items using a blockchain network. The `BidModalHeader` component can be included in a bidding modal that allows users to place bids on items. The component provides a back button and a wallet status indicator, which are useful for navigating the modal and displaying the user's wallet status. The `className` prop can be used to customize the component's appearance, and the `onBack` prop can be used to specify a custom function to handle the back button click event. Overall, this component provides a simple and reusable header for a bidding modal in a blockchain-based application.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `BidModalHeader` component?\n - The `BidModalHeader` component is used to render the header section of a bidding modal.\n2. What is the role of the `Web3Status` component in this code?\n - The `Web3Status` component is used to display the status of the user's Web3 wallet connection.\n3. What is the significance of the `FC` type in the component declaration?\n - The `FC` type is a shorthand for `FunctionComponent` and indicates that the component is a function component that accepts props.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/ModalHeader/BidModalHeader.md"}}],["596",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/ModalHeader/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React component called `ModalHeader` that renders a header for a modal. The component takes in four optional props: `title`, `className`, `onClose`, and `onBack`. \n\nIf the `onBack` prop is provided, a `ChevronLeftIcon` is rendered on the left side of the header. When clicked, the `onBack` function is called. If the `title` prop is provided, a `Typography` component is rendered in the center of the header with the provided title. If the `onClose` prop is provided, an `XIcon` is rendered on the right side of the header. When clicked, the `onClose` function is called.\n\nThe `ModalHeader` component is useful for creating consistent and reusable headers for modals throughout a project. By passing in different `title`, `onClose`, and `onBack` functions, the header can be customized for different modals. \n\nHere is an example of how the `ModalHeader` component can be used:\n\n```\nimport ModalHeader from \"./ModalHeader\";\n\nfunction MyModal() {\n const handleBack = () => {\n // handle going back\n };\n\n const handleClose = () => {\n // handle closing modal\n };\n\n return (\n
\n \n
\n {/* modal content */}\n
\n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a React component called `ModalHeader` that renders a header for a modal with an optional title, back button, and close button.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code imports two icons from the `@heroicons/react/outline` package and a `Typography` component from a local file.\n\n3. What props can be passed to the `ModalHeader` component?\n- The `ModalHeader` component accepts four optional props: `title` (a string), `className` (a string), `onClose` (a function), and `onBack` (a function).","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/ModalHeader/index.md"}}],["597",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/ModelViewer/index.tsx)\n\nThe `ModelViewer` component is a React component that renders a 3D model viewer using the `model-viewer` library from Google. The component takes several props, including the paths to the GLB and USDZ files for the 3D model, the zoom level, and a boolean flag for whether to use the USDZ file. The component also includes a list of animal models that can be used as the current 3D model.\n\nThe component renders a `div` element that contains the `model-viewer` element, which is created using a template string that includes the props passed to the component. The `model-viewer` element includes several attributes that control its behavior, such as `loading`, `reveal`, `camera-controls`, `auto-rotate`, `autoplay`, and `ar`. These attributes enable features such as automatic rotation, autoplay, and augmented reality (AR) support.\n\nThe `useEffect` hook is used to perform any necessary cleanup when the component is unmounted, but it does not currently have any functionality.\n\nThe `ModelViewer` component can be used in a larger project to display 3D models of animals or other objects. For example, it could be used in an educational app to teach children about different animals, or in an e-commerce app to allow customers to view products in 3D. The component could be customized by passing different props, such as different 3D models or zoom levels, to suit the needs of the specific use case.\n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport ModelViewer from \"./ModelViewer\";\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n

3D Animal Viewer

\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n \n This code defines a React component called `ModelViewer` that renders a 3D model using the `model-viewer` library. The component takes in several props that allow customization of the model and its behavior.\n\n2. What are the default values for the props of this component?\n \n The default values for the props are as follows:\n - `glb`: \"/models/Tiger/TIGER_BABY.glb\"\n - `usdz`: \"/models/Tiger/TIGER_BABY.usdz\"\n - `zoom`: \"auto\"\n - `usdzFile`: false\n - `multiple`: false\n - `onClick`: () => {}\n - `className`: \"\"\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useEffect` hook in this code?\n \n The `useEffect` hook is currently empty and serves no purpose. It is likely included as a placeholder for future code that may need to be executed when the component mounts or unmounts.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/ModelViewer/index.md"}}],["598",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Moonpaybtn/MoonpayBtn.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `MoonPayBtn` that renders a button labeled \"Buy Crypto\". When the button is clicked, a dropdown menu appears that contains an embedded iframe from the MoonPay API. The iframe allows users to buy cryptocurrency using a MoonPay account.\n\nThe component uses the `useState` hook to manage the state of the dropdown menu. When the button is clicked, the `handleOnClick` function is called, which toggles the value of the `IsActive` state variable. This causes the dropdown menu to appear or disappear depending on its current state.\n\nThe `Transition` component from the `@headlessui/react` library is used to animate the appearance and disappearance of the dropdown menu. The `Menu` component from the same library is used to define the structure of the dropdown menu. The `Menu.Button` component defines the appearance of the button that triggers the dropdown menu, and the `Menu.Items` component defines the contents of the dropdown menu.\n\nThe `Menu.Item` component is used to wrap the MoonPay iframe. The `allow` attribute of the iframe specifies the permissions required for the iframe to function properly. The `src` attribute specifies the URL of the MoonPay API, along with an API key and a currency code.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project that requires a way for users to buy cryptocurrency using a MoonPay account. The component can be imported and rendered wherever it is needed in the project. For example:\n\n```\nimport MoonPayBtn from \"./components/MoonPayBtn\";\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n

Welcome to My Crypto App

\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the MoonPayBtn component?\n- The MoonPayBtn component is used to render a button that allows users to buy cryptocurrency through MoonPay.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the handleOnClick function?\n- The handleOnClick function toggles the IsActive state when the button is clicked.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the commented out axios post request in the handleSubmit function?\n- The axios post request is commented out and not functional, so it is unclear what its purpose was intended to be.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Moonpaybtn/MoonpayBtn.md"}}],["599",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/NavLink/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React component that creates a navigation link that can be used in a web application. The component is called `NavLink` and it imports `Link` and `LinkProps` from the `next/link` module, as well as `React` and `Children` from the `react` module, and `useRouter` from the `next/router` module.\n\nThe `NavLink` component takes several props, including `children`, which is the content of the link, `exact`, which is a boolean that determines whether the link should match the current URL exactly or not, and `activeClassName`, which is a string that represents the class name to be applied to the link when it is active.\n\nThe `useRouter` hook is used to get information about the current route, including the current URL path, the route, the query parameters, and the base path. The `child` variable is used to get the child element of the `children` prop, which is the content of the link.\n\nThe `isActive` variable is used to determine whether the link is active or not. If `exact` is true, the link will only be active if the `as` prop or the `href.pathname` prop or the `href` prop matches the current URL exactly. If `exact` is false, the link will be active if the current URL starts with the `as` prop or the `href.pathname` prop or the `href` prop.\n\nThe `className` variable is used to determine the class name of the link. If the link is active, the `activeClassName` prop is added to the class name of the link. Otherwise, the class name of the link remains the same.\n\nFinally, the `NavLink` component returns a `Link` component from the `next/link` module, which wraps the child element of the `children` prop. The `className` prop of the child element is set to the `className` variable, which determines whether the link is active or not.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to create navigation links that are styled differently when they are active. For example, in a web application with a navigation bar, the `NavLink` component can be used to create links that are highlighted when the user is on the corresponding page. Here is an example of how the `NavLink` component can be used:\n\n```\n\n About\n\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a custom NavLink component that wraps around the Next.js Link component and adds an active class to the link when it matches the current URL.\n\n2. What are the required dependencies for this code to work?\n- This code requires the following dependencies to be imported: Link and LinkProps from 'next/link', React and Children from 'react', and useRouter from 'next/router'.\n\n3. How does the isActive variable determine if a link is active?\n- The isActive variable is determined by checking if the current URL matches the href or as props of the NavLink component. If the exact prop is true, it checks for an exact match, otherwise it checks if the current URL starts with the href or as props.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/NavLink/index.md"}}],["600",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/NewNFTCard/index.tsx)\n\nThe code is a React component that renders a card displaying information about a specific NFT (non-fungible token) item. The component takes in two props: `nftItem`, which is an object containing information about the NFT, and `onClick`, which is a function that is called when the user clicks on the \"View Item\" button.\n\nThe component first imports several modules, including `dynamic` from the `next/dynamic` package, `getAge` from a `functions` module, `Image` from the `next/image` package, `React`, and `moment`. It then defines an interface for the `IndexProps` object that is passed to the component.\n\nThe `NewNFTCard` component renders a div that contains several elements. The first element is a div that displays the NFT's initials in a circle, with the background color of the circle determined by the first letter of the NFT's attributes. The second element is a video or 3D model of the NFT, depending on the value of the `kind` property of the `nftItem` object. If `kind` is 0 or 2, a video is displayed, otherwise a 3D model is displayed using the `ModelViewer` component. The third element displays the age of the NFT and the time since it was created. The fourth element displays the name of the NFT, its ID, and whether it is an \"Origin\" NFT. The fifth element is a div that displays the ZOO logo and some text. The final element is a div that displays a \"View Item\" button, which calls the `onClick` function when clicked.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project that involves displaying information about NFTs. It can be used to display a single NFT item, and can be reused multiple times to display multiple NFT items. Here is an example of how the component can be used:\n\n```\nimport NewNFTCard from \"./NewNFTCard\";\n\nconst nftItem = {\n id: 1,\n name: \"My NFT\",\n kind: 0,\n token_uri: \"https://example.com/nft.mp4\",\n glb_animation_url: \"https://example.com/nft.glb\",\n usdz_animation_url: \"https://example.com/nft.usdz\",\n timestamp: 1631234567,\n stage: 1,\n attributes: [\n {\n trait_type: \"Type\",\n value: [\"Egg\"],\n },\n ],\n};\n\nfunction handleClick() {\n console.log(\"View item clicked\");\n}\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `NewNFTCard` component?\n- The `NewNFTCard` component is used to display information about a specific NFT item, including its image or animation, name, age, and ID.\n\n2. What is the role of the `ModelViewer` component?\n- The `ModelViewer` component is used to display a 3D model of an NFT item, and it takes in two props (`glb` and `usdz`) that specify the URLs of the model's GLB and USDZ files.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `ssr: false` option in the `dynamic` import statement?\n- The `ssr: false` option indicates that the `ModelViewer` component should not be server-side rendered, and should instead be loaded on the client side only. This is because the `ModelViewer` component relies on the `window` object, which is not available during server-side rendering.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/NewNFTCard/index.md"}}],["601",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/NftCard/index.tsx)\n\nThe `NftCard` component is a React component that renders a card displaying information about a non-fungible token (NFT). The component takes in several props, including an image, name, address, days left, highest bid, price, yields per day, and currency. \n\nThe component is designed to be used in a larger project that involves displaying NFTs to users. The `NftCard` component can be used to display information about a single NFT, and can be repeated multiple times to display information about multiple NFTs. \n\nThe component renders a card with a black background and a rounded border. The card contains an image of the NFT, as well as information about the NFT's name, price, address, days left, highest bid, and yields per day. The currency used for the price and yields can be specified using the `currency` prop, which defaults to \"ZOO\". \n\nThe `NftCard` component is designed to be flexible and customizable. The image prop can be any valid React node, allowing for the use of images, videos, or other media types. The component also uses Tailwind CSS classes to style the card, making it easy to customize the appearance of the card to match the design of the larger project. \n\nHere is an example of how the `NftCard` component could be used in a larger React project:\n\n```\nimport React from \"react\";\nimport NftCard from \"./NftCard\";\n\nconst NftList = ({ nfts }) => {\n return (\n
\n {nfts.map((nft) => (\n }\n name={nft.name}\n price={nft.price}\n address={nft.address}\n days={nft.daysLeft}\n highestBid={nft.highestBid}\n yields={nft.yieldsPerDay}\n />\n ))}\n
\n );\n};\n\nexport default NftList;\n```\n\nIn this example, the `NftList` component takes in an array of NFT objects and maps over them to render an `NftCard` component for each NFT. The `image` prop is passed as an `img` element with the `src` and `alt` attributes set to the corresponding values from the NFT object. The other props are passed directly from the NFT object.\n## Questions: \n 1. What are the required props for the NftCard component?\n- The required props for the NftCard component are \"image\", while \"name\", \"price\", \"address\", \"days\", \"highestBid\", \"yields\", and \"currency\" are optional.\n\n2. What is the default value for the \"currency\" prop?\n- The default value for the \"currency\" prop is \"ZOO\".\n\n3. What is the purpose of the NftCard component?\n- The NftCard component is a reusable component that displays information about a non-fungible token (NFT), including its image, name, price, address, days left, highest bid, and yields per day.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/NftCard/index.md"}}],["602",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Paper/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React component called `Paper` that returns a div element with rounded corners and any children passed to it. The component takes in three props: `children`, `className`, and `...rest`. \n\nThe `children` prop is used to pass any child elements to the `Paper` component. These child elements will be rendered inside the div element returned by the component. \n\nThe `className` prop is used to add any additional classes to the div element. This allows for custom styling of the `Paper` component. \n\nThe `...rest` prop is used to pass any additional props to the div element. This allows for flexibility in how the `Paper` component is used and styled. \n\nOverall, the purpose of this component is to provide a reusable and customizable paper-like element that can be used throughout the larger project. It can be used to wrap other components or elements to give them a consistent look and feel. \n\nHere is an example of how the `Paper` component can be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport React from \"react\";\nimport Paper from \"./Paper\";\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n \n

Hello World!

\n

This is some text inside the paper element.

\n \n
\n );\n}\n\nexport default App;\n```\n\nIn this example, the `Paper` component is used to wrap a heading and paragraph element. The `className` prop is used to add a custom class to the `Paper` component, which can be used to style it in CSS.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Paper` component?\n The `Paper` component is a functional component that returns a JSX element with a `div` tag that has a `rounded` class and any additional classes passed in through the `className` prop. It also renders any children passed in as props.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `...rest` parameter in the `Paper` function?\n The `...rest` parameter is a spread operator that allows any additional props passed into the `Paper` component to be spread into the `div` tag as attributes. This allows for flexibility in passing in additional props without having to explicitly define them in the component.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `JSX.Element` type in the function signature?\n The `JSX.Element` type is a type definition for the return value of a JSX expression. In this case, it ensures that the `Paper` component returns a valid JSX element.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Paper/index.md"}}],["603",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/PercentInputPanel/index.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React component called `PercentInputPanel` that renders a panel with an input field for a percentage value. The component takes three props: `value`, `onUserInput`, and `id`. \n\nThe `value` prop is a string that represents the current value of the input field. The `onUserInput` prop is a callback function that is called whenever the user types into the input field. The function is passed the new value of the input field as a string argument. The `id` prop is a string that is used as the `id` attribute of the outermost `div` element that is rendered by the component.\n\nThe component renders a `div` element with the `id` specified by the `id` prop. The `div` has a dark background color and is rounded. Inside the `div`, there are two child elements: a label and an input field. The label says \"Amount to Remove\" and is left-aligned. The input field is a custom component called `Input.Percent` that is imported from another file. The `Input.Percent` component takes several props, including `className`, `value`, `onUserInput`, and `align`. The `className` prop is set to \"token-amount-input\". The `value` prop is set to the `value` prop passed to the `PercentInputPanel` component. The `onUserInput` prop is set to a callback function that simply calls the `onUserInput` prop passed to the `PercentInputPanel` component with the new value of the input field. The `align` prop is set to \"right\". \n\nThe `PercentInputPanel` component is likely used in a larger project to allow users to input a percentage value. The `onUserInput` callback function is likely used to update the state of the parent component that renders the `PercentInputPanel` component. Here is an example of how the `PercentInputPanel` component might be used in a parent component:\n\n```\nimport React, { useState } from 'react'\nimport PercentInputPanel from './PercentInputPanel'\n\nexport default function MyComponent() {\n const [percentValue, setPercentValue] = useState('50')\n\n function handlePercentInput(newValue) {\n setPercentValue(newValue)\n }\n\n return (\n
\n \n

You entered: {percentValue}%

\n
\n )\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `MyComponent` component renders a `PercentInputPanel` component with an initial value of \"50\". Whenever the user types into the input field, the `handlePercentInput` function is called with the new value of the input field. The `handlePercentInput` function updates the state of the `MyComponent` component with the new value. The current value of the input field is displayed below the `PercentInputPanel` component.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a React component called `PercentInputPanel` that renders an input field for a percentage value.\n\n2. What props does the `PercentInputPanel` component accept?\n- The `PercentInputPanel` component accepts three props: `value` (string), `onUserInput` (function that takes a string argument), and `id` (string).\n\n3. What other components are being used in this code?\n- This code imports a component called `Input` from a file located at `../Input`. Within the `PercentInputPanel` component, it uses a subcomponent of `Input` called `Input.Percent`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/PercentInputPanel/index.md"}}],["604",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Polling/index.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `Polling` that displays the current block number of a specified Ethereum chain and a spinning animation. The block number is obtained using the `useBlockNumber` hook from the `application` state, which is provided by the `useActiveWeb3React` hook. The `chainId` is also obtained from `useActiveWeb3React`. \n\nThe component uses the `useState` hook to keep track of whether it is mounted or not. The `useEffect` hook is used to set a timer that updates the `isMounted` state variable every second. This is done to prevent a memory leak when the component is unmounted. The timer is cleared when the component is unmounted using the `clearTimeout` function.\n\nThe `ExternalLink` component is used to wrap the block number and spinning animation. The `href` attribute of the `ExternalLink` is set to a link to the block explorer for the specified chain and block number. If either the `chainId` or `blockNumber` is not available, the `href` attribute is set to an empty string. The `className` attribute of the `ExternalLink` is set to either `text-high-emphesis` or `text-low-emphesis` depending on the value of `isMounted`. \n\nThe block number is displayed using a `div` element, and the spinning animation is displayed using an SVG element. The `animate-spin` class is added to the SVG element when `isMounted` is `true`, causing the animation to spin. \n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to display the current block number of a specified Ethereum chain and provide a link to the block explorer for that block. It can be used in conjunction with other components to build a dashboard or monitoring tool for Ethereum applications. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport Polling from './Polling'\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What does this code do?\n- This code is a React component called `Polling` that renders a link with a block number and a spinning animation. The link points to a blockchain explorer and the block number is obtained from the `useBlockNumber` hook.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `useEffect` hook in this code?\n- The `useEffect` hook is used to set a timer that updates the `isMounted` state after 1 second. It also clears the timer and sets `isMounted` to false when the component unmounts. The `useEffect` hook is triggered whenever the `blockNumber` changes.\n\n3. What are the dependencies of this component?\n- This component depends on the `React` library, the `useEffect` and `useState` hooks from React, the `ExternalLink` component from a relative path, the `getExplorerLink` function from a `functions/explorer` module, and the `useActiveWeb3React` and `useBlockNumber` hooks from `hooks/useActiveWeb3React` and `state/application/hooks` modules, respectively.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Polling/index.md"}}],["605",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Popover/index.tsx)\n\nThe `Popover` component in this file is a reusable UI component that provides a popover functionality. It takes in three props: `content`, `show`, and `children`. The `content` prop is the content that will be displayed in the popover, the `show` prop is a boolean that determines whether or not the popover is visible, and the `children` prop is the element that will trigger the popover when clicked.\n\nThe component uses the `usePopper` hook from the `react-popper` library to position the popover relative to the trigger element. The `usePopper` hook takes in three arguments: the reference element (the trigger element), the popper element (the popover), and an options object that specifies the placement of the popover, the strategy for positioning, and any modifiers to apply. The `Popover` component sets the reference element, popper element, and arrow element using the `useState` hook.\n\nThe `Popover` component also uses the `useInterval` hook from a custom `useInterval` hook to update the position of the popover every 100ms when the `show` prop is true. The `updateCallback` function is a memoized callback that calls the `update` function returned by the `usePopper` hook.\n\nThe `Popover` component returns a `HeadlessuiPopover` component from the `@headlessui/react` library that provides the accessibility and keyboard navigation for the popover. The `HeadlessuiPopover` component has two child components: the reference element and the `HeadlessuiPopover.Panel` component. The reference element wraps the `children` prop and sets the `setReferenceElement` function as a ref. The `HeadlessuiPopover.Panel` component is the actual popover that is displayed when the trigger element is clicked. It sets the `setPopperElement` function as a ref and applies the styles and attributes returned by the `usePopper` hook. It also includes an arrow element that sets the `setArrowElement` function as a ref.\n\nOverall, this `Popover` component can be used in a larger project to provide a popover functionality for any element that needs it. It is reusable and customizable with the `content`, `show`, and `placement` props. Here is an example of how it can be used:\n\n```\nPopover content
} show={showPopover}>\n \n\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines a `Popover` component that can be used to display content in a pop-up window. It uses the `usePopper` hook from the `react-popper` library to position the pop-up relative to a reference element, and also includes an arrow element that can be positioned using the same hook.\n\n2. What are the required and optional props for the `Popover` component?\n- The `Popover` component requires `content`, `show`, and `children` props. The `content` prop should be a React node that will be displayed in the pop-up, the `show` prop is a boolean that determines whether the pop-up is visible, and the `children` prop is the reference element that the pop-up will be positioned relative to. The `placement` prop is optional and determines the initial placement of the pop-up relative to the reference element.\n\n3. What libraries and hooks are used in this code?\n- This code uses the `react`, `@popperjs/core`, `react-popper`, and `@headlessui/react` libraries. It also uses the `useState` and `useCallback` hooks from React, as well as a custom `useInterval` hook that is not defined in this file.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Popover/index.md"}}],["606",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Popups/PopupItem.tsx)\n\nThe `PopupItem` component is a React component that renders a popup notification. It takes in three props: `removeAfterMs`, `content`, and `popKey`. \n\nThe `removeAfterMs` prop is a number that represents the duration in milliseconds after which the popup should be removed. If it is `null`, the popup will not be removed automatically. \n\nThe `content` prop is an object that contains the content of the popup. If the `content` object has a property called `txn`, the component will render a `TransactionPopup` component with the `hash`, `success`, and `summary` properties of the `txn` object. \n\nThe `popKey` prop is a string that represents the unique key of the popup. \n\nThe component uses the `useRemovePopup` hook to get a function that removes the popup from the state. It then uses the `useCallback` hook to memoize the `removeThisPopup` function, which removes the popup with the `popKey` key. \n\nThe component also uses the `useEffect` hook to set a timeout that removes the popup after `removeAfterMs` milliseconds. If `removeAfterMs` is `null`, the effect will not be triggered. \n\nThe component renders a div with a class of `mb-4` that contains a div with a class of `relative w-full overflow-hidden rounded bg-dark-700`. Inside this div, there is another div with a class of `flex flex-row p-4` that contains the `popupContent` and a div with a class of `cursor-pointer hover:text-white` that contains an `XIcon` component. The `XIcon` component is used to close the popup when clicked. \n\nIf `removeAfterMs` is not `null`, the component also renders an `AnimatedFader` component that fades out the popup after `removeAfterMs` milliseconds. \n\nOverall, the `PopupItem` component is a reusable component that can be used to render popup notifications with different content and durations. Here is an example of how it can be used:\n\n```\n\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `PopupItem` component?\n- The `PopupItem` component is responsible for rendering a popup with content and an optional timer for automatic removal.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `AnimatedFader` component?\n- The `AnimatedFader` component is a subcomponent of `PopupItem` that renders a gradient bar that animates from left to right over a specified duration.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useRemovePopup` hook?\n- The `useRemovePopup` hook is used to retrieve a function that removes a popup from the application state, which is called when the popup is closed or the timer expires.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Popups/PopupItem.md"}}],["607",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Popups/TransactionPopup.tsx)\n\nThe code is a React component that renders a popup window displaying information about a transaction on a blockchain network. The component takes in three props: `hash`, which is the hash of the transaction, `success`, which is a boolean indicating whether the transaction was successful or not, and `summary`, which is an optional string providing a summary of the transaction.\n\nThe component first imports two icons from the `react-feather` library: `AlertCircle` and `CheckCircle`. These icons are used to display a red or green circle indicating the success or failure of the transaction. It also imports an `ExternalLink` component from a local file, as well as a `getExplorerLink` function and a `useActiveWeb3React` hook from other files in the project.\n\nThe component then renders a div containing two child divs. The first child div contains the success/failure icon, which is conditionally rendered based on the `success` prop. The second child div contains the transaction summary and a link to view the transaction on a blockchain explorer. If the `summary` prop is provided, it is displayed as the summary text. Otherwise, the first eight and last seven characters of the `hash` prop are concatenated to form the summary text.\n\nIf both the `chainId` and `hash` props are provided, the component renders an `ExternalLink` component that displays the text \"View on explorer\" and an external link icon. Clicking on this link opens the transaction details page on a blockchain explorer, using the `getExplorerLink` function to construct the URL based on the `chainId` and `hash` props.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to provide users with a visual indication of the success or failure of their transactions, as well as a convenient link to view the transaction details on a blockchain explorer. It can be easily integrated into other React components by passing in the required props. For example:\n\n```\n\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and where is it used in the project?\n- This code defines a React component called `TransactionPopup` that displays a transaction summary and a link to view the transaction on an explorer. It is likely used in a part of the project that involves displaying transaction information to the user.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code relies on several external dependencies: `react-feather`, `@heroicons/react`, and `react`. It also imports two functions from other files in the project: `getExplorerLink` and `useActiveWeb3React`.\n\n3. What props does the `TransactionPopup` component accept and how are they used?\n- The `TransactionPopup` component accepts three props: `hash`, `success`, and `summary`. `hash` is a required string that represents the transaction hash to display. `success` is an optional boolean that determines whether to display a green checkmark or a red alert icon. `summary` is an optional string that provides a summary of the transaction, or defaults to displaying the first and last 8 characters of the hash. These props are used to dynamically render the content of the component.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Popups/TransactionPopup.md"}}],["608",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Popups/index.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `Popups` that renders a list of popups. The component imports two hooks from other files in the project: `useActivePopups` and `useURLWarningVisible`. The `useActivePopups` hook returns an array of active popups, while the `useURLWarningVisible` hook returns a boolean indicating whether a URL warning is currently visible. \n\nThe `Popups` component first calls the `useActivePopups` and `useURLWarningVisible` hooks to get the current state of the application. If there are no active popups, the component returns an empty `span` element. Otherwise, the component renders two `div` elements: one for desktop screens and one for mobile screens. \n\nThe desktop `div` element is fixed to the right side of the screen and has a maximum width of 355 pixels. Its vertical position is determined by the `urlWarningActive` boolean returned by the `useURLWarningVisible` hook. The `activePopups` array returned by the `useActivePopups` hook is mapped to an array of `PopupItem` components, which are rendered inside the desktop `div`. \n\nThe mobile `div` element is fixed to the top of the screen and has a left and right margin of 4 pixels. Its height is set to 99% of the screen height, and it has a vertical scrollbar if necessary. The `activePopups` array is mapped to an array of `PopupItem` components, which are rendered inside the mobile `div`. The `activePopups` array is first reversed so that new items are displayed at the top of the list. \n\nOverall, this code provides a reusable component for rendering a list of popups in a React application. The component is flexible and can be used on both desktop and mobile screens. The `useActivePopups` and `useURLWarningVisible` hooks allow the component to respond to changes in the application state. The `PopupItem` component is not defined in this file, but it is likely defined elsewhere in the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines a React component called `Popups` that renders a list of popups based on the `activePopups` state and `urlWarningActive` state.\n\n2. What is the `PopupItem` component used for?\n The `PopupItem` component is used to render individual popups within the `Popups` component. It receives props such as `content`, `popKey`, and `removeAfterMs` to customize the popup.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `reverse` method used on `activePopups`?\n The `reverse` method is used to reverse the order of the `activePopups` array so that new items are displayed at the front of the list instead of the end. This is done to ensure that the most recent popups are visible to the user.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Popups/index.md"}}],["609",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/PositionCard/index.tsx)\n\nThe code defines two React components, `MinimalPositionCard` and `FullPositionCard`, which are used to display information about a liquidity pool position. The components take a `pair` object as a prop, which is an instance of the `Pair` class from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library. The `pair` object represents a pair of tokens in a liquidity pool, and contains information about the tokens, such as their addresses, symbols, and decimals, as well as the liquidity token for the pool.\n\nThe `MinimalPositionCard` component displays basic information about the position, including the pool tokens held by the user, the symbols of the tokens in the pool, and the amount of each token deposited in the pool. If the `showUnwrapped` prop is set to `true`, the component displays information about the underlying tokens instead of the wrapped tokens. The component also calculates and displays the user's pool share as a percentage of the total pool tokens.\n\nThe `FullPositionCard` component displays additional information about the position, including the total pool tokens held by the user, the amount of pool tokens staked in a rewards pool (if provided), and the user's pool share as a percentage of the total pool tokens. The component also provides buttons to add or remove liquidity from the pool.\n\nBoth components use hooks from the `@lingui/react`, `@headlessui/react`, and `next/router` libraries to handle localization, transitions, and navigation, respectively. They also use hooks from the `useActiveWeb3React` and `useTokenBalance` custom hooks to interact with the user's wallet and retrieve their token balances. The `useTotalSupply` hook is used to retrieve the total supply of the liquidity token for the pool.\n\nOverall, these components provide a simple and intuitive way for users to view and manage their liquidity pool positions. They can be used in conjunction with other components in the `zoo` project to create a comprehensive user interface for interacting with liquidity pools.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `PositionCardProps` interface?\n- The `PositionCardProps` interface defines the props that can be passed to the `MinimalPositionCard` and `FullPositionCard` components.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `showUnwrapped` prop in the `MinimalPositionCard` component?\n- The `showUnwrapped` prop determines whether to display the wrapped or unwrapped version of the tokens in the liquidity pool.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useTotalSupply` hook?\n- The `useTotalSupply` hook is used to retrieve the total supply of a given token, which is used to calculate the user's pool share in the liquidity pool.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/PositionCard/index.md"}}],["610",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/ProgressSteps/index.tsx)\n\nThe `ProgressCircles` component is used to create a step counter of circles based on an array of steps. The purpose of this component is to visually represent the progress of a multi-step process, such as a form or a checkout process. \n\nThe component takes in an array of booleans called `steps`, where each boolean represents whether a step is complete or not. The circles are colored differently depending on whether they are enabled, disabled, or confirmed. The states of the circles are derived from the previous step. \n\nAn extra circle is added to represent the ability to swap, add, or remove steps. This step will never be marked as complete because there is no \"transaction done\" state in the body UI. \n\nThe component returns a div that contains a flex container with a width of 50%. Within this container, there is a loop that maps over the `steps` array and creates a div for each step. Each step div contains two child divs: one for the circle and one for the connector line. \n\nThe circle div contains a `classNames` function that determines the color of the circle based on whether it is enabled, disabled, or confirmed. The text inside the circle is either a checkmark or the step number. \n\nThe connector line div contains a `classNames` function that determines the color of the line based on whether the previous step is complete or not. \n\nThe component also takes in an optional boolean prop called `disabled`, which disables all the circles and connector lines if set to true. \n\nOverall, the `ProgressCircles` component is a useful tool for creating a visual representation of a multi-step process. It can be used in a variety of contexts, such as a form or a checkout process, to help users keep track of their progress and understand where they are in the process. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\n\n```\n\nThis would create a progress bar with four circles, where the first circle is confirmed and the rest are disabled.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `ProgressCircles` component?\n- The `ProgressCircles` component creates a step counter of circles based on an array of steps, where each circle can be enabled, disabled, or confirmed.\n\n2. What is the significance of the extra circle added to the step counter?\n- The extra circle represents the ability to swap, add, or remove steps, and will never be marked as complete because there is no 'txn done' state in the body UI.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `classNames` function imported from `../../functions`?\n- The `classNames` function is used to conditionally apply CSS classes to the circle elements based on their step state and other conditions such as whether they are disabled.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/ProgressSteps/index.md"}}],["611",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/QuestionHelper/index.tsx)\n\nThe `QuestionHelper` component is a React functional component that renders a tooltip with a question mark icon. It takes two optional props: `text` and `children`. If `children` is provided, it will render the `children` wrapped in a `div` element that triggers the tooltip on hover or click. If `children` is not provided, it will render only the question mark icon wrapped in a `div` element that triggers the tooltip on hover or click.\n\nThe `Tooltip` component is imported from \"../Tooltip\", which is expected to be a custom tooltip component. The `Tooltip` component takes two props: `text` and `show`. `text` is the content of the tooltip, and `show` is a boolean that determines whether the tooltip is visible or not.\n\nThe `useState` hook is used to manage the `show` state of the tooltip. The `open` and `close` functions are defined using the `useCallback` hook to memoize them and avoid unnecessary re-renders.\n\nIf `children` is provided, the `QuestionHelper` component will render the `children` wrapped in a `div` element that triggers the tooltip on hover or click. The `div` element has an `onClick` event listener that calls the `open` function to show the tooltip, an `onMouseEnter` event listener that also calls the `open` function to show the tooltip, and an `onMouseLeave` event listener that calls the `close` function to hide the tooltip.\n\nIf `children` is not provided, the `QuestionHelper` component will render only the question mark icon wrapped in a `div` element that triggers the tooltip on hover or click. The `div` element has the same event listeners as the previous case.\n\nThis component can be used in any React application that needs to display a tooltip with a question mark icon. It can be used to provide additional information or context to the user about a particular element or feature of the application. Here is an example of how to use the `QuestionHelper` component:\n\n```\nimport React from \"react\";\nimport QuestionHelper from \"./QuestionHelper\";\n\nconst MyComponent = () => {\n return (\n
\n

My Component

\n \n \n \n
\n );\n};\n\nexport default MyComponent;\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines a React component called `QuestionHelper` that renders a tooltip with a question mark icon. The tooltip can be triggered by clicking or hovering over the icon or its parent element.\n\n2. What are the props that can be passed to the `QuestionHelper` component?\n The `QuestionHelper` component accepts two optional props: `text` and `children`. `text` is the content of the tooltip, and `children` is the content that should be wrapped by the tooltip icon and trigger the tooltip.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useCallback` hook in this code?\n The `useCallback` hook is used to memoize the `open` and `close` functions that toggle the visibility of the tooltip. This can improve performance by preventing unnecessary re-renders of the component when these functions are passed as props to child components.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/QuestionHelper/index.md"}}],["612",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/RenderAsync/index.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React component called `RenderAsync` that allows for rendering of asynchronous data. The component takes in three props: `children`, `promise`, and `loader`. \n\nThe `children` prop is a function that takes in the data returned by the `promise` and returns a React node. This is what will be rendered once the `promise` is resolved. \n\nThe `promise` prop is a Promise object that resolves to the data that will be rendered. \n\nThe `loader` prop is a React node that will be rendered while the `promise` is still resolving. This can be used to display a loading spinner or other indicator to the user that data is being fetched. \n\nThe component uses the `useState` and `useEffect` hooks from React to manage the state of the data returned by the `promise`. When the component mounts, it checks if the `promise` prop is an instance of a Promise object. If it is, it creates an async function that awaits the resolution of the `promise` and sets the data returned by the `promise` using the `setData` function from the `useState` hook. \n\nOnce the `data` state is set, the `children` function is called with the `data` as an argument and the result is returned as a React node. If the `data` state is not set yet, the `loader` prop is returned instead. \n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to handle rendering of data that is fetched asynchronously. For example, it can be used to fetch and render data from an API endpoint. Here is an example usage of the component:\n\n```\nimport RenderAsync from './RenderAsync'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const [data, setData] = useState()\n\n const fetchData = async () => {\n const resp = await fetch('https://example.com/api/data')\n const json = await resp.json()\n setData(json)\n }\n\n return (\n Loading...}>\n {(data) => (\n
\n

{data.title}

\n

{data.description}

\n
\n )}\n \n )\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, `MyComponent` fetches data from an API endpoint using the `fetch` function and sets the data using the `setData` function from the `useState` hook. The `RenderAsync` component is used to render the data once it is fetched. The `promise` prop is set to the `fetchData` function, which returns a Promise object that resolves to the fetched data. The `loader` prop is set to a loading spinner. The `children` function takes in the fetched data and returns a React node that displays the title and description of the data.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `RenderAsync` function?\n- The `RenderAsync` function is a React component that takes in a promise, a loader component, and a function that returns a ReactNode. It renders the loader component while the promise is being resolved, and then renders the result of the promise using the provided function.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `RenderAsyncProps` interface?\n- The `RenderAsyncProps` interface defines the expected props for the `RenderAsync` component. It requires a `children` prop that is a function that returns a ReactNode, a `promise` prop that is a Promise object, and a `loader` prop that is a ReactNode.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useState` and `useEffect` hooks used in the `RenderAsync` function?\n- The `useState` hook is used to store the result of the resolved promise. The `useEffect` hook is used to asynchronously resolve the promise and update the state with the result.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/RenderAsync/index.md"}}],["613",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Row/index.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a set of React components for creating rows of content with various styles and configurations. The main component is called `Row`, which is a functional component that takes in a number of props to customize its appearance and behavior. These props include `width`, `align`, `justify`, `padding`, `border`, and `borderRadius`, which control the width, alignment, padding, and border styles of the row. The `children` prop is used to render the content of the row.\n\nThe `Row` component is exported along with several other components that extend its functionality. `RowBetween` is a styled component that sets the `justify-content` property to `space-between`, which evenly spaces the child elements of the row. `RowFlat` is a simple styled component that sets the `display` property to `flex` and the `align-items` property to `flex-end`, which aligns the child elements to the bottom of the row. `AutoRow` is another styled component that extends `Row` and adds support for wrapping child elements onto multiple lines, with a configurable gap between them. Finally, `RowFixed` is a styled component that extends `Row` and sets the `width` property to `fit-content`, which makes the row only as wide as its content.\n\nThese components can be used in a variety of ways to create flexible and responsive layouts for a React application. For example, `RowBetween` could be used to create a navigation bar with evenly spaced links, while `AutoRow` could be used to create a grid of images with a configurable gap between them. By providing a set of reusable components with flexible props, this code helps to simplify the process of creating complex layouts in a React application.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Row` component?\n \n The `Row` component is a styled div element that can be used to create a row of elements with customizable width, alignment, padding, border, and border radius.\n\n2. What is the difference between `RowBetween`, `RowFlat`, `AutoRow`, and `RowFixed` components?\n \n `RowBetween` is a styled `Row` component with `justify-content: space-between`. `RowFlat` is a styled div element with `display: flex` and `align-items: flex-end`. `AutoRow` is a styled `Row` component with `flex-wrap: wrap` and customizable gap and justify-content. `RowFixed` is a styled `Row` component with `width: fit-content` and customizable gap and justify-content.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `classNames` function?\n \n The `classNames` function is imported from a `functions` module and is used to concatenate multiple class names into a single string, which is then passed to the `className` prop of the `div` element in the `Row` component.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Row/index.md"}}],["614",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/ScrollableGraph/Curve.tsx)\n\nThe code is a React component that renders a curve chart using the @visx/shape and @visx/axis libraries. The chart is designed to display a set of data points as a smooth curve, with axes indicating the values of the data points. \n\nThe component takes in several props, including the data to be displayed, the dimensions of the chart, and options for customizing the appearance of the chart. The data is expected to be an array of objects, with each object representing a single data point and containing a date and a value. The component uses accessor functions to extract the date and value from each data point.\n\nThe chart is rendered using a LinePath component from @visx/shape, which takes in the data and x- and y-scale functions to determine the position of each point on the chart. The curveNatural function is used to create a smooth curve that passes through each data point. The stroke, strokeWidth, and strokeOpacity props can be used to customize the appearance of the curve.\n\nThe chart also includes two axes, an x-axis at the bottom and a y-axis on the left. These are rendered using AxisBottom and AxisLeft components from @visx/axis. The scale functions for the axes are passed in as props, along with options for customizing the appearance of the ticks and labels. The numTicks prop determines the number of ticks to display on each axis.\n\nThe component also includes options for customizing the appearance of the chart, such as the color of the axes and the presence of markers at the beginning and end of the curve. The children prop can be used to add additional elements to the chart, such as a legend or annotations.\n\nOverall, this component provides a flexible and customizable way to display data as a curve chart in a React application. Here is an example of how the component might be used:\n\n```\nimport CurveChart from './CurveChart';\n\nconst data = [\n { date: '2021-01-01', value: 100 },\n { date: '2021-01-02', value: 150 },\n { date: '2021-01-03', value: 200 },\n { date: '2021-01-04', value: 175 },\n { date: '2021-01-05', value: 225 },\n];\n\nconst MyChart = () => {\n const xScale = // create an x-scale function\n const yScale = // create a y-scale function\n\n return (\n \n );\n};\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a React component called `CurveChart` that renders a line chart using the `@visx` library.\n\n2. What data does this component expect to receive?\n- The `CurveChart` component expects to receive an array of data objects with `date` and `value` properties, as well as various optional props for customizing the chart's appearance.\n\n3. What libraries does this code depend on?\n- This code depends on several libraries, including `@visx/axis`, `@visx/gradient`, `@visx/group`, `@visx/shape`, `@visx/curve`, `millify`, and `React`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/ScrollableGraph/Curve.md"}}],["615",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/ScrollableGraph/Curves.tsx)\n\nThe `Curves` component is a reusable React component that renders a chart with multiple curves. It uses the `@visx` library for rendering the chart elements such as axes, grids, curves, and brushes. The component takes in several props such as `width`, `height`, `margin`, `data`, `title`, `labels`, `note`, and `colors`. \n\nThe `data` prop is an array of arrays, where each inner array represents a curve. Each curve is an array of objects with `date` and `value` properties. The `title`, `labels`, and `note` props are used to render the chart title, legend, and note respectively. The `colors` prop is an array of colors used to color the curves and the legend.\n\nThe component renders two charts: the top chart and the bottom chart. The top chart shows the curves, while the bottom chart shows a brush that can be used to filter the data displayed in the top chart. The brush is a rectangular area that can be dragged to select a range of data points. The selected data points are then displayed in the top chart.\n\nThe `Curves` component uses several helper functions and constants such as `getX`, `getY`, `parseDate`, `formatDate`, `axisBottomTickLabelProps`, `axisLeftTickLabelProps`, `brushMargin`, `chartSeparation`, `PATTERN_ID`, `accentColor`, `selectedBrushStyle`, `purple1`, `purple2`, and `purple3`.\n\nThe `getX` and `getY` functions are used to extract the `date` and `value` properties from the data objects respectively. The `parseDate` and `formatDate` functions are used to parse and format the date strings respectively. The `axisBottomTickLabelProps` and `axisLeftTickLabelProps` objects are used to style the tick labels of the axes. The `brushMargin` and `chartSeparation` constants are used to set the margins and separation between the charts. The `PATTERN_ID` constant is used to set the ID of the pattern used in the brush. The `accentColor` constant is used to set the color of the brush stroke. The `selectedBrushStyle` object is used to style the selected brush area. The `purple1`, `purple2`, and `purple3` constants are used to set the colors of the curves and the legend.\n\nThe `Curves` component uses several `@visx` components such as `AxisBottom`, `AxisLeft`, `GridColumns`, `GridRows`, `MarkerArrow`, `MarkerCross`, `MarkerLine`, `MarkerX`, `Brush`, `Curve`, `Group`, `LegendOrdinal`, `LinearGradient`, `PatternLines`, and `Text`. These components are used to render the chart elements such as axes, grids, curves, markers, brushes, legends, and text.\n\nThe `Curves` component uses several hooks such as `useState` and `useMemo`. The `useState` hook is used to manage the filtered data displayed in the top chart. The `useMemo` hook is used to memoize the scales used in the charts to avoid unnecessary re-renders.\n\nOverall, the `Curves` component is a flexible and reusable chart component that can be used to display multiple curves with a brush for filtering the data. It uses the `@visx` library for rendering the chart elements and provides several props for customization.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Curves` component?\n- The `Curves` component is used to render a chart with multiple curves, each with its own set of data and color.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `Brush` component?\n- The `Brush` component is used to allow the user to select a portion of the chart to zoom in on, by filtering the data to only show the selected range.\n\n3. What libraries are being used in this code?\n- The code is using several libraries, including `@visx/axis`, `@visx/grid`, `@visx/marker`, `@visx/scale`, `d3-time-format`, `@visx/brush`, `@visx/legend`, `@visx/gradient`, `@visx/pattern`, `react`, and `d3-array`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/ScrollableGraph/Curves.md"}}],["616",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/ScrollableGraph/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above defines a React component called `ScrollableGraph` that renders a graph with scrollable curves. The component takes in several props, including `compact`, `margin`, `data`, `title`, `labels`, `note`, and `colors`. \n\nThe `data` prop is required and is expected to be an array of arrays, where each inner array represents a curve to be plotted. The `labels` prop is an optional array of strings that provides labels for each curve. The `colors` prop is an optional array of colors to be used for each curve. The `title` and `note` props are optional strings that provide a title and a note for the graph, respectively. The `margin` prop is an optional object that specifies the margins of the graph. Finally, the `compact` prop is an optional boolean that determines whether the graph should be rendered in a compact mode.\n\nThe `ScrollableGraph` component uses the `AutoSizer` component from the `react-virtualized-auto-sizer` library to automatically adjust the size of the graph to fit its container. The `Curves` component is a child component that actually renders the curves based on the provided data.\n\nThe `ScrollableGraph` component checks if the `data` prop is not empty before rendering the `AutoSizer` component. If the `data` prop is not empty, the `AutoSizer` component renders the `Curves` component with the provided props and the calculated `width` and `height` values.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project that requires the visualization of data in the form of scrollable curves. For example, it can be used in a financial dashboard to display stock prices over time. Here's an example of how the `ScrollableGraph` component can be used:\n\n```\nimport ScrollableGraph from './ScrollableGraph'\n\nconst data = [\n [1, 2, 3, 4, 5],\n [2, 4, 6, 8, 10],\n [3, 6, 9, 12, 15]\n]\n\nconst labels = ['Curve 1', 'Curve 2', 'Curve 3']\n\nconst colors = ['#ff0000', '#00ff00', '#0000ff']\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `ScrollableGraph` component?\n - The `ScrollableGraph` component is used to render a graph with scrollable functionality based on the provided data.\n\n2. What is the `AutoSizer` component used for?\n - The `AutoSizer` component is used to automatically calculate the width and height of its child component based on the available space.\n\n3. What type of data does the `ScrollableGraph` component expect to receive?\n - The `ScrollableGraph` component expects to receive an object with optional properties such as `compact`, `margin`, `data`, `title`, `labels`, `note`, and `colors`. The `data` property is required.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/ScrollableGraph/index.md"}}],["617",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Search/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above defines a React component called `Search` that renders a search input field with a search icon. The component takes in several props, including `term`, `search`, `className`, and `inputProps`. \n\nThe `term` prop is a string that represents the current search term entered by the user. The `search` prop is a function that is called whenever the user types in the search input field. The `className` prop is an optional string that represents the CSS class name(s) to apply to the component. The `inputProps` prop is an optional object that contains additional props to apply to the input field.\n\nThe component renders a `div` element with a `relative` position and a `rounded` class. The `className` prop is applied to this `div` element. Inside the `div`, there is an `input` element that has several CSS classes applied to it. The `input` element has an `onChange` event listener that calls the `search` function with the current value of the input field whenever the user types in the field. The `value` prop of the `input` element is set to the `term` prop, which represents the current search term entered by the user. The `placeholder` prop of the `input` element is set to a string that prompts the user to enter a search term.\n\nFinally, there is a `div` element with an `absolute` position that contains a search icon. The search icon is imported from the `react-feather` library and is rendered using the `Search` component. The `size` prop of the `SearchIcon` component is set to `16`.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to render a search input field with a search icon. The `term` and `search` props can be used to manage the state of the search input field and perform a search operation respectively. The `className` and `inputProps` props can be used to customize the appearance and behavior of the search input field. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\n\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this component and how is it used in the project?\n- This component is a search bar that takes in a search term and a search function as props, and can be styled using the `className` prop. It is likely used to allow users to search for specific items within the zoo project.\n\n2. What is the `classNames` function being imported from `../../functions` and how is it used in this component?\n- The `classNames` function is likely a utility function for generating CSS class names based on the props passed to a component. In this component, it is used to concatenate the `className` prop passed to the component with the default `rounded` class.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `inputProps` prop and how is it used in this component?\n- The `inputProps` prop is an object that can contain additional props to be passed to the `input` element rendered by this component. It defaults to an object containing a `className` prop that sets the styles for the input element. Any additional props passed to `inputProps` will be spread onto the `input` element.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Search/index.md"}}],["618",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Select/index.tsx)\n\nThe `NeonSelect` component is a custom select dropdown component built using React. It takes in two props: `value` and `children`. The `value` prop is the currently selected value of the dropdown, and `children` is an array of `NeonSelectItem` components that represent the options in the dropdown.\n\nThe component uses the `useToggle` hook to manage the state of whether the dropdown is open or closed. It also uses the `useOnClickOutside` hook to detect when the user clicks outside of the dropdown and close it if it is open.\n\nThe `NeonSelect` component renders a div that serves as the container for the entire dropdown. This div has a `ref` attached to it so that the `useOnClickOutside` hook can detect clicks outside of the dropdown. When the user clicks on this div, the `toggle` function is called, which toggles the state of the dropdown between open and closed.\n\nInside the container div, there is another div that represents the currently selected value of the dropdown. This div has a fixed width of 80 pixels and is left-aligned. To the right of this div is a chevron icon that indicates that the dropdown can be expanded. When the user clicks on this icon, the `toggle` function is called, which toggles the state of the dropdown between open and closed.\n\nBelow the container div is another div that represents the dropdown menu. This div is absolutely positioned and has a higher z-index than the container div so that it appears on top of it. The `open` state is used to determine whether this div should be visible or hidden. If the dropdown is open, this div is displayed as a flex column and renders the `children` prop, which is an array of `NeonSelectItem` components.\n\nThe `NeonSelectItem` component represents an option in the dropdown menu. It takes in three props: `onClick`, `value`, and `children`. The `onClick` prop is a function that is called when the user clicks on the option. It takes in two arguments: the click event and the value of the option. The `value` prop is the value of the option, and `children` is the content of the option.\n\nOverall, this component provides a customizable and accessible way to create a select dropdown in a React application. It can be used in a larger project to provide users with a way to select options from a list. Here is an example of how the `NeonSelect` component can be used:\n\n```\n\n Option 1\n Option 2\n Option 3\n\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useOnClickOutside` hook and how is it used in this code?\n - The `useOnClickOutside` hook is used to detect clicks outside of a specified element and trigger a callback function. In this code, it is used to close the dropdown menu when the user clicks outside of it.\n2. What is the expected type of the `value` prop passed to `NeonSelect`?\n - The expected type of the `value` prop passed to `NeonSelect` is not specified in the code. It could be any type, but it is likely intended to be a string or number based on its usage in the component.\n3. What is the purpose of the `NeonSelectItem` component and how is it used in conjunction with `NeonSelect`?\n - The `NeonSelectItem` component is used to define individual items within the dropdown menu of the `NeonSelect` component. It is passed as a child element to `NeonSelect` and is rendered dynamically based on the `children` prop passed to `NeonSelect`. When an item is clicked, the `onClick` function passed to `NeonSelectItem` is triggered with the corresponding `value` prop and index as arguments.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Select/index.md"}}],["619",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Settings/index.tsx)\n\nThe `SettingsTab` component is a React component that renders a button to open a modal containing various settings related to transactions and the user interface. The component imports several hooks from the `user` and `application` state slices, as well as from the `hooks` directory and the `@lingui/react` library. It also imports several other components, including `Button`, `Modal`, `ModalHeader`, `QuestionHelper`, `Toggle`, `TransactionSettings`, and `Typography`.\n\nWhen the component is rendered, it creates a `ref` to a `div` element and initializes several state variables using the `useState` hook. It also initializes several other variables using the imported hooks, including the current chain ID, whether expert mode is enabled, whether single-hop swaps are enabled, and the current transaction TTL. \n\nThe component renders a button that, when clicked, toggles the `open` state variable, which controls whether the settings modal is displayed. If the modal is open, the component renders the modal itself, which contains several settings related to transactions and the user interface. These settings include a slippage tolerance input, a toggle for expert mode, a toggle for single-hop swaps, and a toggle for using the Archer DAO MEV shield (which is currently commented out). \n\nThe component also renders a confirmation modal that is displayed when the user attempts to enable expert mode. This modal warns the user about the risks of using expert mode and requires them to confirm their decision before enabling it.\n\nOverall, the `SettingsTab` component provides a convenient way for users to adjust various settings related to transactions and the user interface. It is likely used in conjunction with other components in the larger project to provide a comprehensive user experience.\n## Questions: \n 1. What does this code do?\n- This code exports a React component called `SettingsTab` that renders a button to open a modal containing transaction and interface settings, including toggles for expert mode and disabling multihops.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n- This code imports several modules from external libraries, including `@zoolabs/zdk`, `@heroicons/react/outline`, `@lingui/macro`, and `@lingui/react`.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useOnClickOutside` and `useActiveWeb3React` hooks?\n- The `useOnClickOutside` hook is used to close the settings modal when the user clicks outside of it. The `useActiveWeb3React` hook is used to retrieve the current chain ID for the user's connected wallet.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Settings/index.md"}}],["620",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Sidebar/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above defines a React component called `Sidebar`. This component takes in a single prop called `items`, which is an array of objects containing information about links to be displayed in the sidebar. The component then maps over this array and renders a `NavLink` component for each item in the array. \n\nEach `NavLink` component is rendered with a `key` prop set to the index of the current item in the array, and with an `href` prop set to the `href` property of the current item. Additionally, each `NavLink` component has an `activeClassName` prop set to a string of CSS classes that will be applied to the component when it is active. \n\nWithin each `NavLink` component, there is an anchor tag (``) that has a `className` prop set to a string of CSS classes. This anchor tag contains a `div` element with a `className` of `ml-5`, which displays the text of the current item in the array. \n\nOverall, this component is designed to render a sidebar with clickable links that navigate to different parts of the application. It is intended to be used as a reusable component throughout the larger project, allowing developers to easily add and customize sidebar links as needed. \n\nHere is an example of how this component might be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport React from 'react'\nimport Sidebar from './Sidebar'\n\nconst App = () => {\n const sidebarItems = [\n { href: '/home', text: 'Home' },\n { href: '/about', text: 'About' },\n { href: '/contact', text: 'Contact' }\n ]\n\n return (\n
\n \n
\n {/* main content of the app */}\n
\n
\n )\n}\n\nexport default App\n```\n\nIn this example, the `App` component renders a `Sidebar` component with an array of three items. These items represent links to the home page, about page, and contact page of the application. The `Sidebar` component then renders these links in a sidebar on the left side of the screen. The `main` element contains the main content of the application, which will be displayed to the right of the sidebar.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines a React component called `Sidebar` that renders a list of links using the `NavLink` component.\n\n2. What props does the `Sidebar` component expect?\n The `Sidebar` component expects a single prop called `items`, which is an array of objects containing `href` and `text` properties for each link.\n\n3. What CSS classes are being used in this code?\n This code uses several CSS classes from a custom stylesheet, including `mt-4`, `space-y-4`, `font-bold`, `text-high-emphesis`, `bg-dark-800`, `border-transparent`, `rounded`, `hover:bg-dark-900`, and `ml-5`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Sidebar/index.md"}}],["621",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Slider/index.ts)\n\nThis code defines two styled components, `PrettoSlider` and `MarketTypeSlider`, which are customized versions of the `Slider` component from the Material UI library. \n\nThe `PrettoSlider` component has a black track and thumb with a white value label that appears when the user interacts with the slider. The thumb has a border and a hover effect. The value label is positioned above the thumb and rotated at a 45-degree angle. This component could be used in a variety of contexts where a slider is needed, such as adjusting the volume of a media player or selecting a value from a range.\n\nThe `MarketTypeSlider` component has a gray track and a black thumb with a white value label. The thumb has a thicker border and a hover effect. The value label is positioned above the thumb and rotated at a 45-degree angle. This component could be used in a financial application where the user needs to select a market type or range.\n\nBoth components use the `styled` function from Material UI to apply CSS styles to the `Slider` component. The styles are defined using the `&` operator to target child elements of the `Slider` component. The `borderRadius` property is used to create a rounded edge on the value label. The `transform` property is used to position and rotate the value label. \n\nTo use these components in a React application, they can be imported from this file and used like any other React component. For example:\n\n```\nimport { PrettoSlider, MarketTypeSlider } from './SliderStyles';\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const [value, setValue] = useState(50);\n\n const handleSliderChange = (event, newValue) => {\n setValue(newValue);\n };\n\n return (\n
\n \n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `PrettoSlider` and `MarketTypeSlider` components are used to display two sliders that update the `value` state when the user interacts with them.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code defines two custom styled sliders using the Material UI library.\n\n2. What are the differences between the `PrettoSlider` and `MarketTypeSlider` styles?\n - The `PrettoSlider` has a black track and a smaller thumb with a white border, while the `MarketTypeSlider` has a dark gray track with no border radius and a larger thumb with a thicker black border.\n\n3. Can these styles be customized further?\n - Yes, the styles can be further customized by modifying the properties defined in the `PrettoSlider` and `MarketTypeSlider` objects, or by creating additional styled sliders using the same approach.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Slider/index.md"}}],["622",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/SplitPane/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React functional component that exports a SplitPane component. The SplitPane component takes in two props, left and right, which are both JSX elements. The purpose of this component is to split the screen into two sections, with the left prop taking up the left half of the screen and the right prop taking up the right half of the screen. \n\nThe SplitPane component uses the flexbox layout to achieve this split screen effect. The outermost div has a class of \"flex\" which sets the display property to flex. The \"flex-1\" class sets the flex-grow property to 1, which allows the div to grow to fill the available space. The \"items-center\" class centers the child elements vertically, and the \"flex-col md:flex-row\" classes set the flex-direction to column on small screens and row on medium screens. The \"justify-between\" class evenly distributes the child elements along the main axis, which is either the vertical or horizontal axis depending on the screen size.\n\nThe left and right props are each wrapped in a div with a class of \"w-full md:w-1/2\". This sets the width of each child element to 100% on small screens and 50% on medium screens, allowing them to take up half of the screen each.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to split the screen into two sections, such as a dashboard with a list of items on the left and a detailed view of the selected item on the right. Here is an example of how this component can be used:\n\n```\nimport React from 'react';\nimport SplitPane from './SplitPane';\n\nfunction Dashboard() {\n return (\n }\n right={}\n />\n );\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the Dashboard component uses the SplitPane component to split the screen into two sections, with the ItemList component on the left and the ItemDetails component on the right.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code exports a React component called SplitPane that takes in two JSX elements as props and returns a div with two child divs, each containing one of the passed in elements.\n\n2. What is the significance of the CSS classes used in this code?\n The CSS classes used in this code are from the Tailwind CSS library and are used to style the div elements. They provide responsive design and layout options for different screen sizes.\n\n3. What is the expected behavior if only one JSX element is passed in as a prop?\n If only one JSX element is passed in as a prop, it will be rendered in the first child div with a width of 100% and the second child div will be empty.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/SplitPane/index.md"}}],["623",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Stepper/index.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `CustomizedSteppers` that renders a customized stepper component. The stepper component is used to display a sequence of steps that a user can take to complete a process. Each step is represented by a label and an icon. The stepper also includes a connector that visually connects the steps.\n\nThe `CustomizedSteppers` component takes two props: `steps` and `activeStep`. `steps` is an array of objects that define the steps. Each object has a `label`, an `icon`, and a `logo`. `label` is a string that represents the label for the step. `icon` is a number that represents the index of the icon for the step. `logo` is a string that represents the URL of the logo for the step. `activeStep` is a number that represents the index of the active step.\n\nThe `CustomizedSteppers` component renders a `Stack` component that contains a `Stepper` component. The `Stepper` component renders a `Step` component for each step in the `steps` array. The `Step` component contains a `StepLabel` component that displays the label and icon for the step. The `StepLabel` component also contains an optional `sublabel` that displays additional information about the step.\n\nThe `StepIconComponent` prop of the `StepLabel` component is set to a custom `ColorlibStepIcon` component. The `ColorlibStepIcon` component renders the icon for the step. The `ColorlibStepIcon` component also includes an animation that is displayed when the step is active.\n\nThe `Stepper` component includes a `ColorlibConnector` component that renders the connector between the steps. The `ColorlibConnector` component includes styles that customize the appearance of the connector.\n\nOverall, this code provides a reusable component that can be used to display a sequence of steps in a process. The component is highly customizable and can be used in a variety of contexts. For example, it could be used in a multi-step form or a checkout process.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `CustomizedSteppers` component?\n- The `CustomizedSteppers` component is used to render a stepper with custom styling and icons based on the `steps` prop passed to it.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `ColorlibConnector` and `ColorlibStepIcon` components?\n- The `ColorlibConnector` component is a styled component that customizes the appearance of the connector between steps in the stepper. The `ColorlibStepIcon` component is a custom icon component that renders an image and animation based on the `steps` prop passed to it.\n\n3. What external libraries are being used in this file?\n- This file is using several external libraries: `React`, `@mui/material`, `@mui/material/styles`, and `next/image`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Stepper/index.md"}}],["624",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Svg/Svg.tsx)\n\nThis code is a module that exports a styled SVG component using the styled-components library. The component takes in props of type SvgProps, which are defined in a separate types file. The Svg component has default props set for color, width, xmlns, and spin. \n\nThe keyframes function from styled-components is used to define a CSS animation called rotate that rotates an element 360 degrees. This animation is then used in the spinStyle CSS constant, which sets the animation property to the rotate animation with a duration of 2 seconds, linear timing function, and infinite iteration count. \n\nThe Svg component is then defined using the styled function from styled-components, with the SVG element as the base component. The component has a flex-shrink property set to 0, which prevents it from shrinking when the parent container is smaller than the component. \n\nThe defaultProps object is then defined for the Svg component, which sets the default values for the color, width, xmlns, and spin props. The color prop is set to \"text\", the width prop is set to \"20px\", the xmlns prop is set to \"http://www.w3.org/2000/svg\", and the spin prop is set to false. \n\nThis component can be used in other parts of the project to display SVG icons or graphics. The spin prop can be set to true to apply the spinStyle CSS constant and animate the SVG element. Here is an example of how the Svg component can be used:\n\n```\nimport React from \"react\";\nimport Svg from \"./Svg\";\n\nconst MyComponent = () => {\n return (\n
\n \n
\n );\n};\n```\n\nIn this example, the Svg component is used inside a div element with a width of 50px and a color of red. The spin prop is set to true, which applies the spinStyle CSS constant and animates the SVG element.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `rotate` keyframe animation?\n - The `rotate` keyframe animation is used to rotate an element 360 degrees over a period of 2 seconds in a linear fashion.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `spinStyle` CSS property?\n - The `spinStyle` CSS property is used to apply the `rotate` keyframe animation to an element in order to make it spin.\n\n3. What are the default props for the `Svg` component?\n - The default props for the `Svg` component include a `color` of \"text\", a `width` of \"20px\", an `xmlns` of \"http://www.w3.org/2000/svg\", and a `spin` of false.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Svg/Svg.md"}}],["625",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Svg/index.tsx)\n\nThis code exports the `Svg` component from the `Svg` file and its associated `SvgProps` type from the `types` file. The `Svg` component is likely a reusable component that can be used throughout the larger project to render SVG graphics. \n\nBy exporting the `Svg` component, other files in the project can import and use it as needed. For example, if a component needs to render an SVG graphic, it can import the `Svg` component and pass in the necessary props. \n\nSimilarly, by exporting the `SvgProps` type, other files can import and use it to ensure that the correct props are passed to the `Svg` component. This helps to ensure that the component is used correctly and reduces the likelihood of errors. \n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport React from \"react\";\nimport { Svg } from \"./zoo\";\n\nconst MyComponent = () => {\n return (\n
\n \n \n \n
\n );\n};\n```\n\nIn this example, the `Svg` component is imported from the `zoo` module and used to render a blue circle with a radius of 50. The `width` and `height` props are also passed to the `Svg` component to specify the size of the SVG graphic. \n\nOverall, this code plays an important role in the larger project by providing a reusable `Svg` component and associated `SvgProps` type that can be used throughout the project to render SVG graphics.\n## Questions: \n 1. **What is the purpose of the `Svg` component?** \nA smart developer might want to know what functionality the `Svg` component provides and how it is used within the `zoo` project.\n\n2. **What is the `SvgProps` type used for?** \nA smart developer might want to know what props are expected to be passed to the `Svg` component and what their types are.\n\n3. **Are there any other components or types exported from this file?** \nA smart developer might want to know if there are any other important exports from this file that are not immediately visible in the code snippet provided.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Svg/index.md"}}],["626",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Svg/types.ts)\n\nThis code defines an interface called `SvgProps` that extends the `SVGAttributes` interface from the `react` library and the `SpaceProps` interface from the `styled-system` library. The `SVGAttributes` interface provides a set of attributes that can be used with SVG elements, while the `SpaceProps` interface provides a set of props for adding margin, padding, and other spacing-related styles to components.\n\nThe `SvgProps` interface also includes two additional properties: `theme` and `spin`. The `theme` property is an optional object of type `DefaultTheme` from the `styled-components` library, which allows for theming of SVG components. The `spin` property is a boolean that can be used to add a spinning animation to the SVG component.\n\nThis interface can be used as a type for props passed to SVG components in a React application. For example, if we have an SVG component called `MySvgComponent`, we can define its props as follows:\n\n```\nimport { SvgProps } from 'path/to/zoo'\n\ninterface MySvgComponentProps extends SvgProps {\n // additional props specific to MySvgComponent\n}\n\nconst MySvgComponent: React.FC = ({ /* props */ }) => {\n // component implementation\n}\n```\n\nBy extending `SvgProps`, we can ensure that our component accepts all the standard SVG attributes and spacing-related props, as well as the optional `theme` and `spin` props. This makes our component more flexible and easier to use in different contexts.\n\nOverall, this code provides a useful interface for defining props for SVG components in a React application, and demonstrates how different libraries can be combined to create more powerful and flexible code.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n - This code file defines an interface called `SvgProps` that extends `SVGAttributes` and `SpaceProps`, and includes additional properties for `theme` and `spin`.\n\n2. What is the `SVGAttributes` import from `react` used for?\n - The `SVGAttributes` import is used to define the props that can be passed to an SVG element in a React component.\n\n3. What is the `styled-system` package used for in this code?\n - The `SpaceProps` interface extends `styled-system` props for margin, padding, and other space-related styles, allowing for easy styling of components using these properties.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Svg/types.md"}}],["627",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Swap/Exchange.tsx)\n\nThe `ExchangePanel` component is a reusable UI component that provides a user interface for selecting a token and entering a token amount. It is used in the larger project to allow users to exchange tokens on a bridge.\n\nThe component takes in several props, including `value`, `onUserInput`, `onMax`, `showMaxButton`, `label`, `onCurrencySelect`, `token`, `disableCurrencySelect`, `id`, `hideBalance`, `hideInput`, `locked`, `customBalanceText`, `selectedCurrencyBalance`, `fiatValue`, `otherToken`, `onKeyDownFunc`, `onChainChange`, and `chainBalances`. These props are used to customize the behavior and appearance of the component.\n\nThe component renders a button that displays the selected token symbol and logo, and opens a modal when clicked to allow the user to select a different token. It also renders an input field for entering the token amount, and displays the user's token balance and the fiat value of the entered amount. The component also includes a \"Max\" button that sets the input field to the user's maximum token balance.\n\nThe component uses several external libraries, including React, Lottie, and Web3. It also imports several other components and interfaces from the project, including `FiatValue`, `CurrencySearchModal`, `BridgeLogo`, `ChevronDownIcon`, `Balance`, and `Token`.\n\nOverall, the `ExchangePanel` component provides a flexible and customizable UI component for selecting and entering token amounts, and is an important part of the larger project's user interface for exchanging tokens on a bridge.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines a React component called `ExchangePanel` that renders a UI for selecting and inputting a token amount for a cryptocurrency exchange. It also includes functionality for fetching and displaying the user's token balance and fiat value.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n- This code imports several external libraries and components, including `React`, `Lottie`, `DebounceInput`, `BridgeLogo`, `ChevronDownIcon`, and `Web3`. It also imports a custom `FiatValue` component and a `CurrencySearchModal` component.\n\n3. What props does the `ExchangePanel` component accept and how are they used?\n- The `ExchangePanel` component accepts several props, including `value`, `onUserInput`, `onMax`, `showMaxButton`, `label`, `onCurrencySelect`, `token`, `disableCurrencySelect`, `id`, `hideBalance`, `hideInput`, `locked`, `customBalanceText`, `selectedCurrencyBalance`, `fiatValue`, `otherToken`, `onKeyDownFunc`, `onChainChange`, and `chainBalances`. These props are used to control the behavior and appearance of the component, such as setting the input value, displaying the token balance and fiat value, and handling user input and selection.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Swap/Exchange.md"}}],["628",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Swap/FiatValue.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React component called `FiatValue` that takes in two props: `fiatValue` and `priceImpact`. The purpose of this component is to display the fiat value of a given asset and its price impact. \n\nThe `numberWithCommas` function is imported from a separate file called `format.js` and is used to format the fiat value with commas. \n\nThe `useMemo` hook is commented out, but it appears to be used to determine the class name for the `priceImpact` element based on its severity. However, this functionality is not currently being used in the component. \n\nThe component returns a div with a flex layout and right-aligned text. If `fiatValue` is truthy, it displays the fiat value with a dollar sign and commas using the `numberWithCommas` function. If `priceImpact` is truthy, it displays the price impact as a percentage with a negative sign and three significant digits. \n\nThis component can be used in a larger project that involves displaying asset values and their price impacts. It can be easily integrated into other React components and customized with CSS classes. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { FiatValue } from \"zoo\";\n\nfunction AssetInfo({ asset }) {\n return (\n
\n

{asset.name}

\n

Current value:

\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `numberWithCommas` function imported from \"functions/format\"?\n- The `numberWithCommas` function is used to format a number with commas for readability.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `useMemo` hook that is commented out?\n- The `useMemo` hook is used to memoize the result of a function so that it is only recomputed when its dependencies change. In this case, it is likely used to compute a class name based on the `priceImpact` prop.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `priceImpact` prop and how is it used in the component?\n- The `priceImpact` prop is used to display the percentage change in price impact. If it is provided, the component will display this value with a sign and a percentage symbol.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Swap/FiatValue.md"}}],["629",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Swap/Header.tsx)\n\nThe `ExchangeHeader` component is a React functional component that renders a header for a token exchange feature. It receives several props, including `input` and `output`, which are objects representing the input and output tokens for the exchange, respectively. It also receives `allowedSlippage`, a value representing the maximum allowed slippage for the exchange, and `crossChain`, a boolean indicating whether the exchange is cross-chain or not. \n\nThe component renders a container with two sections: one on the left and one on the right. The left section contains a link to the swap page, which is only rendered if either `input` or `output` is not defined. If both `input` and `output` are defined, the left section displays either \"Cross-Chain\" or \"Instant Trade\" depending on the value of `crossChain`. The right section contains three icons: a refresh icon, a filter icon, and a settings icon. Clicking on the refresh icon calls the `fetchUserBalances` function, which retrieves the user's token balances. Clicking on the filter icon opens a modal that allows the user to adjust the slippage tolerance for the exchange. Clicking on the settings icon opens a settings modal that is not implemented in this code.\n\nThe `SlippageModal` component is a child component of `ExchangeHeader` that renders the modal for adjusting the slippage tolerance. It receives three props: `autoRefresh`, a boolean indicating whether auto-refresh is enabled or not, `autoRefreshHandler`, a function that toggles the value of `autoRefresh`, and `isSlipToleranceModal`, a boolean indicating whether the modal is open or not. The modal contains several input fields and switches that allow the user to adjust various settings related to the exchange.\n\nThis component can be used as a header for a token exchange feature in a larger project. It provides a simple and intuitive interface for users to initiate and customize token exchanges. The `ExchangeHeader` component can be easily integrated into other components and pages in the project, and the `SlippageModal` component can be reused in other parts of the project that require a modal for adjusting settings. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```jsx\nimport ExchangeHeader from \"components/ExchangeHeader\";\n\nfunction ExchangePage() {\n const inputToken = { address: \"0x123abc\", symbol: \"ETH\" };\n const outputToken = { address: \"0x456def\", symbol: \"USDT\" };\n const allowedSlippage = 0.5;\n const crossChain = true;\n\n return (\n
\n \n {/* rest of the exchange page */}\n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `ExchangeHeader` component?\n- The `ExchangeHeader` component is used to display the header section of a page related to exchanging tokens, and it takes in various props related to the exchange.\n\n2. What is the `SlippageModal` component used for?\n- The `SlippageModal` component is used to display a modal that allows the user to adjust the slippage tolerance and other settings related to the token exchange.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `getQuery` function?\n- The `getQuery` function takes in two parameters, `input` and `output`, and returns an object that contains the addresses of the input and output currencies if they are provided. If only the input currency is provided, the output currency is set to \"ETH\". If neither input nor output currencies are provided, the function returns null.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Swap/Header.md"}}],["630",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Swap/ListCard.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React component called `ListCard` that renders a card with some information. The component takes in several props, including `label`, `fee`, `amount`, `className`, and `background`. \n\nThe `label` prop is a string that represents the label of the card, the `fee` prop is a string that represents the estimated gas fee, and the `amount` prop is a string that represents the amount of something. The `className` prop is an optional string that can be used to add additional CSS classes to the component, and the `background` prop is an optional string that represents the background color of the card.\n\nThe component returns a `div` element that contains the information passed in through the props. The `amount` prop is displayed as a heading, and the `fee` prop is displayed as a smaller text with an \"Est. gas fee\" label. The `label` prop is displayed as a smaller text in a black box that is positioned above the card.\n\nThe component also includes an image of an information icon that is displayed next to the \"Est. gas fee\" text. The image is imported from the `next/image` module.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to display information in a card format. The `ListCard` component can be imported into other components and used to display information in a consistent and visually appealing way. For example, it could be used to display information about different animals in a zoo, such as their name, habitat, and diet. \n\nHere is an example of how the `ListCard` component could be used in another component:\n\n```\nimport ListCard from \"./ListCard\";\n\nconst AnimalCard = ({ name, habitat, diet }) => {\n return (\n \n

{diet}

\n \n );\n};\n\nexport default AnimalCard;\n```\n\nIn this example, the `AnimalCard` component takes in `name`, `habitat`, and `diet` props, and passes them to the `ListCard` component. The `name` prop is used as the `label` prop, the `habitat` prop is used as the `amount` prop, and the `diet` prop is displayed as a paragraph inside the `ListCard` component. The `background` prop is set to a green color to represent the animal's natural habitat.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `ListCard` component?\n - The `ListCard` component is a reusable component that renders a card with a label, fee, and amount.\n\n2. What is the `Image` component being imported from and how is it being used?\n - The `Image` component is being imported from the `next/image` module and is being used to render an image of an info icon with a specific width and height.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `background` prop in the `ListCardProps` interface?\n - The `background` prop is an optional string that allows the user to specify a custom background color for the card. If no value is provided, the default background color is used.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Swap/ListCard.md"}}],["631",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Swap/TransactionDetail.tsx)\n\nThe `TransactionDetail` component is responsible for rendering the details of a transaction in the Zoo project. It receives several props, including `evmToAddress`, `amount`, `token`, and `bridgeState`, which are used to display information about the transaction.\n\nThe component uses the `useState` hook to manage the state of whether or not to show the transaction details. It also uses two additional state variables, `isHashCopied` and `isSigCopied`, to keep track of whether the user has copied the transaction hash or signature.\n\nThe `useActiveWeb3React` hook is used to get access to the web3 library, which is used to calculate the gas price for the transaction.\n\nThe `copyTextToClipboard` function is used to copy text to the clipboard. It first checks if the `navigator.clipboard` API is available, and if not, falls back to using the `document.execCommand` method.\n\nThe component renders a div that contains the transaction details. When the user clicks on the div, the `show` state variable is toggled, and the details are either shown or hidden.\n\nIf the details are shown, the component renders several divs that display information about the transaction, including the protocol fee, transaction state, and bridge transaction signature and hash. The `shortenString` function from the `format` module is used to shorten the signature and hash strings for display purposes.\n\nEach of the signature and hash divs contains a copy button that, when clicked, copies the corresponding value to the clipboard and displays a \"Copied!\" message.\n\nOverall, the `TransactionDetail` component provides a user-friendly way to view the details of a transaction in the Zoo project and copy important information to the clipboard. It can be used in conjunction with other components in the project to provide a comprehensive user interface for interacting with the blockchain. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```jsx\nimport TransactionDetail from 'path/to/TransactionDetail';\n\nconst MyComponent = () => {\n const evmToAddress = '0x123...';\n const amount = 100;\n const token = { symbol: 'ZOO' };\n const bridgeState = { status: 'COMPLETED', signature: '0xabc...', hashedTxId: '0xdef...' };\n\n return (\n
\n \n
\n );\n};\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `TransactionDetail` component?\n- The `TransactionDetail` component is used to display details about a transaction, including the transaction state, protocol fee, and bridge transaction signature and hash.\n\n2. What is the `useActiveWeb3React` hook used for?\n- The `useActiveWeb3React` hook is used to get the active Web3 provider and library, which are used to retrieve the gas price for the transaction.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `copyTextToClipboard` function?\n- The `copyTextToClipboard` function is used to copy text to the user's clipboard, and it uses the `navigator.clipboard` API if available, falling back to the `document.execCommand` method if not.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Swap/TransactionDetail.md"}}],["632",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Switch/index.tsx)\n\nThis code exports a customized Switch component from the Material-UI library. The purpose of this component is to provide a toggle switch that can be used in a React application. The component is styled using the `styled` function from Material-UI, which allows for custom CSS to be applied to the component.\n\nThe `MuiSwitch` component is created by passing the `Switch` component from Material-UI to the `styled` function. The CSS styles are defined using a JavaScript object that is passed as an argument to the `styled` function. The styles define the width, height, padding, and other properties of the switch. The `&` symbol is used to refer to the current element, and the `.` symbol is used to refer to a child element.\n\nThe `active` style is applied when the switch is clicked. This style changes the width of the thumb and moves the switch to the right. The `checked` style is applied when the switch is in the \"on\" position. This style changes the color of the thumb and the background color of the track.\n\nThe `thumb` and `track` styles define the appearance of the thumb and track elements of the switch. The `thumb` style applies a box shadow and a transition effect to the thumb element. The `track` style applies a border radius, opacity, and background color to the track element.\n\nThis component can be used in a React application by importing it and rendering it in a component. For example:\n\n```\nimport React from \"react\";\nimport MuiSwitch from \"./MuiSwitch\";\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const [checked, setChecked] = React.useState(false);\n\n const handleChange = () => {\n setChecked(!checked);\n };\n\n return (\n
\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `MuiSwitch` component is rendered inside a `div` element. The `checked` and `onChange` props are passed to the component to control its state. When the switch is toggled, the `handleChange` function is called to update the state.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n \n This code exports a styled Switch component from the Material UI library.\n\n2. What are the props that can be passed to this component?\n \n The component accepts all the props that can be passed to the Switch component from Material UI library.\n\n3. What is the significance of the \"&\" symbol used in the CSS selectors?\n \n The \"&\" symbol is used to refer to the parent selector in nested CSS selectors. In this code, it is used to refer to the MuiSwitch component itself.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Switch/index.md"}}],["633",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Table/TransactionRow.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React functional component called `TransactionRow` that renders a table row with transaction details. The component takes in five props: `from_address`, `to_address`, `value`, `block_timestamp`, and `transaction_hash`. \n\nThe `shortenAddress` function from the `functions` module is imported to shorten the `from_address` and `to_address` strings to a more readable format. The `abbreviateNumber` function from the `functions/abbreviateNumbers` module is imported to abbreviate the `value` number to a more readable format. The `moment` library is imported to format the `block_timestamp` as a human-readable date and time string.\n\nThe component returns a table row (``) with five columns (``). The first column displays the shortened `from_address` string as a hyperlink to the address on the Binance Smart Chain testnet explorer. The second column displays the shortened `to_address` string as a hyperlink to the address on the testnet explorer, but only if `to_address` is truthy. The third column displays the abbreviated `value` number followed by \"ZOO\". The fourth column displays the formatted `block_timestamp` string. The fifth column displays the first 10 characters of the `transaction_hash` string as a hyperlink to the transaction on the testnet explorer.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project that involves displaying transaction details for a cryptocurrency token called ZOO on the Binance Smart Chain testnet. The component can be reused wherever transaction details need to be displayed in a table format. Here's an example usage of the `TransactionRow` component:\n\n```\nimport React from \"react\";\nimport TransactionRow from \"./TransactionRow\";\n\nconst transactions = [\n {\n from_address: \"0x123abc...\",\n to_address: \"0x456def...\",\n value: 123456789,\n block_timestamp: 1620000000,\n transaction_hash: \"0x789ghi...\",\n },\n // more transactions...\n];\n\nconst TransactionTable = () => {\n return (\n \n \n \n \n \n \n \n \n \n \n \n {transactions.map((tx) => (\n \n ))}\n \n
FromToValueDateTransaction Hash
\n );\n};\n\nexport default TransactionTable;\n```\n\nIn this example, an array of transaction objects is passed to the `TransactionTable` component, which maps over the array and renders a `TransactionRow` component for each transaction. The `key` prop is set to the `transaction_hash` to help React efficiently update the table when transactions are added or removed.\n## Questions: \n 1. What are the required dependencies for this code to work?\n- This code requires the `functions` and `moment` packages to be imported.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `TransactionRow` component?\n- The `TransactionRow` component is a React functional component that renders a row of transaction data with links to relevant addresses and transaction hashes.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `TransactionRowProps` interface?\n- The `TransactionRowProps` interface defines the expected props for the `TransactionRow` component, including `from_address`, `to_address`, `value`, `block_timestamp`, and `transaction_hash`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Table/TransactionRow.md"}}],["634",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Table/index.tsx)\n\nThe `Table` component is a reusable React component that renders a table with pagination, sorting, and hiding columns functionality. It receives an array of `Column` objects and an array of data objects as props. Each `Column` object has a `Header` property that specifies the column header text, an `accessor` property that specifies the data field to be displayed in the column, and optional properties for sorting, alignment, and custom cell rendering. The `Table` component uses the `useTable` hook from the `react-table` library to create a table instance with the specified columns and data. It also uses the `usePagination` and `useSortBy` hooks to enable pagination and sorting functionality.\n\nThe `Table` component renders a table with the specified columns and data, and adds pagination controls if the number of rows exceeds 10. The table headers are rendered using the `headerGroups` array returned by the `useTable` hook. Each header cell has a sorting icon that toggles the sorting order when clicked. The table rows are rendered using the `page` array returned by the `usePagination` hook, which contains only the rows for the current page. Each row is rendered using the `prepareRow` function from the `useTable` hook, which prepares the row for rendering and returns an object with the row properties and cell properties. The `Cell` component of each cell is rendered using the `render` function of the corresponding `Column` object.\n\nThe `Table` component also provides functionality for hiding columns. It receives an optional `columnsHideable` array that specifies the IDs of the columns that can be hidden. The `toggleHide` function toggles the visibility of the specified columns when the hide/show button is clicked. The `getProperty` function is a utility function that retrieves a nested property of an object using a dot-separated string as the property path.\n\nExample usage:\n\n```jsx\nimport Table from './Table'\n\nconst columns = [\n {\n Header: 'Name',\n accessor: 'name',\n },\n {\n Header: 'Age',\n accessor: 'age',\n align: 'right',\n sortType: (a, b) => a - b,\n },\n {\n Header: 'Email',\n accessor: 'email',\n Cell: ({ value }) => {value},\n },\n]\n\nconst data = [\n { name: 'John Doe', age: 30, email: 'john.doe@example.com' },\n { name: 'Jane Smith', age: 25, email: 'jane.smith@example.com' },\n { name: 'Bob Johnson', age: 40, email: 'bob.johnson@example.com' },\n]\n\nfunction App() {\n return \n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Table` component?\n- The `Table` component is used to render a table with pagination, sorting, and hiding columns functionality.\n\n2. What are the required props for the `Table` component?\n- The required props for the `Table` component are `columns` and `data`.\n\n3. What external libraries are used in this code?\n- This code uses several external libraries: `React`, `@heroicons/react/outline`, `classnames`, `next/router`, and `react-table`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Table/index.md"}}],["635",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Table/styles.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a styled table component using the styled-components library. The purpose of this code is to create a reusable table component that can be used throughout the larger project. \n\nThe `Table` component is defined as a styled `table` element with various CSS properties applied to it. These properties include setting the font family to Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif, collapsing the borders, setting the width to 100%, and hiding any overflow. \n\nThe `td` and `th` elements within the table are also styled with a bottom border and padding of 16px, with additional padding on the left for `td` elements. The `th` elements have a background color of #333333, white text color, and additional padding on the top and bottom. \n\nThis component can be used in various parts of the project where a table is needed. For example, it can be used to display a list of animals in the zoo, their names, and their habitats. \n\nTo use this component, it can be imported into the desired file and used as a regular React component. For example:\n\n```\nimport { Table } from 'zoo';\n\nfunction AnimalList() {\n return (\n
\n \n \n \n \n \n \n \n \n \n \n \n \n \n \n \n \n
NameHabitat
LionAfrica
PandaAsia
\n );\n}\n```\n\nThis would render a table with two columns, \"Name\" and \"Habitat\", and two rows with the animal names and their habitats. Overall, this code provides a simple and reusable way to style tables in the larger project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n \n This code defines a styled table component using the styled-components library.\n\n2. What styling is applied to the table and its elements?\n \n The table has a width of 100%, uses the Arial font family, and has collapsed borders. The table cells have a bottom border and padding, while the table headers have a top and bottom padding, left padding, left alignment, a background color of #333333, and white text color.\n\n3. Why are the border-radius and border properties commented out?\n \n It is unclear why these properties are commented out, but it may be because they are not currently being used or were removed during development.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Table/styles.md"}}],["636",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Toast/Toast.tsx)\n\nThe code is a React component that renders a toast notification. The toast notification is a small message that appears on the screen to provide feedback to the user. The component is imported from the `zoo` project and uses several other React components and libraries.\n\nThe `Toast` component takes several props, including `toast`, `onRemove`, `style`, and `ttl`. The `toast` prop contains the data for the toast notification, including the `id`, `title`, `description`, `type`, and `action`. The `onRemove` prop is a callback function that is called when the toast notification is removed. The `style` prop is an object that contains the CSS styles for the toast notification. The `ttl` prop is the time-to-live for the toast notification, which is the amount of time the notification is displayed on the screen.\n\nThe `Toast` component uses the `CSSTransition` component from the `react-transition-group` library to animate the toast notification. The `StyledToast` component is a styled component that contains the CSS styles for the toast notification. The `Alert` component is another component from the `zoo` project that renders an alert message. The `Alert` component takes several props, including `title`, `variant`, and `onClick`. The `variant` prop is not used in this component.\n\nThe `Toast` component uses several hooks, including `useCallback`, `useEffect`, and `useRef`. The `useCallback` hook is used to memoize the `handleRemove` function, which is called when the toast notification is removed. The `useEffect` hook is used to set a timer for the toast notification and to clear the timer when the component is unmounted. The `useRef` hook is used to create a reference to the `timer` and `removeHandler` variables.\n\nOverall, the `Toast` component is a reusable component that can be used to display toast notifications in the `zoo` project. The component is highly customizable and can be styled and configured to meet the needs of the project. Here is an example of how the `Toast` component can be used in the `zoo` project:\n\n```jsx\nimport React from \"react\";\nimport Toast from \"./Toast\";\n\nconst MyComponent = () => {\n const handleRemove = (id) => {\n console.log(`Toast with id ${id} removed`);\n };\n\n const toast = {\n id: 1,\n title: \"Hello World\",\n description: \"This is a toast notification\",\n type: \"info\",\n action: {\n label: \"Undo\",\n onClick: () => console.log(\"Undo clicked\"),\n },\n };\n\n return (\n \n );\n};\n\nexport default MyComponent;\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Toast` component?\n \n The `Toast` component is used to display a toast notification with a title, description, and optional action button.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `handleMouseEnter` and `handleMouseLeave` functions?\n \n The `handleMouseEnter` and `handleMouseLeave` functions are used to pause and resume the timer that controls the duration of the toast notification. When the user hovers over the toast, the timer is paused, and when they leave, the timer is resumed.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `alertTypeMap` object?\n \n The `alertTypeMap` object is used to map the `type` property of the `toast` object to a corresponding `TYPE` value from the `../Alert` module. This allows the `Alert` component to display the appropriate styling based on the type of the toast notification.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Toast/Toast.md"}}],["637",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Toast/ToastAction.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React component called `ToastAction` that renders a button with a specific size and text based on the `action` prop passed to it. The purpose of this component is to provide a consistent way to render buttons for actions that are triggered by a toast notification in the larger project.\n\nThe `ToastAction` component imports the `Button` component from the `components` directory and the `getExternalLinkProps` function from the `config` directory. It also imports the `ToastAction` type from a local `types` file.\n\nThe `ToastAction` component takes in a single prop called `action` which is of type `ToastAction`. This prop contains information about the action that should be taken when the button is clicked, including the text to display on the button and the URL to navigate to.\n\nThe `ToastAction` component checks if the URL provided in the `action` prop starts with \"http\". If it does, it renders a `Button` component with the `size` prop set to \"sm\" and the `getExternalLinkProps` function passed as a spread operator. This function provides additional props to the `Button` component to ensure that external links open in a new tab and have appropriate accessibility attributes.\n\nIf the URL provided in the `action` prop does not start with \"http\", the `ToastAction` component renders a `Button` component with the `size` prop set to \"sm\" and the `text` prop set to the `text` property of the `action` prop.\n\nThis component can be used in the larger project to provide a consistent way to render buttons for actions triggered by toast notifications. For example, if a toast notification is displayed to inform the user that a new version of the app is available, the `ToastAction` component could be used to render a button that navigates to the download page for the new version. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport ToastAction from \"path/to/ToastAction\";\n\nconst App = () => {\n const handleDownloadClick = () => {\n // handle download logic\n };\n\n const toastAction = {\n text: \"Download\",\n url: \"/download\",\n };\n\n return (\n
\n

A new version of the app is available!

\n \n
\n );\n};\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Button` component being imported from \"components/Button\"?\n- The smart developer might ask why the `Button` component is being imported and what its role is in the `ToastAction` component. \n\n2. What is the `getExternalLinkProps` function and where is it defined?\n- The smart developer might ask what the `getExternalLinkProps` function does and where it is defined in the codebase.\n\n3. Why is the `Link` component from \"react-router-dom\" commented out?\n- The smart developer might ask why the `Link` component is commented out and if there is a reason for not using it in the `ToastAction` component.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Toast/ToastAction.md"}}],["638",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Toast/ToastContainer.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React component called `ToastContainer` that renders a container for displaying toast notifications. Toast notifications are small messages that appear on the screen to provide feedback to the user about an action or event. The `ToastContainer` component uses the `TransitionGroup` component from the `react-transition-group` library to animate the appearance and disappearance of toast notifications.\n\nThe `ToastContainer` component takes in several props, including an array of `toasts` to display, a function `onRemove` to call when a toast is removed, a time-to-live `ttl` for each toast, and a `stackSpacing` value to determine the vertical spacing between stacked toasts. The component also uses a custom hook called `useMatchBreakpoints` to determine the screen size and adjust the positioning of the toasts accordingly.\n\nThe `StyledToastContainer` component is a styled component that defines the CSS styles for the toast container and the toast animations. The `enter` and `appear` classes set the initial opacity of the toast to 0.01, while the `exit` class sets the final opacity to 0.01. The `enter-active` and `appear-active` classes set the transition effect for the toast to fade in over 250ms with an ease-in effect, while the `exit-active` class sets the transition effect to fade out over 250ms with an ease-out effect.\n\nThe `ToastContainer` component maps over the `toasts` array and renders a `Toast` component for each toast. The `Toast` component takes in the `toast` object, the `onRemove` function, the `ttl` value, and a `style` object that sets the position and z-index of the toast. The `style` object uses the `isXs`, `isSm`, and `isMd` values from the `useMatchBreakpoints` hook to determine whether to position the toast from the top or bottom of the screen.\n\nOverall, this code provides a reusable and customizable component for displaying toast notifications in a React application. It can be used in conjunction with other components and libraries to create a comprehensive user interface for the application. Here is an example of how the `ToastContainer` component can be used:\n\n```\nimport React, { useState } from \"react\";\nimport ToastContainer from \"./ToastContainer\";\n\nconst App = () => {\n const [toasts, setToasts] = useState([]);\n\n const addToast = (message) => {\n const newToast = { id: Date.now(), message };\n setToasts((prevToasts) => [...prevToasts, newToast]);\n setTimeout(() => removeToast(newToast.id), 4000);\n };\n\n const removeToast = (id) => {\n setToasts((prevToasts) => prevToasts.filter((t) => t.id !== id));\n };\n\n return (\n
\n \n \n
\n );\n};\n\nexport default App;\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useMatchBreakpoints` hook being imported?\n- The `useMatchBreakpoints` hook is likely used to determine the screen size and adjust the positioning of the toasts accordingly.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `TransitionGroup` component being used?\n- The `TransitionGroup` component is likely used to animate the entrance and exit of the toasts.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `stackSpacing` prop being passed to the `ToastContainer` component?\n- The `stackSpacing` prop is likely used to specify the amount of space between each toast when they are stacked on top of each other.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Toast/ToastContainer.md"}}],["639",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Toast/index.tsx)\n\nThis code exports three items from the `zoo` project's `ToastContainer` module: the `ToastContainer` component, the `toastTypes` object, and several types related to toasts. \n\nThe `ToastContainer` component is a container for displaying toast notifications to users. Toast notifications are small, temporary messages that appear on the screen to provide feedback or information to the user. The `ToastContainer` component is customizable and can be styled to fit the design of the application. \n\nThe `toastTypes` object contains constants that define the different types of toast notifications that can be displayed. These types include success, error, warning, and info. Developers can use these constants to create their own custom toast notifications or to style the default notifications provided by the `ToastContainer` component. \n\nThe types exported by this module include `ToastContainerProps`, which defines the props that can be passed to the `ToastContainer` component, and `Toast`, which defines the shape of a single toast notification. Additionally, the `Types as ToastTypes` statement exports an alias for the `types` object as `ToastTypes`. This allows developers to import the `toastTypes` object using a more descriptive name. \n\nOverall, this code provides a convenient way for developers to use and customize toast notifications in their applications. Here is an example of how the `ToastContainer` component and `toastTypes` object could be used in a React application:\n\n```\nimport { ToastContainer, toastTypes } from 'zoo';\n\nfunction App() {\n const handleButtonClick = () => {\n // Display a success toast notification\n toastTypes.success('Button clicked!');\n };\n\n return (\n
\n \n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. **What is the purpose of the `ToastContainer` and `Toast` components?** The `ToastContainer` component is likely responsible for rendering and managing toast notifications, while the `Toast` component represents an individual toast notification. \n2. **What is the `types` export and what does it contain?** The `types` export likely contains various type definitions related to toast notifications, such as the shape of a `Toast` object or the available types of toast notifications. \n3. **What is the significance of the `Types` export in the type definition?** The `Types` export is likely an alias for the `toastTypes` export, allowing developers to import the available toast types using a more descriptive name.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Toast/index.md"}}],["640",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Toast/types.ts)\n\nThis code defines a set of interfaces and types related to displaying toast notifications in a web application. Toast notifications are small messages that appear on the screen to provide feedback or alerts to the user. \n\nThe `types` object defines three different types of toast notifications: DANGER, WARNING, and INFO. These types are represented as strings that can be used to style the toast notification appropriately. \n\nThe `Types` type is a union type that represents all possible values of the `types` object. This type is used to ensure that the `type` property of the `Toast` interface is always one of the valid types defined in the `types` object. \n\nThe `ToastAction` interface defines the structure of an action that can be associated with a toast notification. This includes a `text` property that describes the action and a `url` property that specifies the URL to navigate to when the action is clicked. \n\nThe `Toast` interface defines the structure of a toast notification. Each toast has an `id` property that uniquely identifies it, a `type` property that specifies the type of the toast (using one of the values from the `types` object), a `title` property that provides a short description of the toast, an optional `description` property that provides additional information, and an optional `action` property that specifies an action associated with the toast. \n\nThe `ToastContainerProps` interface defines the properties that can be passed to a component that displays a collection of toast notifications. This includes an array of `toasts` to display, a `stackSpacing` property that specifies the spacing between stacked toasts, a `ttl` property that specifies the time-to-live (in milliseconds) for each toast, and an `onRemove` callback function that is called when a toast is dismissed. \n\nThe `ToastProps` interface defines the properties that can be passed to a component that displays a single toast notification. This includes the `toast` object to display, the `onRemove` callback function, the `ttl` property, and a `style` property that can be used to apply custom styles to the toast. \n\nOverall, this code provides a set of interfaces and types that can be used to define and display toast notifications in a web application. By using these interfaces and types, developers can ensure that their toast notifications are consistent and easy to manage. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```typescript\nimport { Toast, ToastContainerProps, ToastProps } from 'zoo';\n\nconst toasts: Toast[] = [\n {\n id: '1',\n type: 'warning',\n title: 'Warning!',\n description: 'Something went wrong.',\n action: {\n text: 'Retry',\n url: '/retry',\n },\n },\n {\n id: '2',\n type: 'info',\n title: 'Information',\n description: 'Your changes have been saved.',\n },\n];\n\nfunction handleRemove(id: string) {\n // Remove the toast with the specified ID\n}\n\nfunction renderToast(toast: Toast) {\n return (\n \n );\n}\n\nfunction renderToastContainer() {\n return (\n \n {toasts.map(renderToast)}\n \n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What are the different types of toasts that can be displayed?\n- The different types of toasts that can be displayed are DANGER, WARNING, and INFO.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `ToastContainerProps` interface?\n- The `ToastContainerProps` interface is used to define the props that are passed to the `ToastContainer` component, including the array of `toasts`, `stackSpacing`, `ttl`, and `onRemove` function.\n\n3. What is the relationship between `ToastProps` and `ToastContainerProps`?\n- `ToastProps` extends `ToastContainerProps` and adds additional props specific to an individual toast, such as `toast`, `ttl`, and `style`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Toast/types.md"}}],["641",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Toggle/ListToggle.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React component called `ListToggle` that renders a toggle switch. The component takes in four props: `id`, `isActive`, `bgColor`, and `toggle`. \n\nThe `id` prop is an optional string that sets the `id` attribute of the toggle switch. The `isActive` prop is a boolean that determines whether the toggle switch is on or off. The `bgColor` prop is a string that sets the background color of the toggle switch when it is on. The `toggle` prop is a function that is called when the toggle switch is clicked.\n\nThe component returns a `div` element that represents the toggle switch. The `className` attribute of the `div` element is set based on the value of the `isActive` prop. If `isActive` is true, the `className` is set to `\"bg-dark-700 text-high-emphesis\"`, which sets the background color to a dark shade and the text color to a high emphasis color. If `isActive` is false, the `className` is set to `\"bg-dark-800 text-primary\"`, which sets the background color to a slightly lighter shade and the text color to a primary color.\n\nThe `onClick` attribute of the `div` element is set to the `toggle` prop, which means that the `toggle` function is called when the toggle switch is clicked.\n\nThe `div` element contains three child elements. The first child element is only rendered if `isActive` is true. It is a `div` element with the text \"ON\" and some styling applied to it. The second child element is always rendered. It is a `div` element that represents the toggle switch itself. Its background color is set to `bgColor` if `isActive` is true, and it has a default background color of `\"bg-dark-700\"` if `isActive` is false. The third child element is only rendered if `isActive` is false. It is a `div` element with the text \"OFF\" and some styling applied to it.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to allow users to toggle a setting on or off. The `isActive` prop can be set based on the current state of the setting, and the `toggle` prop can be set to a function that updates the state of the setting when the toggle switch is clicked. Here is an example of how the component can be used:\n\n```\nimport React, { useState } from 'react'\nimport ListToggle from './ListToggle'\n\nexport default function App() {\n const [isDarkMode, setIsDarkMode] = useState(false)\n\n const toggleDarkMode = () => {\n setIsDarkMode(!isDarkMode)\n }\n\n return (\n
\n \n

This is some text that will be styled differently in dark mode.

\n
\n )\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `App` component has a state variable called `isDarkMode` that determines whether the app is in dark mode or not. The `toggleDarkMode` function updates the `isDarkMode` state variable when the toggle switch is clicked. The `ListToggle` component is rendered with the `isActive` prop set to `isDarkMode`, the `bgColor` prop set to `#4A5568`, and the `toggle` prop set to `toggleDarkMode`. The `className` of the `div` element that wraps the app is set to `\"dark\"` if `isDarkMode` is true, which applies some dark mode styles to the app. The `p` element contains some text that will be styled differently in dark mode.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code exports a React component called `ListToggle` that renders a toggle switch with customizable background color and text labels for on and off states.\n\n2. What are the required props for the `ListToggle` component?\n - The `ListToggle` component requires `isActive` (a boolean indicating whether the toggle is on or off) and `toggle` (a function to be called when the toggle is clicked) props. It also accepts optional `id` (a string for the HTML `id` attribute) and `bgColor` (a string for the background color of the toggle when it is on) props.\n\n3. What CSS classes are applied to the `ListToggle` component?\n - The `ListToggle` component applies different CSS classes based on the `isActive` prop. When `isActive` is true, it applies the classes `bg-dark-700` and `text-high-emphesis`, and when `isActive` is false, it applies the classes `bg-dark-800` and `text-primary`. It also applies the classes `rounded-full`, `flex`, `items-center`, `outline-none`, `cursor-pointer`, `border-none`, `py-1`, `px-3`, and `space-x-3` to both states.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Toggle/ListToggle.md"}}],["642",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Toggle/index.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React component called `Toggle` that renders a switch UI element using the `Switch` component from the `@headlessui/react` library. The `Toggle` component takes three props: `id`, `isActive`, and `toggle`. \n\nThe `isActive` prop is a boolean that determines whether the switch is on or off. The `toggle` prop is a function that is called when the switch is toggled. The `id` prop is optional and can be used to set the `id` attribute of the switch element.\n\nThe `Switch` component renders a checkbox input element that is visually styled as a switch. The `checked` prop of the `Switch` component is set to the `isActive` prop of the `Toggle` component, so the switch is initially rendered in the on or off position based on the value of `isActive`. The `onChange` prop of the `Switch` component is set to the `toggle` prop of the `Toggle` component, so when the switch is toggled, the `toggle` function is called.\n\nThe `classNames` function from the `../../functions` module is used to conditionally apply CSS classes to the switch element based on the value of `isActive`. If `isActive` is true, the switch is given a blue background color, otherwise it is given a dark gray background color.\n\nThe switch element consists of two nested `span` elements. The first `span` element is visually hidden and provides an accessible label for the switch. The second `span` element contains two nested `span` elements that represent the switch handle. The first nested `span` element is positioned to the left or right of the switch based on the value of `isActive`, and is given a dark gray background color. The second nested `span` element is positioned on top of the first nested `span` element and is given a white background color. When `isActive` is true, the second nested `span` element is visible and contains a checkmark icon, otherwise it is hidden and contains a cross icon.\n\nThis `Toggle` component can be used in any React application that needs to render a switch UI element. It provides a simple and customizable way to toggle a boolean value. An example usage of the `Toggle` component is shown below:\n\n```\nimport Toggle from './Toggle'\n\nfunction App() {\n const [isActive, setIsActive] = useState(false)\n\n const handleToggle = () => {\n setIsActive(!isActive)\n }\n\n return (\n
\n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Toggle` component?\n- The `Toggle` component is a switch component that takes in an `id`, `isActive` boolean value, and a `toggle` function as props and returns a switch element with two states.\n\n2. What is the `classNames` function used for?\n- The `classNames` function is used to conditionally concatenate class names based on the values of the `isActive` prop and other static class names.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `Switch` component from the `@headlessui/react` library?\n- The `Switch` component is a customizable switch component that provides accessible keyboard navigation and screen reader support. It takes in `checked`, `onChange`, and `className` props and returns a switch element.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Toggle/index.md"}}],["643",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Tooltip/index.tsx)\n\nThe code in this file provides functionality for creating tooltips and mouseover tooltips in a React project. \n\nThe `Tooltip` component takes in a `text` prop, which is the content that will be displayed in the tooltip. It then renders a `Popover` component with the `content` prop set to a div containing the `text` prop. The `Popover` component is imported from another file and is responsible for rendering the tooltip itself. The `Tooltip` component also spreads any additional props passed to it onto the `Popover` component.\n\nThe `TooltipContent` component is similar to the `Tooltip` component, but instead of taking in a `text` prop, it takes in a `content` prop. This component is meant to be used when the content of the tooltip is more complex than just a string of text. It also renders a `Popover` component with the `content` prop set to the `content` prop passed to it.\n\nThe `MouseoverTooltip` component is a variation of the `Tooltip` component that only shows the tooltip when the user hovers over the component it is wrapping. It takes in any props that the `Tooltip` component takes in, except for the `show` prop. It then renders a `div` that wraps around the `children` prop passed to it. When the user hovers over this `div`, the `show` state is set to `true`, which causes the tooltip to be displayed.\n\nThe `MouseoverTooltipContent` component is similar to the `MouseoverTooltip` component, but instead of taking in a `text` prop or a `content` prop, it takes in both a `content` prop and a `children` prop. It renders a `div` that wraps around the `children` prop passed to it, and when the user hovers over this `div`, the `show` state is set to `true`, which causes the tooltip to be displayed. The `content` prop is passed to the `TooltipContent` component, which is responsible for rendering the tooltip itself.\n\nOverall, these components provide a simple and flexible way to add tooltips and mouseover tooltips to a React project. They can be used in a variety of ways, such as providing additional information about a UI element or displaying a preview of content. Here is an example of how the `Tooltip` component could be used:\n\n```\nimport { Tooltip } from 'zoo';\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n return (\n
\n

Hover over this text to see a tooltip!

\n \n Hover over me!\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Popover` component and how is it used in this code?\n \n The `Popover` component is imported and used to render tooltip content in this code. It takes in a `content` prop which is a ReactNode and renders it in a popover.\n\n2. What is the difference between the `Tooltip` and `TooltipContent` components?\n \n The `Tooltip` component is used to render a tooltip with text content, while the `TooltipContent` component is used to render a tooltip with arbitrary content.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `MouseoverTooltip` and `MouseoverTooltipContent` components?\n \n The `MouseoverTooltip` and `MouseoverTooltipContent` components are variations of the `Tooltip` and `TooltipContent` components respectively, with added functionality to show and hide the tooltip on mouseover events.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Tooltip/index.md"}}],["644",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/TransactionSettings/index.tsx)\n\nThe `TransactionSettings` component is responsible for rendering and managing the user's transaction settings, specifically the slippage tolerance and transaction deadline. It imports several hooks from the `user` slice of the global state, including `useUserSlippageTolerance`, `useSetUserSlippageTolerance`, and `useUserTransactionTTL`. It also imports several utility functions and components from various packages.\n\nThe component takes in a `placeholderSlippage` prop, which is used to display a default slippage tolerance value in the input field. It then initializes several state variables using the `useState` hook, including `slippageInput`, `slippageError`, `deadlineInput`, and `deadlineError`. It also initializes a reference to the slippage input field using the `useRef` hook.\n\nThe `parseSlippageInput` function is responsible for parsing and validating the user's input for the slippage tolerance. It first sets the `slippageInput` state variable to the user's input and clears the `slippageError` state variable. If the input is empty, it sets the user's slippage tolerance to \"auto\". Otherwise, it attempts to parse the input as a number and convert it to a percentage. If the parsed value is not an integer between 0 and 5000, it sets the user's slippage tolerance to \"auto\" and sets the `slippageError` state variable to `SlippageError.InvalidInput`. Otherwise, it sets the user's slippage tolerance to the parsed value as a `Percent` object.\n\nThe `parseCustomDeadline` function is responsible for parsing and validating the user's input for the transaction deadline. It first sets the `deadlineInput` state variable to the user's input and clears the `deadlineError` state variable. If the input is empty, it sets the transaction deadline to the default value. Otherwise, it attempts to parse the input as a number and convert it to seconds. If the parsed value is not an integer between 60 and 10800 (3 hours), it sets the `deadlineError` state variable to `DeadlineError.InvalidInput`. Otherwise, it sets the transaction deadline to the parsed value.\n\nThe component then renders two input fields for the slippage tolerance and transaction deadline, respectively. The slippage tolerance input field includes a button to toggle between \"auto\" and custom values, as well as a `QuestionHelper` component to display additional information. The transaction deadline input field includes a label for \"minutes\" and a `QuestionHelper` component. If there are any errors with the user's input, the component displays an error message below the input field.\n\nOverall, the `TransactionSettings` component provides a user-friendly interface for managing transaction settings and ensures that the user's input is properly validated before being used in the application. It can be used in various contexts throughout the larger project, wherever transaction settings need to be managed.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `TransactionSettings` component?\n- The `TransactionSettings` component is used to display and allow users to adjust their slippage tolerance and transaction deadline settings.\n\n2. What are the possible values for the `SlippageError` and `DeadlineError` enums?\n- The `SlippageError` enum has three possible values: `InvalidInput`, `RiskyLow`, and `RiskyHigh`. The `DeadlineError` enum has one possible value: `InvalidInput`.\n- These enums are used to track and display errors related to user input for slippage tolerance and transaction deadline settings.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useUserSlippageTolerance`, `useSetUserSlippageTolerance`, and `useUserTransactionTTL` hooks?\n- The `useUserSlippageTolerance` hook retrieves the current slippage tolerance setting for the user.\n- The `useSetUserSlippageTolerance` hook is used to update the user's slippage tolerance setting.\n- The `useUserTransactionTTL` hook retrieves the current transaction deadline setting for the user.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/TransactionSettings/index.md"}}],["645",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Typography/index.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a `Typography` component that can be used to render text with different styles and weights. The component takes in several props, including `variant`, `weight`, `component`, `className`, and `clickable`. \n\nThe `variant` prop determines the size of the text and can be set to one of several predefined values, including `hero`, `h1`, `h2`, `h3`, `lg`, `base`, `sm`, and `xs`. The `weight` prop determines the font weight and can be set to either `400` or `700`. The `component` prop determines the HTML element that the text should be rendered as and defaults to `div`. The `className` prop allows for additional CSS classes to be added to the component. The `clickable` prop determines whether the text should be clickable or not.\n\nThe `Typography` component uses the `classNames` function from the `functions` module to generate a list of CSS classes based on the props passed in. It then creates a new React element using the `React.createElement` function and passes in the generated CSS classes, `onClick` handler (if provided), and any other props passed in. Finally, it renders the `children` prop, which represents the text to be displayed.\n\nThis component can be used throughout the larger project to render text with consistent styles and weights. For example, it could be used to render headings, paragraphs, or buttons. Here is an example of how the `Typography` component could be used to render a heading:\n\n```\nWelcome to the Zoo\n```\n\nThis would render the text \"Welcome to the Zoo\" as an `h1` element with a font weight of 700.\n## Questions: \n 1. What are the possible values for the `TypographyVariant` and `TypographyWeight` types?\n- The `TypographyVariant` type can have values of `'hero'`, `'h1'`, `'h2'`, `'h3'`, `'lg'`, `'base'`, `'sm'`, and `'xs'`. The `TypographyWeight` type can have values of `400` or `700`.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `classNames` function imported from `../../functions`?\n- It is unclear from this code snippet what the `classNames` function does, but it is likely used to concatenate multiple class names together for the `className` prop of the `Typography` component.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `clickable` prop in the `TypographyProps` interface?\n- The `clickable` prop is used to determine whether or not the `Typography` component should have a `cursor-pointer` class and `select-none` class added to its `className` prop, as well as whether or not to include an `onClick` prop.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Typography/index.md"}}],["646",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Voting/ProposalsTable.tsx)\n\nThe `ProposalsTable` component is a React component that renders a table of proposals. It takes in an array of `Proposal` objects, a `state` string, and a `type` number as props. The component filters the proposals based on the `state` and `type` props and renders them in a table format.\n\nThe component uses the `useRouter` hook from the `next/router` module to handle navigation to the proposal details page when a proposal is clicked. It also uses the `toast` function from the `react-toastify` module to display a message when a user tries to vote on a pending proposal.\n\nThe `filteredProposals` function is imported from the `functions/proposal` module and is used to filter the proposals based on the `state` and `type` props. The `getProposalState` function is also imported from the same module but is not used in this component.\n\nThe `getDay` function takes in a `time` parameter and returns a formatted date string in the format \"MMMM dd, yyyy | hh:mm a\". This function is used to display the start and end times of the proposals.\n\nThe component renders a table of proposals using the `_proposals` state variable. If there are no proposals to display, a message is displayed instead. Each proposal is rendered as a div element with the proposal title, start and end times, and proposal type displayed. The proposal type is displayed as a button with a different color depending on whether it is a core or community proposal. The proposal state is also displayed as a button with a different color depending on whether it is pending, ongoing, or closed. When a proposal is clicked, the user is navigated to the proposal details page if the proposal is ongoing. If the proposal is pending, a message is displayed using the `toast` function.\n\nOverall, this component is an important part of the larger project as it allows users to view and interact with the proposals in a user-friendly way. It also demonstrates the use of React hooks and modules to handle navigation and display messages.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `ProposalsTable` component?\n- The `ProposalsTable` component is used to display a table of proposals based on their state and type.\n\n2. What external libraries are being used in this code?\n- The code is using several external libraries including `next/image`, `react`, `next/router`, `date-fns`, and `react-toastify`.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the commented out code block?\n- The commented out code block is an alternative implementation of the `ProposalsTable` component that uses different HTML elements and CSS classes to style the proposals table. It is likely that this code was used during development and was left in as a reference or backup.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Voting/ProposalsTable.md"}}],["647",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Voting/data.json)\n\nThis code defines a JSON object with two arrays, \"core\" and \"community\", each containing a list of objects with four properties: \"id\", \"name\", \"date\", and \"type\". The purpose of this code is to store information about upcoming events in the zoo project, with the \"core\" array containing events that are currently open for voting and the \"community\" array containing events that will be open for voting soon. \n\nThis code can be used in the larger project to display information about upcoming events to users. For example, the \"core\" events could be displayed on the homepage of the zoo project with a \"vote now\" button, while the \"community\" events could be displayed on a separate page with a message indicating that voting will be available soon. \n\nHere is an example of how this code could be used in JavaScript to display the names of the events in the \"core\" array:\n\n```\nconst events = JSON.parse(zoo); // assuming the code is stored in a variable called \"zoo\"\nconst coreEvents = events.core;\nfor (let i = 0; i < coreEvents.length; i++) {\n console.log(coreEvents[i].name);\n}\n```\n\nThis would output the names of the events in the \"core\" array to the console.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the \"core\" and \"community\" arrays?\n - The \"core\" and \"community\" arrays contain objects with information about different events, with \"core\" events having a \"vote-now\" type and \"community\" events having a \"soon\" or \"vote-now\" type.\n \n2. What is the significance of the \"id\" field in each object?\n - The \"id\" field is a unique identifier for each event object, allowing for easy reference and manipulation of specific events within the arrays.\n \n3. What is the format of the \"date\" field in each object?\n - The \"date\" field is a string with the format \"Ends [date] | [time]\", indicating the end date and time of each event.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Voting/data.md"}}],["648",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Web3Connect/index.tsx)\n\nThe code is a React component that renders a button for connecting a user's web3 wallet to the application. The component imports a Button component and Activity icon from other files. It also imports functions from various hooks and libraries such as `useLingui`, `useWalletModalToggle`, and `useActiveWeb3React`.\n\nThe Web3Connect component takes in several props such as `color`, `size`, `className`, and `title`. If there is an error with the user's web3 connection, the component will render a div with an Activity icon and a message indicating the error. If there is no error, the component will render a Button component with the `title` prop as its label.\n\nThe purpose of this component is to provide a simple and intuitive way for users to connect their web3 wallets to the application. It can be used in various parts of the application where web3 connectivity is required, such as in trading or staking interfaces. The component can be customized with different colors, sizes, and styles to fit the design of the application.\n\nExample usage:\n\n```jsx\n\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and where is it used in the project?\n- This code is a React component called `Web3Connect` that renders a button for connecting a wallet. It is likely used in a part of the project that requires interaction with a blockchain.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code relies on several dependencies, including `react`, `react-feather`, `@lingui/macro`, `@lingui/react`, and custom hooks from `../../state/application/hooks` and `hooks`.\n\n3. What happens when there is an error in the `useActiveWeb3React` hook?\n- When there is an error in the `useActiveWeb3React` hook, the component renders a div with a message and an icon. Clicking on the div triggers the `toggleWalletModal` function.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Web3Connect/index.md"}}],["649",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Web3Network/index.tsx)\n\nThe `Web3Network` component is a React component that displays the current Ethereum network that the user is connected to and allows them to switch to a different network. The component imports the `NETWORK_ICON` and `NETWORK_LABEL` constants from a configuration file located in the `config/networks` directory. These constants are used to display the icon and label for the current network.\n\nThe component also imports the `Image` component from the `next/image` library, which is used to display the network icon. It also imports the `NetworkModal` component from the `modals/NetworkModal` directory, which is used to display a modal that allows the user to switch to a different network.\n\nThe `useActiveWeb3React` hook is used to get the current chain ID of the user's Ethereum network. If the chain ID is not available, the component returns `null` and does not render anything.\n\nIf the chain ID is available, the component renders a div that displays the current network icon and label. The div is clickable and when clicked, it calls the `toggleNetworkModal` function, which is defined using the `useNetworkModalToggle` hook. This function opens the `NetworkModal` component, which allows the user to switch to a different network.\n\nOverall, this component is a small but important part of the larger project that allows users to interact with the Ethereum network. It provides a simple and intuitive way for users to switch between different networks, which is a crucial feature for many Ethereum applications. Here is an example of how this component can be used in a larger React application:\n\n```jsx\nimport Web3Network from './components/Web3Network'\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n \n {/* other components */}\n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code is a React component that renders a network switcher UI element for a web3 application.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several dependencies including `next/image`, `react`, and custom hooks and components from other files in the project.\n\n3. What is the expected behavior when the user interacts with this UI element?\n- When the user clicks on the network switcher UI element, a modal component called `NetworkModal` is displayed, allowing the user to select a different network to connect to.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Web3Network/index.md"}}],["650",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Web3ReactManager/GnosisManager.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React component called `GnosisManager` that utilizes the `@gnosis.pm/safe-apps-web3-react` library to connect to a Gnosis Safe multisig wallet. \n\nThe `useSafeAppConnection` hook is used to establish a connection to the Gnosis Safe multisig wallet through the `SafeAppConnector` object. The `SafeAppConnector` object is created using the `new` keyword and is imported from the `@gnosis.pm/safe-apps-web3-react` library. \n\nThe `useSafeAppConnection` hook takes in the `SafeAppConnector` object as an argument and returns a boolean value indicating whether or not the connection to the Gnosis Safe multisig wallet was successful. This value is stored in the `triedToConnectToSafe` variable. \n\nThe `GnosisManager` component returns `null`, indicating that it does not render any content to the user interface. Instead, it is used as a utility component to establish a connection to the Gnosis Safe multisig wallet. \n\nThis code can be used in a larger project that requires interaction with a Gnosis Safe multisig wallet. For example, if a project requires the ability to send and receive funds from a Gnosis Safe multisig wallet, this code can be used to establish a connection to the wallet and perform the necessary transactions. \n\nHere is an example of how this code can be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport React from 'react'\nimport GnosisManager from './GnosisManager'\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n

My Gnosis Safe Multisig Wallet

\n \n {/* Other components that interact with the Gnosis Safe multisig wallet */}\n
\n )\n}\n\nexport default App\n```\n\nIn the example above, the `GnosisManager` component is imported and used within the `App` component. Other components can also be added to the `App` component to interact with the Gnosis Safe multisig wallet, such as a component to send funds or a component to view transaction history.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useEffect` and `useState` hooks imported from React?\n - The `useEffect` hook is likely used to handle side effects, such as updating state or making API calls, and the `useState` hook is likely used to manage component state.\n \n2. What is the `@gnosis.pm/safe-apps-web3-react` package used for?\n - The `@gnosis.pm/safe-apps-web3-react` package is likely used to connect to the Gnosis Safe multisig wallet using the Web3 API.\n \n3. What is the purpose of the `triedToConnectToSafe` variable returned by the `useSafeAppConnection` hook?\n - The `triedToConnectToSafe` variable is likely used to determine whether or not the component was able to successfully connect to the Gnosis Safe multisig wallet.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Web3ReactManager/GnosisManager.md"}}],["651",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Web3ReactManager/index.tsx)\n\nThe `Web3ReactManager` component is responsible for managing the connection to the Ethereum network via the Web3 React library. It is used in the larger project to ensure that the user is connected to the Ethereum network before allowing them to interact with the application. \n\nThe component imports several dependencies, including React, `useEffect`, `useState`, `Loader`, `NetworkContextName`, `dynamic`, `t`, `useEagerConnect`, `useInactiveListener`, `useLingui`, and `useActiveWeb3React`. \n\nThe `GnosisManagerNoSSR` component is imported using the `dynamic` function from Next.js, which allows for server-side rendering of components. \n\nThe `Web3ReactManager` component takes in a single prop, `children`, which is a JSX element. \n\nThe component first initializes several variables using the `useActiveWeb3React` hook, which provides information about the current state of the user's connection to the Ethereum network. It then uses the `useEagerConnect` hook to try to connect to an injected provider, if it exists and has already granted access. \n\nIf the connection is not active and there is no error, the component logs a message to the console. \n\nThe `useInactiveListener` hook is used to listen for login events on the injected provider when there is no account connected. \n\nThe component then sets up a delayed loader state using `useState` and `useEffect`. \n\nIf the connection has not been eagerly tried, the component returns `null`. If the account context is not active and there is a network error, the component displays an error message. If neither context is active, the component displays a loader. \n\nFinally, the component returns the `GnosisManagerNoSSR` component and the `children` prop. \n\nOverall, the `Web3ReactManager` component is an important part of the larger project's infrastructure, ensuring that the user is connected to the Ethereum network before allowing them to interact with the application.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Web3ReactManager` component?\n- The `Web3ReactManager` component manages the connection to a web3 provider and displays appropriate UI based on the connection status.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `GnosisManagerNoSSR` component?\n- The `GnosisManagerNoSSR` component is dynamically imported and rendered without server-side rendering, which can improve performance by reducing the initial bundle size.\n\n3. What are the `useEagerConnect` and `useInactiveListener` hooks used for?\n- The `useEagerConnect` hook attempts to eagerly connect to an injected provider, while the `useInactiveListener` hook listens for login events on the provider when there is no account connected.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Web3ReactManager/index.md"}}],["652",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/Web3Status/index.tsx)\n\nThe `Web3Status` component is responsible for displaying the user's wallet status and allowing them to connect to a wallet. It imports several dependencies such as React, `useMemo`, `AbstractConnector`, `Image`, `Loader`, `styled-components`, `useLingui`, `useTheme`, `UserIcon`, and `HatchEggModal`. It also imports several functions and constants from other files in the project such as `SUPPORTED_WALLETS`, `injected`, `isTransactionRecent`, `useAllTransactions`, `TransactionDetails`, `NetworkContextName`, `shortenAddress`, `useENSName`, and `useWalletModalToggle`.\n\nThe `Web3Status` component is a wrapper for the `Web3StatusInner` component, which is responsible for rendering the user's wallet status. The `Web3StatusInner` component uses the `useActiveWeb3React` hook to get the user's account and connector. If the user is connected to a wallet, it displays their account address or ENS name, along with an icon representing their wallet type. If the user has pending transactions, it displays the number of pending transactions and a loading spinner. If the user is not connected to a wallet, it displays a button to connect to a wallet.\n\nThe `Web3Status` component also renders a `WalletModal` component, which displays the user's pending and confirmed transactions and allows them to cancel pending transactions. The `WalletModal` component is only rendered if the user is connected to a wallet.\n\nOverall, the `Web3Status` component is an important part of the project's user interface, as it allows users to connect to a wallet and view their transaction status. It is used in several places throughout the project, such as in the header and footer of the website.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file contains a React component for displaying the user's web3 status and wallet information.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n- This code uses several external libraries and dependencies, including React, Next.js, styled-components, @lingui/macro, and @heroicons/react.\n\n3. What functionality does the `StatusIcon` function provide?\n- The `StatusIcon` function takes a `Connector` object as a prop and returns an icon component based on the type of connector. It currently supports several different types of connectors, including MetaMask, WalletConnect, Coinbase Wallet, and more.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/Web3Status/index.md"}}],["653",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/ZooItem/index.tsx)\n\nThe `ZooItem` component is a React component that renders a single item in the Zoo marketplace. It takes in four props: `src`, `infoTitle`, `infoDesc`, and `authenticityPrice`. \n\nThe component is divided into two main sections: the first section displays an image of the item, along with a \"Make Offer\" button, while the second section displays information about the item, including its title, description, and details such as the transaction hash, token ID, and token standard. The second section also includes a \"Proof of Authenticity\" section, which displays the price of the item's authenticity proof, a link to the transaction on Etherscan, and a link to view the item on IPS.\n\nThe component uses several third-party libraries, including Next.js, which provides server-side rendering and other features for React applications, and the `Image` component from Next.js, which optimizes images for performance. The component also uses the `Link` component from Next.js to create links to other pages in the application.\n\nThe component is designed to be reusable, allowing it to be used to display any item in the Zoo marketplace. For example, the component could be used to display a painting, a sculpture, or a rare collectible. The component's props allow it to be customized for each item, with the `src` prop specifying the image source, the `infoTitle` prop specifying the item's title, the `infoDesc` prop specifying the item's description, and the `authenticityPrice` prop specifying the price of the item's authenticity proof.\n\nHere is an example of how the `ZooItem` component could be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport ZooItem from './ZooItem';\n\nconst items = [\n {\n src: '/painting.jpg',\n infoTitle: 'Mona Lisa',\n infoDesc: 'A painting by Leonardo da Vinci',\n authenticityPrice: '0.1 ETH',\n },\n {\n src: '/sculpture.jpg',\n infoTitle: 'David',\n infoDesc: 'A sculpture by Michelangelo',\n authenticityPrice: '0.2 ETH',\n },\n];\n\nfunction Marketplace() {\n return (\n
\n {items.map((item) => (\n \n ))}\n
\n );\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `Marketplace` component renders a list of items using the `ZooItem` component. The `items` array contains two objects, each representing an item in the marketplace. The `ZooItem` component is used to render each item, with the `src`, `infoTitle`, `infoDesc`, and `authenticityPrice` props set to the corresponding values for each item.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `ZooItem` component?\n- The `ZooItem` component is a Next.js page component that renders a single item in the zoo.\n\n2. What props does the `ZooItem` component expect?\n- The `ZooItem` component expects four props: `src` (a string representing the image source), `infoTitle` (a string representing the title of the item), `infoDesc` (a string representing the description of the item), and `authenticityPrice` (a string representing the price of the item).\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `Link` component from Next.js?\n- The `Link` component from Next.js is used to create client-side navigation between pages in a Next.js app. In this code, it is used to create a link to the Etherscan transaction and to the IPS view of the item.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/ZooItem/index.md"}}],["654",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/alertMessage.ts)\n\nThe code above is a function that exports a notification system using the `react-toastify` library. The purpose of this code is to provide a simple and customizable way to display notifications to the user. \n\nThe `notify` function takes two parameters: `message` and `type`. The `message` parameter is a string that represents the message to be displayed in the notification. The `type` parameter is also a string that represents the type of notification to be displayed. The `type` parameter can be one of three values: \"error\", \"success\", or any other value, which will display an \"info\" notification.\n\nThe function uses a switch statement to determine which type of notification to display based on the `type` parameter. If the `type` parameter is \"error\", the function will display an error notification using the `toast.error` method from the `react-toastify` library. If the `type` parameter is \"success\", the function will display a success notification using the `toast.success` method. If the `type` parameter is any other value, the function will display an info notification using the `toast.info` method.\n\nThis code can be used in the larger project to provide a consistent and user-friendly way to display notifications to the user. For example, if there is an error in the application, the `notify` function can be called with the \"error\" type and an appropriate error message to alert the user. Similarly, if a task is completed successfully, the `notify` function can be called with the \"success\" type and a success message to inform the user. \n\nHere is an example of how the `notify` function can be used in a React component:\n\n```\nimport { notify } from \"./notify\";\n\nconst MyComponent = () => {\n const handleClick = () => {\n // do some task\n notify(\"Task completed successfully!\", \"success\");\n };\n\n return (\n \n );\n};\n```\n\nIn the example above, the `notify` function is imported from the `notify` file and used to display a success notification when the button is clicked and the task is completed successfully.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `react-toastify` library and how is it being used in this code?\n - The `react-toastify` library is being used to display toast notifications. It is imported and used to display different types of notifications based on the `type` parameter passed to the `notify` function.\n2. What are the possible values for the `type` parameter in the `notify` function?\n - The possible values for the `type` parameter are \"error\", \"success\", and any other value which will result in an \"info\" notification being displayed.\n3. Are there any other functions or components in this file that are not being exported?\n - No, there are no other functions or components in this file that are not being exported. The `notify` function is the only export from this file.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/alertMessage.md"}}],["655",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/blog/articles.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React functional component called `Article` that takes in an object `article` as a prop. The `article` object has properties such as `name`, `image`, `link`, `date`, `writtenBy`, and `isNew`. The component returns a JSX element that displays the article information in a styled format.\n\nThe JSX element is a `div` with a class name of `mb-8 lg:mb-8 bg-dark-blue flex flex-col w-full max-w-sm md:max-w-lg border border-opacity-30 rounded`. This element contains two child elements: an anchor tag and a `div` with a class name of `px-4 py-8`. The anchor tag has an `href` attribute that is set to the `link` property of the `article` object. The `div` with a class name of `px-4 py-8` contains the rest of the article information.\n\nThe `div` with a class name of `mb-4 rounded overflow-hidden border-b border-opacity-30 bg-dark` contains an `Image` component from the `next/image` library. The `src` attribute of the `Image` component is set to the `image` property of the `article` object. The `width` and `height` attributes are set to `100%` and the `layout` attribute is set to `responsive`. The `objectFit` attribute is set to `contain`.\n\nThe `div` with a class name of `flex justify-between items-center mb-4` contains two child elements: a `p` tag and a `div` tag. The `p` tag displays the text \"New\" if the `isNew` property of the `article` object is `true`. Otherwise, it displays nothing. The `div` tag contains two child elements: an `Image` component and a `p` tag. The `src` attribute of the `Image` component is set to `\"/img/logo.png\"`. The `width` and `height` attributes are set to `24`. The `alt` attribute is set to an empty string. The `p` tag displays the text \"Zoo Labs\".\n\nThe `div` with a class name of `px-4 py-8` contains a `h3` tag, a `p` tag, and another `p` tag. The `h3` tag displays the `name` property of the `article` object. The `p` tag displays the text \"Written by: \" followed by the `writtenBy` property of the `article` object. The other `p` tag displays the `date` property of the `article` object.\n\nThis component can be used to display articles in a blog or news section of a website. The `Article` component can be imported into another component and passed an `article` object as a prop. Here is an example of how the `Article` component can be used:\n\n```\nimport Article from \"./Article\";\n\nconst articles = [\n {\n name: \"New article\",\n image: \"/img/article.png\",\n link: \"https://example.com/article\",\n date: \"May 1, 2022\",\n writtenBy: \"John Doe\",\n isNew: true,\n },\n {\n name: \"Another article\",\n image: \"/img/another-article.png\",\n link: \"https://example.com/another-article\",\n date: \"April 1, 2022\",\n writtenBy: \"Jane Doe\",\n isNew: false,\n },\n];\n\nconst ArticleList = () => {\n return (\n
\n {articles.map((article) => (\n
\n ))}\n
\n );\n};\n\nexport default ArticleList;\n```\n\nIn this example, an array of `articles` is defined. The `ArticleList` component maps over the `articles` array and renders an `Article` component for each article. The `key` prop of each `Article` component is set to the `link` property of the article object.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a React component called `Article` that displays information about an article, including its name, image, link, date, author, and whether it is new.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code imports two external dependencies: `react` and `next/image`.\n\n3. What is the structure of the `Props` interface and how is it used in the component?\n- The `Props` interface defines an object with properties `name`, `image`, `link`, `date`, `writtenBy`, and `isNew`, all of which are of type `string` except for `isNew`, which is of type `boolean`. This interface is used to destructure the `article` prop passed to the `Article` component, allowing the component to access the values of these properties.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/blog/articles.md"}}],["656",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/market/marketitem.json)\n\nThis code defines a JSON object that contains information about different animals in a zoo. Each animal is represented as a separate object within the array, with properties such as an ID, name, image, and 3D model files in both USDZ and GLB formats. Additionally, each animal has a \"type\" property that specifies whether it is an \"egg\" or an \"animal\".\n\nThis code can be used in a larger project that involves creating a virtual zoo experience. The JSON object can be used to populate a user interface that displays information about each animal, including its name, image, and 3D model. The \"type\" property can be used to categorize the animals and display them in different sections of the UI. For example, the \"egg\" animals could be displayed in an incubation section, while the \"animal\" animals could be displayed in a habitat section.\n\nHere is an example of how this code could be used in a React component:\n\n```jsx\nimport React from \"react\";\nimport animals from \"./zoo\";\n\nfunction Zoo() {\n return (\n
\n

Welcome to the Zoo!

\n
\n

Egg Animals

\n {animals.filter((animal) => animal.type === \"egg\").map((animal) => (\n
\n

{animal.name}

\n {animal.name}\n \n
\n ))}\n
\n
\n

Animal Animals

\n {animals.filter((animal) => animal.type === \"animal\").map((animal) => (\n
\n

{animal.name}

\n {animal.name}\n \n
\n ))}\n
\n
\n );\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `animals` array is imported from the `zoo` file and used to display information about each animal in the UI. The `filter` method is used to separate the animals into two sections based on their \"type\" property, and the `map` method is used to render each animal's name, image, and 3D model using the `` and `` components.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n \n This code defines a list of animals in a zoo, including their names, images, 3D models in different formats, and types.\n\n2. What do the different fields in each animal object represent?\n \n Each animal object has an id, name, image URL, USDZ and GLB 3D model URLs, and a type field that can be either \"egg\" or \"animal\". The id is a unique identifier for each animal, the name is the common name of the animal, the image URL is the path to an image of the animal, the USDZ and GLB URLs are the paths to 3D models of the animal in different formats, and the type field indicates whether the animal is an egg or a full-grown animal.\n\n3. What is the significance of the \"type\" field in each animal object?\n \n The \"type\" field in each animal object indicates whether the animal is an egg or a full-grown animal. This could be useful for differentiating between animals that are still in the egg stage and those that are fully developed, or for categorizing animals based on their life stage.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/market/marketItem.md"}}],["657",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/modals/SearchModal/CurrencyList.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `CurrencyList` that renders a list of currencies. It imports several dependencies, including `@zoolabs/zdk`, `react`, `react-window`, and `styled-components`. \n\nThe `CurrencyList` component takes several props, including an array of `currencies`, a `selectedCurrency`, and a callback function `onCurrencySelect` that is called when a currency is selected. It also takes a `height` prop that determines the height of the list, and several other optional props.\n\nThe `CurrencyList` component renders a `FixedSizeList` component from `react-window`, which is a high-performance list component that only renders the items that are currently visible on the screen. The `FixedSizeList` component renders a list of `CurrencyRow` components, which render individual rows in the list.\n\nEach `CurrencyRow` component renders a single currency in the list. It takes several props, including the `currency` to render, a callback function `onSelect` that is called when the currency is selected, and a boolean `isSelected` that indicates whether the currency is currently selected. It also takes several other optional props.\n\nThe `CurrencyRow` component renders a `MenuItem` component from `@mui/material`, which is a Material UI component that represents a single item in a menu. The `MenuItem` component contains several child components, including a `CurrencyLogo` component, which renders the logo for the currency, a `div` that displays the currency symbol and name, and a `Balance` component that displays the balance of the currency.\n\nThe `Balance` component takes a `balance` prop, which is a `CurrencyAmount` object that represents the balance of the currency. It renders the balance as a string, using the `toSignificant` method to format the number.\n\nThe `CurrencyList` component also defines several other components, including `BreakLineComponent`, which renders a line that separates the active token list from the inactive token lists, and `CurrencyRow`, which renders a single row in the list.\n\nOverall, this code defines a reusable component that can be used to render a list of currencies in a React application. It uses several third-party libraries to achieve high performance and a consistent look and feel.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `CurrencyList` component?\n- The `CurrencyList` component is used to display a list of currencies and their balances, as well as allow the user to select a currency.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `BREAK_LINE` constant and the `isBreakLine` function?\n- The `BREAK_LINE` constant is used to represent a break line in the list of currencies, separating active and inactive token lists. The `isBreakLine` function is used to check if a given item in the list is a break line.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useCombinedActiveList` hook?\n- The `useCombinedActiveList` hook is used to retrieve the list of selected tokens from the user's wallet and any active token lists.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/modals/SearchModal/CurrencyList.md"}}],["658",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/components/wallet/WalletItem.tsx)\n\nThe `Index` component in this file is a React functional component that renders a preview of a `MyNFT` object. The `MyNFT` object is passed to the component as a prop along with an `onClick` function. \n\nThe component first imports several dependencies including React, `react-icons`, `functions`, `moment`, and `ModelViewer`. `ModelViewer` is a dynamic import from a component located in `../../components/ModelViewer`. \n\nThe `Index` component then defines an interface for its props, which includes a `datum` object of type `MyNFT` and an `onClick` function. \n\nThe component returns a JSX element that contains two main sections: an image or video preview of the `MyNFT` object and a list of attributes associated with the object. \n\nThe preview section displays either a video or a 3D model depending on the `kind` property of the `datum` object. If `kind` is 0 or 2, a video is displayed using the `video` element and the `token_uri` property of the `datum` object. Otherwise, a 3D model is displayed using the `ModelViewer` component and the `glb_animation_url` and `usdz_animation_url` properties of the `datum` object. \n\nThe attribute section displays a list of attributes associated with the `MyNFT` object. Each attribute is displayed as a separate `div` element with the `trait_type` and `value` properties of the attribute object. The `attributes` property of the `datum` object is an array of attribute objects. \n\nOverall, this component is used to display a preview of a `MyNFT` object and its associated attributes. It can be used in a larger project to display a collection of `MyNFT` objects and allow users to interact with them. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```jsx\nimport Index from \"path/to/Index\";\n\nconst myNFT = {\n id: 1,\n name: \"My NFT\",\n kind: 0,\n token_uri: \"https://example.com/my-nft.mp4\",\n attributes: [\n { trait_type: \"Color\", value: \"Red\" },\n { trait_type: \"Size\", value: \"Small\" },\n ],\n};\n\nfunction handleClick() {\n console.log(\"NFT clicked!\");\n}\n\nfunction MyNFTPreview() {\n return ;\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Index` component and what are its required props?\n- The `Index` component is a React functional component that takes in two props: `datum` of type `MyNFT` and `onClick` of type `() => void`. It returns a JSX element that displays information about the `datum` object, including its name, ID, age, and attributes, as well as a video or 3D model depending on the `kind` property of the `datum` object.\n\n2. What external libraries and components are being used in this file?\n- The file imports several external libraries and components, including `React`, `react-icons/fa`, `functions` (presumably a custom module), `next/dynamic`, `moment`, and `ModelViewer` (presumably a custom component). \n\n3. What is the purpose of the `ModelViewer` component and how is it being used in this file?\n- The `ModelViewer` component is a custom component that is being dynamically imported using `next/dynamic`. It takes in two props, `glb` and `usdz`, which are used to display a 3D model in the JSX element returned by the `Index` component. If the `kind` property of the `datum` object is not 0 or 2, the `ModelViewer` component is used to display the 3D model.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/components/wallet/WalletItem.md"}}],["659",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/config/archer.ts)\n\nThis code defines several constants related to gas prices and the Archer protocol for use in the larger zoo project. \n\nThe `import` statements at the top of the file bring in two external libraries: `@zoolabs/zdk` and `@ethersproject/bignumber`. The former provides access to the `ChainId` and `JSBI` types, while the latter provides access to the `BigNumber` type.\n\nThe first two constants defined in the file, `ARCHER_RELAY_URI` and `ARCHER_GAS_URI`, are objects that map `ChainId` values to URLs for the Archer protocol's transaction and gas APIs, respectively. These constants are used to configure the zoo project's interactions with the Archer protocol.\n\nThe next three constants, `DEFAULT_ARCHER_GAS_ESTIMATE`, `DEFAULT_ARCHER_GAS_PRICES`, and `DEFAULT_ARCHER_ETH_TIP`, are all related to gas prices and are used to calculate the appropriate gas fees for transactions. \n\n`DEFAULT_ARCHER_GAS_ESTIMATE` is a `BigNumber` that represents the default gas estimate used by the Archer protocol, set to 250,000 wei. \n\n`DEFAULT_ARCHER_GAS_PRICES` is an array of `BigNumber` values representing default gas prices to use if other sources are unavailable. The values in the array are in ascending order and represent gas prices in wei per unit of gas, ranging from 60 Gwei to 2,000 Gwei. \n\n`DEFAULT_ARCHER_ETH_TIP` is a `JSBI` value representing the default miner tip to include with transactions. It is calculated as the product of the default gas estimate and the median gas price from the `DEFAULT_ARCHER_GAS_PRICES` array. \n\nOverall, this code provides important configuration constants for the zoo project's interactions with the Archer protocol, particularly related to gas prices and fees. These constants can be used throughout the project to ensure that transactions are executed with appropriate fees and that the Archer protocol is accessed using the correct URLs.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `@zoolabs/zdk` and `@ethersproject/bignumber` imports?\n- The `@zoolabs/zdk` import is used to access the `ChainId` and `JSBI` objects, while the `@ethersproject/bignumber` import is used to access the `BigNumber` object.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `ARCHER_RELAY_URI` and `ARCHER_GAS_URI` objects?\n- These objects are used to store the API endpoints for the Archer Relay and Archer Gas services respectively, with different endpoints for different `ChainId`s.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `DEFAULT_ARCHER_GAS_ESTIMATE`, `DEFAULT_ARCHER_GAS_PRICES`, and `DEFAULT_ARCHER_ETH_TIP` constants?\n- These constants are used to set default values for the gas estimate, gas prices, and miner tip respectively, which are used in transactions sent through the Archer Relay service.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/config/archer.md"}}],["660",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/config/chainlink/index.ts)\n\nThis code defines a mapping of Chainlink price feed addresses for various blockchain networks. The code imports mappings for specific networks from separate files and combines them into a single object. The resulting object is exported as `CHAINLINK_PRICE_FEED_MAP` and is of type `{ [chainId in ChainId]?: ChainlinkPriceFeedMap }`. \n\nThe `ChainId` enum is imported from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library and is used as the keys for the `CHAINLINK_PRICE_FEED_MAP` object. Each key corresponds to a specific blockchain network, and the value is a `ChainlinkPriceFeedMap` object. \n\nThe `ChainlinkPriceFeedMap` type is defined as an object with string keys and values that contain information about a specific Chainlink price feed. The properties of each value include `from`, `to`, `decimals`, `fromDecimals`, `toDecimals`, `warning`, and `address`. These properties provide information about the currency pair being tracked, the number of decimal places for each currency, and any warnings associated with the price feed. \n\nThis code can be used in the larger project to provide a centralized location for accessing Chainlink price feed addresses for various blockchain networks. Developers can import the `CHAINLINK_PRICE_FEED_MAP` object and use it to retrieve the appropriate price feed address for a given network. For example, to retrieve the Chainlink price feed address for the Binance Smart Chain, a developer could use the following code:\n\n```\nimport { CHAINLINK_PRICE_FEED_MAP, ChainId } from '@zoolabs/zdk'\n\nconst bscPriceFeed = CHAINLINK_PRICE_FEED_MAP[ChainId.BSC]\nconst bnbUsdAddress = bscPriceFeed['0x0567F2323251f0Aab15c8dFb1967E4e8A7D42aeE'].address\n``` \n\nIn this example, the `bscPriceFeed` variable is assigned the `ChainlinkPriceFeedMap` object for the Binance Smart Chain, and the `bnbUsdAddress` variable is assigned the address for the BNB/USD price feed.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a mapping of Chainlink price feed addresses for various blockchain networks.\n\n2. What is the `ChainId` type from `@zoolabs/zdk` used for?\n- The `ChainId` type is used as a key in the `CHAINLINK_PRICE_FEED_MAP` object to associate each Chainlink price feed mapping with a specific blockchain network.\n\n3. What information is included in each Chainlink price feed mapping?\n- Each mapping includes the `from` and `to` currency symbols, the number of decimals for each currency, and optional warning and address fields.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/config/chainlink/index.md"}}],["661",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/config/chainlink/mappings/arbitrum.ts)\n\nThis code defines a constant object called `ARBITRUM_CHAINLINK_MAPPING` that maps various cryptocurrency pairs to their corresponding Chainlink oracle contract addresses and decimal values. The purpose of this code is to provide a centralized location for storing this mapping information, which can be used throughout the larger project to retrieve price data from the Chainlink oracle network.\n\nEach key in the object represents a unique cryptocurrency pair, such as WETH/USD or USDT/USD. The value for each key is another object that contains the following properties:\n\n- `from`: the address of the Chainlink oracle contract that provides the price data for the \"from\" currency in the pair\n- `to`: the address of the Chainlink oracle contract that provides the price data for the \"to\" currency in the pair\n- `decimals`: the number of decimal places used by the price data for this pair\n- `fromDecimals`: the number of decimal places used by the \"from\" currency in the pair\n- `toDecimals`: the number of decimal places used by the \"to\" currency in the pair\n\nFor example, the first key-value pair in the object maps the WETH/USD pair to the following information:\n\n- `from`: the address `0x82aF49447D8a07e3bd95BD0d56f35241523fBab1`\n- `to`: the address `0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000001`\n- `decimals`: 8\n- `fromDecimals`: 18\n- `toDecimals`: 8\n\nThis information can be used in other parts of the project to retrieve the current price of WETH/USD from the Chainlink oracle network. For example, a function that retrieves the current price of a given cryptocurrency pair might look like this:\n\n```\nimport ARBITRUM_CHAINLINK_MAPPING from 'zoo'\n\nasync function getPrice(pair) {\n const mapping = ARBITRUM_CHAINLINK_MAPPING[pair]\n const fromPrice = await getOraclePrice(mapping.from, mapping.fromDecimals)\n const toPrice = await getOraclePrice(mapping.to, mapping.toDecimals)\n return fromPrice / toPrice\n}\n\nasync function getOraclePrice(address, decimals) {\n // retrieve price data from Chainlink oracle contract\n // convert price data to a number with the correct number of decimal places\n // return price as a number\n}\n```\n\nOverall, this code provides a useful tool for retrieving price data from the Chainlink oracle network in a standardized way throughout the larger project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code defines a mapping of various token pairs to their corresponding Chainlink oracle addresses and decimal values.\n\n2. What tokens are included in this mapping?\n - The mapping includes WETH, WBTC, LINK, USDC, USDT, and YFI.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `to` address being set to `0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000001` for each token pair?\n - This address is the Chainlink aggregator contract address, which is used to retrieve price data from the oracle. Setting `to` to this address indicates that the price data should be returned in the format of the `decimals` and `toDecimals` values specified for each token pair.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/config/chainlink/mappings/arbitrum.md"}}],["662",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/config/chainlink/mappings/avalanche.ts)\n\nThe code defines a constant object called `AVALANCHE_CHAINLINK_MAPPING` that maps various cryptocurrency pairs to their corresponding Chainlink oracle contract addresses and other relevant information. The pairs include AAVE/USD, AVAX/USD, WBTC/USD, DAI/USD, ETH/USD, LINK/USD, USDC/USD, and USDT/USD. \n\nEach pair is represented as a key-value pair in the object, where the key is the oracle contract address and the value is another object containing the following properties: \n- `from`: the address of the token contract used as the \"from\" currency in the pair\n- `to`: the address of the token contract used as the \"to\" currency in the pair\n- `decimals`: the number of decimal places used by the oracle contract to represent the price of the pair\n- `fromDecimals`: the number of decimal places used by the \"from\" token contract\n- `toDecimals`: the number of decimal places used by the \"to\" token contract\n\nThis code is likely used in the larger project to facilitate the retrieval of price data for these cryptocurrency pairs from the Chainlink oracle network. Other parts of the project may use this mapping to determine which oracle contract to query for a particular pair, and to convert the retrieved price data to a usable format based on the decimals information provided. \n\nExample usage:\n```\nimport AVALANCHE_CHAINLINK_MAPPING from './path/to/AVALANCHE_CHAINLINK_MAPPING.js'\n\n// Retrieve the oracle contract address for the AVAX/USD pair\nconst avaxUsdOracleAddress = AVALANCHE_CHAINLINK_MAPPING['0x0A77230d17318075983913bC2145DB16C7366156'].to\n\n// Use the decimals information to convert a retrieved price to a usable format\nconst retrievedPrice = 1234567890\nconst avaxUsdPrice = retrievedPrice / (10 ** AVALANCHE_CHAINLINK_MAPPING['0x0A77230d17318075983913bC2145DB16C7366156'].decimals)\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines a mapping of various cryptocurrency pairs to their corresponding Chainlink oracle addresses and decimal values.\n\n2. What is the format of each entry in the mapping?\n Each entry is a key-value pair, where the key is a string representing the oracle address and the value is an object containing the `from` and `to` addresses, as well as the decimal values for `decimals`, `fromDecimals`, and `toDecimals`.\n\n3. What cryptocurrencies are included in this mapping?\n This mapping includes AAVE, AVAX, WBTC, DAI, ETH, LINK, USDC, and USDT.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/config/chainlink/mappings/avalanche.md"}}],["663",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/config/chainlink/mappings/heco.ts)\n\nThe code defines a constant object called `HECO_CHAINLINK_MAPPING` that maps certain Ethereum addresses to other Ethereum addresses along with some metadata. The purpose of this code is likely to provide a convenient way to reference these addresses and metadata throughout the larger project. \n\nEach key in the object is an Ethereum address, and each value is an object with the following properties:\n- `from`: another Ethereum address\n- `to`: yet another Ethereum address\n- `decimals`: an integer representing the number of decimal places for the token at the `to` address\n- `fromDecimals`: an integer representing the number of decimal places for the token at the `from` address\n- `toDecimals`: an integer representing the number of decimal places for the token at the `to` address\n\nThis code could be used in other parts of the project to reference these addresses and metadata. For example, if there is a function that needs to know the number of decimal places for a particular token, it could reference the `HECO_CHAINLINK_MAPPING` object to get that information. \n\nHere is an example of how this code could be used:\n```\nimport HECO_CHAINLINK_MAPPING from './path/to/zoo'\n\nfunction getTokenDecimals(tokenAddress) {\n const tokenData = HECO_CHAINLINK_MAPPING[tokenAddress]\n if (!tokenData) {\n throw new Error(`Token address ${tokenAddress} not found in mapping`)\n }\n return tokenData.toDecimals\n}\n\nconst USDT_ADDRESS = '0x8a054991B803F6a6958Ba9695Cc8D366C8a30a69'\nconst decimals = getTokenDecimals(USDT_ADDRESS)\nconsole.log(`USDT has ${decimals} decimal places`)\n```\nIn this example, the `getTokenDecimals` function takes an Ethereum address as an argument and returns the number of decimal places for the token at that address. It does this by looking up the address in the `HECO_CHAINLINK_MAPPING` object and returning the `toDecimals` property. If the address is not found in the mapping, it throws an error. \n\nThe code then uses this function to get the number of decimal places for USDT and logs it to the console.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a mapping of addresses to objects containing information about token conversions on the HECO blockchain.\n\n2. What is the significance of the 'to' address being set to '0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000001' for each object?\n- This indicates that the conversion is to the native token of the HECO blockchain.\n\n3. What is the source of the information contained in this mapping?\n- It is likely that the information was obtained from the Chainlink oracle network, as indicated by the name of the mapping.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/config/chainlink/mappings/heco.md"}}],["664",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/config/chainlink/mappings/kovan.ts)\n\nThe code defines a constant object called `KOVAN_CHAINLINK_MAPPING` that maps various Ethereum contract addresses to their respective Chainlink oracle contract addresses, along with information about the decimals used by each contract. \n\nChainlink is a decentralized oracle network that provides off-chain data to smart contracts on the Ethereum blockchain. The purpose of this code is to provide a mapping between the contract addresses used by the zoo project and the corresponding Chainlink oracle contract addresses. This mapping is useful because it allows the zoo project to easily retrieve data from the Chainlink oracle contracts without having to hardcode the addresses into the project code.\n\nEach entry in the `KOVAN_CHAINLINK_MAPPING` object contains the following information:\n\n- `from`: the contract address used by the zoo project to retrieve data\n- `to`: the corresponding Chainlink oracle contract address\n- `decimals`: the number of decimal places used by the contract\n- `fromDecimals`: the number of decimal places used by the `from` contract\n- `toDecimals`: the number of decimal places used by the `to` contract\n\nFor example, the first entry in the object maps the contract address `0xBc3f28Ccc21E9b5856E81E6372aFf57307E2E883` to the Chainlink oracle contract address `0xd0A1E359811322d97991E03f863a0C30C2cF029C`. This entry also specifies that both contracts use 18 decimal places.\n\nHere is an example of how this mapping might be used in the zoo project:\n\n```javascript\nimport KOVAN_CHAINLINK_MAPPING from 'zoo'\n\nconst contractAddress = '0xBc3f28Ccc21E9b5856E81E6372aFf57307E2E883'\nconst chainlinkAddress = KOVAN_CHAINLINK_MAPPING[contractAddress].to\n\n// Use the Chainlink oracle contract address to retrieve data\n// ...\n```\n\nOverall, this code provides a convenient way for the zoo project to interact with Chainlink oracle contracts without having to hardcode the contract addresses into the project code.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how is it used in the `zoo` project?\n- This code defines a mapping of addresses to objects containing information about token pairs and their respective decimals. It is likely used in the `zoo` project to facilitate token swaps or other interactions with decentralized exchanges.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `from` and `to` properties in each object?\n- The `from` property represents the address of the token being swapped, while the `to` property represents the address of the token being received in the swap.\n\n3. Why are there different values for `fromDecimals` and `toDecimals` in some objects?\n- This is likely because the decimals of the two tokens being swapped are different, and these values are used to ensure that the swap is executed correctly.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/config/chainlink/mappings/kovan.md"}}],["665",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/config/chains.ts)\n\nThe code defines a set of constants and functions that provide information about various Ethereum-compatible blockchains. The `AddEthereumChainParameter` type is imported from the `@web3-react/types` package, and is used to define the structure of the objects that describe each blockchain. \n\nThe `ETH`, `MATIC`, and `BSC` constants define the native currencies of Ethereum, Polygon, and Binance Smart Chain, respectively. These currencies are used in the `ExtendedChainInformation` interface, which extends the `BasicChainInformation` interface to include additional information about each blockchain, such as its native currency and block explorer URLs. \n\nThe `isExtendedChainInformation` function is a type guard that checks whether a given object is an instance of `ExtendedChainInformation`. This is used in the `getAddChainParameters` function to determine whether a given `chainInformation` object is an extended chain information object or not. If it is, the function returns an `AddEthereumChainParameter` object that contains the relevant information about the blockchain. If not, it returns the `chainId` itself. \n\nThe `CHAINS` object is a mapping of chain IDs to chain information objects. Each chain information object contains an array of URLs for connecting to the blockchain, a name, and optionally a native currency and block explorer URLs. The `URLS` object is a mapping of chain IDs to arrays of valid URLs for each chain. \n\nThis code can be used in a larger project to provide users with a list of supported blockchains and their associated information, such as their names, native currencies, and URLs for connecting to them. For example, a web3 application might use this code to display a dropdown menu of supported blockchains, and allow users to switch between them by calling the `getAddChainParameters` function with the appropriate chain ID. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { CHAINS, getAddChainParameters } from 'zoo';\n\n// Get the chain information for Ethereum mainnet\nconst ethMainnet = CHAINS[1];\n\n// Check if the chain information is extended or basic\nif (isExtendedChainInformation(ethMainnet)) {\n // Get the add chain parameters for Ethereum mainnet\n const addChainParams = getAddChainParameters(1);\n console.log(addChainParams);\n // Output: {\n // chainId: 1,\n // chainName: 'Mainnet',\n // nativeCurrency: {\n // name: 'Ether',\n // symbol: 'ETH',\n // decimals: 18\n // },\n // rpcUrls: [\n // 'https://mainnet.infura.io/v3/your-infura-key',\n // 'https://eth-mainnet.alchemyapi.io/v2/your-alchemy-key',\n // 'https://cloudflare-eth.com'\n // ],\n // blockExplorerUrls: []\n // }\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `getAddChainParameters` function?\n- The `getAddChainParameters` function takes a `chainId` parameter and returns an `AddEthereumChainParameter` object or a number depending on whether the `chainInformation` object associated with the `chainId` is an `ExtendedChainInformation` object or not.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `isExtendedChainInformation` function?\n- The `isExtendedChainInformation` function is a type guard function that checks whether the `chainInformation` parameter is an `ExtendedChainInformation` object or not, and returns a boolean value.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `CHAINS` object?\n- The `CHAINS` object is a mapping of `chainId` numbers to `BasicChainInformation` or `ExtendedChainInformation` objects, which contain information about the Ethereum chains such as their URLs, names, native currencies, and block explorer URLs.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/config/chains.md"}}],["666",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/config/currencies.ts)\n\nThe code above is a module that exports several functions and constants related to currency and token management in the zoo project. \n\nThe first line imports several modules from the '@zoolabs/zdk' library, including ChainId, Currency, getCurrencyMap, getSymbolCurrency, CurrencySymbol, and Token. These modules are used to manage different types of currencies and tokens in the zoo project.\n\nThe second line imports a JSON file called 'contracts.json', which contains information about the different contracts used in the zoo project. This file is used to map token addresses to their corresponding currencies.\n\nThe third line exports the 'contracts' constant, which is simply the imported 'contractsJson' object.\n\nThe fourth line exports the 'SUPPORTED_PAYMENT_CURRENCIES' constant, which is an array of CurrencySymbol objects representing the payment currencies supported by the zoo project. These include ETH, USDC, USDT, and WETH.\n\nThe fifth function, 'getCurrencyToken', takes a token address and a chain ID as arguments and returns the corresponding Currency or Token object. It does this by calling the 'getCurrencyMap' function from the '@zoolabs/zdk' library, passing in the 'contractsJson' object as an argument. This function returns a map of token addresses to Currency and Token objects, which is then indexed by the chain ID and token address to retrieve the desired object.\n\nThe sixth function, 'getCurrencyTokenLowerCase', is similar to 'getCurrencyToken', but it converts the token address and all keys in the map to lowercase before performing the lookup. This allows for case-insensitive matching of token addresses.\n\nThe seventh function, 'getSupportedPaymentCurrencies', takes a chain ID as an argument and returns an array of Currency objects corresponding to the payment currencies supported by the zoo project. It does this by mapping over the 'SUPPORTED_PAYMENT_CURRENCIES' array and calling the 'getSymbolCurrency' function from the '@zoolabs/zdk' library, passing in the 'contractsJson' object, chain ID, and currency symbol as arguments. This function returns the corresponding Currency object for each symbol.\n\nOverall, this module provides a set of functions and constants that can be used to manage currencies and tokens in the zoo project. For example, the 'getCurrencyToken' function could be used to retrieve the Currency object for a given token address and chain ID, while the 'getSupportedPaymentCurrencies' function could be used to retrieve an array of Currency objects representing the payment currencies supported by the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `contracts.json` file and how is it used in this code?\n- The `contracts.json` file is imported and used to create a currency map in the `getCurrencyToken` and `getCurrencyTokenLowerCase` functions, as well as to retrieve symbol currencies in the `getSupportedPaymentCurrencies` function.\n\n2. What is the difference between `Currency` and `Token` types in this code?\n- `Currency` represents a generic currency, while `Token` represents a specific token on a particular blockchain. Both types can be returned by the `getCurrencyToken` and `getCurrencyTokenLowerCase` functions.\n\n3. Are there any other payment currencies that can be supported besides the ones listed in `SUPPORTED_PAYMENT_CURRENCIES`?\n- It is unclear from this code whether there are other payment currencies that can be supported. The `SUPPORTED_PAYMENT_CURRENCIES` array only includes four currency symbols, and the `getSupportedPaymentCurrencies` function only returns currencies based on those symbols.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/config/currencies.md"}}],["667",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/config/firebase.ts)\n\nThis code initializes Firebase v.9 for the zoo project. Firebase is a backend service that provides a variety of tools for building web and mobile applications. The code imports three functions from the Firebase library: `initializeApp`, `getFirestore`, and `getAuth`. \n\nThe `firebaseConfig` object contains the configuration settings for the Firebase project, including the API key, authentication domain, project ID, storage bucket, messaging sender ID, and app ID. These settings are used to connect to the Firebase project and access its services.\n\nThe `initFirebase` function initializes Firebase by calling `initializeApp` with the `firebaseConfig` object. This function is called when the module is loaded, and it checks if the `window` object is defined before initializing Firebase. This is because Firebase requires a browser environment to run, and the `window` object is only defined in a browser environment.\n\nThe `app` constant initializes Firebase by calling `initializeApp` with the `firebaseConfig` object. This constant is used to access Firebase services throughout the project.\n\nThe `db` constant initializes the Firestore database by calling `getFirestore` with the `app` constant. Firestore is a NoSQL document database that is part of the Firebase suite of services. This constant is used to interact with the Firestore database throughout the project.\n\nThe `getAuth` function is used to get the Firebase Authentication service. Authentication is a service that allows users to sign in to the application using various authentication providers, such as email and password, Google, Facebook, and others. This function is exported so that it can be used in other modules throughout the project.\n\nOverall, this code initializes Firebase v.9 for the zoo project and provides access to its services, including the Firestore database and Authentication service. It can be used to build a variety of web and mobile applications that require a backend service for data storage and user authentication. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { initFirebase, db, getAuth } from 'zoo';\n\ninitFirebase();\n\nconst auth = getAuth();\nconst user = await signInWithEmailAndPassword(auth, email, password);\n\nconst docRef = doc(db, 'animals', 'panda');\nconst docSnap = await getDoc(docRef);\nconsole.log(docSnap.data());\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code initializes a Firebase v.9 app with Firestore and Auth services and exports the `initFirebase` function, `db` object, and `getAuth` function.\n\n2. Why is there commented out code for `firebaseConfig`?\n The commented out code for `firebaseConfig` likely contains environment variables that are used in a production environment, while the current `firebaseConfig` object contains hardcoded values for a development environment.\n\n3. Why is there a check for `typeof window !== undefined` in the `initFirebase` function?\n This check ensures that the `initializeApp` function is only called on the client-side and not on the server-side, preventing errors and unnecessary calls to Firebase.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/config/firebase.md"}}],["668",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/config/getExternalLinkProps.ts)\n\nThe code in this file exports a function called `getExternalLinkProps` which returns an object with two properties: `target` and `rel`. The purpose of this function is to provide consistent properties for external links in the larger project. \n\nThe `target` property is set to `_blank`, which means that when a user clicks on an external link, it will open in a new tab or window. This is a common practice to prevent users from navigating away from the current page. \n\nThe `rel` property is set to `'noreferrer noopener'`. The `noreferrer` value tells the browser not to send the referrer information to the linked page, which can help protect user privacy. The `noopener` value prevents the linked page from accessing the window object of the page that opened it, which can help prevent malicious attacks. \n\nBy using this function to set the properties of external links throughout the project, the codebase can maintain consistency and ensure that all external links have the same behavior and security measures. \n\nHere is an example of how this function might be used in a React component:\n\n```\nimport React from 'react';\nimport getExternalLinkProps from './getExternalLinkProps';\n\nconst MyComponent = () => {\n return (\n \n );\n};\n\nexport default MyComponent;\n```\n\nIn this example, the `getExternalLinkProps` function is used to spread the `target` and `rel` properties onto the `a` element. This ensures that the link will open in a new tab and have the appropriate security measures applied.\n## Questions: \n 1. What does the `getExternalLinkProps` function do?\n - The `getExternalLinkProps` function returns an object with two properties, `target` and `rel`, which are used for external links.\n\n2. Why is the `target` property set to `_blank`?\n - The `target` property is set to `_blank` to open the link in a new tab or window, instead of replacing the current page.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `rel` property and why is it set to `noreferrer noopener`?\n - The `rel` property is used to specify the relationship between the current document and the linked document. `noreferrer` is used to prevent the browser from sending the referrer header, and `noopener` is used to prevent the new page from being able to access the window object of the previous page. This helps to improve security and privacy.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/config/getExternalLinkProps.md"}}],["669",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/config/index.ts)\n\nThe code above is a simple configuration file for the zoo project. It imports the `ChainId` enum from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library and defines a `config` object with an empty object as its value for the `MAINNET` chain ID. \n\nThe purpose of this file is to provide a central location for storing configuration options for the zoo project. By defining the `config` object, developers can easily access and modify configuration options for the `MAINNET` chain ID throughout the project. \n\nFor example, if the project needed to define a default gas price for transactions on the `MAINNET` chain, the `config` object could be updated to include a `gasPrice` property with the desired value. This value could then be accessed throughout the project by importing the `config` object and referencing the `gasPrice` property.\n\n```\nimport config from 'zoo/config'\n\nconst gasPrice = config[ChainId.MAINNET].gasPrice || 1000000000\n```\n\nIn the example above, the `config` object is imported and the `gasPrice` property is accessed for the `MAINNET` chain ID. If the `gasPrice` property is not defined in the `config` object, a default value of `1000000000` is used.\n\nOverall, this configuration file provides a simple and flexible way for developers to manage configuration options for the zoo project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `ChainId` import from `@zoolabs/zdk`?\n - The `ChainId` import is likely used to define different configurations for different blockchain networks.\n2. Why is the `config` object empty for the `MAINNET` chain ID?\n - It's possible that the `config` object is intended to be populated with specific configurations for each chain ID, but has not yet been implemented for the `MAINNET` chain ID.\n3. What is the intended use of the `config` object and how is it used in the rest of the `zoo` project?\n - Without further context, it's difficult to determine the intended use of the `config` object and how it is used in the rest of the `zoo` project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/config/index.md"}}],["670",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/config/oracles/chainlink/index.ts)\n\nThis code defines a mapping of Chainlink price feed addresses for various blockchain networks. The purpose of this code is to provide a centralized location for accessing the addresses of Chainlink price feeds on different networks. \n\nThe code imports mappings for different networks from separate files and defines a type for the ChainlinkPriceFeedMap object. This object contains key-value pairs where the key is the address of the Chainlink price feed and the value is an object containing information about the price feed, such as the from and to tokens, decimals, and warning messages. \n\nThe code also defines a constant CHAINLINK_PRICE_FEED_MAP, which is an object that maps ChainId values to the corresponding ChainlinkPriceFeedMap for that network. ChainId is an enum defined in the @zoolabs/zdk library that represents the different blockchain networks. \n\nThis code can be used in the larger project to easily access the addresses of Chainlink price feeds on different networks. For example, if a function in the project needs to retrieve the address of a Chainlink price feed on the BSC network, it can simply access the BSC object in the CHAINLINK_PRICE_FEED_MAP constant. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { ChainId } from '@zoolabs/zdk'\nimport { CHAINLINK_PRICE_FEED_MAP } from './path/to/zoo'\n\nconst bscPriceFeeds = CHAINLINK_PRICE_FEED_MAP[ChainId.BSC]\nconst ethUsdPriceFeed = bscPriceFeeds['0x8AC76a51cc950d9822D68b83fE1Ad97B32Cd580d']\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a mapping of Chainlink price feed addresses for various blockchain networks.\n\n2. What is the `ChainId` type from `@zoolabs/zdk` used for?\n- The `ChainId` type is used as a key in the `CHAINLINK_PRICE_FEED_MAP` object to associate each Chainlink price feed mapping with a specific blockchain network.\n\n3. What information is included in each Chainlink price feed mapping?\n- Each mapping includes the `from` and `to` currency symbols, the number of decimals for each currency, and optional warning and address fields.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/config/oracles/chainlink/index.md"}}],["671",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/config/oracles/chainlink/mappings/arbitrum.ts)\n\nThis code defines a constant object called `ARBITRUM_CHAINLINK_MAPPING` that maps various cryptocurrency pairs to their corresponding Chainlink oracle addresses and other relevant information. The purpose of this code is to provide a centralized location for storing this mapping information, which can be used throughout the larger project to retrieve price data from the Chainlink oracle network.\n\nEach key in the object represents a unique cryptocurrency pair, and the corresponding value is an object that contains the following properties:\n- `from`: the address of the token contract for the \"from\" currency in the pair\n- `to`: the address of the token contract for the \"to\" currency in the pair\n- `decimals`: the number of decimal places used by the price feed for this pair\n- `fromDecimals`: the number of decimal places used by the \"from\" currency token contract\n- `toDecimals`: the number of decimal places used by the \"to\" currency token contract\n\nFor example, the first key-value pair in the object maps the WETH/USD pair to the Chainlink oracle address `0x82aF49447D8a07e3bd95BD0d56f35241523fBab1`. The `from` property is set to the address of the WETH token contract, `0x639Fe6ab55C921f74e7fac1ee960C0B6293ba612`, and the `to` property is set to a special \"dummy\" address that represents USD. The `decimals` property is set to 8, indicating that the price feed uses 8 decimal places, and the `fromDecimals` property is set to 18, indicating that the WETH token contract uses 18 decimal places.\n\nThis code can be used throughout the larger project to retrieve price data from the Chainlink oracle network. For example, if the project needs to retrieve the current price of WETH in USD, it can use the `ARBITRUM_CHAINLINK_MAPPING` object to look up the Chainlink oracle address for the WETH/USD pair, and then use that address to query the Chainlink price feed for the current price. By centralizing this mapping information in a single location, the project can avoid hard-coding addresses and other information throughout the codebase, which can make it easier to maintain and update the project over time.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code defines a mapping of various token pairs to their corresponding Chainlink oracle addresses and decimal values.\n\n2. What tokens are included in this mapping?\n - The mapping includes WETH, WBTC, LINK, USDC, USDT, and YFI.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `to` address being set to `0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000001` for each token pair?\n - This address is the Chainlink aggregator address, which is used to retrieve the price data for the specified token pair.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/config/oracles/chainlink/mappings/arbitrum.md"}}],["672",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/config/oracles/chainlink/mappings/avalanche.ts)\n\nThe code defines a constant object called `AVALANCHE_CHAINLINK_MAPPING` that maps various cryptocurrency pairs to their corresponding Chainlink oracle contract addresses and other relevant information. The pairs include AAVE/USD, AVAX/USD, WBTC/USD, DAI/USD, ETH/USD, LINK/USD, USDC/USD, and USDT/USD. \n\nEach pair is represented as a key-value pair in the object, where the key is the oracle contract address and the value is an object containing the following properties:\n- `from`: the address of the token contract used as the \"from\" currency in the pair\n- `to`: the address of the token contract used as the \"to\" currency in the pair\n- `decimals`: the number of decimal places used by the oracle contract to represent the price of the pair\n- `fromDecimals`: the number of decimal places used by the \"from\" token contract\n- `toDecimals`: the number of decimal places used by the \"to\" token contract\n\nThis code is likely used in the larger project to facilitate the retrieval of price data for the specified cryptocurrency pairs from the Chainlink oracle network. For example, a function in the project may use this mapping to determine which oracle contract to query for the price of a particular pair, and then use the `decimals`, `fromDecimals`, and `toDecimals` properties to properly format the retrieved price data. \n\nAn example usage of this code in a larger project could be a function that takes a cryptocurrency pair as input and returns the current price of that pair. The function could use the `AVALANCHE_CHAINLINK_MAPPING` object to determine which oracle contract to query, and then use the `decimals`, `fromDecimals`, and `toDecimals` properties to format the retrieved price data before returning it.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines a mapping of various cryptocurrency pairs to their corresponding Chainlink oracle addresses on the Avalanche network.\n\n2. What is the format of each entry in the mapping?\n Each entry is a key-value pair where the key is the oracle address and the value is an object containing information about the cryptocurrency pair, including the source and destination tokens, their respective decimal places, and the oracle's decimal place.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `to` address being set to `0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000001`?\n This address is a placeholder value that indicates the destination token is the native token of the network (in this case, Avalanche's AVAX token).","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/config/oracles/chainlink/mappings/avalanche.md"}}],["673",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/config/oracles/chainlink/mappings/heco.ts)\n\nThe code defines a constant object called `HECO_CHAINLINK_MAPPING` that maps certain Ethereum addresses to specific token information. Each key in the object is an Ethereum address, and each value is an object that contains information about the token associated with that address. The information includes the Ethereum address of the contract that the token is from (`from`), the Ethereum address of the contract that the token is being converted to (`to`), the number of decimal places for the token (`decimals`), the number of decimal places for the `from` token (`fromDecimals`), and the number of decimal places for the `to` token (`toDecimals`).\n\nThis code is likely used in a larger project that involves converting tokens from one type to another. The `from` and `to` addresses indicate the contracts that are involved in the conversion, and the decimal information is necessary for correctly calculating the conversion rate. This mapping could be used in a variety of contexts, such as a decentralized exchange or a token swap platform.\n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport HECO_CHAINLINK_MAPPING from './path/to/HECO_CHAINLINK_MAPPING.js'\n\nconst tokenAddress = '0x8a054991B803F6a6958Ba9695Cc8D366C8a30a69'\nconst tokenInfo = HECO_CHAINLINK_MAPPING[tokenAddress]\nconsole.log(tokenInfo.decimals) // outputs 8\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a mapping of addresses to objects containing various properties such as `from`, `to`, `decimals`, `fromDecimals`, and `toDecimals`.\n\n2. What is the significance of the addresses used in this code?\n- The addresses are likely related to the HECO blockchain and Chainlink, but without more context it is unclear what specific purpose they serve.\n\n3. What is the expected output or usage of this code?\n- It is unclear from this code alone what the expected output or usage is, but it is likely that this mapping will be used in other parts of the `zoo` project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/config/oracles/chainlink/mappings/heco.md"}}],["674",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/config/oracles/chainlink/mappings/kovan.ts)\n\nThe code defines a constant object called `KOVAN_CHAINLINK_MAPPING` that maps various Ethereum contract addresses to their respective Chainlink oracle addresses. Chainlink is a decentralized oracle network that provides off-chain data to smart contracts on the blockchain. \n\nThe object contains key-value pairs where the keys are Ethereum contract addresses and the values are objects containing the following properties:\n- `from`: the address of the contract that is requesting data from the Chainlink oracle\n- `to`: the address of the Chainlink oracle contract that provides the requested data\n- `decimals`: the number of decimal places used by the contract's token\n- `fromDecimals`: the number of decimal places used by the contract's token when requesting data from the oracle\n- `toDecimals`: the number of decimal places used by the oracle when providing data to the contract\n\nThis mapping is useful for developers who are building smart contracts on the Ethereum blockchain and need to retrieve data from external sources using Chainlink. By using this mapping, developers can easily look up the Chainlink oracle address for a given contract and configure their smart contract to request data from the correct oracle with the correct decimal precision.\n\nFor example, if a developer is building a smart contract that needs to retrieve the price of ETH in USD from an external source using Chainlink, they can use the `KOVAN_CHAINLINK_MAPPING` object to find the correct oracle address and decimal precision to use in their contract. \n\n```\nimport KOVAN_CHAINLINK_MAPPING from 'zoo'\n\nconst ethUsdOracleAddress = KOVAN_CHAINLINK_MAPPING['0x22B58f1EbEDfCA50feF632bD73368b2FdA96D541'].to\nconst ethUsdDecimals = KOVAN_CHAINLINK_MAPPING['0x22B58f1EbEDfCA50feF632bD73368b2FdA96D541'].toDecimals\n\n// Use ethUsdOracleAddress and ethUsdDecimals in smart contract code to request ETH/USD price data from Chainlink\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a mapping of addresses to objects that contain information about token conversions on the Kovan Chainlink network.\n\n2. What is the significance of the 'from', 'to', 'decimals', 'fromDecimals', and 'toDecimals' properties in each object?\n- The 'from' and 'to' properties represent the addresses of the tokens being converted, while the 'decimals', 'fromDecimals', and 'toDecimals' properties represent the number of decimal places used by each token.\n\n3. How might this code be used in a larger project?\n- This code could be imported into other files in the project to provide a convenient way to access information about token conversions on the Kovan Chainlink network.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/config/oracles/chainlink/mappings/kovan.md"}}],["675",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/config/rpc.ts)\n\nThis code defines an object called `rpc` that maps different Ethereum chain IDs to their corresponding RPC (Remote Procedure Call) endpoints. The purpose of this code is to provide a centralized location for storing and accessing these endpoints, which can be used by other parts of the project to interact with the Ethereum network.\n\nThe `rpc` object is defined using ES6 object literal syntax, with each chain ID as a key and its corresponding RPC endpoint as the value. The endpoints are URLs that point to Ethereum nodes that can process requests for that particular chain. For example, the `MAINNET` chain ID maps to the `https://speedy-nodes-nyc.moralis.io/758308e03c71d6246942fad2/eth/ropsten` endpoint, which is a Moralis node that runs on the Ethereum mainnet.\n\nBy exporting this `rpc` object, other parts of the project can import it and use it to interact with the Ethereum network. For example, a smart contract deployment script might use this object to specify which chain to deploy the contract on and which endpoint to use for that chain. Here's an example of how this object might be used:\n\n```\nimport rpc from 'zoo/rpc'\n\nconst chainId = 'MAINNET'\nconst endpoint = rpc[chainId]\n\n// Use the endpoint to interact with the Ethereum network\n```\n\nIn this example, the `rpc` object is imported from the `zoo/rpc` module. The `chainId` variable is set to `'MAINNET'`, which is one of the keys in the `rpc` object. The `endpoint` variable is then set to the value of `rpc[chainId]`, which is the URL for the Ethereum mainnet endpoint. This endpoint can then be used to interact with the Ethereum network, such as by sending transactions or querying contract data.\n\nOverall, this code provides a simple and flexible way to manage Ethereum RPC endpoints for different chains in a centralized location, which can be used by other parts of the project to interact with the Ethereum network.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code exports an object containing RPC URLs for various blockchain networks based on their ChainId.\n\n2. What is the `ChainId` import coming from?\n- The `ChainId` import is coming from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library.\n\n3. Why are some of the RPC URLs commented out?\n- Some of the RPC URLs are commented out because they are for networks that are not currently being used or tested in the project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/config/rpc.md"}}],["676",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/config/token-lists.ts)\n\nThis code defines a set of URLs that point to token lists used in the larger project. These token lists are used to import and search for tokens across various decentralized exchanges. The `UNSUPPORTED_LIST_URLS` constant is an array of URLs that point to lists of tokens that are not supported by the project. The `DEFAULT_LIST_OF_LISTS` constant is an array of URLs that point to token lists that are searched across by default. The order of the URLs in this array determines the priority of the token import. The `DEFAULT_ACTIVE_LIST_URLS` constant is an array of URLs that point to token lists that are actively searched across. \n\nFor example, if a user wants to import a token into the project, the project will search across the token lists in `DEFAULT_ACTIVE_LIST_URLS` to see if the token is supported. If the token is not found, the project will search across the token lists in `DEFAULT_LIST_OF_LISTS` in order of priority until the token is found or all lists have been searched. If the token is still not found, the project will search across the token lists in `UNSUPPORTED_LIST_URLS` to see if the token is unsupported. \n\nThis code is important because it allows the project to import and search for tokens across multiple decentralized exchanges. By defining a set of token lists, the project can ensure that it is searching across all relevant exchanges and can prioritize the import of tokens based on the order of the lists. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { DEFAULT_ACTIVE_LIST_URLS, DEFAULT_LIST_OF_LISTS } from 'zoo'\n\n// search for a token across the default active lists\nconst token = 'ETH'\nconst activeLists = DEFAULT_ACTIVE_LIST_URLS\nfor (const list of activeLists) {\n const tokens = await fetch(list).then((res) => res.json())\n if (tokens.includes(token)) {\n console.log(`${token} found in ${list}`)\n break\n }\n}\n\n// search for a token across the default lists of lists\nconst listsOfLists = DEFAULT_LIST_OF_LISTS\nfor (const list of listsOfLists) {\n const tokens = await fetch(list).then((res) => res.json())\n if (tokens.includes(token)) {\n console.log(`${token} found in ${list}`)\n break\n }\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `UNSUPPORTED_LIST_URLS` array?\n- The `UNSUPPORTED_LIST_URLS` array is used to mark unsupported tokens and contains a single URL to a list of unsupported tokens from the Blockchain Association.\n\n2. What is the difference between `DEFAULT_LIST_OF_LISTS` and `DEFAULT_ACTIVE_LIST_URLS`?\n- `DEFAULT_LIST_OF_LISTS` is an array of token list URLs that are searched across in order of priority, while `DEFAULT_ACTIVE_LIST_URLS` is an array of token list URLs that are considered 'active' and always searched across.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `OPTIMISM_LIST` constant?\n- The `OPTIMISM_LIST` constant is a URL to a token list that is included in the `DEFAULT_LIST_OF_LISTS` array and is searched across for token imports.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/config/token-lists.md"}}],["677",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/config/types.ts)\n\nThe code above defines an interface called `Config` that specifies the properties of a connector configuration object. This object is used to configure a web3 connector that allows a user to interact with a blockchain network. The `Config` interface has five properties:\n\n1. `title`: a string that represents the name of the connector.\n2. `icon`: a React functional component that renders an SVG icon for the connector.\n3. `connectorId`: a string that represents the unique identifier of the connector.\n4. `connector`: an instance of the `AbstractConnector` class that represents the actual connector implementation.\n5. `color`: a string that represents the color associated with the connector.\n\nThe `AbstractConnector` class is imported from the `@web3-react/abstract-connector` package, which provides an abstract base class for implementing web3 connectors. The `FC` type is imported from the `react` package and is used to define the `icon` property of the `Config` interface.\n\nThe `SvgProps` type is imported from a file located in the `../components` directory and is used as a prop type for the `icon` property of the `Config` interface. The `ConnectorNames` type is imported from a file located in the `../constants/types` directory and is used as the type for the `connectorId` property of the `Config` interface.\n\nOverall, this code defines a configuration object that is used to configure a web3 connector for interacting with a blockchain network. The `Config` interface specifies the properties of this object, including the name, icon, unique identifier, implementation, and color of the connector. This configuration object is likely used in other parts of the `zoo` project to instantiate and configure web3 connectors for interacting with different blockchain networks. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```typescript\nimport { Config } from \"./config\";\n\nconst myConfig: Config = {\n title: \"My Connector\",\n icon: MyIconComponent,\n connectorId: \"my-connector\",\n connector: new MyConnector(),\n color: \"#123456\"\n};\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file within the `zoo` project?\n- This code file defines an interface called `Config` and imports various dependencies for the `zoo` project.\n\n2. What is the `AbstractConnector` and `ConnectorNames` being used for?\n- The `AbstractConnector` and `ConnectorNames` are being used as types for the `connector` and `connectorId` properties in the `Config` interface.\n\n3. What is the `icon` property in the `Config` interface?\n- The `icon` property is a React functional component that takes in `SvgProps` as its props and is used to display an icon associated with the connector in the `zoo` project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/config/types.md"}}],["678",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/config/wallets.ts)\n\nThis code defines a set of connectors for various wallets that can be used to interact with the Zoo project. The code imports the `AbstractConnector` class from the `@web3-react/abstract-connector` library, which is used as a base class for the wallet connectors. It also imports the `ChainId` enum from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, which is used to specify the chain ID for the RPC URLs.\n\nThe code defines several wallet connectors, including `injected`, `metaMask`, `walletConnect`, `coinbaseWallet`, and `Binance`. Each connector is defined as an instance of a connector class, such as `InjectedConnector` or a custom connector class. The `supportedChainIds` variable is defined as an array of chain IDs that are supported by the Zoo project.\n\nThe `SUPPORTED_WALLETS` object defines a set of wallet connectors that are supported by the Zoo project. Each wallet connector is defined as an object with properties such as `connector`, `name`, `iconName`, `description`, `href`, `color`, `primary`, `mobile`, and `mobileOnly`. The `connector` property is a reference to the connector instance for the wallet. The `name` property is the name of the wallet. The `iconName` property is the name of the icon file for the wallet. The `description` property is a brief description of the wallet. The `href` property is a URL for the wallet. The `color` property is a hex code for the color of the wallet. The `primary` property is a boolean that indicates whether the wallet is the primary wallet. The `mobile` property is a boolean that indicates whether the wallet is available on mobile devices. The `mobileOnly` property is a boolean that indicates whether the wallet is only available on mobile devices.\n\nThis code can be used in the larger Zoo project to provide users with a set of wallet connectors that they can use to interact with the project. For example, the `SUPPORTED_WALLETS` object can be used to display a list of supported wallets on a web page or in a mobile app. The `connector` property of each wallet object can be used to connect to the wallet and interact with the Zoo project. For example, the `metaMask` connector can be used to connect to the MetaMask wallet and interact with the Zoo project using the MetaMask browser extension. Similarly, the `walletConnect` connector can be used to connect to the WalletConnect app and interact with the Zoo project on a mobile device.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines various web3 connectors for different wallets and networks.\n\n2. What is the difference between `metaMask` and `walletConnect` connectors?\n- `metaMask` is a connector for the MetaMask browser extension, while `walletConnect` is a connector for various mobile wallets such as Trust Wallet and Rainbow Wallet.\n\n3. Why are some parts of the code commented out?\n- It is possible that these parts of the code were previously used but are no longer needed, or they may be under development and not yet ready for use.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/config/wallets.md"}}],["679",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/connectors/coinbaseWallet.ts)\n\nThis code imports the `CoinbaseWallet` class from the `@web3-react/coinbase-wallet` package and the `initializeConnector` function from the `@web3-react/core` package. It also imports the `URLS` object from the `config/chains` file.\n\nThe purpose of this code is to initialize a connector for the Coinbase Wallet, which is a cryptocurrency wallet that can be used to interact with the Ethereum blockchain. The `initializeConnector` function takes a generic type parameter of `CoinbaseWallet`, which is passed as an argument to the function. The function returns an array containing an instance of the `CoinbaseWallet` class and a set of hooks that can be used to interact with the wallet.\n\nThe `CoinbaseWallet` class takes two arguments: `actions` and an object containing the `url` and `appName` properties. The `actions` argument is an object that contains methods for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain, such as `getChainId` and `getAccount`. The `url` property is set to the first URL in the `URLS` array, which is an array of arrays containing URLs for different Ethereum networks. The `appName` property is set to `'web3-react'`.\n\nThis code can be used in the larger project to enable users to connect their Coinbase Wallet to the Ethereum blockchain and interact with smart contracts. For example, the `coinbaseWallet` instance can be passed to the `useWeb3React` hook from the `@web3-react/core` package to provide access to the user's Ethereum account and enable them to sign transactions. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { useWeb3React } from '@web3-react/core'\nimport { coinbaseWallet } from 'zoo'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const { account, library } = useWeb3React()\n \n async function signTransaction() {\n const signer = library.getSigner(account)\n const tx = await signer.sendTransaction({ to: '0x...', value: 100 })\n console.log(tx.hash)\n }\n \n return (\n \n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code initializes a connector for the Coinbase Wallet using the `@web3-react` library and sets the URL and app name for the wallet.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `URLS` variable from the `config/chains` module?\n The `URLS` variable likely contains an array of URLs for different blockchain networks, and this code is using the URL at index 1, position 0 for the Coinbase Wallet connection.\n\n3. What other connectors can be initialized using the `initializeConnector` function?\n The `initializeConnector` function can be used to initialize connectors for other wallets or blockchain providers, as long as they are compatible with the `@web3-react` library.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/connectors/coinbaseWallet.md"}}],["680",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/connectors/eip1193.ts)\n\nThis code is a part of a larger project called \"zoo\" and it imports several packages from the ethers.js and web3-react libraries. The purpose of this code is to initialize a connector for the EIP-1193 standard, which is an interface for interacting with Ethereum smart contracts. \n\nThe code first creates an instance of the `Eip1193Bridge` class from the `@ethersproject/experimental` package and a `JsonRpcProvider` instance from the `@ethersproject/providers` package. It then creates a new class called `Eip1193BridgeWithoutAccounts` that extends the `Eip1193Bridge` class and overrides the `request` method. This method checks if the requested method is either \"eth_requestAccounts\" or \"eth_accounts\" and returns an empty array if it is. Otherwise, it calls the `request` method of the parent class.\n\nNext, the code creates an instance of the `Eip1193BridgeWithoutAccounts` class using the `JsonRpcProvider` instance and gets a signer from it. Finally, it calls the `initializeConnector` function from the `@web3-react/core` package to create a connector for the EIP-1193 standard. This function takes a callback function that creates a new instance of the `EIP1193` class from the `@web3-react/eip1193` package and passes it the `actions` and `eip1193Provider` parameters. It also takes an array of chain IDs, which in this case is `[1]` for the Ethereum mainnet.\n\nThe resulting connector is an array that contains two elements: the `eip1193` object and the `hooks` object. The `eip1193` object is an instance of the `EIP1193` class that can be used to interact with Ethereum smart contracts using the EIP-1193 standard. The `hooks` object contains several hooks that can be used to access the `eip1193` object and its properties in a React component.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```javascript\nimport { useWeb3React } from \"@web3-react/core\";\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const { active, error, account, library } = useWeb3React();\n\n async function getBalance() {\n const balance = await library.getBalance(account);\n console.log(`Balance: ${balance.toString()}`);\n }\n\n return (\n
\n {active ? (\n \n ) : (\n
{error ? error.message : \"Connect your wallet\"}
\n )}\n
\n );\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `useWeb3React` hook from the `@web3-react/core` package is used to access the `eip1193` object and its properties in a React component. The `getBalance` function uses the `library` property to call the `getBalance` method of the Ethereum provider and logs the result to the console. The `active` and `error` properties are used to conditionally render a button or an error message based on whether the user is connected to a wallet or not.\n## Questions: \n 1. What libraries are being imported in this code?\n- The code is importing `Eip1193Bridge` from `@ethersproject/experimental`, `JsonRpcProvider` from `@ethersproject/providers`, `initializeConnector` from `@web3-react/core`, and `EIP1193` from `@web3-react/eip1193`.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `Eip1193BridgeWithoutAccounts` class?\n- The `Eip1193BridgeWithoutAccounts` class extends the `Eip1193Bridge` class and overrides the `request` method to return an empty array if the method is either \"eth_requestAccounts\" or \"eth_accounts\". This is likely done to prevent the user from accessing account information.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `initializeConnector` function and what does it return?\n- The `initializeConnector` function takes a callback function that creates a new instance of `EIP1193` and an array of chain IDs. It returns an array with two elements: the `eip1193` object and a `hooks` object that contains various hooks for interacting with the `eip1193` object.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/connectors/eip1193.md"}}],["681",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/connectors/empty.ts)\n\nThe code above is a module that initializes a connector for the Web3 React library. The purpose of this code is to provide a way to connect to a Web3 provider, which is necessary for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain. \n\nThe `initializeConnector` function is imported from the `@web3-react/core` library, which is a core component of the Web3 React library. This function takes a generic type parameter, which in this case is `Empty`. The `Empty` type is imported from the `@web3-react/empty` library, which is a package that provides an empty connector implementation. \n\nThe `empty` constant is then exported, which is an instance of the `Empty` connector. This connector is used when there is no Web3 provider available, which can happen if the user is not logged into a wallet or if the wallet does not support Web3. \n\nThe `hooks` constant is also exported, which is an object that contains various hooks that can be used to interact with the Web3 provider. These hooks include `useWeb3React`, which is a hook that provides access to the current Web3 provider and account, and `useEagerConnect`, which is a hook that attempts to connect to the Web3 provider as soon as possible. \n\nOverall, this module provides a way to initialize a connector for the Web3 React library, which is necessary for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain. The `empty` connector is used when there is no Web3 provider available, and the `hooks` object provides various hooks that can be used to interact with the Web3 provider. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```javascript\nimport { empty, hooks } from 'zoo'\n\n// Use the empty connector if there is no Web3 provider available\nconst connector = hooks.useWeb3React() || empty\n\n// Use the connector to interact with the Ethereum blockchain\nconst provider = connector.getProvider()\nconst signer = connector.getSigner()\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `initializeConnector` function and how does it work?\n- The `initializeConnector` function is used to initialize a connector for the Web3 React library. It takes a generic type parameter and a callback function that returns an instance of the generic type.\n\n2. What is the `Empty` type and how is it used in this code?\n- The `Empty` type is a type definition from the `@web3-react/empty` package. It is used as the generic type parameter for the `initializeConnector` function to specify the type of connector being initialized.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `empty` and `hooks` variables being exported from this module?\n- The `empty` variable is the instance of the `Empty` type returned by the `initializeConnector` function. The `hooks` variable contains the Web3 React hooks that can be used to interact with the initialized connector. Exporting these variables allows other modules to use them in their own code.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/connectors/empty.md"}}],["682",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/connectors/index.ts)\n\nThis code defines several Web3 connectors for different blockchain networks. These connectors allow users to interact with the blockchain using their wallets. The connectors are defined using different libraries such as `@binance-chain/bsc-connector`, `@web3-react/injected-connector`, `@web3-react/portis-connector`, `@web3-react/torus-connector`, `@web3-react/walletconnect-connector`, and `@web3-react/walletlink-connector`. \n\nThe RPC object contains the URLs for different blockchain networks. The supportedChainIds array contains the chain IDs for different blockchain networks. The connectors are defined for different blockchain networks such as Ethereum mainnet, Binance Smart Chain, Avalanche, and others. \n\nThe `injected` connector is used to connect to the user's wallet using the `@web3-react/injected-connector` library. The `walletconnect` connector is used to connect to the user's wallet using the WalletConnect protocol. The `fortmatic` connector is used to connect to the user's wallet using the Fortmatic library. The `portis` connector is used to connect to the user's wallet using the Portis library. The `walletlink` connector is used to connect to the user's wallet using the WalletLink library. The `torus` connector is used to connect to the user's wallet using the Torus library. The `binance` connector is used to connect to the user's wallet using the Binance Chain library.\n\nThese connectors can be used in the larger project to allow users to interact with the blockchain using their wallets. For example, the `injected` connector can be used to connect to the user's MetaMask wallet, while the `walletconnect` connector can be used to connect to the user's Trust Wallet. The `fortmatic` connector can be used to connect to the user's Fortmatic wallet, while the `portis` connector can be used to connect to the user's Portis wallet. The `walletlink` connector can be used to connect to the user's Coinbase Wallet, while the `torus` connector can be used to connect to the user's Torus wallet. The `binance` connector can be used to connect to the user's Binance Chain wallet. \n\nExample usage of the `injected` connector:\n\n```\nimport { useWeb3React } from '@web3-react/core';\nimport { injected } from './path/to/connectors';\n\nfunction App() {\n const { activate, active } = useWeb3React();\n\n const connectWallet = () => {\n activate(injected);\n };\n\n return (\n
\n {active ? (\n

Wallet connected

\n ) : (\n \n )}\n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code imports various connectors for different blockchain networks and defines RPC URLs for each network.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `supportedChainIds` array?\n- The `supportedChainIds` array lists the chain IDs that are supported by the `InjectedConnector` and other connectors.\n\n3. Why are some connectors only available for the mainnet?\n- Some connectors, such as `WalletConnectConnector`, `FortmaticConnector`, `PortisConnector`, `WalletLinkConnector`, and `TorusConnector`, are only available for the mainnet because they are designed for use with Ethereum and not other blockchain networks.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/connectors/index.md"}}],["683",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/connectors/metaMask.ts)\n\nThe code above is importing two modules from the '@web3-react' library: 'initializeConnector' and 'MetaMask'. The purpose of this code is to initialize the MetaMask connector for the Web3 React library. \n\nThe 'initializeConnector' function is used to create a connector instance for a specific Web3 provider. In this case, it is being used to create a connector for the MetaMask provider. The 'MetaMask' module is a class that provides an implementation of the Web3 provider interface for the MetaMask browser extension. \n\nThe code is using the 'initializeConnector' function to create an instance of the 'MetaMask' class and passing in a callback function that will be used to handle any actions that need to be performed by the connector. The resulting instance is then exported as 'metaMask'. \n\nThe 'hooks' variable is also being exported, which is an object containing various hooks that can be used to interact with the MetaMask connector. These hooks include 'useEagerConnect', 'useInactiveListener', and 'useMetaMask'. \n\nThis code can be used in the larger project to provide a way for users to connect to the Ethereum network using the MetaMask browser extension. For example, if the project has a feature that requires interaction with a smart contract on the Ethereum network, the MetaMask connector can be used to provide the necessary connection. \n\nHere is an example of how this code could be used in a React component:\n\n```\nimport { useWeb3React } from '@web3-react/core';\nimport { metaMask } from './zoo';\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const { activate, deactivate, active } = useWeb3React();\n\n const connectToMetaMask = async () => {\n await activate(metaMask);\n }\n\n const disconnectFromMetaMask = async () => {\n await deactivate();\n }\n\n return (\n
\n {active ? (\n \n ) : (\n \n )}\n
\n );\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the 'metaMask' instance created in the 'zoo' file is being passed to the 'activate' function from the 'useWeb3React' hook to connect to the MetaMask provider. The 'deactivate' function can be used to disconnect from the provider. The 'active' variable is used to determine whether the user is currently connected to the provider.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `initializeConnector` function and how does it work?\n- The `initializeConnector` function is used to initialize a connector for the Web3 React library. It takes in a generic type parameter and a callback function that creates a new instance of the connector. In this case, the generic type is `MetaMask` and the callback function creates a new instance of the `MetaMask` connector with the provided `actions`.\n\n2. What is the `MetaMask` import and how does it relate to the `@web3-react/metamask` package?\n- The `MetaMask` import is a class that represents the MetaMask connector for the Web3 React library. It is imported from the `@web3-react/metamask` package, which provides the implementation for the MetaMask connector.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `metaMask` and `hooks` variables and how are they used?\n- The `metaMask` variable is an instance of the `MetaMask` connector that has been initialized with the provided `actions`. The `hooks` variable is an object that contains various hooks for interacting with the `metaMask` connector, such as `useEagerConnect` and `useInactiveListener`. These variables can be used to integrate the MetaMask connector into a React application.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/connectors/metaMask.md"}}],["684",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/connectors/network.ts)\n\nThe code above is responsible for initializing a connector for the Web3 React library, specifically for the Network component. The purpose of this code is to provide a way for the application to connect to different Ethereum networks, such as the mainnet or testnets, and interact with smart contracts and other decentralized applications.\n\nThe code imports the necessary modules from the Web3 React library and the configuration file for the different network URLs. It then uses the `initializeConnector` function to create a new instance of the `Network` component, passing in an object with the necessary actions and the URLS configuration. The `Object.keys(URLS).map((chainId) => Number(chainId))` code maps over the keys of the URLS object and converts them to numbers, which are then passed as an array to the `initializeConnector` function.\n\nThe resulting `network` object and `hooks` array can then be used in the larger project to interact with the Ethereum networks. For example, the `network` object can be used to get the current network ID, check if the user is connected to the network, and switch between different networks. The `hooks` array provides access to various hooks that can be used to interact with the network, such as `useBlockNumber` to get the current block number or `useEthers` to get access to the Ethereum provider.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in a larger project:\n\n```javascript\nimport { network, hooks } from 'zoo'\n\n// check if user is connected to the network\nif (network.active) {\n console.log(`Connected to network ${network.chainId}`)\n}\n\n// switch to a different network\nnetwork.switchTo('ropsten')\n\n// get the current block number\nconst blockNumber = hooks.useBlockNumber()\n\n// interact with a smart contract\nconst contract = new ethers.Contract(address, abi, provider)\nconst result = await contract.someFunction()\n``` \n\nOverall, this code provides an essential component for connecting to Ethereum networks and interacting with decentralized applications in the larger project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `initializeConnector` function and how does it work?\n- The `initializeConnector` function is used to initialize a connector for a specific network. It takes in a function that creates a new instance of the network class and an array of chain IDs to support.\n\n2. What is the `Network` class and what does it do?\n- The `Network` class is a class from the `@web3-react/network` library that provides a way to connect to a specific Ethereum network. It takes in a set of actions and a URL for the network.\n\n3. What is the `URLS` object and where is it defined?\n- The `URLS` object is a configuration object that contains URLs for different Ethereum networks. It is defined in a file located at `config/chains`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/connectors/network.md"}}],["685",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/connectors/url.ts)\n\nThe code above is a module that initializes a Web3 connector for the Zoo project. The Web3 connector is a library that allows the project to interact with the Ethereum blockchain. \n\nThe code imports two libraries: `@web3-react/core` and `@web3-react/url`. The `@web3-react/core` library provides the core functionality for the Web3 connector, while `@web3-react/url` provides a specific implementation of the connector that uses a URL to connect to the Ethereum network. \n\nThe code also imports a configuration file called `config/chains`, which contains a list of URLs for different Ethereum networks. \n\nThe `initializeConnector` function is called with two arguments: a generic type `Url` and a callback function that creates a new instance of the `Url` class. The `Url` class is provided by the `@web3-react/url` library and represents a Web3 connector that uses a URL to connect to the Ethereum network. \n\nThe callback function takes two arguments: `actions` and `URLS[1][0]`. The `actions` argument is an object that contains methods for interacting with the Ethereum network, such as sending transactions and querying balances. The `URLS[1][0]` argument is a URL string that specifies the Ethereum network to connect to. \n\nThe `initializeConnector` function returns an array with two elements: `url` and `hooks`. The `url` element is an instance of the `Url` class that was created by the callback function. The `hooks` element is an object that contains methods for interacting with the `Url` instance. \n\nThis module can be used in other parts of the Zoo project to interact with the Ethereum network. For example, the `url` instance can be passed to other Web3 libraries to send transactions or query balances. The `hooks` object can be used to access the methods provided by the `Url` class, such as `useEphemeralKey` and `useAccount`. \n\nHere is an example of how this module might be used in another part of the Zoo project:\n\n```\nimport { url } from 'zoo/web3'\n\nconst balance = await url.getBalance('0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890')\nconsole.log(`Balance: ${balance}`)\n```\n\nIn this example, the `url` instance is imported from the `zoo/web3` module and used to query the balance of an Ethereum address. The `getBalance` method is provided by the `Url` class and returns the balance of the specified address. The balance is then logged to the console.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `initializeConnector` function and how does it work?\n- The `initializeConnector` function is used to initialize a connector for a specific blockchain network. It takes in a generic type parameter and a callback function that creates a new instance of the connector. The resulting array contains the connector instance and a set of hooks for interacting with it.\n\n2. What is the `Url` class and where does it come from?\n- The `Url` class is a connector implementation for connecting to a blockchain network via a URL. It is imported from the `@web3-react/url` package.\n\n3. What is the `URLS` constant and how is it used in this code?\n- The `URLS` constant is a configuration object that contains URLs for various blockchain networks. It is imported from the `config/chains` module and used to provide the URL for the `Url` connector instance created in the callback function passed to `initializeConnector`. In this case, the URL for the second network in the `URLS` array is used.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/connectors/url.md"}}],["686",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/connectors/walletConnect.ts)\n\nThe code above is a module that initializes a connector for the WalletConnect wallet using the Web3 React library. The purpose of this code is to provide a way for users to connect their WalletConnect wallet to the zoo project and interact with the Ethereum blockchain.\n\nThe code imports the `initializeConnector` function from the `@web3-react/core` library and the `WalletConnect` class from the `@web3-react/walletconnect` library. It also imports the `URLS` object from the `config/chains` file.\n\nThe `initializeConnector` function takes two arguments: a function that creates a new instance of the `WalletConnect` class and an array of chain IDs. The function that creates a new instance of the `WalletConnect` class takes an `actions` object and an object with an `rpc` property set to the `URLS` object imported earlier. The `actions` object is used to interact with the Web3 React library and the `rpc` property is used to specify the Ethereum RPC endpoint to use.\n\nThe `Object.keys(URLS).map((chainId) => Number(chainId))` expression creates an array of chain IDs by converting the keys of the `URLS` object to numbers.\n\nThe `initializeConnector` function returns an array with two elements: the `WalletConnect` instance and an object with hooks that can be used to interact with the `WalletConnect` instance.\n\nThis code can be used in the larger zoo project to provide users with a way to connect their WalletConnect wallet to the project and interact with the Ethereum blockchain. For example, the `walletConnect` instance can be used to send transactions or read data from the blockchain. The hooks can be used to subscribe to events or get the current state of the `WalletConnect` instance.\n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { walletConnect, hooks } from 'zoo'\n\n// Connect to the WalletConnect wallet\nwalletConnect.connect()\n\n// Subscribe to the \"accountsChanged\" event\nhooks.useWalletConnectAccounts((accounts) => {\n console.log('Accounts changed:', accounts)\n})\n\n// Send a transaction\nconst txHash = await walletConnect.sendTransaction({\n to: '0x123...',\n value: '1000000000000000000',\n})\nconsole.log('Transaction sent:', txHash)\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `initializeConnector` function and how is it used in this code?\n - The `initializeConnector` function is used to create a new instance of the `WalletConnect` class and initialize it with the specified `rpc` URLS. It returns an array containing the `walletConnect` instance and `hooks` object for interacting with the `WalletConnect` instance.\n\n2. What is the `WalletConnect` class and what does it do?\n - The `WalletConnect` class is a class provided by the `@web3-react/walletconnect` package that allows for connecting to a wallet using the WalletConnect protocol. It provides methods for connecting, disconnecting, and interacting with the connected wallet.\n\n3. What is the `URLS` constant and how is it used in this code?\n - The `URLS` constant is an object containing URLs for different blockchain networks. It is used to specify the `rpc` URL when initializing the `WalletConnect` instance. The `Object.keys(URLS).map((chainId) => Number(chainId))` expression is used to extract the chain IDs from the `URLS` object and convert them to numbers, which are then passed to the `initializeConnector` function.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/connectors/walletConnect.md"}}],["687",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/argent-wallet-detector.ts)\n\nThis code exports two constants related to the Argent Wallet Detector. The first constant, `ARGENT_WALLET_DETECTOR_ABI`, imports the ABI (Application Binary Interface) from a JSON file located in the same directory. The ABI is a standardized way of defining the interface for a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain. In this case, the ABI is for the Argent Wallet Detector contract.\n\nThe second constant, `ARGENT_WALLET_DETECTOR_MAINNET_ADDRESS`, is a string that represents the Ethereum address of the Argent Wallet Detector contract on the Ethereum mainnet. This address is used to interact with the contract and call its functions.\n\nThis code is likely used in other parts of the larger project to interact with the Argent Wallet Detector contract. For example, if the project has a feature that requires detecting whether a given Ethereum address is an Argent wallet, it could use the `ARGENT_WALLET_DETECTOR_ABI` to call the `isWallet(address)` function on the contract at the `ARGENT_WALLET_DETECTOR_MAINNET_ADDRESS`. \n\nHere is an example of how this code could be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport { ARGENT_WALLET_DETECTOR_ABI, ARGENT_WALLET_DETECTOR_MAINNET_ADDRESS } from './zoo/argent-wallet-detector'\n\nconst web3 = new Web3(provider)\n\nconst argentWalletDetectorContract = new web3.eth.Contract(ARGENT_WALLET_DETECTOR_ABI, ARGENT_WALLET_DETECTOR_MAINNET_ADDRESS)\n\nconst isArgentWallet = async (address) => {\n const result = await argentWalletDetectorContract.methods.isWallet(address).call()\n return result\n}\n\nconst address = '0x123abc...'\nconst isWallet = await isArgentWallet(address)\nconsole.log(`Is ${address} an Argent wallet? ${isWallet}`)\n```\n\nIn this example, the code imports the `ARGENT_WALLET_DETECTOR_ABI` and `ARGENT_WALLET_DETECTOR_MAINNET_ADDRESS` constants from the `zoo/argent-wallet-detector` module. It then creates a new instance of the `web3.eth.Contract` class using the ABI and mainnet address. Finally, it defines an `isArgentWallet` function that calls the `isWallet` function on the contract and returns the result. The function is then called with a sample Ethereum address and the result is logged to the console.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `ARGENT_WALLET_DETECTOR_ABI` import?\n - The `ARGENT_WALLET_DETECTOR_ABI` import is likely used to access the ABI (Application Binary Interface) for the Argent Wallet Detector contract, which defines how to interact with the contract's functions and data.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `ARGENT_WALLET_DETECTOR_MAINNET_ADDRESS` constant?\n - The `ARGENT_WALLET_DETECTOR_MAINNET_ADDRESS` constant likely represents the Ethereum mainnet address of the Argent Wallet Detector contract, which is used to interact with the contract on the Ethereum blockchain.\n\n3. How are the exported constants used in the `zoo` project?\n - It is unclear from this code snippet how the exported constants are used in the `zoo` project, but they may be used to interact with the Argent Wallet Detector contract in some way. Further context would be needed to determine their exact usage.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/argent-wallet-detector.md"}}],["688",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/argent-wallet.json)\n\nThis code defines two functions, `wc_multiCall` and `isValidSignature`, which are likely part of a larger project involving smart contracts on the Ethereum blockchain. \n\nThe `wc_multiCall` function takes in an array of transaction tuples, each containing an address, a uint256 value, and a bytes data field. The function then executes all of these transactions in a single function call, returning an array of bytes containing the results of each transaction. This is a useful optimization for cases where multiple transactions need to be executed in a single block, as it reduces the number of individual function calls and can save on gas costs. \n\nHere is an example of how `wc_multiCall` might be used in a larger project:\n\n```\n// create an array of transaction tuples\nlet transactions = [\n {\n to: \"0x123abc...\",\n value: 100,\n data: \"0xabcdef...\"\n },\n {\n to: \"0x456def...\",\n value: 50,\n data: \"0x789ghi...\"\n }\n]\n\n// call wc_multiCall with the transactions array\nlet results = await contract.wc_multiCall(transactions);\n\n// process the results of each transaction\nfor (let i = 0; i < results.length; i++) {\n console.log(\"Transaction \" + i + \" result: \" + results[i]);\n}\n```\n\nThe `isValidSignature` function takes in a message hash and a signature, and returns a bytes4 value indicating whether the signature is valid for the given message. This is likely used for authentication purposes, to ensure that only authorized parties can execute certain functions within the smart contract. \n\nHere is an example of how `isValidSignature` might be used in a larger project:\n\n```\n// create a message hash and a signature\nlet messageHash = web3.utils.sha3(\"Hello, world!\");\nlet signature = \"0x123456...\";\n\n// call isValidSignature with the message hash and signature\nlet isValid = await contract.isValidSignature(messageHash, signature);\n\n// check the result of the signature validation\nif (isValid == \"0x1626ba7e\") {\n console.log(\"Signature is valid!\");\n} else {\n console.log(\"Signature is invalid.\");\n}\n```\n\nOverall, these functions provide useful functionality for interacting with smart contracts on the Ethereum blockchain, and can be used to optimize transaction execution and ensure secure authentication.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `wc_multiCall` function?\n - The `wc_multiCall` function takes in an array of transactions and executes them in a batch, returning an array of the results.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `isValidSignature` function?\n - The `isValidSignature` function takes in a message hash and a signature and returns a bytes4 value indicating whether the signature is valid for the given message.\n\n3. What is the expected input and output format for these functions?\n - Both functions take in specific input parameters and return specific output types as defined in the function definitions. The `wc_multiCall` function takes in an array of tuples containing an address, uint256 value, and bytes data, and returns an array of bytes arrays. The `isValidSignature` function takes in a bytes32 message hash and a bytes signature, and returns a bytes4 value.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/argent-wallet.md"}}],["689",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/bar.json)\n\nThe code provided is a Solidity smart contract that defines the interface for an ERC20 token. ERC20 is a standard interface for tokens on the Ethereum blockchain, and this contract defines the functions and events that are required to be implemented for a token to be considered ERC20 compliant.\n\nThe contract includes a constructor that takes an address of another ERC20 token called Sushi. The contract also includes functions for getting the name, symbol, and decimals of the token, as well as the total supply and the balance of a particular address. Additionally, there are functions for approving an address to spend a certain amount of tokens on behalf of the caller, transferring tokens from one address to another, and checking the amount of tokens that an address is allowed to spend on behalf of another address.\n\nThe contract also includes two functions called `enter` and `leave`. These functions are not part of the ERC20 standard, but are specific to the project that this contract is a part of. It is unclear what these functions do without additional context about the project.\n\nOverall, this contract provides the basic functionality required for an ERC20 token, and can be used as a starting point for creating a new token. Developers can inherit from this contract and implement their own logic for the `enter` and `leave` functions to create a custom token for their project. Here is an example of how this contract can be inherited:\n\n```\ncontract MyToken is ERC20Token {\n constructor(address _sushi) ERC20Token(_sushi) {\n // additional constructor logic for MyToken\n }\n\n // additional functions and logic for MyToken\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines a contract for a token called \"sushi\" and includes functions for transferring tokens, checking balances, and managing allowances.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"constructor\" function?\n- The constructor function is called when the contract is first deployed and initializes the contract with the address of the \"sushi\" token.\n\n3. What is the difference between the \"transfer\" and \"transferFrom\" functions?\n- The \"transfer\" function allows a user to transfer tokens from their own account to another user's account, while the \"transferFrom\" function allows a user to transfer tokens from another user's account if they have been granted permission to do so through the \"approve\" function.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/bar.md"}}],["690",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/chainlink-oracle.json)\n\nThe code provided is a Solidity smart contract that defines a set of functions for interacting with a decentralized oracle. Oracles are used in blockchain systems to provide external data to smart contracts. This particular oracle is designed to provide exchange rate data for different currency pairs.\n\nThe contract defines six functions, each with a specific purpose. The `getDataParameter` function is a pure function that takes in three parameters: `multiply`, `divide`, and `decimals`. It returns a `bytes` array that can be used as input to the `get` and `peek` functions. The purpose of this function is to generate the input data required for the other functions to retrieve exchange rate data.\n\nThe `get` function takes in a `bytes` array as input and returns a boolean value and a uint256 value. The boolean value indicates whether the data was successfully retrieved, while the uint256 value represents the exchange rate data. This function is used to retrieve the latest exchange rate data for a given currency pair.\n\nThe `peek` function is similar to the `get` function, but it does not modify the state of the contract. It takes in a `bytes` array as input and returns a boolean value and a uint256 value. The boolean value indicates whether the data is available, while the uint256 value represents the exchange rate data. This function is used to check the availability of exchange rate data without actually retrieving it.\n\nThe `peekSpot` function is a view function that takes in a `bytes` array as input and returns a uint256 value representing the exchange rate data. This function is used to retrieve the latest exchange rate data for a given currency pair without modifying the state of the contract.\n\nFinally, the `name` and `symbol` functions are view functions that return the name and symbol of the oracle, respectively. These functions are used to retrieve metadata about the oracle.\n\nOverall, this contract provides a set of functions for retrieving exchange rate data from a decentralized oracle. These functions can be used by other smart contracts in the larger project to obtain external data for various purposes. For example, a smart contract that facilitates cross-border payments may use this oracle to obtain exchange rate data for different currency pairs.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a set of functions for interacting with a smart contract related to financial data.\n\n2. What are the inputs and outputs of the \"get\" function?\n- The \"get\" function takes in a byte array called \"data\" and returns a boolean value and a uint256 value.\n\n3. What is the difference between the \"peek\" and \"peekSpot\" functions?\n- The \"peek\" function returns a boolean value and a uint256 value based on the input byte array, while the \"peekSpot\" function only returns a uint256 value and does not have a boolean output.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/chainlink-oracle.md"}}],["691",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/clone-rewarder.json)\n\nThe code provided is a Solidity smart contract that is part of the larger project called \"zoo\". The purpose of this contract is to manage rewards for users who provide liquidity to a MasterChef V2 contract. The contract emits events to log various actions such as initializing the contract, adding a new pool, setting a pool, updating a pool, and transferring ownership. \n\nThe contract has several functions that allow users to interact with it. The `init` function is used to initialize the contract with the MasterChef V2 contract address, reward token address, and master LP token address. The `setRewardPerSecond` function is used to set the reward rate per second. The `pendingToken` function is used to calculate the pending reward for a user for a specific pool. The `pendingTokens` function is used to calculate the pending rewards for a user across all pools. The `onSushiReward` function is called by the MasterChef V2 contract to distribute rewards to users who provide liquidity. \n\nThe contract also has several view functions that allow users to retrieve information about the contract state. The `poolInfo` function is used to retrieve information about a specific pool such as the accumulated reward per share and the last reward time. The `rewardPerSecond` function is used to retrieve the current reward rate per second. The `rewardRates` function is used to retrieve an array of reward rates for each pool. The `rewardToken` function is used to retrieve the reward token address. \n\nOverall, this contract plays an important role in managing rewards for users who provide liquidity to the MasterChef V2 contract. It allows users to calculate their pending rewards and provides functions for setting and retrieving reward rates and other contract state information. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\n// Initialize the contract with the MasterChef V2 contract address, reward token address, and master LP token address\nawait zoo.init(masterChefV2Address, rewardTokenAddress, masterLPTokenAddress);\n\n// Set the reward rate per second\nawait zoo.setRewardPerSecond(100);\n\n// Retrieve the current reward rate per second\nconst rewardRate = await zoo.rewardPerSecond();\n\n// Calculate the pending reward for a user for a specific pool\nconst pendingReward = await zoo.pendingToken(poolId, userAddress);\n\n// Calculate the pending rewards for a user across all pools\nconst { rewardTokens, rewardAmounts } = await zoo.pendingTokens(poolId, userAddress);\n\n// Retrieve information about a specific pool\nconst { accToken1PerShare, lastRewardTime } = await zoo.poolInfo(poolId);\n\n// Retrieve the reward token address\nconst rewardTokenAddress = await zoo.rewardToken();\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it relate to the overall zoo project?\n- This code is a smart contract for a reward system in the zoo project. It allows users to earn rewards by staking tokens in a pool.\n\n2. What are the inputs and outputs of the `onSushiReward` function?\n- The inputs of the `onSushiReward` function are the pool ID, user address, recipient address, token ID, and LP token amount. There are no outputs.\n\n3. What events are emitted by this contract and what information do they provide?\n- This contract emits several events including `LogInit`, `LogOnReward`, `LogPoolAddition`, `LogRewardPerSecond`, `LogSetPool`, `LogUpdatePool`, and `OwnershipTransferred`. These events provide information such as the reward token, owner address, reward per second, LP token address, user address, pool ID, amount staked, and more.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/clone-rewarder.md"}}],["692",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/complex-rewarder.json)\n\nThis code defines a set of constructors, events, and functions for a smart contract that manages a pool of rewards for a decentralized finance (DeFi) project called \"zoo\". The contract is designed to distribute rewards to users who provide liquidity to the project's pools.\n\nThe constructor takes three inputs: the address of the reward token, the amount of reward tokens to be distributed per second, and the address of the project's MasterChef V2 contract. The contract emits an event called \"LogInit\" when it is initialized.\n\nThe contract also defines several events that are emitted during various operations. These events include \"LogOnReward\", which is emitted when a user receives a reward, \"LogPoolAddition\", which is emitted when a new pool is added to the contract, and \"LogUpdatePool\", which is emitted when a pool is updated.\n\nThe contract also defines several functions that can be called by users or other contracts. These functions include \"add\", which adds a new pool to the contract, \"massUpdatePools\", which updates all pools in the contract, and \"set\", which updates the allocation points for a specific pool.\n\nOne important function is \"onSushiReward\", which is called by the MasterChef V2 contract when a user earns a reward. This function updates the user's reward debt and emits a \"LogOnReward\" event.\n\nAnother important function is \"updatePool\", which updates the reward distribution for a specific pool. This function calculates the amount of rewards that have been earned since the last update and distributes them to the pool's users.\n\nOverall, this contract is an essential component of the zoo DeFi project, as it manages the distribution of rewards to users who provide liquidity to the project's pools. Developers working on the project can use this contract to add new pools, update reward allocations, and distribute rewards to users.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n - This code defines a contract for a reward distribution system for a decentralized application. It includes functions for adding and updating reward pools, distributing rewards to users, and transferring ownership of the contract.\n2. What types of inputs and outputs are used in this code?\n - The inputs and outputs include various data types such as addresses, uint256 integers, and structs. The functions have different state mutability, with some being nonpayable and others being view-only.\n3. What events are emitted by this code and what information do they provide?\n - This code emits several events, including LogInit, LogOnReward, LogPoolAddition, LogRewardPerSecond, LogSetPool, LogUpdatePool, and OwnershipTransferred. These events provide information about the initialization of the contract, reward distribution to users, addition and modification of reward pools, and ownership transfers.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/complex-rewarder.md"}}],["693",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/compound-oracle.json)\n\nThis code defines three functions that are part of a smart contract. The smart contract is likely part of a larger project related to a decentralized finance (DeFi) application. \n\nThe first function, `get`, takes in a single parameter of type `bytes` and returns two values: a boolean and a uint256. The purpose of this function is not clear from the code alone, but it likely retrieves some data from the smart contract or blockchain. The function is marked as `nonpayable`, meaning it cannot receive any ether (the cryptocurrency used on the Ethereum blockchain) as part of its execution.\n\nThe second function, `getDataParameter`, takes in three parameters: two strings and a uint256. It returns a single value of type `bytes`. This function is marked as `pure`, meaning it does not read from or modify the state of the smart contract. Instead, it likely performs some computation on the input parameters and returns a byte array that can be used as input to another function in the smart contract.\n\nThe third function, `peek`, takes in a single parameter of type `bytes` and returns two values: a boolean and a uint256. This function is marked as `view`, meaning it does not modify the state of the smart contract. Instead, it likely reads some data from the smart contract or blockchain and returns it to the caller.\n\nOverall, these functions are likely part of a larger set of functions that make up a DeFi application. The `get` and `peek` functions likely retrieve data from the smart contract or blockchain, while the `getDataParameter` function likely performs some computation on input parameters to prepare them for use in other functions. These functions may be used by other parts of the DeFi application to perform various tasks, such as calculating interest rates or executing trades. \n\nExample usage of these functions would depend on the specific implementation of the DeFi application. However, a possible example usage of the `getDataParameter` function could be as follows:\n\n```\n// prepare input parameters\nstring memory collateralSymbol = \"ETH\";\nstring memory assetSymbol = \"DAI\";\nuint256 division = 100;\n\n// call getDataParameter function\nbytes memory data = getDataParameter(collateralSymbol, assetSymbol, division);\n\n// use returned data as input to another function\nbool success = someOtherFunction(data);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how is it used within the zoo project?\n Answer: This code defines three functions with inputs, outputs, and state mutability. It is likely used as part of the smart contract functionality within the zoo project.\n\n2. What is the difference between the state mutability of the `get` and `peek` functions?\n Answer: The `get` function is nonpayable, meaning it cannot receive Ether as part of its execution, while the `peek` function is view, meaning it does not modify the state of the contract.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `getDataParameter` function and what are its inputs and outputs?\n Answer: The `getDataParameter` function takes in three inputs (two strings and a uint256) and returns a bytes output. Its purpose is not clear from this code alone, but it is likely used to generate data for another function or contract within the zoo project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/compound-oracle.md"}}],["694",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/cvx-rewarder.json)\n\nThe code provided is a Solidity smart contract for a staking pool that allows users to stake a specific token and earn rewards in another token. The contract is part of a larger project called \"zoo\" and is designed to be used in a decentralized finance (DeFi) ecosystem.\n\nThe constructor function takes in several parameters, including the staking token, reward token, reward manager, and two different MasterChef contracts. The chefPid parameter is used to identify the specific pool in the MasterChef contract that this staking pool is associated with.\n\nThe contract emits several events, including RewardAdded, RewardPaid, Staked, and Withdrawn, which are used to track rewards and staking activity.\n\nThe contract includes several functions for interacting with the staking pool. The addExtraReward function allows the reward manager to add additional rewards to the pool. The balanceOf function returns the balance of the staking token for a specific user. The earned function returns the amount of rewards earned by a specific user. The getReward function allows a user to claim their rewards. The stake function allows a user to stake a specific amount of the staking token. The withdraw function allows a user to withdraw their staked tokens and claim their rewards.\n\nThe contract also includes functions for interacting with the associated MasterChef contracts. The onSushiReward function is called by the SushiSwap MasterChef contract when rewards are distributed, and it updates the user's balance in the staking pool. The pendingTokens function returns the pending rewards for a specific user in both the staking token and reward token.\n\nOverall, this contract provides a way for users to earn rewards by staking a specific token and is designed to be used in a larger DeFi ecosystem.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code appears to be a smart contract for a staking and reward system, likely for a decentralized finance (DeFi) platform. It allows users to stake a certain token and receive rewards in another token, with the rewards being distributed based on a set rate and duration.\n\n2. What external contracts or systems does this code interact with?\n- This code interacts with several external contracts and systems, including the staking token, reward token, reward manager, SushiSwap MasterChef contract, and Convex Finance MasterChef contract. It also appears to have functions for adding and clearing extra rewards.\n\n3. What events and functions are available for developers to use in this code?\n- Developers can use several events and functions in this code, including events for when rewards are added or paid out, and functions for staking, withdrawing, and claiming rewards. There are also functions for getting information about the current rewards and reward rate, as well as interacting with the external contracts and systems mentioned above.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/cvx-rewarder.md"}}],["695",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/eip-2612.json)\n\nThis code defines two functions as part of a larger project called zoo. The first function, called \"nonces\", is a view function that takes in an address as an input and returns a uint256 value. This function is marked as constant, meaning it does not modify the state of the contract, and is therefore free to execute without requiring any gas fees. The purpose of this function is not clear from the code alone, but it likely serves as a way to retrieve a nonce value associated with a particular address.\n\nThe second function, called \"DOMAIN_SEPARATOR\", is also a view function that takes no inputs and returns a bytes32 value. Like the first function, it is marked as constant and does not modify the state of the contract. The purpose of this function is also not clear from the code alone, but it likely serves as a way to retrieve a domain separator value associated with the contract.\n\nOverall, these functions appear to be part of a larger smart contract that is used to manage some aspect of the zoo project. Without more context, it is difficult to say exactly how these functions fit into the larger picture. However, it is clear that they are designed to be read-only functions that do not modify the state of the contract, and can therefore be executed without requiring any gas fees. \n\nHere is an example of how the \"nonces\" function might be used in a larger project:\n\n```\n// Assume we have a web3 instance and a contract instance called \"zooContract\"\n\nconst ownerAddress = \"0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890\";\n\nzooContract.methods.nonces(ownerAddress).call((err, result) => {\n if (err) {\n console.error(err);\n } else {\n console.log(`Nonce for ${ownerAddress}: ${result}`);\n }\n});\n```\n\nThis code would retrieve the nonce value associated with the given owner address by calling the \"nonces\" function on the zooContract instance. The result would be logged to the console.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how is it used in the zoo project?\n This code defines two functions, `nonces` and `DOMAIN_SEPARATOR`, which are likely used for some kind of authentication or security feature within the zoo project.\n\n2. What is the expected input and output for the `nonces` function?\n The `nonces` function takes in a single input parameter, `owner`, which is of type `address`. It returns a single output parameter of type `uint256`.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `DOMAIN_SEPARATOR` function and how is it used?\n The `DOMAIN_SEPARATOR` function likely generates a unique identifier for the zoo project, which can be used for various security and authentication purposes. It does not take any input parameters and returns a single output parameter of type `bytes32`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/eip-2612.md"}}],["696",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/ens-registrar.json)\n\nThe code provided is a Solidity contract that interacts with the Ethereum Name Service (ENS). ENS is a decentralized domain name system built on the Ethereum blockchain that allows users to register human-readable domain names and associate them with Ethereum addresses, smart contracts, and other resources. \n\nThe contract contains several functions that allow users to manage ENS records, including setting and retrieving ownership, resolver, and time-to-live (TTL) information for a given ENS node. The contract also includes functions for setting and checking operator approval, which allows an operator to manage ENS records on behalf of the owner.\n\nOne important function in the contract is `setRecord`, which allows a user to set the owner, resolver, and TTL for a given ENS node. This function takes four arguments: the ENS node, the new owner address, the new resolver address, and the new TTL value. Once called, the function updates the ENS record for the specified node with the new information.\n\nAnother important function is `setSubnodeOwner`, which allows a user to set the owner of a subdomain of a given ENS node. This function takes three arguments: the ENS node, the subdomain label, and the new owner address. The function returns the new ENS node for the subdomain. \n\nOverall, this contract provides a set of tools for managing ENS records within a larger project. Developers can use this contract to build applications that interact with ENS, such as decentralized domain name registrars or decentralized content distribution networks.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code is related to the Ethereum Name Service (ENS) and provides functions for managing ownership and resolution of domain names on the Ethereum blockchain.\n\n2. What events are emitted by this code and what information do they provide?\n- This code emits several events including ApprovalForAll, NewOwner, NewResolver, NewTTL, and Transfer. These events provide information about changes in ownership, resolution, and approval status for domain names on the Ethereum blockchain.\n\n3. What are some of the key functions provided by this code and what do they do?\n- This code provides functions for setting and getting ownership, resolution, and time-to-live (TTL) information for domain names on the Ethereum blockchain. It also provides a function for setting approval status for a given operator.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/ens-registrar.md"}}],["697",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/erc20.json)\n\nThis code defines a set of functions and events for a smart contract that implements a standard token on the Ethereum blockchain. The token is identified by a name and a symbol, and has a fixed number of decimal places. The total supply of the token is also defined. \n\nThe functions defined in this code allow users to interact with the token. The `balanceOf` function returns the balance of a given address. The `transfer` function allows a user to transfer tokens to another address. The `approve` function allows a user to grant permission to another address to spend tokens on their behalf. The `allowance` function returns the amount of tokens that an approved address is allowed to spend. The `transferFrom` function allows an approved address to spend tokens on behalf of another address. \n\nThe events defined in this code allow users to track token transfers and approvals. The `Transfer` event is emitted whenever tokens are transferred from one address to another. The `Approval` event is emitted whenever an address is approved to spend tokens on behalf of another address. \n\nThis code can be used as a starting point for creating a custom token on the Ethereum blockchain. Developers can modify the code to define the specific parameters of their token, such as the name, symbol, and total supply. They can also add additional functions and events to customize the behavior of the token. \n\nHere is an example of how the `balanceOf` function can be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nconst tokenAddress = '0x123456789abcdef'; // replace with actual token address\nconst userAddress = '0x987654321fedcba'; // replace with actual user address\n\nconst tokenContract = new web3.eth.Contract(tokenAbi, tokenAddress);\n\ntokenContract.methods.balanceOf(userAddress).call((err, balance) => {\n if (err) {\n console.error(err);\n } else {\n console.log(`User has a balance of ${balance} tokens`);\n }\n});\n```\n\nThis code creates a new instance of the token contract using the ABI (Application Binary Interface) and address of the deployed contract. It then calls the `balanceOf` function with the user's address as an argument, and logs the user's token balance to the console.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n This code defines a set of functions and events for a smart contract related to a token. It includes functions for transferring tokens, approving transfers, checking balances, and more.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"payable\" and \"stateMutability\" properties in the function definitions?\n The \"payable\" property indicates whether the function can receive Ether as part of a transaction, while the \"stateMutability\" property indicates whether the function changes the state of the contract (e.g. by modifying storage variables) and whether it requires any gas to execute.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the \"Approval\" and \"Transfer\" events?\n The \"Approval\" event is emitted when a token holder approves a transfer of tokens to another address, while the \"Transfer\" event is emitted when tokens are transferred from one address to another. These events can be used to track the movement of tokens and trigger external actions based on those movements.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/erc20.md"}}],["698",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/erc20_bytes32.json)\n\nThis code represents a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain. The contract has two functions: `name` and `symbol`. These functions are marked as constant, meaning they do not modify the state of the contract and are free to execute. \n\nThe `name` function returns a bytes32 value representing the name of the contract. The `symbol` function returns a bytes32 value representing the symbol of the contract. \n\nThis code is likely part of a larger project that involves creating and managing tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. The `name` and `symbol` functions are commonly used in token contracts to provide basic information about the token. For example, a token contract for a fictional zoo might have a name of \"ZooToken\" and a symbol of \"ZOO\". \n\nTo interact with this contract, a user would need to use a tool such as Remix or Truffle to deploy the contract to the Ethereum network. Once deployed, the user could then call the `name` and `symbol` functions to retrieve the corresponding values. \n\nExample usage in Solidity code:\n\n```\ncontract MyToken {\n function name() public view returns (bytes32) {\n return \"ZooToken\";\n }\n\n function symbol() public view returns (bytes32) {\n return \"ZOO\";\n }\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code? \n- This code defines two functions `name` and `symbol` with their respective inputs and outputs. \n\n2. What is the data type of the inputs and outputs for the `name` and `symbol` functions? \n- Both functions have an input and output of type `bytes32`. \n\n3. What is the stateMutability of the `name` and `symbol` functions? \n- Both functions have a stateMutability of `view`, meaning they do not modify the state of the contract and can be called without sending a transaction.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/erc20_bytes32.md"}}],["699",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/factory.json)\n\nThe code provided is a Solidity smart contract that defines a set of functions and events for creating and managing pairs of tokens on a decentralized exchange. The contract is part of a larger project called \"zoo\" and is likely used in conjunction with other contracts to create a fully functional decentralized exchange.\n\nThe contract has a constructor function that takes an address parameter and sets it as the \"feeToSetter\" variable. This variable is used to determine who has the authority to set the fee charged for trading on the exchange. The contract also defines an event called \"PairCreated\" that is emitted whenever a new token pair is created on the exchange.\n\nThe contract has several functions for managing pairs of tokens on the exchange. The \"createPair\" function takes two token addresses as parameters and creates a new pair of tokens on the exchange. The \"getPair\" function takes two token addresses as parameters and returns the address of the corresponding token pair on the exchange. The \"allPairs\" function returns an array of all token pairs on the exchange, and the \"allPairsLength\" function returns the length of the array.\n\nThe contract also has functions for managing the fee charged for trading on the exchange. The \"feeTo\" function returns the address of the account that receives the trading fee, and the \"setFeeTo\" function sets the address of the account that receives the trading fee. The \"setFeeToSetter\" function sets the address of the account that has the authority to set the trading fee. Finally, the \"setMigrator\" function sets the address of a contract that can be used to migrate liquidity from other exchanges to this one.\n\nOverall, this contract provides the basic functionality for creating and managing pairs of tokens on a decentralized exchange. It can be used in conjunction with other contracts to create a fully functional decentralized exchange. Here is an example of how the \"createPair\" function might be used:\n\n```\n// create a new pair of tokens on the exchange\naddress tokenA = 0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890;\naddress tokenB = 0x0987654321098765432109876543210987654321;\naddress pair = ZooExchange.createPair(tokenA, tokenB);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a smart contract for creating and managing pairs of tokens on a decentralized exchange.\n\n2. What events can trigger the \"PairCreated\" event?\n- The \"PairCreated\" event is triggered when a new pair of tokens is created using the \"createPair\" function.\n\n3. What is the difference between the \"feeTo\" and \"feeToSetter\" functions?\n- The \"feeTo\" function returns the address that receives the trading fees, while the \"feeToSetter\" function returns the address that has permission to update the fee recipient address.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/factory.md"}}],["700",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/faucet.json)\n\nThe code provided is a single function called `drip`. It is written in Solidity, a programming language used for creating smart contracts on the Ethereum blockchain. \n\nThe function has no input parameters and no output values. It is marked as `nonpayable`, meaning it cannot receive any Ether (the cryptocurrency used on the Ethereum network) as part of its execution. \n\nWithout any context or additional information, it is difficult to determine the exact purpose of this function within the larger project. However, based on its name and the fact that it does not accept any input parameters, it is possible that this function is intended to perform a simple action or trigger an event. \n\nFor example, it could be used to simulate the sound of water dripping in an exhibit within the zoo project. The function could be called periodically to emit a sound or trigger a visual effect, creating a more immersive experience for users interacting with the project. \n\nHere is an example of how the `drip` function could be called within a larger Solidity contract:\n\n```\ncontract ZooExhibit {\n function simulateDrip() public {\n drip();\n }\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `simulateDrip` function is part of a larger contract representing an exhibit within the zoo project. When called, it simply invokes the `drip` function to simulate the sound of water dripping within the exhibit. \n\nOverall, while the `drip` function is relatively simple and does not provide much functionality on its own, it could be a useful component within a larger project like zoo. By providing a way to trigger simple actions or events, it can help create a more engaging and interactive experience for users.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `drip` function?\n - The `drip` function does not have any inputs or outputs and is nonpayable, so it likely performs some internal state change or action within the contract.\n\n2. Is this the entire code for the `zoo` project or just a small portion?\n - It is unclear from this code snippet whether this is the entire code for the `zoo` project or just a small portion. More context is needed to determine the scope of the project.\n\n3. What programming language is this code written in?\n - It is not specified in the code snippet what programming language this code is written in. More information is needed to determine the language used.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/faucet.md"}}],["701",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/limit-order-helper.json)\n\nThe code provided is a Solidity smart contract that is part of the larger project called \"zoo\". The contract contains three functions, a constructor, a view function, and a payable function. \n\nThe constructor function takes in a single parameter, `_bentoBox`, which is of type `contract IBentoBox`. This function is non-payable, meaning it cannot receive any ether, and is only called once during the deployment of the contract. The purpose of this function is to initialize the `bentoBox` variable with the `_bentoBox` parameter. \n\nThe view function is named `bentoBox` and returns a single output of type `contract IBentoBox`. This function is used to retrieve the value of the `bentoBox` variable. The `view` modifier indicates that this function does not modify the state of the contract and is free to execute without any gas cost. \n\nThe third function is named `depositAndApprove` and is a payable function. It takes in six parameters, `user`, `masterContract`, `approved`, `v`, `r`, and `s`. The `user` parameter is of type `address` and represents the address of the user who is depositing funds. The `masterContract` parameter is also of type `address` and represents the address of the contract that will receive the funds. The `approved` parameter is of type `bool` and indicates whether the user has approved the transfer of funds. The `v`, `r`, and `s` parameters are used for signature verification. \n\nThe purpose of this function is to deposit funds into the `bentoBox` contract and approve the transfer of funds. The function first transfers the funds from the user's address to the `bentoBox` contract. It then calls the `approve` function on the `bentoBox` contract to approve the transfer of funds to the `masterContract`. Finally, it calls the `deposit` function on the `bentoBox` contract to deposit the funds into the `masterContract`. \n\nHere is an example of how this function can be used:\n\n```\n// Assume the contract has already been deployed and initialized with a valid IBentoBox contract address\nfunction depositFunds() public payable {\n address user = msg.sender;\n address masterContract = 0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890;\n bool approved = true;\n uint8 v = 27;\n bytes32 r = 0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234;\n bytes32 s = 0x5678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678;\n \n ZooContract zc = ZooContract(address);\n zc.depositAndApprove{value: msg.value}(user, masterContract, approved, v, r, s);\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `depositFunds` function is called by a user who wants to deposit funds into the `masterContract`. The function creates a new instance of the `ZooContract` contract and calls the `depositAndApprove` function with the necessary parameters. The `value` keyword is used to send the amount of ether sent with the transaction to the `depositAndApprove` function.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a smart contract with a constructor and two functions for interacting with a BentoBox contract.\n\n2. What is the IBentoBox contract and how is it used in this code?\n- The IBentoBox contract is an interface that defines the functions that can be called on a BentoBox contract. It is used as an input parameter in the constructor and an output parameter in the bentoBox function.\n\n3. What does the depositAndApprove function do and how is it used?\n- The depositAndApprove function takes in several parameters including a user address, a master contract address, and a boolean value for approval. It allows a user to deposit funds into the BentoBox contract and approve a master contract to use those funds. It requires a signature from the user to verify the transaction.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/limit-order-helper.md"}}],["702",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/maker.json)\n\nThis code defines a smart contract that is part of the larger zoo project. The contract is responsible for converting tokens between different bridges. The contract has a constructor that takes in four addresses: `_factory`, `_bar`, `_sushi`, and `_weth`. These addresses are used to initialize the contract's state variables.\n\nThe contract has several functions that can be used to interact with it. The `bridgeFor` function takes in a token address and returns the address of the bridge associated with that token. The `convert` function takes in two token addresses and converts them using the associated bridge. The `convertMultiple` function takes in arrays of token addresses and converts them using their associated bridges.\n\nThe contract also has functions for setting and transferring ownership. The `setBridge` function can be used to set the bridge associated with a particular token. The `transferOwnership` function can be used to transfer ownership of the contract to a new owner.\n\nThe contract emits several events, including `LogBridgeSet`, `LogConvert`, and `OwnershipTransferred`. These events can be used to track changes to the contract's state.\n\nOverall, this contract plays an important role in the larger zoo project by facilitating the conversion of tokens between different bridges. Developers working on the project can use this contract to ensure that tokens can be easily converted and transferred between different parts of the project. Here is an example of how the `convert` function might be used:\n\n```\n// Convert 1 ETH to 100 USDT\nzoo.convert(ethAddress, usdtAddress, {value: 1 ether, gas: 500000});\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- Without additional context, it is unclear what the purpose of this code is and what problem it solves. It appears to be a smart contract with functions related to converting tokens and setting bridges, but more information is needed to fully understand its purpose.\n\n2. What is the significance of the different event types and what information do they provide?\n- The code includes three different event types: LogBridgeSet, LogConvert, and OwnershipTransferred. It is unclear what information each event provides and why they are important. Additional documentation or comments within the code would be helpful in understanding their significance.\n\n3. What are the expected inputs and outputs for the convert and convertMultiple functions?\n- The convert and convertMultiple functions are both nonpayable and do not have any outputs listed. It is unclear what the expected inputs are for these functions and what actions they perform. Additional documentation or comments within the code would be helpful in understanding their functionality.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/maker.md"}}],["703",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/masterchef.json)\n\nThis code defines a smart contract for a decentralized application (dApp) called \"zoo\". The contract is written in Solidity, a programming language used for creating smart contracts on the Ethereum blockchain. \n\nThe contract contains several functions that allow users to interact with the dApp. These functions include adding and updating pools, depositing and withdrawing tokens, and migrating pools. \n\nThe constructor function initializes the contract with several parameters, including the SushiToken contract address, the developer address, the SUSHI token reward per block, the starting block number, and the bonus end block number. \n\nThe add function allows users to add a new pool to the dApp. A pool is a collection of liquidity provider (LP) tokens that users can deposit to earn rewards in SUSHI tokens. The function takes in the allocation point, which determines the percentage of the total SUSHI rewards that the pool will receive, the LP token contract address, and a boolean value that determines whether to update all pools before adding the new one. \n\nThe deposit function allows users to deposit LP tokens into a specific pool to earn SUSHI rewards. The function takes in the pool ID and the amount of LP tokens to deposit. \n\nThe withdraw function allows users to withdraw their deposited LP tokens from a specific pool. The function takes in the pool ID and the amount of LP tokens to withdraw. \n\nThe migrate function allows users to migrate their LP tokens from one pool to another. The function takes in the pool ID and the migrator contract address. \n\nOverall, this contract provides the functionality for users to participate in a decentralized exchange (DEX) by providing liquidity and earning rewards in SUSHI tokens. The contract can be used in conjunction with other contracts and interfaces to create a fully functional dApp. \n\nExample usage:\n\nTo add a new pool to the dApp:\n```\nzoo.add(100, lpTokenAddress, true);\n```\n\nTo deposit LP tokens into a pool:\n```\nzoo.deposit(poolID, lpTokenAmount);\n```\n\nTo withdraw LP tokens from a pool:\n```\nzoo.withdraw(poolID, lpTokenAmount);\n```\n\nTo migrate LP tokens from one pool to another:\n```\nzoo.migrate(poolID, migratorAddress);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code is a smart contract for a project called zoo. It appears to be a staking contract for a token called SushiToken, allowing users to deposit and withdraw tokens to earn rewards.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"BONUS_MULTIPLIER\" variable?\n- The \"BONUS_MULTIPLIER\" variable is a constant that determines the bonus multiplier for rewards during a certain period of time. It is likely used in conjunction with the start and end block variables to determine the reward rate for stakers.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the \"migrate\" function and what does it do?\n- The \"migrate\" function allows for the migration of staked tokens from one contract to another using a \"Migrator\" contract. This could be useful if the staking contract is being upgraded or replaced with a new contract.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/masterchef.md"}}],["704",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/minichef-v2.json)\n\nThe code provided is a Solidity smart contract for a project called MiniChefV2, which appears to be a decentralized application (dApp) for yield farming on the Ethereum blockchain. Yield farming is a process where users can earn rewards by providing liquidity to a decentralized exchange (DEX) or liquidity pool (LP) on a blockchain network. \n\nThe MiniChefV2 contract has several functions that allow users to deposit, withdraw, and harvest rewards from various liquidity pools. The contract also has functions for adding and updating pools, setting reward allocations, and setting the rate at which rewards are distributed. \n\nThe contract has a constructor function that takes an input of a contract address for the SUSHI token, which is the native token of the SushiSwap DEX. The contract has several events that are emitted when certain actions are taken, such as depositing, withdrawing, or updating a pool. \n\nOne notable function is the `batch` function, which allows users to execute multiple function calls in a single transaction. This can be useful for optimizing gas costs and reducing the number of transactions needed to perform certain actions. \n\nOverall, the MiniChefV2 contract appears to be a key component of the larger project, providing the functionality for users to participate in yield farming on the SushiSwap DEX. Developers building on top of the MiniChefV2 contract can leverage its functions to create their own dApps or integrate it into existing projects. \n\nExample usage of the `deposit` function:\n```\nfunction deposit(uint256 pid, uint256 amount, address to) public {\n PoolInfo storage pool = poolInfo[pid];\n UserInfo storage user = userInfo[pid][msg.sender];\n updatePool(pid);\n if (user.amount > 0) {\n uint256 pending = user.amount.mul(pool.accSushiPerShare).div(1e12).sub(user.rewardDebt);\n if (pending > 0) {\n safeSushiTransfer(msg.sender, pending);\n }\n }\n if (amount > 0) {\n pool.lpToken.safeTransferFrom(address(msg.sender), address(this), amount);\n user.amount = user.amount.add(amount);\n }\n user.rewardDebt = user.amount.mul(pool.accSushiPerShare).div(1e12);\n emit Deposit(msg.sender, pid, amount, to);\n}\n```\nThe `deposit` function takes three inputs: `pid` is the ID of the pool to deposit into, `amount` is the amount of liquidity to deposit, and `to` is the address to send any rewards to. The function first updates the pool information, then calculates any pending rewards for the user and transfers them to their address. If the user is depositing liquidity, the function transfers the tokens to the contract and updates the user's amount. Finally, the user's reward debt is updated and an event is emitted.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code is a smart contract for a project called zoo that allows users to deposit and withdraw tokens in exchange for rewards. It solves the problem of incentivizing users to provide liquidity to the platform.\n\n2. What are the different events that can be emitted by this contract and what do they represent?\n- There are several events that can be emitted by this contract, including Deposit, EmergencyWithdraw, Harvest, LogPoolAddition, LogSetPool, LogSushiPerSecond, LogUpdatePool, OwnershipTransferred, and Withdraw. These events represent different actions taken by users or the contract, such as depositing tokens, withdrawing tokens, or updating pool information.\n\n3. What are some of the functions available in this contract and what do they do?\n- Some of the functions available in this contract include add, deposit, emergencyWithdraw, harvest, set, and withdraw. These functions allow users to add liquidity to the platform, deposit and withdraw tokens, and update pool information. The emergencyWithdraw function can be used in case of an emergency, while the harvest function allows users to claim their rewards. The set function can be used to update pool information, such as the allocation points and rewarder.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/minichef-v2.md"}}],["705",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/multicall2.json)\n\nThe code provided is a Solidity smart contract that contains a set of functions for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain. The contract is called Multicall2 and is designed to allow multiple function calls to be made in a single transaction, reducing gas costs and improving efficiency.\n\nThe main functions in the contract are `aggregate` and `blockAndAggregate`. Both functions take a list of function calls as input and return the results of those calls. The difference between the two functions is that `blockAndAggregate` also returns the block number and block hash of the current block.\n\nThe `aggregate` function returns the block number and an array of return data for each function call. The `blockAndAggregate` function returns the block number, block hash, and an array of return data for each function call.\n\nOther functions in the contract provide information about the current block, such as `getBlockNumber`, `getBlockHash`, `getCurrentBlockTimestamp`, and `getCurrentBlockGasLimit`. There is also a function called `getEthBalance` that returns the balance of an Ethereum address.\n\nThe `tryAggregate` and `tryBlockAndAggregate` functions are similar to `aggregate` and `blockAndAggregate`, but they return a boolean indicating whether all function calls were successful, along with the return data.\n\nOverall, the Multicall2 contract provides a convenient way to make multiple function calls in a single transaction, reducing gas costs and improving efficiency. It can be used in a variety of Ethereum applications, such as decentralized exchanges, where multiple function calls may need to be made in a single transaction.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code provides a set of functions for querying various information about the Ethereum blockchain, such as block number, block hash, current timestamp, and ETH balance of an address. It also provides functions for aggregating multiple calls into a single call, which can be useful for reducing gas costs.\n\n2. What is the expected input and output format for the `aggregate` and `blockAndAggregate` functions?\n- Both functions take in an array of `Multicall2.Call` tuples, where each tuple contains an Ethereum address and a byte array representing the data to be called on that address. The `aggregate` function returns the block number and an array of return data for each call, while the `blockAndAggregate` function returns the block number, block hash, and an array of `Multicall2.Result` tuples, where each tuple contains a boolean indicating success and the return data for a single call.\n\n3. What is the difference between the `tryAggregate` and `tryBlockAndAggregate` functions compared to the regular `aggregate` and `blockAndAggregate` functions?\n- The `tryAggregate` and `tryBlockAndAggregate` functions have an additional boolean input parameter `requireSuccess`, which determines whether the function should revert if any of the calls fail. The regular functions will still return data for all calls, even if some of them fail.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/multicall2.md"}}],["706",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/pegged-oracle.json)\n\nThis code defines three functions that are part of a smart contract. The smart contract is likely part of a larger project related to a zoo, but the specifics of that project are not relevant to understanding this code.\n\nThe first function, `get`, takes a single input parameter of type `bytes` and returns two values: a boolean and a uint256. The function is marked as `nonpayable`, meaning it cannot receive payments. The purpose of this function is not clear from the code alone, as the input parameter is not described and the function body is not provided.\n\nThe second function, `getDataParameter`, takes a single input parameter of type `uint256` and returns a value of type `bytes`. The function is marked as `pure`, meaning it does not read or modify the state of the contract. The purpose of this function is also not clear from the code alone, as the input parameter is not described and the function body is not provided.\n\nThe third function, `peek`, takes a single input parameter of type `bytes` and returns two values: a boolean and a uint256. The function is marked as `view`, meaning it does not modify the state of the contract. The purpose of this function is not clear from the code alone, as the input parameter is not described and the function body is not provided.\n\nWithout additional context or documentation, it is difficult to determine how these functions may be used in the larger project. However, it is clear that they are intended to interact with the contract's state in some way, and that they are designed to be called from outside the contract (since they are marked as `nonpayable`, `pure`, and `view`). \n\nHere is an example of how the `get` function might be called from a JavaScript program using the web3.js library:\n\n```\nconst contract = new web3.eth.Contract(contractAbi, contractAddress);\n\nconst data = \"0x12345678\"; // replace with actual data\ncontract.methods.get(data).call((err, result) => {\n if (err) {\n console.error(err);\n } else {\n const success = result[0];\n const value = result[1];\n console.log(`Success: ${success}, Value: ${value}`);\n }\n});\n```\n\nThis code assumes that `contractAbi` is an array containing the ABI (Application Binary Interface) of the smart contract, and that `contractAddress` is a string containing the address of the deployed contract. The `get` function is called with the `data` parameter, and the result is logged to the console.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how does it fit into the overall functionality of the zoo project?\n- This code defines three functions with inputs, outputs, and state mutability. It is likely part of a larger smart contract system that interacts with a blockchain.\n\n2. What do the inputs and outputs of each function represent?\n- The inputs and outputs are defined using the \"internalType\" and \"type\" fields. For example, the \"get\" function takes in a bytes parameter named \"data\" and returns a bool and uint256 value.\n\n3. What is the difference between the state mutability types \"nonpayable\", \"pure\", and \"view\"?\n- \"nonpayable\" means that the function does not modify the state of the contract and does not accept Ether. \"pure\" means that the function does not read or modify the state of the contract. \"view\" means that the function does not modify the state of the contract but can read from it.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/pegged-oracle.md"}}],["707",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/router-slim.json)\n\nThis code defines two functions that can be used to swap tokens on a decentralized exchange. The first function, `swapExactETHForTokens`, allows the user to swap a specified amount of Ether for a specified amount of a different token. The function takes in four parameters: `amountOutMin`, which is the minimum amount of the token the user wants to receive; `path`, which is an array of addresses representing the path of tokens to trade, starting with Ether and ending with the desired token; `to`, which is the address that will receive the traded tokens; and `deadline`, which is the timestamp by which the transaction must be included in a block. The function is marked as `payable`, meaning that the user must send Ether along with the transaction in order to execute the swap.\n\nThe second function, `swapExactTokensForTokens`, allows the user to swap a specified amount of one token for a specified amount of another token. The function takes in five parameters: `amountIn`, which is the amount of the input token to trade; `amountOutMin`, which is the minimum amount of the output token the user wants to receive; `path`, which is an array of addresses representing the path of tokens to trade, starting with the input token and ending with the output token; `to`, which is the address that will receive the traded tokens; and `deadline`, which is the timestamp by which the transaction must be included in a block. The function is marked as `nonpayable`, meaning that the user does not need to send any Ether along with the transaction in order to execute the swap.\n\nThese functions are likely part of a larger project that involves interacting with a decentralized exchange, such as Uniswap or SushiSwap. They could be used by developers building applications that allow users to easily swap tokens without having to manually go through the exchange interface. For example, a decentralized finance (DeFi) application could use these functions to allow users to swap between different tokens within the app. Here is an example of how the `swapExactETHForTokens` function could be called:\n\n```\nconst { ethers } = require('ethers');\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider();\nconst signer = provider.getSigner();\n\nconst contractAddress = '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890';\nconst contractABI = [\n {\n \"inputs\": [\n { \"internalType\": \"uint256\", \"name\": \"amountOutMin\", \"type\": \"uint256\" },\n { \"internalType\": \"address[]\", \"name\": \"path\", \"type\": \"address[]\" },\n { \"internalType\": \"address\", \"name\": \"to\", \"type\": \"address\" },\n { \"internalType\": \"uint256\", \"name\": \"deadline\", \"type\": \"uint256\" }\n ],\n \"name\": \"swapExactETHForTokens\",\n \"outputs\": [{ \"internalType\": \"uint256[]\", \"name\": \"amounts\", \"type\": \"uint256[]\" }],\n \"stateMutability\": \"payable\",\n \"type\": \"function\"\n }\n];\n\nconst contract = new ethers.Contract(contractAddress, contractABI, signer);\n\nconst amountOutMin = ethers.utils.parseUnits('100', 'ether');\nconst path = ['0xc02aaa39b223fe8d0a0e5c4f27ead9083c756cc2', '0x6b175474e89094c44da98b954eedeac495271d0f'];\nconst to = '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890';\nconst deadline = Math.floor(Date.now() / 1000) + 60 * 10; // 10 minutes from now\n\nconst tx = await contract.swapExactETHForTokens(amountOutMin, path, to, deadline, { value: ethers.utils.parseUnits('1', 'ether') });\nawait tx.wait();\n```\n\nThis code uses the `ethers` library to interact with the contract at `contractAddress` using the `contractABI`. It then calls the `swapExactETHForTokens` function with the specified parameters, including sending 1 Ether along with the transaction. The function returns an array of `amounts`, which represents the actual amounts of tokens received in the trade. The code waits for the transaction to be confirmed on the blockchain before continuing.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code defines two functions for swapping tokens on a blockchain network.\n\n2. What are the inputs and outputs of the `swapExactETHForTokens` function?\n - The inputs are `amountOutMin` (minimum amount of output tokens), `path` (array of token addresses), `to` (recipient address), and `deadline` (timestamp). The output is an array of `amounts` of output tokens.\n\n3. What is the difference in `stateMutability` between the two functions?\n - The `swapExactETHForTokens` function is `payable`, meaning it can receive Ether along with its function call. The `swapExactTokensForTokens` function is `nonpayable`, meaning it cannot receive Ether.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/router-slim.md"}}],["708",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/sushi.json)\n\nThe code provided is a JSON representation of the ABI (Application Binary Interface) for a smart contract. The ABI is a specification that defines how to interact with a smart contract, including the functions and events it exposes, their inputs and outputs, and their types. \n\nThe smart contract represented by this ABI is likely a token contract, as it includes functions such as `balanceOf`, `transfer`, `approve`, `allowance`, and `totalSupply`. The contract also includes functions related to delegation of voting power, such as `delegate`, `getCurrentVotes`, and `getPriorVotes`. \n\nThe ABI also includes several events that can be emitted by the contract, such as `Transfer`, `Approval`, `DelegateChanged`, `DelegateVotesChanged`, and `OwnershipTransferred`. These events can be used to track changes to the state of the contract and trigger actions in other parts of the system.\n\nDevelopers can use this ABI to interact with the smart contract from their applications or other smart contracts. For example, a developer could use the `balanceOf` function to check the balance of a particular address, or the `transfer` function to send tokens from one address to another. The delegation functions could be used to allow token holders to delegate their voting power to other addresses.\n\nHere is an example of how a developer might use this ABI to interact with the contract using the web3.js library:\n\n```\nconst Web3 = require('web3');\nconst abi = [ ... ]; // insert the ABI provided in the question\nconst contractAddress = '0x123...'; // insert the address of the deployed contract\n\nconst web3 = new Web3('https://mainnet.infura.io/v3/your-project-id');\nconst contract = new web3.eth.Contract(abi, contractAddress);\n\n// Get the balance of an address\nconst balance = await contract.methods.balanceOf('0x456...').call();\nconsole.log(`Balance: ${balance}`);\n\n// Transfer tokens to another address\nconst tx = await contract.methods.transfer('0x789...', 100).send({ from: '0x456...' });\nconsole.log(`Transaction hash: ${tx.transactionHash}`);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines a smart contract with various functions related to token management, including transferring tokens, checking balances, and delegating voting power.\n\n2. What is the significance of the different event types defined in this code?\n- The different event types defined in this code allow for tracking and logging of important actions within the smart contract, such as approvals, transfers, and changes in ownership or voting power.\n\n3. How does the delegation functionality work in this smart contract?\n- The delegation functionality allows token holders to delegate their voting power to another address, which can then be used to vote on proposals within the associated governance system. This is done through the `delegate` and `delegateBySig` functions, and is tracked through the `DelegateChanged` and `DelegateVotesChanged` events.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/sushi.md"}}],["709",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/swaave.json)\n\nThe code provided is a Solidity smart contract that defines a set of functions related to saving and swapping tokens. The contract has a constructor function that takes no inputs and does not return anything. \n\nThe first function defined in the contract is called `saave`, which takes a single input parameter of type `uint256` and does not return anything. This function is used to save a certain amount of tokens to the contract. The second function, `saaveTo`, takes two input parameters: an address and a `uint256` amount, and saves the specified amount of tokens to the specified address. Both of these functions have a `stateMutability` of `nonpayable`, meaning they cannot receive any Ether along with the function call.\n\nThe next two functions, `swaave` and `swaaveTo`, are used to swap Ether for tokens. `swaave` is a payable function, meaning it can receive Ether along with the function call, and it does not take any input parameters. `swaaveTo` takes two input parameters: an address and a `uint256` amount, and swaps the specified amount of Ether for tokens and sends them to the specified address. Both of these functions have a `stateMutability` of `payable`.\n\nThe remaining four functions are used to withdraw tokens or Ether from the contract. `unSaave` and `unSaaveTo` are used to withdraw saved tokens, while `unSwaave` and `unSwaaveTo` are used to withdraw swapped Ether. All four of these functions take the same input parameters as their corresponding `saave` and `swaave` functions, respectively. All four of these functions have a `stateMutability` of `nonpayable`.\n\nFinally, the contract includes a fallback function with a `stateMutability` of `payable`. This function is executed when the contract receives Ether without a specific function call. \n\nOverall, this contract provides a basic set of functions for saving and swapping tokens and Ether. It can be used as a building block for more complex financial applications within the larger project. Here is an example of how the `saave` function could be called:\n\n```\ncontract MyContract {\n address public zooContractAddress = 0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890;\n \n function saveTokens(uint256 amount) public {\n IZoo(zooContractAddress).saave(amount);\n }\n}\n\ninterface IZoo {\n function saave(uint256 amount) external;\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n Answer: Without additional context, it is unclear what this code does or what its purpose is. It appears to define a set of functions related to saving and swapping tokens, but more information is needed to understand its full functionality.\n\n2. What is the expected input and output for each function?\n Answer: The code provides some information about the input and output for each function, such as the data types and names of the parameters and whether the function is payable or nonpayable. However, it does not provide information about the expected behavior or output of each function, which would be helpful for understanding how to use them.\n\n3. Are there any dependencies or external contracts required for this code to function properly?\n Answer: It is unclear from this code whether there are any dependencies or external contracts required for it to function properly. Additional context or documentation would be needed to determine if there are any other contracts or libraries that need to be deployed or imported for this code to work as intended.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/swaave.md"}}],["710",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/timelock.json)\n\nThe code provided is a Solidity smart contract that defines a governance mechanism for a decentralized application. The contract is designed to allow for the execution of transactions on behalf of the application, with the ability to cancel or delay transactions if necessary. \n\nThe contract includes a constructor function that takes two arguments: an address for the contract's administrator and a delay time for transaction execution. The contract also includes several events that are emitted when certain actions are taken, such as canceling or executing a transaction. \n\nThe contract includes several functions that allow for the management of the governance mechanism. The `acceptAdmin` function allows the administrator to accept their role, while the `setPendingAdmin` function allows for the appointment of a new administrator. The `setDelay` function allows for the adjustment of the delay time for transaction execution. \n\nThe `queueTransaction` function allows for the queuing of a transaction, which can then be executed after the specified delay time has passed. The `executeTransaction` function allows for the execution of a transaction that has been queued, while the `cancelTransaction` function allows for the cancellation of a queued transaction. \n\nOverall, this contract provides a governance mechanism for a decentralized application that allows for the execution of transactions while providing the ability to cancel or delay transactions if necessary. This contract can be used as a building block for larger decentralized applications that require a governance mechanism. \n\nExample usage of this contract could include a decentralized exchange that uses this contract to manage the execution of trades. The contract could be used to ensure that trades are executed in a timely manner while also providing the ability to cancel or delay trades if necessary.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code implements a contract that allows for delayed execution of transactions, with the ability to cancel or queue transactions. It solves the problem of needing to execute transactions at a specific time or after a certain delay.\n\n2. What are the different events defined in this code and when are they emitted?\n- There are four different events defined in this code: `CancelTransaction`, `ExecuteTransaction`, `NewAdmin`, and `NewDelay`. They are emitted when a transaction is cancelled, executed, the admin address is changed, and the delay time is changed, respectively.\n\n3. What are the different functions defined in this code and what do they do?\n- There are several functions defined in this code, including a constructor, getters for various constants, and functions for accepting a new admin, cancelling and executing transactions, setting the delay time, and setting a pending admin. The `receive` function is also defined to allow the contract to receive payments.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/timelock.md"}}],["711",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/uniswap-v2-factory.json)\n\nThe code provided is a Solidity smart contract that defines a set of functions and events for creating and managing pairs of tokens on a decentralized exchange. The contract is part of the larger project called \"zoo\" and is likely used in conjunction with other contracts to create a fully functional exchange.\n\nThe contract has a constructor function that takes an address parameter and sets it as the \"_feeToSetter\" variable. This variable is used to determine who has the ability to set the fee charged for trades on the exchange. The contract also defines an event called \"PairCreated\" that is emitted whenever a new token pair is created on the exchange.\n\nThe contract has several functions that allow for the creation and management of token pairs. The \"createPair\" function takes two token addresses as parameters and creates a new pair on the exchange. The function returns the address of the newly created pair. The \"getPair\" function takes two token addresses as parameters and returns the address of the corresponding pair on the exchange.\n\nThe contract also has functions for setting the fee charged for trades on the exchange. The \"setFeeTo\" function takes an address parameter and sets it as the \"_feeTo\" variable, which determines where the fees collected from trades are sent. The \"setFeeToSetter\" function takes an address parameter and sets it as the \"_feeToSetter\" variable, which determines who has the ability to set the fee charged for trades on the exchange.\n\nOverall, this contract provides the basic functionality for creating and managing token pairs on a decentralized exchange. It is likely used in conjunction with other contracts to create a fully functional exchange. Below is an example of how the \"createPair\" function could be used:\n\n```\n// Assume we have two token addresses: tokenA and tokenB\n// We want to create a new pair on the exchange\naddress newPair = zoo.createPair(tokenA, tokenB);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines a smart contract that creates and manages pairs of tokens on a decentralized exchange. It allows users to trade tokens without the need for a centralized exchange.\n\n2. What events can trigger the `PairCreated` event and what information does it provide?\n- The `PairCreated` event is triggered when a new token pair is created on the exchange. It provides the addresses of the two tokens being paired, the address of the new pair contract, and a uint256 value.\n\n3. What is the difference between the `feeTo` and `feeToSetter` functions?\n- The `feeTo` function returns the address that receives the trading fees collected by the exchange. The `feeToSetter` function returns the address that has permission to update the `feeTo` address.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/uniswap-v2-factory.md"}}],["712",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/uniswap-v2-router-02-no-eth.json)\n\nThe code provided is a JSON representation of a smart contract's ABI (Application Binary Interface). ABI is a standard interface for smart contracts that defines how to interact with them. It specifies the methods and their inputs and outputs that can be called by external parties. \n\nThe smart contract in question is related to a decentralized exchange (DEX) and provides various functions for swapping and adding/removing liquidity from a liquidity pool. The functions include `swapExactTokensForTokens`, `swapExactTokensForTokensSupportingFeeOnTransferTokens`, `swapTokensForExactTokens`, `addLiquidity`, `removeLiquidity`, and `removeLiquidityWithPermit`. \n\nThe `swapExactTokensForTokens` function allows users to swap a specific amount of one token for another token. The `swapExactTokensForTokensSupportingFeeOnTransferTokens` function is similar but supports tokens that have a transfer fee. The `swapTokensForExactTokens` function allows users to specify the amount of the output token they want to receive and the maximum amount of the input token they are willing to spend. \n\nThe `addLiquidity` function allows users to add liquidity to a pool by depositing equal values of two tokens. The `removeLiquidity` function allows users to remove liquidity from a pool and receive back the deposited tokens. The `removeLiquidityWithPermit` function is similar but allows users to approve the transaction using a permit instead of a signature. \n\nOverall, this smart contract provides the necessary functions for users to interact with a liquidity pool on a DEX. Developers can use this contract as a building block to create their own DEX or integrate it into an existing project. For example, a developer could use this contract to create a DEX that supports swapping between specific tokens or to add liquidity to a pool for a specific token pair.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code provides a set of functions for swapping and adding/removing liquidity between different tokens on a decentralized exchange. It allows users to trade tokens without the need for a centralized exchange.\n\n2. What is the expected input and output format for each function?\n- Each function has a specific set of input parameters and output values, which are defined in the code. The input parameters include addresses of tokens, amounts of tokens, and deadlines for transactions. The output values include amounts of tokens and liquidity.\n\n3. Are there any security measures in place to prevent unauthorized access or malicious attacks?\n- The code includes a function for removing liquidity with a permit, which requires a digital signature from the token owner. This helps to prevent unauthorized access to the tokens. However, it is unclear if there are any other security measures in place to prevent malicious attacks.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/uniswap-v2-router-02-no-eth.md"}}],["713",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/weth.json)\n\nThe code provided is a JSON representation of the ABI (Application Binary Interface) for a smart contract. The ABI is a specification that defines how to interact with a smart contract, including the functions it exposes, their inputs and outputs, and the events it emits. \n\nThe smart contract appears to be a basic implementation of an ERC20 token, a standard interface for fungible tokens on the Ethereum blockchain. The functions defined in the ABI include `transfer`, `transferFrom`, `approve`, `balanceOf`, `allowance`, `totalSupply`, `name`, `symbol`, `decimals`, `deposit`, and `withdraw`. These functions are commonly used in ERC20 tokens to manage the transfer of tokens between addresses, check balances, and approve transfers on behalf of other addresses. \n\nThe smart contract also emits four events: `Approval`, `Transfer`, `Deposit`, and `Withdrawal`. These events are used to notify external applications of state changes within the smart contract. For example, the `Transfer` event is emitted whenever tokens are transferred between addresses, allowing external applications to track the movement of tokens. \n\nOverall, this code provides a blueprint for how to interact with the smart contract and use its functions to manage ERC20 tokens. Developers can use this ABI to build applications that interact with the smart contract, such as wallets, exchanges, and other token management tools. \n\nHere is an example of how to use the `transfer` function to send tokens from one address to another:\n\n```\nconst contract = new web3.eth.Contract(abi, contractAddress);\n\n// Transfer 100 tokens from sender to recipient\ncontract.methods.transfer(recipientAddress, 100).send({from: senderAddress})\n .then((receipt) => {\n console.log('Tokens transferred successfully');\n })\n .catch((error) => {\n console.error('Error transferring tokens:', error);\n });\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n - This code defines a set of functions and events for a smart contract that manages a token. It allows for transfers, approvals, and balance checks of the token.\n2. What is the significance of the \"payable\" and \"stateMutability\" properties in the function definitions?\n - The \"payable\" property indicates whether a function can receive Ether as part of a transaction, while the \"stateMutability\" property indicates whether a function changes the state of the contract or only reads from it.\n3. What is the purpose of the events defined in this code?\n - The events are used to notify external systems when certain actions occur within the contract, such as when a transfer or approval is made, or when Ether is deposited or withdrawn.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/weth.md"}}],["714",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/abis/zenko.json)\n\nThis code defines a set of functions that facilitate the conversion of various types of assets in and out of the BentoBox smart contract. The BentoBox is a smart contract that acts as a shared pool of assets for other smart contracts to use. The functions in this code allow for the conversion of assets to and from the BentoBox, as well as to and from other types of assets such as Compound cTokens and Kashi margin tokens.\n\nThe `exchangeRateStoredInternal` function takes a Compound cToken address as input and returns the current exchange rate between the cToken and its underlying asset. This function is used to calculate the underlying asset value of a given cToken balance.\n\nThe `fromBento` function takes an ERC20 token address and a share amount as input and returns the corresponding amount of the token. This function is used to convert BentoBox shares back into their underlying asset.\n\nThe `fromCtoken` function takes a Compound cToken address and a cToken amount as input and returns the corresponding amount of the underlying asset. This function is used to convert cTokens back into their underlying asset.\n\nThe `fromKashi` function takes a Kashi margin token address and a margin token amount as input and returns the corresponding share amount. This function is used to convert Kashi margin tokens back into their underlying asset.\n\nThe `toBento` function takes an ERC20 token address and an amount as input and returns the corresponding share amount. This function is used to convert an asset into BentoBox shares.\n\nThe `toCtoken` function takes a Compound cToken address and an underlying asset amount as input and returns the corresponding cToken amount. This function is used to convert an underlying asset into cTokens.\n\nThe `toKashi` function takes a Kashi margin token address and an underlying asset amount as input and returns the corresponding fraction of the margin token. This function is used to convert an underlying asset into Kashi margin tokens.\n\nOverall, these functions provide a convenient way for other smart contracts to interact with the BentoBox and other asset types in a standardized way. For example, a lending protocol could use these functions to convert assets into BentoBox shares and then use those shares to provide liquidity to other protocols.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- This code file contains functions related to exchanging tokens between different protocols such as Compound and Kashi.\n\n2. What are the input and output types for each function?\n- Each function has a different set of input and output types, which are specified in the \"inputs\" and \"outputs\" fields of each function object.\n\n3. Are there any other dependencies or requirements for using these functions?\n- It is unclear from this code file whether there are any other dependencies or requirements for using these functions, such as the need for specific versions of smart contracts or external libraries.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/abis/zenko.md"}}],["715",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/addresses.ts)\n\nThis code defines a JavaScript object called `addresses` that contains six key-value pairs. Each key represents a specific cryptocurrency exchange and each value represents the address of a smart contract on that exchange's blockchain. The exchanges and their corresponding smart contract addresses are as follows:\n\n- LBTC_Eth: \"0x526903Ee6118de6737D11b37f82fC7f69B13685D\"\n- LBTC_Lux: \"0x8c07F93A76213c0BE738ded6110403b6d0ceE286\"\n- LETH_Eth: \"0xAA3AE951A7925F25aE8Ad65b052a76Bd8f052598\"\n- LETH_Lux: \"0x41e51eFcdA08fDFB84f4b1caa4b7f03c67FA431b\"\n- Teleport_Eth: \"0x60D9B4552b67792D4E65B4D3e27de0EfbCd219bA\"\n- Teleport_Lux: \"0x69baCe12fCf05CdbAd519b5B2fd5037383811A89\"\n\nThis code is likely used in the larger project to facilitate transactions between different cryptocurrencies on different exchanges. By storing the smart contract addresses in this object, the project can easily reference them when needed without having to hardcode them into the code. For example, if the project needs to execute a transaction on the LBTC_Eth exchange, it can simply reference `addresses.LBTC_Eth` instead of hardcoding the address into the code.\n\nHere is an example of how this code might be used in the larger project:\n\n```\nimport addresses from 'zoo';\n\nconst lbtcEthAddress = addresses.LBTC_Eth;\nconst teleportLuxAddress = addresses.Teleport_Lux;\n\n// Use the addresses to execute a transaction on the LBTC_Eth exchange\n// or the Teleport_Lux exchange\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code exports an object containing addresses for various token pairs on different networks.\n\n2. What do the keys in the `addresses` object represent?\n - The keys represent the token pair and the network they are on, with the format `TOKEN1_TOKEN2: \"NETWORK\"`.\n\n3. Are these addresses static or dynamic?\n - It's unclear from this code alone whether these addresses are static or dynamically generated at runtime.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/addresses.md"}}],["716",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/chainIds.ts)\n\nThe code above defines an enum called `ChainId` which represents the different blockchain networks that the project can interact with. The purpose of this code is to provide a way for the project to easily switch between different networks without having to hardcode the network IDs throughout the codebase.\n\nThe `ChainId` enum contains several network IDs, including `MAINNET`, `RINKEBY`, `GΓ–RLI`, `BSC`, and `BSC_TESTNET`. These IDs correspond to the Ethereum mainnet, Rinkeby testnet, GΓΆerli testnet, Binance Smart Chain mainnet, and Binance Smart Chain testnet, respectively.\n\nBy using this enum, the project can easily switch between different networks by simply changing the value of a single variable. For example, if the project needs to interact with the Rinkeby testnet, it can set the `chainId` variable to `ChainId.RINKEBY`. This makes the code more modular and easier to maintain.\n\nHere's an example of how this enum might be used in the larger project:\n\n```typescript\nimport { ChainId } from 'zoo';\n\nconst chainId = ChainId.RINKEBY;\n\n// Use the chainId variable throughout the project to interact with the Rinkeby testnet\n```\n\nOverall, the `ChainId` enum provides a simple and flexible way for the project to interact with different blockchain networks.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how is it used in the zoo project?\n This code defines an enum called ChainId that lists the different chain IDs for various networks. It is likely used in the zoo project to specify which network to interact with when making transactions or retrieving data.\n\n2. Why are the HARDHAT chain IDs commented out?\n It is unclear from the code why the HARDHAT chain IDs are commented out. It is possible that they are not currently being used in the project or were added for testing purposes only.\n\n3. Are there any other chain IDs that could be added to this enum?\n Yes, there are many other chain IDs that could potentially be added to this enum depending on the needs of the project. For example, additional test networks or other public blockchains could be included.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/chainIds.md"}}],["717",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/contracts.ts)\n\nThe code in this file is responsible for retrieving contract information from a JSON file and organizing it into a usable format. The JSON file is imported at the beginning of the file and contains contract information for various networks. \n\nThe first part of the code creates two arrays: `networkIds` and `networkNames`. `networkIds` is an array of the keys in the `contractsJSON` object, which correspond to the network IDs. `networkNames` is an array of all the contract names for all networks. \n\nThe next part of the code creates an object called `contractsByChainIdAndNetwork`. This object is organized by network ID and contains an object for each network that contains all the contracts for that network. Each contract is represented by an object that contains the contract's bytecode, ABI, and other information. \n\nThe final part of the code defines two functions: `getContractsByKey` and two exports: `addresses` and `abis`. `getContractsByKey` takes a string argument `key` and returns an object that contains all the contracts for all networks organized by contract name and the value of the specified `key`. The `addresses` export is the result of calling `getContractsByKey` with the argument `'address'`, and the `abis` export is the result of calling `getContractsByKey` with the argument `'abi'`. \n\nThis code is likely used in the larger project to retrieve contract information and use it in other parts of the codebase. For example, the `addresses` and `abis` exports could be used to interact with the contracts on the various networks.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `contracts.json` file being imported at the beginning of the code?\n- The `contracts.json` file is being imported to provide data for the creation of `contractsByChainIdAndNetwork` object.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `getContractsByKey` function?\n- The `getContractsByKey` function is used to extract specific data from the `contractsByChainIdAndNetwork` object and return it in a specific format.\n\n3. Why does the code include a comment that says \"By the way, this function is terrible. Change it at your own peril\"?\n- The comment is a warning to other developers that the `getContractsByKey` function is not well-written and should be refactored with caution.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/contracts.md"}}],["718",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/index.ts)\n\nThis code exports various constants and variables that are used throughout the zoo project. \n\nThe `POOL_DENY` constant is an array of pool IDs that are not allowed to be used in the project. \n\nThe `AVERAGE_BLOCK_TIME_IN_SECS` constant is the average block time in seconds, which is used to avoid ongoing proposals past the displayed time. \n\nThe `MERKLE_ROOT` constant is the URL of the merkle root used for vesting. \n\nThe `NetworkContextName` constant is the name of the network context. \n\nThe `INITIAL_ALLOWED_SLIPPAGE` constant is the default allowed slippage in basis points. \n\nThe `DEFAULT_DEADLINE_FROM_NOW` constant is the default deadline from now, denominated in seconds. \n\nThe `BIG_INT_SECONDS_IN_WEEK` constant is the number of seconds in a week, represented as a big integer. \n\nThe `BIG_INT_ZERO` constant is a big integer with a value of zero. \n\nThe `ONE_BIPS` constant is one basis point, represented as a percent. \n\nThe `BIPS_BASE` constant is a big integer with a value of 10,000, which is the base for basis points. \n\nThe `ALLOWED_PRICE_IMPACT_LOW`, `ALLOWED_PRICE_IMPACT_MEDIUM`, and `ALLOWED_PRICE_IMPACT_HIGH` constants are used for warning states when the price impact exceeds a certain threshold. \n\nThe `PRICE_IMPACT_WITHOUT_FEE_CONFIRM_MIN` constant is the minimum price impact without a fee that requires the user to confirm the transaction. \n\nThe `BLOCKED_PRICE_IMPACT_NON_EXPERT` constant is the maximum price impact for non-expert mode. \n\nThe `MIN_ETH` constant is the minimum amount of ETH that can be sent. \n\nThe `BETTER_TRADE_LESS_HOPS_THRESHOLD` constant is the threshold for better trades with less hops. \n\nThe `ZERO_PERCENT` and `ONE_HUNDRED_PERCENT` constants are used to represent zero and one hundred percent, respectively. \n\nThe `BLOCKED_ADDRESSES` constant is an array of blocked addresses. \n\nThe `ANALYTICS_URL` constant is an object that maps chain IDs to analytics URLs. \n\nThe `EIP_1559_ACTIVATION_BLOCK` constant is an object that maps chain IDs to EIP-1559 activation blocks. \n\nThese constants and variables are used throughout the zoo project to provide default values and other configuration options. For example, the `INITIAL_ALLOWED_SLIPPAGE` constant is used to set the default allowed slippage for trades, while the `BLOCKED_ADDRESSES` constant is used to block certain addresses from being used in the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `POOL_DENY` array?\n- The `POOL_DENY` array contains a list of pool IDs that are denied for use in the project.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `MERKLE_ROOT` constant?\n- The `MERKLE_ROOT` constant contains the URL for the merkle root used for vesting in the project.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `ANALYTICS_URL` object?\n- The `ANALYTICS_URL` object contains URLs for analytics pages for different chain IDs used in the project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/index.md"}}],["719",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/ipfs.ts)\n\nThis code is responsible for exporting a default object that maps different ChainIds to a specific JSON file containing IPFS upload information. The `ChainId` object is imported from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, which is likely a library specific to the larger zoo project. \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a way for the zoo project to easily access IPFS upload information for different ChainIds. The `localhostUploads` variable is imported from a separate file located at `../ipfs/localhost.json`, which likely contains the actual IPFS upload information. \n\nThe exported object uses the `ChainId` object as keys and the `localhostUploads` variable as values. This means that when the zoo project needs to access IPFS upload information for a specific ChainId, it can simply import this object and access the corresponding value. \n\nFor example, if the zoo project needs to access IPFS upload information for the `MAINNET` ChainId, it can import this object and access the `localhostUploads` value for the `MAINNET` key like so:\n\n```\nimport ipfsUploads from './path/to/this/file'\n\nconst mainnetUploads = ipfsUploads[ChainId.MAINNET]\n```\n\nOverall, this code provides a simple and organized way for the zoo project to access IPFS upload information for different ChainIds.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `ChainId` import from `@zoolabs/zdk`?\n - The `ChainId` import is likely used to specify different chains for the `localhostUploads` object based on the current chain ID.\n\n2. What is the `localhost.json` file and where is it located?\n - The `localhost.json` file is likely a configuration file containing information about the local IPFS node. Its location is relative to the current file's location in the `../ipfs/` directory.\n\n3. Why is the `localhostUploads` object assigned to multiple chain IDs?\n - The `localhostUploads` object is likely used for testing purposes and is assigned to multiple chain IDs to ensure compatibility across different chains during development and testing.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/ipfs.md"}}],["720",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/moralis.ts)\n\nThe code defines a configuration object for the Moralis backend service, which is used in the larger zoo project. The configuration object contains two properties: `applicationID` and `serverURL`. The `applicationID` property is an object that maps different chain IDs to their respective application IDs. The `serverURL` property is an object that maps different chain IDs to their respective server URLs.\n\nThe `moralisConfig` function takes a `chainId` parameter and returns an object with the `applicationID` and `serverURL` properties for the specified chain ID. This function is used to retrieve the Moralis configuration for a specific chain ID, which is then used to connect to the Moralis backend service.\n\nFor example, if the `chainId` is `97`, the `moralisConfig` function will return an object with the `applicationID` and `serverURL` properties for the `97` chain ID. This object can then be used to connect to the Moralis backend service for the `97` chain.\n\nHere is an example usage of the `moralisConfig` function:\n\n```\nimport moralisConfig from 'zoo';\n\nconst chainId = 97;\nconst config = moralisConfig(chainId);\n\n// Use the config object to connect to the Moralis backend service\nMoralis.initialize(config.applicationID);\nMoralis.serverURL = config.serverURL;\n```\n\nOverall, this code provides a convenient way to manage the Moralis configuration for different chain IDs in the zoo project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code defines a configuration object with application IDs and server URLs for different chain IDs, and exports a function that returns the configuration for a given chain ID.\n\n2. What are the possible values for `chainId` parameter in the `moralisConfig` function?\n - The possible values for `chainId` parameter are 1337, 97, and 56, which correspond to different blockchain networks.\n\n3. Why are some lines of code commented out?\n - Some lines of code are commented out to indicate that they are not currently being used, but may be used in the future or in a different context.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/moralis.md"}}],["721",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/token-lists/sushiswap-v2-unsupported.tokenlist.json)\n\nThis code represents a JSON file that contains information about a list of unsupported tokens for the SushiSwap V2 platform. The purpose of this file is to provide a reference for developers and users to identify which tokens are not supported by the platform. \n\nThe file contains several key pieces of information. The \"name\" field provides a human-readable name for the list. The \"timestamp\" field indicates when the list was last updated. The \"version\" field specifies the version of the list using semantic versioning. The \"tags\" field can be used to add additional metadata to the list. The \"logoURI\" field provides a link to an image that can be used to represent the list. The \"keywords\" field contains an array of keywords that can be used to search for the list. Finally, the \"tokens\" field contains an array of objects that represent the unsupported tokens. \n\nEach token object contains several fields. The \"name\" field provides a human-readable name for the token. The \"address\" field contains the Ethereum address of the token contract. The \"symbol\" field contains the ticker symbol for the token. The \"decimals\" field specifies the number of decimal places used by the token. The \"chainId\" field specifies the Ethereum chain ID on which the token is deployed. Finally, the \"logoURI\" field provides a link to an image that can be used to represent the token.\n\nDevelopers and users can use this file to check whether a particular token is supported by the SushiSwap V2 platform. For example, a developer building a trading bot could use this file to filter out unsupported tokens when selecting which tokens to trade. Similarly, a user could use this file to check whether a particular token can be traded on the platform before attempting to make a trade. \n\nOverall, this file serves as an important reference for developers and users of the SushiSwap V2 platform, providing a comprehensive list of unsupported tokens and their associated metadata.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines a list of unsupported tokens for SushiSwap V2, including one token called \"Gold Tether\" with its address, symbol, and logo.\n\n2. What is the format of the logoURI?\n The logoURI is in IPFS format, indicating that the logo image is stored on the InterPlanetary File System.\n\n3. Are there any other tags besides the empty object?\n No, there are no other tags defined in this code.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/token-lists/sushiswap-v2-unsupported.tokenlist.md"}}],["722",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/constants/types.ts)\n\nThis code defines two related data structures used in the larger zoo project. The first is an enum called `ConnectorNames` which lists the names of different types of connectors that can be used to interact with the zoo platform. These connectors include `Injected`, which refers to a browser extension like MetaMask, `WalletConnect`, which is a mobile wallet integration, and `BSC`, which is a reference to the Binance Smart Chain. \n\nThe second data structure is an object called `NETWORK_SYMBOL`. This object maps different `ChainId` values to their corresponding network symbols. `ChainId` is an enum defined in the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, which is imported at the top of the file. The `NETWORK_SYMBOL` object is defined using a TypeScript feature called an index signature, which allows for dynamic keys to be defined on an object. In this case, the keys are `ChainId` values and the values are strings representing the network symbols. \n\nThis code is likely used throughout the larger zoo project to provide a centralized way of referring to different types of connectors and network symbols. For example, other parts of the project may use the `ConnectorNames` enum to determine which type of connector to use for a given user. Similarly, the `NETWORK_SYMBOL` object may be used to display network information to users or to perform network-specific operations. \n\nHere is an example of how the `ConnectorNames` enum might be used in the larger project:\n\n```\nimport { ConnectorNames } from 'zoo';\n\nconst connector = getConnector(); // some function that returns a ConnectorNames value\nif (connector === ConnectorNames.Injected) {\n // use MetaMask or other injected connector\n} else if (connector === ConnectorNames.WalletConnect) {\n // use WalletConnect\n} else if (connector === ConnectorNames.BSC) {\n // use Binance Smart Chain\n} else {\n // handle other cases\n}\n```\n\nAnd here is an example of how the `NETWORK_SYMBOL` object might be used:\n\n```\nimport { ChainId, getNetwork } from '@zoolabs/zdk';\nimport { NETWORK_SYMBOL } from 'zoo';\n\nconst chainId = getNetwork().chainId; // get the current chain ID from the ZDK library\nconst networkSymbol = NETWORK_SYMBOL[chainId]; // look up the network symbol based on the chain ID\nconsole.log(`Current network symbol: ${networkSymbol}`);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `ConnectorNames` enum?\n - The `ConnectorNames` enum is used to define the different types of connectors that can be used to connect to the zoo project, including `Injected`, `WalletConnect`, and `BSC`.\n\n2. What is the `NETWORK_SYMBOL` constant used for?\n - The `NETWORK_SYMBOL` constant is used to map the `ChainId` enum values to their corresponding network symbols, such as `ETH` for the `MAINNET` and `RINKEBY` chains.\n\n3. Why are some of the `ChainId` values commented out in the `NETWORK_SYMBOL` constant?\n - Some of the `ChainId` values are commented out in the `NETWORK_SYMBOL` constant because they are not currently being used in the zoo project, but may be used in the future.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/constants/types.md"}}],["723",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/context/GifContext.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React context and provider for managing a toggle between displaying GIFs and images. The `GifContext` is created using `React.createContext` and initialized with an `initialState` object. The `initialState` object is set to an empty object if the code is running on the server, and otherwise it is set to an object with a `gifMode` property that is either \"gif\" or \"image\", depending on whether the `localStorage` has a \"gifMode\" item. \n\nTwo actions are defined: `toggleGif` and `toggleImage`. Both actions set the \"gifMode\" item in `localStorage` to either \"gif\" or \"image\", respectively, and then dispatch an action object with a `type` property of either \"TOGGLE_GIFMODE\" or \"TOGGLE_IMAGEMODE\" and a `payload` property of either \"gif\" or \"image\". \n\nA reducer function is defined that takes a `state` object and an `action` object as arguments. The reducer function returns a new state object with the `gifMode` property set to the `payload` property of the action object, depending on the `type` property of the action object. \n\nFinally, a `GifProvider` component is defined that takes a `props` object as an argument. The `GifProvider` component uses `React.useReducer` to create a state object and a dispatch function based on the `reducer` function and `initialState`. The `GifProvider` component returns a `GifContext.Provider` component that wraps its children and provides the `state` object and `dispatch` function as values to the `GifContext`. \n\nThis code can be used in a larger project to manage a toggle between displaying GIFs and images. Other components in the project can use the `useGif` hook to access the `state` object and `dispatch` function from the `GifContext`. For example, a component that displays a list of images or GIFs could use the `state.gifMode` property to determine whether to display images or GIFs, and could use the `toggleGif` and `toggleImage` actions to update the `gifMode` property.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `GifProvider` component?\n- The `GifProvider` component is used to provide a context for the `GifContext` and its state and dispatch values to be used by other components.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `localStorage` object in this code?\n- The `localStorage` object is used to store the `gifMode` value, which is retrieved and used as the initial state of the `GifContext` if the code is running in a browser environment.\n\n3. What is the difference between the `toggleGif` and `toggleImage` functions?\n- The `toggleGif` function sets the `gifMode` value in `localStorage` to \"gif\" and dispatches an action with a payload of \"gif\", while the `toggleImage` function sets the `gifMode` value in `localStorage` to \"image\" and dispatches an action with a payload of \"image\". These functions are used to toggle between two different modes for displaying images or gifs.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/context/GifContext.md"}}],["724",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/data/events.json)\n\nThis code is a JSON file containing information about upcoming events related to the zoo project. The file contains an array of objects, with each object representing a single event. Each event object has several properties, including an ID, title, description, date, time, and location.\n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a centralized location for storing and accessing information about upcoming events related to the zoo project. This information can be used by developers, project managers, and other stakeholders to plan and coordinate their work around these events.\n\nFor example, a developer working on a feature related to NFT Animals may want to know when the next Animal Party is scheduled so they can coordinate their work around that event. They can access this information from the JSON file and plan accordingly.\n\nSimilarly, a project manager may want to use this information to plan marketing campaigns around these events or to ensure that key stakeholders are available to attend important meetings or presentations.\n\nOverall, this code serves as a valuable resource for anyone involved in the zoo project, providing a centralized location for important event information that can be easily accessed and used to plan and coordinate work.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code contains information about two events related to the ZOO project, including their titles, descriptions, dates, times, and locations.\n\n2. What is the format of the data being used in this code?\n The data is in JSON format, with each event represented as an object containing key-value pairs for its various attributes.\n\n3. What other types of information might be included in the ZOO project?\n It is unclear from this code what other types of information or functionality might be included in the ZOO project beyond events and NFT creatures/eggs. Further exploration of the project's code and documentation would be necessary to determine this.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/data/events.md"}}],["725",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/data/market.json)\n\nThis code defines a list of dictionaries, each representing an animal in a zoo. Each dictionary contains four key-value pairs: \"name\", \"image\", \"usdz\", and \"glb\". \n\nThe \"name\" key holds a string representing the name of the animal. The \"image\" key holds a string representing the file path to an image of the animal. The \"usdz\" key holds a string representing the file path to a USDZ 3D model of the animal, and the \"glb\" key holds a string representing the file path to a GLB 3D model of the animal.\n\nThis code is likely used in a larger project that involves displaying information about animals in a zoo, including images and 3D models. The list of dictionaries could be used to populate a database or to generate HTML pages dynamically. For example, the following Python code could be used to loop through the list and generate HTML code to display each animal's name, image, and 3D model:\n\n```\nfor animal in zoo:\n html = f\"

{animal['name']}

\"\n html += f\"{animal[
\"\n html += f\"\"\n print(html)\n```\n\nThis would generate HTML code for each animal that includes a heading with the animal's name, an image of the animal, and a 3D model of the animal that can be viewed using the `` tag.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines a list of animals in a zoo along with their images and 3D models in different formats.\n\n2. What is the significance of the image and model file paths?\n The image and model file paths are used to display the animal images and 3D models in the zoo application.\n\n3. Are there any other properties that could be added to each animal object?\n Yes, depending on the requirements of the zoo application, additional properties such as description, habitat, diet, etc. could be added to each animal object.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/data/market.md"}}],["726",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/entities/BigNumberMath.ts)\n\nThe code defines a module called `BigNumberMath` that provides two methods for finding the minimum and maximum values from a list of `BigNumberish` values. The `BigNumber` and `BigNumberish` types are imported from the `@ethersproject/bignumber` library. \n\nThe `BigNumberMath` module exports an interface with two methods: `min` and `max`. These methods take a variable number of arguments of type `BigNumberish` and return a `BigNumber` value. \n\nThe `BigNumberMath` class implements the `BigNumberMath` interface and provides the implementation for the `min` and `max` methods. These methods use a loop to iterate over the list of values and compare them to find the minimum or maximum value. \n\nThis module can be used in the larger project to perform mathematical operations on large numbers that cannot be represented by JavaScript's built-in number type. For example, it can be used in a smart contract to perform calculations involving cryptocurrency amounts or other large numbers. \n\nHere is an example usage of the `BigNumberMath` module:\n\n```\nimport BigNumberMath from 'path/to/BigNumberMath'\n\nconst values = [1000000000000000000, 2000000000000000000, 5000000000000000000]\nconst minValue = BigNumberMath.min(...values)\nconst maxValue = BigNumberMath.max(...values)\n\nconsole.log(minValue.toString()) // \"1000000000000000000\"\nconsole.log(maxValue.toString()) // \"5000000000000000000\"\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines a class called `BigNumberMath` that provides methods for finding the minimum and maximum values of a list of `BigNumberish` values.\n\n2. What is the `BigNumber` type and where does it come from?\n The `BigNumber` type is imported from the `@ethersproject/bignumber` package. It is likely a custom implementation of a large number type that is used in Ethereum development.\n\n3. Why is the `BigNumberMath` interface and class defined in the same file?\n It is not necessary to define the interface and class in the same file, but it is a common convention in TypeScript to do so when the interface is only used by the class. This helps keep related code together and makes it easier to understand the purpose of the interface.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/entities/BigNumberMath.md"}}],["727",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/entities/FortmaticConnector.ts)\n\nThe code is a TypeScript module that exports a class called `FortmaticConnector`. This class extends another class called `FortmaticConnectorCore` from the `@web3-react/fortmatic-connector` package. The purpose of this class is to provide a connector for the Fortmatic wallet to interact with the Ethereum blockchain. \n\nThe `FortmaticConnector` class has a method called `activate()` which is an asynchronous function. When called, it first checks if the `fortmatic` property of the class is null. If it is, it imports the `Fortmatic` class from the `fortmatic` package and initializes a new instance of it with an API key and a network argument. The network argument is determined based on the `chainId` property of the class instance. If the `chainId` is one of the supported chains (MAINNET, ROPSTEN, RINKEBY, or KOVAN), the corresponding network argument is used. Otherwise, an error is thrown.\n\nOnce the `fortmatic` property is initialized, the `activate()` method gets the provider from the `fortmatic` instance and starts polling for the overlay to be ready. The overlay is a UI element that allows the user to interact with the Fortmatic wallet. The polling interval is 200ms. When the overlay is ready, the polling stops and the `OVERLAY_READY` event is emitted. \n\nFinally, the `activate()` method enables the provider and waits for the user to select an account. It returns an object with the provider, chainId, and account properties.\n\nThis code can be used in a larger project that requires interaction with the Ethereum blockchain using the Fortmatic wallet. The `FortmaticConnector` class can be instantiated and its `activate()` method can be called to connect to the Fortmatic wallet and get the necessary information to interact with the blockchain. For example:\n\n```\nimport { FortmaticConnector } from 'zoo'\n\nconst connector = new FortmaticConnector({ apiKey: 'myApiKey', chainId: 1 })\nconst { provider, chainId, account } = await connector.activate()\n\n// Use the provider, chainId, and account to interact with the blockchain\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `FortmaticConnector` class and how does it differ from the `FortmaticConnectorCore` class?\n- The `FortmaticConnector` class extends the `FortmaticConnectorCore` class and adds functionality to activate the Fortmatic provider and retrieve the provider, chain ID, and account. \n\n2. What is the purpose of the `CHAIN_ID_NETWORK_ARGUMENT` object?\n- The `CHAIN_ID_NETWORK_ARGUMENT` object maps supported chain IDs to their corresponding network arguments for use in initializing the Fortmatic provider. \n\n3. What is the purpose of the `pollForOverlayReady` promise and how does it work?\n- The `pollForOverlayReady` promise polls for the `overlayReady` property of the Fortmatic provider every 200ms and resolves when it becomes true. This indicates that the Fortmatic overlay has been loaded and is ready to use.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/entities/FortmaticConnector.md"}}],["728",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/entities/Fraction.ts)\n\nThe `Fraction` class in the `zoo` project provides functionality for working with fractions. It is used to represent fractions of ERC20 tokens in the project. The class is implemented using the `BigNumber` class from the `@ethersproject/bignumber` package and the `Fraction` class from the `@zoolabs/zdk` package.\n\nThe `Fraction` class has several static methods that can be used to create instances of the class. The `from` method takes two arguments, `numerator` and `denominator`, and returns a new `Fraction` instance with the given numerator and denominator. The `parse` method takes a string argument and returns a new `Fraction` instance with the parsed value. The `convert` method takes an instance of the `SDKFraction` class and returns a new `Fraction` instance with the same numerator and denominator.\n\nThe `Fraction` class has several instance methods that can be used to perform operations on fractions. The `isZero` method returns `true` if the fraction is zero. The `isNaN` method returns `true` if the fraction is not a number. The `eq`, `gt`, and `lt` methods compare the fraction to another fraction and return `true` if the comparison is true. The `toString` method returns a string representation of the fraction with a maximum number of decimal places specified by the `maxFractions` argument. The `apply` method takes a `BigNumberish` argument and returns the result of applying the fraction to the argument.\n\nOverall, the `Fraction` class provides a convenient way to work with fractions of ERC20 tokens in the `zoo` project. It can be used to perform arithmetic operations on fractions, compare fractions, and convert between different representations of fractions. Here is an example of how the `Fraction` class can be used:\n\n```\nimport Fraction from 'zoo/fraction'\n\nconst fraction1 = Fraction.from(1, 2)\nconst fraction2 = Fraction.parse('0.25')\nconst fraction3 = Fraction.convert(new SDKFraction(1, 3))\n\nconsole.log(fraction1.toString()) // '0.5'\nconsole.log(fraction2.toString()) // '0.25'\nconsole.log(fraction3.toString()) // '0.33333333'\n\nconsole.log(fraction1.eq(fraction2)) // false\nconsole.log(fraction1.gt(fraction2)) // true\nconsole.log(fraction1.lt(fraction2)) // false\n\nconsole.log(fraction1.apply(10)) // BigNumber('5')\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Fraction` class?\n \n The `Fraction` class is used to represent fractions with a numerator and denominator, and provides methods for comparing and manipulating fractions.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `BASE` property?\n \n The `BASE` property is a static property of the `Fraction` class that represents the denominator used for all fractions. It is set to 10^18, which is the standard value used for Ethereum tokens.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `apply` method?\n \n The `apply` method takes a `BigNumberish` value and returns the result of applying the fraction to that value. If the denominator of the fraction is zero, it returns `Zero`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/entities/Fraction.md"}}],["729",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/entities/Oracle.ts)\n\nThis code defines several classes and functions related to oracles in the zoo project. Oracles are used to provide price data for assets in the zoo ecosystem. \n\nThe `AbstractOracle` class is an abstract base class that defines the basic structure of an oracle. It has several properties such as `address`, `name`, `data`, `warning`, `error`, `chainId`, `pair`, `tokens`, and `valid`. The `constructor` method takes in a `pair` object, a `chainId`, and an optional array of `tokens`. The `SushiSwapTWAP0Oracle` and `SushiSwapTWAP1Oracle` classes extend `AbstractOracle` and set the `name` property to 'SushiSwap'. \n\nThe `ChainlinkOracle` class also extends `AbstractOracle` and sets the `name` property to 'Chainlink'. It overrides the `validate` method to check if the oracle data is valid. It does this by decoding the data using `defaultAbiCoder` and checking if the parameters match the expected format. It also checks if the oracles used in the data are configured in the `CHAINLINK_PRICE_FEED_MAP` object. If the data is valid, it sets the `valid` property to `true`. If not, it sets the `error` property to a string describing the error and sets the `valid` property to `false`. \n\nThe `getOracle` function takes in a `pair` object, a `chainId`, and an array of `tokens`. It checks if the `pair.oracle` property matches the `CHAINLINK_ORACLE_ADDRESS` for the given `chainId`. If it does, it returns a new `ChainlinkOracle` object with the given `pair`, `chainId`, and `tokens`. \n\nOverall, this code provides a framework for defining and validating oracles in the zoo project. It allows for different types of oracles to be defined and used, and ensures that the data provided by the oracles is valid before using it in the project. An example usage of this code might be to define a new type of oracle for a specific asset, and then use the `getOracle` function to create an instance of that oracle for use in the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines several classes and interfaces related to oracles used in the zoo project, including an abstract oracle class and specific oracle implementations.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from external packages, including `@zoolabs/zdk`, `@ethersproject/constants`, and `@ethersproject/abi`. It also imports a constant from a file located in the `../config/chainlink` directory.\n\n3. What is the role of the `validate` method in the `ChainlinkOracle` class?\n- The `validate` method checks whether the oracle data stored in the `data` property of the `ChainlinkOracle` instance is valid for the given oracle configuration. It does this by decoding the data and checking that the relevant oracles are configured correctly, and that the token addresses match the pair tokens. If the data is invalid, the `valid` property of the instance is set to `false` and an error message is stored in the `error` property.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/entities/Oracle.md"}}],["730",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/entities/TransactionReview.ts)\n\nThis code defines a TypeScript module called `TransactionReview` that extends the built-in `Array` class. The purpose of this module is to provide a convenient way to construct and store a list of `Line` objects, where each `Line` represents a transaction or change in state for a particular asset or token. \n\nThe `Line` interface defines the properties of each `Line` object, including a `name` string, `from` and `to` strings representing the starting and ending values of the asset or token, and a `direction` property that is an enum with three possible values: `UP`, `DOWN`, or `FLAT`. \n\nThe `TransactionReview` class provides several methods for adding new `Line` objects to the list. The `addTokenAmount` method takes a `name` string, `from` and `to` `BigNumber` objects representing the starting and ending token amounts, and a `token` object representing the token being transferred. It formats the `from` and `to` values as strings with the token symbol and decimal places, and calculates the `direction` based on whether the `to` value is greater than, less than, or equal to the `from` value. \n\nThe `addUSD` method is similar to `addTokenAmount`, but it calculates the USD value of the token amounts using the `getUSDString` function from another module called `kashi`. \n\nThe `addPercentage` method takes a `name` string and `from` and `to` `BigNumber` objects representing the starting and ending values of a percentage. It formats the `from` and `to` values as percentages with 16 decimal places, and calculates the `direction` based on whether the `to` value is greater than, less than, or equal to the `from` value. \n\nThe `addRate` method takes a `name` string, `from` and `to` `BigNumber` objects representing the starting and ending exchange rates, and a `pair` object representing the token pair being exchanged. It formats the `from` and `to` values as exchange rates with the appropriate decimal places, and calculates the `direction` based on whether the `to` value is greater than, less than, or equal to the `from` value. \n\nOverall, this module provides a flexible and reusable way to construct and store a list of transaction or state change information for a variety of asset types and formats. It can be used in conjunction with other modules in the `zoo` project to provide a comprehensive view of the state of the system. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { TransactionReview, Direction } from 'zoo'\n\nconst review = new TransactionReview()\n\nreview.addTokenAmount('ETH', BigNumber.from('1000000000000000000'), BigNumber.from('500000000000000000'), { tokenInfo: { symbol: 'ETH', decimals: 18 } })\nreview.addUSD('USDC', BigNumber.from('1000000000000000000'), BigNumber.from('1500000000000000000'), { tokenInfo: { symbol: 'USDC', decimals: 6 } })\nreview.addPercentage('APY', BigNumber.from('1000000000000000000'), BigNumber.from('1500000000000000000'))\nreview.addRate('ETH/USDC', BigNumber.from('1000000000000000000'), BigNumber.from('1500000000000000000'), { asset: { tokenInfo: { symbol: 'ETH', decimals: 18 } }, collateral: { tokenInfo: { symbol: 'USDC', decimals: 6 } } })\n\nconsole.log(review)\n```\n\nOutput:\n\n```\n[\n { name: 'ETH', from: '1.000000000000000000 ETH', to: '0.500000000000000000 ETH', direction: -1 },\n { name: 'USDC', from: '$1.00', to: '$1.50', direction: 1 },\n { name: 'APY', from: '100.0000000000000000%', to: '150.0000000000000000%', direction: 1 },\n { name: 'ETH/USDC', from: '1000000.000000000000000000', to: '1500000.000000000000000000', direction: 1 }\n]\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `TransactionReview` class?\n- The `TransactionReview` class is used to create an array of `Line` objects that represent different types of transactions.\n\n2. What is the `Direction` enum used for?\n- The `Direction` enum is used to represent the direction of a transaction, with values of `UP`, `DOWN`, or `FLAT`.\n\n3. What are the `addTokenAmount`, `addUSD`, `addPercentage`, and `addRate` methods used for?\n- These methods are used to add different types of transaction information to the `TransactionReview` array, including token amounts, USD values, percentage changes, and exchange rates.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/entities/TransactionReview.md"}}],["731",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/entities/Warnings.ts)\n\nThe code defines two classes, `Warning` and `Warnings`, which are used to manage warnings and errors in the larger project. \n\nThe `Warning` class has four properties: `active`, `message`, `breaking`, and `or`. `active` is a boolean that indicates whether the warning is currently active. `message` is a string that contains the warning message. `breaking` is a boolean that indicates whether the warning is a breaking change. `or` is an optional parameter that can be used to specify an alternate warning to use if the current warning is not active. The constructor takes these four properties as arguments and initializes the corresponding properties of the object.\n\nThe `Warnings` class extends the built-in `Array` class and adds three methods: `add`, `addWarning`, and `addError`. These methods create a new `Warning` object with the specified properties and add it to the array if the warning is active. If the warning is not active but an alternate warning is specified, the alternate warning is added instead. The `add` method takes all four properties as arguments, while `addWarning` and `addError` only take `active`, `message`, and an optional `or` parameter. All three methods return the `Warnings` object to allow for method chaining.\n\nThe `Warnings` class also has a `broken` getter that returns a boolean indicating whether any of the warnings in the array are breaking changes. This can be used to determine whether the project can be safely updated to a new version.\n\nOverall, these classes provide a flexible and extensible way to manage warnings and errors in the larger project. Here is an example of how they might be used:\n\n```\nconst warnings = new Warnings()\n .add(true, 'This feature will be removed in the next version', true)\n .addWarning(false, 'This feature is deprecated and will be removed in a future version', new Warning(true, 'Use the new feature instead'))\n .addError(false, 'This feature is no longer supported', new Warning(true, 'Use the new feature instead'))\n\nif (warnings.broken) {\n console.error('There are breaking changes in this version')\n} else {\n console.warn('There are warnings in this version')\n}\n\nwarnings.forEach((warning) => {\n if (warning.active) {\n console.warn(warning.message)\n }\n})\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Warning` class and its properties?\n- The `Warning` class represents a warning message with properties for its `active` status, `message` content, `breaking` severity, and an optional `or` warning to be displayed alongside it.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `Warnings` class and its methods?\n- The `Warnings` class extends the built-in `Array` class and provides methods for adding new `Warning` instances to the array. The `add`, `addWarning`, and `addError` methods each create a new `Warning` instance with different default `breaking` values and add it to the array. The `broken` getter returns a boolean indicating whether any of the warnings in the array have a `breaking` value of `true`.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `_add` method in the `Warnings` class?\n- The `_add` method is a private method that is used internally by the `add`, `addWarning`, and `addError` methods to add a new `Warning` instance to the array only if its `active` status is `true`. If the `active` status is `false` and an `or` warning is provided, the `_add` method recursively adds the `or` warning instead.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/entities/Warnings.md"}}],["732",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/entities/index.ts)\n\nThis code file contains various utility functions and classes that can be used in the larger project. \n\nThe `loadTranslation` function is an asynchronous function that loads translations for a given locale and session ID. It first tries to load messages from AWS and returns them if successful. If not, it loads fallback messages from the local file system. The function takes three parameters: `locale` (a string representing the locale to load), `sessionId` (a string representing the session ID to use for caching), and `isProduction` (a boolean flag indicating whether to use production mode or not). An example usage of this function would be to load translations for a user's preferred language when they visit the site.\n\nThe `initTranslation` function initializes the plurals for each supported language. It takes an instance of the `I18n` class as a parameter and sets the plurals for each language using the `loadLocaleData` method. An example usage of this function would be to set up the plurals for each language when the application starts up.\n\nThe `convertIpfsUrl` function takes a URL as a parameter and returns a modified URL if it starts with \"ipfs://\". It replaces \"ipfs://\" with \"https://zoolabs.mypinata.cloud/ipfs/\" to create a valid URL. If the input URL does not start with \"ipfs://\", it returns the input URL unchanged. An example usage of this function would be to convert an IPFS URL to a regular URL for display purposes.\n\nThe file also exports various classes and functions that can be used in other parts of the project. These include `Fraction`, `BigNumberMath`, `KashiCooker`, and `Oracle`. The `Oracle` class has three subclasses: `ChainlinkOracle`, `SushiSwapTWAP0Oracle`, and `SushiSwapTWAP1Oracle`. These classes are not explained in detail in this file, but they are likely used to interact with external APIs or services.\n\nFinally, the file imports the `I18n` and `remoteLoader` classes from the `@lingui/core` and `@lingui/remote-loader` packages, respectively. It also imports the `plurals` object and various language-specific pluralization rules from the `make-plural/plurals` package. These imports are used in the `loadTranslation` and `initTranslation` functions to load and set up translations.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `loadTranslation` function?\n- The `loadTranslation` function is used to load translation messages from AWS or fallback messages from a local file, depending on whether the code is running in production or not.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `initTranslation` function?\n- The `initTranslation` function is used to initialize the plurals data for various languages in the `i18n` object.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `convertIpfsUrl` function?\n- The `convertIpfsUrl` function is used to convert an IPFS URL to a Pinata URL, which is used to retrieve data from the IPFS network.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/entities/index.md"}}],["733",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/analytics/AnalyticsContainer.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React component that exports a function called `AnalyticsContainer`. This component is used to render a container that displays analytics for the SushiSwap Liquidity Pair (SLP). The component imports three components from different files: `Container` from `../../components/Container`, `Head` from `next/head`, and `Sidebar` from `../../components/Sidebar`.\n\nThe `AnalyticsContainer` function takes in a single parameter called `children`, which is of type `JSX.Element`. This parameter is used to render the content that will be displayed in the container. The function returns a JSX element that contains the `Head` component and the `Container` component.\n\nThe `Head` component is used to set the title and meta description of the page. The title is set to \"SushiSwap Liquidity Pair (SLP) Analytics | Sushi\", and the meta description is set to \"SushiSwap Liquidity Pair (SLP) Analytics by Sushi\". This is important for search engine optimization (SEO) purposes.\n\nThe `Container` component is used to render the main content of the page. It has an `id` of \"analytics\", a `maxWidth` of \"full\", and a `className` of \"grid h-full grid-flow-col grid-cols-10 px-4 mx-auto gap-9\". This sets the layout and styling of the container. The container has two child elements: a `Sidebar` component and a `div` element that contains the `children` parameter.\n\nThe `Sidebar` component is used to display a navigation menu on the left side of the container. It takes in an array of objects that contain the text and href of each menu item. The `div` element that contains the `children` parameter takes up the remaining space in the container and is bordered on the left side for screens larger than the `lg` breakpoint.\n\nThis component can be used in the larger project to display analytics for the SLP. It provides a consistent layout and styling for all analytics pages and includes a navigation menu for easy navigation between different analytics pages. An example of how this component can be used is shown below:\n\n```\nimport AnalyticsContainer from './path/to/AnalyticsContainer'\n\nfunction SLPAnalytics() {\n return (\n \n

SLP Analytics

\n

This page displays analytics for the SushiSwap Liquidity Pair (SLP).

\n \n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code exports a function called `AnalyticsContainer` that returns a JSX element. It renders a container with a sidebar and a main content area, and sets the title and meta description of the page using the `Head` component from Next.js.\n\n2. What components or libraries are being imported and used in this code?\n- This code imports `Container`, `Head`, and `Sidebar` components from different files or libraries. It also uses JSX syntax to render HTML-like elements.\n\n3. What is the expected behavior of the sidebar and main content area?\n- The sidebar is expected to be a sticky element that is only visible on screens larger than `lg`. It contains a list of links to different pages within the `/analytics` route. The main content area takes up the remaining space and has a left border on screens larger than `lg`. It renders the `children` prop passed to the `AnalyticsContainer` function.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/analytics/AnalyticsContainer.md"}}],["734",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/analytics/Background.tsx)\n\nThe code above defines a React component called `Background` that renders a background image based on the `background` prop passed to it. The component takes two props: `background` and `children`. The `background` prop is a string that specifies which background image to use, and `children` is any content that should be rendered on top of the background image.\n\nThe `backgrounds` object is a mapping of background names to their corresponding image paths. The images are stored in the `public` directory of the project. The `background` prop is used to look up the corresponding image path in the `backgrounds` object.\n\nThe `Background` component renders a `div` element with a fixed height and a dark background color. The background image is set as the `background-image` CSS property of an inner `div` element. The `WebkitMaskImage` property is also set to the same image, which is used to create a mask for the background image. This allows the background image to be partially visible through the dark background color.\n\nThe `classNames` function is used to conditionally apply CSS classes to the inner `div` element. If the background image is not an SVG file, the `bg-cover` and `bg-center` classes are applied to ensure that the image covers the entire element and is centered. An `opacity` of 0.15 is also applied to the element to make the background image less prominent.\n\nFinally, the `children` prop is rendered inside another `div` element that is positioned absolutely on top of the background image. This allows any content passed to the `Background` component to be rendered on top of the background image.\n\nThis component can be used in various parts of the project where a background image is needed, such as in a dashboard, a bar chart, a farm view, or a token view. The `background` prop can be set to any of the available background names, and any content can be passed as `children`. For example:\n\n```\n\n

Welcome to the dashboard

\n

This is where you can view all your analytics data.

\n\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Background` component?\n- The `Background` component is used to render a background image based on the `background` prop passed to it, along with any children components.\n\n2. What is the `classNames` function used for?\n- The `classNames` function is used to conditionally apply CSS classes to an element based on the values of the arguments passed to it.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `WebkitMaskImage` property in the inline style of the `div` element?\n- The `WebkitMaskImage` property is used to apply a mask to the background image, which can be used to create interesting visual effects.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/analytics/Background.md"}}],["735",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/analytics/Bar/InfoCard.tsx)\n\nThe code above defines a React component called `InfoCard` that takes in two props: `text` and `number`. The purpose of this component is to display information in a stylized card format. \n\nThe `InfoCard` component returns a `div` element with a class of `w-full py-3 border rounded px-9 bg-dark-900 border-dark-700`. This class applies styling to the card, including a dark background color, rounded corners, and a border. \n\nInside the `div` element, there are two child elements. The first child element is a `div` with a class of `whitespace-nowrap`, which displays the `text` prop passed into the component. The second child element is a `div` with a class of `text-2xl font-bold`, which displays the `number` prop passed into the component. \n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to display various types of information in a consistent and visually appealing way. For example, it could be used to display statistics or metrics on a dashboard or to show summary information on a profile page. \n\nHere is an example of how the `InfoCard` component could be used in a React application:\n\n```\nimport React from 'react';\nimport InfoCard from './components/InfoCard';\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n \n \n
\n );\n}\n\nexport default App;\n```\n\nIn this example, the `InfoCard` component is used twice to display different types of information. The first `InfoCard` displays the total sales amount, while the second `InfoCard` displays the number of new users.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `formatNumber` function imported from the `functions` module?\n- The code does not use the `formatNumber` function, so a smart developer might wonder if it is necessary to import it or if it can be removed.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `InfoCardProps` interface?\n- The `InfoCardProps` interface defines the expected props for the `InfoCard` component, including the `text` and `number` props. A smart developer might wonder if there are any other props that can be passed to this component.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `bg-dark-900` and `border-dark-700` CSS classes?\n- These CSS classes are used to style the `InfoCard` component, but a smart developer might wonder if they are part of a larger CSS framework or if they are custom classes defined within the project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/analytics/Bar/InfoCard.md"}}],["736",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/analytics/ChartCard.tsx)\n\nThe `ChartCard` component is responsible for rendering a card that displays a chart along with some related information. The component takes in several props, including `header`, `subheader`, `figure`, `change`, `chart`, `currentTimespan`, `timespans`, and `setTimespan`. \n\nThe `header` and `subheader` props are used to display some text information at the top of the card. The `figure` and `change` props are used to display a numerical value and its change over the past 24 hours, respectively. The `chart` prop is used to display a line graph, and the `currentTimespan`, `timespans`, and `setTimespan` props are used to allow the user to switch between different time spans for the chart.\n\nThe component is implemented using JSX and Tailwind CSS classes. The `classNames` function is imported from a `functions` module, and is used to conditionally apply different CSS classes based on the state of the component. The `formatNumber` function is also imported from the `functions` module, and is used to format the `figure` prop as a string with commas and an optional decimal point.\n\nThe `ColoredNumber` component is imported from a `ColoredNumber` module, and is used to display the `change` prop as a colored number with a percentage sign. The `LineGraph` component is imported from a `LineGraph` module, and is used to display the `chart` prop as a line graph with a gradient stroke.\n\nOverall, the `ChartCard` component provides a reusable way to display a chart with related information in a visually appealing and interactive way. It can be used in a larger project to display various types of data, such as financial data or user analytics. Here is an example of how the component might be used:\n\n```\n\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What does the `ChartCard` component do?\n- The `ChartCard` component takes in several props including header, subheader, figure, change, chart, currentTimespan, timespans, and setTimespan, and returns a JSX element that displays a chart with a header, subheader, figure, and change, as well as buttons to change the timespan of the chart.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code use?\n- This code imports several functions and components from external dependencies including `classNames` and `formatNumber` from a file located in a `functions` directory, `ColoredNumber` and `LineGraph` components from files located in a `components` directory.\n\n3. What styling classes are applied to the returned JSX element?\n- The returned JSX element has several styling classes applied to it including `w-full`, `p-5`, `space-y-4`, `font-bold`, `border`, `rounded`, `bg-dark-900`, and `border-dark-700` on the outermost `div`, as well as various text and background color classes applied to the inner elements.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/analytics/ChartCard.md"}}],["737",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/analytics/ColoredNumber.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React component called ColoredNumber that takes in a number and optional parameters to format and style the number. The component imports several functions from a separate file called functions, including classNames, formatNumber, formatNumberScale, and formatPercent. \n\nThe ColoredNumber component takes in four props: number (required), scaleNumber (optional, default true), percent (optional, default false), and className (optional, default empty string). The number prop is the only required prop and should be a number. The scaleNumber prop determines whether to format the number using a scale (e.g. 1.2M) or not. The percent prop determines whether to format the number as a percentage or not. The className prop allows for additional CSS classes to be added to the component.\n\nThe component first checks if the number is NaN or Infinity and sets it to 0 if it is. It then uses the classNames function to conditionally apply a CSS class based on whether the number is positive or negative. The classNames function is used to concatenate multiple class names together. \n\nThe component then formats the number based on the scaleNumber and percent props using the imported formatNumber, formatNumberScale, and formatPercent functions. The formatted number is then displayed within a div element using the concatenated CSS classes and any additional classes passed in through the className prop.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to display formatted numbers with conditional styling based on whether the number is positive or negative. It provides flexibility in formatting options and allows for additional CSS classes to be added for further customization. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\n\n```\n\nThis would display the number 1.23M in green text with the additional CSS class \"my-custom-class\".\n## Questions: \n 1. What does the `ColoredNumber` component do?\n- The `ColoredNumber` component takes in a number and optional parameters to format and display the number with a color based on whether it is positive or negative.\n\n2. What are the optional parameters that can be passed to the `ColoredNumber` component?\n- The optional parameters that can be passed to the `ColoredNumber` component are `scaleNumber` and `percent`, which determine how the number is formatted and displayed, and `className`, which is an optional CSS class to apply to the component.\n\n3. What functions are imported from the `functions` module?\n- The `classNames`, `formatNumber`, `formatNumberScale`, and `formatPercent` functions are imported from the `functions` module.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/analytics/ColoredNumber.md"}}],["738",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/analytics/Dashboard/DashboardChartCard.tsx)\n\nThe code is a React component that renders a ChartCard displaying either TVL (total value locked) or volume data for a given time period. The component takes a prop called `type`, which is either `'liquidity'` or `'volume'`. The `types` object contains two properties, one for each type of data. Each property contains a `header` string and a `getData` function that returns an object with `figure`, `change`, and `chart` properties. \n\nThe `DashboardChartCard` component uses several hooks from the `graph` and `hooks` services to fetch data. The `useActiveWeb3React` hook returns the current chain ID. The `useBlock` hook returns the block number for a given number of days ago. The `useFactory` hook returns data about the SushiSwap exchange, including liquidity and volume data. The `useDayData` hook returns an array of daily data points for a given time period. \n\nThe `useState` hook is used to manage the `chartTimespan` state, which determines the time period for the chart. The `chartTimespans` array contains four options: `'1W'`, `'1M'`, `'1Y'`, and `'ALL'`. \n\nThe `data` variable is computed using the `useMemo` hook, which only recomputes the value when its dependencies change. The `type.getData` function is called with the exchange data, the exchange data from one day ago, the exchange data from two days ago, and the day data for the selected time period. The resulting object is passed as props to the `ChartCard` component. \n\nOverall, this code provides a reusable component for displaying liquidity or volume data for the SushiSwap exchange. It uses several hooks to fetch data and allows the user to select a time period for the chart. Here is an example of how the component might be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport DashboardChartCard from './DashboardChartCard'\n\nfunction Dashboard() {\n return (\n
\n \n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useMemo` hook in this code?\n- The `useMemo` hook is used to memoize the result of the `type.getData` function, which is called with four arguments: `exchange`, `exchange1d`, `exchange2d`, and `dayData`. This means that the function will only be re-executed if one of these arguments changes.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `DashboardChartCardProps` interface?\n- The `DashboardChartCardProps` interface defines the props that can be passed to the `DashboardChartCard` component. In this case, it specifies that the `type` prop must be either `'liquidity'` or `'volume'`.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useActiveWeb3React` hook in this code?\n- The `useActiveWeb3React` hook is used to get the `chainId` value, which is then passed as an argument to several other hooks (`useBlock`, `useFactory`, and `useDayData`). This allows these hooks to retrieve data specific to the current blockchain network.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/analytics/Dashboard/DashboardChartCard.md"}}],["739",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/analytics/Dashboard/DashboardTabs.tsx)\n\nThis code is a React component that renders a set of tabs for a dashboard view. The component imports a `Tabs` component from a file located at `./../Tabs`. The `Tabs` component is likely a reusable component that renders a set of tabs based on an array of tab objects. \n\nThe `DashboardTabs` component defines an array of tab objects called `tabs`. Each tab object has a `name` property and a `type` property. The `name` property is a string that represents the name of the tab, and the `type` property is a string that represents the type of data that the tab displays. \n\nThe `DashboardTabs` component takes two props: `currentType` and `setType`. The `currentType` prop is a string that represents the currently selected tab type, and the `setType` prop is a function that updates the currently selected tab type. \n\nThe `DashboardTabs` component renders the `Tabs` component and passes in the `tabs` array, `currentType`, and `setType` props. This causes the `Tabs` component to render a set of tabs based on the `tabs` array, with the currently selected tab highlighted based on the `currentType` prop. When a user clicks on a tab, the `setType` function is called with the `type` property of the clicked tab object as an argument, which updates the `currentType` prop and causes the `Tabs` component to re-render with the newly selected tab highlighted.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to render a set of tabs for a dashboard view that allows users to switch between different types of data. For example, in a cryptocurrency trading platform, the `Top Farms` tab could display a list of the top liquidity pools, the `Top Pairs` tab could display a list of the top trading pairs, and the `Top Tokens` tab could display a list of the top tokens by market cap. The `DashboardTabs` component could be used to render these tabs and allow users to switch between them to view different types of data. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport DashboardTabs from './DashboardTabs'\n\nfunction Dashboard() {\n const [currentType, setCurrentType] = useState('pools')\n\n function setType(type) {\n setCurrentType(type)\n }\n\n return (\n
\n \n {/* render data based on currentType */}\n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Tabs` import and where is it located?\n- The `Tabs` import is used in this file and is located in a file located at `./../Tabs`.\n2. What is the expected data structure of the `tabs` array?\n- The `tabs` array is expected to contain objects with a `name` property (string) and a `type` property (string).\n3. What is the expected input for the `DashboardTabs` function and what does it return?\n- The `DashboardTabs` function expects two props: `currentType` (string) and `setType` (function). It returns a JSX element that renders the `Tabs` component with the `tabs`, `currentType`, and `setType` props passed in.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/analytics/Dashboard/DashboardTabs.md"}}],["740",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/analytics/Farms/FarmList.tsx)\n\nThe `FarmList` component is a React component that renders a table of farming pools. It takes an array of `pools` as a prop, where each pool is an object containing information about the pool's pair, rewards, liquidity, and APR. The component uses several other components and hooks to render the table, including `Table`, `DoubleCurrencyLogo`, `useCurrency`, `Image`, `ColoredNumber`, `formatNumber`, `formatNumberScale`, and `formatPercent`.\n\nThe `FarmListName` component is a subcomponent of `FarmList` that renders the name and logo of a pool's pair. It takes a `pair` prop, which is an object containing information about the pair's tokens, name, and type. It uses the `useCurrency` hook to get the currency objects for the pair's tokens, and the `DoubleCurrencyLogo` component to render the pair's logo.\n\nThe `Rewards` component is another subcomponent of `FarmList` that renders the rewards for a pool. It takes a `rewards` prop, which is an array of objects containing information about each reward's icon, token, and reward per day. It uses the `Image` component to render each reward's icon, and the `formatNumber` function to format each reward's reward per day.\n\nThe `FarmList` component uses the `useMemo` hook to memoize the `defaultSortBy` and `columns` variables. `defaultSortBy` is an object that specifies the default sorting for the table, and `columns` is an array of objects that specify the columns of the table. Each column object has a `Header` property that specifies the column header, an `accessor` property that specifies the data accessor for the column, a `Cell` property that specifies the cell renderer for the column, and an `align` property that specifies the alignment of the column. The `apr` column also has a `sortType` property that specifies a custom sorting function based on the annual APR.\n\nFinally, the `FarmList` component renders the `Table` component with the `columns` and `data` props, and the `defaultSortBy` prop if specified. If `pools` is falsy, the component renders nothing.\n\nThis component can be used to display a list of farming pools with their APR, liquidity, and rewards. It can be customized by changing the `columns` array to add or remove columns, or by changing the `Cell` property of each column to customize the rendering of each cell. It can also be styled using CSS classes or inline styles. Here is an example usage of the `FarmList` component:\n\n```jsx\nimport FarmList from './FarmList'\n\nconst pools = [\n {\n pair: {\n token0: {\n id: '0x1f9840a85d5af5bf1d1762f925bdaddc4201f984',\n },\n token1: {\n id: '0xc02aaa39b223fe8d0a0e5c4f27ead9083c756cc2',\n },\n name: 'UNI-ETH',\n type: 'Sushi Farm',\n },\n rewards: [\n {\n icon: '/tokens/uni.png',\n token: 'UNI',\n rewardPerDay: 1000,\n },\n {\n icon: '/tokens/sushi.png',\n token: 'SUSHI',\n rewardPerDay: 500,\n },\n ],\n liquidity: 1000000,\n apr: {\n annual: 1000,\n monthly: 100,\n daily: 10,\n },\n },\n // more pools...\n]\n\nfunction App() {\n return \n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What external libraries or dependencies are being used in this code?\n- The code is importing several modules from external libraries such as lodash, React, and next/image.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `FarmList` component and what props does it expect?\n- The `FarmList` component is the main component that renders a table of farming pools. It expects a prop called `pools` which is an array of objects containing information about each pool.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `Rewards` component and what props does it expect?\n- The `Rewards` component is a sub-component of `FarmList` that renders the daily rewards for each pool. It expects a prop called `rewards` which is an array of objects containing information about each reward.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/analytics/Farms/FarmList.md"}}],["741",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/analytics/InfoCard.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React component called `InfoCard` that renders an information card with a title, a number, and a percentage. The component takes four props: `text` (a string representing the title of the card), `number` (a number or string representing the value to be displayed), `numberType` (an optional string that determines how the `number` prop should be formatted), and `percent` (a number representing the percentage to be displayed).\n\nThe `InfoCard` component imports two functions from a `functions` module: `formatNumber` and `formatPercent`. These functions are used to format the `number` and `percent` props, respectively. The component also imports another component called `ColoredNumber`, which is used to display the percentage with a color that indicates whether it is positive or negative.\n\nThe `InfoCard` component defines a function called `switchNumber` that uses a switch statement to format the `number` prop based on the value of the `numberType` prop. If `numberType` is `'usd'`, the `formatNumber` function is used to format the number as a US dollar amount. If `numberType` is `'text'`, the number is returned as is. If `numberType` is `'percent'`, the `formatPercent` function is used to format the number as a percentage.\n\nThe `InfoCard` component returns a div element that contains the title and the formatted number and percentage. The div has a dark background color and a border, and it is rounded. The title is displayed with a white-space property set to \"nowrap\" to prevent line breaks. The number and percentage are displayed in a flex container with a space between them. The number is displayed with a font size of 2xl and a bold font weight. The percentage is displayed using the `ColoredNumber` component, which takes the `percent` prop and displays it with a color that indicates whether it is positive or negative.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to display various types of information in a consistent and visually appealing way. For example, it could be used to display financial data, sales figures, or performance metrics. The `numberType` prop allows the component to be flexible and adapt to different types of data, while the `ColoredNumber` component adds a visual element that makes it easy to see whether the percentage is positive or negative. Overall, this component is a useful and versatile tool for displaying information in a clear and concise way.\n## Questions: \n 1. What does the `ColoredNumber` component do and where is it imported from?\n - The `ColoredNumber` component is imported from the same directory as this file and it takes in a `number` and `percent` prop to display a colored number with a percentage sign.\n2. What is the purpose of the `switchNumber` function and how is it used?\n - The `switchNumber` function takes in a `numberType` prop and formats the `number` prop based on the type. It is used to display the formatted number in the JSX returned by the `InfoCard` component.\n3. What CSS classes are applied to the outermost `div` element returned by the `InfoCard` component?\n - The outermost `div` element has the classes `w-full`, `px-6`, `py-4`, `border`, `rounded`, `bg-dark-900`, and `border-dark-700`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/analytics/InfoCard.md"}}],["742",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/analytics/Pairs/Pair/PairChartCard.tsx)\n\nThe `PairChartCard` component is responsible for rendering a chart card that displays information about a specific pair of tokens on the SushiSwap decentralized exchange. The component receives three props: `type`, `name`, and `pair`. The `type` prop specifies whether the chart should display information about the pair's liquidity or volume. The `name` prop specifies the name of the pair to be displayed on the chart. The `pair` prop specifies the address of the pair's contract on the Ethereum blockchain.\n\nThe component imports several hooks and functions from other files in the project. The `useBlock`, `useDayData`, and `useSushiPairs` hooks are used to fetch data from the blockchain and the SushiSwap subgraph. The `useActiveWeb3React` hook is used to get the current Ethereum network ID.\n\nThe component defines an object called `types` that contains two properties: `liquidity` and `volume`. Each property is an object that contains a `header` property and a `getData` function. The `header` property specifies the title of the chart card. The `getData` function takes four arguments: `pair`, `pair1d`, `pair2d`, and `dayData`. These arguments are used to calculate the data that will be displayed on the chart. The `getData` function returns an object that contains three properties: `figure`, `change`, and `chart`. The `figure` property is the main number displayed on the chart. The `change` property is the percentage change in the main number over the past day. The `chart` property is an array of objects that represent the data points on the chart.\n\nThe component defines a `data` variable using the `useMemo` hook. The `data` variable is calculated using the `type.getData` function and the data fetched from the blockchain and the SushiSwap subgraph.\n\nThe component renders a `ChartCard` component with several props. The `header` prop is set to the `type.header` property. The `subheader` prop is set to the `name` prop. The `figure` prop is set to the `data.figure` property. The `change` prop is set to the `data.change` property. The `chart` prop is set to the `data.chart` property. The `currentTimespan` prop is set to the `chartTimespan` state variable. The `timespans` prop is an array of strings that represent the available timespans for the chart. The `setTimespan` prop is a function that updates the `chartTimespan` state variable when a new timespan is selected.\n\nOverall, the `PairChartCard` component is a reusable component that can be used to display information about a specific pair of tokens on the SushiSwap decentralized exchange. The component is flexible and can display information about the pair's liquidity or volume. The component uses several hooks and functions to fetch data from the blockchain and the SushiSwap subgraph. The component renders a `ChartCard` component with several props that determine the content and appearance of the chart card.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `PairChartCard` component?\n- The `PairChartCard` component is used to display a chart of either liquidity or volume data for a specific pair of assets.\n\n2. What data sources are being used to generate the chart data?\n- The chart data is generated using data from the `useSushiPairs`, `useBlock`, and `useDayData` hooks, which fetch data from the SushiSwap subgraph API.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `types` object?\n- The `types` object defines two different types of chart data (liquidity and volume), and provides functions for generating the chart data for each type.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/analytics/Pairs/Pair/PairChartCard.md"}}],["743",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/analytics/Pairs/PairList.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `PairList` that renders a table of data about trading pairs. The component takes two props: `pairs`, an array of objects representing trading pairs, and `type`, a string that determines which columns are displayed in the table. The `pairs` prop is an array of objects, each of which contains information about a trading pair, including the tokens being traded, the address of the pair's contract, and various trading statistics such as liquidity and volume. \n\nThe `PairList` component uses the `Table` component from `../../../components/Table` to render the data in a tabular format. The `Table` component takes three props: `columns`, an array of objects that define the columns of the table; `data`, an array of objects that represent the rows of the table; and `defaultSortBy`, an object that specifies the default sorting order of the table. \n\nThe `columns` prop is defined based on the `type` prop. If `type` is `'all'`, the table displays all available columns, including the trading pair's name, total value locked (TVL), annual percentage yield (APY), daily and weekly trading volume, and daily and weekly trading fees. If `type` is `'gainers'` or `'losers'`, the table displays a subset of these columns, along with additional columns showing the daily and weekly change in liquidity and trading volume for each pair. \n\nThe `PairList` component also defines a helper function called `PairListName`, which takes a `pair` object as a prop and renders the name of the trading pair using the `DoubleCurrencyLogo` component from `../../../components/DoubleLogo`. The `PairList` component uses this function to render the trading pair's name in the first column of the table. \n\nThe `PairList` component also defines a helper function called `getApy`, which calculates the annual percentage yield (APY) for a given trading pair based on its trading volume and liquidity. This function is used to calculate the APY column of the table. \n\nOverall, this code provides a flexible and reusable component for displaying data about trading pairs in a tabular format. By allowing the user to specify which columns to display based on the `type` prop, the component can be easily customized to fit different use cases.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `PairList` component and what props does it expect?\n- The `PairList` component is used to display a table of pairs with their TVL, volume, fees, and APY. It expects an array of pairs and a type prop that can be set to 'all', 'gainers', or 'losers'.\n2. What is the `PairListName` component used for and what props does it expect?\n- The `PairListName` component is used to display the name of a pair with its logos. It expects a pair prop that contains token0 and token1 objects with id and symbol properties.\n3. How is the APY calculated and formatted in the table?\n- The APY is calculated using the `getApy` function, which takes in the volume and liquidity of a pair and returns an APY value. If the APY is greater than 1000, it returns '>10,000%'. The APY is then formatted using the `formatPercent` function.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/analytics/Pairs/PairList.md"}}],["744",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/analytics/Portfolio/AllocationTable.tsx)\n\nThe code above defines a React component called `AllocationTable` that takes in an array of objects called `allocations` as a prop. Each object in the `allocations` array has two properties: `name`, which is a string, and `allocation`, which is a number. The purpose of this component is to render a table that displays the `name` and `allocation` properties of each object in the `allocations` array.\n\nThe table is defined using HTML tags within the `return` statement of the `AllocationTable` function. The `tbody` tag contains a `map` function that iterates over each object in the `allocations` array and returns a `tr` tag for each object. The `key` attribute of each `tr` tag is set to the index of the current object in the `allocations` array. The `className` attribute of each `tr` tag is set to `'hidden'` if the `allocation` property of the current object is equal to 0 or is not a number. This will hide the row if the allocation is 0 or NaN.\n\nEach `tr` tag contains three `td` tags. The first `td` tag contains a `div` tag that displays the `name` property of the current object. The second `td` tag contains a `div` tag that displays a horizontal bar graph representing the `allocation` property of the current object. The width of the bar graph is set to the percentage value of the `allocation` property using inline styles. The third `td` tag contains a `div` tag that displays the `allocation` property of the current object as a percentage using the `formatPercent` function imported from the `functions` module.\n\nThis component can be used in the larger project to display a table of asset allocations for a portfolio or investment account. The `allocations` prop can be passed in as an array of objects representing the percentage allocation of each asset in the portfolio. The resulting table will display the name of each asset, a horizontal bar graph representing its allocation, and the allocation percentage. This component can be easily customized by modifying the CSS classes and inline styles to match the design of the larger project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `AllocationTable` component?\n- The `AllocationTable` component is used to render a table of allocations with names and percentages.\n\n2. What is the `allocations` prop and what shape does it need to be in?\n- The `allocations` prop is an array of objects with `name` and `allocation` properties. The `name` property should be a string and the `allocation` property should be a number.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `formatPercent` function and where is it imported from?\n- The `formatPercent` function is used to format a number as a percentage with two decimal places. It is imported from a file located at `../../../functions`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/analytics/Portfolio/AllocationTable.md"}}],["745",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/analytics/Portfolio/hooks.ts)\n\nThis code defines several custom hooks that are used to fetch and format data related to user activity on various chains in the larger project. \n\nThe `useUserPairs` hook fetches and formats data related to the liquidity positions of the user on a given chain. It uses the `useLiquidityPositions` and `useSushiPairs` hooks to fetch the user's liquidity positions and the corresponding SushiSwap pairs respectively. It then formats this data to include the user's balance in the liquidity pool in both token and USD terms. \n\nThe `useUserFarms` hook fetches and formats data related to the user's activity in liquidity mining pools on a given chain. It uses the `usePositions`, `useFarms`, `useSushiPairs`, and `useKashiPairs` hooks to fetch the user's positions, the farms they are in, and the corresponding SushiSwap and Kashi pairs respectively. It then formats this data to include the user's staked balance in both token and USD terms. \n\nThe `useBentoUserTokens` hook fetches and formats data related to the user's activity in the BentoBox protocol on a given chain. It uses the `useGetBentoUserTokens` and `useTokens` hooks to fetch the user's BentoBox tokens and the corresponding token data respectively. It then formats this data to include the value of the user's tokens in USD terms. \n\nThe `useUserKashiPairs` hook fetches and formats data related to the user's activity in the Kashi protocol on a given chain. It uses the `useGetUserKashiPairs` and `useTokens` hooks to fetch the user's Kashi pairs and the corresponding token data respectively. It then formats this data to include the value of the user's positions in USD terms. \n\nThe `useUserAssets` hook fetches and formats data related to the user's assets on various chains. It uses the `useAssets` hook to fetch the user's assets and formats this data to include the value of the user's assets in USD terms. \n\nThese hooks are used to provide data to various components in the larger project, such as the user dashboard and portfolio pages. For example, the `useUserPairs` hook may be used to display the user's liquidity positions and balances in a table or chart format. Similarly, the `useUserFarms` hook may be used to display the user's liquidity mining positions and rewards. Overall, these hooks provide a convenient way to fetch and format data related to user activity on various chains in the larger project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useAllUserPairs` function?\n- The `useAllUserPairs` function returns an array of all liquidity pool pairs that the user has a position in across all chains that support AMM feature.\n\n2. What data does the `useUserFarms` function return?\n- The `useUserFarms` function returns an array of all farms that the user has a position in for a given chain, along with additional data such as the type of farm, user staked token and USD value, and the chain ID.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useUserAssets` function?\n- The `useUserAssets` function returns an array of all assets that the user holds across different chains, along with additional data such as the token symbol, amount, and USD value. It filters out assets of type \"sushi\" since they are covered by the `useUserPairs` function.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/analytics/Portfolio/hooks.md"}}],["746",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/analytics/Tabs.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React component called Tabs that takes in an array of tabs, the current type of tab, and a function to set the type of tab. The purpose of this component is to render a set of tabs with names and types, and allow the user to switch between them by clicking on the tab. \n\nThe component uses the classNames function from a separate file to conditionally apply CSS classes to the tab elements based on their type and whether they are currently selected. The classNames function takes in a list of strings and returns a single string with the classes concatenated together. \n\nThe component renders a div with a border at the top and bottom, and a navigation element containing the tab elements. Each tab element is a div with a name and a type, and is rendered using the map function to iterate over the array of tabs passed in as a prop. The onClick function is used to call the setType function with the type of the clicked tab, which updates the currentType state variable and causes the component to re-render with the new tab selected. \n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to display a set of tabs for navigating between different sections or views. The tabs can be customized by passing in an array of objects with different names and types, and the component will handle rendering and switching between them. Here is an example usage of the Tabs component:\n\n```\nimport Tabs from './Tabs'\n\nconst tabs = [\n { name: 'Tab 1', type: 'tab1' },\n { name: 'Tab 2', type: 'tab2' },\n { name: 'Tab 3', type: 'tab3' }\n]\n\nfunction App() {\n const [currentType, setCurrentType] = useState('tab1')\n\n return (\n
\n \n {currentType === 'tab1' &&
Tab 1 content
}\n {currentType === 'tab2' &&
Tab 2 content
}\n {currentType === 'tab3' &&
Tab 3 content
}\n
\n )\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the Tabs component is passed an array of three tabs with different names and types. The currentType state variable is initialized to 'tab1', so the first tab is selected by default. The content for each tab is conditionally rendered based on the currentType variable. When the user clicks on a different tab, the setType function is called with the new type, causing the component to re-render with the new tab selected and the corresponding content displayed.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Tabs` component?\n- The `Tabs` component is used to render a set of tabs based on the `tabs` prop and handle tab selection based on the `currentType` and `setType` props.\n\n2. What is the `classNames` function and where is it imported from?\n- The `classNames` function is imported from a file located at `../../functions` and is used to conditionally concatenate CSS class names based on the provided arguments.\n\n3. What is the expected shape of the `tabs` prop?\n- The `tabs` prop is expected to be an array of objects, where each object represents a tab and has a `name` and `type` property.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/analytics/Tabs.md"}}],["747",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/analytics/Tokens/Token/CurrencyCard.tsx)\n\nThe code above defines a React component called `CurrencyCard`. This component is responsible for rendering a card that displays information about a cryptocurrency token. The component takes two props: `token` and `symbol`. The `token` prop is a string that represents the token's unique identifier, while the `symbol` prop is a string that represents the token's symbol.\n\nThe component imports two things: `CurrencyLogo` and `useCurrency`. `CurrencyLogo` is a custom component that renders an SVG logo for a given cryptocurrency. `useCurrency` is a custom hook that takes a token's unique identifier and returns an object that contains information about the token, such as its name, symbol, and logo URL.\n\nThe `CurrencyCard` component renders a div element with a dark background color and rounded corners. Inside this div, there is another div element that contains two child elements: a `CurrencyLogo` component and a div element that displays the token's symbol. The `CurrencyLogo` component is passed the `currency` object returned by the `useCurrency` hook, as well as a `size` prop that determines the size of the logo.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project that displays information about cryptocurrency tokens. For example, it could be used in a dashboard that displays the user's portfolio of tokens. The `CurrencyCard` component could be used to render a card for each token in the user's portfolio, displaying the token's logo and symbol. \n\nHere is an example of how the `CurrencyCard` component could be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport CurrencyCard from './components/CurrencyCard'\n\nfunction Portfolio() {\n const tokens = ['eth', 'btc', 'uni']\n\n return (\n
\n {tokens.map((token) => (\n \n ))}\n
\n )\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `Portfolio` component renders a list of `CurrencyCard` components, one for each token in the `tokens` array. The `key` prop is set to the token's unique identifier, and the `symbol` prop is set to the token's symbol in uppercase letters.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `CurrencyCard` component?\n- The `CurrencyCard` component is used to display a token's symbol and logo.\n\n2. What is the `useCurrency` hook and where is it defined?\n- The `useCurrency` hook is used to retrieve a currency object based on a given token. It is defined in the `Tokens` module located in the `hooks` directory.\n\n3. What styling classes are applied to the `CurrencyCard` component?\n- The `CurrencyCard` component has a `p-3` padding, a `rounded` border, and a `bg-dark-900` background color. It also uses flexbox to horizontally align the logo and symbol, and has a hidden `text-lg` element for the symbol on small screens.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/analytics/Tokens/Token/CurrencyCard.md"}}],["748",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/analytics/Tokens/Token/TokenChartCard.tsx)\n\nThe `TokenChartCard` component is used to display a chart card that shows either the liquidity or volume of a specific token. The component takes in three props: `type`, `name`, and `token`. The `type` prop specifies whether the chart should display liquidity or volume data. The `name` prop is a string that represents the name of the token. The `token` prop is a string that represents the token's address.\n\nThe `TokenChartCard` component uses several hooks from the `graph` and `hooks` services to fetch data needed to display the chart. The `useActiveWeb3React` hook is used to get the current chain ID. The `useBlock` hook is used to get the block number for the current day, as well as the block numbers for the previous two days. The `useTokens` hook is used to get information about the token, such as its liquidity and volume. The `useNativePrice` hook is used to get the native price of the token. The `useDayData` hook is used to get daily data for the token.\n\nThe `types` object is used to define the header and data for each chart type. The `getData` function is used to calculate the figure, change, and chart data for the chart. The `figure` represents the current value of the liquidity or volume. The `change` represents the percentage change in liquidity or volume over the past day or two days. The `chart` represents an array of data points that can be used to display a chart.\n\nThe `useState` hook is used to keep track of the current timespan for the chart. The `chartTimespans` array is used to define the available timespans for the chart.\n\nThe `data` variable is calculated using the `useMemo` hook. The `data` variable is an object that contains the figure, change, and chart data for the chart. The `ChartCard` component is used to display the chart card with the data.\n\nOverall, the `TokenChartCard` component is a reusable component that can be used to display a chart of the liquidity or volume of a specific token. The component uses several hooks to fetch data needed to display the chart, and the `types` object is used to define the header and data for each chart type. The `useState` hook is used to keep track of the current timespan for the chart, and the `ChartCard` component is used to display the chart card with the data.\n## Questions: \n 1. What does this code do?\n- This code exports a React component called `TokenChartCard` that renders a chart card based on the `type`, `name`, and `token` props passed to it. The chart displays either liquidity or volume data for the specified token over a specified time period.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code relies on several external dependencies imported from other files in the project, including `useBlock`, `useDayData`, `useNativePrice`, `useTokens`, and `useActiveWeb3React`. These dependencies are used to fetch data from external APIs and the blockchain.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useMemo` hook in this code?\n- The `useMemo` hook is used to memoize the result of calling the `type.getData` function with the current values of several variables. This helps to optimize performance by avoiding unnecessary re-renders of the component when these variables change.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/analytics/Tokens/Token/TokenChartCard.md"}}],["749",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/analytics/Tokens/Token/TopFarmsList.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `TopFarmsList` that renders a table of top farms. The component takes a single prop called `farms`, which is an array of objects representing each farm. Each farm object has three properties: `pair`, `roi`, and `rewards`. The `pair` property is an object with two properties, `token0` and `token1`, each of which has an `id` and a `symbol`. The `roi` property is a number representing the return on investment for the farm, and the `rewards` property is an array of objects, each of which has an `icon` property that is a JSX element.\n\nThe `TopFarmsList` component uses the `useMemo` hook to define a `columns` array that is used to render the table. The `columns` array has three objects, each of which represents a column in the table. The first column is called \"Token Pair\" and displays the farm's pair of tokens as a `FarmListname` component. The `FarmListname` component takes a single prop called `pair`, which is an object with two properties, `token0` and `token1`, each of which has an `id` and a `symbol`. The `FarmListname` component uses the `useCurrency` hook to get the currency object for each token and renders a `DoubleCurrencyLogo` component with the two currencies and their symbols. The second column is called \"ROI (1Y)\" and displays the farm's return on investment as a percentage using the `formatPercent` function. The third column is called \"Rewards\" and displays the farm's rewards as a list of icons.\n\nFinally, the `TopFarmsList` component renders a `Table` component with the `columns` array and the `farms` prop as the data. The `Table` component is conditionally rendered using the `&&` operator to only render if `farms` is truthy. The `Table` component also has a `defaultSortBy` prop that sorts the table by the \"ROI (1Y)\" column in descending order.\n\nThis code is used to display a table of top farms in a larger project, likely a decentralized finance (DeFi) application. The `TopFarmsList` component could be used in a dashboard or analytics page to show users which farms are performing the best. The `FarmListname` component could also be reused in other parts of the application to display a pair of tokens with their symbols and logos.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `TopFarmsList` component?\n- The `TopFarmsList` component is used to render a table of top farms, including their token pair, ROI, and rewards.\n\n2. What is the `FarmListName` component used for?\n- The `FarmListName` component is used to render the name of a farm's token pair, including the logos of the two currencies and their symbols.\n\n3. What libraries and hooks are being used in this code?\n- The code is importing `useMemo` from the `react` library, and is also using the `Table` component from a custom component file. Additionally, it is using the `useCurrency` hook and the `formatPercent` function from custom hook and function files, respectively.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/analytics/Tokens/Token/TopFarmsList.md"}}],["750",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/analytics/Tokens/Token/TransactionList.tsx)\n\nThe code is a React component that renders a table of transaction data. The component takes in an array of transaction objects as a prop, and each transaction object contains information about the transaction, such as the symbols being swapped, the incoming and outgoing amounts, the address, and the time. \n\nThe component uses the `useTable`, `usePagination`, and `useSortBy` hooks from the `react-table` library to create a paginated and sortable table. The `columns` variable is an array of objects that define the columns of the table. Each object has a `Header` property that specifies the column header, an `accessor` property that specifies the data field to display in the column, and a `Cell` property that specifies how to render the data in the cell. The `align` property specifies the alignment of the column content.\n\nThe `Table` function is a helper function that takes in the `columns` and `data` props and returns the table markup. The `getTableProps`, `getTableBodyProps`, `headerGroups`, `prepareRow`, `rows`, `page`, `nextPage`, `previousPage`, `canPreviousPage`, `canNextPage`, `setPageSize`, `pageIndex`, and `pageSize` variables are all provided by the `useTable` hook and are used to render the table.\n\nThe `TransactionList` function is the main component that renders the table using the `Table` function and the `columns` and `transactions` props. The `transactions` prop is an array of transaction objects that are passed to the `data` prop of the `useTable` hook. If there are no transactions, an empty array is passed instead.\n\nThe `Cell` properties of the `Type`, `Value`, `Address`, and `Time` columns use helper functions from the `functions` module to format the data. The `formatNumber` function formats the number with commas and rounds it to two decimal places. The `shortenAddress` function shortens the Ethereum address to the first and last four characters. The `formatDateAgo` function formats the date as a relative time string (e.g. \"2 hours ago\").\n\nOverall, this component provides a reusable and customizable table for displaying transaction data in a paginated and sortable format. It can be used in various parts of the larger project that require transaction data to be displayed in a table format.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `TransactionList` component?\n- The `TransactionList` component is used to display a table of transaction data, including the type of transaction, its value, incoming and outgoing amounts, address, and time.\n\n2. What libraries are being used in this code?\n- The code is using several libraries, including `react`, `react-table`, and `@heroicons/react/outline`.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `Table` function?\n- The `Table` function is a helper function used by the `TransactionList` component to render the table of transaction data. It uses the `useTable`, `useSortBy`, and `usePagination` hooks from the `react-table` library to handle sorting and pagination of the data.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/analytics/Tokens/Token/TransactionList.md"}}],["751",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/analytics/Tokens/TokenList.tsx)\n\nThe `TokenList` module is a React component that renders a table of token data. It takes in an array of `Token` objects, which contain information about a token's address, symbol, liquidity, volume, price, and price change over the past day and week. The component also accepts an optional array of `TokenListColumnType` values, which determine which columns are displayed in the table. \n\nThe `TokenList` component uses the `Table` component from `../../../components/Table` to render the table. The `Table` component takes in an array of `Column` objects, which define the columns of the table. The `TokenListColumns` object defines the columns that can be displayed in the table, including the token name, price, liquidity, price change, volume change, and a line graph of the token's price over the past week. \n\nThe `TokenListName` component is used to render the token name column. It takes in a `token` object and uses the `useCurrency` hook from `../../../hooks/Tokens` to get the currency associated with the token's address. It then renders the currency logo and token symbol in a `div` element. \n\nThe `TokenListColumns` object defines the other columns of the table. The `price`, `liquidity`, `priceChange`, and `volumeChange` columns use the `formatNumber` and `formatPercent` functions from `../../../functions` to format the data. The `lastWeekGraph` column renders a line graph of the token's price over the past week using the `LineGraph` component from `../../../components/LineGraph`. \n\nOverall, the `TokenList` component provides a flexible and customizable way to display token data in a table format. It can be used in the larger project to display token data in various contexts, such as on a dashboard or analytics page. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport TokenList from './TokenList'\n\nconst tokens = [\n {\n token: {\n address: '0x123abc',\n symbol: 'ABC',\n },\n liquidity: 1000,\n volume1d: 500,\n volume1w: 3000,\n price: 1.23,\n change1d: 0.05,\n change1w: -0.1,\n },\n // more token objects...\n]\n\nconst enabledColumns = ['name', 'price', 'liquidity', 'priceChange', 'volumeChange', 'lastWeekGraph']\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n return (\n
\n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `TokenList` component?\n- The `TokenList` component is used to display a table of token data, including columns for name, price, liquidity, price change, volume change, and a line graph of the token's performance over the last week.\n\n2. What is the `Token` interface used for?\n- The `Token` interface defines the shape of an object that contains data about a token, including its address, symbol, liquidity, volume, price, and price change over the last day and week.\n\n3. What is the `TokenListColumns` object used for?\n- The `TokenListColumns` object is a mapping of column names to their respective configurations, including the column header, data accessor, cell renderer, and sorting behavior. It is used to define the columns that should be displayed in the `TokenList` table.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/analytics/Tokens/TokenList.md"}}],["752",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/BalancePanel.tsx)\n\nThe `BalancePanel` component is a React functional component that displays the user's wallet and BentoBox balances for a specific currency. It is part of the larger `zoo` project and is used in the limit order feature of the application.\n\nThe component imports several hooks and functions from other files in the project. These include `useDerivedLimitOrderInfo` and `useLimitOrderActionHandlers` from the `limit-order/hooks` file, `maxAmountSpend` from the `functions` file, and `setFromBentoBalance` from the `limit-order/actions` file. It also imports various components from the `components` folder and external libraries such as `react-redux` and `@lingui/react`.\n\nThe component renders a `div` element with two child `div` elements, each displaying the balance for a specific currency. The first child `div` displays the balance in BentoBox, while the second child `div` displays the balance in the user's wallet. Each child `div` contains two `Typography` components, one displaying the label (\"In Bento:\" or \"In Wallet:\") and the other displaying the balance amount and currency symbol. The balance amount is obtained from the `walletBalances` and `bentoboxBalances` objects, which are derived from the `useDerivedLimitOrderInfo` hook. The currency symbol is obtained from the `currencies` object, which is also derived from the same hook.\n\nThe `handleMaxInput` function is defined using the `useCallback` hook and is called when the user clicks on the balance amount in either child `div`. The function takes a boolean argument `bento` that determines whether the balance amount is from BentoBox or the user's wallet. If `bento` is true, the function sets the input field value to the exact BentoBox balance amount and dispatches an action to set the `fromBentoBalance` flag to true. If `bento` is false, the function sets the input field value to the maximum spendable amount from the user's wallet (obtained using the `maxAmountSpend` function) and dispatches an action to set the `fromBentoBalance` flag to false.\n\nOverall, the `BalancePanel` component provides a simple and intuitive way for users to view and select their balance amounts for a specific currency when making a limit order.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a React functional component called `BalancePanel` that displays the user's wallet and Bento balances for a specific currency, and allows the user to input the maximum amount they want to spend.\n\n2. What other components or modules does this code depend on?\n- This code imports several modules from other files in the `limit-order`, `swap`, and `components` directories, as well as from external libraries such as `react-redux` and `@lingui/react`.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `useCallback` hook in this code?\n- The `useCallback` hook is used to memoize the `handleMaxInput` function, which is passed as a prop to child components. This can improve performance by preventing unnecessary re-renders of child components when the function reference changes.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/BalancePanel.md"}}],["753",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/ConfirmLimitOrderModal.tsx)\n\nThe `ConfirmLimitOrderModal` component is a React functional component that renders a modal for confirming a limit order. The modal is composed of two parts: the top content and the bottom content. The top content displays the details of the limit order, including the amount of input currency to be paid, the exchange rate, and the amount of output currency to be received. The bottom content displays additional details of the limit order, including the minimum amount of output currency to be received, the order expiration time, and the recipient address. The bottom content also includes a button to confirm the limit order.\n\nThe `ConfirmLimitOrderModal` component imports several functions and hooks from other files in the project. The `formatNumber` and `shortenAddress` functions are used to format numbers and addresses, respectively. The `useActiveWeb3React` and `useUSDCPrice` hooks are used to retrieve the active Web3 provider and the current USDC price, respectively. The `useDerivedLimitOrderInfo` and `useLimitOrderState` hooks are used to retrieve the derived limit order information and the limit order state, respectively.\n\nThe `ConfirmLimitOrderModal` component also imports several components from other files in the project. The `Button` component is used to render the confirm button. The `ConfirmationModalContent` component is used to render the modal content. The `CurrencyLogo` component is used to render the logos of the input and output currencies. The `Modal` component is used to render the modal.\n\nThe `ConfirmLimitOrderModal` component exports itself as the default export of the file, which can be imported and used in other files in the project.\n\nExample usage:\n\n```jsx\nimport ConfirmLimitOrderModal from \"./ConfirmLimitOrderModal\";\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const [open, setOpen] = useState(false);\n\n const handleOpen = () => {\n setOpen(true);\n };\n\n const handleClose = () => {\n setOpen(false);\n };\n\n const handleConfirm = () => {\n // Handle limit order confirmation\n };\n\n return (\n <>\n \n \n \n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and where is it used in the project?\n- This code defines a React component called `ConfirmLimitOrderModal` that renders a modal for confirming a limit order. It is likely used in the trading interface of the project.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code relies on several external libraries and dependencies, including `React`, `@lingui/react`, and `@zoolabs/zdk`. It also imports several functions and hooks from other files within the project.\n\n3. What information is displayed in the modal and where does it come from?\n- The modal displays information about the limit order being confirmed, including the input and output currencies, amounts, and values in USDC, as well as the minimum received, order expiration, and recipient (if applicable). This information is derived from various hooks and functions imported from other files within the project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/ConfirmLimitOrderModal.md"}}],["754",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/CurrencyInput.tsx)\n\nThe `CurrencyInput` component is a reusable React component that renders a custom input field for currency values. It takes in several props, including an `id` for the input field, an optional `error` message to display, a boolean `showMaxButton` to indicate whether a \"Max\" button should be displayed, a callback function `onUserInput` to handle user input, the current `value` of the input field, and an optional `endAdornment` to display at the end of the input field.\n\nThe component uses the `useLingui` hook from the `@lingui/react` library to handle internationalization. It renders a `div` element with a border and a dark background color, and contains a `Button` component for the \"Max\" button, an `Input.Numeric` component for the input field, and an optional `endAdornment` component.\n\nThe `Input.Numeric` component is a custom input field that only allows numeric values to be entered. It takes in an `id` and a `value` prop, and a callback function `onUserInput` to handle user input. When the user types in the input field, the `onUserInput` callback is called with the new value.\n\nThis component can be used in any React project that requires a custom input field for currency values. It provides a convenient way to handle user input and display currency values in a consistent format. Here's an example of how it can be used:\n\n```\nimport CurrencyInput from './CurrencyInput'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const [value, setValue] = useState('')\n\n const handleUserInput = (val) => {\n setValue(val)\n }\n\n const handleMax = () => {\n setValue('100')\n }\n\n return (\n
\n USD}\n />\n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and where is it used in the project?\n- This code defines a React component called `CurrencyInput` that renders a custom input field with a numeric value and optional max button and error message. It is likely used in a form or input section of the project.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code imports several external dependencies including `React`, `Button`, `Input`, `classNames`, `t`, and `useLingui`. These dependencies are likely defined in other files or packages within the project.\n\n3. What are the required and optional props for the `CurrencyInput` component?\n- The `CurrencyInput` component requires an `id`, `showMaxButton` boolean, `onUserInput` function, and `value` string prop. It also accepts an optional `error` string and `endAdornment` ReactNode prop, as well as an optional `onMax` function prop if `showMaxButton` is true.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/CurrencyInput.md"}}],["755",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/CurrencyInputPanel.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React component called `CurrencyInputPanel` that renders a panel for inputting currency values. The component takes in several props, including an `id` string, an optional `error` string, a `className` string, and several React nodes for adornments and input components. \n\nThe component renders a div with the given `id`, and conditionally renders the `topAdornment`, `bottomAdornment`, and `error` props if they are provided. The main content of the panel is a flex container with two child divs: one for the `selectComponent` prop and one for the `inputComponent` prop. The `selectComponent` is rendered in a div that takes up the full width of the container, while the `inputComponent` is rendered in a div that takes up 2/5 of the width on larger screens. \n\nThe `classNames` function is used to conditionally apply CSS classes to the container and child divs based on the `className` and `inputComponent` props. The `ExclamationIcon` component from the `@heroicons/react/solid` library is used to render an error icon next to the `error` message if it is provided. \n\nThis component could be used in a larger project to provide a consistent UI for inputting currency values. Developers could pass in different `selectComponent` and `inputComponent` props to customize the appearance and functionality of the panel. The `error` prop could be used to display validation errors to the user. Here is an example of how the component could be used:\n\n```\nSelect currency:}\n bottomAdornment={}\n selectComponent={}\n inputComponent={}\n/>\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and where is it used in the project?\n- This code defines a React component called `CurrencyInputPanel` that takes in various props and renders a UI for a currency input panel. It is likely used in a form or input-related feature of the project.\n\n2. What are the required props for the `CurrencyInputPanel` component?\n- The only required prop is `id`, which is a string used to identify the component in the DOM. All other props are optional and have default values.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `classNames` function imported from \"../../../functions\"?\n- The `classNames` function is used to conditionally concatenate CSS class names based on the values of the input arguments. This allows for dynamic styling of the component based on its props and other factors.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/CurrencyInputPanel.md"}}],["756",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/CurrencySelect.tsx)\n\nThe `CurrencySelect` component is a reusable React component that provides a UI for selecting a cryptocurrency token. It takes in several props, including the currently selected `currency`, the `otherCurrency` (if applicable), a boolean `showCommonBases` to determine whether to show common base currencies, a callback function `onSelect` to handle when a currency is selected, a `label` string to display above the currency selection UI, a list of `currencyList` strings to filter the available currencies, a boolean `includeNativeCurrency` to determine whether to include the native currency in the list of available currencies, and a boolean `allowManageTokenList` to determine whether to allow the user to manage the list of available tokens.\n\nThe component renders a button that displays the currently selected currency's logo and symbol, or a placeholder animation if no currency is selected. When the button is clicked, a modal is displayed that allows the user to search and select a new currency. The modal is only displayed if the `onSelect` prop is defined and the component is not disabled. The selected currency is passed to the `onSelect` callback function.\n\nThe component also uses the `useLingui` hook from the `@lingui/react` library to handle internationalization of the UI text. The `classNames` function from the `functions` module is used to conditionally apply CSS classes to the button element based on the currently selected currency.\n\nExample usage:\n\n```jsx\nimport { Currency } from \"@zoolabs/zdk\";\nimport CurrencySelect from \"./CurrencySelect\";\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const [selectedCurrency, setSelectedCurrency] = useState(null);\n\n const handleCurrencySelect = useCallback((currency: Currency) => {\n setSelectedCurrency(currency);\n }, []);\n\n return (\n
\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and where is it used in the project?\n- This code defines a React component called `CurrencySelect` that renders a button for selecting a currency, and includes a modal for searching and selecting a currency. It is likely used in various parts of the project where currency selection is needed.\n\n2. What props does the `CurrencySelect` component accept and what are their types?\n- The `CurrencySelect` component accepts several props including `currency`, `otherCurrency`, `showCommonBases`, `onSelect`, `disabled`, `label`, `currencyList`, `includeNativeCurrency`, and `allowManageTokenList`. Their types are defined in the `CurrencySelectProps` interface.\n\n3. What external libraries and components are used in this code?\n- This code imports several external libraries and components including `React`, `ChevronDownIcon` from `@heroicons/react/solid`, `Currency` from `@zoolabs/zdk`, `CurrencyLogo` from `../../../components/CurrencyLogo`, `CurrencySearchModal` from `../../../modals/SearchModal/CurrencySearchModal`, `Lottie` from `lottie-react`, and `classNames` and `t` from `@lingui/macro`. It also includes an animation data file called `select-coin.json`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/CurrencySelect.md"}}],["757",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/LimitOrderButton.tsx)\n\nThe `LimitOrderButton` component is a React functional component that renders a button for creating a limit order. The component imports various hooks and components from different files in the project. \n\nThe component takes in a `currency` prop, which is an instance of the `Currency` class from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library. The `color` prop is used to set the color of the button. \n\nThe component uses the `useActiveWeb3React` hook to get the current user's account, chain ID, library, and connector. It also uses the `useLimitOrderState` and `useDerivedLimitOrderInfo` hooks to get the current limit order state and derived limit order information, respectively. \n\nThe component uses the `useLimitOrderApproveCallback` hook to get the current approval state of the limit order and to handle the approval process. It also uses the `useApproveCallback` hook to handle token approvals. \n\nThe component renders different buttons based on the current state of the limit order and token approvals. If the user is not connected to a wallet, the component renders a button to connect the wallet. If there is an input error, the component renders a disabled button with the error message. If the token needs to be approved, the component renders a button to approve the token. If the limit order needs to be approved, the component renders a button to approve the limit order. If the token has been approved and the user needs to deposit the token into BentoBox, the component renders a button to deposit the token. If the user has already deposited the token into BentoBox, the component renders a button to create the limit order. \n\nThe `handler` function is called when the user clicks the button to create the limit order. It creates a new `LimitOrder` instance from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library and signs the order with the user's provider. If the order is successfully sent, a popup is added to the UI to indicate that the limit order has been created. \n\nOverall, the `LimitOrderButton` component provides a user-friendly interface for creating limit orders and handles the approval and deposit processes for the user. It can be used in a larger project that involves limit orders and token swaps. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```jsx\nimport LimitOrderButton from \"./LimitOrderButton\";\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const currency = new Currency(\"ETH\");\n return (\n
\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `LimitOrderButton` component?\n- The `LimitOrderButton` component is used to handle the creation of a limit order and the necessary approvals and deposits.\n\n2. What external libraries and hooks are being used in this code?\n- The code is using external libraries and hooks such as `@zoolabs/zdk`, `@lingui/macro`, `react-redux`, and `useActiveWeb3React`.\n\n3. What is the role of the `useLimitOrderApproveCallback` hook?\n- The `useLimitOrderApproveCallback` hook is used to handle the approval of a limit order and returns the approval state, fallback method, permit status, and functions to approve and execute the order.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/LimitOrderButton.md"}}],["758",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/LimitPriceInputPanel.tsx)\n\nThe `LimitPriceInputPanel` component is a React functional component that renders a panel for inputting a limit price for a limit order. The component imports several functions and hooks from other files in the project, including `setLimitPrice` action creator, `useLimitOrderState` and `useDerivedLimitOrderInfo` hooks, and `Input` component. \n\nThe component takes a single prop `onBlur` which is a callback function that is called when the input field loses focus. The component renders a container `div` with two child `div`s. The first child `div` contains a label and a button that sets the input value to the current market price. The second child `div` contains an input field and a label that displays the exchange rate between the input and output currencies. \n\nThe component uses the `useLimitOrderState` hook to get the current limit price value from the Redux store and the `useDerivedLimitOrderInfo` hook to get the current exchange rate and currency symbols for the input and output currencies. The component also uses the `useDispatch` hook to get the dispatch function from the Redux store and the `useLingui` hook to get the internationalization function from the Lingui library. \n\nThe `handleInput` function is a callback function that is called when the input field value changes. It dispatches the `setLimitPrice` action with the new value and calls the `onBlur` callback function with the same value. The `disabled` variable is a boolean that is true if either the input or output currency is not set.\n\nThe `Input.Numeric` component is a custom input field component that only allows numeric input. It takes several props including `disabled`, `className`, `placeholder`, `id`, `value`, `onUserInput`, and `onBlur`. The `value` prop is set to the current limit price value from the Redux store. The `onUserInput` prop is set to the `handleInput` function. The `onBlur` prop is set to a callback function that calls the `onBlur` prop passed to the component.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project that involves trading cryptocurrencies. It provides a user interface for inputting a limit price for a limit order and displays the current exchange rate between the input and output currencies. The component can be customized by passing different props to the `Input.Numeric` component or by modifying the CSS classes of the container `div`.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a React component called `LimitPriceInputPanel` that renders an input panel for setting a limit price for a trading order.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from external packages, including `react`, `react-redux`, and `@lingui/react`.\n\n3. What props does the `LimitPriceInputPanel` component expect?\n- The `LimitPriceInputPanel` component expects a single prop called `onBlur`, which is a function that takes a string value as its argument and has no return value.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/LimitPriceInputPanel.md"}}],["759",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/MyOrders.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React functional component called `MyOrders` that renders a link to the user's open orders page. The component imports several dependencies, including `React`, `Badge`, `ClipboardListIcon`, `NavLink`, `t`, `useLimitOrders`, and `useLingui`. \n\nThe `MyOrders` component uses the `useLingui` hook to access the `i18n` object, which provides internationalization support for the component. The `useLimitOrders` hook is used to retrieve the user's pending limit orders. \n\nThe component returns a `NavLink` component that wraps an anchor tag. The anchor tag contains two divs: one with the text \"My Orders\" and a `Badge` component that displays the total number of pending orders, and another with a `ClipboardListIcon` component that is only displayed on smaller screens. \n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to provide users with a quick link to their open orders page. The `Badge` component can be used to display the number of pending orders, which can help users keep track of their orders. The `useLimitOrders` hook can be used to retrieve the user's pending orders from the backend. The `useLingui` hook can be used to provide internationalization support for the component. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport MyOrders from './MyOrders'\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What does this code do?\n- This code exports a React functional component called `MyOrders` that renders a link to a page for viewing a user's open orders, along with a badge indicating the number of pending orders.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code relies on several external dependencies, including React, @heroicons/react, @lingui/macro, and @lingui/react. It also imports two custom components, Badge and NavLink, from the project's components directory.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the useLimitOrders hook?\n- The useLimitOrders hook is used to retrieve information about a user's pending limit orders, which is then displayed in the badge next to the \"My Orders\" link.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/MyOrders.md"}}],["760",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/OrderExpirationDropdown.tsx)\n\nThe `OrderExpirationDropdown` component is a React functional component that renders a dropdown menu for selecting the expiration time of a limit order. The component imports several dependencies, including `NeonSelect` and `NeonSelectItem` from a custom `Select` component, `useDispatch` and `useLimitOrderState` hooks from the `limit-order` state, and `useLingui` from the `@lingui/react` library for internationalization.\n\nThe component defines a `handler` function that dispatches a `setOrderExpiration` action to update the `orderExpiration` state with the selected expiration time. The `items` object maps each expiration time option to a corresponding label for display in the dropdown menu.\n\nThe component returns a JSX element that renders a `div` container with a label and a question helper icon, followed by a `NeonSelect` component that renders the dropdown menu. The `NeonSelect` component receives the `orderExpiration.label` value as its `value` prop, which is the label of the currently selected expiration time. The `NeonSelect` component also maps each item in the `items` object to a `NeonSelectItem` component, passing the expiration time as the `value` prop and the corresponding label as the child element. The `handler` function is called when an item is clicked, passing the expiration time as the second argument.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project that involves limit orders, allowing users to select the expiration time for their orders. The component is reusable and can be easily integrated into other components or pages that require a similar functionality. For example, the component can be used in a trading page where users can place limit orders, or in a settings page where users can configure their order preferences.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code defines a React component called `OrderExpirationDropdown` that renders a dropdown menu for selecting the expiration time of an order.\n2. What is the role of the `useLimitOrderState` hook?\n - The `useLimitOrderState` hook is used to retrieve the current order expiration value from the Redux store.\n3. What is the purpose of the `QuestionHelper` component?\n - The `QuestionHelper` component renders a tooltip with explanatory text when hovered over, and is used here to provide additional information about the meaning of \"order expiration\".","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/OrderExpirationDropdown.md"}}],["761",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/PayFromToggle.tsx)\n\nThe `PayFromToggle` component is a React functional component that renders a toggle switch with two options: \"BentoBox\" and \"Wallet\". The purpose of this component is to allow the user to select the source of funds for a limit order transaction. \n\nThe component imports several dependencies, including `React`, `useState`, `Switch` from the `@headlessui/react` library, `Typography`, `useDispatch`, and `useLingui`. It also imports `setFromBentoBalance` and `useLimitOrderState` from the `limit-order` module in the project's state.\n\nThe component uses the `useLingui` hook to access the project's internationalization (i18n) functionality. It also uses the `useLimitOrderState` hook to access the current state of the limit order module, specifically the `fromBentoBalance` property. The `useDispatch` hook is used to dispatch the `setFromBentoBalance` action when the toggle switch is changed.\n\nThe `PayFromToggle` component returns a JSX element that renders the toggle switch. The switch has two labels, one for \"BentoBox\" and one for \"Wallet\", and a round toggle button that can be moved between the two labels. The current selection is determined by the `fromBentoBalance` property in the limit order state. When the toggle switch is changed, the `handleChange` function is called, which dispatches the `setFromBentoBalance` action with the opposite value of the current `fromBentoBalance` property.\n\nThis component can be used in the larger project wherever a user needs to select the source of funds for a limit order transaction. For example, it could be used in a form that allows the user to enter the details of a limit order, including the source of funds. The `PayFromToggle` component provides a simple and intuitive way for the user to select the desired source of funds. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport PayFromToggle from './PayFromToggle'\n\nfunction LimitOrderForm() {\n return (\n
\n \n {/* other form fields */}\n \n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What does this code do?\n- This code exports a React functional component called `PayFromToggle` that renders a toggle switch with two options: \"BentoBox\" and \"Wallet\". When the toggle is switched, it dispatches an action to update the state of `fromBentoBalance`.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several dependencies from external packages, including `React`, `@headlessui/react`, `@lingui/macro`, `react-redux`, and a custom `Typography` component and some state-related modules from a `../../../` path.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useLingui` hook?\n- The `useLingui` hook is used to access the `i18n` object provided by the Lingui library, which allows for internationalization and localization of the text displayed in the component. The `i18n._(t`Pay from:`)` syntax is used to translate the text \"Pay from:\" to the appropriate language based on the user's locale.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/PayFromToggle.md"}}],["762",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/PriceRatio.tsx)\n\nThe `PriceRatio` component is a React functional component that displays the exchange rate between two currencies. It is part of the larger `zoo` project and imports the `Currency` and `Price` classes from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, as well as the `useState` and `FC` (Functional Component) hooks from the `react` library, and two custom hooks `useDerivedLimitOrderInfo` and `useLimitOrderState` from the `../../../state/limit-order/hooks` module.\n\nThe component renders a div containing two sub-divs. The first sub-div displays the exchange rate between the two currencies, which is calculated using the `Price` class. The exchange rate is displayed in the format \"1 [input currency symbol] = [exchange rate] [output currency symbol]\". The exchange rate is calculated based on the `parsedAmounts` and `currentPrice` values obtained from the `useDerivedLimitOrderInfo` hook. If both `parsedAmounts[Field.INPUT]` and `parsedAmounts[Field.OUTPUT]` are defined, the exchange rate is calculated using these values. Otherwise, the `currentPrice` value is used. The `inverted` state variable is used to toggle the input and output currencies in the exchange rate display.\n\nThe second sub-div contains a clickable icon that toggles the `inverted` state variable when clicked. This causes the input and output currencies to be swapped in the exchange rate display.\n\nThis component can be used in the larger `zoo` project to display the exchange rate between two currencies in a user interface. It can be imported and rendered in any other React component that requires this functionality. For example:\n\n```\nimport PriceRatio from './components/PriceRatio';\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n

Exchange Rates

\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useDerivedLimitOrderInfo` and `useLimitOrderState` hooks imported from `../../../state/limit-order/hooks`?\n- These hooks are likely used to retrieve and manage state related to limit orders in the application.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `PriceRatio` component and where is it used in the application?\n- The `PriceRatio` component appears to be responsible for displaying the exchange rate between two currencies, and it may be used in various parts of the application where currency exchange is relevant.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `inverted` state variable and how is it used in the component?\n- The `inverted` state variable is used to determine whether the exchange rate should be displayed in the original or inverted format, and it is toggled by clicking on a button in the component. This may be useful for users who prefer to see the exchange rate in a different format.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/limit-order/PriceRatio.md"}}],["763",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/liquidity/AdvancedLiquidityDetails.tsx)\n\nThe code in this file defines two React components: `TradeSummary` and `AdvancedLiquidityDetails`. These components are part of a larger project called \"zoo\" and are used to display information related to a user's liquidity pool tokens and fees.\n\nThe `TradeSummary` component renders a summary of the user's pool tokens, pool share, liquidity provider fee, and network fee. This information is displayed using the `RowBetween` and `RowFixed` components from the `../../../components/Row` module and the `AutoColumn` component from the `../../../components/Column` module. The `RowBetween` component is used to display two items side-by-side with equal spacing between them, while the `RowFixed` component is used to display a single item without any spacing. The `AutoColumn` component is used to stack the rows vertically.\n\nThe `AdvancedLiquidityDetails` component simply renders the `TradeSummary` component within an `AutoColumn` component with a gap of 0 pixels. This component is exported along with an interface called `AdvancedLiquidityDetailsProps` that has a single optional property called `show`.\n\nOverall, these components are used to display important information related to a user's liquidity pool tokens and fees in a clear and concise manner. They can be easily integrated into other parts of the \"zoo\" project to provide users with a better understanding of their liquidity pool activity. Here is an example of how the `AdvancedLiquidityDetails` component might be used:\n\n```\nimport AdvancedLiquidityDetails from 'zoo/components/AdvancedLiquidityDetails'\n\nfunction MyPage() {\n return (\n
\n

My Liquidity Pool Details

\n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `TradeSummary` function?\n- The `TradeSummary` function returns a JSX component that displays information about the user's pool tokens, pool share, liquidity provider fee, and network fee.\n\n2. What is the `AdvancedLiquidityDetails` function used for?\n- The `AdvancedLiquidityDetails` function returns a JSX component that includes the `TradeSummary` component and is wrapped in an `AutoColumn` component with a gap of \"0px\". It also includes an optional `show` prop.\n\n3. What are the `RowBetween` and `RowFixed` components used for?\n- The `RowBetween` and `RowFixed` components are imported from the `Row` module and are used to create rows of content with flexible and fixed widths, respectively. They are used in the `TradeSummary` function to display the different pieces of information.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/liquidity/AdvancedLiquidityDetails.md"}}],["764",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/liquidity/AdvancedLiquidityDetailsDropdown.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `AdvancedSwapDetailsDropdown` that renders a styled dropdown menu containing advanced liquidity details for a swap. The component imports another React component called `AdvancedLiquidityDetails` from a file located at `./AdvancedLiquidityDetails`. \n\nThe `AdvancedDetailsFooter` styled component defines the appearance of the dropdown menu. It has a dark background color and rounded borders at the bottom. The `show` prop determines whether the dropdown menu is visible or hidden. When `show` is true, the dropdown menu is translated to a position where it is visible. When `show` is false, the dropdown menu is translated to a position where it is hidden. \n\nThe `AdvancedSwapDetailsDropdown` component takes a `show` prop and passes any other props it receives to the `AdvancedLiquidityDetails` component. The `show` prop determines whether the dropdown menu is visible or hidden. If `show` is true, the `AdvancedDetailsFooter` component is rendered with `show` set to true and the `AdvancedLiquidityDetails` component is rendered inside it. If `show` is false, only the `AdvancedDetailsFooter` component is rendered with `show` set to false. \n\nThis component can be used in a larger project that involves swapping tokens on a decentralized exchange. When a user wants to see advanced liquidity details for a swap, they can click on a button or link that triggers the `AdvancedSwapDetailsDropdown` component to appear. The `show` prop can be toggled by the button or link to show or hide the dropdown menu. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport AdvancedSwapDetailsDropdown from './AdvancedSwapDetailsDropdown'\n\nfunction SwapPage() {\n const [showAdvancedDetails, setShowAdvancedDetails] = useState(false)\n\n function handleToggleAdvancedDetails() {\n setShowAdvancedDetails(!showAdvancedDetails)\n }\n\n return (\n
\n \n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `AdvancedLiquidityDetails` component and where is it imported from?\n - The `AdvancedLiquidityDetails` component is imported from a file located at `./AdvancedLiquidityDetails`. Its purpose is not clear from this code snippet alone.\n2. What is the purpose of the `AdvancedDetailsFooter` styled component and how is it being used?\n - The `AdvancedDetailsFooter` styled component is a container with specific styling properties. It is being used to wrap the `AdvancedLiquidityDetails` component and is conditionally rendered based on the `show` prop passed to the `AdvancedSwapDetailsDropdown` component.\n3. What is the purpose of the `AdvancedSwapDetailsDropdown` component and what props does it accept?\n - The `AdvancedSwapDetailsDropdown` component is a functional component that conditionally renders the `AdvancedDetailsFooter` and `AdvancedLiquidityDetails` components based on the `show` prop passed to it. It accepts the same props as the `AdvancedLiquidityDetails` component, which are defined in the `AdvancedLiquidityDetailsProps` interface.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/liquidity/AdvancedLiquidityDetailsDropdown.md"}}],["765",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/liquidity/ConfirmAddModalBottom.tsx)\n\nThe `ConfirmAddModalBottom` function is a React component that renders a modal dialog box for confirming the addition of liquidity to a pool in a decentralized exchange. The component takes several props, including `noLiquidity`, `price`, `currencies`, `parsedAmounts`, `poolTokenPercentage`, and `onAdd`. \n\nThe `noLiquidity` prop is a boolean that indicates whether the pool being added to has any existing liquidity. The `price` prop is a `Fraction` object that represents the exchange rate between the two currencies being added to the pool. The `currencies` prop is an object that maps `Field` values to `Currency` objects, where `Field` is an enum representing the two currencies being added to the pool. The `parsedAmounts` prop is an object that maps `Field` values to `CurrencyAmount` objects, representing the amounts of each currency being added to the pool. The `poolTokenPercentage` prop is a `Percent` object representing the share of the pool being added to. Finally, the `onAdd` prop is a callback function that is called when the user confirms the addition of liquidity.\n\nThe component renders a dialog box with information about the exchange rate, the amounts of each currency being added, and the share of the pool being added to. It also renders a button that allows the user to confirm the addition of liquidity. The text of the button changes depending on whether the pool being added to has existing liquidity or not.\n\nThe component uses the `useLingui` hook from the `@lingui/react` package to provide internationalization support. It also uses the `Button` component from the `../../../components/Button` module.\n\nExample usage:\n\n```jsx\nimport { ConfirmAddModalBottom } from \"@zoolabs/zdk-react\";\nimport { Currency, CurrencyAmount, Fraction, Percent } from \"@zoolabs/zdk\";\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const currencies = {\n [Field.CURRENCY_A]: new Currency(\"ETH\", 18, \"Ethereum\"),\n [Field.CURRENCY_B]: new Currency(\"USDC\", 6, \"USD Coin\"),\n };\n const parsedAmounts = {\n [Field.CURRENCY_A]: CurrencyAmount.fromRawAmount(currencies[Field.CURRENCY_A], \"1\"),\n [Field.CURRENCY_B]: CurrencyAmount.fromRawAmount(currencies[Field.CURRENCY_B], \"1000000\"),\n };\n const price = new Fraction(1, 2000);\n const poolTokenPercentage = new Percent(50);\n const onAdd = () => {\n // handle addition of liquidity\n };\n return (\n \n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several dependencies including `@zoolabs/zdk`, `react`, and `@lingui/macro`.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `ConfirmAddModalBottom` function?\n- The `ConfirmAddModalBottom` function appears to be a React component that renders a modal with information about currency rates, deposited amounts, and pool share percentage. It also includes a button to either create a new pool or confirm a supply.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useLingui` hook?\n- The `useLingui` hook is used to access the i18n functionality provided by the `@lingui/react` library, which allows for internationalization and localization of text in the application.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/liquidity/ConfirmAddModalBottom.md"}}],["766",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/liquidity/LiquidityHeader.tsx)\n\nThe `LiquidityHeader` function in this code file is responsible for rendering a header component that allows users to add or remove liquidity from a pool. The component takes two optional parameters, `input` and `output`, which are used to construct links for adding or removing liquidity for specific currency pairs. \n\nThe function first imports several dependencies, including `NavLink` from a component directory, `React`, `currencyId` from a `functions` directory, and `useActiveWeb3React` from a `hooks` directory. \n\nThe `useActiveWeb3React` hook is used to retrieve the current chain ID, which is used to construct the links for adding or removing liquidity. \n\nThe function then returns a JSX element that renders a `div` with a `grid` layout and two `NavLink` components. The first `NavLink` component renders a link for adding liquidity, while the second `NavLink` component renders a link for removing liquidity. \n\nBoth `NavLink` components use the `currencyId` function to construct the links based on the `input` and `output` parameters. The `Add` link is always rendered, while the `Remove` link is only rendered if an `output` parameter is provided. \n\nThe `NavLink` components also include several CSS classes that are used to style the links based on their active state and whether or not they are currently being hovered over. \n\nOverall, this code file provides a reusable component that can be used to render a header for adding or removing liquidity from a pool. It takes optional parameters to customize the currency pairs for which liquidity can be added or removed, and it uses several dependencies to construct the links and style the component. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\n\n```\n\nThis would render a header component with links to add or remove liquidity for the ETH/USDC currency pair.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `LiquidityHeader` function?\n- The `LiquidityHeader` function is a React component that returns a JSX element representing a header for a liquidity section of a web application.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `useActiveWeb3React` hook?\n- The `useActiveWeb3React` hook is used to retrieve the current chain ID from the active Web3 provider, which is likely used to determine which blockchain network the liquidity operations will be performed on.\n\n3. What is the expected behavior when the `output` parameter is not defined in the `LiquidityHeader` component?\n- When the `output` parameter is not defined, the link associated with the \"Remove\" button will not be clickable, as defined by the `onClick` event handler.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/liquidity/LiquidityHeader.md"}}],["767",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/liquidity/LiquidityPrice.tsx)\n\nThe code is a React component that renders a liquidity price display for a given currency pair. It imports several modules from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, as well as other modules from the project. \n\nThe component takes in several props, including `currencies`, which is an object that maps `Field` values to `Currency` values, representing the currencies in the pair. The `price` prop is a `Price` object that represents the exchange rate between the currencies. The `noLiquidity` prop is a boolean that indicates whether there is any liquidity in the pool. The `poolTokenPercentage` prop is a `Percent` object that represents the user's share of the pool, and the `className` prop is a string that specifies additional CSS classes to apply to the component.\n\nThe component renders two columns of text, one showing the exchange rate in terms of the first currency per unit of the second currency, and the other showing the user's share of the pool as a percentage. If there is no liquidity in the pool, the percentage is always 100%. If the user's share is less than 0.01%, it is displayed as \"<0.01%\". \n\nThe component uses the `useLingui` hook to provide internationalization support, and the `classNames` function to generate CSS class names based on the `className` prop. It also uses the `Typography` component from the project's `components` directory to render the text. \n\nThis component is likely used in the context of a larger application that allows users to trade currencies in a decentralized exchange. The liquidity price display provides users with important information about the current exchange rate and their share of the pool, which can help them make informed trading decisions.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `LiquidityPrice` function?\n- The `LiquidityPrice` function is used to display the liquidity price and share of pool for a given set of currencies and price.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n- This code uses several external libraries and dependencies, including `@zoolabs/zdk`, `@lingui/macro`, `@lingui/react`, `React`, and `Typography`.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `poolTokenPercentage` parameter?\n- The `poolTokenPercentage` parameter represents the percentage of the pool that the user's tokens represent. If this parameter is not provided, the function will default to displaying a value of 0%.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/liquidity/LiquidityPrice.md"}}],["768",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/liquidity/RemoveLiquidityReceiveDetails.tsx)\n\nThe `RemoveLiquidityReceiveDetails` component is responsible for rendering the details of the assets that a user will receive after removing liquidity from a pool. It takes in several props including `currencyA`, `amountA`, `currencyB`, `amountB`, `hasWETH`, `hasETH`, and `id`. \n\nThe component first checks if the `chainId`, `currencyA`, and `currencyB` props are defined. If any of these are missing, it throws an error. \n\nThe component then renders a container with an `id` and a dark background. Inside this container, there are two main sections. The first section displays the assets that the user will receive after removing liquidity. If the pool contains WETH, the component will display a link to receive WETH. If the pool contains ETH, the component will display a link to receive ETH. If the pool contains neither, this section will not be displayed. \n\nThe second section displays the details of the two assets that the user will receive. It renders two boxes side by side, each containing the logo, amount, and symbol of the asset. \n\nThis component is likely used in a larger project that involves removing liquidity from a pool. It provides a clear and concise summary of the assets that the user will receive after removing liquidity, which can help users make informed decisions about their transactions. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\n\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and where is it used in the project?\n- This code defines a React component called `RemoveLiquidityReceiveDetails` that displays details about the assets a user will receive when removing liquidity from a pool. It is likely used in a page or modal related to liquidity removal.\n\n2. What are the required dependencies for this component to function properly?\n- The component requires `currencyA`, `amountA`, `currencyB`, `amountB`, `hasWETH`, `hasETH`, and `id` props to be passed in. Additionally, the `useActiveWeb3React` hook must be available and provide a `chainId` value, and `@zoolabs/zdk` must be installed as a dependency.\n\n3. What happens if one or more of the required dependencies are missing?\n- If `chainId`, `currencyA`, or `currencyB` are missing, the component will throw an error with the message \"missing dependencies\".","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/liquidity/RemoveLiquidityReceiveDetails.md"}}],["769",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/liquidity/index.ts)\n\nThis code exports several components from different files within the `zoo` project. These components are related to liquidity details and pricing within the project. \n\nThe `AdvancedLiquidityDetails` component provides advanced details about liquidity, while the `AdvancedLiquidityDetailsDropdown` component provides a dropdown menu for selecting different liquidity details. The `LiquidityHeader` component displays a header for liquidity-related information, and the `LiquidityPrice` component displays the price of liquidity. Finally, the `RemoveLiquidityReceiveDetails` component provides details about receiving liquidity after it has been removed. \n\nThese components can be used in different parts of the `zoo` project to display and manage liquidity-related information. For example, the `LiquidityHeader` component could be used on a page that displays information about a specific liquidity pool, while the `RemoveLiquidityReceiveDetails` component could be used on a page that allows users to remove liquidity from a pool and receive their share of the assets. \n\nTo use these components in a React application, they can be imported using the `import` statement and then rendered within the application's JSX code. For example, to render the `LiquidityHeader` component, the following code could be used:\n\n```\nimport { LiquidityHeader } from 'zoo';\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n return (\n
\n \n // other content\n
\n );\n}\n``` \n\nOverall, this code provides a way for different parts of the `zoo` project to access and use components related to liquidity details and pricing.\n## Questions: \n 1. **What is the purpose of this code file?**\\\nA smart developer might wonder what the overall purpose of this code file is and how it fits into the larger project. Based on the code, it appears to be exporting various components related to liquidity details and removal from the `zoo` project.\n\n2. **What do the exported components do?**\\\nA developer might want to know more about the specific functionality of each exported component. Based on their names, `AdvancedLiquidityDetails`, `AdvancedLiquidityDetailsDropdown`, `LiquidityHeader`, `LiquidityPrice`, and `RemoveLiquidityReceiveDetails`, it seems that they are related to displaying and managing liquidity information.\n\n3. **Are there any dependencies or requirements for using these components?**\\\nA developer might want to know if there are any dependencies or requirements for using these exported components. Without more information, it is unclear if these components require any specific libraries or configurations to work properly.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/liquidity/index.md"}}],["770",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/open-order/CompletedOrders.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React functional component called `CompletedOrders` that displays a list of completed orders. The component imports several dependencies, including `React`, `Badge`, `CurrencyLogo`, `Lottie`, `OrderStatus`, `Pagination`, `loadingCircle`, `t`, `useLimitOrders`, and `useLingui`. \n\nThe `CompletedOrders` component uses the `useLimitOrders` hook to retrieve a list of completed orders. If there are completed orders, the component displays a header with the total number of completed orders, a table of completed orders, and a pagination component. If there are no completed orders, the component displays a message indicating that there are no orders.\n\nThe table of completed orders displays the following columns: \n\n- Receive: The token that the user received in the trade.\n- Pay: The token that the user paid in the trade.\n- Rate: The exchange rate between the two tokens.\n- Filled: The status of the order (filled, cancelled, or expired).\n\nEach row in the table represents a completed order and displays the following information:\n\n- The amount of the token that the user received.\n- The symbol of the token that the user received.\n- The amount of the token that the user paid.\n- The symbol of the token that the user paid.\n- The exchange rate between the two tokens.\n- The status of the order.\n\nThe background color of each row depends on the status of the order. If the order is filled, the background color is green. If the order is cancelled, the background color is gray. If the order is expired, the background color is red.\n\nThe `Pagination` component allows the user to navigate between pages of completed orders.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project that involves trading tokens. It provides a way for users to view their order history and track the status of their completed orders. The component can be customized to fit the design of the larger project. For example, the colors of the rows can be changed to match the color scheme of the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code is a React component that displays a list of completed orders with pagination and some additional information.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n- This code uses several external libraries and dependencies, including React, Lottie, and @lingui/macro.\n\n3. What data is being displayed in the completed orders list?\n- The completed orders list displays information about each completed order, including the amount of tokens received and paid, the exchange rate, and the order status (filled, cancelled, or expired).","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/open-order/CompletedOrders.md"}}],["771",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/open-order/OpenOrders.tsx)\n\nThe `OpenOrders` component is a React functional component that displays a list of open limit orders. It imports several components from the `zoo` project, including `Badge`, `Button`, `CurrencyLogo`, `Pagination`, and `TransactionConfirmationModal`. It also imports several hooks from the `zoo` project, including `useLimitOrderContract`, `useLimitOrders`, `useLingui`, and `useTransactionAdder`. Finally, it imports the `LimitOrder` class from the `@zoolabs/zdk` package and the `Lottie` component from the `lottie-react` package.\n\nThe component first initializes several variables using the imported hooks, including `i18n`, `pending`, `limitOrderContract`, `addTransaction`, and `hash`. `i18n` is used for internationalization, `pending` is used to track the status of the limit orders, `limitOrderContract` is used to interact with the limit order contract, `addTransaction` is used to add a transaction to the transaction list, and `hash` is used to store the hash of the transaction.\n\nThe component then defines a `cancelOrder` function that cancels a limit order and adds a transaction to the transaction list. The function takes a `limitOrder` object and a `summary` string as arguments, calls the `cancelOrder` method of the `limitOrderContract` object, adds the resulting transaction to the transaction list using the `addTransaction` function, and updates the `hash` state variable with the hash of the transaction. Finally, the function waits for the transaction to complete and updates the limit orders using the `mutate` function.\n\nThe component then returns a JSX element that displays the list of open limit orders. If there are no open limit orders, it displays a message encouraging the user to place an order. If there are open limit orders, it displays a table with information about each order, including the input and output tokens, the exchange rate, and the percentage of the order that has been filled. It also provides a button to cancel each order. The component uses the `Pagination` component to allow the user to navigate between pages of orders.\n\nOverall, the `OpenOrders` component provides a user-friendly interface for managing open limit orders in the `zoo` project. It uses several components and hooks from the project to provide a seamless user experience.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `OpenOrders` component?\n- The `OpenOrders` component displays a list of open limit orders and allows the user to cancel them.\n\n2. What external libraries or components are being used in this file?\n- The file imports several components from external libraries, including `Badge` and `Button` from a custom component library, `Lottie` for animations, and `TransactionConfirmationModal` from a modal library.\n\n3. What hooks are being used in this file and what are they used for?\n- The file uses several custom hooks, including `useLimitOrderContract` for interacting with a limit order contract, `useLimitOrders` for fetching and managing open limit orders, `useLingui` for internationalization, and `useTransactionAdder` for adding transactions to the transaction history.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/open-order/OpenOrders.md"}}],["772",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/open-order/Pagination.tsx)\n\nThe `Pagination` component is a reusable React component that generates a pagination control for a list of items. It takes in four props: `currentPage`, `onChange`, `totalPages`, and `pageNeighbours`. \n\nThe `currentPage` prop is the current page number, `onChange` is a callback function that is called when a page is clicked, `totalPages` is the total number of pages, and `pageNeighbours` is the number of pages to show on either side of the current page.\n\nThe component generates a list of page numbers based on the `totalPages` and `pageNeighbours` props. It then renders a list of buttons, with the current page highlighted, and \"Previous\" and \"Next\" buttons on either end of the list. If there are more pages than can be displayed, the component will add ellipses to indicate that there are more pages available.\n\nThe `range` function is a helper function that generates an array of numbers between two given numbers. It takes in three arguments: `from`, `to`, and `step`. It returns an array of numbers between `from` and `to`, incremented by `step`.\n\nThe `Pagination` component uses the `range` function to generate the list of page numbers. It then uses the `reduce` method to generate an array of buttons for each page number. The buttons are wrapped in an array, with the \"Previous\" and \"Next\" buttons in their own arrays. The `reduce` method returns an array of three arrays: one for the \"Previous\" buttons, one for the page buttons, and one for the \"Next\" buttons.\n\nThe `classNames` function is a utility function that generates a string of class names based on the arguments passed to it. It is used to generate the class names for the buttons.\n\nThe `Pagination` component returns a `nav` element containing the list of buttons. If there is only one page, the component returns an empty fragment.\n\nExample usage:\n\n```jsx\n console.log(`Go to page ${page}`)}\n totalPages={10}\n pageNeighbours={2}\n/>\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What does this code do?\n- This code exports a React component called `Pagination` that takes in props for the current page, total number of pages, and a function to handle page changes. It generates a pagination UI with buttons to navigate to different pages.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `getPageNumbers` function?\n- The `getPageNumbers` function calculates which page numbers to display in the pagination UI based on the current page, total number of pages, and the number of page neighbors to show on each side of the current page. It returns an array of page numbers to display.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `LEFT_PAGE` and `RIGHT_PAGE` constants?\n- The `LEFT_PAGE` and `RIGHT_PAGE` constants are used to represent the left and right arrow buttons in the pagination UI. They are used in the `getPageNumbers` function to add these buttons to the array of page numbers to display.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/open-order/Pagination.md"}}],["773",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/AdvancedSwapDetails.tsx)\n\nThe code is a React component that displays advanced swap details for a given trade. It imports various modules from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, as well as other components and functions from the project. \n\nThe `AdvancedSwapDetails` component takes in a `trade` object, which is a V2Trade instance from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, as well as an `allowedSlippage` percentage and an optional `minerBribe` string. It then uses this information to compute and display various details about the trade.\n\nThe component first computes the `realizedLPFee` and `priceImpact` of the trade using the `computeRealizedLPFeePercent` function from the `prices` module. It then displays the `SwapRoute` for the trade, which is a component that shows the path of tokens that the trade will take. \n\nNext, the component displays the minimum received or maximum sent amount for the trade, depending on the trade type. It also displays the `priceImpact` of the trade, which is the difference between the market price and estimated price due to trade size. \n\nThe component then displays the `realizedLPFee`, which is the portion of each trade (0.25%) that goes to liquidity providers as a protocol incentive, as well as the `xSUSHI` fee, which is the portion of each trade (0.05%) that goes to `xSUSHI` holders as a protocol incentive. \n\nFinally, the component displays the `allowedSlippage` percentage and the `minerBribe`, if provided. \n\nThis component can be used in the larger project to display detailed information about a trade, which can be useful for users who want to understand the details of their trades. It can also be used to help users make informed decisions about their trades by displaying important details such as the minimum received or maximum sent amount, the price impact, and the fees associated with the trade. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { AdvancedSwapDetails } from \"./AdvancedSwapDetails\";\n\nconst trade = ... // create a V2Trade instance\nconst allowedSlippage = new Percent(50, 10000); // 0.5%\nconst minerBribe = \"0.01\"; // ETH\n\n\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `AdvancedSwapDetails` component?\n- The `AdvancedSwapDetails` component is used to display details about a trade, including the route, minimum received/maximum sent, price impact, liquidity provider fee, xSUSHI fee, and slippage tolerance.\n\n2. What libraries and hooks are being imported in this file?\n- The file is importing several libraries and hooks, including `@zoolabs/zdk`, `React`, `useMemo`, `@lingui/macro`, and `useActiveWeb3React`.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `realizedLPFee` and `priceImpact` variables?\n- The `realizedLPFee` variable calculates the liquidity provider fee for a trade, while the `priceImpact` variable calculates the difference between the market price and estimated price due to trade size. These variables are used to display information about fees and price impact in the `AdvancedSwapDetails` component.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/AdvancedSwapDetails.md"}}],["774",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/AdvancedSwapDetailsDropdown.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `AdvancedSwapDetailsDropdown` that renders a dropdown menu containing advanced details about a swap trade. The component imports another component called `AdvancedSwapDetails` from a file located at `./AdvancedSwapDetails`. It also imports a custom hook called `useLastTruthy` from a file located at `../../../hooks/useLast`.\n\nThe `AdvancedDetailsFooter` styled component is defined using `styled-components` library. It is a `div` element with a dynamic `show` prop that determines whether the dropdown menu is visible or not. The component has a fixed width of 662px, a background color of `#202231`, and a border radius of 20px. It also has some padding and margin properties to adjust its position and appearance.\n\nThe `AdvancedSwapDetailsDropdown` component takes a prop called `trade` which represents the current trade being displayed in the dropdown menu. The component uses the `useLastTruthy` hook to get the last truthy value of `trade` and store it in the `lastTrade` variable. The `lastTrade` variable is used as a fallback value in case `trade` is falsy or undefined.\n\nThe `AdvancedDetailsFooter` component is rendered conditionally based on the truthiness of the `trade` prop. If `trade` is truthy, the dropdown menu is displayed with the `AdvancedSwapDetails` component inside it. The `AdvancedSwapDetails` component receives the `trade` prop as well as any other props passed to the `AdvancedSwapDetailsDropdown` component.\n\nThis code can be used in a larger project that involves swapping tokens or cryptocurrencies. The `AdvancedSwapDetailsDropdown` component can be used to display additional information about a swap trade, such as the estimated gas fees, slippage tolerance, or transaction deadline. The `AdvancedSwapDetails` component can be customized to display different types of information depending on the specific needs of the project. For example, it could display a chart of the token price history or a list of similar trades made by other users. Overall, this code provides a flexible and reusable way to add advanced details to a swap trade interface.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `AdvancedSwapDetails` component being imported at the beginning of the file?\n - The `AdvancedSwapDetails` component is likely used within the `AdvancedSwapDetailsDropdown` component to render additional details related to a trade.\n2. What is the `useLastTruthy` hook being imported and used for?\n - The `useLastTruthy` hook is likely used to retrieve the most recent non-falsy value of the `trade` prop passed to the `AdvancedSwapDetailsDropdown` component.\n3. What is the purpose of the `AdvancedDetailsFooter` styled component?\n - The `AdvancedDetailsFooter` styled component is likely used to style the footer section of the `AdvancedSwapDetailsDropdown` component, including its background color, padding, and border radius.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/AdvancedSwapDetailsDropdown.md"}}],["775",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/ConfirmSwapModal.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `ConfirmSwapModal` that renders a modal for confirming a token swap. The modal displays details of the swap, such as the input and output amounts, and allows the user to confirm or cancel the swap. \n\nThe component takes several props, including `trade`, which is a V2Trade object representing the swap, and `allowedSlippage`, which is a percentage representing the maximum allowed price slippage for the swap. The component also takes callback functions for accepting changes to the swap, confirming the swap, and dismissing the modal.\n\nThe `ConfirmSwapModal` component uses two other components, `SwapModalHeader` and `SwapModalFooter`, to render the header and footer of the modal, respectively. These components display additional details about the swap, such as the recipient address and miner bribe amount.\n\nThe `ConfirmSwapModal` component also defines a function called `tradeMeaningfullyDiffers` that compares two V2Trade objects and returns true if they differ in a meaningful way. This function is used to determine whether to display a button for accepting changes to the swap.\n\nOverall, this code provides a user interface for confirming a token swap and displays relevant details about the swap. It can be used as part of a larger project that involves token trading or swapping. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```jsx\nimport ConfirmSwapModal from './ConfirmSwapModal';\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const [isOpen, setIsOpen] = useState(false);\n const [trade, setTrade] = useState(null);\n\n const handleConfirm = () => {\n // handle swap confirmation\n };\n\n const handleDismiss = () => {\n setIsOpen(false);\n };\n\n const handleSwap = () => {\n // create trade object\n const trade = new V2Trade(...);\n setTrade(trade);\n setIsOpen(true);\n };\n\n return (\n <>\n \n \n \n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `tradeMeaningfullyDiffers` function?\n- The `tradeMeaningfullyDiffers` function determines if two trades are different enough to require confirmation of details before they can be submitted.\n2. What is the purpose of the `ConfirmSwapModal` component?\n- The `ConfirmSwapModal` component is a modal that displays the details of a trade and allows the user to confirm or reject the trade.\n3. What are the required props for the `ConfirmSwapModal` component?\n- The required props for the `ConfirmSwapModal` component are `isOpen`, `trade`, `originalTrade`, `onAcceptChanges`, `allowedSlippage`, `onConfirm`, `onDismiss`, `recipient`, `swapErrorMessage`, `attemptingTxn`, and `txHash`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/ConfirmSwapModal.md"}}],["776",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/FormattedPriceImpact.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `FormattedPriceImpact` that takes in a `priceImpact` prop of type `Percent`. The component returns a div element that displays the formatted price impact percentage with a corresponding text color based on the severity of the impact. \n\nThe `SEVERITY` object maps severity levels (0-4) to CSS class names that determine the text color. The `warningSeverity` function, imported from `../../../functions/prices`, calculates the severity level based on the `priceImpact` prop. \n\nIf `priceImpact` is not provided or is falsy, the component displays a dash (\"-\"). Otherwise, the component calculates the formatted percentage by multiplying `priceImpact` by -1 and rounding to 2 decimal places using the `toFixed` method. \n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to display the price impact of a transaction or trade. For example, it could be used in a trading interface to show users the estimated impact of their trade on the market. \n\nHere is an example usage of the `FormattedPriceImpact` component:\n\n```jsx\nimport { Percent } from \"@zoolabs/zdk\";\nimport FormattedPriceImpact from \"./FormattedPriceImpact\";\n\nfunction TradeConfirmation({ trade }) {\n const { priceImpact } = trade;\n\n return (\n
\n

Trade Confirmation

\n

Price Impact:

\n {/* other trade details */}\n
\n );\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `TradeConfirmation` component receives a `trade` object that includes a `priceImpact` property of type `Percent`. The `FormattedPriceImpact` component is used to display the formatted price impact percentage with the appropriate text color based on the severity level.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Percent` import from `@zoolabs/zdk`?\n - The `Percent` import is likely used to handle percentage calculations in the code.\n2. What is the significance of the `ONE_BIPS` constant imported from `../../../constants`?\n - It is unclear from this code snippet what the `ONE_BIPS` constant is used for. Further investigation into the `constants` file may be necessary to determine its purpose.\n3. How is the `warningSeverity` function from `../../../functions/prices` used in this code?\n - The `warningSeverity` function is used to determine which CSS class to apply to the `div` element's `className` attribute based on the severity of the `priceImpact` value.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/FormattedPriceImpact.md"}}],["777",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/MinerTip.tsx)\n\nThe code is a React component that renders a slider for selecting a miner tip amount. The component imports several hooks from the `@zoolabs/zdk` and `../../../state/user/hooks` libraries. It also imports a `useArcherMinerTips` hook from `../../../hooks/useArcherMinerTips`. \n\nThe `getMarkLabel` function returns a string label for each mark on the slider based on its index and the length of the marks array. The `getMarkSlippage` function returns a number representing the slippage tolerance for each mark on the slider based on its index. The `getMarksFromTips` function takes a record of miner tips and returns an object with keys representing the index of each mark on the slider and values representing the label, price, slippage, style, and class name for each mark. \n\nThe `MinerTip` component uses several hooks to manage state. It uses `useToggleSettingsMenu` to toggle a settings menu, `useUserArcherTipManualOverride` to get the user's manual tip override setting, `useUserArcherETHTip` to get the user's ETH tip amount, `useUserArcherGasPrice` to set the user's gas price, and `useArcherMinerTips` to get the miner tips data. \n\nThe component uses `React.useState` to manage the state of the slider value. It uses `React.useMemo` to memoize the `getMarksFromTips` function and the `marks` object. It uses `React.useCallback` to memoize the `handleChange` function. It uses `React.useEffect` to set the initial value of the slider and the user's gas price based on the middle mark of the `marks` object. \n\nThe component renders a `Typography` component with the text \"Miner Tip\" and the user's ETH tip amount. If the user has not set a manual tip override and there are no miner tips data, the component returns `null`. Otherwise, it renders a `StyledSlider` component with the `marks`, `max`, `onChange`, `value`, and `step` props. \n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to allow users to select a miner tip amount based on the current miner tips data. The component provides a user-friendly interface for selecting a miner tip amount and handles the logic of setting the user's gas price based on the selected tip amount.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code is a React component that renders a slider for selecting a miner tip amount based on gas prices and slippage tolerance.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n- This code imports several functions and components from external libraries such as \"@zoolabs/zdk\", \"react\", and \"styled-components\". It also imports several custom hooks from the project's state and hooks directories.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `useEffect` hook in this code?\n- The `useEffect` hook is used to set the initial value of the slider and the gas price based on the middle value of the marks object. It also updates the slider value and gas price whenever the marks object or user tip manual override changes.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/MinerTip.md"}}],["778",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/SwapModalFooter.tsx)\n\nThis code exports a React component called `SwapModalFooter` that renders the footer section of a swap modal. The component takes in four props: `trade`, `onConfirm`, `swapErrorMessage`, and `disabledConfirm`. \n\nThe `trade` prop is an object of type `V2Trade` that represents the trade being made. The `onConfirm` prop is a function that is called when the user confirms the swap. The `swapErrorMessage` prop is a ReactNode that represents an error message to be displayed if the swap fails. The `disabledConfirm` prop is a boolean that determines whether the confirm button is disabled.\n\nThe component renders a `div` element with a dark background color and some padding. Inside this `div`, there is a `ButtonError` component that represents the confirm button. When clicked, the `onConfirm` function is called. The button is disabled if the `disabledConfirm` prop is true. The text of the button is localized using the `i18n` object from the `useLingui` hook.\n\nIf the `swapErrorMessage` prop is not null, the component also renders a `SwapCallbackError` component that displays the error message.\n\nThe commented-out code inside the `div` element appears to be some additional UI elements that were not included in the final version of the component.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project that involves swapping between different currencies. It provides a reusable footer section for the swap modal that includes a confirm button and the ability to display error messages. The `trade` prop allows the component to display information about the trade being made, such as the price and liquidity provider fee. The `disabledConfirm` prop allows the parent component to disable the confirm button if necessary, such as when the user has not entered all required information.\n## Questions: \n 1. What dependencies does this code use?\n- This code imports several dependencies including `@zoolabs/zdk`, `react`, `@lingui/macro`, and `@lingui/react`.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `SwapModalFooter` function?\n- The `SwapModalFooter` function is responsible for rendering the footer of a swap modal, including a confirmation button and a potential error message.\n\n3. What props does the `SwapModalFooter` function expect?\n- The `SwapModalFooter` function expects four props: `trade`, which is a trade object; `onConfirm`, which is a function to be called when the confirmation button is clicked; `swapErrorMessage`, which is an optional error message to display; and `disabledConfirm`, which is a boolean indicating whether the confirmation button should be disabled.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/SwapModalFooter.md"}}],["779",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/SwapModalHeader.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `SwapModalHeader` that renders the header section of a swap modal. The component takes in several props, including the trade object, allowed slippage, recipient address, and other details related to the swap. \n\nThe component first imports several dependencies, including React, `react-feather`, and `@zoolabs/zdk`. It also imports several utility functions from `../../../functions` and other components from the project. \n\nInside the component, it uses the `useState` hook to manage the state of a boolean variable called `showInverted`. It also uses several other hooks, including `useLingui` and `useActiveWeb3React`, to access internationalization and web3-related functionality. \n\nThe component then calculates the fiat value of the input and output amounts using the `useUSDCValue` hook. It also calculates the severity of the price impact using the `warningSeverity` function from `../../../functions`. \n\nThe component renders several elements, including the input and output amounts, the trade price, and advanced swap details. It also conditionally renders an alert message if the price has been updated and the user needs to accept the changes. Finally, it displays a message indicating whether the input or output amount is estimated and the recipient address if applicable. \n\nThis component is likely used in a larger project related to swapping tokens on a decentralized exchange. It provides a user-friendly interface for displaying key details related to a swap, including the input and output amounts, price, and estimated transaction details.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `SwapModalHeader` component?\n- The `SwapModalHeader` component is responsible for rendering the header section of a swap modal, including details about the input and output currencies, trade price, and advanced swap details.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n- This code imports several external libraries and dependencies, including `react-feather`, `@zoolabs/zdk`, `@lingui/macro`, and `useActiveWeb3React`.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `showAcceptChanges` prop?\n- The `showAcceptChanges` prop determines whether or not to display a message indicating that the price of the trade has been updated and prompting the user to accept the changes.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/SwapModalHeader.md"}}],["780",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/SwapRoute.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `SwapRoute` that renders a visual representation of the route taken by a trade between two currencies. The component takes a single prop called `trade`, which is an object of type `Trade` that represents the trade being made. The `Trade` object is defined in the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, which is imported at the top of the file along with the `Currency` and `TradeType` types.\n\nThe `SwapRoute` component renders a series of currency symbols separated by chevron icons. The currency symbols are extracted from the `path` property of the `Trade` object's `route` property. The `path` property is an array of `Currency` objects that represent the sequence of currencies involved in the trade. The `unwrappedToken` function is used to extract the `Currency` object from a wrapped token object, which is necessary because some currencies may be wrapped in other tokens for use on different blockchains.\n\nThe component uses the `Fragment` component from React to group the currency symbols and chevron icons together. The `isLastItem` variable is used to determine whether or not to render a chevron icon after the current currency symbol. If the current currency symbol is the last one in the `path` array, no chevron icon is rendered.\n\nThe `SwapRoute` component is exported as the default export of the file, and its `displayName` property is set to `\"SwapRoute\"`. This allows the component to be easily identified in React developer tools. The component is likely used in a larger project that involves trading between different currencies, and provides a visual representation of the route taken by a trade. Here is an example of how the `SwapRoute` component might be used in a larger React component:\n\n```\nimport { Trade } from \"@zoolabs/zdk\";\nimport SwapRoute from \"./SwapRoute\";\n\nfunction TradeDetails({ trade }: { trade: Trade }) {\n return (\n
\n

Trade Details

\n \n {/* other trade details */}\n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `SwapRoute` component?\n - The `SwapRoute` component takes in a `Trade` object and renders a series of currency symbols with chevron icons in between them to represent the path of the trade route.\n\n2. What is the `unwrappedToken` function and where is it defined?\n - The `unwrappedToken` function is imported from a file located at `../../../functions/currency/wrappedCurrency`. It takes in a token object and returns the underlying currency object.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `memo` and `displayName` properties on the `SwapRoute` component?\n - The `memo` property is used to memoize the component and improve performance by preventing unnecessary re-renders. The `displayName` property is used to give the component a display name for debugging purposes.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/SwapRoute.md"}}],["781",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/TradePrice.tsx)\n\nThe `TradePrice` component is a React component that displays the exchange rate between two currencies. It takes in a `Price` object from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, which represents the exchange rate between two currencies, and a boolean `showInverted` flag that determines whether to display the exchange rate in the base-to-quote or quote-to-base direction. The component also takes in a `setShowInverted` function that updates the `showInverted` flag, and an optional `className` string for custom styling.\n\nThe component first uses the `useLingui` hook from the `@lingui/react` library to access the current language and translation functions. It then formats the exchange rate using the `toSignificant` method of the `Price` object, which returns a string representation of the exchange rate with a specified number of significant digits. If `showInverted` is true, the exchange rate is displayed in the quote-to-base direction, and if it is false, the exchange rate is displayed in the base-to-quote direction. If an error occurs during formatting, the exchange rate is set to \"0\".\n\nThe component then generates two label strings based on the `showInverted` flag and the currencies in the `Price` object. The `flipPrice` function is a callback that toggles the `showInverted` flag when the component is clicked.\n\nFinally, the component returns a div element with the exchange rate and labels displayed, along with an icon that indicates that the exchange rate can be flipped by clicking on the component. The component also applies custom styling based on the `className` prop.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project that involves currency exchange, such as a cryptocurrency trading platform. It provides a user-friendly way to display exchange rates and allows users to easily switch between base-to-quote and quote-to-base rates. Here is an example of how the component can be used in a React application:\n\n```\nimport { Currency, Price } from \"@zoolabs/zdk\";\nimport TradePrice from \"./TradePrice\";\n\nfunction App() {\n const price = new Price(new Currency(\"USD\"), new Currency(\"EUR\"), \"1.2345\");\n const [showInverted, setShowInverted] = useState(false);\n\n return (\n
\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `TradePrice` component?\n- The `TradePrice` component is used to display the exchange rate between two currencies in a specific format.\n\n2. What external libraries are being used in this code?\n- The code is importing `Currency` and `Price` from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, as well as `Typography`, `classNames`, `t`, and `useLingui` from other external libraries.\n\n3. What happens if there is an error when formatting the price?\n- If there is an error when formatting the price, the `formattedPrice` variable is set to the string \"0\".","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/TradePrice.md"}}],["782",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/UnsupportedCurrencyFooter.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `UnsupportedCurrencyFooter` that renders a footer section for a user interface. The footer displays a button that, when clicked, opens a modal dialog that lists any unsupported assets in the user's wallet. The modal dialog also provides additional information about why certain assets may not be available for trading.\n\nThe component imports several other components from the `../../../components` directory, including `RowBetween`, `AutoColumn`, `Button`, `CloseIcon`, `CurrencyLogo`, `ExternalLink`, and `Modal`. It also imports two classes from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library: `Currency` and `Token`. The `useActiveWeb3React` and `useUnsupportedTokens` hooks are also imported from the `../../../hooks` directory.\n\nThe `UnsupportedCurrencyFooter` component takes two props: `show` and `currencies`. The `show` prop is a boolean that determines whether the footer is visible or not. The `currencies` prop is an array of `Currency` or `undefined` objects that represent the assets in the user's wallet.\n\nThe component renders a `DetailsFooter` styled component that contains a `Modal` component. The `Modal` component is only visible when the `showDetails` state variable is `true`. The `showDetails` state variable is initially set to `false` using the `useState` hook.\n\nThe `tokens` variable is defined using the `currencies` prop and the `chainId` variable from the `useActiveWeb3React` hook. The `tokens` variable is an array of `Token` objects that represent the assets in the user's wallet.\n\nThe `unsupportedTokens` variable is defined using the `useUnsupportedTokens` hook. The `unsupportedTokens` variable is an object that maps the addresses of unsupported assets to their corresponding `Token` objects.\n\nThe `DetailsFooter` component contains a `Button` component that, when clicked, sets the `showDetails` state variable to `true`, which causes the `Modal` component to become visible. The `Modal` component contains a list of unsupported assets, along with their logos, symbols, and addresses. The `Modal` component also provides additional information about why certain assets may not be available for trading.\n\nOverall, this code provides a way for users to view any unsupported assets in their wallet and learn more about why certain assets may not be available for trading. This component can be used as part of a larger user interface for a decentralized exchange or other blockchain-based application.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a React component called `UnsupportedCurrencyFooter` that displays a button which, when clicked, opens a modal that lists any unsupported currencies in the user's wallet.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n- This code imports several components from the `../../../components` directory, as well as the `@zoolabs/zdk` library and the `styled-components` library.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `useUnsupportedTokens` hook?\n- The `useUnsupportedTokens` hook is used to retrieve a list of unsupported tokens from the `unsupportedTokens` object, which is then used to determine which currencies in the user's wallet are unsupported and should be displayed in the modal.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/UnsupportedCurrencyFooter.md"}}],["783",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/confirmPriceImpactWithoutFee.ts)\n\nThe code in this file is responsible for confirming a user's intention to proceed with a trade based on the price impact of the trade. The code imports two constants, ALLOWED_PRICE_IMPACT_HIGH and PRICE_IMPACT_WITHOUT_FEE_CONFIRM_MIN, from a file located in the project's constants directory. It also imports the Percent class from the '@zoolabs/zdk' package.\n\nThe confirmPriceImpactWithoutFee function takes in a priceImpactWithoutFee parameter, which is the price impact of the trade without the fee. The function then checks if the price impact is greater than or equal to PRICE_IMPACT_WITHOUT_FEE_CONFIRM_MIN. If it is, the function prompts the user to confirm their intention to proceed with the trade by typing the word \"confirm\". If the user types \"confirm\", the function returns true, indicating that the trade can proceed. If the user does not type \"confirm\", the function returns false, indicating that the trade should not proceed.\n\nIf the price impact is less than PRICE_IMPACT_WITHOUT_FEE_CONFIRM_MIN, the function checks if it is greater than or equal to ALLOWED_PRICE_IMPACT_HIGH. If it is, the function prompts the user to confirm their intention to proceed with the trade by displaying a confirmation dialog box. If the user clicks \"OK\", the function returns true, indicating that the trade can proceed. If the user clicks \"Cancel\", the function returns false, indicating that the trade should not proceed.\n\nIf the price impact is less than ALLOWED_PRICE_IMPACT_HIGH, the function returns true, indicating that the trade can proceed without any confirmation.\n\nThis function is likely used in the larger project to ensure that users are aware of the potential price impact of their trades and to prevent accidental or unintended trades with high price impacts. Here is an example of how this function might be used in the larger project:\n\n```\nimport confirmPriceImpactWithoutFee from './path/to/confirmPriceImpactWithoutFee'\n\nconst priceImpactWithoutFee = new Percent(0.05) // 5% price impact without fee\nconst shouldProceed = confirmPriceImpactWithoutFee(priceImpactWithoutFee)\n\nif (shouldProceed) {\n // proceed with trade\n} else {\n // do not proceed with trade\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What are the values of `ALLOWED_PRICE_IMPACT_HIGH` and `PRICE_IMPACT_WITHOUT_FEE_CONFIRM_MIN`?\n - `ALLOWED_PRICE_IMPACT_HIGH` and `PRICE_IMPACT_WITHOUT_FEE_CONFIRM_MIN` are constants imported from a file located at `../../../constants`.\n2. What is the purpose of the `Percent` class imported from `@zoolabs/zdk`?\n - The `Percent` class is likely used to represent percentage values in the code, possibly including the `priceImpactWithoutFee` parameter.\n3. What happens if the user does not confirm the price impact for the swap?\n - If the user does not confirm the price impact for the swap, the function will return `false`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/confirmPriceImpactWithoutFee.md"}}],["784",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/styleds.tsx)\n\nThis code file imports several libraries and exports a few styled components and a React function component. \n\nThe `React` and `ReactNode` libraries are imported from the `react` package. The `styled` and `css` libraries are imported from the `styled-components` package. The `AlertTriangle` icon is imported from the `react-feather` package. The `Slider` component is imported from the `rc-slider` package.\n\nThe `ArrowWrapper` styled component is exported. It takes a boolean `clickable` prop and applies padding to the component. If `clickable` is true, it also applies a hover effect that changes the cursor to a pointer and reduces the opacity of the component.\n\nThe `BottomGrouping` styled component is exported. It applies a margin to the top of the component.\n\nThe `SwapCallbackError` function component is exported. It takes an object with an error property that can be any valid React node. It returns a div that contains the `AlertTriangle` icon and the error message.\n\nThe `StyledSlider` styled component is exported. It applies custom styles to the `Slider` component imported from `rc-slider`. It sets the margin, width, and color of the slider. It also sets the color of the slider marks, rail, track, handle, and dot.\n\nThese styled components and function component can be used in other components of the `zoo` project to create a consistent look and feel. For example, the `ArrowWrapper` component can be used to wrap arrow icons that should be clickable. The `StyledSlider` component can be used to create sliders with a custom appearance. The `SwapCallbackError` component can be used to display error messages in a consistent format.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `ArrowWrapper` component and how is it used?\n - The `ArrowWrapper` component is a styled div that can be made clickable based on the `clickable` prop. It is likely used to wrap an arrow icon or element that can be clicked to trigger an action.\n2. What is the `StyledSlider` component and what are its styled sub-components?\n - The `StyledSlider` component is a styled version of the `Slider` component from the `rc-slider` library. Its styled sub-components include the rail, track, handle, and dot of the slider, as well as the text labels for the marks.\n3. What is the purpose of the `SwapCallbackError` component and what does it render?\n - The `SwapCallbackError` component renders an error message with a red alert icon. It takes an `error` prop that can be any React node, likely a string or JSX element, to display as the error message.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/exchange-v1/swap/styleds.md"}}],["785",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/inari/BalancePanel.tsx)\n\nThe `BalancePanel` component is a React functional component that renders a panel displaying the balance of a given token and allows the user to input a value for that token. It is part of the larger `zoo` project and is used to display and manage balances in various parts of the application.\n\nThe component takes several props, including a `label` and `symbol` for the token, a `value` representing the current input value, a `balance` representing the current balance of the token, and a `field` indicating whether the input is for the input or output token. The component also has an optional `showMax` prop that, when true, displays a \"Max\" button that sets the input value to the maximum balance.\n\nThe component uses several hooks from the `inari` state, including `useDerivedInariState`, `useInariState`, and `useSelectedInariStrategy`. These hooks provide access to various state variables and functions related to the Inari protocol, which is used to swap tokens.\n\nThe `BalancePanel` component renders a panel with the token logo, a numeric input field, and a \"Max\" button (if `showMax` is true). When the user inputs a value, the `dispatchValue` function is called, which updates the input and output values in the state using the `setValues` action. If the \"Max\" button is clicked, the `onMax` function is called, which sets the input value to the maximum balance.\n\nThe `BalancePanel` component is used throughout the `zoo` project to display and manage token balances. For example, it may be used in a swap interface to allow the user to input the amount of tokens they wish to swap. Overall, the `BalancePanel` component provides a simple and reusable way to display token balances and manage user input.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines a React component called `BalancePanel` that displays information about a token balance and allows the user to input a value for swapping tokens.\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n- This code imports several modules from external libraries including `@zoolabs/zdk`, `react`, and `@lingui/react`.\n3. What props does the `BalancePanel` component accept and what is their purpose?\n- The `BalancePanel` component accepts several props including `label`, `token`, `value`, `symbol`, `balance`, `field`, and `showMax`. These props are used to display information about the token balance and to allow the user to input a value for swapping tokens.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/inari/BalancePanel.md"}}],["786",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/inari/Button.tsx)\n\nThe `InariButton` component is a reusable button component that is used in the Inari section of the larger project. The purpose of this component is to provide a button that can be used to execute a transaction on the Inari strategy. The component is imported from various other files in the project, including hooks, components, and state.\n\nThe component takes in various props, including `children` and `rest`. The `children` prop is used to render the text inside the button, while the `rest` prop is used to pass any additional props to the button component.\n\nThe component uses various hooks to get the necessary data for the button. These hooks include `useLingui`, `useActiveWeb3React`, `useDerivedInariState`, `useSelectedInariStrategy`, and `useBentoMasterApproveCallback`. These hooks are used to get the user's account, the input value for the transaction, the balances, and the approval state.\n\nThe component then checks various conditions to determine what should be rendered inside the button. If the user is not connected to a wallet, the button is disabled and displays the text \"Connect Wallet\". If the user has not entered an amount for the transaction, the button is disabled and displays the text \"Enter an amount\". If the user does not have enough balance for the transaction, the button is disabled and displays the text \"Insufficient Balance\".\n\nIf the user needs to approve the transaction, the component displays a progress bar with the steps required for approval. If the approval is pending, the button is disabled and displays a loading animation. If the approval has not been granted, the button is enabled and displays the text \"Approve Inari to spend [currency symbol]\". If the approval has been granted, the button is enabled and displays the text \"Execute\".\n\nOnce the user clicks the button, the `onExecute` function is called, which sets the `pending` state to true, executes the transaction, and sets the `pending` state to false. If the user needs to get a permit to send with the execute function, the `handleGetPermit` function is called.\n\nOverall, the `InariButton` component provides a reusable button that can be used to execute transactions on the Inari strategy. The component checks various conditions to ensure that the user has entered the correct information and has the necessary approvals before executing the transaction.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and where is it used in the project?\n- This code defines a React component called `InariButton` that is used to handle user interactions with a button related to the Inari strategy. It is used in various parts of the project where the Inari strategy is used.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code relies on several external libraries and dependencies, including `React`, `@zoolabs/zdk`, `@lingui/react`, and `ProgressSteps` and various custom hooks defined in other parts of the project.\n\n3. What are the different conditions under which the button can be disabled or display different text?\n- The button can be disabled or display different text under several conditions, including when the user is not connected to a wallet, when the user has not entered a valid amount, when the user has insufficient balance, and when the user needs to approve Inari to spend a certain currency. The button can also display a loading indicator when a transaction is pending.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/inari/Button.md"}}],["787",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/inari/InariDescription.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React functional component called `InariDescription` that renders a header section for a specific entity in the larger project. The component imports the `React` library and the `FC` (FunctionComponent) type from the `react` module, as well as the `Typography` component and a custom hook called `useDerivedInariState` from other files in the project.\n\nThe `InariDescription` component takes no props, but uses the `useDerivedInariState` hook to retrieve the `general` object from the `inari` state. This object contains information about the entity, such as its name and description.\n\nThe component then renders a `div` element with a CSS class of `grid` and a gap of 2 units between its child elements. Inside the `div`, it renders two `Typography` components. The first one displays the name of the entity in a large font size and with a high emphasis color, while the second one displays its description in a regular font size.\n\nThis component can be used in other parts of the project to display the header section of any entity that has a `general` object in its `inari` state. For example, if the project has a `zoo` entity, the `InariDescription` component can be used to display its name and description in the header section of the `zoo` page.\n\nHere's an example of how the `InariDescription` component can be used in a `zoo` page:\n\n```\nimport React from 'react'\nimport InariDescription from './InariDescription'\n\nconst ZooPage = () => {\n return (\n
\n \n {/* other content of the zoo page */}\n
\n )\n}\n\nexport default ZooPage\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `InariHeaderProps` interface?\n - The `InariHeaderProps` interface is used to define the props that can be passed to the `InariDescription` component.\n\n2. What is the `useDerivedInariState` hook and where is it defined?\n - The `useDerivedInariState` hook is defined in the `../../state/inari/hooks` file and is used to access the derived state of the `inari` slice of the Redux store.\n\n3. What is the `Typography` component and where is it defined?\n - The `Typography` component is defined in the `../../components/Typography` file and is used to render text with different styles and variants.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/inari/InariDescription.md"}}],["788",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/inari/OutputPanel.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React functional component called `OutputPanel` that renders a `CurrencyInputPanel` component with some custom props. The `CurrencyInputPanel` component is imported from a file located at `../exchange-v1/limit-order/CurrencyInputPanel`. The `OutputPanel` component takes in a single prop called `label` of type string. \n\nThe `CurrencyInputPanel` component is a custom input component that allows users to input a currency value. It consists of two main components: a select component and an input component. The select component is a `Typography` component that displays the currency symbol and label passed in as a prop. The input component is a `div` element with a custom class that styles it to look like an input field. \n\nThe `OutputPanel` component customizes the `CurrencyInputPanel` component by passing in the following props:\n- `id`: a string that sets the id of the `CurrencyInputPanel` component to \"token-output\"\n- `className`: a string that sets the class of the `CurrencyInputPanel` component to \"rounded p-0 px-5 border-2 border-dark-800 flex items-center\"\n- `selectComponent`: a JSX element that renders the `Typography` component with the `label` prop passed in as its child\n- `inputComponent`: a JSX element that renders a `div` element with a custom class that styles it to look like an input field\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project that requires a custom input component for currency values. It can be imported and used in any React component that needs to display an output currency value. For example, in a financial application that displays the total value of a user's portfolio, the `OutputPanel` component can be used to display the value in the user's preferred currency. \n\nExample usage:\n```\nimport React from 'react';\nimport OutputPanel from './OutputPanel';\n\nconst PortfolioValue = () => {\n const totalValue = 10000; // total value of user's portfolio\n const currency = 'USD'; // user's preferred currency\n\n return (\n
\n

Portfolio Value

\n \n
\n );\n};\n\nexport default PortfolioValue;\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n This code defines a React functional component called OutputPanel that renders a CurrencyInputPanel with a label and an input component.\n\n2. What are the props that can be passed to the OutputPanel component?\n The only prop that can be passed to the OutputPanel component is a string label.\n\n3. What other components are being imported and used in this code?\n This code imports two other components: CurrencyInputPanel and Typography, both from different files in the project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/inari/OutputPanel.md"}}],["789",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/inari/SideSwitch.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React functional component called SideSwitch that renders a toggle switch with two labels: \"Withdraw\" and \"Deposit\". The switch is implemented using the Switch component from the Headless UI library. The state of the switch is controlled by the zapIn variable obtained from the useInariState hook, which is part of the Inari state management system. The setZapIn function from the Inari actions is used to update the state of the switch when it is toggled. The labels are localized using the Lingui library, which provides internationalization support for React applications.\n\nThe SideSwitch component is likely used in a larger project that involves some kind of financial transaction system, where users can either withdraw or deposit funds. The switch allows the user to toggle between these two modes. The use of the Inari state management system suggests that the project is complex and requires a robust state management solution. The use of the Lingui library suggests that the project is intended for use in multiple languages and locales.\n\nHere is an example of how the SideSwitch component might be used in a parent component:\n\n```\nimport React from 'react'\nimport SideSwitch from './SideSwitch'\n\nconst TransactionForm = () => {\n return (\n
\n

Transaction Form

\n \n {/* other form fields */}\n
\n )\n}\n\nexport default TransactionForm\n```\n\nIn this example, the SideSwitch component is rendered as part of a larger transaction form. The form allows the user to enter transaction details, such as the amount to withdraw or deposit. The SideSwitch component allows the user to toggle between these two modes.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and where is it used in the project?\n - This code is a React component called `SideSwitch` that renders a switch with labels for \"Withdraw\" and \"Deposit\". It is likely used in a UI component related to financial transactions.\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code rely on?\n - This code relies on several external libraries including `@headlessui/react`, `@heroicons/react/outline`, `@lingui/macro`, `@lingui/react`, and custom hooks from `../../state/inari/hooks` and `../../state/hooks`.\n3. What state is being managed by this component and how is it updated?\n - The `zapIn` state is being managed by this component and is updated by dispatching the `setZapIn` action with the opposite boolean value of the current `zapIn` state when the switch is toggled. The `zapIn` state is obtained from the `useInariState` hook and the `setZapIn` action is dispatched using the `useAppDispatch` hook.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/inari/SideSwitch.md"}}],["790",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/inari/StrategySelector.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React component called `StrategySelector` that renders a list of strategies and allows the user to select one. The component is part of a larger project called `zoo` and imports several functions and hooks from other files in the project.\n\nThe `StrategySelector` component receives no props and uses three hooks: `useInariState`, `useInariStrategies`, and `useAppDispatch`. These hooks are used to retrieve the current strategy ID, a list of available strategies, and a dispatch function to update the state of the application.\n\nThe component renders a `div` element with a class of `flex flex-col gap-4 z-10 relative`. Inside this `div`, the component maps over the list of strategies and renders a `div` element for each one. Each `div` element has a `key` attribute set to the strategy's ID and an `onClick` event listener that dispatches an action to update the current strategy ID when the user clicks on it.\n\nThe `classNames` function is used to conditionally set the `className` attribute of each `div` element based on whether the strategy is currently selected or not. If the strategy is selected, the `className` attribute is set to `'border-gradient-r-blue-pink-dark-800'`, otherwise it is set to `'bg-dark-900'`. The `classNames` function also adds several other classes to each `div` element, including `'cursor-pointer'`, `'border'`, `'border-transparent'`, `'pl-5'`, `'py-2'`, `'rounded'`, `'whitespace-nowrap'`, `'w-full'`, `'font-bold'`, `'h-[48px]'`, `'flex'`, `'items-center'`, and `'text-sm'`. These classes are used to style the `div` elements to look like buttons.\n\nFinally, the `div` elements display the name of each strategy, which is retrieved from the `general.name` property of each strategy object.\n\nOverall, the `StrategySelector` component is a reusable UI component that allows the user to select a strategy from a list of available strategies. It is likely used in conjunction with other components and functions in the `zoo` project to provide a complete user interface for managing and analyzing data related to animal behavior. An example usage of this component might look like:\n\n```\nimport StrategySelector from './components/StrategySelector'\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n

Select a strategy:

\n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this component and how is it used within the larger project?\n - This component appears to be a strategy selector that is used within the Inari feature of the project. It renders a list of strategies and allows the user to select one. It is likely used in conjunction with other components to provide a complete user interface for managing Inari strategies.\n2. What is the `useInariState` hook and what data does it provide?\n - The `useInariState` hook is imported from a file located at `../../state/inari/hooks` and appears to provide access to the current Inari state, including the selected strategy ID.\n3. What is the purpose of the `classNames` function and where is it defined?\n - The `classNames` function is imported from a file located at `../../functions` and appears to be used to conditionally apply CSS classes to the rendered `div` element based on the current strategy ID. It likely provides a convenient way to generate complex class names based on dynamic data.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/inari/StrategySelector.md"}}],["791",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/inari/StrategyStepDisplay.tsx)\n\nThe `StrategyStepDisplay` component is a React functional component that displays a list of steps in a strategy. It receives no props and uses the `useDerivedInariState` hook to retrieve the `general` property from the Inari state. \n\nThe component renders a `div` element with a class of `flex items-center gap-3 text-high-emphesis`. Inside this `div`, the component maps over the `general.steps` array and creates a `Typography` component for each step. The `Typography` component receives a `weight` prop of `700` and a `variant` prop of `lg`, and displays the text of the step.\n\nAfter mapping over the `general.steps` array, the component uses the `reduce` method to concatenate the `Typography` components with an `ArrowRightIcon` component in between each one. The `reduce` method takes two arguments: a callback function and an initial value. The callback function takes two arguments: an accumulator and the current value. The initial value is `null`.\n\nThe callback function checks if the accumulator is `null`. If it is, it returns the current value. If it is not, it returns a `div` element containing the accumulator, an `ArrowRightIcon` component, and the current value. The `ArrowRightIcon` component has a `width` prop of `16` and a `height` prop of `16`. The `div` element has a class of `rounded-full p-1 bg-dark-800 border-[3px] border-dark-900 relative z-10`.\n\nThe resulting JSX is then rendered inside the `div` element with the `flex items-center gap-3 text-high-emphesis` class.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to display a list of steps in a strategy. For example, it could be used in a financial planning app to display the steps a user needs to take to achieve their financial goals. Here is an example of how the component could be used:\n\n```\n\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `StrategyStepDisplay` component?\n- The `StrategyStepDisplay` component is used to display a list of steps as a series of `Typography` components with an arrow icon between them.\n\n2. What is the `useDerivedInariState` hook and where is it defined?\n- The `useDerivedInariState` hook is used to access the `general` property of the Inari state. It is defined in a module located at `../../state/inari/hooks`.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `reduce` method being called on the mapped steps array?\n- The `reduce` method is used to concatenate the `Typography` components with the arrow icon in between them. It takes two arguments: an accumulator and the current value. The initial value of the accumulator is `null`, and it is replaced with the first `Typography` component. The arrow icon and the next `Typography` component are then added to the accumulator and returned for the next iteration. This process continues until all the steps have been concatenated.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/inari/StrategyStepDisplay.md"}}],["792",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/kashi/Button.tsx)\n\nThe code in this file contains two React components: `KashiApproveButton` and `TokenApproveButton`. These components are used to handle approval of tokens in the Kashi protocol and other tokens respectively. \n\nThe `KashiApproveButton` component is used to approve the Kashi protocol to spend a user's funds. It takes in two props: `content` and `color`. The `content` prop is a function that returns a React component that will be rendered when the Kashi protocol has been approved. The `color` prop is used to set the color of the button. \n\nThe component uses the `useKashiApproveCallback` hook to get the current approval state of the Kashi protocol and to handle the approval process. If the approval state is `NOT_APPROVED` or `PENDING` and the user has not yet given a permit, the component will render a button that, when clicked, will trigger the `onApprove` function to request approval from the user. If the approval state is `APPROVED` or the user has given a permit, the `content` function is called with the `onCook` function as an argument. The resulting React component is then rendered with the `color` prop passed down.\n\nThe `TokenApproveButton` component is used to approve other tokens. It takes in four props: `children`, `value`, `token`, `needed`, and `color`. The `children` prop is a React component that will be rendered when the token has been approved. The `value` prop is the amount of tokens that need to be approved. The `token` prop is an object that contains information about the token being approved. The `needed` prop is a boolean that indicates whether approval is needed. The `color` prop is used to set the color of the button.\n\nThe component uses the `useApproveCallback` hook to get the current approval state of the token and to handle the approval process. If the approval state is `NOT_APPROVED` or `PENDING`, the component will render a button that, when clicked, will trigger the `approve` function to request approval from the user. If the approval state is `APPROVED`, the `children` component is rendered with the `color` prop passed down.\n\nThese components are used in the larger project to handle token approvals in the Kashi protocol and other tokens. They provide a simple and consistent way to handle approvals across the project. An example of how the `TokenApproveButton` component can be used is shown below:\n\n```\n\n \n\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `KashiApproveButton` function?\n- The `KashiApproveButton` function is used to render a button that allows the user to approve Kashi.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `TokenApproveButton` function?\n- The `TokenApproveButton` function is used to render a button that allows the user to approve a token.\n\n3. What are the dependencies of this file?\n- This file depends on several hooks and components from other files, including `useApproveCallback`, `useKashiApproveCallback`, `Alert`, `Button`, `Dots`, `useActiveWeb3React`, and `useLingui`. It also imports constants from the `@zoolabs/zdk` package.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/kashi/Button.md"}}],["793",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/kashi/Checkbox.tsx)\n\nThis file contains code for three React components related to the zoo project. The first component is called `ExchangeRateCheckBox` and is used to display a checkbox that allows the user to update the exchange rate from an oracle. The component takes in several props including `color`, `pair`, `updateOracle`, `setUpdateOracle`, and `desiredDirection`. The component first checks if the current exchange rate is greater than zero, and if so, sets the `displayUpdateOracle` variable to the value of `updateOracle`. If the current exchange rate is zero, `displayUpdateOracle` is set to true. The `show` variable is then set based on whether `displayUpdateOracle` is true or if `desiredDirection` is 'up'. If either of these conditions is true, `show` is set to whether the oracle exchange rate is less than the current exchange rate. If neither condition is true, `show` is set to whether the oracle exchange rate is greater than the current exchange rate. Finally, if `show` is true, the component returns a div containing a `Checkbox` component, a text span, and a `QuestionHelper` component.\n\nThe second component is called `SwapCheckbox` and is used to display a checkbox that allows the user to swap tokens. The component takes in several props including `title`, `color`, `swap`, `setSwap`, `help`, and `trade`. The component uses the `useSwapSlippageTolerance` hook to get the allowed slippage for the trade. The component returns a div containing a `Checkbox` component, a text span, and a `QuestionHelper` component. If `swap` is true, the component also returns a `Settings` component with the `placeholderSlippage` prop set to the allowed slippage.\n\nThe third component is the default export and is simply the `Checkbox` component from the `../../components/Checkbox` file. This component is likely used throughout the zoo project to display checkboxes.\n\nOverall, these components are used to display various checkboxes related to the zoo project, including updating the exchange rate from an oracle and swapping tokens. The `ExchangeRateCheckBox` component is likely used in conjunction with other components to display information about the current exchange rate and oracle exchange rate. The `SwapCheckbox` component is likely used in conjunction with other components to display information about swapping tokens and the allowed slippage.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `ExchangeRateCheckBox` function and how is it used?\n- The `ExchangeRateCheckBox` function takes in several props and returns a JSX element that displays a checkbox and some text. It is used to update the exchange rate from an oracle and increase the borrow limit.\n2. What is the purpose of the `SwapCheckbox` function and how is it used?\n- The `SwapCheckbox` function takes in several props and returns a JSX element that displays a checkbox and some text. It is used to enable or disable swapping and displays a settings component if swapping is enabled.\n3. What is the purpose of the `useSwapSlippageTolerance` hook and how is it used?\n- The `useSwapSlippageTolerance` hook takes in a `trade` object and returns a slippage tolerance value. It is used to calculate the maximum allowed slippage for a swap.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/kashi/Checkbox.md"}}],["794",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/kashi/Deposit.tsx)\n\nThe `Deposit` function is a React component that renders a deposit form for a Kashi lending pair. The component takes a `pair` object as a prop, which contains information about the lending pair, such as the asset and collateral tokens, balances, and exchange rates. \n\nThe deposit form consists of a `SmartNumberInput` component, which allows the user to input the amount of the asset token they want to deposit. The component also displays the user's wallet balance and the maximum amount they can deposit. The user can choose to deposit from their wallet or from their BentoBox balance by toggling a switch. \n\nThe component also displays a list of warnings, which are generated based on the user's input and the current state of the lending pair. For example, if the user tries to deposit more than their wallet balance, a warning will be displayed. \n\nWhen the user submits the deposit form, the `onExecute` function is called. This function creates a `KashiCooker` object, which is used to execute the deposit transaction. The function adds the user's deposit amount to the lending pair and returns a string indicating that the deposit was successful. \n\nOverall, the `Deposit` function provides a user-friendly interface for depositing assets into a Kashi lending pair. It handles input validation and generates warnings to prevent the user from making mistakes. The component is part of a larger project that provides a suite of tools for interacting with the Kashi lending platform.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Deposit` function and what does it take as input?\n- The `Deposit` function is a React component that renders a deposit form for a given asset pair. It takes a `pair` object as input, which contains information about the asset pair being deposited.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `useBento` state variable and how is it used in the code?\n- The `useBento` state variable is used to determine whether to use the BentoBox balance or the wallet balance for the deposit. It is used to calculate the `balance` and `max` variables, and is also passed as a prop to the `SmartNumberInput` component to allow the user to toggle between the two options.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `transactionReview` object and how is it populated?\n- The `transactionReview` object is used to display a summary of the transaction details to the user before they confirm the deposit. It is populated with information about the current and updated asset and USD balances, the updated utilization rate, and the updated supply APR. It is only populated if the `value` variable is not empty and there are no warnings.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/kashi/Deposit.md"}}],["795",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/kashi/ListHeaderWithSort.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React component called `ListHeaderWithSort` that renders a clickable header for a list with sorting functionality. The component takes in several props including `className`, `sort`, `sortKey`, `direction`, and `children`. \n\nThe `className` prop is used to add additional CSS classes to the component. The `sort` prop is an object that contains a `requestSort` function used to trigger sorting of the list. The `sortKey` prop is a string that identifies the column to be sorted. The `direction` prop is a string that specifies the sorting direction, which defaults to 'ascending'. Finally, the `children` prop is used to render any child components within the header.\n\nThe component returns a `div` element with the `flex` and `items-center` CSS classes. When the header is clicked, the `requestSort` function is called with the `sortKey` and `direction` props. If the `sortConfig` object within the `sort` prop matches the `sortKey` prop, then a chevron icon is rendered to indicate the sorting direction. If the sorting direction is 'ascending', a chevron pointing up is rendered, and if it is 'descending', a chevron pointing down is rendered.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to provide sorting functionality for a list of items. For example, it could be used in a table component to allow users to sort the table by clicking on the column headers. Here is an example of how the component could be used:\n\n```\nimport ListHeaderWithSort from './ListHeaderWithSort'\n\nfunction Table() {\n const [data, setData] = useState([...]) // array of data to be displayed in the table\n const [sortConfig, setSortConfig] = useState({ key: '', direction: '' }) // object to store the current sorting configuration\n\n function requestSort(key, direction) {\n setSortConfig({ key, direction })\n // sort the data array based on the key and direction props\n setData([...])\n }\n\n return (\n \n \n \n \n \n \n \n \n \n {data.map(item => (\n \n \n \n \n \n ))}\n \n
\n \n Name\n \n \n \n Age\n \n \n \n Date\n \n
{item.name}{item.age}{item.date}
\n )\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `ListHeaderWithSort` component is used to render the table headers for the 'Name', 'Age', and 'Date' columns. The `sort` prop is passed in as an object that contains the `requestSort` function, and the `sortKey` and `direction` props are set to the appropriate values for each column. When a header is clicked, the `requestSort` function is called with the corresponding `sortKey` and `direction` props, and the `data` array is sorted accordingly.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines a React component called `ListHeaderWithSort` that renders a clickable header with sorting functionality.\n\n2. What are the required props for this component?\n The component requires `sort`, `sortKey`, and `children` props, and also accepts optional `className` and `direction` props.\n\n3. What external dependencies does this code rely on?\n This code imports two icons from the `react-feather` library: `ChevronDown` and `ChevronUp`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/kashi/ListHeaderWithSort.md"}}],["796",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/kashi/MarketHeader.tsx)\n\nThe `MarketHeader` function is a React component that renders a header for a market page. It takes two props: `type` and `lists`. The `type` prop is a string that specifies the type of market (either \"Borrow\" or \"Lend\"), and the `lists` prop is an object that contains an array of market lists and a function to set the search term for those lists.\n\nThe component renders a `Card.Header` component from the `Card` module, which is a custom component that provides a styled header for the market page. The `className` prop of the `Card.Header` component is set based on the `type` prop, which determines the background color and border color of the header.\n\nThe header contains two sections: a title section and a search section. The title section displays the `type` prop as a large text element. The search section contains an input field and a search icon. The input field is used to search for market items by symbol. When the user types into the input field, the `onSearch` function is called, which sets the search term for each market list in the `lists` prop. The search term is passed to the input field as its value, and the search icon is positioned to the right of the input field.\n\nThe `MarketHeader` component is used in the larger market page to provide a consistent header across different market types. It allows users to search for market items by symbol, and it provides visual cues to help users distinguish between different market types. Here is an example of how the `MarketHeader` component might be used in a market page:\n\n```\nimport React from 'react'\nimport MarketHeader from './MarketHeader'\nimport MarketList from './MarketList'\n\nfunction BorrowMarket() {\n const lists = [\n {\n name: 'Borrow',\n items: [\n { symbol: 'ETH', rate: '5%', amount: '$100,000' },\n { symbol: 'BTC', rate: '4%', amount: '$50,000' },\n { symbol: 'USDT', rate: '3%', amount: '$10,000' },\n ],\n setTerm: (term) => console.log(`Setting search term to ${term}`),\n term: '',\n },\n ]\n\n return (\n
\n \n \n
\n )\n}\n\nexport default BorrowMarket\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `MarketHeader` function and what are its expected inputs and outputs?\n- The `MarketHeader` function is a React component that returns a `Card.Header` element with a title, search input, and search icon. It takes in two props: `type` (default value of 'Borrow') and `lists`, and returns a JSX element.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `onSearch` function and how is it used?\n- The `onSearch` function is called when the user types into the search input and updates the search term for each list in the `lists` array. It is used as an event handler for the `onChange` event of the search input.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `classNames` function and where is it imported from?\n- The `classNames` function is used to conditionally apply CSS classes to the `Card.Header` element based on the value of the `type` prop. It is imported from a file located at `../../functions`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/kashi/MarketHeader.md"}}],["797",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/kashi/SmartNumberInput.tsx)\n\nThe `SmartNumberInput` function is a React component that renders a form input field with additional functionality for handling numeric values. The component takes in several props that allow for customization of the input field and its behavior. \n\nThe component renders two main sections: a header section and an input section. The header section displays a title, a button to toggle between using a BentoBox or a Wallet, and a maximum value. The input section displays a numeric input field and a button to set the input value to the maximum value. \n\nThe `SmartNumberInput` component is designed to be used in a larger project where numeric input fields are required. The component can be customized to fit the specific needs of the project by passing in different props. For example, the `color` prop can be used to change the color of the input field and the `useBento` prop can be used to determine whether the input value is coming from a BentoBox or a Wallet. \n\nHere is an example of how the `SmartNumberInput` component can be used in a React project:\n\n```\nimport SmartNumberInput from './SmartNumberInput'\n\nfunction MyForm() {\n const [value, setValue] = useState('')\n const max = BigNumber.from(1000)\n\n return (\n
\n \n \n )\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `SmartNumberInput` component is used in a form to handle numeric input for a token. The `value` and `setValue` props are used to control the value of the input field, and the `max` prop is used to set the maximum value of the input field. The `showMax` prop is set to `true` to display the maximum value button.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines a React component called `SmartNumberInput` that renders a form input field with some additional features such as a toggle button and a maximum value display.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code imports two components from the `react-feather` library, as well as the `BigNumber` class from the `@ethersproject/bignumber` library. It also uses two custom components called `Button` and `Input` that are presumably defined elsewhere in the project.\n\n3. What are the optional props that can be passed to this component and what do they do?\n- The `SmartNumberInput` component accepts several optional props, including `color` (which determines the color scheme of the component), `token` (which is an object containing information about a cryptocurrency token), `value` (which is the current value of the input field), `setValue` (which is a function to update the value of the input field), and several others. These props control various aspects of the component's behavior and appearance, such as whether to display a maximum value button, whether to use a BentoBox or wallet balance, and whether the component is disabled.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/kashi/SmartNumberInput.md"}}],["798",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/kashi/TradeReview.tsx)\n\nThe `TradeReview` component is a React component that displays a summary of a trade that is about to be executed on a decentralized exchange. The component takes two props: `trade` and `allowedSlippage`. `trade` is an object that represents the trade to be executed, while `allowedSlippage` is a number that represents the maximum amount of slippage that is allowed for the trade.\n\nThe component first imports several modules from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, as well as several React components and hooks. It then defines the `TradeReview` function component, which returns a JSX element that displays the trade summary.\n\nThe component first checks if a trade object has been passed as a prop. If not, it displays a message indicating that no liquidity was found to do the swap. If a trade object is present, the component displays several pieces of information about the trade, including the minimum amount of output currency that will be received, the price impact of the trade, and the liquidity provider fee.\n\nThe component also checks if the trade has a route with more than two tokens. If so, it displays the route that the trade will take through the tokens.\n\nThe `TradeReview` component is likely used in a larger project that involves executing trades on a decentralized exchange. It provides users with a summary of the trade they are about to execute, including important information such as the minimum amount of output currency they will receive and the price impact of the trade. This information can help users make informed decisions about whether to proceed with the trade or not.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `TradeReview` component?\n- The `TradeReview` component is used to display information about a trade, including the minimum amount received, price impact, liquidity provider fee, and route.\n\n2. What libraries and hooks are being imported in this file?\n- The file is importing `@zoolabs/zdk`, `React`, `useMemo`, `@lingui/macro`, `useActiveWeb3React`, and `useLingui`.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `allowedSlippage` prop?\n- The `allowedSlippage` prop is used to determine the minimum amount of output currency that must be received in a trade, taking into account the maximum allowable slippage.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/kashi/TradeReview.md"}}],["799",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/kashi/TransactionReview.tsx)\n\nThe `TransactionReviewView` function in this file is a React component that renders a transaction review. It takes a single prop, `transactionReview`, which is an array of objects representing each line of the review. Each object has three properties: `name`, `from`, and `to`, which represent the name of the transaction, the sender of the transaction, and the recipient of the transaction, respectively. Additionally, each object has a `direction` property, which is an enum value from the `Direction` enum defined in `TransactionReview.ts`.\n\nThe component first checks if `transactionReview` is truthy and has a length greater than 0. If so, it renders a heading (\"Transaction Review\") and a list of lines, where each line is rendered as a flexbox with two columns: the name of the transaction in the left column, and the sender and recipient in the right column. The direction of the transaction is indicated by an arrow icon between the sender and recipient, with the icon pointing right for a flat transaction, up for a positive transaction, and down for a negative transaction.\n\nThis component can be used in the larger project to display a summary of a transaction review to the user. For example, it could be used in a wallet application to show the user a summary of the transactions they have made or received. Here is an example usage of the component:\n\n```jsx\nimport TransactionReviewView from './TransactionReviewView'\n\nconst transactionReview = [\n {\n name: 'Transaction 1',\n from: 'Alice',\n to: 'Bob',\n direction: Direction.UP,\n },\n {\n name: 'Transaction 2',\n from: 'Charlie',\n to: 'Alice',\n direction: Direction.FLAT,\n },\n {\n name: 'Transaction 3',\n from: 'Bob',\n to: 'Eve',\n direction: Direction.DOWN,\n },\n]\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n return (\n
\n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `TransactionReviewView` function?\n- The `TransactionReviewView` function is a React component that renders a list of transaction review lines.\n\n2. What is the `TransactionReview` entity and where is it defined?\n- The `TransactionReview` entity is used as a type for the `transactionReview` prop passed to the `TransactionReviewView` component. It is defined in a file located at `../../entities/TransactionReview`.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `ArrowRight`, `ArrowUpRight`, and `ArrowDownRight` components imported from `react-feather`?\n- These components are icons that are used to indicate the direction of a transaction review line. The `ArrowRight` component is used for a flat direction, `ArrowUpRight` for an up direction, and `ArrowDownRight` for a down direction.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/kashi/TransactionReview.md"}}],["800",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/kashi/WarningsList.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React component that renders a list of warnings. It imports the `Alert` component from the `../../components/Alert` file and the `Warnings` entity from the `../../entities/Warnings` file. The `WarningsList` function takes a single parameter, `warnings`, which is an array of `Warnings` objects. \n\nThe `WarningsList` function returns a list of `Alert` components, one for each warning in the `warnings` array. The `map` function is used to iterate over the `warnings` array and create an `Alert` component for each warning. The `key` prop is set to the index of the warning in the array, and the `type` prop is set to `'error'` if the warning is marked as `breaking`, and `'warning'` otherwise. The `message` prop is set to the `message` property of the warning object. Finally, the `className` prop is set to `'mb-4'` to add some margin to each `Alert` component.\n\nThis component can be used in the larger project to display a list of warnings to the user. For example, if the project has a build process that checks for potential issues or breaking changes, the `WarningsList` component can be used to display these warnings to the user. The `Warnings` entity can be populated with the results of the build process, and passed to the `WarningsList` component to display the warnings. \n\nHere is an example of how the `WarningsList` component can be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport React from 'react'\nimport WarningsList from './WarningsList'\nimport { getBuildWarnings } from './build'\n\nfunction App() {\n const warnings = getBuildWarnings()\n\n return (\n
\n

My App

\n \n
\n )\n}\n\nexport default App\n```\n\nIn this example, the `App` component calls the `getBuildWarnings` function to get an array of `Warnings` objects, and passes it to the `WarningsList` component as a prop. The `WarningsList` component then renders a list of `Alert` components for each warning in the array.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Alert` component being imported?\n- The `Alert` component is being used to display warning messages in the `WarningsList` component.\n\n2. What is the `Warnings` entity and where is it defined?\n- The `Warnings` entity is being used as a type for the `warnings` prop in the `WarningsList` component. It is defined in a file located at `zoo/entities/Warnings`.\n\n3. What determines whether the `Alert` component displays an error or warning message?\n- The `type` prop of the `Alert` component is determined by the `breaking` property of each `warning` object. If `breaking` is true, the type will be set to `'error'`, otherwise it will be set to `'warning'`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/kashi/WarningsList.md"}}],["801",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/kashi/Withdraw.tsx)\n\nThe `LendWithdrawAction` function is a React component that handles the withdrawal of assets from a Kashi market. The component takes a `pair` object as a prop, which contains information about the asset pair being traded in the market. The component renders a form that allows the user to specify the amount of the asset they wish to withdraw, and provides feedback on the potential transaction.\n\nThe component uses several hooks to manage state and perform actions. The `useActiveWeb3React` hook retrieves the current Ethereum account from the user's web3 provider. The `useKashiApprovalPending` hook checks whether the user has approved the Kashi market to spend their assets. The `useKashiApproveCallback` hook handles the approval process and returns several functions that are used in the withdrawal process.\n\nThe component uses several pieces of information from the `pair` object to calculate the maximum amount of the asset that can be withdrawn, and to determine the amount of the asset that the user wishes to withdraw. The `minimum` function is used to ensure that the calculated values do not exceed certain limits.\n\nThe component also performs several checks to ensure that the withdrawal is valid. The `Warnings` class is used to store any warnings that may be generated during the withdrawal process. If any warnings are present, they are displayed to the user. The `TransactionReview` class is used to store information about the potential transaction, such as the amount of the asset being withdrawn and the resulting changes to the user's balances.\n\nFinally, the component renders a button that initiates the withdrawal process. When the button is clicked, the `onCook` function is called with the `pair` object and an `onExecute` function as arguments. The `onExecute` function calculates the fraction of the asset to be withdrawn and calls the `removeAsset` function on a `KashiCooker` object to initiate the withdrawal. The `onCook` function then returns a string indicating the success of the withdrawal.\n\nExample usage:\n\n```jsx\n\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What does this code do?\n- This code exports a React component called `LendWithdrawAction` that renders a form for withdrawing assets from a Kashi lending pair.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several modules from external packages, including `React`, `@lingui/macro`, `@lingui/react`, and `../../components/Button`, among others.\n\n3. What state does this component manage?\n- This component manages several pieces of state using the `useState` hook, including `useBento`, `value`, and `pinMax`. It also uses the `useKashiApprovalPending` and `useKashiApproveCallback` hooks to manage the `kashiApprovalState` state.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/kashi/Withdraw.md"}}],["802",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/kashi/index.ts)\n\nThis code exports four modules from the `zoo` project: `Borrow`, `Repay`, `Deposit`, and `Withdraw`. These modules likely contain functionality related to managing financial transactions within the project. \n\nBy exporting these modules, other parts of the `zoo` project can import and use them as needed. For example, if there is a component in the project that allows users to deposit funds into their account, it may import the `Deposit` module to handle the logic for processing the deposit. \n\nHere is an example of how these modules could be imported and used in another file within the `zoo` project:\n\n```\nimport { Deposit, Withdraw } from './zoo'\n\nconst depositAmount = 100\nconst withdrawAmount = 50\n\n// Deposit funds into user's account\nconst deposit = new Deposit(depositAmount)\ndeposit.process()\n\n// Withdraw funds from user's account\nconst withdraw = new Withdraw(withdrawAmount)\nwithdraw.process()\n```\n\nIn this example, the `Deposit` and `Withdraw` modules are imported from the `zoo` project and used to process a deposit and withdrawal transaction, respectively. \n\nOverall, this code serves as a way to organize and export the financial transaction functionality within the `zoo` project, making it easier to use and maintain throughout the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. **What is the purpose of this code file?**\\\nA smart developer might wonder what the overall functionality of this code file is, and how it fits into the larger project. Based on the code, it appears to be exporting several modules related to borrowing, repaying, depositing, and withdrawing funds.\n\n2. **What are the default exports being used?**\\\nA developer might want to know what specific modules are being exported as defaults from this file. Based on the code, it appears that the default exports are `Borrow`, `Repay`, `Deposit`, and `Withdraw`.\n\n3. **Where are the modules being imported from?**\\\nA developer might be curious about where the modules being exported from this file are located. Based on the code, it appears that they are being imported from separate files located in the same `zoo` directory, named `Borrow.js`, `Repay.js`, `Deposit.js`, and `Withdraw.js`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/kashi/index.md"}}],["803",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/meowshi/CurrencyInputPanel.tsx)\n\nThe `CurrencyInputPanel` component is a React functional component that renders a panel for inputting currency amounts. It takes in three props: `field`, `meowshiState`, and `showMax`. \n\nThe `meowshiState` prop is an object that contains information about the currencies being used, as well as functions for handling input and setting the currency. The `field` prop is a string that specifies which currency field the panel is for (e.g. \"input\" or \"output\"). The `showMax` prop is a boolean that determines whether or not to show a \"Max\" button for inputting the maximum available balance.\n\nThe component renders a panel with an image of the currency, the currency symbol, an input field for entering the amount, and a display of the user's balance. The image displayed depends on the currency being used, and there is an option to switch between SUSHI and xSUSHI if the currency is SUSHI. The input field is a custom component that only allows numeric input, and the balance display shows the balance in both the currency being used and its equivalent value in USDC.\n\nThis component is likely used in a larger project that involves exchanging currencies. It provides a user-friendly interface for inputting currency amounts and seeing the user's balance. The `meowshiState` object suggests that this component is part of a larger system for handling currency exchange, and the use of the `useActiveWeb3React` and `useTokenBalance` hooks suggests that this system is built on top of the Ethereum blockchain. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport CurrencyInputPanel from \"./CurrencyInputPanel\";\n\nfunction ExchangeForm() {\n return (\n
\n \n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a React component called `CurrencyInputPanel` that renders a panel for inputting currency amounts and displays information about the selected currency.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n- This code imports several modules from external libraries, including `@zoolabs/zdk`, `next/image`, `@lingui/macro`, and `useUSDCPrice`.\n\n3. What props does the `CurrencyInputPanel` component expect?\n- The `CurrencyInputPanel` component expects three props: `field`, which specifies the currency field to which this panel corresponds; `meowshiState`, which contains information about the currencies and input fields; and `showMax`, which determines whether a \"Max\" button should be displayed to allow the user to input the maximum available balance for the selected currency.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/meowshi/CurrencyInputPanel.md"}}],["804",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/meowshi/HeaderToggle.tsx)\n\nThe `HeaderToggle` component is a React functional component that renders a toggle switch with two options: \"Meow\" and \"Un-Meow\". The toggle switch is implemented using the `RadioGroup` component from the `@headlessui/react` library. \n\nThe component takes in a prop called `meowshiState`, which is an object that contains two properties: `meow` and `switchCurrencies`. `meow` is a boolean value that represents the current state of the toggle switch, and `switchCurrencies` is a function that toggles the value of `meow`. \n\nWhen the component is rendered, it displays the toggle switch with two options: \"Meow\" and \"Un-Meow\". The currently selected option is highlighted with a gradient background color. When the user clicks on one of the options, the `switchCurrencies` function is called to toggle the value of `meow`. \n\nIn addition to the toggle switch, the component also displays a text box that shows the conversion rate between xSUSHI and MEOW. The text box is styled with a gradient border and a rounded border radius. \n\nThis component can be used in the larger project to allow users to toggle between different modes or settings. For example, it could be used to toggle between light mode and dark mode, or between different languages. The `HeaderToggle` component can be easily customized by changing the text and styling to fit the specific needs of the project. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport HeaderToggle from './HeaderToggle'\n\nfunction App() {\n const [meowshiState, setMeowshiState] = useState({ meow: true })\n\n const handleSwitchCurrencies = () => {\n setMeowshiState({ meow: !meowshiState.meow })\n }\n\n return (\n
\n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code exports a React component called `HeaderToggle` that renders a radio group with two options and a text element.\n\n2. What props does the `HeaderToggle` component expect?\n- The `HeaderToggle` component expects a prop called `meowshiState` of type `MeowshiState`.\n\n3. What external libraries or components are being used in this code?\n- This code imports `React`, `RadioGroup` from `@headlessui/react`, `Typography`, and `classNames`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/meowshi/HeaderToggle.md"}}],["805",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/meowshi/MeowshiButton.tsx)\n\nThe `MeowshiButton` component is a React functional component that renders a button for converting between SUSHI and xSUSHI tokens using the Meowshi protocol. The component imports various hooks, components, and utility functions from different files in the project. \n\nThe component takes a single prop `meowshiState` which is an object containing the current state of the Meowshi protocol. The state includes the currencies being converted, the input and output fields, and a boolean flag indicating whether the user wants to convert from SUSHI to xSUSHI or vice versa. \n\nThe component first initializes various state variables using the `useState` hook. It then uses the `useActiveWeb3React` hook to get the current user's account and chain ID. It also uses the `useTokenBalance` hook to get the user's SUSHI and xSUSHI token balances. \n\nThe component then uses the `useMeowshi` hook to get the current approval state and to approve, convert, and unconvert tokens using the Meowshi protocol. It also uses the `tryParseAmount` function to parse the input and output amounts entered by the user. \n\nThe component then renders different buttons depending on the current approval state and network. If the user is not connected to a wallet, the component renders a disabled button prompting the user to connect to a wallet. If the user is on a network other than the mainnet, the component renders a disabled button indicating that the network is not yet supported. If the user has not yet approved the Meowshi protocol to spend their tokens, the component renders a button prompting the user to approve the protocol. If the user has approved the protocol, the component renders a button that, when clicked, opens a confirmation modal and converts the tokens. \n\nOverall, this component provides a simple and user-friendly way for users to convert between SUSHI and xSUSHI tokens using the Meowshi protocol. It can be used in the larger project as a building block for more complex features that involve token conversions. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```jsx\nimport MeowshiButton from './MeowshiButton';\n\nconst MyComponent = () => {\n const meowshiState = {\n currencies: {\n input: SUSHI,\n output: XSUSHI\n },\n fields: {\n input: '10',\n output: ''\n },\n meow: true\n };\n\n return (\n
\n \n
\n );\n};\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `MeowshiButton` component?\n- The `MeowshiButton` component is used to render a button that allows the user to convert between two different currencies.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n- This code uses several external libraries and dependencies, including `@zoolabs/zdk`, `@ethersproject/units`, `@lingui/macro`, and several custom hooks and components.\n\n3. What conditions must be met for the button to be enabled?\n- The button is enabled if the user is connected to a wallet, the network is set to `ChainId.MAINNET`, and the user has approved the necessary token allowance. Additionally, the button is disabled if the user's balance is insufficient or if no amount has been entered.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/meowshi/MeowshiButton.md"}}],["806",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/migration/index.ts)\n\nThe code above is a simple export statement that defines an array called `MigrationSupported`. This array contains three elements, which are constants imported from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library: `ChainId.MAINNET`, `ChainId.BSC`, and `ChainId.MATIC`. \n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a list of supported blockchain networks for the migration of assets in the larger zoo project. The `ChainId` constants represent unique identifiers for different blockchain networks, and by including them in the `MigrationSupported` array, the code ensures that assets can be migrated between these networks. \n\nFor example, if a user wants to migrate an asset from the Binance Smart Chain (BSC) to the Polygon (MATIC) network, they can use the `MigrationSupported` array to check if this migration is supported. They can do this by checking if both `ChainId.BSC` and `ChainId.MATIC` are included in the array. If they are, the migration is supported, and the user can proceed with the migration. \n\nHere's an example of how this code might be used in the larger zoo project:\n\n```javascript\nimport { MigrationSupported } from 'zoo'\n\nconst sourceChain = ChainId.BSC\nconst targetChain = ChainId.MATIC\n\nif (MigrationSupported.includes(sourceChain) && MigrationSupported.includes(targetChain)) {\n // Perform asset migration from BSC to MATIC\n} else {\n console.log('Asset migration not supported for the selected source and target chains.')\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `MigrationSupported` array is imported from the `zoo` module. The `sourceChain` and `targetChain` variables are set to `ChainId.BSC` and `ChainId.MATIC`, respectively. The `includes()` method is then used to check if both `sourceChain` and `targetChain` are included in the `MigrationSupported` array. If they are, the asset migration can proceed. If not, an error message is logged to the console. \n\nOverall, this code provides a simple and flexible way to manage asset migrations between different blockchain networks in the larger zoo project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code exports an array of supported chain IDs for migration in the `zoo` project.\n\n2. What is the `ChainId` module and where does it come from?\n - The `ChainId` module is imported from the `@zoolabs/zdk` package, which is likely a custom library developed by the `zoo` project team.\n\n3. Are there any other modules or functions that depend on this `MigrationSupported` array?\n - Without further context, it is unclear whether other parts of the `zoo` project depend on this array. However, it is possible that other migration-related functions or modules may reference this array.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/migration/index.md"}}],["807",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/miso/Article.tsx)\n\nThe code above defines a React functional component called `Article`. This component takes in two props: `title` and `content`. The `title` prop is optional and has a default value of an empty string. The `content` prop is required and has no default value. \n\nThe purpose of this component is to render an article with a title and content. The article is contained within a `div` element with a class of `col-span-12 md:col-span-6 xl:col-span-4 xl:mx-8`, which is a CSS class used for grid layout. The title is rendered within a nested `div` element with a class of `self-end mb-3 text-lg font-bold md:text-xl text-high-emphesis md:mb-7`. This class is used for styling the title to be bold and larger on medium and large screens. The content is rendered within another nested `div` element with a class of `pr-3 mb-2 text-sm leading-5 text-white opacity-50 md:text-base md:mb-4 md:pr-0`. This class is used for styling the content to be smaller and less opaque than the title, and to have some padding on the right side.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project to display articles with a consistent layout and styling. For example, if a blog website was being built with React, this component could be used to render each blog post with a title and content. Here is an example of how this component could be used:\n\n```\nimport React from 'react';\nimport Article from './Article';\n\nfunction BlogPost({ title, content }) {\n return (\n
\n );\n}\n\nexport default BlogPost;\n```\n\nIn this example, the `BlogPost` component takes in `title` and `content` props and passes them down to the `Article` component. This allows for consistent styling and layout of each blog post on the website.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Article` function?\n- The `Article` function is a React component that renders an article with a title and content.\n\n2. What is the data type of the `title` and `content` props?\n- The `title` prop is of type `any` and is optional, while the `content` prop is of type `any` and is required.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the CSS classes used in the JSX code?\n- The CSS classes are used to style the article component, including the font size, color, and layout.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/miso/Article.md"}}],["808",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/miso/Articles.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React component called `Articles` that takes in an array of objects as a prop, where each object represents an article with a `title` and `content`. The component then maps over the array and renders an `Article` component for each object in the array, passing in the `title` and `content` as props. \n\nThe `Article` component is imported from a file located at `./Article`, which suggests that this code is part of a larger project with multiple components. The purpose of this code is to render a list of articles on a webpage, where each article is represented by an `Article` component. \n\nThis component can be used in a variety of ways within the larger project. For example, it could be used to display a list of blog posts, news articles, or any other type of content that is organized into articles. \n\nHere is an example of how this component could be used in a larger project:\n\n```jsx\nimport React from 'react'\nimport Articles from './Articles'\n\nconst articles = [\n {\n title: 'The Importance of Exercise',\n content: 'Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit...'\n },\n {\n title: 'Healthy Eating Habits',\n content: 'Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit...'\n },\n {\n title: 'Mental Health Awareness',\n content: 'Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit...'\n }\n]\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n

Articles

\n \n
\n )\n}\n\nexport default App\n```\n\nIn this example, the `Articles` component is used to render a list of three articles with titles and content. The `articles` array is passed in as a prop to the `Articles` component, which then maps over the array and renders an `Article` component for each object in the array. The resulting output would be a list of three articles with titles and content displayed on the webpage.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Article` component being imported?\n - The `Article` component is being imported to be used in the `Articles` function.\n\n2. What is the expected data structure for the `articles` prop?\n - The `articles` prop is expected to be an array of objects with properties `title` and `content`.\n\n3. What does the `key` prop do in the `Article` component being returned?\n - The `key` prop is used to uniquely identify each `Article` component when rendering a list of them, and is set to `article-${i}` where `i` is the index of the current `article` in the `articles` array.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/miso/Articles.md"}}],["809",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/onsen/CurrencyInputPanel.tsx)\n\nThe `CurrencyInputPanel` component is a reusable UI component that provides an input field for users to enter a currency amount, along with an optional button to set the input field to the maximum available balance for the selected currency. The component also displays the currency symbol and logo, along with the current balance and fiat value of the selected currency.\n\nThe component takes in several props, including the current value of the input field, a callback function to handle user input, a boolean flag to show or hide the \"max\" button, the current balance of the selected currency, the fiat value of the selected currency, and various other optional flags to customize the appearance of the component.\n\nInternally, the component uses several other components and hooks from the `@zoolabs/zdk`, `@heroicons/react/outline`, `@lingui/react`, and `lottie-react` libraries to render the currency logo, fiat value, and animation for the \"max\" button. The component also uses the `classNames` and `formatCurrencyAmount` functions from the `../../functions` module to apply CSS classes and format currency amounts, respectively.\n\nOverall, the `CurrencyInputPanel` component provides a flexible and customizable input field for users to enter currency amounts, along with useful information about the selected currency's balance and fiat value. This component can be used in various parts of the larger project, such as in trading interfaces or wallet management pages. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```jsx\nimport { CurrencyAmount, Currency } from \"@zoolabs/zdk\";\nimport CurrencyInputPanel from \"./CurrencyInputPanel\";\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const [value, setValue] = useState(\"\");\n const currencyBalance = new CurrencyAmount(Currency.ETH, \"10.0\");\n\n const handleUserInput = useCallback((val) => {\n setValue(val);\n }, []);\n\n const handleMax = useCallback(() => {\n setValue(currencyBalance.toExact());\n }, [currencyBalance]);\n\n return (\n
\n \n
\n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n- This code defines a React component called `CurrencyInputPanel` that renders a panel for inputting a currency amount, including an optional currency logo, input field, and balance information.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n- This code imports several external libraries and dependencies, including `@zoolabs/zdk`, `@heroicons/react/outline`, `lottie-react`, `@lingui/macro`, and several custom components and hooks defined elsewhere in the project.\n\n3. What are the optional props that can be passed to the `CurrencyInputPanel` component?\n- The `CurrencyInputPanel` component accepts several optional props, including `value`, `onUserInput`, `onMax`, `showMaxButton`, `currency`, `id`, `currencyBalance`, `fiatValue`, `priceImpact`, `hideBalance`, `hideInput`, and `hideIcon`. These props control the behavior and appearance of the component, such as the initial input value, whether to show a \"max\" button, and whether to hide the currency logo or balance information.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/onsen/CurrencyInputPanel.md"}}],["810",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/onsen/FarmList.tsx)\n\nThe `FarmList` component is a React component that renders a list of farms. It receives two props: `farms`, which is an array of farm objects, and `term`, which is a search term used to filter the farms. \n\nThe component uses the `useSortableData` hook to enable sorting of the farms by different criteria such as symbol, TVL, and APR. The sorting is triggered by clicking on the corresponding column header, which calls the `requestSort` function with the appropriate key. The current sort configuration is stored in the `sortConfig` object, which is used to display an up or down arrow next to the column header to indicate the sort direction.\n\nThe component also uses the `useInfiniteScroll` hook to enable infinite scrolling of the farms. The `numDisplayed` state variable keeps track of the number of farms currently displayed, and is updated by the `setNumDisplayed` function when the user scrolls to the bottom of the list. The `InfiniteScroll` component from the `react-infinite-scroll-component` library is used to detect when the user has reached the bottom of the list and trigger the loading of more farms.\n\nEach farm in the list is rendered using the `FarmListItem` component, which receives a single `farm` prop. The `FarmListItem` component is not shown in this code snippet, but it is likely responsible for rendering the individual farm details such as the farm name, symbol, TVL, and APR.\n\nOverall, the `FarmList` component provides a flexible and interactive way to display and sort a list of farms, while also enabling infinite scrolling to handle large lists. It can be used as a standalone component or as part of a larger project that involves displaying and managing farms. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```jsx\nimport FarmList from './FarmList'\n\nconst farms = [\n { symbol: 'ETH-USDT', tvl: 1000000, roiPerYear: 0.1 },\n { symbol: 'BTC-USDT', tvl: 2000000, roiPerYear: 0.2 },\n { symbol: 'USDC-USDT', tvl: 3000000, roiPerYear: 0.3 },\n]\n\nfunction App() {\n return (\n
\n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useSortableData` hook?\n - The `useSortableData` hook is used to sort the `farms` array based on the user's request.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `InfiniteScroll` component?\n - The `InfiniteScroll` component is used to render a list of `FarmListItem` components and load more items as the user scrolls down the page.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `Dots` component?\n - The `Dots` component is used to display a loading animation while the `farms` data is being fetched.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/onsen/FarmList.md"}}],["811",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/onsen/FarmListItem.tsx)\n\nThe `FarmListItem` component is a React component that renders a single farm item in a list of farms. It takes a `farm` object as a prop, which contains information about the farm, such as the tokens being farmed, the TVL (total value locked), rewards, and ROI (return on investment).\n\nThe component uses the `Disclosure` component from the `@headlessui/react` library to create a collapsible section for each farm item. When the user clicks on the farm item, the section expands to show more details about the farm.\n\nThe component uses several other components and functions from the project, such as `DoubleLogo`, `Image`, `QuestionHelper`, and `useCurrency`. It also imports the `PairType` enum from another file.\n\nThe component renders the farm item using a grid layout with four columns. The first column displays the tokens being farmed, along with their logos and symbols. The second column displays the TVL of the farm. The third column displays the rewards being earned by the farm, along with their icons and reward rates. The fourth column displays the ROI of the farm, along with a tooltip that shows the reward APR and fee APY.\n\nThe component uses several utility functions to format numbers and percentages, such as `formatNumber` and `formatPercent`. It also uses the `classNames` function to conditionally apply CSS classes based on whether the farm item is open or closed.\n\nOverall, the `FarmListItem` component is a reusable component that can be used to display a list of farms in the larger project. It provides a consistent and user-friendly way to view and interact with farms, and can be customized and extended as needed.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `FarmListItem` component?\n- The `FarmListItem` component is used to display information about a farm, including its tokens, TVL, rewards, and ROI.\n\n2. What is the `Disclosure` component from `@headlessui/react` used for?\n- The `Disclosure` component is used to create a collapsible section that can be expanded or collapsed by clicking a button.\n\n3. What is the `QuestionHelper` component used for?\n- The `QuestionHelper` component is used to display a tooltip with additional information about a farm's reward APR and fee APY.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/onsen/FarmListItem.md"}}],["812",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/onsen/FarmListItemDetails.tsx)\n\nThe `FarmListItemDetails` component is a React component that renders a panel containing information about a farm. The component imports several dependencies, including `React`, `useState`, `PairType` from an enum file, `Disclosure`, `Tab`, and `Transition` from the `@headlessui/react` library, `t` and `useLingui` from the `@lingui` library, `useActiveWeb3React` from a custom hook, `Token` and `ZERO` from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, `getAddress` from the `@ethersproject/address` library, and several custom hooks and components.\n\nThe component takes a `farm` object as a prop, which contains information about the farm, including the pair ID and type. The component uses this information to create a `liquidityToken` object, which is an instance of the `Token` class from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library. The `liquidityToken` object is used to retrieve the `stakedAmount` of the farm using the `useUserInfo` hook.\n\nThe component renders a `Transition` component from the `@headlessui/react` library, which animates the panel when it is shown or hidden. The panel is a `Disclosure.Panel` component from the same library, which contains an `InformationDisclosure` component and a `div` element. The `InformationDisclosure` component displays information about the farm, including the name, APR, and TVL. The `div` element contains the investment details and manage position tabs.\n\nThe `div` element contains a `toggleView` state variable, which determines whether the investment details or manage position tab is displayed. The `toggleView` variable is toggled when the user clicks the manage position or investment details button. If the investment details tab is selected, the `InvestmentDetails` component is rendered. If the manage position tab is selected, a `Tab.Group` component is rendered, which contains two `Tab` components and two `Tab.Panel` components. The `Tab` components display the text \"Lending\" or \"Liquidity\" depending on the type of pair, and \"Staking\". The `Tab.Panel` components contain the `ManageKashiPair` or `ManageSwapPair` component and the `ManageBar` component, respectively.\n\nOverall, the `FarmListItemDetails` component is a reusable component that can be used to display information about a farm and allow the user to manage their position or view investment details. It uses several custom hooks and components to retrieve and display the necessary information.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `FarmListItemDetails` component?\n- The `FarmListItemDetails` component is responsible for rendering the details of a farm, including investment details and the ability to manage a user's position.\n\n2. What libraries and hooks are being used in this code?\n- This code is using several libraries and hooks, including React, @headlessui/react, @lingui/macro, @lingui/react, and @zoolabs/zdk. It is also using custom hooks from the `../../hooks` and `./hooks` files.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `liquidityToken` variable?\n- The `liquidityToken` variable is creating a new `Token` object using the `Token` class from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library. It is used to represent the liquidity token for a given farm, which is used to calculate the staked amount for a user's position.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/onsen/FarmListItemDetails.md"}}],["813",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/onsen/FarmMenu.tsx)\n\nThe `Menu` component in the `zoo` project is responsible for rendering a menu of links to different farms. The farms are filtered based on the chain ID and the user's account. The component imports several dependencies, including `ChainId` from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, `NavLink` from the `../../components/NavLink` file, and two hooks from the `../../hooks` and `../../state/application/hooks` files.\n\nThe `Menu` component takes a single prop, `positionsLength`, which is not used in the component. The component then uses the `useActiveWeb3React` hook to get the user's account and chain ID. It also uses the `useWalletModalToggle` hook to toggle the wallet modal when the user clicks on the \"Your Farms\" link.\n\nThe component then renders a list of links to different farms. If the user is logged in (`account` is truthy), the \"Your Farms\" link is an active link that takes the user to their portfolio of farms. If the user is not logged in, the \"Your Farms\" link is a non-active link that opens the wallet modal when clicked.\n\nThe component then renders a horizontal divider and links to \"All Farms\", \"Kashi Farms\", \"SushiSwap Farms\", and \"2x Reward Farms\". The \"Kashi Farms\" and \"SushiSwap Farms\" links are only rendered if the chain ID is `ChainId.MAINNET`. The \"2x Reward Farms\" link is only rendered if the chain ID is `ChainId.MAINNET` or `ChainId.MATIC`.\n\nOverall, the `Menu` component provides a convenient way for users to navigate to different farms in the `zoo` project. Developers can use this component in the larger project by importing it and rendering it wherever a menu of farm links is needed. For example, the component could be used in the project's header or sidebar to provide easy access to different farms.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Menu` component?\n - The `Menu` component is responsible for rendering a menu of links to different farms based on the user's account and chain ID.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `useActiveWeb3React` and `useWalletModalToggle` hooks?\n - The `useActiveWeb3React` hook is used to retrieve the user's account and chain ID from the active Web3 provider, while the `useWalletModalToggle` hook is used to toggle the display of the wallet modal.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `NavLink` component?\n - The `NavLink` component is used to create links that are aware of the current route and can apply custom styles when active.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/onsen/FarmMenu.md"}}],["814",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/onsen/InformationDisclosure.tsx)\n\nThe `InformationDisclosure` component is a React component that displays information on how to participate in a liquidity pool or Kashi market. It is used in the larger project to provide users with a clear understanding of how to participate in the project's liquidity pools and Kashi markets.\n\nThe component uses the `Disclosure` and `Transition` components from the `@headlessui/react` library to create a collapsible panel that displays the information. When the panel is closed, a `QuestionMarkCircleIcon` is displayed, and when it is open, a `XCircle` icon is displayed to close it.\n\nThe component receives a `farm` prop, which is an object that contains information about the liquidity pool or Kashi market. The component uses this information to display the appropriate instructions for participating in the pool or market.\n\nThe component uses the `Typography` component from the `../../components/Typography` file to display text. It also uses the `NavLink` component from the `../../components/NavLink` file to create links to other pages in the project.\n\nThe component is used in the larger project to provide users with a clear understanding of how to participate in the project's liquidity pools and Kashi markets. It is displayed on the project's website and can be accessed by users who are interested in participating in the project. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```jsx\nimport InformationDisclosure from './InformationDisclosure'\n\nconst MyComponent = () => {\n const farm = {\n pair: {\n type: PairType.SWAP,\n token0: {\n id: '0x123',\n symbol: 'ETH'\n },\n token1: {\n id: '0x456',\n symbol: 'USDC'\n }\n }\n }\n\n return (\n
\n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `InformationDisclosure` component?\n- The `InformationDisclosure` component is used to display information on how to participate in a farm, including steps to provide liquidity, deposit tokens, and harvest rewards.\n\n2. What libraries and components are being imported in this file?\n- The file is importing React, Fragment, `Disclosure` and `Transition` components from `@headlessui/react`, `QuestionMarkCircleIcon` from `@heroicons/react/solid`, `XCircle` from `react-feather`, `useLingui` and `t` from `@lingui/react`, `Typography` from `../../components/Typography`, `PairType` from `./enum`, and `NavLink` from `../../components/NavLink`.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useLingui` hook and `t` function?\n- The `useLingui` hook is used for internationalization and localization of the text displayed in the component. The `t` function is used to translate the text into the appropriate language based on the user's locale.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/onsen/InformationDisclosure.md"}}],["815",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/onsen/InvestmentDetails.tsx)\n\nThe `InvestmentDetails` component is a React functional component that displays information about a particular investment in a farming pool. The component takes a single prop `farm`, which is an object containing information about the farming pool. \n\nThe component imports several hooks and components from various packages and files. The `useLingui` hook and `Typography` component are imported from the `@lingui` package and are used for internationalization. The `Image` component is imported from the `../../components/Image` file and is used to display images. The `useKashiPair` hook is imported from the `../kashi/context` file and is used to get information about a Kashi pair. The `useActiveWeb3React` hook is imported from the `../../hooks` file and is used to get information about the active Web3 connection. The `CurrencyAmount`, `JSBI`, `Token`, `USDC`, and `ZERO` objects are imported from the `@zoolabs/zdk` package and are used for currency calculations. The `getAddress` function is imported from the `@ethersproject/address` package and is used to get the address of a contract. The `PairType` enum is imported from the `./enum` file and is used to determine the type of farming pool. The `usePendingSushi` and `useUserInfo` hooks are imported from the `./hooks` file and are used to get information about pending Sushi rewards and user information, respectively. The `easyAmount` and `formatNumber` functions are imported from the `../../functions` file and are used for formatting numbers. The `BigNumber` object is imported from the `@ethersproject/bignumber` package and is used for big number calculations. The `usePendingReward` and `useMasterChef` hooks are imported from the `./usePendingReward` and `./useMasterChef` files, respectively, and are used to get information about pending rewards and the MasterChef contract.\n\nThe component renders a div that contains two sections: one for displaying information about the user's deposits and one for displaying information about the user's rewards. The deposits section displays the amount of liquidity tokens staked by the user, the value of the staked tokens in USD, and the amount of each token staked. The rewards section displays the amount of pending Sushi and other rewards, the value of the pending rewards in USD, and a button to harvest the rewards.\n\nThe component uses several hooks to get the necessary information for rendering the deposit and reward sections. The `useKashiPair` hook is used to get information about a Kashi pair, which is used to calculate the amount of KMP staked by the user. The `useUserInfo` hook is used to get information about the user's staked amount, which is used to calculate the amount of each token staked. The `usePendingReward` and `usePendingSushi` hooks are used to get information about the user's pending rewards. The `useMasterChef` hook is used to get the `harvest` function, which is called when the user clicks the harvest button.\n\nThe component also uses several functions to calculate the necessary values for rendering the deposit and reward sections. The `onHarvest` function is called when the user clicks the harvest button and calls the `harvest` function from the `useMasterChef` hook. The `positionFiatValue` function calculates the value of the staked tokens in USD. The `rewardValue` function calculates the value of the pending rewards in USD.\n\nOverall, the `InvestmentDetails` component is a reusable component that can be used to display information about a particular investment in a farming pool. It uses several hooks and functions to get and calculate the necessary information for rendering the deposit and reward sections.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `InvestmentDetails` component?\n- The `InvestmentDetails` component is used to display information about a particular investment, including the user's deposits, rewards, and details about the investment pair.\n\n2. What external libraries and APIs are being used in this code?\n- The code is using several external libraries and APIs, including Lingui for internationalization, Next.js for routing, and the ZDK library for working with tokens and currencies.\n\n3. What is the difference between `PairType.KASHI` and `PairType.SWAP`?\n- `PairType.KASHI` and `PairType.SWAP` are two different types of pairs that can be used for investments. Kashi pairs are used for lending and borrowing, while swap pairs are used for trading one token for another.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/onsen/InvestmentDetails.md"}}],["816",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/onsen/KashiDeposit.tsx)\n\nThe `KashiDeposit` component is a React component that allows users to deposit assets into a Kashi market. Kashi is a lending and borrowing platform built on top of the Aave protocol. The component imports various dependencies such as `@lingui/macro`, `@zoolabs/zdk`, and `@ethersproject/bignumber`. \n\nThe component takes in two props: `pair` and `useBento`. `pair` is an object that contains information about the asset pair being deposited, such as the asset address and balance. `useBento` is a boolean that determines whether the deposit should be made to the BentoBox, which is a smart contract that optimizes gas usage for token transfers.\n\nThe component renders a `CurrencyInputPanel` that allows users to input the amount of assets they want to deposit. The component also calculates the user's asset balance and displays it on the panel. If the user has insufficient balance or has not entered an amount, an error message is displayed.\n\nThe component also renders a button that allows users to approve the Kashi contract to spend their assets. If the user has not approved the contract, the button will display \"Approve Kashi\". If the user has already approved the contract, the button will display \"Confirm Deposit\". If the user is using BentoBox, the component will also render a button that allows users to approve the BentoBox contract to spend their assets.\n\nWhen the user clicks the \"Confirm Deposit\" button, the `onCook` function is called with the `pair` object and an `onDeposit` function as arguments. The `onDeposit` function adds the user's assets to the Kashi market. If the exchange rate for the asset pair is zero, the `updateExchangeRate` function is called to update the exchange rate. \n\nOverall, the `KashiDeposit` component provides a user-friendly interface for depositing assets into a Kashi market. It handles the approval process and provides error messages if necessary. The component can be used in conjunction with other Kashi components to create a full-fledged lending and borrowing platform. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport KashiDeposit from './KashiDeposit';\n\nconst MyComponent = () => {\n const pair = {\n asset: {\n address: '0x123...',\n balance: '1000000000000000000',\n tokenInfo: {\n symbol: 'USDC'\n }\n },\n currentExchangeRate: '1000000000000000000'\n };\n\n return (\n \n );\n};\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `KashiDeposit` component?\n- The `KashiDeposit` component is used to handle depositing assets into a Kashi market.\n\n2. What external libraries and APIs are being used in this code?\n- The code is using the Lingui library for internationalization, the ZDK library for interacting with the BentoBox smart contract, and the Ethers library for working with BigNumber objects.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `useBento` prop?\n- The `useBento` prop is used to determine whether to use the BentoBox balance or the token balance when calculating the user's available balance for depositing.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/onsen/KashiDeposit.md"}}],["817",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/onsen/KashiWithdraw.tsx)\n\nThe `KashiWithdraw` component is a React component that allows users to withdraw assets from a Kashi lending pair. The component imports various modules from the `@ethersproject`, `@lingui`, `@zoolabs`, and `react` libraries, as well as several custom hooks and components from the project's codebase.\n\nThe component takes two props: `pair`, which is an object representing the Kashi lending pair from which the user wishes to withdraw assets, and `useBento`, a boolean indicating whether the BentoBox contract should be used for the withdrawal. The component first initializes several variables and hooks, including the Lingui translation hook, the user's active Web3 account, and the asset token being withdrawn. It then sets up state for the withdrawal amount and uses a custom hook (`useKashiApproveCallback`) to handle the approval of the Kashi contract for the withdrawal.\n\nThe component calculates the maximum amount of assets that the user can withdraw (`maxAmount`) based on the available balance of the asset token and the user's current asset fraction in the lending pair. It then sets up an `onWithdraw` function that will be called when the user confirms the withdrawal. This function calculates the fraction of assets to be withdrawn based on the user's input and the current state of the lending pair, and then calls the `removeAsset` function on the `KashiCooker` object to execute the withdrawal.\n\nThe component also sets up an error message to be displayed if the user's input is invalid (e.g. if they enter an amount greater than their available balance), and a boolean indicating whether the user's input is valid. Finally, the component renders a `CurrencyInputPanel` component to allow the user to input the withdrawal amount, as well as a button to approve the Kashi contract (if necessary) and a button to confirm the withdrawal.\n\nOverall, this component provides a user-friendly interface for withdrawing assets from a Kashi lending pair, handling the necessary calculations and interactions with the Kashi contract. It can be used as part of a larger project that includes other components for interacting with the Kashi protocol. For example, it could be used in conjunction with a component for depositing assets into a Kashi lending pair, allowing users to easily manage their lending positions.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `KashiWithdraw` component?\n- The `KashiWithdraw` component is used to allow users to withdraw assets from a Kashi market.\n\n2. What external libraries and APIs are being used in this code?\n- The code is using several external libraries and APIs, including `@ethersproject/bignumber`, `@lingui/macro`, `@lingui/react`, `@zoolabs/zdk`, and `Web3Connect`.\n\n3. What is the role of the `useKashiApproveCallback` hook in this code?\n- The `useKashiApproveCallback` hook is used to handle the approval of Kashi contracts for a user's BentoBox. It returns several functions and states that are used in the `KashiWithdraw` component to handle the approval process.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/onsen/KashiWithdraw.md"}}],["818",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/onsen/ManageBar.tsx)\n\nThe code is a React component that renders a UI for managing a user's liquidity in a farming pool. The component takes a `farm` object as a prop, which contains information about the farming pool, such as the pair of tokens being farmed, the contract address of the farming contract, and the type of farming contract (MasterChef, MiniChef, or Kashi). \n\nThe UI allows the user to deposit or withdraw liquidity from the farming pool. The user can toggle between the deposit and withdraw modes using a switch. In deposit mode, the user can enter an amount of liquidity to deposit, and the UI displays the user's balance of the liquidity token, the fiat value of the balance, and the fiat value of the deposit amount. If the user is not connected to a wallet, the UI displays a \"Connect Wallet\" button. If the user is connected to a wallet, the UI displays an \"Approve\" button if the user has not yet approved the farming contract to spend the liquidity token, or a \"Confirm Deposit\" button if the user has already approved the contract. \n\nIn withdraw mode, the UI is similar to deposit mode, but displays the user's staked amount of liquidity instead of the balance, and displays a \"Confirm Withdraw\" button instead of an \"Approve\" button. The user cannot withdraw more liquidity than they have staked. \n\nThe UI also includes buttons for quickly setting the deposit or withdraw amount to 25%, 50%, 75%, or 100% of the user's balance or staked amount, respectively. \n\nThe component uses several other components and hooks from the project, such as `CurrencyInputPanel` for displaying and inputting token amounts, `Web3Connect` for connecting to a wallet, `useMasterChef` for interacting with the farming contract, and `useUserInfo` for getting the user's staked amount. \n\nOverall, this component provides a user-friendly interface for managing liquidity in a farming pool, and integrates with other components and hooks in the project to provide a seamless user experience. \n\nExample usage:\n```jsx\n\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `ManageBar` component?\n- The `ManageBar` component is used to manage deposits and withdrawals for a given farm.\n\n2. What external libraries and APIs are being used in this code?\n- The code is using several external libraries and APIs, including React, Headless UI, Heroicons, Lingui, ethersproject, and ZDK.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `approvalState` variable and how is it used?\n- The `approvalState` variable is used to track the approval status of a user's funds for a given farm. It is used to conditionally render an \"Approve\" button or a \"Confirm Deposit\" button depending on whether the funds have already been approved or not.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/onsen/ManageBar.md"}}],["819",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/onsen/ManageKashiPair.tsx)\n\nThe `ManageKashiPair` component is a React component that renders a UI for managing a Kashi pair. Kashi is a lending and borrowing platform built on top of the Aave protocol. The UI allows the user to deposit or withdraw funds from a Kashi pair, which is a pair of assets that can be lent or borrowed. \n\nThe component imports several other components from various libraries, including `Popover` and `Switch` from `@headlessui/react`, `MinusIcon` and `PlusIcon` from `@heroicons/react/solid`, and `t` and `useLingui` from `@lingui/macro` and `@lingui/react`, respectively. \n\nThe component takes a single prop, `farm`, which is an object that contains information about the Kashi pair. The component uses the `useKashiPair` hook to retrieve the Kashi pair object from the context. \n\nThe component renders a UI that consists of a toggle switch that allows the user to switch between depositing and withdrawing funds, a dropdown menu that allows the user to select whether to use their wallet or the BentoBox (a smart contract that allows for gas-efficient token transfers), and a balance display that shows the user's balance or the amount available to withdraw, depending on the toggle switch. \n\nWhen the user toggles the switch, the component conditionally renders either the `KashiDeposit` or `KashiWithdraw` component, passing in the Kashi pair object and the `useBento` state as props. \n\nHere's an example of how the `ManageKashiPair` component might be used in a larger project:\n\n```jsx\nimport ManageKashiPair from './ManageKashiPair'\n\nconst MyKashiPair = ({ farm }) => {\n return (\n
\n

Kashi Pair

\n \n
\n )\n}\n\nexport default MyKashiPair\n```\n\nIn this example, the `MyKashiPair` component renders a heading and the `ManageKashiPair` component, passing in the `farm` prop. The `ManageKashiPair` component handles the UI for managing the Kashi pair, while the `MyKashiPair` component provides the overall structure and context for the Kashi pair.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `ManageKashiPair` component?\n- The `ManageKashiPair` component is used to manage deposits and withdrawals for a Kashi pair.\n\n2. What libraries and frameworks are being used in this code?\n- The code is using several libraries and frameworks, including `@headlessui/react`, `@heroicons/react/solid`, `@lingui/macro`, `@lingui/react`, and `React`.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `useBento` state variable?\n- The `useBento` state variable is used to determine whether to deposit/withdraw from the user's wallet or from the BentoBox smart contract.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/onsen/ManageKashiPair.md"}}],["820",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/onsen/ManageSwapPair.tsx)\n\nThe code defines a React component called `ManageSwapPair` that renders a UI for adding or removing liquidity from a token pair in a decentralized exchange. The component imports several dependencies, including React, `useState` hook, `Switch` component from the `@headlessui/react` library, and icons from the `@heroicons/react/solid` library. It also imports `Settings` component, `PoolAddLiquidity` and `PoolRemoveLiquidity` components, and a custom hook called `useCurrency` from other files in the project.\n\nThe component takes a single prop called `farm`, which is an object containing information about the token pair. The component initializes a state variable called `toggle` using the `useState` hook, which determines whether the UI should display the \"Add Liquidity\" or \"Remove Liquidity\" view. The component then uses the `useCurrency` hook to fetch information about the two tokens in the pair and renders a UI that displays a toggle switch and a `Settings` component.\n\nThe toggle switch is implemented using the `Switch` component from the `@headlessui/react` library. When the user toggles the switch, the `toggle` state variable is updated, which triggers a re-render of the component. Depending on the value of `toggle`, the component conditionally renders either the `PoolAddLiquidity` or `PoolRemoveLiquidity` component, passing in the two tokens as props.\n\nOverall, this component provides a high-level UI for managing liquidity in a decentralized exchange. It can be used as part of a larger project that implements a decentralized exchange, allowing users to add or remove liquidity from token pairs. Here is an example of how this component can be used in a parent component:\n\n```\nimport ManageSwapPair from './ManageSwapPair'\n\nconst MyExchange = () => {\n const tokenPair = { token0: { id: 'token0' }, token1: { id: 'token1' } }\n\n return (\n
\n

My Decentralized Exchange

\n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What does this code do?\n- This code exports a React component called `ManageSwapPair` that renders a UI for adding or removing liquidity from a pool.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n- This code imports several external libraries, including `React`, `@headlessui/react`, `@heroicons/react/solid`, and `@lingui/core`.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useCurrency` hook?\n- The `useCurrency` hook is used to retrieve information about a currency token based on its ID, which is passed in as an argument. This information is then used to render the UI for adding or removing liquidity.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/onsen/ManageSwapPair.md"}}],["821",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/onsen/enum.ts)\n\nThis file contains three enums: Chef, Rewarder, and PairType. These enums are used to define a set of related constants that can be used throughout the project. \n\nThe Chef enum defines four constants: MASTERCHEF, MASTERCHEF_V2, MINICHEF, and an implicit default value of 0. These constants are likely used to represent different types of chefs in the project, such as different levels of experience or different roles within the zoo.\n\nThe Rewarder enum defines three constants: SIMPLE, COMPLEX, and ALCX, with an implicit default value of 0. These constants are likely used to represent different types of rewarders in the project, such as different reward structures or different types of tokens.\n\nThe PairType enum defines two constants: SWAP and KASHI, with an implicit default value of 0. These constants are likely used to represent different types of pairs in the project, such as different trading pairs or different types of liquidity pools.\n\nOverall, these enums provide a convenient way to define and use related constants throughout the project. For example, if a function needs to take a Chef as an argument, it can use the Chef enum to ensure that only valid Chef values are passed in. Similarly, if a function needs to return a Rewarder, it can use the Rewarder enum to ensure that only valid Rewarder values are returned. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nfunction cookMeal(chef: Chef, ingredients: string[]): string {\n // code to cook a meal using the given ingredients and chef\n}\n\nconst myChef = Chef.MASTERCHEF;\nconst myIngredients = ['chicken', 'rice', 'vegetables'];\nconst myMeal = cookMeal(myChef, myIngredients);\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of these enums?\n - These enums are used to define different types of chefs, rewarders, and pair types in the zoo project. They likely have specific functionality or characteristics associated with them.\n\n2. Are there any other enums used in the zoo project?\n - It's unclear from this code snippet whether there are other enums used in the zoo project. Further investigation of the codebase would be necessary to determine this.\n\n3. How are these enums used in the zoo project?\n - Without additional context, it's difficult to determine exactly how these enums are used in the zoo project. However, it's likely that they are used to define and differentiate between different types of objects or functionality within the project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/onsen/enum.md"}}],["822",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/onsen/hooks.ts)\n\nThe `zoo` project is a blockchain-based project that involves farming and staking of tokens. The code in this file provides a set of utility functions and hooks that are used to interact with the smart contracts that power the farming and staking functionality. \n\nThe code imports several constants and functions from other modules in the `zoo` project, including `ChainId`, `CurrencyAmount`, `MASTERCHEF_ADDRESS`, `MASTERCHEF_V2_ADDRESS`, `MINICHEF_ADDRESS`, `Chef`, `useSingleCallResult`, `useSingleContractMultipleData`, `useMasterChefContract`, `useMasterChefV2Contract`, `useMiniChefContract`, `Contract`, `SUSHI`, `Zero`, `useActiveWeb3React`, `zip`, and `concat`. \n\nThe `useChefContract` function returns the contract instance for a given chef, which is used to interact with the smart contract for that chef. The `useChefContracts` function returns an array of contract instances for a given array of chefs. The `useUserInfo` function returns the amount of a given token that a user has staked in a given farm. The `usePendingSushi` function returns the amount of SUSHI tokens that a user has earned from a given farm. The `usePendingToken` function returns an array of pending tokens for a given farm and contract. The `useChefPositions` function returns an array of positions for a given chef, including the pending SUSHI and token rewards, the amount of tokens staked, and the chef type. The `usePositions` function returns an array of all positions across all chefs. The `useInfiniteScroll` hook is used to manage the number of items displayed in a list of farms, to minimize the rendering cost of the list.\n\nThese functions and hooks are used throughout the `zoo` project to interact with the smart contracts that power the farming and staking functionality. For example, `useUserInfo` and `usePendingSushi` are used to display the amount of tokens that a user has staked and earned in the UI. `usePositions` is used to display a list of all positions across all chefs. The `useInfiniteScroll` hook is used to manage the rendering cost of the farm list. Overall, this file provides a set of utility functions and hooks that are essential to the functionality of the `zoo` project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useChefContract` function and how is it used?\n- The `useChefContract` function returns the contract instance for a given chef type (MasterChef, MasterChefV2, or MiniChef) and is used to interact with the corresponding smart contract.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `usePendingSushi` function and how is it used?\n- The `usePendingSushi` function returns the pending SUSHI rewards for a given farm and is used to display the amount of SUSHI that a user can claim as rewards.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `usePositions` function and how is it used?\n- The `usePositions` function returns an array of all the user's positions across all chef types and is used to display the user's farms and their corresponding information (such as pending rewards and staked amount).","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/onsen/hooks.md"}}],["823",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/onsen/useMasterChef.ts)\n\nThe `useMasterChef` function is a custom React hook that provides access to deposit, withdraw, and harvest functions for a given chef contract. The hook takes a `chef` parameter of type `Chef`, which is an enum that specifies the type of chef contract to interact with. \n\nThe hook uses several other hooks to retrieve the necessary data for interacting with the chef contract. The `useActiveWeb3React` hook retrieves the current user's Ethereum account, while the `useSushiContract` and `useChefContract` hooks retrieve the SushiSwap token contract and the chef contract, respectively. \n\nThe `deposit` function takes two parameters: `pid`, which is the pool ID of the pool to deposit into, and `amount`, which is the amount of tokens to deposit. The function first checks which type of chef contract is being used and then calls the appropriate `deposit` function on the contract with the given `pid` and `amount`. If the chef contract is not the `MASTERCHEF` contract, the function also passes the current user's account as a third parameter. The function returns the transaction hash of the deposit transaction.\n\nThe `withdraw` function is similar to the `deposit` function, but instead of depositing tokens, it withdraws tokens from the specified pool. The function takes the same two parameters as the `deposit` function: `pid` and `amount`. The function checks which type of chef contract is being used and then calls the appropriate `withdraw` function on the contract with the given `pid` and `amount`. If the chef contract is not the `MASTERCHEF` contract, the function also passes the current user's account as a third parameter. The function returns the transaction hash of the withdraw transaction.\n\nThe `harvest` function is used to claim rewards from the specified pool. The function takes a single parameter, `pid`, which is the pool ID of the pool to harvest rewards from. The function first checks which type of chef contract is being used and then calls the appropriate `harvest` function on the contract with the given `pid` and the current user's account. If the chef contract is the `MASTERCHEF_V2` contract, the function also checks if there are enough SUSHI tokens in the contract to harvest. If there are not enough tokens, the function batches two harvest functions together to ensure that the user receives all of their rewards. The function returns the transaction hash of the harvest transaction.\n\nOverall, this hook provides a convenient way for developers to interact with chef contracts in the SushiSwap ecosystem. Developers can use this hook to build interfaces that allow users to deposit, withdraw, and claim rewards from various pools. Here is an example of how this hook might be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport { useMasterChef, Chef } from 'zoo'\n\nfunction Pool({ pid }) {\n const { deposit, withdraw, harvest } = useMasterChef(Chef.MASTERCHEF_V2)\n\n const handleDeposit = async (amount) => {\n const tx = await deposit(pid, amount)\n console.log(`Deposit transaction hash: ${tx.hash}`)\n }\n\n const handleWithdraw = async (amount) => {\n const tx = await withdraw(pid, amount)\n console.log(`Withdraw transaction hash: ${tx.hash}`)\n }\n\n const handleHarvest = async () => {\n const tx = await harvest(pid)\n console.log(`Harvest transaction hash: ${tx.hash}`)\n }\n\n return (\n
\n \n \n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `Pool` component uses the `useMasterChef` hook to retrieve the `deposit`, `withdraw`, and `harvest` functions for the `MASTERCHEF_V2` contract. The component then defines three event handlers that call these functions with the appropriate parameters when the user clicks on the corresponding buttons. When a transaction is successfully executed, the component logs the transaction hash to the console.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useMasterChef` function?\n- The `useMasterChef` function returns an object with three functions: `deposit`, `withdraw`, and `harvest`, which are used to interact with a smart contract related to a specific chef.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `Chef` enum?\n- The `Chef` enum is used to determine which chef's contract to interact with, as different chefs have different functions and parameters.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `harvest` function and how does it work?\n- The `harvest` function is used to claim rewards from the chef's contract. Depending on the chef, it may involve different steps such as checking pending rewards, batching in a harvest, or simply calling the `harvest` function.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/onsen/useMasterChef.md"}}],["824",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/onsen/usePendingReward.ts)\n\nThe `usePending` function is a React hook that calculates the pending rewards for a given farm. It imports several hooks and functions from other files in the project, including `useCallback`, `useEffect`, `useMemo`, `useState`, `useActiveWeb3React`, `useBlockNumber`, `useCloneRewarderContract`, `useComplexRewarderContract`, and `getContract`. \n\nThe function first defines an object called `REWARDERS` that maps chain IDs to rewarder contract addresses. It then defines a `usePending` function that takes a `farm` object as an argument. This `farm` object contains information about the farm, including its ID, reward token, and chef. \n\nWithin the `usePending` function, several hooks are used to get information about the current user's account, the current block number, and the rewarder contract for the given farm. The `useMemo` hook is used to memoize the `contract` object, which maps chain IDs to rewarder contracts. \n\nThe `useEffect` hook is used to fetch the pending rewards for the given farm. If the user is connected to a wallet, the rewarder contract exists, and the farm is a MasterChefV2 or MiniChef farm, the `fetchPendingReward` function is called. This function uses the `pendingTokens` function of the rewarder contract to get the pending rewards for the given farm and user account. It then formats the pending rewards as a string and sets the `balance` state variable to this value. \n\nFinally, the `usePending` function returns the `balance` state variable, which represents the pending rewards for the given farm. This hook can be used in other components to display the pending rewards for a given farm. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport usePending from './path/to/usePending'\n\nfunction Farm({ farm }) {\n const pendingRewards = usePending(farm)\n\n return (\n
\n

{farm.name}

\n

Pending rewards: {pendingRewards}

\n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `usePending` function?\n- The `usePending` function is used to fetch the pending rewards for a given farm and return the formatted balance.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `REWARDERS` object?\n- The `REWARDERS` object is used to store the rewarder contract addresses for different chain IDs.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the commented out `useRewarderContract` function?\n- It is unclear what the purpose of the `useRewarderContract` function is, as it is currently commented out and not used in the code. It appears to be related to fetching a rewarder contract for a given farm, but more context is needed to understand its intended use.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/onsen/usePendingReward.md"}}],["825",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/trade/Header.tsx)\n\nThe `ExchangeHeader` component is a React functional component that renders a header for the exchange page of the Zoo project. The header contains three buttons for swapping, creating limit orders, and adding/removing liquidity, respectively. The component also includes a gas fee estimator and a settings button.\n\nThe component takes three props: `input`, `output`, and `allowedSlippage`. `input` and `output` are optional Currency objects that represent the input and output tokens for the exchange. `allowedSlippage` is an optional Percent object that represents the maximum allowed slippage for the exchange.\n\nThe `getQuery` function is a helper function that takes `input` and `output` as arguments and returns an object with `inputCurrency` and `outputCurrency` properties. If `input` is not provided, the `inputCurrency` property defaults to `\"ETH\"`. If neither `input` nor `output` is provided, the function returns `undefined`.\n\nThe `ExchangeHeader` component uses the `useLingui` hook from the `@lingui/react` package to provide internationalization support. It also uses the `useActiveWeb3React` hook from the Zoo project to get the current chain ID.\n\nThe component renders a `div` element with two child elements: a `div` element containing the three buttons, and a `div` element containing the gas fee estimator and the settings button.\n\nThe three buttons are implemented as `NavLink` components from the Zoo project. Each `NavLink` component has an `href` prop that points to a different page of the exchange, depending on the current input and output tokens. The `getQuery` function is used to generate the query parameters for the `href` prop.\n\nThe gas fee estimator is implemented as a `Gas` component from the Zoo project. It displays the estimated gas fee for the current transaction.\n\nThe settings button is implemented as a `Settings` component from the Zoo project. It opens a modal dialog that allows the user to adjust the slippage tolerance and other settings.\n\nOverall, the `ExchangeHeader` component provides a convenient and user-friendly interface for the exchange page of the Zoo project. It allows users to easily swap tokens, create limit orders, and add/remove liquidity, while also providing important information about gas fees and settings.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `ExchangeHeader` component?\n- The `ExchangeHeader` component is used to render the header section of the exchange page, which includes navigation links, gas settings, and other components.\n\n2. What libraries and hooks are being imported in this file?\n- The file is importing several libraries and hooks, including `@zoolabs/zdk`, `React`, `@lingui/macro`, `@lingui/react`, and `next/router`. It is also importing several components from other files in the project.\n\n3. What is the `getQuery` function used for?\n- The `getQuery` function is used to generate a query object based on the input and output currencies passed to the `ExchangeHeader` component. This query object is used to construct links for the navigation links in the header.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/trade/Header.md"}}],["826",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/features/user/TransactionList.tsx)\n\nThe code is a React component that renders a list of transactions. It takes in an array of transactions as a prop and maps over them to render each transaction as a separate div element. Each transaction div contains information about the tokens being traded, a link to view the transaction on the blockchain explorer, and a checkmark icon to indicate that the transaction was successful.\n\nThe component uses several other components and hooks from the project, including `Image` and `Dots` components, and the `useActiveWeb3React` and `useLingui` hooks. It also imports two icons from the `react-feather` library.\n\nThe `getExplorerLink` function is imported from a `functions/explorer` file, which is not included in this code snippet. This function likely generates a URL to view a transaction on a blockchain explorer based on the chain ID and transaction hash.\n\nThe component checks if there are any transactions to render. If there are, it maps over the transactions and renders each one as a div element. If there are no transactions, it renders a loading spinner.\n\nThis component can be used in a larger project that involves trading tokens on a decentralized exchange. It provides a visual representation of the user's transaction history and allows them to view the details of each transaction on the blockchain explorer. The component can be customized with different styles and icons to fit the project's design. Here is an example of how the component can be used in a parent component:\n\n```\nimport TransactionList from './TransactionList'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const transactions = [\n {\n tx_hash: '0x123abc',\n token_0: {\n logo_url: 'https://example.com/token0.png',\n symbol: 'TOKEN0'\n },\n token_1: {\n logo_url: 'https://example.com/token1.png',\n symbol: 'TOKEN1'\n },\n description: 'Swapped TOKEN0 for TOKEN1'\n },\n // more transactions...\n ]\n\n return (\n
\n

My Transaction History

\n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code is a React component that renders a list of transactions with their corresponding token logos and descriptions.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n- This code imports several external libraries and components, including `react-feather`, `@lingui/macro`, `@lingui/react`, and custom functions from `../../functions/explorer` and `../../hooks/useActiveWeb3React`.\n\n3. What is the expected format of the `transactions` prop?\n- The `transactions` prop is expected to be an array of objects, where each object contains a `tx_hash` property and two nested objects with `logo_url` and `symbol` properties for each token involved in the transaction.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/features/user/TransactionList.md"}}],["827",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/abbreviateNumbers.ts)\n\nThe code above defines a function called `abbreviateNumber` that takes in a number as an argument and returns an abbreviated version of that number. The purpose of this function is to make large numbers more readable by abbreviating them with a letter that represents the magnitude of the number. For example, instead of displaying 1000000, the function would return 1M.\n\nThe function works by checking the magnitude of the input number and then dividing it by the appropriate factor to get the abbreviated version. If the number is greater than or equal to 1000000000000, the function divides it by 1000000000000 and appends a 'T' to the end. If the number is greater than or equal to 1000000000, the function divides it by 1000000000 and appends a 'B' to the end. If the number is greater than or equal to 1000000, the function divides it by 1000000 and appends an 'M' to the end. If the number is greater than or equal to 1000, the function divides it by 1000 and appends a 'K' to the end. If the number is less than 1000, the function returns the original number.\n\nThis function can be useful in a variety of contexts where large numbers need to be displayed in a more readable format. For example, it could be used in a financial application to display large sums of money, or in a data visualization tool to display large quantities of data. Here is an example of how the function could be used:\n\n```\nconst num = 1234567890;\nconst abbreviatedNum = abbreviateNumber(num);\nconsole.log(abbreviatedNum); // Output: 1.2B\n```\n\nIn this example, the function takes in the number 1234567890 and returns the abbreviated version 1.2B, which represents 1.2 billion.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this function?\n This function abbreviates large numbers by converting them into a shorter format with a letter suffix indicating the magnitude (e.g. \"1.5M\" for 1,500,000).\n\n2. What is the input type for this function?\n The input type for this function is a number.\n\n3. What is the output type for this function?\n The output type for this function is either a string (if the number is abbreviated) or a number (if the number is not large enough to be abbreviated).","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/abbreviateNumbers.md"}}],["828",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/analytics.ts)\n\nThis code is a set of functions that utilize the ReactGA library to log user activity on a website. The ReactGA library is a third-party analytics tool that allows developers to track user behavior and gain insights into how users interact with their website. \n\nThe `logPageView` function logs a page view by setting the page property to the current window location and then calling the `pageview` method. This function can be used to track which pages on the website are being viewed and how often they are being viewed. \n\nThe `logEvent` function logs a custom event with a specified category and action. This function can be used to track specific user interactions on the website, such as button clicks or form submissions. \n\nThe `logException` function logs an exception with a specified description and fatal flag. This function can be used to track errors or unexpected behavior on the website. \n\nOverall, these functions provide a way for developers to gain insights into how users are interacting with their website and identify areas for improvement. By using the ReactGA library, developers can easily integrate analytics tracking into their website without having to build their own tracking system from scratch. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { logPageView, logEvent, logException } from 'zoo'\n\n// Log a page view\nlogPageView()\n\n// Log a custom event\nlogEvent('Button Click', 'Submit Form')\n\n// Log an exception\nlogException('Error: Invalid input', true)\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is ReactGA and how is it being used in this code?\n ReactGA is a library for tracking user interactions with a website using Google Analytics. It is being used to log page views, events, and exceptions.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the logPageView function?\n The logPageView function is used to log a page view with Google Analytics, setting the page path to the current window location.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the logException function?\n The logException function is used to log an exception with Google Analytics, with an optional description and flag for whether it is fatal. This can be used to track errors and issues on the website.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/analytics.md"}}],["829",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/approveAmountCalldata.ts)\n\nThe code is a module that exports two functions related to the ERC20 token standard. The first function, `toHex`, takes a `BigintIsh` argument and returns a hexadecimal string representation of the number. The second function, `approveAmountCalldata`, takes a `CurrencyAmount` object and a `spender` address as arguments and returns an object with `to`, `data`, and `value` properties. \n\nThe `to` property is set to the address of the ERC20 token contract associated with the `Currency` object in the `amount` argument. The `data` property is set to the encoded function data for the `approve` function of the ERC20 contract, with the `spender` argument and the `quotient` of the `amount` argument passed as parameters. The `value` property is set to `'0x0'`, indicating that no ether is being sent along with the transaction.\n\nThe purpose of this module is to provide a convenient way to generate the necessary data for an `approve` transaction for an ERC20 token. This is useful for allowing a third party to spend a certain amount of tokens on behalf of the token owner. The `toHex` function is used to convert the `quotient` of the `amount` argument to a hexadecimal string, which is required for the `approve` function call. The `ERC20_INTERFACE` constant is an instance of the `Interface` class from the `@ethersproject/abi` package, which is used to encode the function call data for the `approve` function.\n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { CurrencyAmount, Token } from '@zoolabs/zdk'\nimport approveAmountCalldata from '@zoolabs/zdk/dist/approveAmountCalldata'\n\nconst token = new Token(1, '0x123...', 18, 'USDT', 'Tether')\nconst amount = CurrencyAmount.fromRawAmount(token, '100')\nconst spender = '0x456...'\n\nconst calldata = approveAmountCalldata(amount, spender)\nconsole.log(calldata)\n// Output: { to: '0x123...', data: '0x095ea7b3...123', value: '0x0' }\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `toHex` function?\n- The `toHex` function converts a `BigintIsh` value to a hexadecimal string with a '0x' prefix.\n\n2. What is the `ERC20_INTERFACE` object used for?\n- The `ERC20_INTERFACE` object is an instance of the `Interface` class from the `@ethersproject/abi` library, which defines the ABI (Application Binary Interface) of an ERC20 token contract.\n\n3. What does the `approveAmountCalldata` function do?\n- The `approveAmountCalldata` function takes a `CurrencyAmount` object and a spender address as inputs, and returns an object with `to`, `data`, and `value` properties that represent the calldata needed to approve the spender to spend the specified amount of tokens.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/approveAmountCalldata.md"}}],["830",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/archerRouter.ts)\n\nThe code is a TypeScript module that exports an abstract class called `ArcherRouter` and several interfaces and types. The `ArcherRouter` class has a single static method called `swapCallParameters` that produces the on-chain method name to call and the hex encoded parameters to pass as arguments for a given trade. The method takes three arguments: `factoryAddress`, `trade`, and `options`. \n\nThe `factoryAddress` argument is a string representing the address of the factory contract that created the pair of tokens being traded. The `trade` argument is an instance of the `Trade` class from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, which represents a trade between two tokens. The `options` argument is an object that extends the `TradeOptions` interface and adds three additional properties: `ethTip`, `ttl`, and `recipient`. \n\nThe `ethTip` property is an optional `CurrencyAmount` object that represents the amount of ETH to tip the miners who process the transaction. The `ttl` property is a number representing the time-to-live of the transaction in seconds. The `recipient` property is a string representing the address of the recipient of the transaction.\n\nThe `swapCallParameters` method first checks if the input or output currency is Ether and throws an error if both are Ether. It then validates the `ttl` property and the `ethTip` property, ensuring that the `ethTip` currency is Ether on the mainnet. It then calculates the `amountIn` and `amountOut` values for the trade, converts them to hexadecimal strings, and creates an `ArcherTrade` object with the `amountIn`, `amountOut`, `path`, `to`, and `deadline` properties. The `path` property is an array of token addresses representing the path of the trade. The `to` property is the recipient of the transaction, and the `deadline` property is the deadline for the transaction in hexadecimal format.\n\nThe method then determines the method name to call based on the `tradeType` property of the `trade` argument and whether the input or output currency is Ether. It sets the `args` and `value` properties of the `ArcherSwapParameters` object based on the method name and the `ethTip` property. Finally, it returns the `methodName`, `args`, and `value` properties as an `ArcherSwapParameters` object.\n\nThis code is part of the larger `zoo` project and is used to facilitate trades on the Archer Swap decentralized exchange. Developers can use the `ArcherRouter` class and the `swapCallParameters` method to execute trades on the Archer Swap exchange programmatically. For example, a developer could use the following code to execute a trade between two tokens:\n\n```\nimport { ArcherRouter } from 'zoo'\n\nconst factoryAddress = '0x1234567890abcdef'\nconst trade = new Trade(...)\nconst options = {\n ethTip: new Ether(...),\n ttl: 3600,\n recipient: '0x9876543210fedcba',\n allowedSlippage: 0.1,\n}\n\nconst swapParams = ArcherRouter.swapCallParameters(factoryAddress, trade, options)\n// Use swapParams to execute the trade on the Archer Swap exchange\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `ArcherRouter` class?\n- The `ArcherRouter` class represents the Archer Router and has static methods for helping execute trades.\n\n2. What is the `swapCallParameters` method used for?\n- The `swapCallParameters` method is used to produce the on-chain method name to call and the hex encoded parameters to pass as arguments for a given trade.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `validateAndParseAddress` function?\n- The `validateAndParseAddress` function is used to validate and parse an Ethereum address, and returns the checksummed address if it is valid. If the address is not valid, it throws an error.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/archerRouter.md"}}],["831",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/array/chunkArray.ts)\n\nThe code provided is a utility function that is used to chunk an array into smaller arrays. The purpose of this function is to evenly distribute items among the chunks while ensuring that each chunk does not exceed a specified gas limit. \n\nThe function takes in an array of items and an optional gas limit parameter. If the gas limit parameter is not specified, the function uses a default value of 2,000,000. The function then iterates through each item in the array and calculates the gas required by each item. If the current chunk is empty or the current item would not push the chunk over the gas limit, the item is added to the current chunk and the cumulative gas is incremented. If the current item would push the chunk over the gas limit, the current chunk is pushed to the chunks array, and a new chunk is created with the current item. \n\nOnce all items have been iterated through, the function checks if there are any remaining items in the current chunk and pushes it to the chunks array if there are. The function then returns the chunks array.\n\nThis function can be used in the larger project to split up large arrays into smaller chunks that can be processed more efficiently. For example, if the project is processing a large number of transactions, this function can be used to split the transactions into smaller chunks that can be processed in parallel. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nconst transactions = [/* array of transactions */];\nconst chunks = chunkArray(transactions, 500_000); // split transactions into chunks of 500,000 or less\nfor (const chunk of chunks) {\n // process each chunk of transactions\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `chunkArray` function?\n- The `chunkArray` function takes an array of items and evenly distributes them into smaller arrays called chunks, based on a gas limit. \n\n2. What is the significance of the `gasRequired` property in this code?\n- The `gasRequired` property is used to calculate the gas required by each item in the `chunkArray` function. If an item doesn't specify a `gasRequired` value, it defaults to `DEFAULT_GAS_REQUIRED`.\n\n3. Why is the `CONSERVATIVE_BLOCK_GAS_LIMIT` value hard-coded?\n- The `CONSERVATIVE_BLOCK_GAS_LIMIT` value is hard-coded as a conservative estimate of the current block gas limit. This is likely done to ensure that the `chunkArray` function doesn't exceed the gas limit and cause errors or unexpected behavior.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/array/chunkArray.md"}}],["832",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/array/index.ts)\n\nThis code exports a function called `chunkArray` from a module located in the `zoo` project. The purpose of the `chunkArray` function is to take an array and split it into smaller arrays of a specified size. This can be useful in situations where you need to process large amounts of data in smaller, more manageable chunks.\n\nThe `chunkArray` function takes two arguments: the array to be chunked and the size of each chunk. It then returns an array of arrays, where each sub-array contains the specified number of elements from the original array.\n\nHere is an example of how the `chunkArray` function can be used:\n\n```\nimport { chunkArray } from 'zoo';\n\nconst myArray = [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10];\nconst chunkSize = 3;\n\nconst chunkedArray = chunkArray(myArray, chunkSize);\n\nconsole.log(chunkedArray);\n// Output: [[1, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6], [7, 8, 9], [10]]\n```\n\nIn this example, we import the `chunkArray` function from the `zoo` project and use it to split an array of numbers into smaller arrays of size 3. The resulting `chunkedArray` variable contains an array of arrays, where each sub-array contains 3 elements from the original array (except for the last sub-array, which contains the remaining elements).\n\nOverall, this code provides a useful utility function for working with arrays in the `zoo` project. By exporting it as a module, it can be easily used in other parts of the project where array manipulation is needed.\n## Questions: \n 1. **What does the `chunkArray` function do?** \n The code exports the `chunkArray` function from a file located at `./chunkArray`, so a smart developer might want to investigate that file to understand what the function does.\n\n2. **What other functions or variables are exported from the `zoo` module?** \n The code only exports the `chunkArray` function, so a smart developer might want to check other files in the `zoo` module to see if there are any other exports.\n\n3. **Is the `chunkArray` function used anywhere else in the `zoo` module?** \n The code only exports the `chunkArray` function, so a smart developer might want to search the `zoo` module for any other files that import and use the `chunkArray` function.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/array/index.md"}}],["833",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/assets.ts)\n\nThe code above defines several constants and functions related to NFTs (non-fungible tokens) in the context of the zoo project. The `import` statements at the top of the file bring in two external dependencies: `ChainId` from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, and the `_` (underscore) utility library.\n\nThe constants defined in this file are `TYPE_VALIDATOR`, `TYPE_ATM`, `TYPE_WALLET`, and `TYPE_CASH`, which are strings representing different types of NFTs that can be owned in the zoo project.\n\nThe `newNft` function takes three arguments: `tokenId` (a unique identifier for the NFT), `type` (one of the constants defined above), and `props` (an optional object containing additional properties to be added to the NFT object). This function returns an object representing a new NFT, with the `tokenId`, `type`, `image`, and `video` properties set based on the input arguments. The `image` and `video` properties are hardcoded to point to files in the `/nfts` directory with filenames based on the `type` argument.\n\nThe remaining functions (`getOwnedNfts`, `getValidatorNfts`, `getAtmNfts`, `getWalletNfts`, and `getCashNfts`) all return arrays of NFT objects. `getOwnedNfts` returns an array of three NFTs of different types, while the other functions each return an array of six NFTs of a specific type. These functions use the `newNft` function to create the NFT objects, with the `tokenId` values incremented by a fixed amount for each NFT in the array.\n\nOverall, this code provides a way to create and retrieve NFT objects with various properties and types, which can be used in other parts of the zoo project. For example, these functions could be used to populate a user's NFT collection or to display NFTs in a marketplace. Here is an example usage of the `getOwnedNfts` function:\n\n```\nconst ownedNfts = getOwnedNfts()\nconsole.log(ownedNfts)\n// Output:\n// [\n// { tokenId: 1, type: 'Validator', image: '/nfts/validator.gif', video: '/nfts/validator.mov' },\n// { tokenId: 2, type: 'ATM', image: '/nfts/atm.gif', video: '/nfts/atm.mov' },\n// { tokenId: 3, type: 'Wallet', image: '/nfts/wallet.gif', video: '/nfts/wallet.mov' }\n// ]\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `ChainId` import from `@zoolabs/zdk`?\n - It is not clear from this code snippet what the `ChainId` import is used for or how it relates to the rest of the code. Further investigation or context is needed to understand its purpose.\n\n2. What is the expected format of the `props` parameter in the `newNft` function?\n - The `newNft` function takes in a `props` parameter, but it is not clear what properties are expected or what format they should be in. Additional documentation or comments within the code may be helpful in clarifying this.\n\n3. How are the generated NFTs intended to be used within the `zoo` project?\n - While the code generates various types of NFTs, it is not clear from this snippet how they are intended to be used within the larger `zoo` project. Further context or documentation is needed to understand their purpose and how they fit into the project as a whole.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/assets.md"}}],["834",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/bentobox.ts)\n\nThis code provides two functions, `toAmount` and `toShare`, that are used to convert between token amounts and shares in the context of the larger project. The project likely involves some sort of decentralized exchange or trading platform that uses a custom token standard called BentoBox. \n\nThe `toAmount` function takes in a `token` object and a `shares` value, both of which are of type `BigNumber`. The function then returns the equivalent token amount based on the BentoBox token standard. This is done by multiplying the `shares` value by the `bentoAmount` property of the `token` object and then dividing by the `bentoShare` property of the `token` object. The resulting value is also of type `BigNumber`.\n\nHere is an example usage of the `toAmount` function:\n\n```\nimport { BigNumber } from '@ethersproject/bignumber'\nimport { toAmount } from 'zoo'\n\nconst token = {\n bentoAmount: BigNumber.from(1000000000000000000), // 1 token = 10^18 wei\n bentoShare: BigNumber.from(1000000000000000000) // 1 share = 10^18 wei\n}\n\nconst shares = BigNumber.from(500000000000000000) // 0.5 shares\n\nconst amount = toAmount(token, shares) // returns BigNumber(500000000000000000)\n```\n\nThe `toShare` function is similar to `toAmount`, but instead takes in a `token` object and an `amount` value, both of which are of type `BigNumber`. The function then returns the equivalent share value based on the BentoBox token standard. This is done by multiplying the `amount` value by the `bentoShare` property of the `token` object and then dividing by the `bentoAmount` property of the `token` object. The resulting value is also of type `BigNumber`.\n\nHere is an example usage of the `toShare` function:\n\n```\nimport { BigNumber } from '@ethersproject/bignumber'\nimport { toShare } from 'zoo'\n\nconst token = {\n bentoAmount: BigNumber.from(1000000000000000000), // 1 token = 10^18 wei\n bentoShare: BigNumber.from(1000000000000000000) // 1 share = 10^18 wei\n}\n\nconst amount = BigNumber.from(500000000000000000) // 0.5 tokens\n\nconst shares = toShare(token, amount) // returns BigNumber(500000000000000000)\n```\n\nOverall, these functions provide a convenient way to convert between token amounts and shares in the context of the BentoBox token standard used in the larger project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `BigNumber` import from `@ethersproject/bignumber`?\n- The `BigNumber` import is used to perform arithmetic operations on large numbers with precision.\n\n2. What do the `toAmount` and `toShare` functions do?\n- The `toAmount` function takes in a `token` object and a `shares` value, and returns the equivalent amount of the token based on the token's `bentoAmount` and `bentoShare` values. The `toShare` function takes in a `token` object and an `amount` value, and returns the equivalent number of shares based on the token's `bentoAmount` and `bentoShare` values.\n\n3. What are the expected data types for the `token`, `shares`, and `amount` parameters?\n- The `token` parameter is expected to be an object with `bentoAmount` and `bentoShare` properties. The `shares` and `amount` parameters are expected to be instances of the `BigNumber` class.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/bentobox.md"}}],["835",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/block.ts)\n\nThis file is a module that exports an empty object. The purpose of this file is to serve as a placeholder for future code that may be added to the `zoo` project. By exporting an empty object, this file allows other modules in the project to import it without causing any errors or issues. \n\nFor example, if another module in the `zoo` project needs to import this file, it can do so with the following code:\n\n```\nimport {} from './zoo';\n```\n\nThis code simply imports the empty object from the `zoo` module, which can then be used as needed in the importing module. \n\nWhile this file may seem insignificant on its own, it plays an important role in the larger `zoo` project. By providing a consistent way for modules to import and use each other, the project can be more easily maintained and updated over time. Additionally, by using modules to organize the code, the project can be more easily scaled and extended as needed. \n\nOverall, while this file may not contain any actual code, it serves an important purpose in the larger `zoo` project by providing a consistent way for modules to interact with each other.\n## Questions: \n 1. **What is the purpose of this file?**\\\nA smart developer might wonder why this file only contains an export statement and no other code. The purpose of this file could be to serve as an entry point for the entire `zoo` module, exporting all the necessary functions and variables from other files within the module.\n\n2. **What is being exported from this file?**\\\nThe export statement in this file is empty, which could lead a developer to question what exactly is being exported. It's possible that this file is simply exporting everything from other files within the `zoo` module, or it could be exporting a specific function or variable that is defined elsewhere.\n\n3. **Is this file necessary for the `zoo` module to function?**\\\nSince this file doesn't contain any actual code, a developer might wonder if it's necessary for the `zoo` module to include this file at all. It's possible that this file is simply serving as a placeholder or convention for organizing the module's code, but it's also possible that it's required for the module to function properly.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/block.md"}}],["836",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/bridgeFiltering.ts)\n\nThe code in this file provides utility functions for filtering and sorting tokens in a larger project called zoo. The file imports the Token and TokenInfo types from other modules, as well as a validation function and a hook from the React library. \n\nThe `createTokenFilterFunction` function takes a search query as input and returns a filter function that can be applied to a list of tokens. If the search query is an Ethereum address, the filter function checks if the token's address matches the query. Otherwise, it splits the search query into parts and checks if each part is a substring of the token's name or symbol. The function returns true if the token matches the search query and false otherwise.\n\nThe `filterTokens` function takes a list of tokens and a search query as input and returns a filtered list of tokens that match the search query. It uses the `createTokenFilterFunction` function to create a filter function and applies it to the list of tokens using the `filter` method.\n\nThe `useSortedTokensByQuery` hook takes a list of tokens and a search query as input and returns a sorted list of tokens that match the search query. It uses the `useMemo` hook to memoize the sorted list of tokens and avoid unnecessary re-renders. The function first checks if the list of tokens is empty and returns an empty list if it is. Otherwise, it splits the search query into parts and checks if there is more than one part. If there is, it returns the original list of tokens. Otherwise, it sorts the list of tokens by exact matches on the symbol, substrings on the symbol, and the rest of the tokens. The function returns the sorted list of tokens.\n\nOverall, this file provides useful utility functions for filtering and sorting tokens in the larger zoo project. Here is an example of how these functions can be used:\n\n```\nimport { filterTokens, useSortedTokensByQuery } from 'zoo/tokenUtils'\n\nconst tokens = [\n { name: 'Ethereum', symbol: 'ETH', address: '0x123' },\n { name: 'Dai Stablecoin', symbol: 'DAI', address: '0x456' },\n { name: 'Chainlink', symbol: 'LINK', address: '0x789' },\n]\n\nconst filteredTokens = filterTokens(tokens, 'eth')\n// [{ name: 'Ethereum', symbol: 'ETH', address: '0x123' }]\n\nconst sortedTokens = useSortedTokensByQuery(tokens, 'link')\n// [{ name: 'Chainlink', symbol: 'LINK', address: '0x789' }, { name: 'Dai Stablecoin', symbol: 'DAI', address: '0x456' }, { name: 'Ethereum', symbol: 'ETH', address: '0x123' }]\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `createTokenFilterFunction` function?\n- The `createTokenFilterFunction` function creates a filter function that can be used to filter a list of tokens based on a search query.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `useSortedTokensByQuery` function?\n- The `useSortedTokensByQuery` function sorts a list of tokens based on a search query, with exact matches first, followed by tokens with a symbol that starts with the search query, and then the rest of the tokens.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `alwaysTrue` function?\n- The `alwaysTrue` function is a helper function that always returns `true`. It is used as a fallback filter function in case the search query is empty.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/bridgeFiltering.md"}}],["837",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/cloudinary.ts)\n\nThe code above defines two functions: `normalize` and `cloudinaryLoader`. The `normalize` function takes a string `src` as input and returns the string with the first character removed if it is a forward slash. If the first character is not a forward slash, the function returns the original string. This function is used to ensure that the `src` parameter passed to the `cloudinaryLoader` function is properly formatted.\n\nThe `cloudinaryLoader` function takes an object with three properties as input: `src`, `width`, and `style`. The function returns a string that represents a URL to an image hosted on the Cloudinary platform. The URL includes the `src` parameter passed to the function, which is first normalized using the `normalize` function. The `width` parameter is used to specify the desired width of the image in pixels. The `style` parameter is not used in the function and is therefore ignored.\n\nThis function is likely used in a larger project to dynamically load images from the Cloudinary platform. The `cloudinaryLoader` function can be called with different values for the `src` and `width` parameters to load images of different sizes and from different locations. For example, the following code could be used to load an image with a width of 500 pixels from a Cloudinary URL:\n\n```\ncloudinaryLoader({ src: '/images/my-image.jpg', width: 500 });\n```\n\nOverall, the `cloudinaryLoader` function provides a convenient way to load images from the Cloudinary platform with dynamic sizing. The `normalize` function is used internally to ensure that the `src` parameter is properly formatted before being used in the URL.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `normalize` function?\n - The `normalize` function removes the first character of the `src` string if it is a forward slash.\n2. What does the `cloudinaryLoader` function do?\n - The `cloudinaryLoader` function returns a URL that fetches an image from the Cloudinary service with the specified `width` and `src`, after normalizing the `src` string using the `normalize` function.\n3. Are there any required parameters for the `cloudinaryLoader` function?\n - Yes, the `src` parameter is required for the `cloudinaryLoader` function to work properly. The `width` and `style` parameters are optional.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/cloudinary.md"}}],["838",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/contract.ts)\n\nThis file contains several utility functions that are used throughout the zoo project. \n\nThe `getSigner` function takes a `Web3Provider` instance and an Ethereum account address as arguments and returns a `JsonRpcSigner` instance that is connected to the specified account. This function is used to sign transactions on behalf of the specified account.\n\nThe `getProviderOrSigner` function takes a `Web3Provider` instance and an optional Ethereum account address as arguments and returns either the `Web3Provider` instance or a `JsonRpcSigner` instance that is connected to the specified account. If an account address is provided, the function returns a `JsonRpcSigner` instance that can be used to sign transactions. If no account address is provided, the function returns the `Web3Provider` instance, which can be used to read data from the blockchain.\n\nThe `getContract` function takes an Ethereum contract address, an ABI (Application Binary Interface) definition, a `Web3Provider` instance, and an optional Ethereum account address as arguments and returns a `Contract` instance that is connected to the specified contract address. This function is used to interact with smart contracts on the blockchain.\n\nThe `getRouterAddress` function takes an optional `ChainId` enum value as an argument and returns the address of the Uniswap router contract for the specified chain. If no chain ID is provided, the function throws an error.\n\nThe `getRouterContract` function takes a `ChainId` enum value, a `Web3Provider` instance, and an optional Ethereum account address as arguments and returns a `Contract` instance that is connected to the Uniswap router contract for the specified chain. This function is used to interact with the Uniswap router contract on the blockchain.\n\nThe `getArcherRouterContract` function takes a `ChainId` enum value, a `Web3Provider` instance, and an optional Ethereum account address as arguments and returns a `Contract` instance that is connected to the Archer Swap router contract for the specified chain. This function is used to interact with the Archer Swap router contract on the blockchain.\n\nThe `switchChain` function takes a `ChainId` enum value, a `Web3Provider` instance, and an Ethereum account address as arguments and switches the user's MetaMask wallet to the specified chain. This function is used to allow users to switch between different Ethereum networks in the zoo application.\n\nOverall, these utility functions provide a convenient way to interact with the Ethereum blockchain and smart contracts in the zoo project. They are used throughout the project to sign transactions, read data from the blockchain, and interact with smart contracts.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code file?\n- The purpose of this code file is to provide functions for interacting with smart contracts on different chains.\n\n2. What are the parameters required for the `switchChain` function?\n- The `switchChain` function requires `chainId`, `library`, and `account` parameters.\n\n3. What is the difference between `getRouterContract` and `getArcherRouterContract` functions?\n- `getRouterContract` function returns a contract instance for Uniswap V2 router on a specified chain, while `getArcherRouterContract` function returns a contract instance for Archer Swap router on a specified chain.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/contract.md"}}],["839",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/convert/apyApr.ts)\n\nThis code provides two functions for converting between Annual Percentage Yield (APY) and Annual Percentage Rate (APR). APY is the rate of return on an investment over a year, taking into account compounding interest, while APR is the simple interest rate over a year. The functions take in the APY or APR as a percentage and the frequency of compounding (in times per year), and return the corresponding APR or APY as a percentage.\n\nThe `apyToApr` function uses the formula `(1 + apy / 100) ** (1 / frequency) - 1` to calculate the periodic interest rate, then multiplies it by the frequency to get the APR. The `aprToApy` function uses the formula `(1 + apr / 100 / frequency) ** frequency - 1` to calculate the periodic interest rate, then multiplies it by 100 to get the APY.\n\nThese functions could be useful in financial applications where APY and APR are important metrics, such as calculating interest on loans or investments. For example, if a user inputs an APY for a savings account, the `apyToApr` function could be used to calculate the equivalent APR for comparison to other interest rates. Similarly, if a user inputs an APR for a loan, the `aprToApy` function could be used to calculate the equivalent APY to determine the total cost of the loan over time.\n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { apyToApr, aprToApy } from 'zoo';\n\nconst apy = 6;\nconst frequency = 12; // monthly compounding\nconst apr = apyToApr(apy, frequency); // 5.82\n\nconst apr2 = 5.82;\nconst frequency2 = 365; // daily compounding\nconst apy2 = aprToApy(apr2, frequency2); // 6.01\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code provides two functions, `apyToApr` and `aprToApy`, that convert between annual percentage yield (APY) and annual percentage rate (APR) based on a given compounding frequency.\n\n2. What is the source of the formulas used in this code?\n- The formulas used in this code are sourced from http://www.linked8.com/blog/158-apy-to-apr-and-apr-to-apy-calculation-methodologies.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `BLOCKS_IN_A_YEAR` constant?\n- The `BLOCKS_IN_A_YEAR` constant is used as the default value for the `frequency` parameter in both functions. It represents the number of blocks in a year based on a block time of 14 seconds, which is used in the Ethereum blockchain.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/convert/apyApr.md"}}],["840",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/convert/basisPointsToPercent.ts)\n\nThe code above is a function that converts a basis points value to a Percent object from the '@zoolabs/zdk' library. The purpose of this function is to provide a convenient way to convert a basis points value to a Percent object that can be used in other parts of the project. \n\nThe function takes in a single argument, a number representing the basis points value to be converted. The function then creates a new Percent object using the JSBI.BigInt() method from the '@zoolabs/zdk' library. The first argument passed to the JSBI.BigInt() method is the basis points value, while the second argument is the value 10000, which represents the total number of basis points in a whole number. \n\nFor example, if the function is called with the argument 500, it will return a Percent object representing 5%. This is because 500 basis points is equal to 5% of the total value. \n\nHere is an example of how this function could be used in the larger project:\n\n```\nimport { basisPointsToPercent } from 'zoo'\n\nconst basisPointsValue = 250\nconst percentValue = basisPointsToPercent(basisPointsValue)\n\nconsole.log(percentValue.toString()) // \"2.5%\"\n```\n\nIn this example, the basisPointsToPercent() function is imported from the 'zoo' module. The function is then called with a basis points value of 250, which is equal to 2.5% of the total value. The resulting Percent object is stored in the variable percentValue, which can then be used in other parts of the project. Finally, the toString() method is called on the Percent object to convert it to a string representation of the percentage value. \n\nOverall, this function provides a simple and convenient way to convert basis points values to Percent objects in the '@zoolabs/zdk' library, which can be used in other parts of the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `@zoolabs/zdk` library and how is it being used in this code?\n- The `@zoolabs/zdk` library is being imported to use the `JSBI` and `Percent` classes. Its purpose is not clear from this code alone and would require further investigation.\n\n2. What is the expected input and output of the `basisPointsToPercent` function?\n- The function takes in a number representing basis points and returns a new `Percent` object using the `JSBI` class to convert the basis points to a percentage.\n\n3. Are there any potential errors or edge cases that need to be considered when using this function?\n- It is not clear from this code if any error handling or input validation is being performed, so a smart developer may want to investigate and consider potential edge cases such as negative numbers or non-numeric inputs.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/convert/basisPointsToPercent.md"}}],["841",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/convert/contenthashToUri.ts)\n\nThe code in this file provides functions for converting content hashes to URI representations for supported codecs. It imports functions from the `multihashes` and `multicodec` libraries to decode and get the codec of the content hash. It also imports the `CID` class from the `cids` library to create a CID object from the decoded content hash.\n\nThe `hexToUint8Array` function takes a hexadecimal string and returns a Uint8Array. It removes the '0x' prefix if present, checks that the length of the string is a multiple of 2, creates a new Uint8Array with half the length of the string, and populates it with the parsed hexadecimal values.\n\nThe `contenthashToUri` function takes a content hash string and returns a URI string. It first converts the content hash to a Uint8Array using the `hexToUint8Array` function. It then gets the codec of the content hash using the `getCodec` function from `multicodec`. If the codec is 'ipfs-ns', it removes the prefix from the content hash, creates a CID object from the data, and returns an IPFS URI string with the base58-encoded multihash. If the codec is 'ipns-ns', it removes the prefix from the content hash, creates a CID object from the data, decodes the multihash using `decode` from `multihashes`, and returns an IPNS URI string with the decoded digest if the multihash name is 'identity', or with the base58-encoded multihash otherwise. If the codec is not recognized, it throws an error.\n\nThis code can be used in the larger project to convert content hashes to URI representations for supported codecs. For example, it can be used to generate IPFS or IPNS URIs for content stored on the network. Here is an example usage:\n\n```\nconst contenthash = '0x1220deadbeef'\nconst uri = contenthashToUri(contenthash)\nconsole.log(uri) // 'ipfs://Qm...'\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `multihashes` and `multicodec` libraries being imported?\n- The `multihashes` library is used to decode the content hash passed to the `contenthashToUri` function, while the `multicodec` library is used to determine the codec of the content hash.\n\n2. What is the expected format of the `contenthash` parameter passed to the `contenthashToUri` function?\n- The `contenthash` parameter is expected to be a hexadecimal string representing a content hash.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `UTF_8_DECODER` constant?\n- The `UTF_8_DECODER` constant is an instance of the `TextDecoder` class and is used to decode the digest of an IPNS multihash into a UTF-8 string.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/convert/contenthashToUri.md"}}],["842",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/convert/index.ts)\n\nThis code exports three functions from three different files: `basisPointsToPercent`, `contenthashToUri`, and `uriToHttp`. These functions are likely used in the larger project to convert data between different formats or to manipulate data in some way. \n\nThe `basisPointsToPercent` function is likely used to convert financial data from basis points to a percentage format. This could be useful in financial calculations or when displaying financial data to users. Here is an example of how this function might be used:\n\n```\nimport { basisPointsToPercent } from 'zoo';\n\nconst basisPoints = 500;\nconst percent = basisPointsToPercent(basisPoints);\nconsole.log(percent); // Output: 5%\n```\n\nThe `contenthashToUri` function is likely used to convert a content hash to a URI format. This could be useful when working with content-addressable storage systems or when generating unique identifiers for content. Here is an example of how this function might be used:\n\n```\nimport { contenthashToUri } from 'zoo';\n\nconst contentHash = 'QmXJ7jzJ1J7Z8wJzZzXjJZ5JzJzJzJzJzJzJzJzJzJzJzJ';\nconst uri = contenthashToUri(contentHash);\nconsole.log(uri); // Output: /ipfs/QmXJ7jzJ1J7Z8wJzZzXjJZ5JzJzJzJzJzJzJzJzJzJzJzJ\n```\n\nThe `uriToHttp` function is likely used to convert a URI to an HTTP URL format. This could be useful when working with web APIs or when generating links to web resources. Here is an example of how this function might be used:\n\n```\nimport { uriToHttp } from 'zoo';\n\nconst uri = '/ipfs/QmXJ7jzJ1J7Z8wJzZzXjJZ5JzJzJzJzJzJzJzJzJzJzJzJ';\nconst httpUrl = uriToHttp(uri);\nconsole.log(httpUrl); // Output: https://ipfs.io/ipfs/QmXJ7jzJ1J7Z8wJzZzXjJZ5JzJzJzJzJzJzJzJzJzJzJzJ\n```\n\nOverall, this code exports three useful functions that can be used in a variety of ways throughout the larger project.\n## Questions: \n 1. **What is the purpose of this code file?** \nA smart developer might wonder what the overall goal of this file is and how it fits into the larger project. Based on the code, it appears to be exporting three functions from separate files.\n\n2. **What do the exported functions do?** \nA developer might want to know more about the specific functionality of the exported functions, such as what arguments they take and what they return. Without additional context or documentation, it's unclear what these functions do.\n\n3. **Are there any dependencies or requirements for these functions to work?** \nA developer might want to know if there are any external dependencies or requirements for these functions to work properly. For example, do they rely on other functions or modules within the zoo project, or do they require certain versions of external libraries?","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/convert/index.md"}}],["843",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/convert/uriToHttp.ts)\n\nThe `uriToHttp` function takes a URI as input and returns an array of fetch-able http(s) URLs for the same content. The function supports four protocols: http, https, ipfs, and ipns. \n\nFor http and https protocols, the function simply returns the input URI as a single-element array. For ipfs and ipns protocols, the function returns two URLs: one for the cloudflare-ipfs.com gateway and one for the ipfs.io gateway. \n\nThe function first extracts the protocol from the input URI using the `split` method and converts it to lowercase. It then uses a `switch` statement to handle each protocol case. \n\nFor http protocol, the function constructs two URLs: one with https protocol and the same path as the input URI (with the first four characters removed), and one with http protocol and the same path as the input URI. These URLs are returned as a two-element array. \n\nFor ipfs and ipns protocols, the function extracts the hash or name from the URI using a regular expression and constructs two URLs for each protocol using the extracted hash or name. These URLs are returned as a two-element array. \n\nThis function can be used in the larger project to convert URIs to fetch-able http(s) URLs for content stored on ipfs or ipns. For example, if the project needs to fetch content from ipfs, it can use this function to convert the ipfs URI to http(s) URLs and then use these URLs to fetch the content. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nconst uri = 'ipfs:QmXyZabc123'\nconst httpUrls = uriToHttp(uri)\nconsole.log(httpUrls) // ['https://cloudflare-ipfs.com/ipfs/QmXyZabc123/', 'https://ipfs.io/ipfs/QmXyZabc123/']\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this function?\n \n This function takes a URI and returns an array of fetch-able http(s) URLs for the same content.\n\n2. What protocols does this function support?\n \n This function supports ipfs, ipns, http, and https protocols.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the regular expressions used in this function?\n \n The regular expressions are used to extract the hash or name from the ipfs or ipns URI, respectively.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/convert/uriToHttp.md"}}],["844",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/currency/currencyId.ts)\n\nThe code in this file defines a function called `currencyId` that takes a `Currency` object as an argument and returns a string representing the currency's ID. The `Currency` object is imported from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, which is presumably part of the larger zoo project.\n\nThe `currencyId` function first checks if the `Currency` object's `chainId` property is equal to `ChainId.CELO`. If it is, the function returns the `address` property of the `wrapped` property of the `Currency` object. This suggests that the `Currency` object has a `wrapped` property that contains information about the wrapped version of the currency on the CELO blockchain.\n\nIf the `chainId` property is not equal to `ChainId.CELO`, the function checks if the `Currency` object's `isNative` property is true. If it is, the function returns the string `'ETH'`. This suggests that the `Currency` object represents the native currency of the Ethereum blockchain.\n\nIf the `isNative` property is false, the function checks if the `Currency` object's `isToken` property is true. If it is, the function returns the `address` property of the `Currency` object. This suggests that the `Currency` object represents a token on some blockchain.\n\nIf neither of the previous conditions are true, the function throws an error with the message `'invalid currency'`. This suggests that the `Currency` object is expected to have either a `wrapped` property or an `address` property, and that the function is designed to handle specific types of currencies.\n\nIt's possible that this function is used in other parts of the zoo project to convert `Currency` objects into IDs that can be used in other contexts, such as in smart contracts or API requests. Here's an example of how this function might be used:\n\n```\nimport { Currency } from '@zoolabs/zdk'\nimport { currencyId } from 'zoo'\n\nconst currency = new Currency('CELO', '0x123abc', 1)\nconst currencyId = currencyId(currency) // returns '0x123abc'\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines a function called `currencyId` that takes a `Currency` object as input and returns a string representing the currency's ID.\n\n2. What is the `@zoolabs/zdk` package used for?\n The `@zoolabs/zdk` package is used to import the `ChainId` and `Currency` classes that are used in this code.\n\n3. Why is there commented-out code at the bottom of the file?\n The commented-out code defines a different version of the `currencyId` function that takes an additional `chainId` parameter and uses different logic to determine the currency ID. It is possible that this code was an earlier version of the function that was replaced by the current implementation.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/currency/currencyId.md"}}],["845",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/currency/getCurrency.ts)\n\nThis code defines two objects, `USD_CURRENCY` and `ETH_CURRENCY`, which contain information about the addresses and decimal places of various currencies on different blockchain networks. The `Currency` type is defined as an object with an `address` property (a string representing the currency's contract address) and a `decimals` property (an integer representing the number of decimal places the currency uses). \n\nThe `USD_CURRENCY` object contains information for several different networks, including Ethereum mainnet, Ropsten, Kovan, Rinkeby, GΓΆerli, Binance Smart Chain, Binance Smart Chain testnet, HECO, HECO testnet, Polygon, Polygon testnet, xDai, and Arbitrum. The `ETH_CURRENCY` object only contains information for Ethereum mainnet. \n\nThe `getCurrency` function takes a `ChainId` argument (an enum defined in the `@zoolabs/zdk` package) and returns the corresponding `Currency` object from `USD_CURRENCY` if it exists, or a default `Currency` object with an `address` of `AddressZero` (a constant from the `@ethersproject/constants` package) and `decimals` of 18 if it does not. \n\nThis code is likely used in the larger project to provide a centralized place to store information about the addresses and decimal places of various currencies on different networks. Other parts of the project can import these objects and use them to perform currency-related calculations or display currency information to users. For example, a user interface component might use the `getCurrency` function to display the appropriate currency symbol and decimal formatting for a given network. \n\nExample usage:\n```\nimport { USD_CURRENCY, getCurrency, ChainId } from 'zoo'\n\nconsole.log(USD_CURRENCY[ChainId.MAINNET]) // { address: '0xdAC17F958D2ee523a2206206994597C13D831ec7', decimals: 6 }\n\nconsole.log(getCurrency(ChainId.BSC_TESTNET)) // { address: '0x337610d27c682E347C9cD60BD4b3b107C9d34dDd', decimals: 18 }\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Currency` type and how is it used in this code?\n- The `Currency` type defines an object with an `address` property (a string) and a `decimals` property (a number). It is used to represent different currencies on different blockchain networks.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `USD_CURRENCY` and `ETH_CURRENCY` constants?\n- `USD_CURRENCY` is an object that maps `ChainId` values to `Currency` objects representing the USD stablecoin on different blockchain networks. `ETH_CURRENCY` is a similar object representing Ether on different networks.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `getCurrency` function and how does it work?\n- The `getCurrency` function takes a `ChainId` argument and returns the corresponding `Currency` object from `USD_CURRENCY` if it exists, or a default `Currency` object with an `address` of `AddressZero` and `decimals` of 18 if it does not. This function is used to retrieve the appropriate pricing currency for a given blockchain network.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/currency/getCurrency.md"}}],["846",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/currency/index.ts)\n\nThis file is responsible for exporting various modules related to currency and spending limits in the larger project. The `export *` syntax is used to export all the functions and variables from the specified modules. \n\nThe `currencyId` module likely contains a list of unique identifiers for different currencies used in the project. This could be useful for tracking and managing different types of currency within the system.\n\nThe `getCurrency` module likely contains functions for retrieving information about a specific currency, such as its name, symbol, and exchange rate. This could be useful for displaying currency information to users or performing calculations involving different currencies.\n\nThe `wrappedCurrency` module likely contains functions for wrapping and unwrapping currencies, which is a common practice in decentralized finance (DeFi) applications. This involves converting one type of currency into another that is compatible with a specific DeFi protocol or platform.\n\nThe `maxAmountSpend` module likely contains functions for calculating the maximum amount of a specific currency that can be spent based on various factors such as account balance, transaction fees, and spending limits. This could be useful for preventing users from overspending or exceeding their account limits.\n\nOverall, this file plays an important role in managing currency-related functionality within the larger project. By exporting these modules, other parts of the project can easily access and utilize these functions and variables as needed. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { getCurrency } from './getCurrency';\n\nconst currencyInfo = getCurrency('USD');\nconsole.log(currencyInfo.name); // Output: \"United States Dollar\"\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. **What is the purpose of this code file?**\\\nA smart developer might wonder what the overall goal of this file is, as it simply exports various functions from other files. The purpose of this file is to provide a centralized location for importing these functions into other parts of the project.\n\n2. **What do the exported functions do?**\\\nA developer might want to know more about the specific functionality of the exported functions. `currencyId` likely provides an identifier for a specific currency, `getCurrency` probably retrieves information about a given currency, `wrappedCurrency` may wrap a currency in a specific format, and `maxAmountSpend` could calculate the maximum amount of a currency that can be spent.\n\n3. **What other files are related to this code?**\\\nA developer may want to know what other files are related to this code, as it is only exporting functions from other files. The file names listed in the code suggest that there are other files related to currency and spending within the project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/currency/index.md"}}],["847",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/currency/maxAmountSpend.ts)\n\nThe code in this file is responsible for calculating the maximum amount that can be spent on a given currency. It imports three modules from the '@zoolabs/zdk' library: Currency, CurrencyAmount, and JSBI. \n\nThe constant variable MIN_NATIVE_CURRENCY_FOR_GAS is defined as the result of raising 10 to the power of 16, which represents the minimum amount of native currency (in this case, Ethereum) required to pay for gas fees. \n\nThe main function in this file is maxAmountSpend, which takes a CurrencyAmount object as its parameter and returns either a new CurrencyAmount object or undefined. If the input parameter is undefined, the function returns undefined. If the currency of the input parameter is native (i.e. Ethereum), the function checks if the quotient of the currency amount is greater than MIN_NATIVE_CURRENCY_FOR_GAS. If it is, the function subtracts MIN_NATIVE_CURRENCY_FOR_GAS from the quotient and returns a new CurrencyAmount object with the same currency and the new quotient. If the quotient is less than or equal to MIN_NATIVE_CURRENCY_FOR_GAS, the function returns a new CurrencyAmount object with the same currency and a quotient of 0. If the currency is not native, the function simply returns the input parameter. \n\nThis function can be used in the larger project to calculate the maximum amount that can be spent on a given currency, which is useful for various financial transactions. For example, if a user wants to make a transaction that requires a certain amount of Ethereum, this function can be used to ensure that they have enough Ethereum to cover the transaction fees. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { maxAmountSpend, CurrencyAmount, Currency } from 'zoo'\n\nconst ethAmount = CurrencyAmount.fromRawAmount(Currency.ETH, '1000000000000000000') // 1 ETH\nconst maxSpend = maxAmountSpend(ethAmount) // returns a new CurrencyAmount object with 0.99 ETH\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Currency`, `CurrencyAmount`, and `JSBI` imports from `@zoolabs/zdk`?\n- These imports are likely used to handle currency-related calculations and conversions within the `maxAmountSpend` function.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `MIN_NATIVE_CURRENCY_FOR_GAS` constant?\n- This constant represents the minimum amount of native currency (in this case, ETH) required to cover gas fees for a transaction.\n\n3. What does the `maxAmountSpend` function do?\n- This function takes in a `CurrencyAmount` object and returns the maximum amount that can be spent of that currency, taking into account gas fees if the currency is native to the blockchain. If no `CurrencyAmount` is provided, the function returns `undefined`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/currency/maxAmountSpend.md"}}],["848",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/currency/wrappedCurrency.ts)\n\nThe code above is a function called `unwrappedToken` that takes a `Currency` object as its argument and returns a `Currency` object. The purpose of this function is to check if the given `Currency` object is a native currency or not. If it is a native currency, the function returns the same object. If it is not a native currency, the function checks if the `chainId` property of the `Currency` object is present in the `ChainId` object and if the `Currency` object is equal to the `WNATIVE` object for that `chainId`. If both conditions are true, the function returns the `NATIVE` object for that `chainId`. If neither condition is true, the function returns the same `Currency` object that was passed as an argument.\n\nThis function is part of the larger `zoo` project and is used to handle different types of currencies in the project. It is particularly useful when dealing with wrapped tokens, which are tokens that are backed by another asset, such as Ether. Wrapped tokens are often used in decentralized finance (DeFi) applications and can be traded on various decentralized exchanges (DEXs). This function helps to identify whether a given token is a wrapped token or not and returns the underlying asset if it is.\n\nHere is an example of how this function can be used in the larger `zoo` project:\n\n```javascript\nimport { Currency } from '@zoolabs/zdk'\nimport { unwrappedToken } from 'zoo'\n\nconst wrappedToken = new Currency('0x123', 'Wrapped Token', 18)\nconst nativeToken = new Currency('0x456', 'Native Token', 18)\n\nconst unwrappedWrappedToken = unwrappedToken(wrappedToken)\nconst unwrappedNativeToken = unwrappedToken(nativeToken)\n\nconsole.log(unwrappedWrappedToken) // returns the same wrappedToken object\nconsole.log(unwrappedNativeToken) // returns the same nativeToken object\n``` \n\nIn this example, we create two `Currency` objects, one for a wrapped token and one for a native token. We then pass each of these objects to the `unwrappedToken` function and log the results to the console. Since the wrapped token is not a native currency, the function returns the same `wrappedToken` object. Since the native token is a native currency, the function also returns the same `nativeToken` object.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `unwrappedToken` function?\n- The `unwrappedToken` function takes a `Currency` object as input and returns either the same object or a different `Currency` object depending on certain conditions.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `isNative` property of the `Currency` object?\n- The `isNative` property of the `Currency` object is used to determine whether the input `Currency` object is the native currency of its blockchain.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the commented out code block?\n- The commented out code block appears to be related to a specific use case involving a particular `Currency` object (`WETH9_EXTENDED`) and a formatted chain ID. However, without more context it is unclear what the purpose of this code block is or why it is commented out.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/currency/wrappedCurrency.md"}}],["849",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/ens.ts)\n\nThis code provides functionality for resolving ENS (Ethereum Name Service) addresses to content hashes on the Ethereum mainnet. \n\nThe `import` statements at the beginning of the file bring in necessary dependencies from the `@ethersproject` library. \n\nThe `REGISTRAR_ABI` and `REGISTRAR_ADDRESS` constants define the ABI (Application Binary Interface) and address of the ENS registrar contract on the Ethereum mainnet. The `RESOLVER_ABI` constant defines the ABI for the resolver contract, which is used to resolve ENS names to content hashes. \n\nThe `resolverContract` function takes a resolver address and provider as arguments and returns a new `Contract` instance for that resolver address using the `RESOLVER_ABI` constant. This function is used to cache resolver contracts since most of them are the public resolver. \n\nThe `resolveENSContentHash` function takes an ENS name and provider as arguments and returns a promise that resolves to the content hash associated with that ENS name. This function first creates a new `Contract` instance for the ENS registrar contract using the `REGISTRAR_ABI` constant. It then uses the `namehash` function from the `@ethersproject/hash` library to compute the hash of the ENS name. It then calls the `resolver` function on the ENS registrar contract to get the resolver address associated with the ENS name. Finally, it calls the `contenthash` function on the resolver contract for the given hash to get the content hash associated with the ENS name. \n\nThe `ENS_NAME_REGEX` constant defines a regular expression for matching ENS addresses. The `parseENSAddress` function takes an ENS address as an argument and returns an object with the ENS name and path (if any) parsed from the address. This function uses the `ENS_NAME_REGEX` constant to match the ENS address and returns `undefined` if there is no match. Otherwise, it returns an object with the ENS name and path parsed from the address. \n\nOverall, this code provides a way to resolve ENS addresses to content hashes on the Ethereum mainnet, which can be useful for retrieving content associated with decentralized websites and applications. Here is an example usage of the `resolveENSContentHash` function:\n\n```\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers'\nimport { resolveENSContentHash } from 'zoo'\n\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.InfuraProvider('mainnet', 'your-infura-project-id')\nconst ensName = 'mywebsite.eth'\n\nresolveENSContentHash(ensName, provider)\n .then(contentHash => {\n console.log(`Content hash for ${ensName}: ${contentHash}`)\n })\n .catch(error => {\n console.error(`Error resolving content hash for ${ensName}: ${error}`)\n })\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code provides functions for resolving ENS content hashes and parsing ENS addresses.\n\n2. What is the significance of the REGISTRAR_ADDRESS and REGISTRAR_ABI constants?\n- The REGISTRAR_ADDRESS constant is the address of the ENS registrar contract on the Ethereum mainnet, and the REGISTRAR_ABI constant is the ABI for that contract. These are used to fetch the resolver address for a given ENS name.\n\n3. What is the format of a valid ENS address that can be parsed by the parseENSAddress function?\n- A valid ENS address must have a domain name ending in \".eth\", and may optionally include a path after the domain name. The domain name must consist of one or more alphanumeric labels separated by hyphens.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/ens.md"}}],["850",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/environment.ts)\n\nThe `isEnvironment` function is a utility function that checks whether the current environment matches a given environment. The function takes a single argument, `env`, which is a string representing the environment to check against. \n\nThe function uses the `process.env` object to access the current environment variables. Specifically, it checks the value of the `REACT_PUBLIC_APP_ENV` variable, which is assumed to be set by the build process or runtime environment. If the value of `REACT_PUBLIC_APP_ENV` matches the `env` argument, the function returns `true`. Otherwise, it returns `false`. \n\nThis function can be used in a variety of ways within the larger project. For example, it could be used to conditionally render certain components or features based on the current environment. It could also be used to configure different settings or behavior based on the environment. \n\nHere is an example of how the `isEnvironment` function could be used in a React component:\n\n```\nimport React from 'react';\nimport { isEnvironment } from './utils';\n\nconst MyComponent = () => {\n const isProduction = isEnvironment('production');\n\n return (\n
\n {isProduction ? (\n

This is the production environment.

\n ) : (\n

This is not the production environment.

\n )}\n
\n );\n};\n```\n\nIn this example, the `isEnvironment` function is used to determine whether the current environment is the production environment. Depending on the result, the component renders different content. \n\nOverall, the `isEnvironment` function is a simple but useful utility function that can help with environment-specific logic and behavior within the larger project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What does this function do?\n - This function checks if the environment variable `REACT_PUBLIC_APP_ENV` is equal to the input `env`.\n\n2. What is the expected input for this function?\n - The expected input for this function is a string representing the environment to be checked against the `REACT_PUBLIC_APP_ENV` variable.\n\n3. Where is the `process.env.REACT_PUBLIC_APP_ENV` variable defined?\n - The `process.env.REACT_PUBLIC_APP_ENV` variable is likely defined in a configuration file or environment variable setup outside of this code file.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/environment.md"}}],["851",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/explorer.ts)\n\nThe code defines a set of explorers and chains for the zoo project. The explorers are functions that take in a link, data, and type, and return a URL string for a specific blockchain explorer. The chains are objects that map a chain ID to a link and an explorer builder function. The `getExplorerLink` function takes in a chain ID, data, and type, and returns a URL string for the corresponding explorer.\n\nThe `explorers` object defines four explorer functions for etherscan, blockscout, harmony, and okex. Each function takes in a link, data, and type, and returns a URL string for a specific blockchain explorer. The `switch` statement inside each function determines the type of data and returns the corresponding URL string.\n\nThe `chains` object maps each chain ID to a link and an explorer builder function. The link is a string that represents the base URL for the corresponding blockchain explorer. The explorer builder function is one of the four explorer functions defined in the `explorers` object. The `ChainId` enum is imported from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library and is used to define the keys for the `chains` object.\n\nThe `getExplorerLink` function takes in a chain ID, data, and type, and returns a URL string for the corresponding explorer. It first retrieves the chain object from the `chains` object using the chain ID. It then calls the explorer builder function with the link, data, and type to generate the URL string.\n\nThis code is used to provide a consistent way of generating blockchain explorer URLs for different chains in the zoo project. It can be used by other modules in the project that need to generate explorer URLs for different chains. For example, if a module needs to generate an explorer URL for a transaction on the Ethereum mainnet, it can call `getExplorerLink(ChainId.MAINNET, txHash, 'transaction')` to get the URL string for the transaction on Etherscan.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `explorers` object?\n- The `explorers` object contains functions that generate links to blockchain explorers based on the type of data provided (transaction, token, address, or block).\n\n2. What is the `chains` object used for?\n- The `chains` object maps chain IDs to explorer links and builder functions that generate links for each chain.\n\n3. What does the `getExplorerLink` function do?\n- The `getExplorerLink` function takes a chain ID, data, and type as arguments, and returns a link to a blockchain explorer generated by the corresponding builder function for that chain.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/explorer.md"}}],["852",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/feature.ts)\n\nThis code defines a set of features and their availability on different blockchain networks. The `Feature` enum lists the available features, including AMM, liquidity mining, BentoBox, Kashi, MISO, analytics, migrate, and staking. The `globalFeatures` array lists the features that are globally available, but are not tied to any specific blockchain network.\n\nThe `features` object is a mapping of `ChainId` to an array of `Feature`s that are available on that network. `ChainId` is an enum that lists the supported blockchain networks, including MAINNET, HARDHAT, ROPSTEN, RINKEBY, GΓ–RLI, KOVAN, BSC, BSC_TESTNET, FANTOM, FANTOM_TESTNET, MATIC, MATIC_TESTNET, HARMONY, HARMONY_TESTNET, AVALANCHE, AVALANCHE_TESTNET, OKEX, OKEX_TESTNET, XDAI, MOONRIVER, and ARBITRUM.\n\nThe `featureEnabled` function takes a `Feature` and a `ChainId` as input and returns a boolean indicating whether the feature is available on that network. It checks if the `features` object has an array of features for the given `ChainId`, and if so, whether that array includes the given `Feature`. It also checks if the `globalFeatures` array includes the given `Feature`.\n\nThe `chainsWithFeature` function takes a `Feature` as input and returns an array of `ChainId`s that support that feature. It filters the keys of the `features` object to only include those that have the given `Feature` in their array of features, and then maps those keys to their corresponding `ChainId`.\n\nThis code is likely used in the larger project to determine which features are available on which blockchain networks, and to enable or disable certain functionality based on those features. For example, a UI component might display different options depending on which features are available on the user's selected network.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `globalFeatures` array?\n - The `globalFeatures` array contains a list of features that are enabled globally across all chains.\n2. What is the purpose of the `featureEnabled` function?\n - The `featureEnabled` function takes in a `Feature` and a `ChainId` as arguments and returns a boolean indicating whether the feature is enabled on the specified chain and globally.\n3. What is the purpose of the `chainsWithFeature` function?\n - The `chainsWithFeature` function takes in a `Feature` as an argument and returns an array of `ChainId`s that have the specified feature enabled.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/feature.md"}}],["853",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/filtering.ts)\n\nThe code in this file provides functions for filtering and sorting tokens in a larger project called zoo. The file imports the Token and TokenInfo classes from the zdk and token-lists modules, respectively, as well as the isAddress function from a local validate module and the useMemo hook from the React library.\n\nThe createTokenFilterFunction function takes a search query string as input and returns a filter function that can be applied to a list of tokens. If the search query is an Ethereum address, the filter function checks whether the token's address matches the query. Otherwise, the function splits the search query into lowercase parts and checks whether each part is a substring of the token's name or symbol. The function returns true if the token matches all search query parts.\n\nThe filterTokens function takes a list of tokens and a search query string as input and returns a filtered list of tokens that match the search query. It uses the createTokenFilterFunction to create a filter function and applies it to the list of tokens.\n\nThe useSortedTokensByQuery function takes a list of tokens and a search query string as input and returns a sorted list of tokens that match the search query. It uses the useMemo hook to memoize the sorted list of tokens and avoid unnecessary re-renders. The function first checks whether the search query matches exactly one token symbol. If so, it returns a list of tokens that match the exact symbol. Otherwise, it sorts the tokens into three lists: exact matches, substring matches on symbol, and the rest. The function returns a concatenated list of these three lists, sorted in that order.\n\nOverall, this file provides useful functions for filtering and sorting tokens in the larger zoo project. For example, the filterTokens function could be used to display a list of tokens that match a user's search query, while the useSortedTokensByQuery function could be used to display a sorted list of tokens that match the query. These functions could be used in various parts of the zoo project, such as a token search feature or a token list display.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `createTokenFilterFunction` function?\n- The `createTokenFilterFunction` function creates a filter function that can be used to filter an array of tokens based on a search query.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `useSortedTokensByQuery` function?\n- The `useSortedTokensByQuery` function sorts an array of tokens based on a search query, with exact matches first, followed by tokens with a symbol that starts with the search query, and then the rest of the tokens.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `alwaysTrue` function?\n- The `alwaysTrue` function is a helper function that always returns `true`, and is used as a fallback filter function in case the search query is empty.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/filtering.md"}}],["854",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/format.ts)\n\nThis file contains a collection of utility functions for formatting various types of data. The functions are exported as individual named functions and can be used independently of each other. \n\nThe `capitalize` function takes a string as input and returns the same string with the first letter capitalized. \n\nThe `formatK` function takes a string as input and formats it in a human-readable way by abbreviating large numbers with a \"K\" suffix. For example, `formatK('1234567')` would return `'1.23M'`. \n\nThe `shortenAddress` function takes an Ethereum address as input and returns a shortened version of the address with only the first and last four characters visible. \n\nThe `shortenString` function takes a string and a length as input and returns a shortened version of the string with three dots in the middle. \n\nThe `formatPercent` function takes a string representation of a percentage as input and returns a formatted string with a percent sign. \n\nThe `formatNumber` function takes a number as input and returns a formatted string with commas and/or abbreviated with a \"K\" suffix. It also has options for formatting as USD and specifying the number of decimal places. \n\nThe `formatNumberScale` function is similar to `formatNumber` but uses a different scaling system based on the length of the number. \n\nThe `escapeRegExp` function takes a string as input and returns the same string with any special characters escaped so that it can be used as a regular expression. \n\nThe `formatBalance` function takes a BigNumberish value and returns a formatted string representing the value in ether. It also has options for specifying the number of decimal places and the maximum number of digits after the decimal point. \n\nThe `formatCurrencyAmount` and `formatPrice` functions take CurrencyAmount and Price objects, respectively, and return formatted strings representing the values. They also have options for specifying the number of significant figures. \n\nThe `formatDateAgo` function takes a Date object as input and returns a formatted string representing the time elapsed since that date. \n\nThe `formatCurrencyFromRawAmount` and `formatCurrencyAmountWithCommas` functions take a Currency object and a raw amount as input and return formatted strings representing the value in the specified currency. \n\nThe `numberWithCommas` function takes a number or string as input and returns a formatted string with commas separating the thousands. \n\nThe `formatError` function takes an error object as input and returns a formatted string representing the error message. \n\nOverall, these functions provide a variety of useful formatting options for different types of data that may be used throughout the larger project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `formatFoo` convention and where is it used in this code?\n- The purpose of the `formatFoo` convention is not clear from this code alone. It is not used in this code and there is no documentation explaining its purpose.\n\n2. What is the `Intl.NumberFormat` library used for in this code?\n- The `Intl.NumberFormat` library is used to format numbers as currency with a minimum of 2 decimal places.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `formatError` function and what kind of input does it expect?\n- The `formatError` function is used to format error messages. It expects an error object as input and returns a formatted error message.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/format.md"}}],["855",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/getLibrary.ts)\n\nThis code is a TypeScript module that exports a single function called `getLibrary`. The purpose of this function is to create and return a `Web3Provider` object that is connected to a given Ethereum provider. The `Web3Provider` is a class from the `@ethersproject/providers` library that provides a way to interact with the Ethereum blockchain using the Web3 API.\n\nThe `getLibrary` function takes a single argument called `provider`, which can be any type of Ethereum provider. The function first creates a new `Web3Provider` object using the `provider` argument. If the `provider` object has a `chainId` property that is a number or a string that can be parsed as a number, then that value is used as the chain ID for the `Web3Provider`. Otherwise, the string `'any'` is used as the chain ID.\n\nAfter creating the `Web3Provider` object, the function sets its `pollingInterval` property to 15 seconds. This property determines how often the `Web3Provider` will poll the Ethereum network for updates. \n\nThe function then calls the `detectNetwork` method of the `Web3Provider` object to determine the current network that the provider is connected to. If the network has a known chain ID (i.e. it is one of the chain IDs defined in the `NETWORK_POLLING_INTERVALS` object), then the function sets the `pollingInterval` property of the `Web3Provider` to the corresponding value from the `NETWORK_POLLING_INTERVALS` object.\n\nThe `NETWORK_POLLING_INTERVALS` object is a constant object that maps Ethereum chain IDs to polling intervals in milliseconds. Currently, it only defines polling intervals for the Arbitrum and Harmony networks.\n\nOverall, this code provides a convenient way to create a `Web3Provider` object that is connected to a given Ethereum provider and has a reasonable polling interval. It also allows for customization of the polling interval based on the current network, which can help improve performance and reduce unnecessary network traffic. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```typescript\nimport { ethers } from 'ethers'\nimport getLibrary from './getLibrary'\n\n// create an Ethereum provider using ethers.js\nconst provider = new ethers.providers.JsonRpcProvider('https://mainnet.infura.io/v3/your-project-id')\n\n// create a Web3Provider object using the provider\nconst library = getLibrary(provider)\n\n// use the library to interact with the Ethereum blockchain\nconst balance = await library.getBalance('0x123...')\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What external libraries or dependencies are being used in this code?\n- The code is importing `ExternalProvider`, `JsonRpcFetchFunc`, and `Web3Provider` from the `@ethersproject/providers` library, as well as `ChainId` from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `NETWORK_POLLING_INTERVALS` object?\n- The `NETWORK_POLLING_INTERVALS` object is used to store polling intervals for different chain IDs. The polling interval is set to a specific value if the chain ID matches one of the keys in the object.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `getLibrary` function and what does it return?\n- The `getLibrary` function takes in a provider and returns a `Web3Provider` instance. It sets the polling interval of the instance to 15 seconds and also detects the network of the provider and sets the polling interval to a specific value if the network's chain ID matches one of the keys in the `NETWORK_POLLING_INTERVALS` object.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/getLibrary.md"}}],["856",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/getNetworkLibrary.ts)\n\nThe code above is a TypeScript module that exports a function called `getNetworkLibrary()`. The purpose of this function is to provide a Web3Provider instance that can be used to interact with the Ethereum network. \n\nThe function first imports the `Web3Provider` class from the `@ethersproject/providers` package. This class is used to create a provider object that can be used to interact with the Ethereum network. \n\nNext, the `network` object is imported from the `../connectors/network` module. This object contains information about the Ethereum network that the application is connected to. \n\nThe `getNetworkLibrary()` function returns a `Web3Provider` instance. It first checks if the `networkLibrary` variable is defined. If it is, it returns the existing instance. If it is not, it creates a new instance using the `Web3Provider` class and the `network.provider` object. The `network.provider` object is provided by the `network` module and contains information about the Ethereum network provider that the application is connected to. \n\nThis function can be used in other parts of the application to interact with the Ethereum network. For example, if the application needs to send a transaction to the network, it can use the `Web3Provider` instance returned by `getNetworkLibrary()` to create a transaction object and send it to the network. \n\nHere is an example of how this function can be used:\n\n```\nimport { getNetworkLibrary } from 'zoo'\n\nconst provider = getNetworkLibrary()\n\n// Use the provider to interact with the Ethereum network\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Web3Provider` import from `@ethersproject/providers`?\n- The `Web3Provider` import is used to create a provider object that can interact with an Ethereum network.\n\n2. What is the `network` import from `../connectors/network` used for?\n- The `network` import is used to get the provider object for a specific Ethereum network.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `getNetworkLibrary` function?\n- The `getNetworkLibrary` function returns the provider object for the specified Ethereum network, creating it if it doesn't already exist.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/getNetworkLibrary.md"}}],["857",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/index.ts)\n\nThis code exports all the modules from various files located in the `zoo` project. Each of these modules serves a specific purpose in the larger project. \n\nThe `array` module provides utility functions for working with arrays, such as finding the intersection or difference between two arrays. \n\nThe `convert` module provides functions for converting between different data types, such as converting a string to a number or a date object. \n\nThe `currency` module provides functions for working with different currencies, such as converting between different currencies or formatting currency values. \n\nThe `bentobox` module provides functions for interacting with the Bentobox protocol, which is a decentralized exchange protocol built on Ethereum. \n\nThe `block` module provides functions for working with Ethereum blocks, such as getting the latest block number or retrieving a specific block by its hash or number. \n\nThe `ens` module provides functions for working with the Ethereum Name Service (ENS), which is a decentralized domain name system built on Ethereum. \n\nThe `contract` module provides functions for interacting with Ethereum smart contracts, such as deploying a new contract or calling a function on an existing contract. \n\nThe `format` module provides functions for formatting data in various ways, such as formatting a date object as a string or formatting a number with a specific number of decimal places. \n\nThe `kashi` module provides functions for interacting with the Kashi protocol, which is a lending and borrowing protocol built on Ethereum. \n\nThe `list` module provides utility functions for working with lists, such as finding the first or last element in a list. \n\nThe `math` module provides utility functions for performing mathematical operations, such as finding the minimum or maximum value in an array. \n\nThe `parse` module provides functions for parsing data from various sources, such as parsing a JSON string or parsing a date string. \n\nThe `prices` module provides functions for retrieving price data from various sources, such as retrieving the current price of a specific cryptocurrency. \n\nThe `rebase` module provides functions for working with rebasing tokens, which are tokens that adjust their supply to maintain a specific price target. \n\nThe `retry` module provides utility functions for retrying a function that may fail, such as retrying a network request that may fail due to a temporary error. \n\nThe `styling` module provides utility functions for styling user interfaces, such as generating CSS classes or applying styles to a specific element. \n\nThe `trade` module provides functions for interacting with decentralized exchanges, such as executing a trade or retrieving the current price of a specific token. \n\nThe `validate` module provides functions for validating data, such as validating an email address or a password. \n\nThe `zoo` module likely serves as the main entry point for the `zoo` project, and may provide utility functions or configuration options for the project as a whole. \n\nOverall, this code serves to organize and export the various modules that make up the `zoo` project, allowing other parts of the project to easily import and use these modules as needed. For example, if a developer needs to work with Ethereum smart contracts, they can simply import the `contract` module from the `zoo` project and use its functions to interact with contracts.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `zoo` project?\n- The `zoo` project appears to be a collection of modules related to various financial and mathematical operations.\n\n2. What is the relationship between the different modules listed in the code?\n- The code exports various modules from different files, each related to a specific financial or mathematical operation.\n\n3. Are there any dependencies required for these modules to work properly?\n- It is unclear from the code whether there are any dependencies required for these modules to work properly. Further investigation into each individual module may be necessary to determine any dependencies.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/index.md"}}],["858",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/kashi.ts)\n\nThe code in this file contains several functions that are used in the larger zoo project. The purpose of this code is to provide functionality related to interest accrual, fee calculation, and value calculation for assets and tokens. \n\nThe `accrue` function calculates the amount of interest accrued on a given pair and amount of tokens. It takes in a pair object, an amount of tokens, and an optional boolean flag to include the principal amount in the calculation. It returns a BigNumber representing the accrued interest.\n\nThe `accrueTotalAssetWithFee` function calculates the total asset value of a pair, including a fee. It takes in a pair object and returns an object with two BigNumbers: one representing the elastic value and one representing the base value.\n\nThe `interestAccrue` function calculates the interest rate for a given pair and interest amount. It takes in a pair object and a BigNumber representing the current interest rate. It returns a BigNumber representing the updated interest rate.\n\nThe `getUSDValue` function calculates the USD value of a given amount of tokens. It takes in a BigNumber representing the amount of tokens and a token object. It returns a BigNumber representing the USD value.\n\nThe `getUSDString` function calculates the USD value of a given amount of tokens and returns it as a string. It takes in a BigNumber representing the amount of tokens and a token object. It returns a string representing the USD value.\n\nThe `easyAmount` function returns an object containing the token amount, token amount as a string, USD value of the token amount, and USD value as a string. It takes in a BigNumber representing the token amount and a token object.\n\nThe `takeFee` function calculates the fee for a given amount of tokens. It takes in a BigNumber representing the amount of tokens and returns a BigNumber representing the fee.\n\nThe `addBorrowFee` function calculates the fee for a given amount of borrowed tokens. It takes in a BigNumber representing the amount of borrowed tokens and returns a BigNumber representing the fee.\n\nThe `getFraction` function calculates the fraction of a pair's total asset base value. It takes in several objects representing the total asset base value, total asset elastic value, total borrowed elastic value, and token total supply values. It returns a fraction representing the total asset base value. \n\nOverall, this code provides important functionality for the zoo project related to interest accrual, fee calculation, and value calculation for assets and tokens. These functions can be used in various parts of the project to perform calculations and provide data to users.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `accrue` function and what does it return?\n- The `accrue` function calculates the accrued interest on a given amount based on the interest rate and elapsed time for a given pair. It returns a `BigNumber` value representing the accrued interest.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `interestAccrue` function and what does it return?\n- The `interestAccrue` function calculates the current interest rate for a given pair based on its utilization and elapsed time. It returns a `BigNumber` value representing the current interest rate.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `easyAmount` function and what does it return?\n- The `easyAmount` function takes a `BigNumber` amount and a token object and returns an object containing the original amount, a string representation of the amount with the token's decimals, the USD value of the amount, and a string representation of the USD value with the currency's decimals.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/kashi.md"}}],["859",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/list.ts)\n\nThe code in this file contains functions that are used to resolve a list URL to a validated token list. The `getTokenList` function takes in a list URL and a function that resolves an ENS name to a content hash. It then parses the ENS address, translates the content hash to a URI, and converts the URI to an HTTP URL. It then loops through the URLs and fetches the list from the first URL that returns a valid response. If the fetched list fails validation, an error is thrown. If none of the URLs return a valid response, an error is thrown.\n\nThe `sortByListPriority` function is used to sort a list of URLs based on their priority. The priority is determined by the ordering of the default list of lists. The function returns 1 if the first URL has a higher priority, -1 if the second URL has a higher priority, and 0 if they have the same priority.\n\nThe `listVersionLabel` function takes in a `Version` object and returns a string that represents the version label. The version label is in the format `v..`.\n\nThis code is used in the larger project to fetch and validate token lists. It can be used to fetch token lists from various sources, including ENS names and HTTP URLs. The `sortByListPriority` function is used to sort the list of URLs to ensure that the highest priority list is fetched first. The `listVersionLabel` function is used to generate version labels for the token lists. Overall, this code is an important part of the token list management system in the zoo project. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { getTokenList } from 'zoo'\n\nconst listUrl = 'https://example.com/tokenlist.json'\nconst resolveENSContentHash = async (ensName: string) => {\n // resolve ENS name to content hash\n}\n\nconst tokenList = await getTokenList(listUrl, resolveENSContentHash)\nconsole.log(tokenList)\n// output: { name: 'Example Token List', tokens: [...] }\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `getTokenList` function?\n- The `getTokenList` function resolves a list URL to a validated token list by fetching and validating the JSON response from the URL.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `sortByListPriority` function?\n- The `sortByListPriority` function is used to sort a list of URLs based on their priority, with URLs in the `DEFAULT_LIST_OF_LISTS` array having higher priority.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `listVersionLabel` function?\n- The `listVersionLabel` function returns a string label for a given `Version` object, formatted as \"vX.Y.Z\".","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/list.md"}}],["860",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/lux.ts)\n\nThis file contains several utility functions that can be used in the larger zoo project. \n\nThe `sortData` function takes an array of data and a string indicating the type of data to sort by. It then sorts the data in descending order based on the `tokenID` property of each object in the array. This function can be used to sort data in various parts of the project.\n\nThe `wait` function takes a timeout value and returns a promise that resolves after the specified timeout. This function can be used to delay execution of code in the project.\n\nThe `waitOnHardhat` function takes a `ChainId` enum value and a timeout value. If the `ChainId` is either `HARDHAT` or `HARDHAT2`, it returns a promise that resolves after the specified timeout. Otherwise, it returns a promise that resolves with `undefined`. This function can be used to wait for a certain amount of time when running tests on the Hardhat network.\n\nThe `timer` function takes a `countDownDate` value and returns a string representing the time remaining until that date. It uses the `setInterval` function to update the time every second and returns the time in the format of \"X days X hours X minutes X seconds\". This function can be used to display a countdown timer in the project.\n\nThe `accountEllipsis` function takes an Ethereum account address and returns a shortened version of the address with an ellipsis in the middle. This function can be used to display account addresses in a more compact format.\n\nThe `getEmoji` function takes a string representing the rarity of an item and returns an emoji corresponding to that rarity. This function can be used to display emojis next to items in the project based on their rarity.\n\nThe `formatError` function takes an error object and returns a formatted error message. If the error object has a `data` property with a `message` property, it returns that message without the \"Error: Returned error: \" prefix. Otherwise, if the error object has a `code` property, it returns the error message. Otherwise, it returns the error object as a string without the prefix. This function can be used to format error messages in the project.\n\nOverall, these utility functions can be used in various parts of the zoo project to perform common tasks such as sorting data, delaying execution, displaying countdown timers, formatting error messages, and more.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `sortData` function?\n- The `sortData` function takes in an array of data and a string indicating the type of data to sort by, and returns the sorted array in descending order based on the `tokenID` property of each element.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `waitOnHardhat` function and how does it work?\n- The `waitOnHardhat` function takes in a `chainId` and a `timeout` value, and returns a promise that resolves after the specified `timeout` if the `chainId` is either `ChainId.HARDHAT` or `ChainId.HARDHAT2`. Otherwise, it resolves immediately with `undefined`.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `getEmoji` function and how is it used?\n- The `getEmoji` function takes in a string representing the rarity of an item and returns an emoji character based on the rarity level. It is likely used to display the rarity of items in a more visually appealing way.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/lux.md"}}],["861",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/math.ts)\n\nThis file contains a set of utility functions for working with BigNumber objects, which are large numbers used in Ethereum smart contracts. The file imports the BigNumber and BigNumberish types from the '@ethersproject/bignumber' library.\n\nThe first export is a constant called ZERO, which is a BigNumber object representing the value 0.\n\nThe next function, e10, takes an exponent as an argument and returns a BigNumber object representing 10 to the power of that exponent. This function can be used to convert between different units of measurement in Ethereum, which often use powers of 10. For example, to convert 1 ether (which has 18 decimal places) to wei (which has 0 decimal places), you would call e10(18).\n\nThe final two functions, minimum and maximum, take any number of BigNumberish arguments and return the smallest or largest value, respectively. These functions can be used to compare and order BigNumber objects. For example, to find the minimum value in an array of BigNumber objects, you would call minimum(...array).\n\nOverall, this file provides useful utility functions for working with BigNumber objects in Ethereum smart contracts. These functions can be used to perform common operations such as converting between units of measurement and comparing values.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `BigNumber` and `BigNumberish` imports from `@ethersproject/bignumber`?\n- `BigNumber` and `BigNumberish` are likely used for handling large numbers in the code, possibly related to cryptocurrency transactions.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `ZERO` constant?\n- The `ZERO` constant is likely used as a default value or reference point for calculations involving `BigNumber` values.\n\n3. What do the `minimum` and `maximum` functions do?\n- The `minimum` and `maximum` functions take in an array of `BigNumberish` values and return the lowest and highest values, respectively. These functions could be useful for finding the minimum or maximum value in a set of data.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/math.md"}}],["862",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/moralis/helpers.ts)\n\nThis code defines two functions, `queryEggs` and `queryAnimals`, which are used to query data from a database using the Moralis library. The purpose of these functions is to retrieve information about eggs and animals in a zoo, respectively. \n\nThe code begins by importing the `Moralis` library, which is used to interact with a backend database. It then declares three types: `DefaultQueryAttribute`, `Query`, and `QueryPromise`. These types are used to define the structure of the data that will be returned by the queries.\n\nThe `queryEggs` function creates a new query object using the `Moralis.Query` method, which takes an argument specifying the name of the class of objects to be queried. In this case, the class is `Eggs`. The `limit` method is then called on the query object to specify the maximum number of results to be returned, and the `find` method is called to execute the query and return the results. However, in the current implementation, the function simply returns an empty array, indicating that no data is being retrieved.\n\nThe `queryAnimals` function follows a similar structure, but queries a different class of objects (`Animals`) and sets a different limit on the number of results to be returned. Again, the function simply returns an empty array.\n\nThese functions can be used in the larger project to retrieve data about eggs and animals in the zoo, which can then be used for various purposes such as displaying information to users or performing calculations. For example, the `queryAnimals` function could be used to retrieve a list of all the animals in the zoo, which could then be displayed on a webpage. \n\nHowever, in their current state, these functions are not very useful since they always return an empty array. The code needs to be modified to actually execute the queries and return the appropriate data.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Moralis` library and how is it being used in this code?\n - The `Moralis` library is being imported and used to declare types and create queries for objects in the database.\n2. Why are the `queryEggs` and `queryAnimals` functions returning empty arrays?\n - It is unclear from the code why these functions are returning empty arrays. It is possible that they are placeholders for future functionality or that they are being used for testing purposes.\n3. What is the significance of the `limit` parameter in the commented out code within the `queryEggs` and `queryAnimals` functions?\n - The `limit` parameter is being used to limit the number of results returned by the query. In the case of `queryEggs`, it is limiting the results to 6000 and in the case of `queryAnimals`, it is limiting the results to 1000.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/moralis/helpers.md"}}],["863",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/moralis/index.tsx)\n\nThis code exports two modules from the `helpers` and `mapping` files in the `zoo` project. The `queryEggs` and `queryAnimals` functions are exported from the `helpers` file, while the `mapEgg` and `mapAnimal` functions are exported from the `mapping` file. \n\nThe `queryEggs` function likely queries a database or data source for information about eggs in the zoo, while `queryAnimals` likely does the same for information about animals. These functions may be used in other parts of the `zoo` project to retrieve data about eggs and animals for display or manipulation.\n\nThe `mapEgg` and `mapAnimal` functions likely take in data about eggs and animals, respectively, and map that data to a specific format or structure. These functions may be used in other parts of the `zoo` project to transform data about eggs and animals into a format that is easier to work with or display.\n\nOverall, this code is important for the `zoo` project as it provides access to functions that retrieve and transform data about eggs and animals. By exporting these functions, other parts of the project can easily use them without having to duplicate code or write their own functions. \n\nExample usage of these exported functions:\n\n```\nimport { queryEggs, mapEgg } from './zoo'\n\nconst eggs = queryEggs() // retrieves data about eggs\nconst mappedEggs = eggs.map(egg => mapEgg(egg)) // maps the retrieved data to a specific format\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. **What is the purpose of the `helpers` and `mapping` files?** \n - The `helpers` file likely contains functions that assist with querying data related to eggs and animals, while the `mapping` file likely contains functions that transform the queried data into a desired format.\n2. **What other files or modules does this code interact with?**\n - It is unclear from this code snippet alone what other files or modules this code may interact with. Further investigation into the project's file structure and dependencies would be necessary to determine this.\n3. **What is the intended use case for the exported functions?**\n - Without additional context, it is unclear what the intended use case for the exported functions (`queryEggs`, `queryAnimals`, `mapEgg`, and `mapAnimal`) is. It is possible that they are used to retrieve and manipulate data related to a zoo's animal and egg populations, but this cannot be confirmed without more information.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/moralis/index.md"}}],["864",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/moralis/mapping.ts)\n\nThe code above contains two functions, `mapEgg` and `mapAnimal`, that are used to map data from two different objects, `egg` and `animal`, respectively. These functions are exported and can be used in other parts of the project.\n\nThe `mapEgg` function takes an `egg` object as input and returns a new object with specific properties from the `egg` object. The returned object has properties such as `tokenID`, `name`, `kind`, `type`, `animalID`, `basic`, `burned`, `hatched`, `interactive`, `owner`, `parentA`, `parentB`, `timeRemaining`, `createdAt`, `updatedAt`, and `CTAOverride`. These properties are obtained from the `egg` object using the `get` method. If the `get` method is not defined on the `egg` object, it is defined as a function that returns the value of the specified key. The `mapEgg` function is useful for mapping egg data to a format that can be used in other parts of the project.\n\nHere is an example of how `mapEgg` can be used:\n\n```\nconst egg = {\n tokenID: 123,\n name: 'Dragon Egg',\n kind: 'Fire',\n type: 'basic',\n animalID: 456,\n burn: false,\n hatched: false,\n interactive: true,\n owner: 'Alice',\n parentA: 789,\n parentB: 1011,\n timeRemaining: 3600,\n createdAt: '2022-01-01',\n updatedAt: '2022-01-02',\n CTAOverride: 'Buy Now'\n}\n\nconst mappedEgg = mapEgg(egg)\n\nconsole.log(mappedEgg)\n// Output: \n// {\n// tokenID: 123,\n// name: 'Dragon Egg',\n// kind: 'Fire',\n// type: 'basic',\n// animalID: 456,\n// basic: true,\n// burned: false,\n// hatched: false,\n// interactive: true,\n// owner: 'Alice',\n// parentA: 789,\n// parentB: 1011,\n// timeRemaining: 3600,\n// createdAt: '2022-01-01',\n// updatedAt: '2022-01-02',\n// CTAOverride: 'Buy Now'\n// }\n```\n\nThe `mapAnimal` function takes an `animal` object as input and returns a new object with specific properties from the `animal` object. The returned object has properties such as `owner`, `tokenID`, `name`, `description`, `yield`, `boost`, `rarity`, `dob`, `startBid`, `currentBid`, `imageUrl`, `listed`, `bloodline`, `selected`, `bred`, `breedCount`, `kind`, `timeRemaining`, `CTAOverride`, `lastBred`, `buyNow`, `revealed`, and `freed`. These properties are obtained from the `animal` object using the `get` method. If the `get` method is not defined on the `animal` object, it is defined as a function that returns the value of the specified key. The `mapAnimal` function is useful for mapping animal data to a format that can be used in other parts of the project.\n\nHere is an example of how `mapAnimal` can be used:\n\n```\nconst animal = {\n owner: 'Bob',\n tokenID: 789,\n name: 'Fire Dragon',\n NA: 'A fierce dragon that breathes fire',\n yield: 10,\n boost: 2,\n rarity: 'Rare',\n timestamp: '2022-01-01',\n startBid: 100,\n currentBid: 150,\n tokenURI: 'https://example.com/fire-dragon',\n listed: true,\n kind: 2,\n breedCount: 0,\n timeRemaining: 3600,\n CTAOverride: 'Bid Now',\n lastBred: '2022-01-01',\n buyNow: 200,\n revealed: true,\n freed: false\n}\n\nconst mappedAnimal = mapAnimal(animal)\n\nconsole.log(mappedAnimal)\n// Output:\n// {\n// owner: 'Bob',\n// tokenID: 789,\n// name: 'Fire Dragon',\n// description: 'A fierce dragon that breathes fire',\n// yield: 10,\n// boost: 2,\n// rarity: 'Rare',\n// dob: '2022-01-01',\n// startBid: 100,\n// currentBid: 150,\n// imageUrl: 'https://example.com/fire-dragon',\n// listed: true,\n// bloodline: '',\n// selected: false,\n// bred: false,\n// breedCount: 0,\n// kind: 2,\n// timeRemaining: 3600,\n// CTAOverride: 'Bid Now',\n// lastBred: '2022-01-01',\n// buyNow: 200,\n// revealed: true,\n// freed: false\n// }\n```\n\nIn summary, the `mapEgg` and `mapAnimal` functions are used to map data from `egg` and `animal` objects to new objects with specific properties. These functions are useful for formatting data in a way that can be used in other parts of the project.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `mapEgg` function?\n- The `mapEgg` function takes an `egg` object and returns a new object with specific properties and values extracted from the `egg` object.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `mapAnimal` function?\n- The `mapAnimal` function takes an `animal` object and returns a new object with specific properties and values extracted from the `animal` object.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `get` function used in both `mapEgg` and `mapAnimal`?\n- The `get` function is used to retrieve the value of a specific key from the `egg` or `animal` object. If the key does not exist in the object, the `get` function returns `undefined`. The `if` statement checks if the `get` function exists in the object and adds it if it doesn't, allowing the function to be used on any object that doesn't have a `get` method.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/moralis/mapping.md"}}],["865",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/moralis/provider.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React component that provides a Moralis context to its children components. Moralis is a backend-as-a-service platform that provides a set of tools and services for building decentralized applications. The component is exported as `MoralisProvider` and is located in the `zoo` project.\n\nThe component imports `moralisConfig` from a file located in the `constants/moralis` directory and the `Moralis` object from the `moralis` package. It also imports `React`, `useEffect`, and `useState` from the `react` package, and the `MoralisProvider` component from the `react-moralis` package.\n\nThe component defines a `chainId` state variable that is initialized with the `chainId` property of the `ethereum` object. The `ethereum` object is obtained from the `window` object, and if it is not available, it is set to an empty object with a `chainId` property set to `null`. \n\nThe component then checks if the `chainId` is not equal to `56`, `97`, or `1337`. If it is not, it sets the `chainId` to `97`, which is the default testnet chain ID.\n\nThe component then sets up an event listener for the `chainChanged` event emitted by the `ethereum` object. When the event is emitted, the `chainId` state variable is updated with the new chain ID.\n\nThe `applicationID` and `serverURL` variables are obtained from the `moralisConfig` function, which takes the `chainId` as an argument. The `moralisConfig` function returns an object with the `applicationID` and `serverURL` properties, which are used to initialize the `Moralis` object.\n\nFinally, the `MoralisProvider` component is returned with the `applicationID` and `serverURL` props set to the values obtained from the `moralisConfig` function. The `children` prop is rendered as the child of the `MoralisProvider` component.\n\nThis component can be used in the larger project to provide a Moralis context to its children components. The `MoralisProvider` component can be wrapped around other components that require access to the Moralis object, such as components that interact with the blockchain or the Moralis database. \n\nFor example, a component that displays a list of NFTs owned by a user can use the `useMoralisQuery` hook provided by the `react-moralis` package to query the Moralis database for the user's NFTs. The `MoralisProvider` component would need to be wrapped around this component to provide the necessary context. \n\n```jsx\nimport { useMoralisQuery } from \"react-moralis\";\nimport { MoralisProvider } from \"zoo\";\n\nconst MyNFTs = () => {\n const { data, error, isLoading } = useMoralisQuery(\"NFTs\", (q) => {\n q.equalTo(\"owner\", Moralis.User.current());\n });\n\n if (isLoading) {\n return
Loading...
;\n }\n\n if (error) {\n return
Error: {error.message}
;\n }\n\n return (\n
\n {data.map((nft) => (\n
{nft.get(\"name\")}
\n ))}\n
\n );\n};\n\nconst App = () => {\n return (\n \n \n \n );\n};\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n \n This code is a React component that provides a MoralisProvider for a Moralis application. It sets the chain ID for the provider based on the current Ethereum chain and initializes the Moralis application with the appropriate application ID and server URL.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `chainId` variable and how is it determined?\n \n The `chainId` variable is used to determine the appropriate server URL for the Moralis application based on the current Ethereum chain. It is determined by checking the `chainId` property of the `window.ethereum` object, which is set by the user's Ethereum wallet.\n\n3. Why is the `setChainID` function called with a default value of 97 if the `chainId` is not 56, 97, or 1337?\n \n The `setChainID` function is called with a default value of 97 if the `chainId` is not 56, 97, or 1337 because those are the only chains for which the Moralis application has servers. If the `chainId` is not one of those values, the provider defaults to the BSC Testnet.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/moralis/provider.md"}}],["866",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/parse.ts)\n\nThe code in this file provides functions for parsing and converting currency amounts in the context of the larger zoo project. \n\nThe first import statement brings in the necessary modules from the '@zoolabs/zdk' library, including Currency, CurrencyAmount, and JSBI. The second import statement brings in the parseUnits function from the '@ethersproject/units' library.\n\nThe parseBalance function takes a string value and an optional number of decimal places as arguments, and returns a parsed currency amount using the parseUnits function. If no value is provided, it defaults to '0'. This function could be used to convert user input into a standardized currency amount for use in other parts of the project.\n\nThe tryParseAmount function attempts to parse a user-entered amount for a given token. It takes a string value and a currency object as arguments, and returns a CurrencyAmount object if successful. If either argument is missing, it returns undefined. The function first attempts to parse the value using the parseUnits function and the decimal places specified in the currency object. If successful, it creates a new CurrencyAmount object using the parsed value and the currency object. If the parsed value is zero, it returns undefined. If an error occurs during parsing, it catches the error and returns undefined. This function could be used to validate and convert user input for specific tokens in the project.\n\nOverall, these functions provide important functionality for handling currency amounts in the zoo project, allowing for standardized parsing and conversion of user input.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `parseBalance` function?\n- The `parseBalance` function takes a string value and a decimal value (defaulting to 18 if not provided) and returns a parsed value in the specified decimal format using the `parseUnits` function from the `@ethersproject/units` library.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `tryParseAmount` function?\n- The `tryParseAmount` function attempts to parse a user-entered amount for a given token by taking a string value and a currency object and returning a `CurrencyAmount` object if successful. It uses the `parseUnits` function to parse the value and the `CurrencyAmount.fromRawAmount` function to create the `CurrencyAmount` object.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `JSBI` import?\n- The `JSBI` import is used to create a `BigInt` value from the parsed value in the `tryParseAmount` function. This is necessary because the `CurrencyAmount.fromRawAmount` function requires a `BigInt` value as its second argument.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/parse.md"}}],["867",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/prices.ts)\n\nThis file contains several utility functions that are used in the larger zoo project. The file imports several constants from the `constants` file and several classes and functions from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library. \n\nThe `formatExecutionPrice` function takes a `Trade` object, an optional boolean `inverted` flag, and an optional `chainId` parameter. It returns a string that represents the execution price of the trade. If the `inverted` flag is true, the function returns the inverse of the execution price. The `chainId` parameter is not used in this function. \n\nThe `computeRealizedLPFeePercent` function takes a `Trade` object and returns the realized liquidity provider (LP) fee as a `Percent` object. The function calculates the fee by iterating over the pairs in the trade's route and subtracting the product of the x and y values of the price impact from the 0.3% fee. The result is returned as a `Percent` object. \n\nThe `computeRealizedLPFeeAmount` function takes a `Trade` object and returns the amount of the input currency that accrues to LPs as a `CurrencyAmount` object. The function calculates the realized LP fee using the `computeRealizedLPFeePercent` function and multiplies it by the input amount of the trade. The result is returned as a `CurrencyAmount` object. \n\nThe `warningSeverity` function takes a `Percent` object representing the price impact of a trade and returns a `WarningSeverity` value. The function compares the price impact to several predefined impact tiers and returns a value between 0 and 4, where 0 represents the highest severity warning and 4 represents no warning. \n\nThe file also defines several constants that are used in the above functions. The `THIRTY_BIPS_FEE` constant represents a 0.3% fee as a `Percent` object. The `ONE_HUNDRED_PERCENT` constant represents 100% as a `Percent` object. The `INPUT_FRACTION_AFTER_FEE` constant represents the fraction of the input amount that remains after the 0.3% fee is subtracted. The `TWENTY_FIVE_BIPS_FEE` and `FIVE_BIPS_FEE` constants represent 0.25% and 0.05% fees, respectively, as `Percent` objects. \n\nOverall, this file provides several utility functions that are used in the larger zoo project to calculate fees and warnings for trades. These functions are used to provide users with information about the costs and risks associated with their trades.\n## Questions: \n 1. What are the constants being imported from '../constants'?\nAnswer: The code is importing constants related to allowed and blocked price impacts.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the functions `computeRealizedLPFeePercent` and `computeRealizedLPFeeAmount`?\nAnswer: `computeRealizedLPFeePercent` computes the realized LP fee as a percentage for a given trade, while `computeRealizedLPFeeAmount` computes the amount of the input that accrues to LPs for a given trade.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `warningSeverity` function?\nAnswer: The `warningSeverity` function takes a price impact as input and returns a warning severity level based on the impact tiers defined in the `IMPACT_TIERS` array.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/prices.md"}}],["868",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/proposal.ts)\n\nThis code file contains three functions that are related to the voting system of the larger project. The first function, `getProposalState`, takes a `Proposal` object as input and returns the state of the proposal. The state can be one of three values: `ProposalState.PENDING`, `ProposalState.ONGOING`, or `ProposalState.ENDED`. The state is determined by comparing the current time with the start and end times of the proposal. If the current time is before the start time, the state is `ProposalState.PENDING`. If the current time is after the end time, the state is `ProposalState.ENDED`. Otherwise, the state is `ProposalState.ONGOING`. This function can be used to display the state of a proposal to the user.\n\nThe second function, `filteredProposals`, takes an array of `Proposal` objects, a `type` number, and a `state` string as input. It filters the array of proposals based on the `type` and `state` parameters. If `type` is equal to 3, it filters the proposals based on their state only. If `type` is not equal to 3, it filters the proposals based on both their state and type. This function can be used to display a filtered list of proposals to the user based on their state and type.\n\nThe third function, `calcAmountToPay`, takes the number of times a user has voted as input and returns the amount they need to pay for their next vote. The formula used to calculate the amount is ((n+1)^2 - n^2), where n is the number of times the user has voted. This function can be used to calculate the amount a user needs to pay for their next vote.\n\nOverall, these functions are important for the voting system of the larger project. They can be used to display the state of proposals to the user, filter proposals based on their state and type, and calculate the amount a user needs to pay for their next vote.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `getProposalState` function?\n- The `getProposalState` function takes a `Proposal` object as input and returns its state based on its start and end times and the current time.\n\n2. What does the `filteredProposals` function do?\n- The `filteredProposals` function takes an array of `Proposal` objects, a `type` number, and a `state` string as input, and returns a filtered array of `Proposal` objects based on their state and type.\n\n3. What is the formula used in the `calcAmountToPay` function?\n- The `calcAmountToPay` function takes the number of times a proposal has been voted on as input and returns the amount to pay for the next vote using the formula `(n+1th)2 - (nth)2`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/proposal.md"}}],["869",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/rebase.ts)\n\nThe code in this file provides two functions related to rebasing and converting values to an elastic value. The code imports the `BigNumber` class from the `@ethersproject/bignumber` library.\n\nThe `Rebase` interface defines an object with two properties: `base` and `elastic`, both of which are instances of the `BigNumber` class.\n\nThe `rebase` function takes three arguments: `value`, `from`, and `to`, all of which are instances of the `BigNumber` class. The function returns a `BigNumber` instance that represents the rebased value of `value` from `from` to `to`. If `from` is falsy, the function returns a `BigNumber` instance with a value of 0.\n\nThe `toElastic` function takes three arguments: `total`, `base`, and `roundUp`. `total` is an object that conforms to the `Rebase` interface, `base` is an instance of the `BigNumber` class, and `roundUp` is a boolean value. The function returns a `BigNumber` instance that represents the elastic value of `base` based on the `total` object. If `total.base` is equal to 0, the function returns `base`. Otherwise, the function calculates the elastic value of `base` using the formula `base * total.elastic / total.base`. If `roundUp` is true and the calculated elastic value is less than `base`, the function adds 1 to the elastic value.\n\nThese functions can be used in the larger project to perform rebasing and convert values to elastic values. For example, if the project involves a token with a changing supply, the `rebase` function can be used to adjust the value of a user's balance based on the new supply. The `toElastic` function can be used to convert a value to an elastic value that adjusts based on changes in the token's supply.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Rebase` interface?\n - The `Rebase` interface defines a type for an object with two properties: `base` and `elastic`, both of which are of type `BigNumber`.\n\n2. What do the `rebase` and `toElastic` functions do?\n - The `rebase` function takes in a `value`, `from`, and `to` `BigNumber` and returns a new `BigNumber` that is the result of multiplying `value` by `to` and dividing by `from`. If `from` is falsy, the function returns `BigNumber.from(0)`.\n - The `toElastic` function takes in a `total` object of type `Rebase`, a `base` `BigNumber`, and a `roundUp` boolean. It calculates a new `BigNumber` called `elastic` based on the `total` object's `base` and `elastic` properties and the `base` argument. If `roundUp` is true and the calculated `elastic` value is less than `base`, it adds 1 to `elastic`. The function then returns `elastic`.\n\n3. What external library is being used in this code?\n - The code is importing the `BigNumber` class from the `@ethersproject/bignumber` library.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/rebase.md"}}],["870",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/retry.ts)\n\nThe code above provides a function called `retry` that allows a user to retry a function that returns a promise until the promise successfully resolves up to n retries. The function takes in a function to retry, the number of times to retry, and the minimum and maximum wait time between retries in milliseconds. \n\nThe `retry` function returns an object with two properties: `promise` and `cancel`. The `promise` property is the promise that is returned from the function that is being retried. The `cancel` property is a function that can be called to cancel the retry process. \n\nThe `retry` function uses a while loop to retry the function until it successfully resolves or until the maximum number of retries has been reached. If the function throws an error that is not a `RetryableError`, the retry process is stopped and the error is thrown. If the function throws a `RetryableError`, the retry process continues until the maximum number of retries has been reached or the function successfully resolves. \n\nThe `wait` and `waitRandom` functions are helper functions that are used to wait for a specified amount of time before retrying the function. The `CancelledError` and `RetryableError` classes are custom error classes that are used to differentiate between errors that should stop the retry process and errors that should allow the retry process to continue. \n\nHere is an example of how the `retry` function can be used:\n\n```\nasync function fetchData() {\n const response = await fetch('https://example.com/data')\n if (!response.ok) {\n throw new RetryableError('Failed to fetch data')\n }\n return response.json()\n}\n\nconst { promise, cancel } = retry(fetchData, { n: 3, minWait: 1000, maxWait: 5000 })\n\npromise.then((data) => {\n console.log('Data:', data)\n}).catch((error) => {\n if (error instanceof CancelledError) {\n console.log('Retry cancelled')\n } else {\n console.log('Retry failed:', error.message)\n }\n})\n\n// Cancel the retry process after 10 seconds\nsetTimeout(() => {\n cancel()\n}, 10000)\n```\n\nIn the example above, the `fetchData` function is retried up to 3 times with a minimum wait time of 1 second and a maximum wait time of 5 seconds between retries. If the retry process is cancelled before completing, a `CancelledError` is thrown. If the retry process fails after the maximum number of retries has been reached, a `RetryableError` is thrown.\n## Questions: \n 1. What does the `wait` function do and why is it used in this code?\n- The `wait` function returns a promise that resolves after a specified number of milliseconds. It is used to introduce a delay between retries in the `retry` function.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `RetryableError` class and how is it used in the `retry` function?\n- The `RetryableError` class is thrown when the function should be retried. It is used in the `retry` function to determine whether an error is retryable or not, and to break out of the retry loop if the maximum number of retries has been reached.\n\n3. What is the return value of the `retry` function and what does it contain?\n- The `retry` function returns an object with two properties: `promise` and `cancel`. The `promise` property is a promise that resolves with the result of the function being retried, or rejects with an error if the maximum number of retries has been reached. The `cancel` property is a function that can be called to cancel the retry loop and reject the promise with a `CancelledError`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/retry.md"}}],["871",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/styling.ts)\n\nThe `classNames` function is a utility function that takes in any number of string arguments and returns a single string that concatenates all the non-empty string arguments with a space in between. This function is useful for dynamically generating class names for HTML elements based on certain conditions or states.\n\nFor example, if we have a button element that should have a different class name depending on whether it is disabled or not, we can use the `classNames` function to generate the appropriate class name:\n\n```javascript\nconst isDisabled = true;\nconst buttonClass = classNames('button', { 'button--disabled': isDisabled });\n// buttonClass will be 'button button--disabled' if isDisabled is true\n```\n\nIn this example, we pass in two string arguments to `classNames`: `'button'` and `'button--disabled'`. We also pass in an object with a single key-value pair: `'button--disabled': isDisabled`. This means that if `isDisabled` is truthy (in this case, it is `true`), the `'button--disabled'` string will be included in the final output.\n\nThe `classNames` function is a simple but powerful utility that can help keep our code DRY (Don't Repeat Yourself) by allowing us to generate class names dynamically based on various conditions. It can be used in any part of the project where we need to generate class names for HTML elements.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this function?\n This function takes in any number of strings as arguments and returns a single string that concatenates all the non-empty strings with a space in between.\n\n2. What is the significance of the spread operator (...) before the classes parameter?\n The spread operator allows the function to accept any number of arguments as an array, which can then be manipulated using array methods like filter and join.\n\n3. What does the filter method do in this function?\n The filter method removes any empty or falsy values from the array of classes before joining them together with a space.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/styling.md"}}],["872",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/trade.ts)\n\nThe code in this file provides several utility functions for working with trades and currencies in the larger zoo project. \n\nThe `isTradeBetter` function takes two trades and a minimum delta percentage and returns a boolean indicating whether the second trade is better than the first by at least the minimum delta percentage. If the first trade is undefined or null and the second is not, the function returns true. If the second trade is undefined or null and the first is not, the function returns false. If either trade is undefined or null, the function returns undefined. If the trades are not comparable (i.e. they have different trade types or input/output currencies), the function throws an error. Otherwise, the function compares the execution prices of the trades and returns whether the second trade is better than the first by at least the minimum delta percentage.\n\nThe `calculateGasMargin` function takes a BigNumber value and returns a new BigNumber value that is 20% higher than the input value. This function is used to add a margin of safety to gas estimates when interacting with smart contracts.\n\nThe `calculateSlippageAmount` function takes a CurrencyAmount value and a slippage percentage and returns a tuple of two JSBI values representing the minimum and maximum possible amounts after accounting for slippage. This function is used to estimate the impact of slippage on trades.\n\nThe `computeFiatValuePriceImpact` function takes two CurrencyAmount values representing the fiat value of the input and output tokens in a trade and returns a Percent value representing the price impact of the trade. If either input is undefined or null, the function returns undefined. If the input and output currencies are not the same, the function returns undefined. If the input fiat value is zero, the function returns undefined. Otherwise, the function calculates the price impact as the percentage difference between the output and input fiat values.\n\nOverall, these functions provide useful tools for working with trades and currencies in the zoo project, allowing for more accurate estimation of gas costs, slippage, and price impact.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `isTradeBetter` function?\n- The `isTradeBetter` function compares two trades and determines if `tradeB` is better than `tradeA` by at least a threshold percentage amount.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `calculateGasMargin` function?\n- The `calculateGasMargin` function adds a 20% gas margin to a given value.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `computeFiatValuePriceImpact` function?\n- The `computeFiatValuePriceImpact` function calculates the price impact of a trade in terms of fiat value, given the input and output fiat values.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/trade.md"}}],["873",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/validate.ts)\n\nThis file contains several utility functions that are used throughout the zoo project. The functions are designed to perform various checks on input values and return a boolean or a string value based on the result of the check.\n\nThe first function, `isZero`, takes a string value as input and returns true if the value is zero in hex. This function is used to check if a given value is equal to zero in hex format.\n\nThe second function, `isEmptyObj`, takes an object as input and returns true if the object is empty. This function is used to check if a given object is empty or not.\n\nThe third function, `isEmptyValue`, takes a string value as input and returns true if the value is empty or zero. This function is used to check if a given value is empty or zero.\n\nThe fourth function, `isAddress`, takes a value as input and returns the checksummed address if the address is valid, otherwise returns false. This function is used to check if a given value is a valid Ethereum address.\n\nThe fifth function, `isTokenOnList`, takes a `TokenAddressMap` object and a `Token` object as input and returns true if the token is on the list. This function is used to check if a given token is on the list of supported tokens.\n\nThe sixth function, `isSameAddress`, takes two string values as input and returns true if the two addresses are the same. This function is used to check if two given addresses are the same.\n\nOverall, these functions are used to perform various checks on input values throughout the zoo project. For example, `isAddress` is used to validate user input when adding a new token to the list of supported tokens, while `isTokenOnList` is used to check if a given token is supported by the project. These functions help ensure that the project is working with valid input values and can handle unexpected input values gracefully.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `isZero` function?\n - The `isZero` function returns `true` if the input string is zero in hex.\n2. What is the purpose of the `isAddress` function?\n - The `isAddress` function returns the checksummed address if the input value is a valid address, otherwise it returns `false`.\n3. What is the purpose of the `isTokenOnList` function?\n - The `isTokenOnList` function returns `true` if the input `token` is a valid token and exists in the `tokenAddressMap` for the corresponding chain ID.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/validate.md"}}],["874",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/functions/zoo.ts)\n\nThe code provided in this file contains several utility functions that can be used in the larger project. \n\nThe `sortData` function takes an array of data and a string `byType` as input parameters. It sorts the data in descending order based on the `tokenID` property of each element in the array. The sorted array is then returned as output. Here is an example of how to use this function:\n\n```\nconst data = [\n { tokenID: 3, name: 'A' },\n { tokenID: 1, name: 'B' },\n { tokenID: 2, name: 'C' }\n]\n\nconst sortedData = sortData(data, 'tokenID')\nconsole.log(sortedData)\n// Output: [{ tokenID: 3, name: 'A' }, { tokenID: 2, name: 'C' }, { tokenID: 1, name: 'B' }]\n```\n\nThe `wait` function takes a `timeout` value in milliseconds as input parameter. It returns a Promise that resolves after the specified timeout. This function can be used to introduce a delay in the execution of other code. Here is an example of how to use this function:\n\n```\nasync function doSomething() {\n console.log('Start')\n await wait(2000)\n console.log('End')\n}\n\ndoSomething()\n// Output: Start\n// (2 second delay)\n// End\n```\n\nThe `waitOnHardhat` function takes a `chainId` value and a `timeout` value in milliseconds as input parameters. If the `chainId` is either `ChainId.HARDHAT` or `ChainId.HARDHAT2`, it returns a Promise that resolves after the specified timeout. Otherwise, it returns a Promise that resolves immediately with `undefined`. This function can be used to introduce a delay in the execution of code that is specific to the Hardhat blockchain. Here is an example of how to use this function:\n\n```\nasync function doSomething(chainId) {\n console.log('Start')\n await waitOnHardhat(chainId, 2000)\n console.log('End')\n}\n\ndoSomething(ChainId.HARDHAT)\n// Output: Start\n// (2 second delay)\n// End\n\ndoSomething(ChainId.MAINNET)\n// Output: Start\n// End\n```\n\nThe `timer` function takes a `countDownDate` value as input parameter. It calculates the time remaining between the current date and the `countDownDate` in days, hours, minutes, and seconds. It returns a string that represents the remaining time in the format \"Xd Xh Xm Xs\". If the `countDownDate` has already passed, it returns the string \"EXPIRED\". This function can be used to display a countdown timer on a webpage. Here is an example of how to use this function:\n\n```\nconst countDownDate = new Date('Jan 1, 2022 00:00:00').getTime()\nconst remainingTime = timer(countDownDate)\nconsole.log(remainingTime)\n// Output: (time remaining until Jan 1, 2022)\n```\n\nThe `accountEllipsis` function takes an Ethereum account address as input parameter. It returns a string that represents the account address with an ellipsis in the middle. This function can be used to display a shortened version of an Ethereum account address. Here is an example of how to use this function:\n\n```\nconst account = '0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890'\nconst shortenedAccount = accountEllipsis(account)\nconsole.log(shortenedAccount)\n// Output: 0x1234...7890\n```\n\nThe `getEmoji` function takes a string `rarity` as input parameter. It returns an emoji that represents the rarity level. This function can be used to display an emoji that corresponds to the rarity level of an item. Here is an example of how to use this function:\n\n```\nconst rarity = 'Rare'\nconst emoji = getEmoji(rarity)\nconsole.log(emoji)\n// Output: πŸ”₯\n```\n\nThe `getAge` function takes a number `stage` as input parameter. It returns a string that represents the age stage. This function can be used to display the age stage of an item. Here is an example of how to use this function:\n\n```\nconst stage = 1\nconst age = getAge(stage)\nconsole.log(age)\n// Output: TEENAGE\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `sortData` function?\n- The `sortData` function sorts an array of data by the `tokenID` property in descending order.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `waitOnHardhat` function?\n- The `waitOnHardhat` function waits for a specified amount of time if the `chainId` parameter is either `ChainId.HARDHAT` or `ChainId.HARDHAT2`, and resolves immediately otherwise.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `getEmoji` function?\n- The `getEmoji` function returns an emoji based on the `rarity` parameter, with different emojis for different rarities such as 'Common', 'Uncommon', 'Rare', etc.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/functions/zoo.md"}}],["875",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/guards/Network/index.tsx)\n\nThe `NetworkGuard` component in the `zoo` project is responsible for ensuring that the user is connected to a supported Ethereum network before allowing them to access certain features of the application. It imports several constants and modules from other parts of the project, including `DEFAULT_METAMASK_CHAIN_ID`, `NETWORK_ICON`, `NETWORK_LABEL`, and `SUPPORTED_NETWORKS` from the `networks` configuration file, as well as `ChainId` from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library. It also imports several React components, including `React`, `Fragment`, `useLingui`, `HeadlessUIModal`, `Image`, `NavLink`, `Typography`, and `useActiveWeb3React`.\n\nThe `NetworkGuard` component is defined as a higher-order function that takes an array of `ChainId` values as its argument and returns another function that takes a `children` prop. This returned function renders the `Component` function, which is defined as a functional component that takes a `NetworkGuardProps` object as its argument. This object has an optional `networks` property that defaults to an empty array. The `Component` function uses the `useLingui` hook to access the internationalization library, as well as the `useActiveWeb3React` hook to access the current Ethereum chain ID, library, and account.\n\nThe `Component` function renders a `HeadlessUIModal` component that is conditionally displayed based on whether the user is connected to a supported network. If the user is not connected to a supported network, the modal is displayed with a message indicating that the feature is not yet supported on the current network. The modal also provides a link to the home page and a list of available networks that the user can switch to. The list of available networks is generated dynamically based on the `networks` prop passed to the `Component` function.\n\nEach network in the list is rendered as a button that, when clicked, sets a cookie with the selected chain ID and uses the `library` object to switch the user's Ethereum network to the selected network. If the selected network is a default network supported by MetaMask, the `wallet_switchEthereumChain` method is used to switch the network. Otherwise, the `wallet_addEthereumChain` method is used to add the network to the user's MetaMask network list.\n\nThe `NetworkGuard` component is exported as the default export of the module, allowing it to be imported and used in other parts of the `zoo` project. For example, it could be used to wrap components that require a specific Ethereum network to be connected, ensuring that the user is always on the correct network before accessing those components.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n \n This code defines a React component called `NetworkGuard` that checks if the user's current network matches a list of supported networks, and displays a modal with options to switch networks if it doesn't. It also renders any child components passed to it.\n \n2. What external dependencies does this code rely on?\n \n This code relies on several external dependencies, including `@lingui/react`, `@zoolabs/zdk`, `cookie-cutter`, `next/image`, and `react`. It also imports several constants and functions from a `networks` configuration file.\n \n3. What is the expected input and output of this code?\n \n The `NetworkGuard` function takes an array of `ChainId` values as input, and returns a higher-order function that takes child components as input and returns a React component that renders the `Component` function with the `networks` prop set to the input `ChainId` array. The `Component` function renders a modal and a list of network options, and renders any child components passed to it. The expected output is a React component that can be used to guard against unsupported networks and render child components.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/guards/Network/index.md"}}],["876",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/Tokens.ts)\n\nThe code in this file provides various hooks and functions related to tokens and token lists in the larger zoo project. \n\nThe `useTokensFromMap` function takes a `TokenAddressMap` object and a boolean flag `includeUserAdded` and returns a mapping of token addresses to `Token` objects. The `TokenAddressMap` object is a mapping of chain IDs to mappings of token addresses to token information. If `includeUserAdded` is true, the function also includes user-added tokens in the mapping. This function is used by other hooks to get a mapping of all tokens or unsupported tokens.\n\nThe `useAllTokens`, `useTokens`, and `useUnsupportedTokens` hooks use `useTokensFromMap` to return a mapping of all tokens, tokens that are not unsupported, and unsupported tokens, respectively.\n\nThe `useSearchInactiveTokenLists` hook takes a search string and a minimum number of results and returns an array of `WrappedTokenInfo` objects that match the search string and are not in the active token list. This hook is used to search for inactive tokens in token lists.\n\nThe `useIsTokenActive` hook takes a `Token` object and returns a boolean indicating whether the token is in the active token list. This hook is used to check whether a token is active.\n\nThe `useIsUserAddedToken` hook takes a `Currency` object and returns a boolean indicating whether the currency is a user-added token. This hook is used to check whether a currency is in the user's custom token list.\n\nThe `parseStringOrBytes32` function takes a string, a bytes32 string, and a default value and returns the string if it is not empty, the bytes32 string if it is a valid bytes32 string, or the default value otherwise. This function is used to parse a name or symbol from a token response.\n\nThe `useToken` hook takes a token address and returns a `Token` object for that address. It uses other hooks to get the name, symbol, and decimals of the token. If the token is already in the active token list, the hook returns the existing `Token` object. If the token is not in the active token list, the hook returns a new `Token` object with the name, symbol, and decimals obtained from the other hooks. This hook is used to get a `Token` object for a given token address.\n\nThe `useCurrency` hook takes a currency ID and returns a `Currency` object for that ID. If the ID is \"ETH\", the hook returns the native currency for the current chain. Otherwise, the hook uses `useToken` to get a `Token` object for the currency ID. If the chain is Celo, the hook checks if the currency ID is \"CELO\" and returns the native currency if it is. This hook is used to get a `Currency` object for a given currency ID.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useTokensFromMap` function?\n- The `useTokensFromMap` function reduces a token map into a standard address <-> Token mapping, optionally including user added tokens.\n\n2. What does the `useToken` function do?\n- The `useToken` function returns a Token object for a given token address, parsing its name, symbol, and decimals from the token contract.\n\n3. What is the difference between `useAllTokens` and `useTokens`?\n- `useAllTokens` returns all tokens from the active token list, including user added tokens, while `useTokens` returns only the tokens from the active token list that are not user added.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/Tokens.md"}}],["877",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/index.ts)\n\nThis code exports various custom hooks and functions from the `zoo` project. These hooks and functions are designed to be used in conjunction with the larger project to provide additional functionality and simplify certain tasks.\n\nThe `useActiveWeb3React` hook is used to retrieve the active Web3 provider and account from the user's browser. This is useful for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain and executing transactions.\n\nThe `useApproveCallback` hook is used to generate a callback function for approving a token transfer. This is commonly used in decentralized exchanges and other applications that require token transfers.\n\nThe `useBentoBox` hook is used to interact with the BentoBox smart contract, which is a decentralized finance protocol that allows for efficient token storage and transfer.\n\nThe `useBentoBoxAllowance` hook is used to retrieve the current allowance for a specific token in the BentoBox. This is useful for determining whether a user has approved a token transfer.\n\nThe `useContract` functions provide a simple way to interact with smart contracts on the Ethereum blockchain. These functions abstract away some of the complexity of interacting with smart contracts and provide a more user-friendly interface.\n\nThe `useFuse` hook is used to perform fuzzy text searching on an array of objects. This is useful for implementing search functionality in the larger project.\n\nThe `useSortableData` hook is used to sort an array of objects based on a specified key. This is useful for displaying data in a table or list.\n\nThe `useUSDCPrice` hook is used to retrieve the current price of USDC, which is a stablecoin pegged to the US dollar. This is useful for displaying prices and performing calculations in the larger project.\n\nOverall, these hooks and functions provide a variety of useful functionality for the `zoo` project and can be used to simplify development and improve the user experience. Here is an example of how the `useActiveWeb3React` hook might be used:\n\n```\nimport { useActiveWeb3React } from 'zoo'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const { account } = useActiveWeb3React()\n\n // Use the account to interact with the Ethereum blockchain\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useActiveWeb3React` function and how is it used?\n - The `useActiveWeb3React` function is exported as the default from the `useActiveWeb3React` module. It likely provides a hook for accessing the active Web3 provider in the current context.\n\n2. What is the `useApproveCallback` function and how does it relate to the `ApprovalState` enum?\n - The `useApproveCallback` function and `ApprovalState` enum are both exported from the `useApproveCallback` module. They likely provide a hook for handling approval of a transaction and tracking the approval state.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useBentoBox` and `useBentoBoxAllowance` functions?\n - The `useBentoBox` and `useBentoBoxAllowance` functions are both exported from their respective modules. They likely provide hooks for interacting with the BentoBox smart contract, possibly for depositing and withdrawing assets.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/index.md"}}],["878",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useActiveWeb3React.ts)\n\nThe code defines a function called `useActiveWeb3React` that returns an object containing various properties related to the current state of the user's Web3 connection. The function is designed to be used in conjunction with the Web3React library, which provides a set of React hooks for interacting with Web3 providers.\n\nThe returned object includes properties such as `connector`, `library`, `chainId`, `account`, `active`, `error`, `accounts`, and `isActivating`. These properties provide information about the current state of the user's Web3 connection, such as the current provider, the current chain ID, the user's account address, and whether the user is currently connected to a Web3 provider.\n\nThe function also imports various modules and types from other libraries, such as `@web3-react/types`, `@ethersproject/providers`, and `useAppSelector`. These modules are used to provide additional functionality and type definitions for the function.\n\nOverall, this code provides a simple way to access information about the user's Web3 connection in a React application. By using the `useActiveWeb3React` function, developers can easily access information about the user's account and provider, and use this information to build Web3-enabled features into their application. For example, a developer could use this function to display the user's account balance or to allow the user to sign transactions using their Web3 provider.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code provides a custom hook called `useActiveWeb3React` that returns various properties related to the active Web3 React context, such as the current provider, chain ID, account, and error status.\n\n2. What dependencies are required to use this code?\n - This code requires several dependencies, including `@web3-react/core`, `@web3-react/types`, `@ethersproject/providers`, and `state/hooks` from an unspecified state management library.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `impersonate` variable?\n - The `impersonate` variable is used to determine whether or not to impersonate a specific address in the active Web3 React context. However, it is currently set to `false` and therefore has no effect on the behavior of the code.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useActiveWeb3React.md"}}],["879",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useAddTokenToMetaMask.ts)\n\nThe code is a custom React hook that allows users to add a new token to their MetaMask wallet. It imports two modules: `Currency` and `Token` from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, and `useCallback` and `useState` from the `react` library. It also imports two functions from other files: `getCurrencyLogoUrls` from `./../components/CurrencyLogo` and `useActiveWeb3React` from `./useActiveWeb3React`.\n\nThe `useAddTokenToMetaMask` hook takes a `currencyToAdd` parameter, which is an optional `Currency` object. It returns an object with two properties: `addToken` and `success`. `addToken` is a function that, when called, attempts to add the `Token` object wrapped inside the `currencyToAdd` object to the user's MetaMask wallet. `success` is a boolean value that indicates whether the token was successfully added to the wallet.\n\nThe hook first retrieves the current `chainId` and `library` using the `useActiveWeb3React` hook. It then extracts the `Token` object from the `currencyToAdd` object, if it exists. It initializes the `success` state variable to `undefined`.\n\nThe `addToken` function checks if the `library` is available, if the provider is MetaMask, and if the `Token` object exists. If all conditions are met, it calls the `wallet_watchAsset` method on the provider with an object containing the token's address, symbol, decimals, and image. If the method call is successful, it sets the `success` state variable to `true`. If it fails, it sets `success` to `false`. If any of the conditions are not met, it sets `success` to `false`.\n\nThis hook can be used in a larger project that involves interacting with the Ethereum blockchain and MetaMask wallet. For example, it can be used in a decentralized exchange application to allow users to add new tokens to their wallets before trading them. Here is an example usage of the hook:\n\n```\nimport { Currency, Token } from '@zoolabs/zdk'\nimport useAddTokenToMetaMask from './useAddTokenToMetaMask'\n\nfunction AddTokenButton({ currencyToAdd }) {\n const { addToken, success } = useAddTokenToMetaMask(currencyToAdd)\n\n return (\n \n )\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `AddTokenButton` component takes a `currencyToAdd` prop, which is a `Currency` object. It uses the `useAddTokenToMetaMask` hook to get the `addToken` function and `success` state variable. It renders a button that calls `addToken` when clicked. It also displays a checkmark or an X mark depending on the value of `success`.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code defines a custom hook called `useAddTokenToMetaMask` that adds a token to the user's MetaMask wallet.\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n - This code imports `Currency` and `Token` from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, as well as `useCallback` and `useState` from `react`. It also imports `getCurrencyLogoUrls` and `useActiveWeb3React` from local files.\n3. What parameters does the `useAddTokenToMetaMask` hook take?\n - The `useAddTokenToMetaMask` hook takes a single parameter called `currencyToAdd`, which is either a `Currency` or `undefined`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useAddTokenToMetaMask.md"}}],["880",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useAllCurrencyCombinations.ts)\n\nThe `useAllCurrencyCombinations` function is used to generate all possible currency pairs for a given set of currencies. It takes in two optional arguments, `currencyA` and `currencyB`, which are of type `Currency`. The function returns an array of tuples, where each tuple represents a currency pair. Each tuple contains two `Token` objects, which are a subclass of `Currency`.\n\nThe function first retrieves the current chain ID using the `useActiveWeb3React` hook. It then extracts the wrapped tokens from the `currencyA` and `currencyB` objects, if they exist. If the chain ID is not defined, the function returns an empty array.\n\nThe function then generates an array of `Token` objects called `bases`. This array is generated using the `useMemo` hook, which memoizes the result of the function so that it is only recalculated when the dependencies change. The `bases` array is generated by concatenating three arrays: `common`, `additionalA`, and `additionalB`. The `common` array is defined in the `BASES_TO_CHECK_TRADES_AGAINST` object, which is imported from the `../config/routing` file. The `additionalA` and `additionalB` arrays are generated by looking up the `tokenA` and `tokenB` addresses in the `ADDITIONAL_BASES` object, which is also imported from the `../config/routing` file.\n\nThe function then generates an array of tuples called `basePairs`. This array is generated using the `flatMap` function from the `lodash` library. The `flatMap` function maps each element of the `bases` array to an array of tuples, where each tuple contains the original element and another element from the `bases` array. This generates all possible pairs of elements from the `bases` array.\n\nFinally, the function generates an array of tuples called `pairs`. This array is generated using the `useMemo` hook. The `pairs` array is generated by concatenating four arrays: the direct pair (`[tokenA, tokenB]`), `tokenA` against all bases, `tokenB` against all bases, and each base against all bases. The function then filters out any tuples where either element is undefined, where both elements are the same, or where the currencies are not allowed to be traded against each other based on the `CUSTOM_BASES` object, which is also imported from the `../config/routing` file.\n\nThis function is used to generate all possible currency pairs for a given set of currencies. It is likely used in other parts of the project to generate lists of available currency pairs for users to trade. For example, it could be used to generate a list of currency pairs for a trading interface, or to generate a list of currency pairs for a liquidity pool. Here is an example of how the function could be used:\n\n```\nimport { useAllCurrencyCombinations } from './useAllCurrencyCombinations'\nimport { Currency, Token } from '@zoolabs/zdk'\n\nfunction MyComponent({ currencyA, currencyB }: { currencyA?: Currency, currencyB?: Currency }) {\n const pairs: [Token, Token][] = useAllCurrencyCombinations(currencyA, currencyB)\n\n return (\n
\n {pairs.map(([tokenA, tokenB]) => (\n
\n {tokenA.symbol}/{tokenB.symbol}\n
\n ))}\n
\n )\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `useAllCurrencyCombinations` function is used to generate all possible currency pairs for the `currencyA` and `currencyB` props. The resulting pairs are then mapped to a list of currency symbols, which are displayed in the component.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useAllCurrencyCombinations` function?\n- The `useAllCurrencyCombinations` function returns an array of all possible token pairs that can be traded against each other, as well as against a set of common and additional base tokens.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `chainId` variable?\n- The `chainId` variable is used to determine which set of common and additional base tokens to use in the `bases` array.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `CUSTOM_BASES` object in the `filter` method?\n- The `CUSTOM_BASES` object is used to filter out any token pairs that do not have a custom base token specified for either token in the pair. If a custom base token is specified for a token, then the pair must include that base token in order to be included in the final array.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useAllCurrencyCombinations.md"}}],["881",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useApproveCallback.ts)\n\nThe code defines several React hooks that are used to manage token approvals for the Zoo project. The `useApproveCallback` hook takes in two optional parameters: `amountToApprove` and `spender`. It returns an array with two elements: an `ApprovalState` enum indicating the current approval status, and a function that approves the token if necessary. \n\nThe `useApproveCallbackFromTrade` hook is a wrapper around `useApproveCallback` that takes in a `V2Trade` object, an allowed slippage percentage, and a boolean flag indicating whether to use the Archer router. It calculates the `amountToApprove` based on the input currency of the trade and passes it to `useApproveCallback`.\n\nThe `useVotingApproveCallback` hook is similar to `useApproveCallback`, but it is specifically designed for the Zoo voting system. It takes in `amountToApprove` and `spender` parameters and returns an array with the current approval status and an approval function. \n\nAll of these hooks use other custom hooks defined in the same file, such as `useActiveWeb3React`, `useTokenAllowance`, and `useTokenContract`. They also import various constants and functions from external libraries and files, such as `@zoolabs/zdk`, `@ethersproject/constants`, and `addresses`. \n\nOverall, these hooks provide a convenient way for developers to manage token approvals in the Zoo project. They can be used in various components and modules to ensure that users have approved the necessary tokens before executing trades or voting.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useApproveCallback` function?\n- The `useApproveCallback` function returns a variable indicating the state of the approval and a function which approves if necessary or early returns. It is used to handle token approvals for a given spender.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `useApproveCallbackFromTrade` function?\n- The `useApproveCallbackFromTrade` function wraps the `useApproveCallback` function in the context of a swap. It takes in a trade, allowed slippage, and a boolean flag to indicate whether to use the Archer router or not, and returns the same variables as `useApproveCallback`.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useVotingApproveCallback` function?\n- The `useVotingApproveCallback` function is similar to `useApproveCallback`, but it is specifically designed for voting. It returns a variable indicating the state of the approval and a function which approves if necessary or early returns. It is used to handle token approvals for voting.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useApproveCallback.md"}}],["882",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useArcherMinerTips.ts)\n\nThe code is a custom React hook called `useArcherMinerTips` that fetches gas prices from the Archer API and returns them as an object with a `status` and `data` property. The `status` property indicates the current state of the hook, which can be one of three values: `idle`, `fetching`, or `fetched`. The `data` property is an object that contains gas prices for different transaction speeds.\n\nThe hook uses the `useEffect` and `useState` hooks from React to manage state and side effects. When the component mounts, the hook fetches gas prices from the Archer API using the `fetch` function. The API endpoint is determined by the `ChainId` from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, which is obtained using the `useActiveWeb3React` hook. If the `ChainId` is `MAINNET`, the hook fetches gas prices. If the `ChainId` is not `MAINNET`, the hook does nothing.\n\nOnce the gas prices are fetched, the hook updates the `data` state with the response data and sets the `status` state to `fetched`. If there is an error fetching the gas prices, the `status` state is set to `idle`.\n\nThe `data` object contains gas prices for different transaction speeds, which are represented as strings. The keys of the object are `immediate`, `rapid`, `fast`, `standard`, `slow`, `slower`, and `slowest`. These keys correspond to different gas prices based on the speed of the transaction. For example, a transaction with a gas price of `immediate` will be processed faster than a transaction with a gas price of `slowest`.\n\nThis hook can be used in the larger project to fetch gas prices for transactions and determine the appropriate gas price to use based on the desired transaction speed. For example, if a user wants to send a transaction quickly, they can use the `rapid` gas price. If they are willing to wait longer for the transaction to be processed, they can use the `slow` or `slower` gas price. The `useArcherMinerTips` hook abstracts away the complexity of fetching gas prices from the Archer API and provides a simple interface for accessing gas prices in the project. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport useArcherMinerTips from './useArcherMinerTips'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const { status, data } = useArcherMinerTips()\n\n if (status === 'fetching') {\n return
Loading...
\n }\n\n if (status === 'fetched') {\n return (\n
\n

Immediate: {data.immediate}

\n

Rapid: {data.rapid}

\n

Fast: {data.fast}

\n

Standard: {data.standard}

\n

Slow: {data.slow}

\n

Slower: {data.slower}

\n

Slowest: {data.slowest}

\n
\n )\n }\n\n return null\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines a custom React hook called `useArcherMinerTips` that fetches gas prices from an API and returns them as an object. It solves the problem of needing to fetch gas prices in a standardized way across the application.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code relies on the `react` library, as well as the `@zoolabs/zdk` library for the `ChainId` type. It also imports a constant `ARCHER_GAS_URI` from a configuration file.\n\n3. What is the expected behavior of this code if the `chainId` is not `ChainId.MAINNET`?\n- If the `chainId` is not `ChainId.MAINNET`, the `fetchData` function will not be called and the `status` and `data` values will remain at their initial states of `'idle'` and the default gas price values, respectively.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useArcherMinerTips.md"}}],["883",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useArgentWalletContract.ts)\n\nThe code above is a function that returns an instance of a smart contract called `ArgentWalletContract`. The contract is defined by the `ARGENT_WALLET_ABI` constant, which is imported from a JSON file located in the `constants/abis` directory. \n\nThe function is designed to be used in a larger project that involves interacting with the Ethereum blockchain. It is assumed that the project is using the `@ethersproject/contracts` library, as this is imported at the top of the file. \n\nThe function itself is called `useArgentWalletContract` and is designed to be used as a React hook. It uses several other custom hooks, including `useActiveWeb3React`, `useContract`, and `useIsArgentWallet`. \n\nThe `useActiveWeb3React` hook is used to retrieve the current Ethereum account that the user is connected to. This is necessary because the `ArgentWalletContract` is specific to each user's Ethereum address. \n\nThe `useIsArgentWallet` hook is used to determine whether the current wallet being used is an Argent wallet. If it is, then the `ArgentWalletContract` instance is returned. If not, then `null` is returned. \n\nThe `useContract` hook is used to actually create the instance of the `ArgentWalletContract`. It takes three arguments: the Ethereum address of the user (if they are using an Argent wallet), the ABI of the contract, and a boolean indicating whether to use the read-only version of the contract. \n\nOverall, this function is a useful tool for interacting with the `ArgentWalletContract` in a larger Ethereum-based project. It is designed to be used as a React hook and relies on several other custom hooks to function properly. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { useArgentWalletContract } from './useArgentWalletContract'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const argentWalletContract = useArgentWalletContract()\n\n // Use the contract instance to interact with the Ethereum blockchain\n // ...\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is `ARGENT_WALLET_ABI` and where is it defined?\n- `ARGENT_WALLET_ABI` is likely an ABI (Application Binary Interface) for a smart contract related to the Argent wallet. Its definition is likely located in the `../constants/abis/argent-wallet.json` file.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `useActiveWeb3React` and `useContract` hooks?\n- The `useActiveWeb3React` hook likely provides access to the active Web3 provider and account, while the `useContract` hook likely creates an instance of a smart contract using its ABI and address.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `useIsArgentWallet` hook and how is it used?\n- The `useIsArgentWallet` hook likely checks if the current account is an Argent wallet. It is used to conditionally pass the account to the `useContract` hook, depending on whether or not it is an Argent wallet.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useArgentWalletContract.md"}}],["884",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useBentoBox.ts)\n\nThe `useBentoBox` function is a React hook that provides functionality for interacting with the BentoBox smart contract. The BentoBox is a smart contract that allows for efficient and gas-saving token transfers and storage. \n\nThe function imports several dependencies, including `BigNumber` from the `@ethersproject/bignumber` library, `getAddress` from the `@ethersproject/address` library, `AddressZero` from the `@ethersproject/constants` library, and `WNATIVE_ADDRESS` from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library. It also imports two custom hooks: `useActiveWeb3React` and `useBentoBoxContract`, as well as `useCallback` from the `react` library and `useTransactionAdder` from a custom `transactions` state.\n\nThe `useBentoBox` function returns an object with two properties: `deposit` and `withdraw`. Both of these properties are functions that take two arguments: `tokenAddress` and `value`. `tokenAddress` is a string representing the address of the token to be deposited or withdrawn, and `value` is a `BigNumber` representing the amount of the token to be deposited or withdrawn.\n\nThe `deposit` function first checks if `value` and `chainId` are truthy. If they are, it converts `tokenAddress` to a checksummed address using `getAddress` and checks if it is equal to the `WNATIVE_ADDRESS` for the current `chainId`. If it is, it calls the `deposit` function on the `bentoBoxContract` with `AddressZero` as the `to` address, `account` as the `from` and `recipient` addresses, `value` as the `amount`, and `{ value }` as the `overrides`. If it is not, it calls the `deposit` function on the `bentoBoxContract` with `tokenAddressChecksum` as the `to` address, `account` as the `from` and `recipient` addresses, `value` as the `amount`, and no `overrides`. If there is an error, it logs the error to the console and returns the error.\n\nThe `withdraw` function is similar to the `deposit` function, but it first checks if `tokenAddressChecksum` is equal to the `WNATIVE_ADDRESS` for the current `chainId`. If it is, it sets the `to` address to `0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000`. If it is not, it sets the `to` address to `tokenAddressChecksum`. It then calls the `withdraw` function on the `bentoBoxContract` with the appropriate arguments. If there is an error, it logs the error to the console and returns the error.\n\nThis hook can be used in a React component to interact with the BentoBox smart contract. For example, a component that allows a user to deposit tokens into the BentoBox could use the `deposit` function to initiate the deposit when a button is clicked. Similarly, a component that allows a user to withdraw tokens from the BentoBox could use the `withdraw` function to initiate the withdrawal when a button is clicked.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useBentoBox` function?\n- The `useBentoBox` function is a custom React hook that provides methods for depositing and withdrawing tokens from the BentoBox smart contract.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code relies on several external dependencies, including `@ethersproject/bignumber`, `@ethersproject/address`, `@ethersproject/constants`, and `@zoolabs/zdk`.\n\n3. What is the significance of `WNATIVE_ADDRESS`?\n- `WNATIVE_ADDRESS` is a constant defined in the `@zoolabs/zdk` library that represents the address of the native token for the current blockchain network. It is used in this code to determine whether a token being deposited or withdrawn is the native token, so that the appropriate method can be called on the BentoBox contract.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useBentoBox.md"}}],["885",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useBentoBoxAllowance.ts)\n\nThe code defines a custom React hook called `useAllowance` that returns the allowance of a given ERC20 token for the current user's account. The hook takes a single argument, `tokenAddress`, which is the address of the ERC20 token contract.\n\nThe hook uses several other hooks and libraries to accomplish its task. The `useActiveWeb3React` hook is used to get the current user's Ethereum account. The `useBentoBoxContract` and `useContract` hooks are used to get instances of the BentoBox and ERC20 token contracts, respectively. The `getAddress` function from the `@ethersproject/address` library is used to convert the `tokenAddress` to a checksummed address.\n\nOnce the necessary contracts and addresses are obtained, the hook fetches the current allowance for the user's account using the `allowance` function of the ERC20 token contract. The allowance is then formatted as a `Fraction` using the `Fraction.from` method, which takes a `BigNumber` and a divisor. In this case, the divisor is `10^18`, since ERC20 tokens have 18 decimal places. The formatted allowance is then stored in state using the `setAllowance` function.\n\nThe hook also sets up an interval to periodically refresh the allowance every 10 seconds. This is done using the `setInterval` function in the `useEffect` hook. The interval is cleared when the component unmounts using the `clearInterval` function.\n\nOverall, this hook is useful for any part of the project that needs to check the current allowance of an ERC20 token for the user's account. For example, it could be used in a component that displays the user's current token balances and allowances for various tokens. Here is an example usage of the hook:\n\n```\nimport useAllowance from '../hooks/useAllowance'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const allowance = useAllowance('0x1234567890123456789012345678901234567890')\n return
Current allowance: {allowance}
\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What does this code do?\n- This code exports a custom hook called `useAllowance` which takes a token address as input and returns the allowance of that token for the current user's account.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code relies on several external dependencies including `react`, `@ethersproject/bignumber`, `@ethersproject/address`, and `../hooks/useContract` and `../hooks/useActiveWeb3React` which are custom hooks defined elsewhere in the project.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `fetchAllowance` function?\n- The `fetchAllowance` function is an asynchronous function that fetches the allowance of a token for the current user's account and updates the `allowance` state variable with the formatted value of the allowance. It is called on mount and every 10 seconds thereafter.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useBentoBoxAllowance.md"}}],["886",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useBentoMasterApproveCallback.ts)\n\nThe code in this file provides a hook called `useBentoMasterApproveCallback` that can be used to approve a master contract on the BentoBox protocol. The BentoBox protocol is a lending protocol that allows users to deposit assets and earn interest. The protocol uses a system of master contracts to manage the assets and interest rates.\n\nThe `useBentoMasterApproveCallback` hook takes two arguments: the address of the master contract to approve, and an options object that can include the name of the contract and the name of the function to call. The hook returns an object that includes the current approval state, a function to approve the contract, a function to get a permit for the contract, and the current permit.\n\nThe `useBentoMasterApproveCallback` hook uses several other hooks to get the necessary data. The `useActiveWeb3React` hook is used to get the current account and chain ID. The `useBentoBoxContract` hook is used to get the BentoBox contract instance. The `useAllTransactions` and `useTransactionAdder` hooks are used to manage the approval transaction.\n\nThe `useBentoMasterApproveCallback` hook also uses several utility functions to sign the approval transaction and split the signature. These functions are imported from other files in the project.\n\nThe `useBentoMasterApproveCallback` hook is used in other parts of the project to manage the approval of master contracts. For example, it may be used in a component that allows users to deposit assets into the BentoBox protocol. When the user clicks the deposit button, the component can call the `useBentoMasterApproveCallback` hook to check if the master contract is approved. If the contract is not approved, the component can call the `getPermit` function to get a permit for the contract. The permit can then be used to approve the contract by calling the `approve` function. Once the contract is approved, the component can call the `deposit` function to deposit the assets into the protocol.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a hook called `useBentoMasterApproveCallback` that returns an object with functions and data related to approving a master contract in the BentoBox protocol.\n\n2. What are the dependencies of this code?\n- This code depends on several other hooks and functions from different files, including `useBentoMasterContractAllowed`, `useActiveWeb3React`, `useBentoBoxContract`, `useAllTransactions`, `useTransactionAdder`, and `signMasterContractApproval`.\n\n3. What are the possible values of `BentoApprovalState` and `BentoApproveOutcome`?\n- `BentoApprovalState` is an enum with possible values of `UNKNOWN`, `NOT_APPROVED`, `PENDING`, `FAILED`, and `APPROVED`. `BentoApproveOutcome` is another enum with possible values of `SUCCESS`, `REJECTED`, `FAILED`, and `NOT_READY`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useBentoMasterApproveCallback.md"}}],["887",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useColor.ts)\n\nThis code defines two React hooks, `useColor` and `useListColor`, that are used to determine the dominant color of an image. The hooks use the `Vibrant` library to extract the color palette of an image and return the hex code of the most vibrant color. \n\nThe `getColorFromToken` function is used to extract the color of a token logo. It takes a `Token` object as input and returns a promise that resolves to a hex code string or null. If the token is on the Rinkeby network and has a specific address, the function returns a pre-defined hex code. Otherwise, it constructs a URL to the token's logo image and uses `Vibrant` to extract the color palette. If a vibrant color is found, the function applies the `shade` function from the `polished` library to the color until it has a minimum contrast score of 3 against white. The function then returns the resulting hex code.\n\nThe `getColorFromUriPath` function is used to extract the color of an image from a URI. It takes a URI string as input and returns a promise that resolves to a hex code string or null. The function first converts the URI to an HTTP URL using the `uriToHttp` function from a separate file. It then uses `Vibrant` to extract the color palette of the image and returns the hex code of the most vibrant color.\n\nThe `useColor` hook takes a `Token` object as input and returns the dominant color of the token's logo image. It initializes the color state to `#0094ec` and uses `useLayoutEffect` to asynchronously fetch the color from the token's logo image. If the token is not null and a color is found, the hook updates the color state with the new value. If the token is null or the component is unmounted before the color is fetched, the hook sets the color state back to `#0094ec`.\n\nThe `useListColor` hook takes a URI string as input and returns the dominant color of the image at the URI. It initializes the color state to `#0094ec` and uses `useLayoutEffect` to asynchronously fetch the color from the image. If the URI is not null and a color is found, the hook updates the color state with the new value. If the URI is null or the component is unmounted before the color is fetched, the hook sets the color state back to `#0094ec`.\n\nThese hooks can be used in the larger project to dynamically set the color of components based on the dominant color of an image. For example, the `useColor` hook could be used to set the background color of a token card to the dominant color of the token's logo image. The `useListColor` hook could be used to set the background color of a list item to the dominant color of the item's image.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `getColorFromToken` function?\n- The `getColorFromToken` function takes a `Token` object and returns a promise that resolves to a string representing the color of the token's logo image.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `useColor` function?\n- The `useColor` function is a React hook that takes a `Token` object and returns a color string based on the logo image of the token. It uses the `getColorFromToken` function internally.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useListColor` function?\n- The `useListColor` function is another React hook that takes a URI string representing an image and returns a color string based on the image. It uses the `getColorFromUriPath` function internally.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useColor.md"}}],["888",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useCopyClipboard.ts)\n\nThe code above is a custom React hook that provides functionality for copying text to the clipboard. It uses the `copy-to-clipboard` library to perform the actual copying of the text. \n\nThe hook returns an array with two values: a boolean indicating whether the text has been copied to the clipboard, and a function that can be called to initiate the copying process. The function takes a single argument, `toCopy`, which is the text to be copied.\n\nThe `useCallback` hook is used to memoize the `staticCopy` function, which is responsible for performing the copying. This is done to prevent unnecessary re-renders of the component that uses this hook. \n\nThe `useEffect` hook is used to handle the state of the `isCopied` variable. When the text is successfully copied to the clipboard, `isCopied` is set to `true`. The `useEffect` hook then sets a timeout to reset `isCopied` to `false` after a specified amount of time (`timeout`). This timeout is cleared if the component unmounts before the timeout is reached.\n\nThis hook can be used in any React component that needs to provide a copy-to-clipboard functionality. For example, it could be used in a button component that copies a URL to the clipboard when clicked. \n\nHere is an example of how this hook could be used in a component:\n\n```\nimport React from 'react'\nimport useCopyClipboard from './useCopyClipboard'\n\nfunction CopyButton({ text }) {\n const [isCopied, copyToClipboard] = useCopyClipboard()\n\n const handleClick = () => {\n copyToClipboard(text)\n }\n\n return (\n \n )\n}\n\nexport default CopyButton\n```\n\nIn this example, the `CopyButton` component takes a `text` prop, which is the text to be copied to the clipboard. When the button is clicked, the `copyToClipboard` function is called with the `text` prop as an argument. The `isCopied` value is used to display a message to the user indicating whether the text has been successfully copied.\n## Questions: \n 1. What does this code do?\n This code exports a custom React hook called `useCopyClipboard` that takes an optional timeout parameter and returns a tuple containing a boolean value indicating whether the copy operation was successful and a function to copy text to the clipboard.\n\n2. What library dependencies does this code have?\n This code imports two libraries: `copy-to-clipboard` and `react`.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useEffect` hook in this code?\n The `useEffect` hook is used to set a timeout to reset the `isCopied` state to `false` after a successful copy operation. It also clears the timeout if the `isCopied` state changes before the timeout is reached.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useCopyClipboard.md"}}],["889",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useCurrentBlockTimestamp.ts)\n\nThe code above is a TypeScript function that is used to retrieve the current timestamp from the blockchain. It is part of a larger project called \"zoo\" and is located in a file within that project. \n\nThe function imports two modules: `BigNumber` from the `@ethersproject/bignumber` library and `useMulticall2Contract` from a custom `useContract` module. It also imports `useSingleCallResult` from a custom `multicall` state module. \n\nThe function itself is named `useCurrentBlockTimestamp` and returns a `BigNumber` object or `undefined`. It first calls the `useMulticall2Contract` function to retrieve the contract instance for the `Multicall2` contract. It then calls the `useSingleCallResult` function, passing in the `multicall` instance and the string `'getCurrentBlockTimestamp'` as arguments. This function retrieves the result of a single call to the `Multicall2` contract, which should return the current timestamp of the blockchain. \n\nIf the result is not `undefined`, the function returns the first element of the result array as a `BigNumber` object. If the result is `undefined`, the function returns `undefined`. \n\nThis function can be used in the larger project to retrieve the current timestamp of the blockchain. This information can be useful for various purposes, such as time-based calculations or verifying the timing of certain events. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```typescript\nimport useCurrentBlockTimestamp from './useCurrentBlockTimestamp'\n\nconst currentTimestamp = useCurrentBlockTimestamp()\n\nif (currentTimestamp) {\n console.log(`The current timestamp is ${currentTimestamp.toString()}`)\n} else {\n console.log('Unable to retrieve current timestamp')\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `BigNumber` import from `@ethersproject/bignumber`?\n- The `BigNumber` import is likely used to handle large numbers in a precise and efficient manner, which is important in blockchain development.\n\n2. What is the `useSingleCallResult` function and where is it defined?\n- The `useSingleCallResult` function is likely defined in the `../state/multicall/hooks` file, and it is used to retrieve the result of a single function call from a smart contract.\n\n3. What smart contract function is being called in the `useCurrentBlockTimestamp` function?\n- The `getCurrentBlockTimestamp` function is being called in the `useCurrentBlockTimestamp` function to retrieve the current timestamp from the blockchain.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useCurrentBlockTimestamp.md"}}],["890",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useDebounce.ts)\n\nThe code is a custom React hook called `useDebounce` that takes in two parameters: a value of generic type `T` and a delay in milliseconds. The purpose of this hook is to debounce the value passed in, meaning that it delays the execution of a function until a certain amount of time has passed since the last time it was called. This is useful for scenarios where you want to avoid executing a function too frequently, such as when handling user input.\n\nThe hook uses the `useState` and `useEffect` hooks from React to manage the state of the debounced value. When the hook is first called, it sets the initial value of `debouncedValue` to the value passed in. It then sets up an effect that runs whenever the `value` or `delay` parameters change. This effect sets a timeout using `setTimeout` that will update the `debouncedValue` to the current `value` after the specified `delay` has passed. If the `value` or `delay` parameters change before the timeout has completed, the effect will clean up the previous timeout using `clearTimeout` and start a new one.\n\nThe hook returns the `debouncedValue`, which will only be updated after the specified `delay` has passed since the last time the `value` parameter was updated. This can be used in a larger project to improve performance by reducing the number of times a function is called in response to user input. For example, if you have a search bar that executes a search function every time the user types a letter, you could use this hook to delay the execution of the search function until the user has stopped typing for a certain amount of time. This would reduce the number of unnecessary search requests and improve the overall performance of the application. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport useDebounce from './useDebounce'\n\nfunction SearchBar() {\n const [searchTerm, setSearchTerm] = useState('')\n const debouncedSearchTerm = useDebounce(searchTerm, 500)\n\n useEffect(() => {\n // Execute search function after debouncedSearchTerm has been updated\n searchFunction(debouncedSearchTerm)\n }, [debouncedSearchTerm])\n\n return (\n setSearchTerm(e.target.value)}\n />\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how is it used in the `zoo` project?\n This code exports a custom hook called `useDebounce` that takes in a value and a delay time and returns a debounced value. It is likely used in the `zoo` project to debounce user input or API requests.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `useEffect` and `useState` hooks being imported from `react`?\n The `useEffect` and `useState` hooks are part of the React library and are used to manage state and side effects in functional components. They are necessary for the implementation of the `useDebounce` hook.\n\n3. How does the `useDebounce` hook prevent the debounced value from updating if the value changes within the delay period?\n The `useEffect` hook sets up a timeout that updates the debounced value after the specified delay. If the value changes before the timeout is triggered, the `return` function of the `useEffect` hook clears the timeout and sets up a new one with the updated value and delay. This ensures that the debounced value only updates after the delay period has passed without any new changes to the value.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useDebounce.md"}}],["891",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useDebouncedChangeHandler.ts)\n\nThe code is a custom React hook called `useDebouncedChangeHandler` that provides an easy way to debounce the handling of a rapidly changing value, such as a slider input. The hook takes in three parameters: `value`, `onChange`, and `debouncedMs`. \n\nThe `value` parameter is the value that is rapidly changing and needs to be debounced. The `onChange` parameter is the change handler that should receive the debounced updates to the value. The `debouncedMs` parameter is an optional parameter that specifies how long the hook should wait for changes to be applied before debouncing.\n\nThe hook returns a tuple containing two values: `inner` and `onChangeInner`. The `inner` value is the current debounced value of the `value` parameter. The `onChangeInner` value is a function that can be used to update the `inner` value.\n\nThe hook uses the `useState`, `useCallback`, `useEffect`, and `useRef` hooks from React. The `useState` hook is used to manage the current debounced value of the `value` parameter. The `useCallback` hook is used to memoize the `onChangeInner` function to prevent unnecessary re-renders. The `useEffect` hook is used to update the `inner` value when the `value` parameter changes. The `useRef` hook is used to store a reference to the `setTimeout` function that is used to debounce the `onChange` function.\n\nWhen the `onChangeInner` function is called with a new value, the hook updates the `inner` value with the new value and clears any existing `setTimeout` function using the `clearTimeout` function. It then sets a new `setTimeout` function with the specified `debouncedMs` delay that calls the `onChange` function with the new value and sets the `timer.current` value to `undefined`.\n\nWhen the `value` parameter changes, the hook updates the `inner` value with the new value and clears any existing `setTimeout` function using the `clearTimeout` function.\n\nOverall, this hook provides a simple way to debounce the handling of rapidly changing values in a React application. Here is an example of how it can be used:\n\n```\nimport React, { useState } from 'react'\nimport useDebouncedChangeHandler from './useDebouncedChangeHandler'\n\nfunction Slider() {\n const [value, setValue] = useState(0)\n const [debouncedValue, setDebouncedValue] = useDebouncedChangeHandler(value, setValue, 500)\n\n const handleChange = (event) => {\n setValue(event.target.value)\n }\n\n return (\n
\n \n

Debounced value: {debouncedValue}

\n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how is it used in the `zoo` project?\n- This code provides a custom hook called `useDebouncedChangeHandler` that can be used to debounce the handling of a rapidly changing value. It takes in the changing value, a change handler function, and a debounce time in milliseconds as parameters, and returns an array containing the current value and a function to update the value with debounced changes.\n\n2. What type of values can be passed as the `value` parameter?\n- The `value` parameter is a generic type `T`, which means it can accept any type of value.\n\n3. How does the `useDebouncedChangeHandler` hook work internally to debounce the value changes?\n- The hook uses the `useState`, `useCallback`, and `useEffect` hooks from React to manage the state of the changing value and the debounced updates. It sets up a timer using `setTimeout` to delay the execution of the change handler function until the debounce time has elapsed, and clears the timer if the value changes again before the timer has finished.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useDebouncedChangeHandler.md"}}],["892",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useENS.ts)\n\nThe code in this file is a function that takes in a string parameter, which can be either an ENS name or an Ethereum address. The function then performs a lookup to resolve the name or address to an actual Ethereum address and name. \n\nThe function first imports a validation function from another file in the project. This function checks if the input parameter is a valid Ethereum address. If it is, the function proceeds to perform a reverse lookup using the useENSName function, which takes in the validated address as a parameter. If the input parameter is not a valid Ethereum address, the function performs a regular lookup using the useENSAddress function, which takes in the input parameter as a parameter.\n\nThe function then returns an object with three properties: loading, address, and name. The loading property is a boolean that indicates whether the lookup is still in progress. The address property is a string that represents the resolved Ethereum address. The name property is a string that represents the resolved ENS name.\n\nThis function can be used in the larger project to resolve ENS names to Ethereum addresses and vice versa. For example, if a user enters an ENS name in a form, this function can be used to resolve the name to an Ethereum address that can be used in a smart contract. Conversely, if a user enters an Ethereum address, this function can be used to resolve the address to an ENS name that can be displayed in the UI. \n\nHere is an example of how this function can be used:\n\n```\nimport useENS from './useENS'\n\nconst resolved = useENS('myensname.eth')\n\nconsole.log(resolved.address) // '0x1234567890abcdef1234567890abcdef12345678'\nconsole.log(resolved.name) // 'myensname.eth'\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `isAddress` function imported from `../functions/validate`?\n- The `isAddress` function is used to validate whether the `nameOrAddress` parameter is a valid Ethereum address.\n\n2. What is the difference between `useENSName` and `useENSAddress`?\n- `useENSName` is used to perform a reverse lookup of an Ethereum address to its corresponding ENS name, while `useENSAddress` is used to perform a forward lookup of an ENS name to its corresponding Ethereum address.\n\n3. What is the expected return value of the `useENS` function?\n- The `useENS` function returns an object with three properties: `loading` (a boolean indicating whether the lookup is still in progress), `address` (the resolved Ethereum address), and `name` (the resolved ENS name).","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useENS.md"}}],["893",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useENSAddress.ts)\n\nThe `useENSAddress` function is used to lookup the address of an Ethereum Name Service (ENS) name. ENS is a decentralized naming system built on the Ethereum blockchain that allows users to register human-readable names for their Ethereum addresses. This function takes an optional `ensName` parameter, which is the ENS name to lookup. If no `ensName` is provided, the function will return an object with a `loading` property set to `true` and an `address` property set to `null`.\n\nThe function first uses the `useDebounce` hook to debounce the `ensName` parameter. This means that if the `ensName` parameter changes, the function will wait for 200 milliseconds before performing the ENS lookup. This is done to prevent the function from making too many requests to the ENS registry.\n\nNext, the function uses the `namehash` function from the `@ethersproject/hash` library to compute the hash of the debounced `ensName`. The hash is used as an argument to the ENS resolver contract to look up the address associated with the ENS name. The function uses the `useENSRegistrarContract` and `useENSResolverContract` hooks to get instances of the ENS registrar and resolver contracts respectively. It then uses the `useSingleCallResult` hook to call the `resolver` and `addr` functions on the contracts with the computed hash argument.\n\nFinally, the function returns an object with two properties: `loading` and `address`. The `loading` property is set to `true` if the `ensName` parameter has changed or if the resolver or addr calls are still loading. The `address` property is set to the address associated with the ENS name if the lookup was successful, or `null` otherwise.\n\nThis function can be used in the larger project to provide a convenient way for users to look up the addresses associated with ENS names. For example, it could be used in a wallet application to allow users to send transactions to ENS names instead of Ethereum addresses. Here is an example usage of the `useENSAddress` function:\n\n```\nimport useENSAddress from './useENSAddress'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const { loading, address } = useENSAddress('my-ens-name.eth')\n\n if (loading) {\n return
Loading...
\n }\n\n return (\n
\n Address: {address}\n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n \n This code defines a custom hook called `useENSAddress` that performs a lookup for an ENS name to find its address.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code rely on?\n \n This code relies on several external dependencies, including `useContract` from a local file, `isZero` from `../functions`, `namehash` from `@ethersproject/hash`, `useDebounce` from a local file, `useMemo` from `react`, and `useSingleCallResult` from `../state/multicall/hooks`.\n\n3. What is the expected behavior if `ensName` is not provided?\n \n If `ensName` is not provided, the `useENSAddress` hook will still run, but it will return an object with `loading` set to `true` and `address` set to `null`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useENSAddress.md"}}],["894",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useENSContentHash.ts)\n\nThe `useENSContentHash` function is used to look up the contenthash associated with an ENS name. ENS (Ethereum Name Service) is a decentralized naming system built on the Ethereum blockchain that allows users to register human-readable domain names and associate them with Ethereum addresses or other metadata. The contenthash is a piece of metadata that can be associated with an ENS name and is used to store IPFS content hashes or other data.\n\nThe function takes an optional `ensName` parameter, which is the ENS name to look up. If no `ensName` is provided, the function returns an object with a `loading` property set to `true` and a `contenthash` property set to `null`. If an `ensName` is provided, the function first calculates the namehash of the ENS name using the `namehash` function from the `@ethersproject/hash` library. If the namehash calculation fails, the function returns an object with a `loading` property set to `true` and a `contenthash` property set to `null`.\n\nThe function then uses the `useENSRegistrarContract` and `useSingleCallResult` hooks from the `useContract` and `multicall` modules, respectively, to retrieve the resolver contract address associated with the ENS name. The `useENSRegistrarContract` hook returns the ENS registrar contract, which is used to look up the resolver contract address associated with the ENS name. The `useSingleCallResult` hook is used to call the `resolver` function on the registrar contract with the namehash of the ENS name as an argument. The result of this call is the resolver contract address associated with the ENS name.\n\nIf the resolver contract address is zero (i.e., the ENS name is not registered), the function returns an object with a `loading` property set to `true` and a `contenthash` property set to `null`. Otherwise, the function uses the `useENSResolverContract` hook to retrieve the resolver contract associated with the resolver contract address. The `useENSResolverContract` hook returns the resolver contract, which is used to look up the contenthash associated with the ENS name. The `useSingleCallResult` hook is used to call the `contenthash` function on the resolver contract with the namehash of the ENS name as an argument. The result of this call is the contenthash associated with the ENS name.\n\nThe function returns an object with a `loading` property set to `true` if either the resolver address or contenthash is still loading, and a `contenthash` property set to the contenthash associated with the ENS name if it is available, or `null` otherwise.\n\nThis function can be used in the larger project to retrieve the contenthash associated with an ENS name, which can be used to retrieve IPFS content or other metadata associated with the name. For example, the contenthash could be used to retrieve a website hosted on IPFS associated with the ENS name. An example usage of this function is as follows:\n\n```\nimport useENSContentHash from './useENSContentHash'\n\nfunction MyComponent({ ensName }) {\n const { loading, contenthash } = useENSContentHash(ensName)\n\n if (loading) {\n return
Loading...
\n }\n\n if (!contenthash) {\n return
No contenthash found for {ensName}
\n }\n\n // Use contenthash to retrieve IPFS content or other metadata\n return
Contenthash: {contenthash}
\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a custom React hook called `useENSContentHash` that performs a lookup for an ENS name to find its contenthash.\n\n2. What other custom hooks are being used in this code?\n- This code imports and uses two other custom hooks called `useENSRegistrarContract` and `useENSResolverContract` from the `useContract` module, as well as `useSingleCallResult` from the `multicall/hooks` module.\n\n3. What is the expected input and output of the `useENSContentHash` hook?\n- The `useENSContentHash` hook expects an optional string parameter called `ensName` and returns an object with two properties: `loading` (a boolean indicating whether the hook is currently loading data) and `contenthash` (a string or null value representing the contenthash of the ENS name).","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useENSContentHash.md"}}],["895",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useENSName.ts)\n\nThe code is a React hook that performs a reverse lookup for an Ethereum address to find its corresponding ENS name. ENS (Ethereum Name Service) is a decentralized naming system built on the Ethereum blockchain that maps human-readable names to Ethereum addresses. \n\nThe hook takes an optional `address` parameter and returns an object with two properties: `ENSName` and `loading`. `ENSName` is the ENS name corresponding to the given `address`, or `null` if the name cannot be found. `loading` is a boolean that indicates whether the hook is currently loading data.\n\nThe hook uses several other hooks and functions to perform its task. `useDebounce` is used to debounce the `address` parameter to avoid making too many requests to the ENS registry. `useMemo` is used to memoize the `ensNodeArgument` variable, which is an array containing the ENS node hash for the reverse lookup. `useENSRegistrarContract` and `useENSResolverContract` are custom hooks that return instances of the ENS registrar and resolver contracts, respectively. Finally, `useSingleCallResult` is used to call the `resolver` and `name` functions on the resolver contract and retrieve their results.\n\nOverall, this hook provides a convenient way to look up ENS names for Ethereum addresses in a React application. It can be used in conjunction with other hooks and components to build more complex applications that interact with the Ethereum blockchain. For example, it could be used to display human-readable names for Ethereum addresses in a wallet application or to verify that a user has control over a particular ENS name. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```jsx\nimport useENSName from './useENSName'\n\nfunction MyComponent({ address }) {\n const { ENSName, loading } = useENSName(address)\n\n if (loading) {\n return
Loading...
\n }\n\n if (ENSName) {\n return
{ENSName}
\n }\n\n return
No ENS name found for {address}
\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n \n This code is a custom hook called `useENSName` that performs a reverse lookup for an Ethereum address to find its corresponding ENS name.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code rely on?\n \n This code relies on several external libraries and dependencies, including `@ethersproject/address`, `@ethersproject/hash`, `useDebounce`, `react`, and `useSingleCallResult`.\n\n3. What is the expected input and output of this code?\n \n The expected input of this code is a string representing an Ethereum address, which is an optional parameter. The expected output is an object with two properties: `ENSName`, which is a string representing the corresponding ENS name of the input address, and `loading`, which is a boolean indicating whether the ENS name is currently being loaded.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useENSName.md"}}],["896",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useERC20Permit.ts)\n\nThe code is a TypeScript module that exports three functions: `useERC20Permit`, `useV2LiquidityTokenPermit`, and `useERC20PermitFromTrade`. The module imports several dependencies, including `@zoolabs/zdk`, `react`, and `@ethersproject/bytes`. \n\nThe `useERC20Permit` function is a React hook that returns an object with three properties: `state`, `signatureData`, and `gatherPermitSignature`. The function takes three arguments: `currencyAmount`, `spender`, and `overridePermitInfo`. The `currencyAmount` argument is an object that represents the amount of a currency to be approved for spending. The `spender` argument is a string that represents the Ethereum address of the account that will be allowed to spend the approved currency. The `overridePermitInfo` argument is an optional object that provides additional information about the permit. \n\nThe `useV2LiquidityTokenPermit` function is a wrapper around `useERC20Permit` that provides default values for the `overridePermitInfo` argument. \n\nThe `useERC20PermitFromTrade` function is a helper function that takes a `V2Trade` object and an allowed slippage percentage as arguments. The function returns the result of calling `useERC20Permit` with the maximum amount of currency that can be spent in the trade and the `spender` argument set to the trade object. \n\nThe module also defines several constants, interfaces, and types, including `PermitType`, `PERMIT_VALIDITY_BUFFER`, `PermitInfo`, `PERMITTABLE_TOKENS`, `UseERC20PermitState`, `BaseSignatureData`, `StandardSignatureData`, `AllowedSignatureData`, `SignatureData`, `EIP712_DOMAIN_TYPE`, `EIP712_DOMAIN_TYPE_NO_VERSION`, `EIP2612_TYPE`, and `PERMIT_ALLOWED_TYPE`. \n\nThe `PERMITTABLE_TOKENS` object is a mapping of Ethereum chain IDs to objects that map token addresses to `PermitInfo` objects. The `PermitInfo` object contains information about the type of permit required for the token, such as the name of the token and the version of the permit. \n\nThe `useERC20Permit` function uses the `useActiveWeb3React` hook to get the current Ethereum account and chain ID. It then uses the `useEIP2612Contract` hook to get the contract object for the token. The function also uses the `useIsArgentWallet` hook to determine if the user is using an Argent wallet. \n\nThe function then checks if all the required arguments are present and returns an object with `state` set to `NOT_APPLICABLE` if any of the arguments are missing. If the required arguments are present, the function checks if the token supports the permit type required by the `PermitInfo` object. If the token does not support the permit type, the function returns an object with `state` set to `NOT_APPLICABLE`. \n\nIf the token supports the permit type, the function gets the nonce for the token and checks if it is valid. If the nonce is not valid, the function returns an object with `state` set to `LOADING`. If the nonce is valid, the function checks if the signature data is valid. If the signature data is valid, the function returns an object with `state` set to `SIGNED`. If the signature data is not valid, the function returns an object with `state` set to `NOT_SIGNED`. \n\nIf the signature data is not valid, the function returns an object with `gatherPermitSignature` set to a function that gathers the permit signature. The function uses the `eth_signTypedData_v4` method to sign the permit data and sets the `signatureData` object with the signed data. \n\nOverall, this module provides a set of functions that can be used to generate permit signatures for ERC20 tokens. These functions are designed to be used in a React application and rely on several hooks to interact with the Ethereum blockchain.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useERC20Permit` function and how is it used?\n \n The `useERC20Permit` function is used to generate a permit signature for a given ERC20 token and spender. It takes in a `currencyAmount` and `spender` as arguments, and returns an object with `signatureData`, `state`, and `gatherPermitSignature` properties. The `signatureData` property contains the permit signature data, the `state` property indicates whether the permit has been signed or not, and the `gatherPermitSignature` property is a function that can be called to initiate the permit signature process.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `PERMITTABLE_TOKENS` object and how is it used?\n \n The `PERMITTABLE_TOKENS` object is a mapping of token addresses to permit information for various chains. It is used to determine whether a given token is permit-enabled and what type of permit is required. The `useERC20Permit` function uses this object to determine the permit information for a given token.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useV2LiquidityTokenPermit` function and how is it used?\n \n The `useV2LiquidityTokenPermit` function is a specialized version of the `useERC20Permit` function that is used specifically for removing liquidity from a Uniswap V2 pool. It takes in a `liquidityAmount` and `spender` as arguments, and returns an object with `signatureData`, `state`, and `gatherPermitSignature` properties. The `signatureData` property contains the permit signature data, the `state` property indicates whether the permit has been signed or not, and the `gatherPermitSignature` property is a function that can be called to initiate the permit signature process.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useERC20Permit.md"}}],["897",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useEagerConnect.ts)\n\nThe code above is a custom React hook called `useEagerConnect` that is used to connect a user's wallet to a decentralized application (dApp). This hook is part of a larger project called \"zoo\" and is located in the \"zoo\" file. \n\nThe hook uses the `useEffect` and `useState` hooks from the React library, as well as the `useActiveWeb3React` hook from another custom hook file. It also imports the `injected` object from a `wallets` configuration file and the `isMobile` function from the `react-device-detect` library.\n\nThe `useEagerConnect` hook first calls the `useActiveWeb3React` hook to get the current web3 provider and whether or not the user is currently connected to a wallet. It then sets the `tried` state to `false` using the `useState` hook.\n\nThe first `useEffect` hook is used to check if the user is authorized to connect their wallet using the `injected` object. If the user is authorized, the `connector` is activated using the `activate` method with the `injected` object and `undefined` parameters. The third parameter is set to `true` to indicate that the connection should be persistent. If the user is not authorized, the hook checks if the user is on a mobile device and has the `ethereum` object available. If so, the `connector` is activated using the same parameters as before. If not, the `tried` state is set to `true`.\n\nThe second `useEffect` hook is used to update the `tried` state to `true` if the connection was successful and the `active` state is `true`.\n\nFinally, the `useEagerConnect` hook returns the `tried` state, which is used to determine whether or not the connection was successful.\n\nThis hook can be used in a larger project to automatically connect a user's wallet to a dApp when they visit the site. For example, the hook could be used in a decentralized exchange (DEX) to automatically connect the user's wallet and display their balances and trading history. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport useEagerConnect from './useEagerConnect'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const triedToConnect = useEagerConnect()\n\n if (triedToConnect) {\n // display content that requires a wallet connection\n } else {\n // display loading or connection prompt\n }\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n \n This code defines a custom React hook called `useEagerConnect` that attempts to connect to a web3 provider using the `injected` wallet configuration and returns a boolean value indicating whether the connection was attempted or not.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `useEffect` hooks in this code?\n \n The first `useEffect` hook runs only once on mount and attempts to connect to the web3 provider using the `injected` wallet configuration. The second `useEffect` hook runs whenever the `active` state variable changes and sets the `tried` state variable to `true` if the connection was successful.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `isMobile` check in this code?\n \n The `isMobile` check is used to determine whether the user is accessing the application from a mobile device. If so, and if the `window.ethereum` object is available, the `injected` wallet configuration is used to attempt to connect to the web3 provider.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useEagerConnect.md"}}],["898",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useFarmRewards.ts)\n\nThe `useFarmRewards` function is a custom React hook that retrieves and processes data related to farms and their rewards on the SushiSwap decentralized exchange. The hook imports various functions and constants from other files in the project, including enums, graph services, and other custom hooks.\n\nThe function first retrieves the current chain ID using the `useActiveWeb3React` hook. It then uses this ID to fetch the user's positions in the farms using the `usePositions` hook. The function also retrieves the block number from one week ago using the `useBlock` hook.\n\nNext, the function fetches data on all farms using the `useFarms` hook, and extracts the addresses of the pairs involved in these farms. It then uses the `useSushiPairs` and `useKashiPairs` hooks to fetch data on the SushiSwap and Kashi pairs, respectively, that correspond to these addresses. The function also retrieves data on the average block time, the total allocation points for the MasterChef V1 contract, and the SUSHI rewards per block for this contract.\n\nThe function then retrieves the current prices of various tokens, including SUSHI, ETH, MATIC, STAKE, and ONE, using various `useXPrice` hooks. It calculates the number of blocks per day based on the average block time, and defines a `map` function that processes data for each farm.\n\nThe `map` function first checks whether the farm is based on a SushiSwap or Kashi pair, and retrieves the corresponding pair data. It then calculates the rewards for the farm based on the allocation points, SUSHI rewards per block, and other factors. The function also calculates the total value locked (TVL) for the farm, as well as the fee APY per hour, day, month, and year. It then calculates the ROI per block, as well as the reward APY per hour, day, month, and year. Finally, the function returns an object containing all of this data, as well as the original farm data and the user's position in the farm.\n\nThe `useFarmRewards` function returns an array of objects, where each object corresponds to a farm and contains all of the processed data described above. This data can be used to display information about the farms and their rewards to the user, as well as to make decisions about which farms to invest in. For example, the ROI and reward APY data can be used to compare the profitability of different farms, while the TVL data can be used to assess the liquidity of each farm.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a custom React hook called `useFarmRewards` that fetches data from various subgraphs and services to calculate rewards and other metrics for farms in the Zoo project.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code relies on several external dependencies, including `@zoolabs/zdk`, `@ethersproject/address`, `react`, and various packages from the `../features`, `../services`, and `../functions` directories.\n\n3. What data is being fetched and processed by this code?\n- This code fetches data about farms, pairs, and rewards from various subgraphs and services, and processes this data to calculate metrics such as TVL, APR, and ROI for each farm. It also uses data from the `usePositions` hook to display information about the user's positions in each farm.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useFarmRewards.md"}}],["899",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useFetchListCallback.ts)\n\nThe code defines a custom React hook called `useFetchListCallback` that returns a function. This function takes a `listUrl` string as its argument and returns a Promise that resolves to a `TokenList` object. The `TokenList` object is imported from the `@uniswap/token-lists` package.\n\nThe `useFetchListCallback` hook uses several other hooks and functions to fetch and process the token list. The `useActiveWeb3React` hook is used to get the current Ethereum chain ID and provider library. The `useCallback` hook is used to memoize the `ensResolver` function, which resolves an ENS name to an IPFS content hash. The `useDispatch` hook is used to get the Redux store's dispatch function.\n\nThe `useFetchListCallback` function dispatches a `fetchTokenList.pending` action to the Redux store, which sets the `loading` state to `true`. It then calls the `getTokenList` function, passing in the `listUrl` and `ensResolver` functions. The `getTokenList` function fetches the token list from the specified URL and resolves any ENS names using the `ensResolver` function. If the fetch is successful, the `getTokenList` function returns a `TokenList` object, which is then dispatched to the Redux store using the `fetchTokenList.fulfilled` action. If the fetch fails, the `getTokenList` function throws an error, which is caught and re-thrown by the `useFetchListCallback` function after dispatching a `fetchTokenList.rejected` action to the Redux store.\n\nThe `useFetchListCallback` hook is intended to be used in other components to fetch and display token lists. For example, a token list selector component could use this hook to fetch a list of tokens and display them in a dropdown menu. The `sendDispatch` argument can be used to prevent the `fetchTokenList` actions from being dispatched in certain cases, such as when the hook is used for list search or when an unsupported list is requested.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a custom hook called `useFetchListCallback` that returns a function for fetching a token list from a given URL and resolving ENS names to content hashes.\n\n2. What dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several dependencies, including `AppDispatch` from a local `state` module, `ChainId` from the `@zoolabs/zdk` package, `TokenList` from the `@uniswap/token-lists` package, and various functions from local `state` and `functions` modules.\n\n3. What is the error message thrown if the chain ID is not `MAINNET` and no network library is available?\n- The error message thrown is \"Could not construct mainnet ENS resolver\".","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useFetchListCallback.md"}}],["900",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useFuse.ts)\n\nThe code above is a custom React hook that provides fuzzy search functionality using the Fuse.js library. The hook is called `useFuse` and takes in two parameters: `data` and `options`. `data` is an array of objects that will be searched, and `options` is an object that contains options for the Fuse.js library.\n\nThe `useFuse` hook returns an object with four properties: `result`, `search`, `term`, and `reset`. `result` is an array of objects that match the search term. `search` is a function that takes in a string and sets the search term. `term` is the current search term. `reset` is a function that resets the search term to an empty string.\n\nThe `useFuse` hook uses the `useState` hook to keep track of the current search term. It then creates a new instance of the Fuse.js library using the `data` and `options` parameters. The `fuzzySearch` function is called with the `fuse`, `data`, and `term` parameters. The `fuzzySearch` function returns an array of objects that match the search term. If the search term is empty, the `data` parameter is returned.\n\nThe `useFuse` hook is useful for implementing search functionality in a React application. It provides a simple interface for searching through an array of objects using fuzzy search. Here is an example of how to use the `useFuse` hook:\n\n```\nimport useFuse from './useFuse'\n\nconst data = [\n { name: 'John Doe', age: 30 },\n { name: 'Jane Doe', age: 25 },\n { name: 'Bob Smith', age: 40 },\n]\n\nconst options = {\n keys: ['name'],\n}\n\nfunction App() {\n const { result, search, term, reset } = useFuse({ data, options })\n\n return (\n
\n search(e.target.value)} />\n \n
    \n {result.map((item) => (\n
  • {item.name}
    • \n ))}\n
\n
\n )\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `data` parameter is an array of objects with `name` and `age` properties. The `options` parameter specifies that the `name` property should be used for searching. The `useFuse` hook is called with these parameters, and the resulting object is destructured into `result`, `search`, `term`, and `reset`. The `result` array is mapped over to display the names of the matching objects. The `input` element is used to set the search term, and the `button` element is used to reset the search term.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Fuse` library being imported?\n - The `Fuse` library is being used for fuzzy searching functionality.\n \n2. What is the purpose of the `useFuse` function?\n - The `useFuse` function is a custom hook that takes in data and options, and returns an object with search functionality and search results based on fuzzy search using the `Fuse` library.\n \n3. What is the purpose of the `reset` function being returned by the `useFuse` hook?\n - The `reset` function allows the user to reset the search term to an empty string, effectively resetting the search results to the original data.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useFuse.md"}}],["901",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useHttpLocations.ts)\n\nThe code in this file is a module that exports a custom hook called `useHttpLocations`. This hook takes in a single argument, `uri`, which is a string that represents a Uniform Resource Identifier (URI). The purpose of this hook is to convert the given URI into one or more HTTP locations that can be used to retrieve content from a server.\n\nTo achieve this, the hook first imports two functions from another module: `contenthashToUri` and `uriToHttp`. These functions are used to convert a content hash (a unique identifier for content stored on a decentralized network) to a URI, and then to convert that URI to an HTTP location.\n\nThe hook also imports another function called `parseENSAddress` from a different module. This function is used to parse an Ethereum Name Service (ENS) address from the given URI. ENS is a decentralized naming system that maps human-readable names to machine-readable identifiers, such as Ethereum addresses or content hashes.\n\nThe hook then uses the `useMemo` hook from the React library to memoize the result of parsing the ENS address from the given URI. This means that the ENS address will only be parsed once, and subsequent calls to the hook with the same URI will reuse the previously parsed result.\n\nNext, the hook calls another custom hook called `useENSContentHash`, passing in the parsed ENS address. This hook is responsible for resolving the content hash associated with the given ENS address. If the ENS address is not valid or does not have a content hash associated with it, the `useENSContentHash` hook will return an empty object.\n\nFinally, the `useHttpLocations` hook returns an array of HTTP locations based on the given URI and the resolved content hash. If the URI contains a valid ENS address, the hook will use the resolved content hash to generate an HTTP location using the `contenthashToUri` and `uriToHttp` functions. If the URI does not contain a valid ENS address, the hook will simply use the `uriToHttp` function to generate an HTTP location from the URI.\n\nOverall, this hook is useful for resolving content stored on a decentralized network using human-readable ENS addresses, and converting those addresses to HTTP locations that can be used to retrieve the content from a server. Here is an example of how this hook might be used in a larger project:\n\n```\nimport useHttpLocations from './useHttpLocations'\n\nfunction MyComponent({ uri }) {\n const httpLocations = useHttpLocations(uri)\n\n return (\n
\n {httpLocations.map((location) => (\n \"Content\"\n ))}\n
\n )\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `MyComponent` component takes in a `uri` prop, which is passed to the `useHttpLocations` hook to generate an array of HTTP locations. The component then maps over this array to render one or more images, each with a `src` attribute set to an HTTP location.\n## Questions: \n 1. What does this code do?\n This code exports a function called `useHttpLocations` that takes a URI string as input and returns an array of HTTP locations. It uses other functions from the `convert` and `ens` modules to convert content hashes and parse ENS addresses.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `useMemo` hook in this code?\n The `useMemo` hook is used to memoize the result of a function call and prevent unnecessary re-renders in React. In this code, it is used to memoize the parsed ENS address based on the input URI.\n\n3. What happens if the input URI is undefined?\n If the input URI is undefined, the function returns an empty array.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useHttpLocations.md"}}],["902",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useInactiveListener.ts)\n\nThe `useInactiveListener` function is a React hook that is used to log a user in and out of a web3 wallet after checking what network they are on. It is imported from the `useActiveWeb3React` hook and the `wallets` configuration file. \n\nThe hook uses the `useEffect` hook to listen for changes in the user's wallet and network. If the user is not active, has no errors, and the `suppress` flag is not set to true, the hook will activate the `injected` wallet from the `wallets` configuration file. \n\nThe `ethereum.on` method is used to listen for changes in the user's wallet and network. If the user changes their network, the `handleChainChanged` function is called, which activates the `injected` wallet. If the user changes their account, the `handleAccountsChanged` function is called, which also activates the `injected` wallet. \n\nThe `useInactiveListener` hook is used in the larger project to ensure that the user is logged in and using the correct wallet for the current network. It is particularly useful for applications that require the user to interact with a blockchain, as it ensures that the user is using the correct wallet and network. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport useInactiveListener from './useInactiveListener'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n useInactiveListener()\n\n // rest of component code\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how is it used in the `zoo` project?\n- This code defines a React hook called `useInactiveListener` that is used for logging users in and out based on their network. It is likely used in the authentication or wallet management features of the `zoo` project.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `useEffect` hook and how does it work in this code?\n- The `useEffect` hook is used to run side effects in a React component. In this code, it is used to listen for changes in the user's network and accounts using the `ethereum` object provided by the browser. When a change is detected, the `connector` is activated to log the user in or out.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `suppress` parameter and how is it used in this code?\n- The `suppress` parameter is used to prevent the hook from running in certain cases. If `suppress` is set to `true`, the hook will not listen for changes in the user's network or accounts. This parameter is likely used to control the behavior of the hook in different parts of the `zoo` project.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useInactiveListener.md"}}],["903",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useInterval.ts)\n\nThe code above defines a custom React hook called `useInterval`. This hook allows a function to be executed repeatedly at a specified interval. The hook takes three arguments: a callback function to be executed, a delay in milliseconds between each execution, and a boolean value indicating whether the first execution should occur immediately or after the first interval has elapsed.\n\nThe `useInterval` hook uses the `useRef` and `useEffect` hooks from the React library. The `useRef` hook creates a reference to the callback function that is passed as an argument to the hook. The `useEffect` hook is used to set up the interval and execute the callback function at the specified interval.\n\nThe first `useEffect` hook is used to update the reference to the callback function whenever it changes. This ensures that the latest version of the function is used when the interval is executed.\n\nThe second `useEffect` hook is used to set up the interval. It creates a function called `tick` that executes the callback function stored in the `savedCallback` reference. If the delay is not null, the `tick` function is executed immediately if the `leading` argument is true. Then, the `setInterval` function is called to execute the `tick` function at the specified interval. The `clearInterval` function is returned from the `useEffect` hook to stop the interval when the component using the hook is unmounted.\n\nThis hook can be used in a variety of scenarios where a function needs to be executed repeatedly at a specified interval. For example, it could be used to create a countdown timer or to periodically update data from an API. Here is an example of how the `useInterval` hook could be used to create a simple countdown timer:\n\n```\nimport React, { useState } from 'react'\nimport useInterval from './useInterval'\n\nfunction CountdownTimer() {\n const [count, setCount] = useState(10)\n\n useInterval(() => {\n setCount(count - 1)\n }, 1000)\n\n return (\n
\n

{count}

\n
\n )\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `useInterval` hook is used to decrement the `count` state variable every second. The countdown timer is displayed using the `h1` element.\n## Questions: \n 1. What does this code do?\n- This code exports a custom React hook called `useInterval` that sets up an interval to repeatedly call a provided callback function with a specified delay.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `useRef` hook in this code?\n- The `useRef` hook is used to create a mutable reference to the latest callback function passed to the `useInterval` hook, which can be accessed across multiple renders of the component.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `leading` parameter in the `useInterval` function?\n- The `leading` parameter determines whether the first call to the callback function should happen immediately (if `true`) or after the first delay interval (if `false`).","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useInterval.md"}}],["904",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useIntervalTransaction.ts)\n\nThe code defines a custom React hook called `useInterval` that allows for the execution of a given callback function at a specified interval. The hook takes in three parameters: `callback`, `delay`, and `leading`. \n\nThe `callback` parameter is a function that will be executed at the specified interval. The `delay` parameter is the time in milliseconds between each execution of the `callback` function. If `delay` is set to `null`, the interval will not be set up. The `leading` parameter is a boolean that determines whether the `callback` function should be executed immediately upon setting up the interval or after the first interval has passed. \n\nThe hook uses the `useRef` hook to create a reference to the `callback` function that is passed in. This reference is stored in the `savedCallback` variable. The `useEffect` hook is then used to update the `savedCallback` reference whenever the `callback` parameter changes. \n\nThe `useEffect` hook is also used to set up the interval. The `tick` function is defined to execute the `savedCallback` function if it exists. If `delay` is not `null`, the `tick` function is called immediately if `leading` is set to `true`. The `setInterval` function is then called to set up the interval, and the `clearInterval` function is returned in a cleanup function to clear the interval when the component unmounts. \n\nThe `useInterval` hook can be used in a larger project to execute a function at a specified interval. For example, it could be used to periodically fetch data from an API or to update the UI with new information. Here is an example of how the `useInterval` hook could be used to update the time displayed in a clock component every second:\n\n```\nimport React, { useState } from 'react'\nimport useInterval from './useInterval'\n\nexport default function Clock() {\n const [time, setTime] = useState(new Date())\n\n useInterval(() => {\n setTime(new Date())\n }, 1000)\n\n return (\n
\n

{time.toLocaleTimeString()}

\n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and how is it used in the `zoo` project?\n- This code defines a custom hook called `useInterval` that sets up an interval to repeatedly call a provided callback function. It is likely used throughout the `zoo` project to handle timed updates or animations.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `useTransactionStatus` hook being imported and used in this code?\n- The `useTransactionStatus` hook is likely used to determine whether or not the interval should be paused or stopped based on the current state of any ongoing transactions in the `zoo` project.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `leading` parameter in the `useInterval` function?\n- The `leading` parameter determines whether or not the callback function should be called immediately upon setting up the interval, before any delay has passed. If `leading` is `false`, the first call to the callback will occur after the specified delay has passed.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useIntervalTransaction.md"}}],["905",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useIsArgentWallet.ts)\n\nThe code above is a custom hook called `useIsArgentWallet` that is used to detect whether the current user is using an Argent wallet. The Argent wallet is a smart contract wallet that allows users to manage their Ethereum assets and interact with decentralized applications.\n\nThe hook imports several other hooks and functions from different files in the project. The `useActiveWeb3React` hook is used to get the current user's Ethereum account and network information. The `useArgentWalletDetectorContract` function is used to get the smart contract instance of the Argent wallet detector. The `useMemo` hook is used to memoize the inputs to the `useSingleCallResult` hook.\n\nThe `useSingleCallResult` hook is used to call the `isArgentWallet` function on the Argent wallet detector smart contract. The `inputs` array is passed as an argument to the `useSingleCallResult` hook, which includes the current user's Ethereum account. The `NEVER_RELOAD` constant is also passed as an argument to the `useSingleCallResult` hook, which ensures that the function is only called once and the result is cached.\n\nThe `useIsArgentWallet` hook returns a boolean value that indicates whether the current user is using an Argent wallet. The `call` variable is the result of the `useSingleCallResult` hook, which includes the result of the `isArgentWallet` function call. The `?.` operator is used to safely access the `result` array and the first element of the array, which is a boolean value that indicates whether the current user is using an Argent wallet. If the `result` array is undefined or empty, the hook returns `false`.\n\nThis hook can be used in other parts of the project to conditionally render certain components or features based on whether the user is using an Argent wallet. For example, a dApp could use this hook to display a message or offer special features to users who are using an Argent wallet. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport useIsArgentWallet from './useIsArgentWallet'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const isArgentWallet = useIsArgentWallet()\n\n return (\n
\n {isArgentWallet ?

You are using an Argent wallet!

:

You are not using an Argent wallet.

}\n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useIsArgentWallet` function?\n- The `useIsArgentWallet` function is used to determine if the current user's wallet is an Argent wallet or not.\n\n2. What is the `useSingleCallResult` function and where is it imported from?\n- The `useSingleCallResult` function is imported from the `../state/multicall/hooks` file and is used to make a single call to a contract method and return the result.\n\n3. What is the `useMemo` hook used for in this code?\n- The `useMemo` hook is used to memoize the `inputs` array, which is passed as an argument to the `useSingleCallResult` function. This ensures that the `inputs` array is only recomputed when the `account` value changes.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useIsArgentWallet.md"}}],["906",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useIsSwapUnsupported.ts)\n\nThe code above is a TypeScript module that exports a single function called `useIsSwapUnsupported`. This function takes two optional parameters, `currencyIn` and `currencyOut`, which are both of type `Currency`. The purpose of this function is to determine whether a given input or output currency can be traded in the interface. \n\nThe function makes use of the `useUnsupportedTokens` hook from the `./Tokens` module, which returns a dictionary of unsupported tokens. The function then uses the `useMemo` hook from the `react` library to memoize the result of the function. \n\nThe function checks whether the `unsupportedTokens` dictionary has been loaded and whether either the `currencyIn` or `currencyOut` is a token that is on the list of unsupported tokens. If either of these conditions is true, the function returns `true`, indicating that the swap is unsupported. Otherwise, it returns `false`.\n\nThis function is likely used in the larger project to determine whether a given swap is supported by the interface. It could be used, for example, to disable a swap button or display a warning message to the user if the swap is not supported. \n\nHere is an example of how this function could be used in a React component:\n\n```jsx\nimport { useIsSwapUnsupported } from '@zoolabs/zoo'\n\nfunction SwapButton({ currencyIn, currencyOut }) {\n const isUnsupported = useIsSwapUnsupported(currencyIn, currencyOut)\n\n return (\n \n )\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `SwapButton` component takes two currency props, `currencyIn` and `currencyOut`. It then calls the `useIsSwapUnsupported` function to determine whether the swap is unsupported. If it is unsupported, the button is disabled and displays the text \"Unsupported\". Otherwise, the button is enabled and displays the text \"Swap\".\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useIsSwapUnsupported` function?\n- The function returns a boolean indicating whether the input currency or output currency cannot be traded in the interface.\n\n2. What is the `useMemo` hook used for in this code?\n- The `useMemo` hook is used to memoize the result of the function and avoid unnecessary re-renders.\n\n3. What is the `useUnsupportedTokens` hook used for in this code?\n- The `useUnsupportedTokens` hook is used to retrieve a list of unsupported tokens from the application state.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useIsSwapUnsupported.md"}}],["907",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useIsWindowVisible.ts)\n\nThe code above is a React hook that determines whether the window is currently visible to the user. It does this by checking the `visibilityState` property of the `document` object. If the `visibilityState` property is not supported or if it is not equal to 'hidden', then the window is considered visible.\n\nThe hook is exported as a default function called `useIsWindowVisible()`. It uses the `useState` hook to keep track of whether the window is currently visible or not. The initial state is set to the result of the `isWindowVisible()` function, which checks the `visibilityState` property of the `document` object.\n\nThe `useCallback` hook is used to create a memoized version of the `listener` function, which updates the `focused` state whenever the `visibilitychange` event is fired. The `useEffect` hook is used to add and remove the `listener` function as an event listener for the `visibilitychange` event. If the `visibilityState` property is not supported, then the `useEffect` hook returns `undefined` to indicate that there is no cleanup needed.\n\nThis hook can be used in a larger project to conditionally render components based on whether the window is visible or not. For example, if a video is playing and the window becomes hidden, the video could be paused until the window becomes visible again. Here is an example of how this hook could be used:\n\n```\nimport React from 'react'\nimport useIsWindowVisible from './useIsWindowVisible'\n\nfunction VideoPlayer() {\n const isWindowVisible = useIsWindowVisible()\n\n return (\n \n )\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `autoPlay` prop of the `video` element is set to the value of `isWindowVisible`, which will be `true` if the window is visible and `false` if it is not. This ensures that the video will only play when the window is visible.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useIsWindowVisible` function?\n- The `useIsWindowVisible` function returns a boolean value indicating whether the window is currently visible to the user.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `VISIBILITY_STATE_SUPPORTED` constant?\n- The `VISIBILITY_STATE_SUPPORTED` constant is used to check if the `visibilityState` property is supported by the current document. If it is not supported, the `isWindowVisible` function always returns `true`.\n\n3. Why is the `listener` function wrapped in a `useCallback` hook?\n- The `listener` function is wrapped in a `useCallback` hook to memoize the function and prevent unnecessary re-renders of the component. This is because the `listener` function is used as a dependency in the `useEffect` hook.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useIsWindowVisible.md"}}],["908",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useKashiApproveCallback.ts)\n\nThe `useKashiApproveCallback` function is a React hook that returns a tuple of values and functions that can be used to manage the approval state of a Kashi contract. Kashi is a lending and borrowing platform built on top of the Aave protocol. The hook is used to manage the approval state of the user's BentoBox contract to interact with Kashi contracts.\n\nThe hook imports several functions and constants from other files, including `KashiCooker`, `signMasterContractApproval`, `useActiveWeb3React`, `useBentoBoxContract`, `useBentoMasterContractAllowed`, `useKashiApprovalPending`, `useTransactionAdder`, `AddressZero`, `HashZero`, and `splitSignature`. \n\nThe hook defines an enum `BentoApprovalState` with five possible values: `UNKNOWN`, `NOT_APPROVED`, `PENDING`, `FAILED`, and `APPROVED`. It also defines an interface `KashiPermit` with four properties: `account`, `masterContract`, `v`, `r`, and `s`. It also defines an enum `BentoApproveOutcome` with four possible values: `SUCCESS`, `REJECTED`, `FAILED`, and `NOT_READY`. Finally, it defines a type `BentoApproveResult` with two properties: `outcome` of type `BentoApproveOutcome` and `permit` of type `KashiPermit`.\n\nThe hook returns a tuple with five values: `approvalState` of type `BentoApprovalState`, `approveKashiFallback` of type `boolean`, `kashiPermit` of type `KashiPermit | undefined`, `onApprove` of type `() => void`, and `onCook` of type `(pair: any, execute: (cooker: KashiCooker) => Promise) => void`.\n\nThe `approvalState` value is calculated using the `useMemo` hook and depends on the `masterContract`, `currentAllowed`, and `pendingApproval` values. If `masterContract` is not defined, the value is `UNKNOWN`. If `currentAllowed` is false and `pendingApproval` is true, the value is `PENDING`. Otherwise, if `currentAllowed` is true, the value is `APPROVED`. Otherwise, the value is `NOT_APPROVED`.\n\nThe `approve` function is defined using the `useCallback` hook and returns a `Promise` that resolves to a `BentoApproveResult`. The function checks if the `approvalState` is `NOT_APPROVED` and if all the necessary values are defined. If so, it calls the `signMasterContractApproval` function to sign the approval transaction and returns a `BentoApproveResult` with `outcome` set to `SUCCESS` and `permit` set to the signed permit. If the transaction fails, it returns a `BentoApproveResult` with `outcome` set to `FAILED`. If the user rejects the transaction, it returns a `BentoApproveResult` with `outcome` set to `REJECTED`. Otherwise, it returns a `BentoApproveResult` with `outcome` set to `NOT_READY`.\n\nThe `onApprove` function is defined as an `async` function that calls the `approve` function and sets the `kashiPermit` value if the `outcome` is `SUCCESS`. If the `outcome` is `FAILED`, it sets the `approveKashiFallback` value to `true`. If `approveKashiFallback` is `true`, it calls the `setMasterContractApproval` function on the `bentoBoxContract` and dispatches a `setKashiApprovalPending` action. Finally, it waits for the transaction to be confirmed and dispatches another `setKashiApprovalPending` action.\n\nThe `onCook` function is defined as an `async` function that takes a `pair` and an `execute` function as arguments. It creates a new `KashiCooker` instance and calls the `approve` function if the `approvalState` is `NOT_APPROVED` and `kashiPermit` is defined. It then calls the `execute` function and passes the `cooker` instance as an argument. If the `approvalState` is `NOT_APPROVED`, it adds the string \"Approve Kashi and \" to the beginning of the `summary` string. Finally, it calls the `cook` function on the `cooker` instance and adds the resulting transaction to the transaction list using the `addTransaction` function. If the transaction is successful, it sets the `kashiPermit` value to `undefined`.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code provides a hook called `useKashiApproveCallback` that returns a variable indicating the state of approval and a function that approves if necessary or early returns. It solves the problem of approving a master contract for Kashi.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several dependencies including `KashiCooker`, `useCallback`, `useEffect`, `useMemo`, `useState`, `AddressZero`, `HashZero`, and `splitSignature`. It also imports functions and hooks from other files in the project.\n\n3. What is the expected behavior of the `onCook` function?\n- The `onCook` function takes in a `pair` and an `execute` function that returns a promise. It creates a new `KashiCooker` instance and calls `approve` if the approval state is `BentoApprovalState.NOT_APPROVED` and a `kashiPermit` is available. It then executes the `execute` function and returns a summary of the action taken. Finally, it calls `cook` on the `KashiCooker` instance and adds the transaction to the state if successful.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useKashiApproveCallback.md"}}],["909",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useLast.ts)\n\nThe code defines two custom hooks that can be used in a React project. The first hook, `useLast`, takes in a changing value of type T and an optional filter function that determines whether a given value should be considered for the last value. The hook returns the last value of type T that passes the filter function. \n\nThe `useLast` hook uses the `useState` and `useEffect` hooks from React. The `useState` hook initializes the `last` state to `undefined` if no filter function is provided or if the initial value does not pass the filter function. If the initial value passes the filter function, it is set as the initial state. The `useEffect` hook updates the `last` state whenever the value or filter function changes. If the new value passes the filter function, it becomes the new `last` state. Otherwise, the previous `last` state is returned.\n\nThe second hook, `useLastTruthy`, is a wrapper around the `useLast` hook that uses a predefined filter function `isDefined` to return the last truthy value of type T. The `isDefined` function checks if a value is not null or undefined and returns a boolean.\n\nThese hooks can be used in a larger React project to keep track of the last value of a changing state that meets certain criteria. For example, in a form where the user is entering data, the `useLast` hook can be used to keep track of the last valid input value. The `useLastTruthy` hook can be used to keep track of the last truthy value of a changing state, such as the last selected option in a dropdown menu. \n\nExample usage of `useLast` hook:\n\n```\nimport { useState } from 'react'\nimport useLast from './useLast'\n\nfunction Form() {\n const [inputValue, setInputValue] = useState('')\n const lastValidInput = useLast(inputValue, (value) => value !== '' && value !== null && value !== undefined)\n\n function handleInputChange(event) {\n setInputValue(event.target.value)\n }\n\n return (\n
\n \n

Last valid input: {lastValidInput}

\n
\n )\n}\n```\n\nExample usage of `useLastTruthy` hook:\n\n```\nimport { useState } from 'react'\nimport useLastTruthy from './useLastTruthy'\n\nfunction Dropdown() {\n const [selectedOption, setSelectedOption] = useState(null)\n const lastSelectedOption = useLastTruthy(selectedOption)\n\n function handleOptionSelect(event) {\n setSelectedOption(event.target.value)\n }\n\n return (\n
\n \n

Last selected option: {lastSelectedOption}

\n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useLast` function?\n- The `useLast` function returns the last value of type T that passes a filter function.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `useEffect` hook in the `useLast` function?\n- The `useEffect` hook is used to update the `last` state variable whenever the `value` or `filterFn` dependencies change.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `isDefined` function?\n- The `isDefined` function is a type guard that checks if a value is not null or undefined and returns a boolean value. It is used in the `useLastTruthy` function to filter out null and undefined values.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useLast.md"}}],["910",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useLimitOrderApproveCallback.ts)\n\nThe `useLimitOrderApproveCallback` function is a React hook that provides a callback function to approve a limit order and execute a deposit into the BentoBox smart contract. The BentoBox is a smart contract that allows for efficient and gas-saving token transfers and storage. The function is part of the larger `zoo` project and uses several other functions and hooks from the project.\n\nThe function first imports several constants and functions from other modules, including the `STOP_LIMIT_ORDER_ADDRESS` and `getSignatureWithProviderBentobox` functions. It also imports several hooks from the `zoo` project, including `useActiveWeb3React`, `useLimitOrderState`, and `useTransactionAdder`.\n\nThe function defines two enums, `BentoApprovalState` and `BentoApproveOutcome`, which are used to represent the different states of the approval process and the possible outcomes of the approval function.\n\nThe main logic of the function is in the `useLimitOrderApproveCallback` function, which defines several constants and hooks, including the `account`, `library`, and `chainId` from the `useActiveWeb3React` hook, and the `bentoBoxContract` and `limitOrderHelperContract` from the `useContract` hook. It also defines several state variables, including `fallback`, which is used to handle cases where the user rejects the signature request, and `limitOrderPermit`, which is used to store the signature data for the limit order approval.\n\nThe function then defines an `approve` function that checks the current approval status and attempts to approve the limit order if it is not already approved. The function uses the `getSignatureWithProviderBentobox` function to generate a signature for the approval request and returns the signature data and encoded function data for the `setMasterContractApproval` function.\n\nThe `onApprove` function is called when the user clicks the \"Approve\" button on the limit order form. It first checks if the `fallback` flag is set, indicating that the user has already rejected the signature request. If so, it calls the `setMasterContractApproval` function directly with a gas limit of 0 to force the transaction to fail and trigger the fallback logic. Otherwise, it calls the `approve` function and sets the `limitOrderPermit` state variable if the approval is successful.\n\nThe `execute` function is called when the user clicks the \"Swap\" button on the limit order form. It first checks if the limit order is approved and if the user has sufficient funds in the BentoBox. If not, it adds the necessary transactions to the batch and executes them using the `batch` function of the `bentoBoxContract`. If the token is native and the limit order is not approved, it uses the `depositAndApprove` function of the `limitOrderHelperContract` to deposit the token and approve the limit order in a single transaction.\n\nOverall, the `useLimitOrderApproveCallback` function provides a convenient way for users to approve limit orders and execute deposits into the BentoBox smart contract. It uses several other functions and hooks from the `zoo` project and provides a flexible and efficient way to interact with the BentoBox.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a custom React hook called `useLimitOrderApproveCallback` that returns an array of values and functions related to approving and executing a limit order transaction using the BentoBox smart contract.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code relies on several external dependencies, including `@ethersproject/constants`, `@zoolabs/zdk`, `react`, `@ethersproject/address`, and several custom functions and hooks defined in other files within the `zoo` project.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `BentoApprovalState` and `BentoApproveOutcome` enums?\n- These enums define possible states and outcomes related to approving a BentoBox master contract for a given user account. `BentoApprovalState` can be one of `UNKNOWN`, `NOT_APPROVED`, `PENDING`, `FAILED`, or `APPROVED`, while `BentoApproveOutcome` can be one of `SUCCESS`, `REJECTED`, `FAILED`, or `NOT_READY`. These enums are used to determine whether a user needs to approve the master contract and to handle different outcomes of the approval process.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useLimitOrderApproveCallback.md"}}],["911",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useLimitOrders.ts)\n\nThe `useLimitOrders` function is a React hook that provides data on limit orders for a given user account and chain ID. It imports several dependencies from the `@zoolabs/zdk` and `@ethersproject/bignumber` libraries, as well as other custom hooks from the `.` and `./Tokens` files. \n\nThe function defines two interfaces: `State` and `OpenOrder`. `State` is an object that contains two properties, `pending` and `completed`, each of which is an object with properties for `page`, `maxPages`, `data`, `loading`, and `totalOrders`. `OpenOrder` is an object that contains properties for `tokenIn`, `tokenOut`, `filledPercent`, `limitOrder`, `status`, and `rate`. \n\nThe function also defines several helper functions. `denominator` is a function that takes an optional `decimals` argument (defaulting to 18) and returns the result of raising 10 to the power of `decimals` using the `JSBI` library. `viewUrl` is a string that represents the URL for fetching limit order data. `viewFetcher` is a function that takes several arguments and returns a Promise that fetches data from `viewUrl` using a POST request with a JSON body containing the `address`, `chainId`, `page`, and `pendingPage` parameters. \n\nThe main body of the function defines several constants and hooks. `useActiveWeb3React` is a custom hook that returns the current `account` and `chainId` values from the Web3 React context. `useLimitOrderContract` is a custom hook that returns the contract instance for the limit order contract. `useAllTokens` is a custom hook that returns an object containing all known tokens for the current chain ID. \n\nThe function also defines a `state` variable using the `useState` hook, which is an object with `pending` and `completed` properties that each contain an object with `page`, `maxPages`, `data`, `loading`, and `totalOrders` properties. It defines a `shouldFetch` variable using the `useMemo` hook, which is an array of values that determine whether or not to fetch data from `viewUrl`. It defines a `useSWR` hook that fetches data from `viewUrl` using `viewFetcher` and the `shouldFetch` variable. \n\nThe function defines two callback functions, `setPendingPage` and `setCompletedPage`, that update the `state` variable with a new `page` value for the `pending` and `completed` properties, respectively. It also defines an `useEffect` hook that updates the `state` variable with new data from the `ordersData` object returned by the `useSWR` hook. \n\nFinally, the function returns an object that contains the `state` variable, as well as `setPage` properties for the `pending` and `completed` properties that call the `setPendingPage` and `setCompletedPage` callback functions, respectively. It also returns a `mutate` property that can be used to manually trigger a re-fetch of the data. \n\nThis hook can be used in a larger project to display a user's limit orders and their status. For example, it could be used to display a table of open and completed orders with information such as the token pair, rate, and filled percentage. The `setPage` and `mutate` properties can be used to allow the user to navigate between pages of orders and manually refresh the data, respectively.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a custom React hook called `useLimitOrders` that fetches and transforms limit orders data from a server and returns it as state.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code relies on several external dependencies, including `@zoolabs/zdk`, `react`, `swr`, and `@ethersproject/bignumber`.\n\n3. What is the structure of the data returned by the `useLimitOrders` hook?\n- The `useLimitOrders` hook returns an object with two properties: `pending` and `completed`, each of which contains an object with `page`, `maxPages`, `data`, `loading`, and `totalOrders` properties. The `data` property is an array of `OpenOrder` objects, which contain information about a limit order, including the input and output tokens, the filled percentage, the order status, and the exchange rate.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useLimitOrders.md"}}],["912",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useMatchBreakpoints.ts)\n\nThe code defines a custom React hook called `useMatchBreakpoints` that returns an object representing the current state of whether the browser window matches certain media query breakpoints. The hook uses the `useState` and `useEffect` hooks from React to manage state and side effects respectively.\n\nThe `mediaQueries` object is defined as a mapping of breakpoint sizes to media query strings. The breakpoints are defined in another file and imported as `breakpointMap`. The `mediaQueries` object is constructed by iterating over the keys of `breakpointMap` and creating a media query string for each breakpoint size. The media query strings are constructed such that they represent a range of screen sizes, e.g. `(min-width: 370px) and (max-width: 576px)`.\n\nThe `getKey` function is a helper function that takes a breakpoint size string and returns a string representing the corresponding state key, e.g. `isSmall` for the `small` breakpoint.\n\nThe `useMatchBreakpoints` hook initializes state by iterating over the keys of `mediaQueries` and creating a state object with a key for each breakpoint size. The value of each key is set to the result of calling `window.matchMedia` with the corresponding media query string. The `matches` property of the resulting `MediaQueryList` object is used to set the initial value of each state key.\n\nThe hook then sets up listeners for each media query using the `useEffect` hook. The effect function creates an array of listener functions, one for each media query. Each listener function updates state by calling `setState` with a new object that merges the previous state with the new state for the corresponding breakpoint size. The new state is computed by calling `matches` on the `MediaQueryListEvent` object passed to the listener function.\n\nFinally, the effect function returns a cleanup function that removes the listeners created earlier. The cleanup function is called when the component using the hook unmounts.\n\nThe `useMatchBreakpoints` hook can be used in a larger project to conditionally render components based on the current screen size. For example, a component might render differently on small screens than on large screens. The hook can be used to determine the current screen size and pass that information down to child components as props. Here is an example usage:\n\n```\nimport useMatchBreakpoints from './useMatchBreakpoints'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const { isSmall, isMedium, isLarge } = useMatchBreakpoints()\n\n return (\n
\n {isSmall &&

Small screen

}\n {isMedium &&

Medium screen

}\n {isLarge &&

Large screen

}\n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What does this code do?\n- This code exports a custom React hook called `useMatchBreakpoints` that returns a state object indicating whether the current viewport matches certain media query breakpoints.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `mediaQueries` object?\n- The `mediaQueries` object is used to define media queries that correspond to specific viewport sizes. These media queries are used to create listeners that update the state returned by the `useMatchBreakpoints` hook.\n\n3. Why are there Safari version checks in the code?\n- There are Safari version checks in the code because older versions of Safari (before version 14) use a different event listener syntax for `MediaQueryList` objects. The checks ensure that the code works correctly across different versions of Safari.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useMatchBreakpoints.md"}}],["913",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useMeowshi.ts)\n\nThe `useMeowshi` function is a custom React hook that provides functionality for interacting with the Meowshi contract. The Meowshi contract is a smart contract on the Ethereum blockchain that allows users to deposit and withdraw tokens in exchange for a reward token called MEOW. The purpose of this hook is to provide a simple interface for users to interact with the Meowshi contract from within a React application.\n\nThe hook uses several other custom hooks to interact with the Ethereum blockchain, including `useActiveWeb3React`, `useTransactionAdder`, `useMeowshiContract`, `useSushiContract`, and `useSushiBarContract`. These hooks provide access to the user's Ethereum account, the Meowshi contract, and the SushiSwap contracts.\n\nThe `useMeowshi` hook provides several functions for interacting with the Meowshi contract, including `approve`, `meow`, `unmeow`, `meowSushi`, and `unmeowSushi`. These functions allow the user to approve the Meowshi contract to spend their tokens, deposit tokens into the contract, and withdraw tokens from the contract. The `meowSushi` and `unmeowSushi` functions are specific to the SushiSwap version of the Meowshi contract.\n\nThe hook also provides an `approvalState` variable that indicates whether the user has approved the Meowshi contract to spend their tokens. This variable is updated automatically when the user interacts with the contract.\n\nOverall, the `useMeowshi` hook provides a simple and convenient way for users to interact with the Meowshi contract from within a React application. By abstracting away the complexity of interacting with the Ethereum blockchain, this hook makes it easier for developers to build applications that use the Meowshi contract. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport useMeowshi from './useMeowshi'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const { approvalState, approve, meow, unmeow } = useMeowshi(false)\n\n return (\n
\n

Approval state: {approvalState}

\n \n \n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines a custom hook called `useMeowshi` that provides functions for interacting with the Meowshi contract, allowing users to enter and leave the Meowshi pool and the Sushi pool. It also handles approval of the contract to spend the user's tokens.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code relies on several external dependencies, including `react`, `@ethersproject/bignumber`, and custom hooks defined in other files such as `useContract` and `useActiveWeb3React`.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `pendingApproval` state variable?\n- The `pendingApproval` state variable is used to track whether an approval transaction is currently pending. It is set to `true` when the user initiates an approval transaction and set back to `false` when the transaction is complete or fails. This is used to prevent the user from initiating multiple approval transactions simultaneously.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useMeowshi.md"}}],["914",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useMeowshiPerXSushi.ts)\n\nThe code is a custom React hook called `useMeowshiPerXSushi` that is used to retrieve the conversion rate between XSUSHI tokens and Meowshi tokens. The hook uses the `useEffect` and `useState` hooks from the React library to manage state and side effects.\n\nThe `useBentoBoxContract` hook is used to retrieve the BentoBox smart contract instance, which is used to call the `toShare` and `toAmount` functions. These functions are used to calculate the conversion rate between XSUSHI and Meowshi tokens.\n\nThe `useState` hook is used to store the conversion rate as a tuple of two `BigNumber` objects. The initial value of the state is set to `[BigNumber.from('0'), BigNumber.from('0')]`.\n\nThe `useEffect` hook is used to call the `toShare` and `toAmount` functions when the `bentoboxContract` object is available. The `async` function inside the `useEffect` hook retrieves the conversion rate by calling the `toShare` and `toAmount` functions with the `XSUSHI` token address and a value of `1` in XSUSHI token decimals. The `false` parameter is used to indicate that the conversion rate should be calculated using the current block timestamp.\n\nOnce the conversion rate is retrieved, it is stored in the state using the `setState` function.\n\nThe `useMeowshiPerXSushi` hook returns the current state, which is a tuple of two `BigNumber` objects representing the conversion rate between XSUSHI and Meowshi tokens.\n\nThis hook can be used in other components of the project to retrieve the current conversion rate between XSUSHI and Meowshi tokens. For example, a component that displays the current price of Meowshi tokens in XSUSHI tokens could use this hook to retrieve the conversion rate and calculate the price.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n This code defines a custom React hook called `useMeowshiPerXSushi` that returns an array of two `BigNumber` values. It uses the `useBentoBoxContract` hook to interact with a smart contract and calculate the conversion rate between XSUSHI tokens and Meowshi tokens.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `useEffect` hook and how does it work?\n The `useEffect` hook is used to run side effects in a React component. In this code, it is used to asynchronously fetch data from the smart contract and update the component state when the `bentoboxContract` dependency changes.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `XSUSHI` constant and where is it defined?\n The `XSUSHI` constant is a token object that represents the XSUSHI token. It is imported from a file located at `../config/tokens` and is used to interact with the smart contract and perform calculations involving XSUSHI tokens.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useMeowshiPerXSushi.md"}}],["915",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useMounted.ts)\n\nThe code above is a custom React hook called `useMounted`. The purpose of this hook is to determine whether or not a component is mounted in the DOM. \n\nThe hook uses the `useEffect` and `useState` hooks from React. The `useState` hook initializes a state variable called `mounted` to `false`. The `useEffect` hook is used to update the `mounted` state variable to `true` when the component is mounted in the DOM. The `[]` passed as the second argument to `useEffect` ensures that the effect only runs once, when the component is mounted.\n\nThe `useMounted` hook returns the `mounted` state variable, which can be used in other parts of the code to determine if the component is mounted. For example, if a component needs to perform an action only when it is mounted, it can use the `useMounted` hook to check if it is currently mounted before performing the action.\n\nHere is an example of how the `useMounted` hook can be used in a component:\n\n```\nimport React from 'react'\nimport useMounted from './useMounted'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const isMounted = useMounted()\n\n if (!isMounted) {\n return
Loading...
\n }\n\n return
My Component
\n}\n```\n\nIn the example above, the `MyComponent` component uses the `useMounted` hook to determine if it is currently mounted. If it is not mounted, it displays a loading message. If it is mounted, it displays the component content.\n\nOverall, the `useMounted` hook is a useful utility hook that can be used in various parts of a React project to determine if a component is mounted in the DOM.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines a custom React hook called `useMounted` that returns a boolean value indicating whether the component is mounted or not.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `useEffect` hook in this code?\n The `useEffect` hook is used to set the `mounted` state to `true` when the component is mounted. The empty dependency array `[]` ensures that this effect only runs once when the component is mounted.\n\n3. How can this hook be used in a React component?\n This hook can be used in a React component by calling it and storing the returned value in a variable. The value can then be used to conditionally render components or perform other logic based on whether the component is mounted or not.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useMounted.md"}}],["916",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useOnClickOutside.tsx)\n\nThe code above defines a custom React hook called `useOnClickOutside`. This hook is designed to be used in a React component to detect clicks outside of a specified element and trigger a callback function when this occurs. \n\nThe hook takes two arguments: `node` and `handler`. `node` is a reference to the element that the click event should be detected outside of. `handler` is an optional callback function that will be called when a click event is detected outside of the specified element. \n\nThe `useOnClickOutside` hook uses the `useRef` and `useEffect` hooks from React. The `useRef` hook is used to create a reference to the `handler` function that is passed in as an argument. The `useEffect` hook is used to update the `handlerRef` reference whenever the `handler` function changes. \n\nThe main logic of the `useOnClickOutside` hook is implemented in the second `useEffect` hook. This hook adds an event listener to the `document` object that listens for `mousedown` events. When a `mousedown` event occurs, the `handleClickOutside` function is called. This function checks if the `node` reference contains the target of the `mousedown` event. If the target is not contained within the `node`, the `handler` function is called (if it exists). \n\nFinally, the `useEffect` hook returns a cleanup function that removes the event listener from the `document` object when the component unmounts. \n\nOverall, the `useOnClickOutside` hook is a useful utility for detecting clicks outside of a specified element in a React component. It can be used to implement various UI features such as closing a dropdown menu when a user clicks outside of it. \n\nExample usage of the `useOnClickOutside` hook:\n\n```\nimport React, { useRef } from 'react'\nimport { useOnClickOutside } from './useOnClickOutside'\n\nfunction DropdownMenu() {\n const dropdownRef = useRef(null)\n\n const closeDropdown = () => {\n // close dropdown menu logic\n }\n\n useOnClickOutside(dropdownRef, closeDropdown)\n\n return (\n
\n {/* dropdown menu content */}\n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines a custom React hook called `useOnClickOutside` that takes a ref to a DOM node and a callback function as arguments, and attaches a click event listener to the document that triggers the callback when a click occurs outside the specified node.\n\n2. What is the significance of the generic type `T` in this code?\n The generic type `T` is used to specify the type of the DOM node that the `useOnClickOutside` hook will be attached to. This allows for type safety and ensures that the correct type of node is passed to the hook.\n\n3. Why is the `handlerRef` variable declared as a `useRef` and updated in a separate `useEffect` hook?\n The `handlerRef` variable is declared as a `useRef` so that it can be accessed and updated by the event listener function even after the initial render. The separate `useEffect` hook updates the `handlerRef` variable whenever the `handler` function changes, ensuring that the latest version of the function is always used by the event listener.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useOnClickOutside.md"}}],["917",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useParsedQueryString.ts)\n\nThe code above is a custom React hook that parses the query string parameters from the URL and returns them as an object. It uses the `qs` library to parse the query string and the `useMemo` hook to memoize the result.\n\nThe `useParsedQueryString` hook takes no arguments and returns an object of type `ParsedQs`, which is a type definition from the `qs` library. This object contains the parsed query string parameters as key-value pairs.\n\nTo use this hook, it must be imported into a React component and called like any other hook. For example:\n\n```\nimport useParsedQueryString from './useParsedQueryString'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const queryParams = useParsedQueryString()\n\n // do something with queryParams\n\n return (\n // JSX code\n )\n}\n```\n\nThe `useMemo` hook is used to memoize the result of parsing the query string. This means that if the `search` string (which contains the query string parameters) has not changed, the hook will return the same object as before, without re-parsing the query string. This can improve performance in cases where the query string is frequently accessed but rarely changes.\n\nThe `parse` function from the `qs` library is used to parse the query string. It takes two optional arguments: `parseArrays` and `ignoreQueryPrefix`. The `parseArrays` argument specifies whether to parse arrays in the query string as arrays or as objects with numeric keys. The `ignoreQueryPrefix` argument specifies whether to ignore the leading '?' character in the query string.\n\nOverall, this hook provides a convenient way to access and parse query string parameters in a React component. It can be used in conjunction with other hooks, such as `useLocation` from the `react-router-dom` library, to build more complex functionality.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useMemo` hook in this code?\n - The `useMemo` hook is used to memoize the result of parsing the query string, so that it is only re-computed when the `search` value changes.\n2. Why is the `parseArrays` option set to `false` in the `parse` function?\n - The `parseArrays` option is set to `false` to ensure that query string parameters with multiple values are not parsed into arrays, but instead are represented as strings.\n3. What is the expected format of the `location.search` value?\n - The `location.search` value is expected to be a string representing the query string portion of a URL, including the leading `?` character.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useParsedQueryString.md"}}],["918",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/usePlayer.ts)\n\nThe `usePlayer` function is a custom React hook that provides functionality for playing audio files. It takes in an `id` parameter that can be null, a number, or a string. The function returns an object that contains the current time of the audio file, the duration of the audio file, a boolean indicating whether the audio is currently playing or not, a function to set the playing state, and a function to set the clicked time.\n\nThe hook uses the `useState` and `useEffect` hooks from React to manage state and side effects. The `useState` hook is used to create state variables for the duration, current time, playing state, and clicked time. The `useEffect` hook is used to perform side effects such as updating the React state when DOM events occur and updating the DOM when React state changes.\n\nThe `useEffect` hook sets up event listeners for the audio file to update the React state when the audio file is loaded and when the current time of the audio file changes. It also updates the DOM to play or pause the audio file based on the playing state. If the clicked time is not null and is different from the current time, the hook sets the current time of the audio file to the clicked time and resets the clicked time to null. Finally, the hook cleans up the event listeners when the component unmounts.\n\nThis hook can be used in a larger project to provide audio playback functionality. For example, it can be used in a music player app to play and control audio files. Here is an example of how the hook can be used:\n\n```\nimport usePlayer from './usePlayer';\n\nfunction MusicPlayer({ audioFile }) {\n const { curTime, duration, playing, setPlaying, setClickedTime } = usePlayer(audioFile.id);\n\n const handlePlayPause = () => {\n setPlaying(!playing);\n };\n\n const handleSeek = (e) => {\n const clickedTime = e.target.value;\n setClickedTime(clickedTime);\n };\n\n return (\n
\n
\n );\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `usePlayer` hook is used to control the playback of an audio file. The `curTime` and `duration` values are used to display the current time and duration of the audio file. The `playing` value is used to toggle between playing and pausing the audio file. The `setPlaying` function is called when the play/pause button is clicked. The `setClickedTime` function is called when the user seeks to a different time in the audio file.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n \n This code defines a custom React hook called `usePlayer` that manages the state of an HTML audio player.\n\n2. What arguments does the `usePlayer` hook take?\n \n The `usePlayer` hook takes a single argument called `id` that can be `null`, a number, or a string.\n\n3. What does the `useEffect` hook do in this code?\n \n The `useEffect` hook sets up event listeners on an HTML audio element and updates the state of the `usePlayer` hook based on the events that occur. It also cleans up the event listeners when the component unmounts.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/usePlayer.md"}}],["919",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/usePool.ts)\n\nThe `usePool` function is a custom React hook that fetches data about a Uniswap V2 liquidity pool and returns it as an object. The function takes a single argument, `poolAddress`, which is a string representing the Ethereum address of the liquidity pool. \n\nThe function first imports several dependencies: `useCallback`, `useEffect`, and `useState` from the React library, `BigNumber` from the `@ethersproject/bignumber` library, and `IUniswapV2PairABI` from the `@sushiswap/core/build/abi` library. It also imports a helper function called `isAddress` from a local `functions` file and a custom hook called `useContract` from another local file.\n\nThe `usePool` function initializes a state variable called `poolData` using the `useState` hook. This variable will hold the data fetched from the liquidity pool. The function then checks if the `poolAddress` argument is a valid Ethereum address using the `isAddress` helper function. If it is, the function calls the `useContract` hook to get a reference to the Uniswap V2 pair contract at the specified address.\n\nThe `useCallback` hook is used to define a function called `fetchPoolData` that asynchronously fetches data about the liquidity pool using the contract reference. Specifically, it retrieves the reserves of the two tokens in the pool, the addresses of the two tokens, and the total supply of the pool tokens. Once the data is fetched, it is stored in the `poolData` state variable using the `setPoolData` function.\n\nThe `useEffect` hook is used to call the `fetchPoolData` function whenever the `poolAddress` argument changes. This ensures that the data is always up-to-date with the specified liquidity pool.\n\nFinally, the `usePool` function returns the `poolData` object, which contains the reserves, token addresses, and total supply of the liquidity pool. This data can be used in other parts of the project to display information about the pool or to perform calculations involving the pool's tokens.\n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport usePool from './usePool'\n\nfunction PoolInfo({ poolAddress }) {\n const poolData = usePool(poolAddress)\n\n return (\n
\n

Token 1: {poolData.token0}

\n

Token 2: {poolData.token1}

\n

Reserves: {poolData.reserves.toString()}

\n

Total supply: {poolData.totalSupply.toString()}

\n
\n )\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `PoolInfo` component uses the `usePool` hook to fetch data about a liquidity pool specified by the `poolAddress` prop. The data is then displayed in the component using JSX.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines a custom React hook called `usePool` that fetches data about a Uniswap pool given its address. It solves the problem of needing to repeatedly fetch pool data in different components.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code relies on the `react`, `@ethersproject/bignumber`, `@sushiswap/core`, and a custom `isAddress` function from another file. \n\n3. What is the expected input and output of the `usePool` hook?\n- The `usePool` hook expects a string `poolAddress` as input, which is the address of a Uniswap pool. It returns an object `poolData` containing information about the pool's reserves, tokens, and total supply.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/usePool.md"}}],["920",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/usePrevious.ts)\n\nThe code above is a custom React hook called `usePrevious` that allows developers to access the previous value of a state or prop in a functional component. This hook is useful when a component needs to compare the current value of a state or prop with its previous value to determine if any changes have occurred. \n\nThe `usePrevious` hook is implemented using the `useRef` and `useEffect` hooks from the React library. The `useRef` hook creates a mutable reference object that can hold any value, similar to an instance property on a class. The `useEffect` hook is used to update the reference object with the current value of the state or prop whenever it changes. \n\nThe `usePrevious` hook takes a generic type parameter `T` that represents the type of the value being stored. The `value` parameter is the current value of the state or prop that is being tracked. The hook returns the previous value of the state or prop, which is stored in the `ref.current` property. \n\nHere is an example of how the `usePrevious` hook can be used in a functional component:\n\n```\nimport React, { useState } from 'react'\nimport usePrevious from './usePrevious'\n\nfunction Counter() {\n const [count, setCount] = useState(0)\n const prevCount = usePrevious(count)\n\n function handleIncrement() {\n setCount(count + 1)\n }\n\n return (\n
\n

Current count: {count}

\n

Previous count: {prevCount}

\n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n\nIn the example above, the `Counter` component uses the `useState` hook to manage the state of a count variable. The `usePrevious` hook is used to track the previous value of the count variable. Whenever the count variable is updated, the `usePrevious` hook returns the previous value of the count variable, which is then displayed in the component. \n\nOverall, the `usePrevious` hook is a useful tool for React developers who need to track the previous value of a state or prop in a functional component. It can be used in a variety of scenarios, such as tracking changes in form input values or detecting changes in API response data.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines a custom React hook called `usePrevious` that returns the previous value of a given input value.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `useRef` and `useEffect` hooks used in this code?\n The `useRef` hook is used to create a mutable reference to a value that persists across renders, while the `useEffect` hook is used to run a side effect (in this case, updating the reference value) after a render.\n\n3. How can this code be used in a React component?\n This code can be imported into a React component and used like any other custom hook, by calling `usePrevious` with a value as its argument and using the returned previous value in the component's logic.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/usePrevious.md"}}],["921",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useSearchAndSort.ts)\n\nThe code defines a custom React hook called `useSearchAndSort` that can be used to search and sort an array of items. The hook takes in three arguments: `items`, `searchOptions`, and `sortOptions`. \n\nThe `items` argument is the array of items that needs to be searched and sorted. The `searchOptions` argument is an optional object that can be used to configure the search functionality. The `sortOptions` argument is an optional object that can be used to configure the sort functionality.\n\nThe hook returns an object that contains the following properties: `items`, `term`, `setTerm`, `sortConfig`, `setSortConfig`, and `requestSort`. \n\nThe `items` property is the sorted and searched array of items. The `term` property is the current search term. The `setTerm` property is a function that can be used to update the search term. The `sortConfig` property is an object that contains the current sort configuration. The `setSortConfig` property is a function that can be used to update the sort configuration. The `requestSort` property is a function that can be used to request a sort based on a specific key and direction.\n\nThe `useMemo` hook is used to memoize the sorted array of items. The `Fuse` library is used to perform the search functionality. The `getNested` function is a helper function that is used to get the value of a nested property in an object.\n\nThe `useSearchAndSort` hook can be used in a React component to search and sort an array of items. Here is an example of how the hook can be used:\n\n```\nimport useSearchAndSort from './useSearchAndSort'\n\nconst items = [\n { name: 'John', age: 25 },\n { name: 'Jane', age: 30 },\n { name: 'Bob', age: 20 },\n]\n\nfunction App() {\n const { items: sortedItems, term, setTerm, sortConfig, setSortConfig, requestSort } = useSearchAndSort(items)\n\n return (\n
\n setTerm(e.target.value)} />\n \n \n
    \n {sortedItems.map((item) => (\n
  • \n {item.name} - {item.age}\n
    • \n ))}\n
\n
\n )\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `useSearchAndSort` hook is used to search and sort an array of objects that contain a `name` and an `age` property. The `term` state is used to store the current search term, and the `setTerm` function is used to update the search term. The `requestSort` function is used to request a sort based on the `name` or `age` property. The `sortedItems` array is the sorted and searched array of items.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n \n This code defines a custom React hook called `useSearchAndSort` that takes in an array of items, search options, and sort options, and returns an object with sorted items, search term, and sort configuration.\n\n2. What external libraries does this code use?\n \n This code uses two external libraries: `@ethersproject/bignumber` for handling big numbers, and `fuse.js` for fuzzy searching.\n\n3. What is the role of the `getNested` function?\n \n The `getNested` function is a helper function that takes in an object, a path string, and a separator, and returns the value of the nested property specified by the path string. It replaces square brackets with the separator and splits the path string to traverse the object. If the property is not found, it returns `undefined`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useSearchAndSort.md"}}],["922",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useSortableData.ts)\n\nThe code defines a custom React hook called `useSortableData` that can be used to sort an array of items based on a specified configuration. The hook takes two arguments: `items`, which is the array of items to be sorted, and `config`, which is an optional object that specifies the initial sorting configuration. \n\nThe `useMemo` hook is used to memoize the sorted items array, which means that the array will only be recalculated when either the `items` or `sortConfig` dependencies change. \n\nThe `requestSort` function is used to update the sorting configuration based on the specified `key` and `direction`. If the `key` is already being used for sorting and the `direction` is currently ascending, the direction is changed to descending, and vice versa. \n\nThe `getNested` function is a helper function that is used to retrieve nested properties from an object using a dot-separated path. For example, if the object is `{ a: { b: { c: 1 } } }` and the path is `'a.b.c'`, the function will return `1`. \n\nThe sorting algorithm used by the hook is a standard comparison function that compares the values of the specified `key` property for each item in the array. If the values are `BigNumber` instances, they are compared using the `lt` and `gt` methods provided by the `@ethersproject/bignumber` library. If one of the values is `Infinity`, it is treated as the largest possible value. \n\nOverall, this hook provides a flexible and reusable way to sort arrays of items in a React application. It can be used in a variety of contexts, such as sorting a table of data or a list of items. Here is an example of how the hook can be used to sort an array of objects by their `name` property:\n\n```\nimport useSortableData from './useSortableData'\n\nconst items = [\n { name: 'Alice', age: 25 },\n { name: 'Bob', age: 30 },\n { name: 'Charlie', age: 20 },\n]\n\nfunction App() {\n const { items: sortedItems, requestSort, sortConfig } = useSortableData(items)\n\n return (\n \n \n \n \n \n \n \n \n {sortedItems.map(item => (\n \n \n \n \n ))}\n \n
requestSort('name')}>\n Name {sortConfig && sortConfig.key === 'name' && sortConfig.direction === 'ascending' ? <>▲ : <>▼}\n requestSort('age')}>\n Age {sortConfig && sortConfig.key === 'age' && sortConfig.direction === 'ascending' ? <>▲ : <>▼}\n
{item.name}{item.age}
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n \n This code defines a custom hook called `useSortableData` that can be used to sort an array of items based on a given configuration.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n \n This code uses the `react` library as well as the `@ethersproject/bignumber` library to handle big numbers.\n\n3. What is the role of the `getNested` function?\n \n The `getNested` function is used to retrieve a nested property from an object based on a given path. It replaces square brackets with a separator character and then splits the path into an array of property names, which are then used to traverse the object and retrieve the desired property.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useSortableData.md"}}],["923",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useStickyData.ts)\n\nThe code above is a custom React hook called `useStickyData`. This hook is designed to help maintain the state of a component even when it is unmounted and remounted. \n\nThe hook takes in a single parameter, `value`, which is the initial value of the state. It uses the `useRef` hook from React to create a reference to the `val` variable. \n\nIf the `value` parameter is not undefined, the `val.current` value is set to the `value` parameter. This ensures that the initial value of the state is set correctly. \n\nThe `useStickyData` hook returns the `val.current` value. This value can be used to maintain the state of a component even when it is unmounted and remounted. \n\nThis hook can be useful in situations where a component needs to maintain its state even when it is unmounted and remounted. For example, if a user is filling out a form and navigates away from the page, the `useStickyData` hook can be used to maintain the state of the form so that the user can pick up where they left off when they return to the page. \n\nHere is an example of how the `useStickyData` hook can be used in a component:\n\n```\nimport React from 'react'\nimport useStickyData from './useStickyData'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const [name, setName] = useState(useStickyData(''))\n\n const handleNameChange = (event) => {\n setName(event.target.value)\n }\n\n return (\n
\n \n
\n )\n}\n\nexport default MyComponent\n```\n\nIn the example above, the `useStickyData` hook is used to maintain the state of the `name` variable even when the `MyComponent` is unmounted and remounted. The `name` variable is initialized with the value returned by the `useStickyData` hook. The `handleNameChange` function is used to update the `name` variable when the user types into the input field.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines a custom React hook called `useStickyData` that returns a value that persists across renders.\n\n2. How does this code work?\n The `useRef` hook is used to create a mutable reference to a value. If the `value` argument passed to `useStickyData` is not `undefined`, the reference is updated with the new value. The current value of the reference is then returned.\n\n3. How can this code be used in a React application?\n This code can be imported and used as a custom hook in a React component. The returned value can be used to persist data across renders, such as form input values or user preferences.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useStickyData.md"}}],["924",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useSushiBar.ts)\n\nThe code is a custom React hook called `useSushiBar` that provides functionality for interacting with the SushiBar contract. The SushiBar is a staking contract that allows users to earn rewards in the form of SUSHI tokens by staking their SLP tokens. \n\nThe hook imports `Currency`, `CurrencyAmount`, and `Token` from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, which are used to represent currency amounts and tokens. It also imports `useCallback` from React, `useSushiBarContract` from another custom hook called `useContract`, and `useTransactionAdder` from a state management library.\n\nThe `useSushiBar` hook returns an object with two functions: `enter` and `leave`. These functions take a `CurrencyAmount` object as an argument, which represents the amount of SLP tokens to stake or unstake from the SushiBar. If the `amount` object has a `quotient` property (which represents the numerical value of the amount), the function calls the corresponding `enter` or `leave` function on the `barContract` object (which is obtained from the `useSushiBarContract` hook) with the `quotient` value as an argument. \n\nIf the transaction is successful, the `addTransaction` function (which is obtained from the `useTransactionAdder` hook) is called with the transaction object and a summary string as arguments. If the transaction fails, an error is returned. \n\nThis hook can be used in a larger project to provide a simple interface for staking and unstaking SLP tokens in the SushiBar contract. For example, it could be used in a dashboard or wallet application to allow users to easily manage their staked SLP tokens and view their earned rewards. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport useSushiBar from './useSushiBar'\n\nconst MyComponent = () => {\n const { enter, leave } = useSushiBar()\n\n const handleEnter = async () => {\n const amount = new CurrencyAmount(new Token(...), '1000')\n const result = await enter(amount)\n console.log(result)\n }\n\n const handleLeave = async () => {\n const amount = new CurrencyAmount(new Token(...), '500')\n const result = await leave(amount)\n console.log(result)\n }\n\n return (\n
\n \n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n - This code defines a custom React hook called `useSushiBar` that provides functions for entering and leaving a SushiBar contract using the SushiSwap protocol.\n2. What external dependencies does this code rely on?\n - This code imports several modules from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, as well as two custom hooks called `useSushiBarContract` and `useTransactionAdder` from other files in the project.\n3. What arguments do the `enter` and `leave` functions take, and what do they return?\n - Both functions take an optional `amount` argument that is a `CurrencyAmount` object representing the amount of a `Token` to enter or leave the SushiBar with. They return a Promise that resolves to a transaction hash if successful, or an error if not.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useSushiBar.md"}}],["925",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useSushiMaker.ts)\n\nThe code above is a custom React hook called `useMaker` that is part of a larger project called `zoo`. This hook is designed to interact with a Maker contract and provide a `serve` function that can be used to convert one token to another. \n\nThe hook imports two other custom hooks: `useMakerContract` and `useTransactionAdder`. `useMakerContract` is used to retrieve the Maker contract instance, while `useTransactionAdder` is used to add transactions to the project's global state. \n\nThe `useCallback` hook is used to memoize the `serve` function and prevent unnecessary re-renders. The `serve` function takes two arguments, `token0` and `token1`, which are the tokens to be converted. The function attempts to call the `convert` method on the Maker contract instance with the provided tokens. If successful, the resulting transaction is added to the global state using the `addTransaction` function. If an error occurs, the error is returned. \n\nThe `useMaker` hook returns an object with a single property, `serve`, which is the memoized `serve` function. This hook can be used in other components to interact with the Maker contract and convert tokens. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport useMaker from './useMaker'\n\nconst MyComponent = () => {\n const { serve } = useMaker()\n\n const handleServe = async () => {\n const token0 = 'ETH'\n const token1 = 'DAI'\n const result = await serve(token0, token1)\n console.log(result)\n }\n\n return (\n \n )\n}\n```\n\nIn the example above, the `useMaker` hook is used to retrieve the `serve` function, which is then called when the button is clicked. The `token0` and `token1` arguments are hard-coded for simplicity, but could be passed in dynamically based on user input or other factors. The resulting transaction or error is logged to the console.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useMaker` hook?\n - The `useMaker` hook is used to provide a `serve` function that can be used to convert tokens using the `makerContract` and add the transaction to the state using `addTransaction`.\n\n2. What is the `useCallback` hook used for in this code?\n - The `useCallback` hook is used to memoize the `serve` function and prevent unnecessary re-renders when the `addTransaction` and `makerContract` dependencies change.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `TODO` comment in the code?\n - The `TODO` comment suggests that there is a potential future feature to implement called `Serve all`, but it has not been implemented yet.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useSushiMaker.md"}}],["926",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useSwaave.ts)\n\nThe `useSushiBar` function is a custom React hook that provides functionality related to the SushiBar contract in the larger project. It imports several other custom hooks and libraries, including `useActiveWeb3React`, `useTransactionAdder`, `useSushiContract`, and `useSushiBarContract`. \n\nThe hook returns an object with four properties: `allowance`, `approve`, `enter`, and `leave`. \n\n`allowance` is a string that represents the amount of SUSHI tokens that the user has approved for the SushiBar contract to spend on their behalf. The `fetchAllowance` function is called on mount and every 10 seconds thereafter to update the `allowance` state. \n\n`approve` is an asynchronous function that approves the SushiBar contract to spend an unlimited amount of SUSHI tokens on the user's behalf. It returns a transaction object that is added to the transaction history using the `addTransaction` function from the `useTransactionAdder` hook. \n\n`enter` is an asynchronous function that allows the user to deposit a specified amount of SUSHI tokens into the SushiBar contract. It returns a transaction object that is added to the transaction history using the `addTransaction` function. \n\n`leave` is an asynchronous function that allows the user to withdraw a specified amount of SUSHI tokens from the SushiBar contract. It returns a transaction object that is added to the transaction history using the `addTransaction` function. \n\nOverall, this hook provides a convenient way for other components in the project to interact with the SushiBar contract and manage SUSHI token deposits and withdrawals. \n\nExample usage: \n\n```\nimport useSushiBar from './useSushiBar'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const { allowance, approve, enter, leave } = useSushiBar()\n\n return (\n
\n

Current allowance: {allowance}

\n \n \n \n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what problem does it solve?\n- This code defines a custom React hook called `useSushiBar` that provides functions for interacting with the SushiBar smart contract. It allows users to approve, enter, and leave the SushiBar, which is a staking contract for SUSHI tokens.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code relies on several external dependencies, including the `react`, `@ethersproject/bignumber`, and `@ethersproject/constants` packages. It also imports several custom hooks from other files in the project, such as `useContract` and `useActiveWeb3React`.\n\n3. What improvements could be made to this code?\n- The code currently uses strings to represent token amounts, but it would be more precise to use `BigNumber` objects instead. The code includes comments indicating that this should be updated in the future. Additionally, the error handling could be improved to provide more informative error messages to users.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useSwaave.md"}}],["927",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useSwapSlippageTollerence.ts)\n\nThe code imports several modules from the '@zoolabs/zdk' library and the 'react' library. It defines two constants, V2_SWAP_DEFAULT_SLIPPAGE and ONE_TENTHS_PERCENT, both of which are instances of the Percent class from the '@zoolabs/zdk' library. \n\nThe code exports a function called useSwapSlippageTolerance that takes a single argument, trade, which is an instance of the Trade class from the '@zoolabs/zdk' library. The function uses the useMemo hook from the 'react' library to memoize a defaultSlippageTolerance value based on the trade argument. If trade is undefined, the defaultSlippageTolerance is set to ONE_TENTHS_PERCENT. Otherwise, it is set to V2_SWAP_DEFAULT_SLIPPAGE. Finally, the function returns the result of calling the useUserSlippageToleranceWithDefault hook from the '../state/user/hooks' module with the defaultSlippageTolerance value as an argument.\n\nThe purpose of this code is to provide a hook that calculates the slippage tolerance for a given trade. Slippage tolerance is the maximum amount by which the execution price of a trade can differ from the expected price. The useSwapSlippageTolerance function takes a trade object as an argument and calculates the default slippage tolerance based on whether the trade object is defined or not. It then passes this default value to the useUserSlippageToleranceWithDefault hook, which returns the user's preferred slippage tolerance or the default value if the user has not set a preference.\n\nThis code can be used in the larger project to ensure that trades are executed within the user's preferred slippage tolerance. For example, a trading interface could use this hook to calculate the slippage tolerance for a given trade and display it to the user. The user could then adjust the slippage tolerance if desired before executing the trade.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useSwapSlippageTolerance` function?\n- The `useSwapSlippageTolerance` function is used to calculate the slippage tolerance for a given trade.\n\n2. What is the difference between `V2_SWAP_DEFAULT_SLIPPAGE` and `ONE_TENTHS_PERCENT`?\n- `V2_SWAP_DEFAULT_SLIPPAGE` represents the default slippage tolerance for a V2 swap, which is 0.50%. `ONE_TENTHS_PERCENT` represents a slippage tolerance of 0.10%.\n\n3. What is the `useMemo` hook used for in this code?\n- The `useMemo` hook is used to memoize the default slippage tolerance value based on whether or not a trade is provided. This helps to optimize performance by avoiding unnecessary re-renders.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useSwapSlippageTollerence.md"}}],["928",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useTimestampFromBlock.ts)\n\nThe code above is a custom React hook called `useTimestampFromBlock` that retrieves the timestamp of a given block on the Ethereum blockchain. It utilizes the `useEffect` and `useState` hooks from the React library, as well as the `useActiveWeb3React` hook from a separate file.\n\nThe `useTimestampFromBlock` hook takes in a single argument, `block`, which is a number representing the block number to retrieve the timestamp from. If `block` is undefined, the hook will return undefined.\n\nThe hook first retrieves the active Web3 provider using the `useActiveWeb3React` hook. It then initializes a state variable called `timestamp` using the `useState` hook. The `timestamp` variable will hold the retrieved timestamp value.\n\nThe `useEffect` hook is used to fetch the timestamp data asynchronously. It first checks if `block` is defined, and if so, it retrieves the block data using the `getBlock` method from the Web3 library. If the block data is successfully retrieved, the timestamp value is set using the `setTimestamp` method.\n\nThe `useEffect` hook also checks if the `timestamp` state variable is undefined. If it is, it calls the `fetchTimestamp` function to retrieve the timestamp data.\n\nFinally, the hook returns the `timestamp` value, which will be undefined if the `block` argument is undefined or if the timestamp data has not yet been retrieved.\n\nThis hook can be used in a larger project to retrieve the timestamp of a specific block on the Ethereum blockchain. For example, it could be used to display the timestamp of a particular transaction or block on a user interface. Here is an example usage of the hook:\n\n```\nimport { useTimestampFromBlock } from './useTimestampFromBlock'\n\nfunction BlockTimestamp({ blockNumber }) {\n const timestamp = useTimestampFromBlock(blockNumber)\n\n return (\n
\n Timestamp: {timestamp ? new Date(timestamp * 1000).toLocaleString() : 'Loading...'}\n
\n )\n}\n```\n\nIn this example, the `BlockTimestamp` component takes in a `blockNumber` prop and uses the `useTimestampFromBlock` hook to retrieve the timestamp of that block. The timestamp is then displayed in a user-friendly format using the `toLocaleString` method. If the timestamp has not yet been retrieved, the component will display a \"Loading...\" message.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines a custom hook called `useTimestampFromBlock` that takes a block number as input and returns the timestamp of that block.\n\n2. What is the `useActiveWeb3React` hook used for?\n The `useActiveWeb3React` hook is used to get access to the active Web3 provider and library in the current context.\n\n3. Why is the `timestamp` state variable initialized as undefined?\n The `timestamp` state variable is initialized as undefined because it is only set after fetching the timestamp data asynchronously, and it may not always be set depending on the value of the `block` input.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useTimestampFromBlock.md"}}],["929",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useToast.ts)\n\nThe code defines a custom hook called `useToast` that provides a set of functions to display toast notifications in a React application. The hook uses the `useMemo` hook from React to memoize the functions and avoid unnecessary re-renders. It also uses the `useDispatch` hook from the `react-redux` library to dispatch actions to the Redux store.\n\nThe `useToast` hook returns an object with the following functions:\n\n- `toastError`: displays a toast notification with a red background and an error icon. It takes a `title` parameter (required) and an optional `description` parameter.\n- `toastInfo`: displays a toast notification with a blue background and an info icon. It takes a `title` parameter (required) and an optional `description` parameter.\n- `toastWarning`: displays a toast notification with a yellow background and a warning icon. It takes a `title` parameter (required) and an optional `description` parameter.\n- `push`: adds a new toast notification to the Redux store. It takes a `Toast` object as a parameter, which has the following properties:\n - `id`: a unique identifier for the toast (generated from the `title` parameter using the `kebabCase` function from the `lodash` library).\n - `type`: the type of the toast (one of `toastTypes.DANGER`, `toastTypes.INFO`, `toastTypes.SUCCESS`, or `toastTypes.WARNING`).\n - `title`: the title of the toast (required).\n - `description`: an optional description of the toast.\n- `remove`: removes a toast notification from the Redux store. It takes an `id` parameter (the same as the `id` property of the `Toast` object).\n- `clear`: removes all toast notifications from the Redux store.\n\nThis hook can be used in any React component to display toast notifications. For example:\n\n```\nimport React from 'react'\nimport useToast from './useToast'\n\nconst MyComponent = () => {\n const { toastError, toastInfo, toastWarning } = useToast()\n\n const handleClick = () => {\n toastError('Error', 'Something went wrong!')\n toastInfo('Info', 'Here is some information.')\n toastWarning('Warning', 'Be careful!')\n }\n\n return (\n \n )\n}\n\nexport default MyComponent\n```\n\nWhen the button is clicked, three toast notifications will be displayed: one with a red background and an error icon, one with a blue background and an info icon, and one with a yellow background and a warning icon.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a custom hook called `useToast` that provides functions for displaying toast notifications using Redux.\n\n2. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n- This code imports several modules from external libraries including `lodash`, `react`, and `react-redux`.\n\n3. What types of toast notifications are available and how are they triggered?\n- This code provides functions for displaying toast notifications with different types including `toastError`, `toastInfo`, and `toastWarning`. These functions take a title and optional description as arguments and dispatch an action to add the toast to the Redux store.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useToast.md"}}],["930",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useToggle.ts)\n\nThe code above is a custom React hook called `useToggle` that allows for toggling between two states. The hook takes in an optional `initialState` parameter, which defaults to `false`. The hook returns an array with two elements: the current state and a function to toggle the state.\n\nThe `useState` hook is used to create a state variable called `state` and its corresponding `setState` function. The `useCallback` hook is used to memoize the `toggle` function, which toggles the `state` variable between `true` and `false` using the `setState` function.\n\nThis hook can be used in a larger project to toggle between different states, such as showing or hiding a component, changing the color of a button, or switching between different views. Here is an example of how this hook can be used in a React component:\n\n```\nimport React from 'react'\nimport useToggle from './useToggle'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const [isToggled, toggle] = useToggle()\n\n return (\n
\n \n {isToggled &&

Hello World!

}\n
\n )\n}\n```\n\nIn the example above, the `useToggle` hook is used to toggle the `isToggled` state between `true` and `false` when the button is clicked. The `isToggled` state is used to conditionally render the `Hello World!` message based on whether the button has been toggled or not.\n\nOverall, the `useToggle` hook provides a simple and reusable way to toggle between two states in a React component.\n## Questions: \n 1. What does this code do?\n This code exports a custom hook called `useToggle` that takes an optional boolean `initialState` and returns an array with the current state and a function to toggle the state.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `useCallback` hook in this code?\n The `useCallback` hook is used to memoize the toggle function so that it only gets recreated if the dependencies change. In this case, the toggle function has no dependencies, so it will only be created once.\n\n3. What is the significance of the array being returned by the `useToggle` hook?\n The array returned by the `useToggle` hook contains the current state and the toggle function, respectively. This allows the consumer of the hook to easily access and manipulate the state.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useToggle.md"}}],["931",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useTokenAllowance.ts)\n\nThe code above is a TypeScript module that exports a custom hook function called `useTokenAllowance`. This hook is used to retrieve the current allowance of a specific token for a given owner and spender. The hook is designed to be used in a React component and relies on two other custom hooks: `useSingleCallResult` and `useTokenContract`.\n\nThe `useTokenAllowance` hook takes three optional parameters: `token`, `owner`, and `spender`. The `token` parameter is an instance of the `Token` class from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library, which represents a specific ERC20 token. The `owner` and `spender` parameters are strings that represent the Ethereum addresses of the token owner and spender, respectively.\n\nThe hook first calls the `useTokenContract` hook to retrieve the contract instance for the specified token. It then uses the `useMemo` hook to memoize the `inputs` array, which contains the `owner` and `spender` parameters. This is done to prevent unnecessary re-renders of the component that uses the hook.\n\nThe hook then calls the `useSingleCallResult` hook with the contract instance, the name of the `allowance` function, and the `inputs` array. This hook is used to retrieve the current allowance of the specified token for the given owner and spender.\n\nFinally, the hook returns a `CurrencyAmount` instance from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library that represents the allowance of the specified token. This is done using another `useMemo` hook that memoizes the `token` and `allowance` values.\n\nOverall, this hook is useful for retrieving the current allowance of a specific ERC20 token for a given owner and spender. It can be used in a React component to display the allowance or to perform other actions based on the allowance value. For example, it could be used to enable or disable a button based on whether the allowance is greater than zero. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { useTokenAllowance } from './useTokenAllowance'\n\nfunction MyComponent({ token, owner, spender }) {\n const allowance = useTokenAllowance(token, owner, spender)\n\n return (\n
\n

Current allowance: {allowance?.toSignificant(4)}

\n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n This code defines a custom hook called `useTokenAllowance` that returns the allowance of a token for a specific owner and spender.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code rely on?\n This code relies on two external dependencies: `@zoolabs/zdk` for `CurrencyAmount` and `Token` types, and `react` for the `useMemo` hook.\n\n3. What is the expected input and output of the `useTokenAllowance` hook?\n The `useTokenAllowance` hook expects three optional parameters: `token` (of type `Token`), `owner` (of type `string`), and `spender` (of type `string`). It returns a `CurrencyAmount` or `undefined` depending on whether the `token` and `allowance` values are defined.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useTokenAllowance.md"}}],["932",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useTokenBalance.ts)\n\nThe code defines a React hook called `useTokenBalance` that is used to retrieve the balance of a given ERC20 token for a specific Ethereum account. The hook takes a single argument, `tokenAddress`, which is the address of the ERC20 token contract. \n\nThe hook uses several other hooks and functions to retrieve and manage the balance. It uses the `useActiveWeb3React` hook to get the current Ethereum account and network ID, and the `useBlockNumber` hook to get the current block number. It also uses the `useContract` hook to get a reference to the ERC20 token contract, and the `useTransactionStatus` hook to track the status of any transactions related to the balance retrieval.\n\nThe `useTokenBalance` hook returns an object with two properties: `value` and `decimals`. `value` is a `BigNumber` object representing the balance of the ERC20 token for the specified account, and `decimals` is the number of decimal places used by the token. \n\nThe hook first initializes the balance state to zero and 18 decimal places. It then fetches the balance using the `fetchBalance` function, which retrieves the balance from the ERC20 token contract using the `balanceOf` and `decimals` functions. If the token is the native token of the current network (e.g. ETH on the Ethereum mainnet), the hook retrieves the balance using the `getBalance` function instead. If any errors occur during the balance retrieval, the hook logs the error and returns a balance of zero.\n\nThe hook also sets up an effect that runs whenever the Ethereum account, token contract, or other relevant state variables change. This effect calls the `fetchBalance` function to update the balance state.\n\nOverall, this hook can be used to retrieve the balance of any ERC20 token for a specific Ethereum account in a React application. It can be used in conjunction with other hooks and components to build more complex applications that interact with ERC20 tokens on the Ethereum network.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code defines a React hook called `useTokenBalance` that fetches the balance of a given ERC20 token for the connected wallet address.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code rely on?\n - This code relies on several external dependencies, including `react`, `@ethersproject/bignumber`, `@ethersproject/contracts`, `@zoolabs/zdk`, and `../constants/abis/erc20.json`.\n\n3. Why does the code use useCallback and useEffect?\n - The code uses `useCallback` to memoize the `fetchBalance` function and prevent unnecessary re-renders. It uses `useEffect` to trigger the `fetchBalance` function whenever the `account`, `setBalance`, `currentBlockNumber`, `currentTransactionStatus`, `tokenAddress`, or `tokenContract` variables change.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useTokenBalance.md"}}],["933",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useTotalSupply.ts)\n\nThe code above is a TypeScript module that exports a single function called `useTotalSupply`. This function is used to retrieve the total supply of a given token on the Ethereum blockchain. The function takes an optional argument called `token` of type `Currency`. If `token` is not provided or is undefined, the function returns undefined. If `token` is defined, the function attempts to retrieve the total supply of the token by calling the `totalSupply` function on the token's contract.\n\nTo retrieve the total supply of the token, the function uses two other functions from different modules. The first is `useTokenContract` from the `useContract` module, which returns the contract instance of the token. The second is `useSingleCallResult` from the `multicall/hooks` module, which is used to call the `totalSupply` function on the token's contract. If either of these functions fails to execute, the function returns undefined.\n\nIf the total supply of the token is successfully retrieved, the function returns a `CurrencyAmount` object representing the total supply of the token. This object is created using the `fromRawAmount` method of the `CurrencyAmount` class, which takes two arguments: the token and the total supply as a string. If the total supply cannot be retrieved or if `token` is not a token, the function returns undefined.\n\nThis function can be used in the larger project to retrieve the total supply of a token, which is useful for various purposes such as calculating market capitalization, liquidity, and price. For example, the function can be used in a dashboard to display the total supply of a token along with other important metrics. \n\nHere is an example of how to use the `useTotalSupply` function:\n\n```typescript\nimport { Currency } from '@zoolabs/zdk'\nimport { useTotalSupply } from './useTotalSupply'\n\nconst token: Currency = { isToken: true, address: '0x123abc' }\nconst totalSupply = useTotalSupply(token)\n\nconsole.log(totalSupply?.toSignificant(6)) // logs the total supply of the token with 6 decimal places\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What external libraries or dependencies does this code rely on?\n- This code relies on the `@zoolabs/zdk` library for `Currency`, `CurrencyAmount`, and `Token` classes, as well as the `@ethersproject/bignumber` library for `BigNumber`.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `useTotalSupply` function?\n- The `useTotalSupply` function is used to fetch the total supply of a given token from its contract. It returns a `CurrencyAmount` object representing the total supply if successful, or `undefined` if there was an error.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useSingleCallResult` and `useTokenContract` functions?\n- The `useSingleCallResult` function is used to fetch the result of a single function call on a contract, while the `useTokenContract` function is used to get the contract instance for a given token address. These functions are used in the `useTotalSupply` function to fetch the total supply from the token contract.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useTotalSupply.md"}}],["934",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useTransactionDeadline.ts)\n\nThe code in this file defines a function called `useTransactionDeadline` that is used to calculate the deadline for any submitted transaction in the larger project. The function imports the `BigNumber` class from the `@ethersproject/bignumber` library, the `useAppSelector` hook from the `../state/hooks` file, the `useCurrentBlockTimestamp` hook from the `./useCurrentBlockTimestamp` file, and the `useMemo` hook from the `react` library.\n\nThe `useTransactionDeadline` function first retrieves the user's deadline setting using the `useAppSelector` hook and stores it in a constant called `ttl`. It then calls the `useCurrentBlockTimestamp` hook to get the current block timestamp and stores it in a variable called `blockTimestamp`. The function then uses the `useMemo` hook to memoize the result of the deadline calculation.\n\nThe deadline calculation is performed by adding the user's deadline setting (`ttl`) to the current block timestamp (`blockTimestamp`) using the `add` method of the `BigNumber` class. If either `blockTimestamp` or `ttl` is undefined, the function returns undefined.\n\nThis function can be used in the larger project to ensure that any submitted transaction has a deadline that is appropriate for the current block timestamp and the user's deadline setting. For example, the function could be called when a user submits a transaction to a smart contract to ensure that the transaction is only valid for a certain amount of time. \n\nHere is an example usage of the `useTransactionDeadline` function:\n\n```\nimport useTransactionDeadline from './useTransactionDeadline'\n\nfunction submitTransaction() {\n const deadline = useTransactionDeadline()\n // submit transaction with deadline\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useTransactionDeadline` function?\n- The purpose of the `useTransactionDeadline` function is to combine the block timestamp with the user setting to give the deadline that should be used for any submitted transaction.\n\n2. What external libraries or modules are being imported in this code?\n- The code is importing `BigNumber` from the `@ethersproject/bignumber` library, and `useAppSelector` from a custom module located in the `../state/hooks` file. It is also importing `useCurrentBlockTimestamp` and `useMemo` from the `react` library.\n\n3. What values are being returned by the `useTransactionDeadline` function?\n- The `useTransactionDeadline` function returns a `BigNumber` value or `undefined`, depending on whether both `blockTimestamp` and `ttl` are defined. It uses the `useMemo` hook to memoize the result of the calculation, which is the sum of `blockTimestamp` and `ttl`.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useTransactionDeadline.md"}}],["935",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useTransactionStatus.ts)\n\nThe code above is a custom React hook that is used to determine if there are any pending transactions in the application. It imports two functions from another file, `isTransactionRecent` and `useAllTransactions`, which are used to filter and sort the transactions. It also imports the `useEffect`, `useMemo`, and `useState` hooks from React.\n\nThe `useTransactionStatus` hook returns a boolean value that indicates whether there are any pending transactions. It does this by first getting all the transactions using the `useAllTransactions` hook. It then filters out any transactions that are not recent using the `isTransactionRecent` function and sorts the remaining transactions in descending order of their `addedTime` property using the `newTransactionsFirst` function. \n\nThe hook then filters out any transactions that have a `receipt` property (meaning they have been processed) and maps the remaining transactions to their `hash` property. If there are any transactions in this filtered list, it sets the `hasPendingTransactions` variable to `true`. Finally, the `useEffect` hook is used to update the `pendingTXStatus` state variable whenever there is a change in the `hasPendingTransactions` variable.\n\nThis hook can be used in any component that needs to know if there are any pending transactions in the application. For example, it could be used to disable certain buttons or show a loading spinner until all transactions have been processed. Here is an example of how this hook could be used in a component:\n\n```\nimport useTransactionStatus from '../path/to/useTransactionStatus'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const hasPendingTransactions = useTransactionStatus()\n\n return (\n
\n {hasPendingTransactions ? (\n

There are pending transactions. Please wait...

\n ) : (\n \n )}\n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useTransactionStatus` hook?\n- The `useTransactionStatus` hook is used to determine if there are any pending transactions in the application.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `newTransactionsFirst` function?\n- The `newTransactionsFirst` function is used to sort transactions in descending order based on their `addedTime` property, so that the latest transaction comes first.\n\n3. What is the role of the `useMemo` hook in this code?\n- The `useMemo` hook is used to memoize the sorted recent transactions array, so that it is only recalculated when the `allTransactions` dependency changes.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useTransactionStatus.md"}}],["936",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useUSDCPrice.ts)\n\nThe code is a module that exports two React hooks: `useUSDCPrice` and `useUSDCValue`. The purpose of these hooks is to calculate the price of a given currency in USDC and the value of a given currency amount in USDC, respectively. \n\nThe `useUSDCPrice` hook takes a `currency` parameter and returns a `Price` object representing the price of the input currency in USDC. The function first retrieves the current chain ID using the `useActiveWeb3React` hook. It then looks up the corresponding `STABLECOIN_AMOUNT_OUT` value for the current chain ID, which is a large amount of USDC used to filter low liquidity pairs. The function then calls the `useV2TradeExactOut` hook to get the best trade route for swapping the input currency for USDC. If a valid trade route is found, the function returns a `Price` object representing the price of the input currency in USDC based on the trade route. If the input currency is USDC, the function returns a `Price` object representing a price of 1 USDC. Otherwise, the function returns `undefined`.\n\nThe `useUSDCValue` hook takes a `currencyAmount` parameter and returns the value of the input currency amount in USDC. The function first calls the `useUSDCPrice` hook to get the current price of the input currency in USDC. It then uses the `quote` method of the `Price` object to calculate the value of the input currency amount in USDC. If either the price or the currency amount is undefined, the function returns `null`.\n\nThese hooks can be used in a larger project to display the price and value of various currencies in USDC. For example, a trading interface could use these hooks to display the current price of a selected currency in USDC and the estimated value of a user's portfolio in USDC.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useUSDCPrice` function?\n- The `useUSDCPrice` function returns the price in USDC of a given input currency.\n\n2. What is the `STABLECOIN_AMOUNT_OUT` object used for?\n- The `STABLECOIN_AMOUNT_OUT` object contains stablecoin amounts used when calculating spot price for a given currency, with the amount being large enough to filter low liquidity pairs.\n\n3. What is the `useUSDCValue` function used for?\n- The `useUSDCValue` function takes a `CurrencyAmount` and returns its value in USDC based on the current USDC price of the currency.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useUSDCPrice.md"}}],["937",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useV2Pairs.ts)\n\nThe code is a module that provides functions for interacting with Uniswap V2 pairs. It exports two functions, `useV2Pairs` and `useV2Pair`, which are React hooks that can be used in a React component to fetch and display information about Uniswap V2 pairs.\n\nThe `useV2Pairs` hook takes an array of pairs of currencies and returns an array of pairs of `PairState` and `Pair` objects. The `PairState` enum represents the state of the pair, which can be one of four values: `LOADING`, `NOT_EXISTS`, `EXISTS`, or `INVALID`. The `Pair` object represents a Uniswap V2 pair and contains information about the reserves of the two tokens in the pair.\n\nThe `useV2Pair` hook is a convenience function that takes two currency objects and returns a single `PairState` and `Pair` object.\n\nThe `useV2Pairs` hook works by first converting the array of currency pairs into an array of token pairs. It then uses the `computePairAddress` function from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library to compute the address of the Uniswap V2 pair for each token pair. It then uses the `useMultipleContractSingleData` hook from the `multicall` module to fetch the reserves of each pair from the Uniswap V2 pair contract. Finally, it maps the results to an array of `PairState` and `Pair` objects.\n\nThe `useV2Pair` hook is a simple wrapper around the `useV2Pairs` hook that takes two currency objects and passes them as an array to `useV2Pairs`. It then returns the first element of the resulting array.\n\nThis module can be used in a React component to display information about Uniswap V2 pairs. For example, a component could use the `useV2Pair` hook to fetch and display the reserves of a specific Uniswap V2 pair. The `PairState` enum can be used to display a loading spinner, an error message, or the pair information depending on the state of the pair.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useV2Pairs` function?\n- The `useV2Pairs` function takes an array of currency pairs and returns an array of pairs with their state (loading, not exists, exists, or invalid).\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `useV2Pair` function?\n- The `useV2Pair` function takes two currency parameters and returns a single pair with its state (loading, not exists, exists, or invalid).\n\n3. What is the significance of the `PairState` enum?\n- The `PairState` enum is used to indicate the state of a pair (loading, not exists, exists, or invalid) and is returned by the `useV2Pairs` and `useV2Pair` functions.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useV2Pairs.md"}}],["938",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useV2Trades.ts)\n\nThe code in this file provides functions for finding the best trades for exchanging tokens in a decentralized exchange. The functions use the `@zoolabs/zdk` library to perform the trades. \n\nThe `useAllCommonPairs` function takes two optional currency parameters and returns an array of valid pairs that can be used for trading. It uses the `useAllCurrencyCombinations` function to get all possible currency combinations and then filters out invalid and duplicated pairs. The resulting array of pairs is memoized to improve performance.\n\nThe `useV2TradeExactIn` function takes a `currencyAmountIn` parameter and a `currencyOut` parameter, and returns the best trade for exchanging the exact amount of `currencyAmountIn` to `currencyOut`. It uses the `useAllCommonPairs` function to get the valid pairs and then searches for the best trade using the `Trade.bestTradeExactIn` method from the `@zoolabs/zdk` library. The function can take an optional `maxHops` parameter to limit the number of hops in the trade. If `maxHops` is greater than 1, the function searches for the best trade with varying hops and returns the best one. The function returns `null` if there are no valid pairs or if the trade cannot be executed.\n\nThe `useV2TradeExactOut` function is similar to `useV2TradeExactIn`, but it takes a `currencyIn` parameter and a `currencyAmountOut` parameter instead. It returns the best trade for exchanging `currencyIn` to the exact amount of `currencyAmountOut`. It also takes an optional `maxHops` parameter to limit the number of hops in the trade.\n\nBoth `useV2TradeExactIn` and `useV2TradeExactOut` use the `isTradeBetter` function from the `../functions/trade` module to compare trades and find the best one. The `BETTER_TRADE_LESS_HOPS_THRESHOLD` constant from the `../constants` module is used as a threshold for determining if a trade is better than another. \n\nThese functions can be used in a larger project that involves trading tokens in a decentralized exchange. They provide a convenient way to find the best trades for exchanging tokens and can be used to build more complex trading strategies. For example, a trading bot could use these functions to find the best trades and execute them automatically. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { useV2TradeExactIn } from './useV2Trades'\n\nconst currencyAmountIn = new CurrencyAmount(Currency.ETH, '1')\nconst currencyOut = Currency.USDC\n\nconst bestTrade = useV2TradeExactIn(currencyAmountIn, currencyOut)\n\nconsole.log(bestTrade)\n// Output: Trade\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useAllCommonPairs` function?\n- The `useAllCommonPairs` function returns an array of valid and non-duplicated pairs that can be used for trading between two currencies.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `MAX_HOPS` constant?\n- The `MAX_HOPS` constant is used to limit the number of hops (intermediate trades) that can be made in a trade. It is set to 3 by default.\n\n3. What is the role of the `useMemo` hook in the `useV2TradeExactIn` and `useV2TradeExactOut` functions?\n- The `useMemo` hook is used to memoize the result of the function and prevent unnecessary re-renders. It returns the best trade for the given input and output currencies, based on the allowed pairs and the maximum number of hops.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useV2Trades.md"}}],["939",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useVote.ts)\n\nThis code file contains several custom hooks that are used in the Zoo project. The hooks are designed to interact with the ZooVoting smart contract and perform various actions such as adding proposals, getting all proposals, voting on proposals, and checking if a user has voted on a proposal. \n\nThe `useAddProposal` hook is used to add a new proposal to the ZooVoting smart contract. It takes in several parameters such as the proposal value, start and end timestamps, and a success callback function. The hook uses the `useCallback` hook from React to memoize the function and optimize performance. If the proposal is successfully added, a success message is displayed using the `notify` function from the `components/alertMessage` module.\n\nThe `useGetAllProposals` hook is used to get all proposals from the ZooVoting smart contract. It uses the `useCallback` hook to memoize the function and optimize performance. The hook fetches all proposals from the smart contract and structures them into an array of objects. The objects contain information such as the proposal type, status, start time, IPFS hash, votes, and vote count. The structured proposals are then dispatched to the Redux store using the `dispatch` function from the `react-redux` module.\n\nThe `useVoteProposal` hook is used to vote on a proposal in the ZooVoting smart contract. It takes in several parameters such as the proposal ID, the user's choice, and success/error callback functions. The hook dispatches a `voteProposal` action to the Redux store to indicate that a vote is in progress. If the vote is successful, a success message is displayed using the `addPopup` function from the `state/application/hooks` module.\n\nThe `useHasVoted` hook is used to check if a user has voted on a proposal in the ZooVoting smart contract. It takes in several parameters such as the user's address, the proposal ID, and success/error callback functions. The hook returns a boolean value indicating whether the user has voted on the proposal or not.\n\nThe `useGetAllVoters` hook is used to get all voters from the ZooVoting smart contract. It uses the `useCallback` hook to memoize the function and optimize performance. The hook fetches all voters from the smart contract and returns them as an array.\n\nOverall, these hooks provide a convenient way to interact with the ZooVoting smart contract and perform various actions such as adding proposals, getting all proposals, voting on proposals, and checking if a user has voted on a proposal. These hooks can be used in other components of the Zoo project to provide a seamless user experience.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useAddProposal` function?\n- The `useAddProposal` function is used to add a new proposal to the voting system by calling the `addProposals` function from the `useZooVoting` contract. It also handles success and error callbacks and displays notifications.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `useGetAllProposals` function?\n- The `useGetAllProposals` function is used to retrieve all proposals from the voting system by calling the `getAllProposals` function from the `useZooVoting` contract. It also structures the retrieved data and dispatches it to the Redux store.\n\n3. What is the purpose of the `useVoteProposal` function?\n- The `useVoteProposal` function is used to vote on a proposal in the voting system by calling the `voteProposal` function from the `useZooVoting` contract. It also handles success and error callbacks and displays notifications.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useVote.md"}}],["940",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useWindowSize.ts)\n\nThe code above is a custom React hook that allows developers to get the current size of the browser window. It uses the `useEffect` and `useState` hooks from React to manage state and side effects. \n\nThe `useWindowSize` function is the main function that is exported from this module. When called, it returns an object with the current width and height of the browser window. \n\nThe `getSize` function is a helper function that returns an object with the current width and height of the browser window. It checks if the `window` object is available (i.e., if the code is running in a browser environment) and returns the appropriate values. If the `window` object is not available (i.e., if the code is running in a non-browser environment), it returns `undefined` for both width and height. \n\nThe `useEffect` hook is used to add an event listener to the `window` object for the `resize` event. When the window is resized, the `handleResize` function is called, which updates the state of the `windowSize` variable using the `setWindowSize` function. \n\nThe `useState` hook is used to manage the state of the `windowSize` variable. It is initialized with the result of the `getSize` function, which is called once when the component is mounted. \n\nOverall, this hook can be used in any React component to get the current size of the browser window. For example, it could be used to conditionally render different components based on the size of the window, or to dynamically adjust the layout of a component based on the window size. \n\nExample usage:\n\n```\nimport { useWindowSize } from 'zoo'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const { width, height } = useWindowSize()\n\n return (\n
\n

Window width: {width}

\n

Window height: {height}

\n
\n )\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What does the `useWindowSize` function do?\n- The `useWindowSize` function is a custom React hook that returns the current size of the browser window as an object with `width` and `height` properties.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `getSize` function?\n- The `getSize` function returns an object with the current `width` and `height` of the browser window, or `undefined` if the code is not running in a browser environment.\n\n3. Why is the `isClient` variable used in this code?\n- The `isClient` variable is used to check if the code is running in a browser environment by checking if the `window` object exists. This is necessary because the `window` object is not available in server-side rendering or other non-browser environments.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useWindowSize.md"}}],["941",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useWrapCallback.ts)\n\nThe `useWrapCallback` function in the `zoo` project is responsible for returning a wrap callback given the selected input and output currency. It is a React hook that takes in three parameters: `inputCurrency`, `outputCurrency`, and `typedValue`. It returns an object with three properties: `wrapType`, `execute`, and `inputError`.\n\nThe `useWrapCallback` function imports several modules from the `zdk` and `wallet` directories. It also imports the `useMemo` hook from React, which is used to memoize the result of the function.\n\nThe `useWrapCallback` function first retrieves the `chainId` and `account` from the `useActiveWeb3React` hook. It then retrieves the `wethContract` and `balance` using the `useWETH9Contract` and `useCurrencyBalance` hooks, respectively. The `inputAmount` is calculated using the `tryParseAmount` function from the `parse` module.\n\nThe function then returns a memoized object based on the input and output currencies. If the `wethContract`, `chainId`, `inputCurrency`, or `outputCurrency` is undefined, or if the `chainId` is `ChainId.CELO`, the function returns an object with `wrapType` set to `WrapType.NOT_APPLICABLE`. If the input currency is native and the output currency is WETH, the function returns an object with `wrapType` set to `WrapType.WRAP`. If the input currency is WETH and the output currency is native, the function returns an object with `wrapType` set to `WrapType.UNWRAP`. Otherwise, the function returns an object with `wrapType` set to `WrapType.NOT_APPLICABLE`.\n\nIf `wrapType` is `WrapType.WRAP`, the `execute` property is set to an async function that wraps the input amount of native currency to WETH. If `wrapType` is `WrapType.UNWRAP`, the `execute` property is set to an async function that unwraps the input amount of WETH to native currency. If `wrapType` is `WrapType.NOT_APPLICABLE`, the `execute` property is undefined.\n\nIf there is insufficient balance to execute the wrap or unwrap, the `inputError` property is set to an error message. Otherwise, the `inputError` property is undefined.\n\nThis function is used in the larger project to provide a wrap callback for the selected input and output currencies. It is used in conjunction with other functions and components to enable users to wrap and unwrap their native currency to and from WETH. For example, it may be used in a form where users can enter the amount of native currency they want to wrap or unwrap, and then click a button to execute the transaction.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n- This code defines a function called `useWrapCallback` that returns an object with information about whether a wrap or unwrap operation can be executed based on the selected input and output currencies, as well as the user input value.\n\n2. What external dependencies does this code have?\n- This code imports several functions and hooks from other files in the `zoo` project, as well as two constants from an external library called `@zoolabs/zdk`.\n\n3. What is the expected input and output of the `useWrapCallback` function?\n- The `useWrapCallback` function takes in three optional parameters: `inputCurrency`, `outputCurrency`, and `typedValue`. It returns an object with three properties: `wrapType`, `execute`, and `inputError`. The `wrapType` property is an enum that indicates whether the operation is a wrap, unwrap, or not applicable. The `execute` property is a function that executes the wrap or unwrap operation, if possible. The `inputError` property is a string that describes any errors with the user input value.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useWrapCallback.md"}}],["942",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/useXSushiPerSushi.ts)\n\nThis code is a module that exports a function called `useSushiPerXSushi`. The function uses the `useSWR` hook from the `swr` library to fetch data from a GraphQL API endpoint. The API endpoint is specified in the `fetcher` function, which uses the `request` function from the `graphql-request` library to make a request to the endpoint. The query that is sent to the endpoint is defined in the `QUERY` constant.\n\nThe purpose of this code is to retrieve the ratio of XSushi to Sushi tokens from the GraphQL API endpoint and return it as a floating-point number. The ratio is obtained from the `ratio` field of the `bar` object, which is returned by the GraphQL query. The `parse` parameter is used to determine whether the ratio should be returned as a string or a floating-point number. If `parse` is `true`, the ratio is parsed as a floating-point number using the `parseFloat` function.\n\nThis code can be used in the larger project to retrieve the current ratio of XSushi to Sushi tokens, which is an important metric for the SushiSwap decentralized exchange. The `useSushiPerXSushi` function can be imported and used in other modules to obtain the ratio and use it for various purposes, such as calculating the price of Sushi tokens in terms of XSushi tokens. Here is an example of how the function can be used:\n\n```\nimport useSushiPerXSushi from 'zoo'\n\nfunction MyComponent() {\n const ratio = useSushiPerXSushi()\n const price = 100 * ratio // calculate price of 100 Sushi tokens in XSushi tokens\n return
Current XSushi:Sushi ratio is {ratio}. Price of 100 Sushi tokens is {price} XSushi tokens.
\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `graphql-request` and `swr` libraries being imported?\n- The `graphql-request` library is used to make a GraphQL API request to retrieve data, while the `swr` library is used for data fetching and caching.\n\n2. What is the `QUERY` constant and what data is being requested?\n- The `QUERY` constant is a GraphQL query string that requests the `ratio` field of the `bar` object with a specific `id` value.\n\n3. What does the `useSushiPerXSushi` function do and what does the `parse` parameter do?\n- The `useSushiPerXSushi` function uses the `useSWR` hook to fetch data using the `QUERY` constant and `fetcher` function. It then returns the `ratio` value of the `bar` object. The `parse` parameter is optional and if set to `true`, it will parse the `ratio` value as a float before returning it.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/useXSushiPerSushi.md"}}],["943",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/hooks/webReact.ts)\n\nThe code above is a module that exports two functions: `getLibrary` and `signMessage`. The purpose of this module is to provide utility functions for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain using the `ethers.js` library.\n\nThe `getLibrary` function takes a provider object as an argument and returns a `Web3Provider` instance. The `Web3Provider` is a class provided by the `ethers.js` library that wraps a `JsonRpcProvider` and provides additional functionality for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain. The `pollingInterval` property of the `Web3Provider` instance is set to 12000 milliseconds (12 seconds) to control how often the provider should poll the blockchain for updates. This function can be used to create a `Web3Provider` instance that can be used to interact with the Ethereum blockchain.\n\nThe `signMessage` function takes a message, an account address, and a wallet object as arguments and returns a signature. The `getSigner` function is imported from another module and is used to get a signer object from the wallet object. The `signMessage` method of the signer object is then called with the message as an argument to generate a signature. This function can be used to sign a message using a wallet object and an account address.\n\nThere is also a commented out function called `handleSignMessage` that takes an object with a `message` and `library` property as an argument. This function is not used in the current implementation and is likely a work in progress or a remnant of previous development.\n\nOverall, this module provides useful utility functions for interacting with the Ethereum blockchain using the `ethers.js` library. The `getLibrary` function can be used to create a `Web3Provider` instance, and the `signMessage` function can be used to sign messages using a wallet object and an account address.\n## Questions: \n 1. What external libraries or dependencies does this code use?\n- This code imports `BaseProvider`, `ExternalProvider`, `JsonRpcFetchFunc`, and `Web3Provider` from the `@ethersproject/providers` library, and `getSigner` from a custom `functions/contract` module.\n\n2. What does the `getLibrary` function do?\n- The `getLibrary` function takes an `ExternalProvider` or `JsonRpcFetchFunc` as input, creates a new `Web3Provider` instance with the input as its provider, sets the polling interval to 12 seconds, and returns the new `Web3Provider` instance.\n\n3. What does the `signMessage` function do?\n- The `signMessage` function takes a `message` string, an `account` string, and a `BaseProvider`, `Web3Provider`, or any other object as input, and uses the `getSigner` function to sign the message with the specified account and wallet. It then returns the resulting signature.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/hooks/webReact.md"}}],["944",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/ipfs/localhost.json)\n\nThe code above is a JSON object that contains information about various files related to the zoo project. Each file has a name, URL, IPFS, and hash. The purpose of this code is to provide a way to access these files from within the project. \n\nThe files are all related to the zoo project, and they are all media files. There are three images and three videos. The images are named \"validator.jpg\", \"wallet.jpg\", and \"atm.jpg\". The videos are named \"validator.mp4\", \"wallet.mp4\", and \"atm.mp4\". \n\nThe URLs and IPFS addresses in the code can be used to access the files from within the project. For example, if the project has a web interface, the URLs could be used to display the images and videos on the website. The hash values can be used to verify the integrity of the files. \n\nHere is an example of how this code could be used in the larger project:\n\n```javascript\n// Access the validator image URL\nconst validatorImageUrl = zoo[\"validator.jpg\"].url;\n\n// Display the validator image on the website\nconst validatorImage = document.createElement(\"img\");\nvalidatorImage.src = validatorImageUrl;\ndocument.body.appendChild(validatorImage);\n\n// Verify the hash of the validator image\nconst validatorImageHash = zoo[\"validator.jpg\"].hash;\nverifyHash(validatorImageUrl, validatorImageHash);\n```\n\nIn this example, we access the URL of the validator image from the `zoo` object. We then create an `img` element and set its `src` attribute to the URL. Finally, we append the image to the `body` of the document. We also verify the hash of the image using the `verifyHash` function. \n\nOverall, this code provides a way to access and verify media files related to the zoo project. It can be used to display images and videos on the project's website, or to verify the integrity of the files.\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code?\n - This code defines a set of files related to a project called \"zoo\", including images and videos, along with their URLs and IPFS hashes.\n\n2. What is the significance of the \"__type\" key in each object?\n - The \"__type\" key indicates that each object is of type \"File\", which is likely a custom data type used within the project.\n\n3. What is the difference between the \"url\" and \"ipfs\" keys for each file?\n - The \"url\" key provides a direct URL to access the file, while the \"ipfs\" key provides a URL to access the file via the InterPlanetary File System (IPFS), which is a decentralized file storage system.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/ipfs/localhost.md"}}],["945",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/layouts/Dao/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React component called `DaoLayout` that serves as a layout for a specific page in the larger project. It imports several components from the project's `components` directory, including `Banner`, `Footer`, `Header`, `Main`, and `Popups`. It also imports two functions from the project's `hooks` and `state/network/actions` directories, respectively.\n\nThe `DaoLayout` component takes two props: `children` and `banner`. The `children` prop represents the content that will be rendered within the `Main` component, while the `banner` prop represents an optional banner that can be passed to the `Header` component.\n\nThe component uses the `useActiveWeb3React` hook to get access to the `library` object, which is used to update the gas price for the current network. This is done by calling the `updateGasPrice` function from the `state/network/actions` directory with the `library` object as an argument. This function updates the gas price in the project's Redux store.\n\nThe `DaoLayout` component returns a JSX element that contains the imported components and the `children` prop. The `Header` component is passed the `transparent` prop with a value of `true` and the `banner` prop, if it exists. The `Main` component is passed the `isModal` prop with a value of `false` and the `bgColor` prop with a value of `dao-bg`. The `Popups` and `Footer` components are also included.\n\nThis component can be used as a layout for any page in the project that requires a header, main content area, popups, and footer. It also updates the gas price for the current network, which is important for any transactions that may occur on the page. An example usage of this component would be:\n\n```\nimport DaoLayout from \"./path/to/DaoLayout\";\n\nconst MyPage = () => {\n return (\n \n

Welcome to My Page

\n

This is some content for my page.

\n \n );\n};\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of this code and what does it do?\n This code defines a React component called `DaoLayout` that renders a layout for a DAO (decentralized autonomous organization) website. It includes a header, main content area, popups, and a footer.\n\n2. What are the dependencies of this code?\n This code depends on several components from the `../../components` directory, as well as two hooks (`useEffect` and `useActiveWeb3React`) and an action (`updateGasPrice`) from other parts of the project.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `useEffect` hook in this code?\n The `useEffect` hook is used to call the `updateGasPrice` function whenever the `library` variable changes. This is likely related to updating gas prices for transactions on the Ethereum blockchain.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/layouts/Dao/index.md"}}],["946",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/layouts/Default/index.tsx)\n\nThe `Layout` component in the `zoo` project is responsible for rendering the main layout of the application. It imports several components from the `../../components` directory, including `Banner`, `Footer`, `Header`, `Main`, and `Popups`. The `useActiveWeb3React` hook and `updateGasPrice` function are also imported from `../../hooks` and `../../state/network/actions`, respectively.\n\nThe `Layout` component takes in three props: `children`, `banner`, and `bg`. `children` is a required prop that represents the content to be rendered within the `Main` component. `banner` is an optional prop that represents the content to be rendered within the `Header` component. `bg` is an optional prop that represents the background color of the `Main` component.\n\nThe `useEffect` hook is used to update the gas price of the network whenever the `library` object changes. The `library` object is obtained from the `useActiveWeb3React` hook, which provides access to the active Web3 provider and account.\n\nThe `Layout` component returns a `div` element that contains the `Header`, `Main`, `Popups`, and `Footer` components. The `Header` component is passed the `banner` prop, which is rendered if it is defined. The `Main` component is passed the `children` and `bg` props, which represent the content to be rendered within the `Main` component and the background color of the `Main` component, respectively. The `Popups` component is used to render any popups that may appear on the screen. The `Footer` component is used to render the footer of the application.\n\nOverall, the `Layout` component is a high-level component that is used to render the main layout of the application. It is used throughout the `zoo` project to provide a consistent layout across all pages. Here is an example of how the `Layout` component can be used:\n\n```\nimport Layout from \"./Layout\";\n\nconst HomePage = () => {\n return (\n } bg=\"bg-[#fff]\">\n

Welcome to the Zoo!

\n

Explore our collection of exotic animals.

\n \n );\n};\n\nexport default HomePage;\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `Layout` component?\n- The `Layout` component is responsible for rendering the main layout of the application, including the header, main content, popups, and footer.\n\n2. What is the significance of the `useEffect` hook in this code?\n- The `useEffect` hook is used to update the gas price in the network state whenever the `library` object changes. \n\n3. What is the purpose of the `bg` prop in the `Layout` component?\n- The `bg` prop is used to set the background color of the main content area, with a default value of black.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/layouts/Default/index.md"}}],["947",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/layouts/Drop/index.tsx)\n\nThis code defines a React component called `DropLayout` that is used to render a layout for a specific page in the larger project. The component imports several other components from the project's `components` directory, including `Footer`, `Header`, `Main`, and `Popups`. It also imports a custom hook called `useActiveWeb3React` and an action creator function called `updateGasPrice` from the project's `hooks` and `state/network/actions` directories, respectively.\n\nThe `DropLayout` component takes three props: `children`, `banner`, and `isMarginTop`. The `children` prop is used to render any child components that are passed to `DropLayout`. The `banner` prop is an optional prop that can be used to specify a banner image for the page. The `isMarginTop` prop is a boolean that determines whether or not to add a top margin to the `Main` component.\n\nThe `useEffect` hook is used to call the `updateGasPrice` function whenever the `library` object (which is obtained from the `useActiveWeb3React` hook) changes. This function is responsible for updating the gas price used for transactions on the Ethereum network.\n\nThe `return` statement renders the layout for the page. It consists of a `div` element that contains the `Header`, `Main`, `Popups`, and `Footer` components. The `Header` component is rendered with a transparent background and the `banner` prop (if provided). The `Main` component is rendered with a background color of \"bg-drop\" and the `children` prop. The `Popups` component is used to render any popups that may appear on the page. Finally, the `Footer` component is rendered at the bottom of the page.\n\nThis component can be used in the larger project to provide a consistent layout for pages that require a banner image, a specific background color, and a fixed set of components (i.e. `Header`, `Main`, `Popups`, and `Footer`). Developers can use this component by importing it and passing any necessary props to it. For example:\n\n```\nimport DropLayout from \"./DropLayout\";\n\nfunction MyPage() {\n return (\n \n

Welcome to My Page

\n

This is some content for my page.

\n \n );\n}\n```\n## Questions: \n 1. What is the purpose of the `useEffect` hook in this code?\n - The `useEffect` hook is used to update the gas price in the network state whenever the `library` object changes.\n\n2. What is the purpose of the `DropLayout` component?\n - The `DropLayout` component is a layout component that wraps around the main content of a page and includes a header, main content area, popups, and footer.\n\n3. What is the significance of the `isModal` and `bgColor` props passed to the `Main` component?\n - The `isModal` prop is used to conditionally render the `Main` component as a modal or a regular content area. The `bgColor` prop is used to set the background color of the `Main` component to a specific value.","metadata":{"source":".autodoc/docs/markdown/core/src/layouts/Drop/index.md"}}],["948",{"pageContent":"[View code on GitHub](zoo-labs/zoo/blob/master/core/src/layouts/Fragment/index.tsx)\n\nThe code above is a React component that defines a layout for rendering child components. The component is called `FragmentLayout` and it takes a single prop called `children`. The `children` prop is a special prop in React that allows a component to render any child components that are passed to it.\n\nThe purpose of this component is to provide a simple layout that can be used to wrap other components. The `FragmentLayout` component does not add any additional markup to the DOM, it simply renders its child components as-is. This is achieved using the `React.Fragment` syntax, which allows multiple components to be rendered without adding any additional markup to the DOM.\n\nThis component can be used in a variety of ways within a larger React project. For example, it could be used to wrap a group of related components that need to be rendered together. It could also be used to provide a consistent layout for a set of components that are used throughout the application.\n\nHere is an example of how the `FragmentLayout` component could be used in a larger React project:\n\n```\nimport React from \"react\";\nimport FragmentLayout from \"./FragmentLayout\";\n\nconst App = () => {\n return (\n \n
\n \n